agaist ah rane
aoe ao
A a ENG
Sh He BAK nee Mit Vi
sath tit Crea) stant Mae
i
, ‘
' re scaly We a a WRIA GH
‘ an rit ‘nal! he vn nor “ate i rit @ iit w hihi at
Pr \ ’ on W000
A oy A vn AAA LAD 4 Hh
ily? De ‘ We in AY i pani ! in
a ue THN
nets ovr ny st
ae iin bh
ayaa veins
alti eit ne in ee
a phe stabs
Pa Laces bh ANSE
t
eS
4s yar ‘ A ay
ped Wea ae
shat
Neda tin)
Haney OU
aye be tin tet
w a 4 4 a ‘i
poy mee er
oT toy
AIR nr
net ny eat we Waddie H
Rd REL ee
eee ARR si eae) a
Brrr SECTS eee neta)
wie RON A WSUS TR ath pert hig Peo ay Us
Rae Wn te bY eth Ho eer!
Wosiouavae onc ceag ine tol toate
Wiaae arent Tyg ey frye aN 8 uy bi wa ht
We!
1 SF
yo bt rea
shew insite Vite miter
$09 a’ bum
eee
Beatin
tiatat rye
eed te L bau yf tal
aan my anise shteshoat
ek atec iy panne meNne Yr Ae cy Wy Wem
i Aa a Pd et
Weibel es sth ew Wath
eens ve tay ARB si ke
athens hotel
AC TSe aie GET An Ut
sy chee pv ahs
Sacalodie bei jean
y rbatanttae erie
reese
ha yo
haa)
Giwee
Wins ea sna
virethsmy anh
‘ whe
My ashe soa yada
WE APO) eS Te
diy AS ly
go Baiaine
ae ay
Ye a
we
mob sie
1 Wear eth
eterna
la altel
aera
vdyee aly thea tangy
ee
Ne a Meee
Hieainy Me shai
wey soe
eet ih? adi Ba
Mama teN es pa (Ash A TNS SS CM
atin cg) Hy Agha:
paren acne)
Aetyshainu ey AS REDE ay
,
wav tora
* xh we
won WEG
ASV Zt Aw iy
" Tan eb pero
Rata ei pit
Non he he
ats wey
A viysiay sai 20s on
9s HQ a Lee
yo vere tenes Doron
Yer hs pe PLT aS
iM PANO SSHUsteELares Vide Suge Bem em oa Oye
races beans wn
sel hewey ad wey
OAT Nata daa et bare
a 7h) Gh
nit Ses
vi
whey Dit sec
’ . vos
‘ vee ' van
1 y
f] 7 yea
per daras gad PUES PRE "
af) Hy inlet: rh seen
Saige daedh ds fe a
dudestiy bed te tg
aa vis whe
“7
Ud De depet eed gl pact
Mor bee g oth wks b peungnan
ch haleg ”
vhs ‘”
Pf "ah aianaes Se ged ore
Saas sinh
4 i mA
: Mage Bp a 14 Ut 9 gf
US bbe Da perp MSH Ree
Sate ined
’
units
eee
1
Meret Pay!
’
aad Add
aye
be FEU EE Bs
a) a i;
frei
‘
House ni
ne
hae id
sein ei iv
oo
, MOY or tN ‘
vied aed ne ot Uipeaaly
Weak daar Ltt eae bk i Ae Oe Re ee
‘ ie ph ihe a 2
BOv Sas Ny (Oo TW Arete ty | i ,
My ie ea 73 bat, De ; Sane, ; i .
ati) YP : ed oe er : ‘
i ey SAR aie ria. : 1 1 f }
i :
4
CONT nye ft tM Soe
4 ui ih ww, D (tt j
j igi Ai f yest ba nee i ae et te Uae oe ae he Py hi
Vane “we Pu Bouin ‘Vay Bit weelirs 4 en iis. yet Bh “lt on bas
anes 7h Ohashi) aes 7 oar ' = , ; Le
; 7 aw Hii coating i i fe: al aks \ May! Ib 1 AY hee Op CRY
er TMG By iy 7 one: th by ;
thee Tap i ih iy ri wh Sty iia’ i a LE ae hy Ply i? Jee,
“s awe peat fii: hie ligan% wri pave iron Minit
om Hse wt i. ete Cee coe a A + PE rah % Hes ra
7 #h ayiths tas te i ; ray rt rl
Sy ili ‘ Aten 1 OAT: oto ah it haath: APRA? PY adh pe
ed Pen wt ee Ie eateinidephne rari we Ree ee OS we» ob BA ¢
pas Tag ee’, Pa Vel elke | bak ris f Wars Tes ae lAG) my ie beg ay Ns * y
yy ita 7 Crna te ae. | A ; ; . oF;
ads | rit Mi ict ae were ew aie eSkk TS hie hes ae
* ; Ts (oN LEA, ete yt, tye ae? 1 sn
. a Datel ie De Dani ‘ R
* r
ee i aes, i Pe ee ey a / : oy
ee wu Hialits at Jit ae
bh fickdee. Ae Nettie Asa Oe, ° Mh TiN gst
; p 5 a A ys ri
A La An Bsa Biletwr (4 oF We Paralsstaeriobe. w% ae
pla tab (tabla Th, cov eeeap ig MD ie ea ae ah
Aker ta thoes a Al See?” ated Wife Dat ges. his
ve ee \ Dak bay: pihinw tt, hy ie ap ie wads) Lent "7 eal ms a
he ee Wee ty,
eiRseo i" LA ee ae Pa al ile, ain ery Rawathaich is
ie Mi Fp oth rhs eR R EY | Me Nia ; ‘es Beis De of Ral sek i)
a he Whi wes ‘4
Pie Aa Bee 1 toa “y ae actal ries we Bey pie ;
oat Tyee n PRG
gi, Hiwatian ba bahiak NALA gh pawilahon , i!
oid Siiptiekl (te Wel) ree ota y
a oped ted, At haetatinsie z =%
~ ve ~*
o sa Ubi pene hast Asai ainsi + dita aD
me e. ‘ th if
i hot
awed ay ee Ae sh <ipuoah bh ‘Hab shed oF ol hein as
‘ Ld ae oO iL ee » ane ih ‘ A Y
Ver th | laeie, OB. A Fiabe Gan Riri TL lovin 05 ay, AA i .
} Wis” Oar ania fy pe VA ite a aa als 1 AW -
* 0 ih rapa! arian ‘is
AS ow Me 1 iaioe ’
Ne tort wis ede) qt i dag
i tl, isk sh ep
My vai a
a RHE 2
bisa by ete Baier heir ae
oe
ite
ah "a ae
ail 7
aN) ob ae a ' &
: at :
PABEEAOr CONTENT Ss. VYOrRUME 59
ALLRED, D. M.: Mites Found on Mice of the Genus ae in Utah.
Mesh ami yartacmosamasidaeaGAcarina) =. =e sone ES ee
A New Species of Mite, Hirstionyssus bisetosus, from the
Nests of the Desert Wood Rat, Neotoma lepida lepida Thomas (Aeéa-
LIN A) CEM Y SSL Ce) asec eee eee Ra LUTE Ae ee ee ee
ARNAUD, P., Jr.:A Bibliographical Note on Ceratopogon yezoensis Matsumura
(Diptera, ileus) cath hee eRe ha OR Ee aay Re al ee
Baupur, W. V.: The Spread of Catorhintha mendica Stal (Coreidae, Hemip-
LIV) RR A a Bie te Paar a Nh ee cle VE z
Barr, A. Re New Species of Gulicera ine Caneidaa from North
PAIN CT: C2 0s 5 Ieee a ae i ee
BELL, R. T.: Carabus auratus Ii (KC Yoleopter: a: Carabidae) in I] North America
BeRNER, L.: A Mayfly Gynandromorph __ 22 ea ee coe SRE 5 ane AE eee
BLAKE, Doris H.: A Note on Two Chrysomelid Beetles (Coleoptera)...
Burks, B. D.: A New Bruchophagus from a Liliaceous Plant with a Host
Plant List for the Genus (Hymenoptera: Eurytomidae) es
(WER OUITRAS eINi elicitors SCCWILPAINIDS fll. 2 ees eee
CUNLIFFE, F.: Notes on the Anystidae with a Description of a New Gait
and Species, Adamystis donnae, and a New Subfamily, Adamystinae
@Alcarinay ip a hie ee Cy ee ee a eee
Davis, H. G., and James, M. T.: Black Flies Attracted toe Mest ‘Bait (Dip-
TREES, A Sohootull bse Ney)) + ee eee i US) eee ot ee
DRAKE, C. J.: An Undescribed Apte Lous Meagade fon he fewlipuins (ile:
MMT GOT A)! 8 es Ae Sg Dn) Sana on ee Nn ee a
EpMuNpbS, G. F., Jr.: The Systematic Rel ationships of the Paleantarene
Siphlonuridae (including Isonychiidae) (Ephemeroptera ) ~ A
Epmunpbs, Lare R.: Observations on the Biology and Life History? of the
Brown Cockroach Periplaneta brunnea Burmeister
ELBEL, R. E.: See EMERSON, K. C.,__— Sa ae Sp Faiz sero A Len re eek ee
Emerson, K. C.: New Species of Rallicola (ehitontendac. Mallophaga ) _
EMERSON, K. C., and ELBent, R. E.: New Species and Records of Mallophaga
fromeGallinaceous birds, of) Lhatllande =
Evans, Howarp E.: The North and Central American Species. ‘of Propisto-
(ein: (Calyamemanterce’ 1Byewlindheeie)) ne ee
FROESCHNER, R. C.: Perillus lunatus: ‘Knight (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae )
TeV iom bana ate. 2 est, fe ee Pee 2 ee ee Se
FULLAWAY, D. T.: A New Reared Opius from. Africa Seer Bra-
COT AIG 5-2 rane Ra a ie cae aes ANE Be ion ee SR,
GALINDO, P.: On the Validity of Haemagogus neeoae init Faleo Kumm et meni
1946 (Diptera: Oiibvdidie patek ae wee Ne Sar tem MY eee ol ue,
GALINDO, PEDRO: A Note on the Oviposition Behavior of Sabethes (Sabe-
thoides) chloropterus Humboldt ~~ 7 eee ee
Hoop, J. D.: A Note on eae Laois Lactavnanvel) terns) alas) 2. ee
Hurusutt, H. W.: See SLATER, J. park ee See a os
Hussey, R. E.: A New Gargaphia a Florida (Hemiptera: ‘Tingidae) DENS.
JAMES, M. T.: Some ee 1e Collected in South India (Diptera, Stratio-
TIyAUClale)) es ee i OR Rs ret, os Re Ld on Be Ea ae
JAMES, M. T.: See Davis, AL ron ech RS eae mel) Opens Le ee ee
JOHNSON, PHYLLIS T.: See SCANLON, JOHN E., and JOHNSON, PHYLLIS T._ £
KISSINGER, D. G.: Taxonomic notes on North American Apion OEE
Curnculionid/alc}) iaeaaeeew enn ee
KouHLs, GLEN M.: Ixodes downsi, a New Species of Tick fron a ao ive in uae
1dad, Briishewwest indies) |CAcanima, lexodidac) i =. ees)
KROMBEIN, K.'V., and ScuustEer, R. M.: A Review of the Typhoctinae
GEiymenoptiena-aevinntililid ae} pee aameicen nr A egy econ Pees eh oe sll
Lamore, D.: The Spider, Conopistha trigona Hentz, Family Theridiidae, as
a Commensal of Allepiera lemniscata Waleckenaer, Family Argiopidae,
in) Prince Georges) Coumtiye lair ysl airy clleeseeees eee ee eee 79
Lane, J., and CerqueEira, N. L.: The Validity and Change of Name of Two
Species! of Waycomia (Diptera: Ch) EEE 244
MELANDER, A. L.: A New TLachyempis (Diptera: Empididae) __..__...__.-....... 296
MUESEBECK,, Co HA IW) See SHENE ROI (hy Dg ————————————— 129.
Neuson, G. H.: A New Species of Dendrocoris and a New Combination of
Atizies (kemipteras 2 entatomii dae) eee ee OTT
Saprosky, C. W.: The Throat Bot Fly: Gasterophilus nasalis or veterinus?
@ipteras. ‘Gasterophilidae) 2 ee
—————.: Two Overlooked Sourees of Type Designations for Genera. 171
SarLer, R. I.: Solubea Bergroth, 1891, a Synonym of Oebalus Stal, 1862,
and A Note Concerning the Distribution of O. ornatus (Sailer) (Hemip-
tera, Pentatomidae) =o. 2 ee ee ee 4]
SCANLON, JOHN E., and JOHNSON, PHYLLIS T.: On Some Microtine-Infest-
haere SECM paar. (ONawoyovhoueey)) a ee nif 2508) See 279
SCHUSTER) SRS MEE |S Ce Ra 0 MES HUNG DECC AV le pe LC)
SELANDER, R. B.: Descriptions and Records of North American Meloidae.
Wei @oleoptera,): co 2 ee ee ee ee 135
SHENEFELT, R. D., and Murseseck, C. F. W.: Ashmead’s Meteoridea (Hy-
menoptera::“Braconidae)) <= 2 ee ee 129
SLATER, J. A., and Hurtseurt, H. W.: A Comparative Study of the Metatho-
racic Wing in the Family Lygaeidae (Hemiptera, Heteroptera) ao) ee 67
Snyper, T. E.: A New Rugitermes from Bolivia (Isoptera, Kalotermidae) 81
SOMMERMAN, K. M.: Three New Species of Liposcelis (= Troctes) (Psocop-
tera))sfrom” Texas. ee ee eR ee 125
STEYSKAL, G. C.: The Date of Publication of Bezzi’s Studies in Philippine
Dipterds= Vil >= 22 5eN fen en ee a a oe 90
STEYSKAL, GEORGE C.: A New Species of the Genus Pteromicra Associated
With) Snails /CDip tera S com y.Z:G aie) pss eee ee ea eens 271
STRANDTMANN, R. W., see TIBBETT, TED, and STRANDTMANN, R. W....._.-
Summers, F. M.: American Species of Ledermuelleria and Ledermuelleri-
opsis, with a Note on New Synonymy in Neognathus (Aearina, Stig-
maeidae; “Caligonellidae)) J2.2. 2 ee ee eee 49
TIBBETTS, TED, and STRANDTMANN, R. W.: The Snake Mite Parasites of the
Family Ixodorhynehidae (Mesostigmata), with Description of a New Spe-
C1CSs LLOAOTNYNCHAULS GOT AON’: eee 265
Topp, E. L.: Five New Species of Gelastocoridae with Comments on Other
Species (@itemiptera,)) 2-2 ee ee ee eee 145
TowNEs, H.: A Revision of the Genera of Poemeniini and Xoridini (Hymen-
optera;. Ichneumonidae) 2.2.2 ee 15
A Review of the Generic Names Proposed for Old World Ich-
neumonids, the Types of whose Genotypes are in Japan, Formosa, or
North America (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae) — a 100
: A Bibliography of the Scientific Publications of R. A. Cushman 248
WALLIS, R. Ci: Host Feeding of Culiseta morsitans 2 199
WERNER, F. G.: A New Species of Hpicauta from the Gulf Coast of Texas
(Coleoptera, -Meloidace) 2.23) ee ee ee 97
WHEELER, G. C., and WHEELER, J.: The Larva of Simopelta (Hymenoptera:
Mormicidae): 2. 2 ee ee ee i 191
WHEELER, J.:. See WHEELER, G: ©) 222. eee 191
WILLIAMS, R. W.: Observations on the Breeding Habits of Some Heleidae
of the Bermuda Islands (Diptera) 61
——————. See WirTH; W. W... 2.025 eee By
WINKLER, J. R.: Notes on Bionomies and Eeology of Moss Mites (Acari:
Oribatel) 22.0 ine Ne a 3 eee 190, 270
WirtH, W. W., and WILLIAMS, R. W.: The Biting Midges of the Bermuda
Islands, with Descriptions of Five New Species (Diptera, Heleidae) 5
ii
TOL. 59 | FEBRUARY 1957 NO. 1
PROCEEDINGS
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
« WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
CONTENTS
ALLRED, D. M.—Mites Found on Mice of the Genus Peromyscus
in Utah. II Family Haemogamasidae (Acarina)——_________. Bhi: i)
JAMES, M. T.—Some qe Collected in South India opie
rr atiOMiyadae) ye eee eee pee 25
KISSINGER, D. G.—Taxonomic Notes on North American Apion
(Coleoptera, Curculionidae) ———_________ Ait e tees /2 40
SABROSKY, C. W.—The Throat Bot Fly: Nee aera nasalis or
veterinus? (Diptera, Gasterophilidae) —-______ ee ENT OE
SAILER, R. I.—Solubea Bergroth, 1891, a Snyonym of Oebalus
Stal, 1862, and A Note Concerning the ‘Distribution of O. ornatus
(Sailer) (Hemiptera, Pentatomidae): een oe ee ae |
TOWNES, H.—A Revision of the Genera of Poemeniini and
Xoridini (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae) —______ a 15
WIRTH, W. W., and WILLIAMS, R. W.—The Biting Midges of
the Bermuda Islands, with Descriptions of Five New Species
Riviriteti. EACIbIGme ye. coat eS EAD
PAINIGRE CEI sy ee ay a
ES AT ALR." MCE SN SRO ce ROL Oe ee wh 23
OBITUARY—Norman Eugene McIndoo, 1881-1956__.__________-_-- 43
SOCIETY MEETING—November, 1956 — = - 45
DIV. INSA
es @° Baer.” Saye
THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON
ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884
Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. S. National
Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at
8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings.
MEMBERSHIP
Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the
science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is
$1.00 (U. S. currency).
OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1957
Honorary President: 222) 42)! 3 oi re 2 Be ei eke eee R. E, SNODGRASS
Presidente so: ea oR ilies AE oe Ue ee Een aS F, L. CAMPBELL
Hirst Vice: President. ae." eee a ee ee R. I. SAILER
SecondeVicewPresident. 42) S42) ee i) ee ee ee es SE ee R. H. NELSON
Recording’ Sceretary =: oo Ae. le ee ee eee -KELLIE O’NEILL
Corresponding Secretary. 1. ee a ee Kertyvin DorwaArD
Preastrer:.< 0. ¢ iss Beet at Be Se eae ee ¥, P. HARRISON
aditor'=—-* at a ee eee eee Aticn V. RENK
Custodian: Se ot a a De ee eee H. J. CONKLE
Program: Chairmant: ©2022) 0 ve ee eee eee eee J. F. G. CLARKE
Executive Committee_______________. A. B. GuRNEY, T. L. BISSELL, R. A. ST. GEORGE
Nominated to represent the Society as Vice President of the Washington Academy
of Sciences Vas he eee ee cei: eee ee C. F. W. MUESEBECK
Honorary Members... ApAM G. Bovine, C. F. W. Mursrseck, H. G. BARBER
The Corresponding Secretary, Custodian, Editor, and Treasurer should be ad-
dressed as follows:
Mr. Kelvin Dorward Mr. Herbert J. Conkle
Plant Pest Control Branch, ARS Plant Quarantine Branch, ARS
U. 8. Department of Agriculture U.S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C. Washington 25, D. C.
Miss Alice V. Renk Dr. Floyd P. Harrison
Entomology Research Branch, ARS Department of Entomology
U. 8. Department of Agriculture University of Maryland
Room 3151, South Building College Park, Md.
Washington 25, D. C.
Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Washington, D. C.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
VOL. 59 FEBRUARY 1957 NO. 1
THE THROAT BOT FLY: GASTEROPHILUS NASALIS OR VETERINUS?
(DieTERA, GASTEROPHILIDAE )
Curtis W. Sasrosky, Entomology Research Branch, U. S, Department of
Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
Adoption of the name Gasterophilus veterinus for the throat bot fly
of horses in the latest taxonomic study of the Gasterophilidae, by
Zumpt and Paterson (1953), has again raised the question of the
proper scientific name for that species, long known to North American
entomologists as Gasterophilus nasalis (l.). Authors who reject
nasalis for a horse bot have applied the name instead to a deer nose bot
called Cephenemyia trompe (Modeer) by other authors.
In Opinion 106 of the International Commission on Zoological
Nomenclature (1929), Cephenemyia was placed on the Official List of
Generic Names with Oestrus trompe Fabricius as the type species
(Fabricius actually credited the species to Modeer!). In the body of
the Opinion, although not in the Summary, trompe is said to be a
synonym of Oestrus nasalis Linnaeus. However, that is a zoological
conclusion, and its acceptance or rejection is not affected by the
Commission’s action relative to the generic name and its type species.
After reviewing the evidence and the conflicting opinions, it is my
conclusion that the proper scientific name of the throat bot fly should
be Gasterophilus nasalis (u.)1 for three major reasons discussed below.
(1) A Mixed Series and the First Reviser Rule
Early descriptions of bot and warble flies (Oestridae in the old and
very broad sense) soon involve one in uncertainty and confusion.
Descriptions of adults, which are often brief and generalized, are
combined with various statements of larval habitat, and it is difficult
to be positive about what an author described or included.
In four important publications of Linnaeus, species are described as
follows in the genus Oestrus:
1746. Fauna Suecica, ed. 1, pp. 306-307: Six species described; not named
1pr. F. Zumpt, of the South African Institute for Medical Research at Johannes-
burg, South Africa, has kindly permitted me to state that he has read the manu-
script and agrees fully with the conclusions, at which he had arrived independently
subsequent to his 1953 publication. I am also indebted to Dr. F. van Emden, of
the Commonwealth Institute of Entomology at London, for suggestions and review
of the manuscript.
2 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
binominally, but from comparison of data and references with the next three
works, it is clear that the species are described in the following order: bovis,
tarandi, nasalis, ovis, haemorrhoidalis, and a_ sixth species not subsequently
referred to Oestrus.
1758. Systema Naturae, ed. 10, pp. 584-585: Five species, in the order bovis,
tarandi, nasalis, haemorrhoidalis, ovis.
1761. Fauna Sueciea, ed. 2, pp. 428-430: Five species, in the same order as in
1758.
1767. Systema Naturae, ed. 12, vol. 1, part 2, pp. 969-970: Five species in the
same order as in 1758.
By the order of listing of species, which is consistent throughout
for bovis, tarandi, and nasalis, and by the references, one could con-
clude that nasalis is the same throughout. If one considers only the
1746 description and associated information, it seems certain that the
deer nose bot was described. But the starting point for zoological
names is the tenth edition of the Systema Naturae in 1758. Abbre-
viated though it is, the diagnosis in the latter is markedly different
from that in 1746, plus the fact that Linnaeus introduced the state-
ment ‘‘ Habitat in Equorum fauce, per nares intrans.’’ The diagnosis
has been interpreted by some able specialists (Aldrich 1926; van
Emden in litt.) as applying perfectly to a species of Gasterophilus,
and by other able specialists (Railliet 1918; Rodhain and Bequaert
1920) as applying perfectly to a species of Cephenemyia. Its perfec-
tion is clearly open to difference of opinion. It appears to me to agree
most nearly with the usual appearance of the Gasterophilus which has
been called nasalis. The habitat statement quoted above has long been
dismissed as an erroneous observation by primitive peoples, a lapsus,
or the erroneous association by Linnaeus of the habitat of still another
—and non-Scandinavian — species, Rhinoestrus purpureus (Brauer).
However, in view of the fact that throat bot larvae may in their early
Stages attach to the throat or pharynx, sometimes in numbers, the
habitat statement may represent a keen observation that was far
ahead of its time and not appreciated.
If therefore one considers only the diagnosis and habitat informa-
tion of 1758, it is possible to conclude, from one point of view at least,
that Linnaeus was indeed dealing with the horse bot that we know
as Gasterophilus nasalis. However, he also cited species No. 1026 of
the Fauna Suecica (1st edition), which is admittedly the deer nose
bot. I believe that in all such cases one must consider all the informa-
tion present,” including descriptive material, habitat, and references,
“If this is not done, some peculiar situations will arise. For example, the
original diagnosis of adult Oestrus bovis L. (now Hypoderma bovis, the northern
cattle grub) is unmistakably that of the horse bot fly, Gasterophilus intestinalis
(DeGeer), associated in error with the larvae living in the backs of cattle. DeGeer
recognized the confusion, restricted bovis to the cattle pest, and proposed intesti-
nalis for the horse bot fly. I doubt that anyone would insist on calling the horse
bot fly Gasterophilus bovis on the basis of only the diagnosis part of the original
publication.
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
vo
as representing the total species concept of the author, no matter how
confused it may be by modern standards. Accordingly, I consider
Oestrus nasalis Li. (1758) to have been based upon a mixture of
species. It then becomes necessary to determine the first reviser, i.e.,
the first author who recognized that a mixture existed and who clearly
restricted the name nasalis to one of its component parts.
Linnaeus himself appears merely to have continued his confusion
of 1758 in his later works. As far as I ean find, the first author who
clearly recognized and resolved the confusion was Modeer (1786), who
proposed Oestrus trompe for the deer nose bot, and restricted Oestrus
nasalis to the horse bot. Under trompe he pointed out that Linnaeus
described the species on deer, though not perfectly, in the first edition
of the Fauna Suecica. However, wrote Modeer (pp. 134-5), ‘SA
ereater error has occurred in the second edition of the same book, for
in that there is an entirely different and quite separate description
bearing on an entirely different little creature, entered under the
name of nasalis (whose larva lives in the horse’s pharynx).’’? After
noting the elimination of accompanying citations from Oestrus nasalis
in the fifth edition of the Systema Naturae, Modeer stated that ‘‘From
all this it can certainly be concluded that Oestrus trompe is far differ-
ent from the nasalis cited in the more recent Fauna Suecica and the
above-mentioned Systema...’’ (p. 135). Later, under nasalis, Modeer
wrote that ‘‘There is no other author who has described this nose-
sting fly [Nosstyng-fluga, i.e. Oestrus nasalis] except von Linné’’ (p.
146) {Translations from Swedish by Miss Ruth Ericson].
Modeer’s work made a clear-cut distinction between trompe and
nasalis, After his work, the name trompe was widely recognized by
the great dipterists of the time (e.g., Fabricius, Fallén, Meigen, Zetter-
stedt, etc.) as applying to a deer nose bot, and nasalis to a horse bot
(either as the name of choice or as a synonym of veterinus ).
(2) Substitute Name
In 1797 Bracy Clark definitely accepted nasalis as applying to the
throat bot fly, but renamed it veterinus only because he regarded the
name nasalis as inappropriate (‘‘T have given it the name veterinus,
because beasts of burden are particularly subject to it, in preference
to the erroneous one of nasalis,’’ p. 313). Veterinus, which has been
used for the throat bot fly by those authors who regard nasalis as a
deer nose bot, is thus really only a substitute name for nasalis and
neither a separate proposal nor a restriction. It is, however, an invalid
substitute name, because zoological names are not to be rejected be-
cause of inappropriateness (International Rules of Zoological Nomen-
clature, Article 32); hence the proper specific name is nasalis, with
veterinus as an objective synonym.
4 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
(3) Usage
Although a few authors, chiefly taxonomists, have used nasalis L.
for the deer nose bot and veterinus Clark for the throat bot fly of
horses, predominant usage since Modeer (1786) has nasalis L. as the
throat bot fly and trompe Modeer as the deer nose bot. As a purely
practical approach, there will be less inconvenience and more contribu-
tion to stability by maintaining that predominant usage. Otherwise,
the specific names of two important economic species would have to
be changed, including the transfer of the name nasalis from one
species to another. We are not always so fortunate to find that usage
and technical priority yield the same answer.
LITERATURE CITED (other than references in text)
Aldrich, J. M., 1926. What is Oestrus nasalis Linnaeus? Insecutor Inscitiae
Menstruus 14: 15-16.
Brauer, F., 1886. Nachtriige zur Monographie der Oestriden. Wien. Ent. Ztg. 5:
289-304.
Clark, Bracy, 1797. Observations on the genus Oestrus. Trans. Linnaean Soe.
London 3: 289-329.
Modeer, A., 1786. Styng-Flug-Sligtet (Oestrus). Svenska Vetenskaps Acad., Nya
Handlingar 7: 125-158.
Railliet, A., 1918. Sur la nomenclature de deux (strides du Cheval. Bull. Soe.
Zool. France 43: 102-104.
Rodhain, J. and Bequaert, J., 1920. Oestrides d’antilopes et de zébres .. . aveé
un conspectus du genre Gasterophilus. Revue Zool. Africaine 8: 169-228.
Zumpt, F. and Paterson, H. E., 1953. Studies on the family Gasterophilidae. Jour.
Ent. Soc. S. Africa 16: 59-72.
ANNUAL MOSQUITO MEETING
The 13th annual meeting of the American Mosquito Control Association, Inc.,
will be held in the Di Lido Hotel at Miami Beach, Florida, April 28 to May 2,
1957. Subjects of invitational papers include a report of the worldwide malaria
eradication program, an evaluation of insect resistance to insecticides and its
future significance on a worldwide basis, a report of the present status and
future possibilities of biological control of mosquitoes, and a discussion of the
importance of the relationship of taxonomy to mosquito control.
PLAN NOW TO ATTEND!!!
ANNOUNCEMENT
Short scientific articles, not illustrated, two double-spaced typewritten pages or
less in length, are welcome and will usually receive prompt publication. References
to literature should be ineluded in the text.
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 5
THE BITING MIDGES OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF FIVE NEW SPECIES'
(DiprprRA, HELEIDAE)
Witurs W. Wirt? and Roger W. WinuiAmMs’
During June and July, 1955, the junior author conducted light-
trap and recovery-cage studies of the Heleidae in each of the several
parishes of Bermuda, and made observations on their breeding habits,
which he will report on separately. Two pairs of recovery cages were
placed for weekly periods in each of 15 areas, and a mosquito lght
trap was operated for a week in each of 7 of the areas and for 4 days
at the Biological Station. In this study 13 species of Heleidae, rep-
resenting 4 genera, were taken, of which 5 species are new to science.
In the taxonomic descriptions the following terms should be defined :
‘* Antennal ratio’? (AR) is the value obtained by dividing the com-
bined lengths of the five elongated distal segments by the combined
leneths of the preceding eight, or XI-XV over III-X (in Pterobosca
the ratio is X-X'V over III-IX). ‘‘Tarsal ratio (TR) is the value ob-
tained by dividing the length of the hind basitarsus by the length of
the second hind tarsomere. Wing length is measured exactly from the
basal arculus to the wing tip. The Tillyard modification of the Com-
stock-Needham system of wing venation is used whereby the branches
of the anterior fork are called M,; and Mz and the branches of the
posterior fork M34 and Cu,. The types of the new species here de-
scribed and most of the material studied are deposited in the U.S.
National Museum in Washington, D. C. Paratypes and other speci-
mens when available will be furnished the Museum of Comparative
Zoology in Cambridge, Mass., the British Museum (Natural History )
in London, and the Bermuda Biological Station, St. George’s,
Bermuda.
Johnson (1913) mentioned only two species of the family Heleidae
(= Ceratopogonidae) from the Bermuda Islands. One, which he de-
scribed as new under the name Ceratopogon fur, was actually Ptero-
bosca fusicornis (Coquillett) ; the second species he referred to only
as Ceratopogon sp., without notes that would give us a clue to its
identity. Ogilvie (1928) does not mention this family as occurring
in Bermuda, nor does Waterston (1940).
1Contribution No. 226 of the Bermuda Biological Station. This study was sup-
ported by a National Science Foundation grant-in-aid and a Childs Frick Fellow-
ship granted to the junior author by the Bermuda Biological Station for investi-
gation of the Culicoides of the Bermudas. Thanks are due Wm. Sutcliffe, Jr.,
director of the Biological Station, for assistance and to members of the Bermuda
Agriculture Experiment Station, Gordon R. Groves, director, Idwal Wyn Hughs,
assistant director, J. Hubert Jones, assistant horticulturist, and C. A. Baker, hor-
ticulturist, for transporting equipment and identifying the plants.
*Entomology Research Branch, Agricultural Research Service, U. S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture.
® School of Public Health and Administrative Medicine of the Faculty of Medi-
cine, Columbia University.
6 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
KEY TO THE BERMUDA SPECIES OF HELEIDAH
(Based primarily on females)
1. Fore femur with strong ventral spines; tarsal claws large; macrotrichia
of wing absent; wing with only one radial cell, the costa extending to
0:72 0£ distance to wine tipi Blatt ae ae 14. Bezzia atlantica, n. sp.
Fore femur without ventral spines; tarsal claws small; macrotrichia pres-
ent on wing, usually abundant; wing with two radial cells present;
costa extending to less than 0.6 of distance to wing tip... - 2
2. Empodium well developed; wing with abundant, long appressed macro-
trichia; first radial cell narrow, second radial cell not sharply angled
awoapexcs = So. gh NS eee OEY Sak A oe ee oa ek a ce es See SSN, 3}
Empodium absent; wing with sparse, suberect macrotrichia — 5206
3. Terminal six segments of antenna elongated; empodium greatly developed,
OPN GLEL ND espers RU Reg aye seers, etter 2 eee aos 1. Pterobosca fusicornis (Coquillett)
Terminal five segments of antenna elongated; empodium normal, small;
AREA OHS 1s bp Sek SS eet e os 2 ed SNS). Sips st Vie G8 ee 4
4. TR 0.5; mesonotum with pale mesal longitudinal band; pleuron with
transverse dark band; legs with apices of femora and bases of tibiae
dark; wing without pale spots; halter brown _.3. Forcipomyia raleighi Macfie
TR 1.0-1.3; mesonotum unicolorous brown; pleuron not banded; legs
banded or unbanded; wing with or without pale spots; halter pale or
Jaro yannte oem eee eee ies 2 ee Fe Ss ee ee ee 5
5. TR 1.0; legs with broad pale and dark bands; wing with pattern of pale
Spots; halter knob, brownish 2 5s 4. Forcipomyia varipennis, n. sp.
TR 1.3; legs unbanded; wing uniformly brownish gray; halter pale
Bh meer Senet Senta he a Doe 25 2 ow Yicu) Mente 2. Forcipomyia ingrami Carter
6. First radial cell nearly or completely obliterated, second obliterated or
square-ended; humeral pits not developed; eyes pubescent; wing hyaline
without: «color .pattern 2253) i bine wee here ee eee 7
First and second radial cells well developed, subequal; humeral pits well
developed; eyes bare; wing usually with pattern of pale spots... 12
7. Abdominal terga with posterior borders narrowly white; large species
Gwanowellailsd: <mimir tone) ) ise eh eee Pe Tinea Wie ea ee 8
Abdominal terga uniformly blackish; small species (wing 0.65-0.9 mm.
Waralfes Ve Wks ee WD aie Ni camer Ie ee Man RCN Med ea ene Ee. 10
8. Abdominal pleura dappled with many small black streaks; large species
(wing 1.4 mm. long); mesonotum with median tuft of seale-like bristles
SLT See RUE ES Rosie Bt REPL ED WeeMe 6 40 SEO Nee Sir ie Le dill 5. Dasyhelea cincta (Coquillett )
Abdominal pleura uniformly pale or with several large dark areas; medium
sized species (wing 1-1.2 mm. long); mesonotum without median tuft of
seale-like bristles
Mesonotum grayish green pollinose; abdominal pleura III-VI extensively
Pa Vee SIN i el Re yeas nies FES 6. Dasyhelea grisea (Coquillett )
Mesonotum yellowish brown with three obscure darker brown vittae;
abdomen without dark areas on pleura III-VI
Bz
walea se, 7. Dasyhelea luteogrisea, n. sp.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 1
10. Thorax uniformly dull, jet-black; male dististyle bifid... ==
Seer uiubt ens Paani a nie, ANUS A, Oak a 8. Dasyhelea scissurae Macfie
Thorax shining brown to black with yellow scutellum, humeri and pre
seutellar and supra-alar spots; male dististyle simple... == =iDl
11. Antennal segments longer, segment XI 1.39 times as long as X; second
radial cell twice as long as broad; spermatheca 0.04 mm. in diameter
with sclerotized base of duct one-third as long as diameter of sperma-
theca; male genitalia as in figure 1_____.._-.________ 9, Dasyhelea atlantis, n. sp.
Antennal segments shorter, segment XI 1.25 times as long as X; second
radial cell not twice as long as broad; spermatheca 0.06 mm. in diame-
ter with base of duct sclerotized only a short distance; male genitalia as
FUP MCST LE WIT Ge) oe ee epee cet ow CNet ce eel BY abe 10. Dasyhelea bermudae, n. sp.
12. Color subshining pale yellow; wing without pattern; two spermathecae
OE OSC NN eee sere ere cee a ee 11. Culicoides floridensis Beck
Color pruinose grayish brown; wing with pattern of large pale areas;
oulyzoneuspermathecar present te. sls iia Te ee ee ees 13
13. Wing markings consisting of sharply defined pale areas, second radial cell
blackish to tip; mesonotum with prominent pattern .....___»_»_S
I MOE IN ses ee AN SE eee NO uney LI he N 12. Culicoides crepuscularis Malloch
Wing markings not sharply defined; second radial cell yellowish at the
extromerapex; mesonotum without pattern = = = =
iy A TRS ples bl Pe ae Me ce Wee BR Poe eee ep 13. Culicoides bermudensis Williams
1. Pterobosca fusicornis (Coquillett)
Ceratopogon fusicornis Coquillett, 1905, Jour. New York Ent. Soe. 13: 63 (female;
Biscayne Bay, Florida).
Pterobosca fusicornis Johannsen, 1951, Florida Ent. 34: 117 (vecords; syn.:
macfiei Costa Lima and floridana Johannsen).
Ceratopogon fur Johnson, 1913, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 6: 444 (female; Ber-
muda; fig. wing; attached to a small agrionid dragonfly). NEW
SYNONYMY.
The two cotypes of Ceratopogon fur in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology at Harvard University were examined through the courtesy
of Dr. P. J. Darlington. One female is attached to the thorax of the
agrionid host at the membranous portion at the base of the wings, with
the proboscis of the midge parasite piercing the integument of the
host. The other cotype female which was glued to a eard point on a
separate pin was dissected and mounted on a slide by the senior
author. Examination of the following characters shows the species to
be the same as Pterobosca fusicornis (Coquillett), the type of which
was used for comparison. Eyes bare; third palpal segment with a
shallow, definite pit; tarsal ratio 3.0; tarsal claws each deeply cleft
and the two parts each broadly expanded, bladelike ; empodium large
and broad, modified for clinging; wing 1.13 mm. long, with moderately
dense, long, suberect hairs arranged in lines, with narrow bare lines
along the veins; halter brown; legs brown; thorax shining brown, with
brown hairs, scutellum slightly paler. This species, which was not
8 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
taken in the present study, was the only named species of the family
previously known from Bermuda.
2. Forcipomyia ingrami Carter
Forcipomyia ingrami Carter, 1919, Ann. Trop. Med. Parasit. 12: 290 (male, fe-
male; Gold Coast; fig. antenna, wing, tarsus, palpus, genitalia, larva, pupa) ;
Edwards, 1928, Ins. of Samoa, pt. VI, fase. 2, p. 51 (Samoa); Macfie, 1933,
B. P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 114: 94 (Marquesas Ids.) ; Macfie, 1934, Stylops 3:
133 (Hawaii) ; Macfie, 1934, Ann. Trop. Med. Parasit. 28: 179 (Malaya).
Specimens examined: 16 males, 314 females, in light traps from
Biological Station, Wilkinson Pond, Pampas Farm (South Shore
Marsh), Spittal Pond, Paget Marsh, Warwick Marsh, Southampton
Marsh, and Evans Pond, and in recovery cages from Pampas Farm,
Devonshire Marsh, Paget Marsh, Pembroke Marsh, Warwick Marsh,
and Southampton Marsh.
Forcipomyia ingrami is a pale brown, unmarked species with female
TR about 1.3, the male TR from 0.8 to 1.1. The male genitalia offer the
best characters for the separation of ingrami from the related species
such as calcarata (Coquillett) from Mexico and quasiingranuw from
Brazil; in ingrami the aedeagus is in the form of a truncated cone and
the sclerotized band of the parameres is broadly U-shaped rather than
narrowly V-shaped anteriorly.
Macfie’s records of ingrami from Trinidad were later referred by
him to quasiingrami, and the present record constitutes the first
authentic record of ingrami from the Western Hemisphere.
3. Forcipomyia raleighi Macfie
Forcipomyia raleighi Maefie, 1938, Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (B) 7: 160 (male,
female; Trinidad; fig. male genitalia).
Specimens examined: 77 males, 36 females, in lght traps from
Biological Station, Wilkinson Pond, Spittal Pond, Paget Marsh,
Southampton Marsh and Evans Pond.
Forcipomyia raleight is easily recognized by its short basitarsus
(TR about 0.5), plain wings, mesally pale mesonotum, dark halteres
and dark-banded pleura and banded abdomen. It is widely distributed
in the Caribbean area.
4, Forcipomyia varipennis, new species
Female.—Length of wing 0.67 mm.
Head brown, eyes bare. Antenna with flagellar segments in proportion of
13 :12:12:12:12:12:12:12:15:18:18:18:23, AR 0.95, proximal flagellar segments
short, tapering, segments XI-XIV vase-shaped with short distal necks, last segment
with terminal papilla which has a spherical tip. Palpal segments in proportion of
10:10:20:10:10, third segment greatly swollen to apex, three-fourths as broad as
long, with a large, deep, sensory cavity opening by a small pore. Mouthparts
rudimentary, mandibles not developed.
Thorax dark brown, mesonotum and secutellum with numerous long, mixed
PROG. ENT, SOC, WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 9
brown and golden, upright hairs and appressed slender, yellowish scales. Coxae
yellowish; fore and hind tibiae with narrow sub-basal and broader subapical brown
bands, the latter subequal in width to the yellowish band of each side; mid tibia
brown except at extreme base and apex; tarsi brown with narrow segmental yellow
bands. Legs with numerous long, upright, stiff hairs and appressed, narrow,
striated scales; six spines in hind tibial comb; hind tibial spur almost half as long
as basitarsus, scaly at base; TR 1.0; claws slender and curved, simple.
Wing with abundant long, striated, blackish scales; adorned with small yellow-
ish anterior spot past end of costa and irregular, diffuse, paler areas on distal and
posterior portions. Halter knob brownish. Abdomen dark brown with numerous
dark brown hairs and slender scales. Spermathecae two, subequal, elongate oval,
each measuring 0.035 by 0.055 mm.
Holotype-—Female, Warwick Pond, Bermuda, 4 July 1955, R. W.
Wilhams, recovery cage (type No. 62916, U.S.N.M.). Paratypes.—8
females, Bermuda, same data as type; 1 female, Warwick Marsh,
recovery cage, 4 July 1955. Purrro Rico—1 female, El Yunque, 20-23
March, 1954, J. Maldonado and 8S. Medina. UNrrep Stares—1 female,
Brownsville, Texas, 1 October 1951, A. B. Gurney, palm grove. GUATE-
MALA—2, females, Actenango, 22 June 1951, Gibson and Ascoli, at
hght; 1 female, Yepocapa, 26 ‘July Os Gibson and Ascoli, at light.
“Forcipomyia. cinctipes (Coquillett) from United States (type local-
ity, Florida )is very similar, but has pale halteres, dark coxae, femora
dark nearly to bases, the second dark band on hind tibia is twice as
broad as the pale bands on each side, the third palpal segment is not
greatly swollen and has a small sensory pit and the size averages larger
(wing up to 1.4 mm. long). Forcipomyia ornatipennis Macfie from
Brazil is also related, but also is a larger species (wing 1.3-1.4 mm.
long) with three large pale spots on the anterior margin of the female
wing, halteres pale, and the legs have more extensive yellow bands on
the femora and mid tibia. Macfie’s reference (1953, Beitr. zur Ent. 3:
96) to a damaged male specimen of ornatipennis from Costa Rica prob-
ably refers to varipennis.
5. Dasyhelea cincta (Coquillett)
Ceratopogon cinctus Coquillett, 1901, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23: 605 (female;
Lake Worth, Florida).
Dasyhelea cincta, Johannsen, 1943, Ann. Ent. Soe. Amer, 36: 778; Wirth, 1952,
Univ. Calif. Pub. Ent. 9: 150 (male, baa fig. wing, antenna, palpus,
spermathecae, male genitalia; many U. S. localities).
Specimens examined: 7 males, 18 panies from recovery cages at
Paget Marsh, Warwick Marsh, and Southampton Marsh.
This is a relatively large species (wing about 1.4 mm. long) with
pruinose bluish-black mesonotum spotted with yellowish, especially on
the borders, and bearing a tuft of black scale-like bristles in the middle
of the mesonotum; wings with bare lines, abdomen with posterior
borders of terga white and abdominal pleura with many small black
streaks.
10 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
6. Dasyhelea grisea (Coquillett )
Ceratopogon griseus Coquillett, 1901, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23: 602 (female;
Washington, D. C., Lake Worth, Florida).
Dasyhelea grisea Thomsen, 1935, Jour. New York Ent. Soe. 43: 283; Wirth, 1952,
Univ. Calif. Pub. Ent. 9: 155 (male, female; many U. S. localities; fig.
antenna, palpus, male genitalia).
Specimens examined: 19 males, 45 females, from recovery cage at
Warwick Marsh.
This moderate sized (wine 1-1.2 mm. long) species can be recog-
nized by its uniformly grayish-green pollinose mesonotum with three
narrow darker setigerous vittae; wine with sparse hairs and bare
lines; legs pale with blackish knees; abdomen black above, the apices
of segments narrowly white-margined; pleura of abdominal segments
II-VI extensively black; spermatheca one, oval with a short sclero-
tized neck; male genitalia with blunt dististyle, a distinct sclerotized
hook on mesal margin of basistyle, ninth sternum not produced caudad,
and apicolateral processes of ninth tergum well developed.
7. Dasyhelea luteogrisea, new species
Female.—Length of wing 1.0 mm.
Structurally nearly identical with grisea (Coquillett). Mesonotum yellowish
brown with three broad, obscure, darker, dull, grayish-brown vittae; halter knob
yellowish; abdominal pleura without integumental dark patches on segments III-
VI, but with denser, longer, conspicuous patches of brownish bristly hairs; all
hairs of body slightly longer and more conspicuous than in grisea.
Male.—Mesonotum uniformly dark brown with heavy bluish-gray pollinosity ;
scutellum dull yellowish brown. Genitalia with spine of apicolateral processes of
ninth tergum short and stout. Otherwise as in grisea.
Types.—Holotype female, allotype male, Bermuda, from recovery
cage at Spittal Pond, 17-23 June 1955, R. W. Willams (type No.
62917, U.S.N.M., mounted on slides). Paratypes: 250 males, females,
Bermuda, from recovery cages at Spittal Pond, Trott’s Pond, Paget
Marsh, Warwick Pond, Warwick Marsh, Evans Pond, Southampton
Marsh and Mid-Ocean Country Club Pond, and in the light trap at
Spittal Pond. Also the following paratypes: United States—22 males,
7 females, Lake Worth, Florida, 9 August 1951, W. W. Wirth, light
trap; 7 males, 13 females, North Miami Beach, Florida, 18 April 1951,
J. E. Porter, hight trap; 3 females, Lake Charles, Louisiana, 9 June
1917, J. M. Aldrich ; 2 females, Galveston, Texas, 16 April 1905, W. D.
Pierce, on Tamarix gallica. Bahamas—1 female, South Bimini Island,
June 1951, Cazier and Vaurie.
This species is evidently a salt marsh relative of Dasyhelea grisea
(Coquillett), with which it occasionally occurs, but without showing
evidence of interbreeding.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 11
8. Dasyhelea scissurae Macfie
Dasyhelea scissurae Macfie, 1937, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10) 20: 15 (male; Trini-
dad; fig. genitalia) ; Macfie, 1953, Beitr. zur Ent. 3: 103 (male, female; Costa
Rica).
Specimens examined: 2 males, 1 female, Paget Marsh, light trap,
28 June and 1 male, Evans Pond, in hght trap, 12-18 July 1955.
The uniformly dull, jet-black color with only the halteres white,
small size (wing 0.9 mm. long) and the bifid male dististvles will
readily identify this species.
9. Dasyhelea atlantis, new species
(Figure 1)
Male, female.—Length of wing 0.75-0.8 mm.
Color in specimens preserved in alcohol shining dark brown; male mesonotum
uniformly blackish, female mesonotum paler brown with humeri, supra-alar spots
and a pair of oval spots in prescutellar depression, yellowish. Scutellum yellowish,
with six bristles; postscutellum and pleuron dark brown. Antenna brown, palpus
yellowish; legs yellowish, femora and tibiae more or less infuscated; halter knob
whitish, stem dark; wing grayish hyaline, the radial cells slightly darkened;
abdominal terga uniformly blackish. Eye pubescent. Antenna with flagellar seg-
ments in proportion of 15:10:11:11:12:12:13:13:18:18:18:18:25; tenth segment
1.6 times as long as broad; last segment without terminal stylet. Palpal segments
in proportion of 15:25:12:12. TR 2.4; six or seven spines in hind tibial comb.
Wing with second radial cell twice as long as broad, macrotrichia numerous,
arranged in lines on disc but forming patches on distal and posterior wing mar-
gins. Spermatheca one, subspherical, diameter about 0.04 mm., with a very slender
sclerotized duct one-third as long as diameter of spermatheca. Male genitalia as
in figure 1.
Holotype—Male, Bermuda, from recovery cage at Trott’s Pond, 10
June 1955, R. W. Williams (type No. 62919, U.S.N.M., on slide). Allo-
type—Female, from recovery cage at Spittal Pond, 17-23 June 1955.
Paratypes.—About 700 males and females, from recovery cages, during
June and July from Lovers Lake, Wilkinson Pond, Trott’s Pond,
Spittal Pond, Warwick Pond, Seymour Pond, Evans Pond, Pilchard
Bay and Mid-Ocean Country Club Ponds, and from the heht trap at
Spittal Pond, 17-23 June 1955.
10. Dasyhelea bermudae, new species
(Figure 2)
Male, female.
Very similar in color markings to atlantis, the shining blackish mesonotum with
Length of wing 0.65-0.70 mm.
yellowish humeri and preseutellar spots outstanding. Structurally as in atlantis,
but differing as follows: Antennal segments slightly shorter, flagellar segments in
proportion 15:12:12:12:12:12:12:12:15:15:15:15:20. Wimg slightly hairier, sec-
ond radial cell not quite as long as broad. Spermatheea larger, diameter about
0.06 mm., the base of the duct sclerotized only a short distance. Male genitalia
quite different, as in figure 2.
12 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
Holotype—Male, Bermuda, from recovery cage at Warwick Pond,
4 July 1955, R. W. W illiams (type No. 62918, U.S.N.M., on slide).
Allotype. Female, from recovery cage at Pampas Farm, 21-27 June
1955. Paratypes.—50 males, 75 females, from recovery cages during
June and July at Pampas Farm, Devonshire Marsh, Paget Marsh,
Warwick Pond, Warwick Marsh, Seymour Pond, and Southampton
Marsh.
1 2
Fig. 1, male genitalia of Dasyhelea atlantis; fig. 2, male genitalia of Dasyhelea
bermudae. The stippling represents areas of greater sclerotization.
11. Culicoides floridensis Beck
Culicoides floridensis Beck, 1951, Florida Ent. 34: 135 (male, female; Florida;
fig. male genitalia).
Specimens examined: Only 3 males and 3 females were taken, these
in the light trap at Wilkinson Pond.
Culicoides floridensis is somewhat similar to melleus of the Atlantie
and Gulf Coasts of the United States, in that it is a pale yellowish
species with unspotted wings, but the wings of floridensis are relatively
barer and the female has the spermathecae less heavily sclerotized.
The male genitalia of floridensis have normal dististyles, conspicuously
spinose parameres, and a V-shaped aedeagus, whereas those of melleus
have the dististyles conspicuously bent, the parameres simple and the
aedeagus massive, with high arch and truneate tip.
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 13
12. Culicoides crepuscularis Malloch
Culicoides crepuscularis Malloch, 1915, Bull. Illinois St. Lab. Nat. Hist. 10: 303
(male, female; Illinois, Michigan, Arizona; fig. wing, mesonotum, male
antenna, genitalia) ; Foote and Pratt, 1954, Pub. Hlth. Monogr. 18: 19 (re-
described, records, fig. wing, mesonotum, palpus, male genitalia).
Specimens examined: 176 females and 74 males from a light trap
at Biological Station, Wilkinson Pond, Spittal Pond, Pampas Farm,
Paget Marsh, Warwick Marsh, Southampton Marsh, and Evans Pond,
and 577 males and 658 females from recovery cages at Pampas Farm,
Devonshire March, Paget Marsh, Pembroke Marsh, Warwick Marsh,
Seymour Pond, Southampton Marsh, Pilchard Bay, and the larger of
the two Mid-Ocean Golf Course Ponds.
This species is a close relative of canithorax Hoffman and alaskensis
Wirth from North America, as well as bermudensis with which it was
associated in Bermuda. Crepuscularis can be distinguished from these
species by its conspicuous wing pattern of definite rounded spots and
by the prominent mesonotal pattern consisting of a median longi-
tudinal diamond-shaped anterior band and a pair of crescent-shaped
lateral bands which are dark brown on a pruinose grayish background.
13. Culicoides bermudensis Williams
Culicoides bermudensis Williams, 1956, Jour. Parasit. 42(3): 297-300. (female;
Bermuda; fig. wing, palpus).
Specimens examined: 224 females in light trap from Pampas Farm,
Paget Marsh and Southampton Marsh, and 111 females in recovery
cages from Trott’s Pond, Devonshire Marsh, Paget Marsh, Pampas
Farm, Warwick Pond, and Southampton Marsh.
Culicoides bermudensis is a small, brownish, poorly marked species.
The female is closely related to canithorax of North America, but
differs from it in possessing 8 or less mandibular teeth instead of 15,
the AR is less than 1.2, the distance between the eyes is about 2.5 times
as great, the palpus and wing are less than two-thirds as long, macro-
trichia are sparse, the first spine of the hind tibial comb is the longest,
the long axis of the distal pale spot in cell R; les at a 45° angle to
yein M, and the single spermatheca is more than 1.5 times as large as
in cantthorar. No males were collected.
14. Bezzia atlantica, new species
Male, female.—Length of wing 1.2 mm.
Head brown; antenna and palpus pale brown, basal rings of antennal segments
at the verticils whitish; flagellar segments in proportion of 20:18:18:19:20:22:
23:24:35:35:30:40:44. Palpal segments in proportion of 8:12:20:12:18. Man-
dible with ten teeth. Thorax in preserved specimens dark brown, with short dark
pubescence, extent of pruinose pattern undetermined; four or five long black
bristles above wing base; scutellum yellowish, with four strong black bristles.
Legs dark brown; broad yellow bands on middle of hind femur, at base and before
apex of fore tibia, on distal half of mid tibia but leaving extreme apex dark, and
14 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
on middle third of hind tibia; tarsi yellowish. Legs moderately stout; fore femur
with three long, rather slender, black spines on flexor side, fore and mid femora
with one apical extensor spine, hind femur with extensor series of three or four
bristles; claws black, equal, each with a strong, blunt, basal tooth; TR about 2.0.
Wing yellowish hyaline, costa extending to 0.72 of wing length; medial fork
sessile. Halter brown. Abdomen dull yellowish brown; female with one pair of
gland rods as long as 3.5 segments. Female spermathecae two, pyriform, subequal.
Male genitalia as figured by Wirth (1952, fig. 27 f) for setulosa.
Holotype.—Male, Bermuda, Devonshire Marsh, from recovery cage,
21-27 June 1955, R. W. Williams (type No. 62920, U.S.N.M. on slide):
Allotype.—Female, Bermuda, Pampas Farms, from recovery cage, 21-
27 June 1955. Paratypes——4 males, 4 females, same data as holotype.
Bezzia setulosa (Loew), a common Nearectie species, is closely re-
lated, but differs in having the legs more extensively yellowish, the
femora with very broad pale bands at midlength and the fore femur
with an additional pale preapical ring, the pale tibial bands are also
slightly broader, the female gland rods extend through 4.5 segments
and the spermathecae are not distinetly pyriform.
REFERENCES
Johnson, C. W. 1913. The Dipteran fauna of Bermuda. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 6:
443-452.
Oglivie, L. 1928. The insects of Bermuda. Bermuda Dept. Agr.
Waterston, J. M. 1940. Supplementary list of Bermuda insects. Bermuda Dept.
Agr.
Wirth, W. W. 1952. The Heleidae of California. Univ. Calif. Pub. Ent. 9: 95-266.
PROCEEDINGS
Back VOLUMES AND SINGLE NUMBERS AVAILABLE
Vols. 1-19, per volume a _ $2.00
| OXEH hi ¢N G01 OY 2 Ae see ee aes GMa anal Wes Ree Aaa were EN 90
Vols. 20-50, per volume _ esd CNS Meace nat ORs Asante Mea rade were ee ee mT) ALLO G)
Der MumbeIh es elk a SRE Oe eS nh Dee teen ae b 20
AYACo) KS ESp al ESO feoey OLS) ian 0) Lh 00: ReMi A INane Ale RENEE aren Se Ne ere enn aa in Semen: waaay a NL (OY)
DOL RDO =e ea Ee ee 2 a see eee a
Note: No.’s 1-4 of Vol. 9 and No.’s 1-4 of Vol. 19 are available only
as complete volumes. Per volume Pen eee Mae ee eee se 2)(0Y()
COMPLETE SETS, Vous. 1-57 (1884-1955, inelusive) —- d f _.. 194.00
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 15
A REVISION OF THE GENERA OF POEMENIINI AND XORIDINI
(HYMENOPTERA, ICHNEUMONIDAE)
Henry TOWNES, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor.
The ichneumonid tribes Poemeniini and Xoridini belong in the sub-
family Pimplinae, which subfamily includes species with usually a
rather cylindric body shape, areolet triangular or absent, tarsal claws
not visibly pectinate but often lobed or cleft, spiracle of first abdomi-
nal tergite at or in front of the middle, and ovipositor long and with-
out a subapical dorsal notch. These characters are rather general in
statement and subject to exceptions, but are enough for a correct sub-
family placement of the majority of the Pimplinae, including mem-
bers of the present two tribes. Perhaps the greatest difficulty for the
tribes under consideration is to distinguish them from members of the
Gelinae belonging to the subtribe Echthrina (tribe Mesostenini).
The Echthrina differ from the Poemeniini and Xoridini in having
the areolet, when present, rectangular or quadrangular (except in the
Ethiopion genus Gabunia), and the dorsal valve of the ovipositor
somewhat enclosed apically by a dorsal flange of the ventral valves.
It is a common mistake of older authors to put some of these echthrine
genera in the Xoridini because of a superficial resemblance, but both
larval and adult characters show them to be true members of the
relinae.
The Poemeniini and Noridini have commonly been included in the
single tribe Xoridini (Ashmead, 1900, Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 23 : 60-62 ;
and Schmeideknecht, 1907, Opuscula Ichneumonologica, p. 1336) or in
the tribes Xoridini and Odontomerini (Cushman and Rohwer, 1920,
Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 57: 395-396). More recently a division into
two tribes approximately as used here has been effected, but hereto-
fore without a statement of the characters on which the division was
based (Townes, 1944, Mem. Amer. Ent. Soe. 11: 80-85; 102-115, and
Townes and Townes, 1951, U.S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog, 2: 198-199 ;
204-207). In spite of the fact that members of the two tribes have
been commonly classified together, they are not closely related. Lar-
val and adult characters seem to ally the Poemeniini with the Rhys-
sini and seem to relate the Xoridini with the Labenini and Acaenitini.
At any rate, they are certainly distinct tribes.
Key DISTINGUISHING THE POEMENIINI FROM THE XORIDINI
1. Propodeum not areolated, prepectal carina absent; epipleurum of second
abdominal tergite very narrow, almost absent; middle tibia of female
iO Hite O Dlg tem or OO MES ome = su aeentl ee Shea Seat tS eee Poemeniini
Propodeum completely or almost completely areolated; prepectal carina
present; epipleurum of second abdominal tergite moderately wide, usually
about 0.25 times as wide as long; middle tibia of female usually with one
or two oblique grooves that give it a twisted appearance... Xoridini
16 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
Tribe Poemeniini
As defined in the key, this tribe includes Poemenia, Deuteroxorides,
Neoxorides, Eugalta, and the new genera Podoschistus, Cnastis, and
Ganodes. In 1944 I ineluded also the genera Clistopyga and Diacritus
(Mem. Amer. Ent. Soe. 11: 80-85). Clistopyga was removed to the
Polysphinetini in 1951 (Townes and Townes, U. 8. Dept. Agr., Agr.
Monogr. 2: 192). Diacritus has a prepectal carina, and in some other,
less definite, characters is a misfit in the Poemeniini. It is hereby
removed from the Poemniini and referred provisionally to the Plecti-
scinae. The genera which I believe are properly referred to the
Poemeniini are discussed below.
KEY TO THE GENERA OF POKMENIINI
1. Mandible with two apieal teeth, the upper tooth smaller; clypeus evenly
convex, about 2.0 times as wide as long; tarsal claws simple. Hol-
AT CULG preset tle, Fy A iol ota SG, SS Re ee aE Cee Poemenia
Mandible without two teeth, its apex truneate and echisel-shaped; clypeus
basally convex and apically impressed, 1.3 to 1.8 times as wide as long;
tarsal claws of middle legs with a subapical tooth except in Neoworides._ 2
~S)
2. Dorsal half of temple finely and weakly scabrous; clypeus about 1.8 times
asi wide, asilongs. | Palaearctic. 222 soeee em 25 Nie eal trate Deuteroxorides
Dorsal half of temple coarsely and strongly scabrous; eclypeus about 1.5
bIMES: “AS Cwide as; TON pis Ee a Wp ae eA A el 3
3. Outer claw of hind tarsus bent at a sharp angle, the inner claw more weakly
curved; apical ungual bristle on outer claw of hind tarsus enlarged and
shoehmblihien) (Obaehawh each ed iy onotey as see 2 ee Eugalta
Outer claw of hind tarsus not bent at a sharp angle and not more sharply
curved than inner claw; apical ungual bristle on outer claw of hind tar-
susvnotr enlarged... e292 od ee oe ae et Sh) Sas 8S ee 4
4. Tarsal claws simple; second and third tergites impunctate or with a few
WeAkes pln ctuiness), slo am chess eee ea cua! cee LN AA ar Neoxorides
Tarsal claws with a subapical tooth, or the hind claws sometimes simple;
second) and) third tergites definitely-punctate: 2 ee eee
Hind tarsal claws with a subapical appressed tooth; nervulus opposite the
asallimvein’; pElOlan tics, sewleM re Aas hsoct at oe Wee eh As Seana aie ae Podoschistus
Hind tarsal claws simple; nervulus before the basal vein by about 0.25
(eo) (OAYS qameiKersy syiste WW enovetol, ee ee ipa Ee ae eas elle ei 6
6. Areolet present; first tergite of female about 2.4 times as long as wide.
Neotropical: Sse. te 2025 ai Ne ye aOR eRe et Eee ih TANT ae Ganodes
Areolet absent; first tergite of female about 1.5 to 2.0 times as long as
Wades Jiapan,) Philippines: vanes cm dossiers) ee ceves er cee ues eee ea eae Cnastis
Genus Poemenia
Poemenia Holmgren, 1859. Ofvers. Svenska Vetensk. Akad. Forh. 16: 130.
Type: Poemenia notata Holmgren. Monobasie.
Calliclisis Foerster, 1868. Verh. Naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 169.
Type: Ephialtes hecticus Gravenhorst. Designated by Viereck, 1914.
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 17
Phthinodes Tschek, 1868. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Gesell. Wien 18: 272.
Type: Ephialtes hecticus Gravenhorst. Monobasic.
Euxorides Cresson, 1870. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 3: 167.
Type: Euaorides americanus Cresson. Monobasic.
Lissonotopsis Habermehl, 1917. Ztschr. Wiss. Ins.-Biol. 13: 234, 306.
Type: (Lissonotopsis rufa Habermehl) = hectica Gravenhorst. Monobasie.
Clypeus moderately large, about 2.0 times as wide as long, evenly convex, coy-
ered with rather long hairs, its apical margin concave; mandible moderately long,
with two apical teeth, the upper tooth shorter; temple in profile about 0.53 times
as long as eye, its dorsal half sometimes with a weakly scabrous area; meso-
scutum moderately trilobed; notauli strong anteriorly, fading out on dise of
mesosecutum; areolet present or absent, when absent the intercubitus about 0.8
times as long as second abscissa of cubitus; nervulus usually opposite basal vein,
but sometimes before or a little beyond; tarsal claws simple, those of the hind
legs sharply curved in a right angle turn; first tergite about 2.0 to 3.5 times
as long as wide; second and third tergites with fine dense punctures.
This is a rather small, Holaretic genus. In North America there
are four species.
Genus Deuteroxorides
Deuteroxorides Viereck, 1914. Bul. U. S. Natl. Mus. 83: 43.
Type: Xorides albitarsus Gravenhorst.
Clypeus rather small, about 1.8 times as wide as long, convex basally, the rest
impressed and the apical margin concave; mandible of moderate length, its apex
chisel-shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.5 times as long as eye, its
dorsal half finely and half weakly scabrous; mesoscutum strongly trilobed; notauli
strong, almost meeting on disc of mesoscutum; areolet absent; intercubitus about
0.5 to 1.0 times as long as second abscissa of cubitus; nervulus opposite or a
little before basal vein; tarsal claws of male simple, the outer claw of hind tarsus
more sharply curved than inner claw; female tarsal claws with an internal trun-
cate tooth on front and middle legs, simple on hind leg or with an inner tooth
on inner claw, the outer claw more sharply curved than inner claw; first tergite
about 2.0 to 4.0 times as long as wide; second and third tergites with rather close,
moderate sized punctures.
There are two species: the European NXorides albitarsus Graven-
horst, 1829, and the Japanese Vorides orientalis Uchida, 1928.
Genus Eugalta
Eugalta Cameron, 1899. Mem. & Proc. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soe. 43: 135.
Type: Hugalta strigosa Cameron. Designated by Ashmead, 1900.
Pseudeugalta Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 55.
Type: Engalta spinosa Cameron. Monobasie.
Baliena Cameron, 1900. Mem. & Proc. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc. 44: 101.
Type: Baliena leptopus Cameron. Monobasie.
Tilgida Cameron, 1900. Mem. & Proc. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc. 44: 108.
Type: Tilgida albitarsis Cameron. Monobasie.
1s PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
Aethria Tosquinet, 1903. Mém. Soc. Ent. Belgique 10: 114. New. synonymy.
Type: Aethria conspicua Tosquinet. Monobasic.
Bathymeris Cameron, 1906. Entomologist 39: 251.
Type: Bathymeris longipes Cameron. Monobasie.
Formoxorides Uchida, 1928. Jour. Fac. Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 14.
Type: Achorocephalus pilosus Szépligeti. Original designation.
Clypeus small, quadrate, about 1.5 times as wide as long, convex basally, apical-
ly impressed, the apical margin subtruneate; mandible short, its apex chisel-
shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.3 times as long as eye, its upper
half coarsely scabrous; mesoscutum strongly trilobed; notauli strong, strongly
convergent, and almost meeting on disc of mesoscutum; areolet present or ab-
sent, when absent the intercubitus about as long as second abscissa of cubitus;
nervulus opposite basal vein; tarsal claws each with a large truncate median
tooth; outer claw of hind tarsus bent a little sharper than a right angle, its
median tooth obscured within the bend and its apical ungual bristle enlarged and
spatulate; first tergite about 2.0 to 4.0 times as long as wide; second and third
tergites polished, impunectate or variously punctate.
This is an Oriental genus, with many species. One species, (or-
ides) Eugalta albomarginalis Uchida, 1928 (new combination), oe-
curs in Japan.
Genus Podoschistus, new genus
Clypeus small, quadrate, about 1.2 times as wide as long, basally convex, the
rest impressed, its apex truncate or concave; mandible short, its apex chisel-
shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.55 times as long as eye, its upper
half coarsely scabrous; mesoscutum rather strongly trilobed; notauli strong,
convergent and almost meeting on dise of mesoscutum; areolet absent, the inter-
cubitus about 0.5 times as long as second abscissa of cubitus; nervulus opposite
basal vein; tarsal claws with a median, appressed, pointed tooth; first tergite
about 2.3 to 3.0 times as long as wide; second and third tergites mat, with mod-
erate punctures.
Genotype—X orides vittifrons Cresson, 1868.
This is a Holaretic genus, including Norides vitifrons Cresson,
1868, from eastern North America; Yorides scutellaris Desvignes,
1856, from Europe; and Xorides alpensis Uchida, 1928, from Japan.
Genus Ganodes, new genus
Clypeus small, quadrate, about 1.5 times as wide as long, convex basally, the
rest impressed, its apical margin subtruneate; mandible short, its apex chisel-
shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.4 times as long as eye, its upper
half coarsely scabrous; mesoseutum strongly trilobed; notauli strong, convergent,
meeting on disc of mesoscutum; areolet present; nervulus before basal vein by
about 0.3 times its length; claws on front and middle legs of female (the male
unknown) with a small median acute tooth; claws on hind tarsus simple, rather
strongly curved; first tergite of female about 2.3 times as long as wide; second
and third tergites polished, with moderate sized punctures.
Genotype—Ganodes balteatus, new species.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 19
Ganodes balteatus, new species
Female—Fore wing 10 to 15 mm. long. Frons impunctate but with a few setae;
serobe of pronotum impunctate; mesoscutum smooth, with scattered small, indis-
tinct punctures, centrally with some sharp wrinkles; mesopleurum polished, most
of it with shallow, moderate-sized, rather close punctures; propodeum trans-
versely wrinkled on its median third, wrinkled on its lower margin, the rest with
rather sparse weak punctures; first tergite polished, with a few weak punctures
and faint, fine transverse wrinkling; second and third tergites with moderate
sized, rather close punctures interrupted by a median impunctate stripe, the stripe
a little wider and the punctures a little sparser on the second tergite.
Head white, the mandible, scabrous area on temple, frons medially and con-
nected with upper half of occiput, and antenna except for flagellar segments 8 to
19 black; propleurum brown, whitish near fore coxa; pronotum black, broadly
white below and above; mesoscutum black, a lateral spot on front part of median
lobe and a pair of discal streaks whitish; seutella white surrounded by black;
propodeum whitish, its median third black and with a dark brown pleural stripe
extending from spiracle posteriorly; a triangle under hind wing brownish; pleura
and sterna rufus, the mesopleurum sometimes mottled with whitish and with
black below the subalar tubercle; subalar tuberele of mesopleurum and mese-
pimeron whitish; tegula white; wings hyaline, their veins dark brown but the
costa basally whitish. Legs fulvous, the fore coxa anteriorly, the middle and
hind coxae posteriorly, and tinges on front and middle femora and middle troch-
anters brownish; front and middle tarsi blackish apieally; hind femur blackish;
hind tibia and tarsus yellow.
Type—?, Nova Teutonia, Brazil, I[X-27-40, Fritz Plaumann
(Townes).
Paratypes—3 @ 9, same data as the type but with the dates [11-24
27, 1X-13-40, and X-19-40 (Townes).
Genus Cnastis, new genus
Clypeus small, quadrate, about 1.5 times as wide as long, convex basally, apically
impressed, the apical margin subtruncate; mandible very short, its apex chisel-
shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.67 times as long as eye, its upper
0.6 coarsely scabrous; top of head somewhat flattened; mesoscutum weakly tri-
lobed; notauli sharp but not strongly impressed, almost meeting on dise of meso-
scutum; areolet absent, the intercubitus about 1.1 to 1.35 times as long as second
abscissa of cubitus; nervulus before basal vein by about 0.3 to 0.4 times its
length; tarsal claws of fore and middle legs of female with an acute submedian
tooth; tarsal claws of hind leg simple, strongly curved; first tergite of female
about 1.5 to 2.0 times as long as wide; second and third tergite polished, with
rather coarse, moderately dense punctures. The last tergite of the female is un-
usual in extending beyond the cerci as a flattened lobe that is longer than wide.
In related genera the apex of the female last tergite is shorter and scoop-shaped.
Genotype—N eoxorides longicaudis longicaudis Baltazar, 1955.
The genotype is from Luzon in the Philippines. There is a sub-
species of the genotype (N. longicaudis mindanensis Baltazar, 1955)
in Mindanao, Philippines, an undescribed subspecies of NV. longicaudis
20) PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
in Siam, and a specimen of the species is known from Java. NXorides
vulgaris Uchida, 1928, is a second species of the genus, occurring in
Japan.
Genus Neoxorides
Neoxorides Clément, 1938. Festschr. Embrick Strand, v. 4, p. 517.
Type: Norides nitens Gravenhorst. Original designation.
Clypeus small, quadrate, about 1.5 times as wide as long, convex basally, the
rest impressed, its apical margin subtruncate; mandible short, its apex chisel-
shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.6 times as long as eye, its upper
half coarsely scabrous; mesoscutum strongly trilobed; notauli strong, approxi-
mate on disc of mesoscutum; areolet absent, the intereubitus about 0.4 times
as long as second abscissa of eubitus; nervulus interstitial; claws simple, mod-
erately curved; first tergite about 2.0 to 3.0 times as long as wide; second and
third tergites microscopically transversely aciculate, impunctuate or with a few
weak, inconspicuous punctures.
This is a Holaretic genus, including the European Xorides nitens
Gravenhorst, 1829, the European Xorides collaris Gravenhorst, 1829,
and the American Xorides caryae Harrineton, 1891, and Yorides
borealis Cresson, 1870.
Tribe Xoridini
This tribe includes Yorides (=Xylonomus), Ischnoceros, Odonto-
colon, and Aplomerus. Xorides is an isolated genus. The other three
form a compact group, differing from Xorides as indicated in the key
to genera and in the ovipositor as described under the genera.
KEY TO THE GENERA OF XORIDINI
1. Mandible without two teeth, its apex chisel-shaped; epomia long and strong,
usually projecting dorsally as a tooth; female antenna curved or elbowed
subapically, at the curve or elbow with one, two or a series of peg-like
Setae.y MWiopldwid es it. 2. Suse te gre sae Ct ek EAE Ae ed al See Xorides
Mandible with two subequal teeth (as normal); epomia absent or short
and weak, not projecting dorsally; female antenna not specialized sub-
enonkorlibsy (EVs) to keierererll oyXol, AeYoney yn ee I Ceti 5.1 2
2. Hind femur with a strong median ventral tooth. Holarctic. Odontocolon
Hind femur without a median ventral, booth iets. eae SE Ee 3
3. Frons with a strong median horn or tubercle; body subcylindrie.
VOU ear Chi Cre: et NRL LU ra Oy spar PR NA es Nonna Pe a Ischnoceros
Frons without a median horn or tubercle; body flattened. Nearctie A plomerus
Genus Ischnoceros
Ischnoceros Gravenhorst, 1829. Tchneumonologica Europaea 2: 949.
Type: Ichnewmon rusticus Foureroy. Designated by Viereck, 1914.
Head and body not depressed; apex of mandible with two subequal teeth;
frons with a strong median horn or tubercle; female flagellum not specialized
as in Xorides ; epomia absent; hind femur not thickened, without a tooth beneath;
first abdominal segment short, stout, rather strongly bent at the middle; second
tergite with weak oblique basal grooves; second and third tergites punctate or
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 21
transversely aciculate; apical part of ovipositor weakly compressed, the ventral
valve with about five ridges, basad of which there is no roughened area.
There are several Palaearctic species, and one in the United States.
The United States species is described below.
Ischnoceros clivulus, new species
Female—Forewing 7 to 8 mm. long. Frons with rather fine punctures, and
with a large, median, mound-like, weakly compressed tubercle whose apex is
weakly grooved vertically; mesoscutum polished, with small punctures whose inter
spaces are about 1.5 times their diameter; mesopleurum polished, with moder-
ately large weak punctures whose interspaces are about equal to their diameter;
area dentipara with a weak transverse apical tooth; first tergite without a dorso-
lateral carina beyond the spiracle; second tergite polished, except near the apical
margin covered with microscopic transverse aciculation; ovipositor sheath about
0.67 times as long as fore wing.
Black. Tegula, base of fore wing, and base of hind tibia externally, whitish;
wings faintly tinged with brown, the veins dark brown; legs ferruginous, the
hind tibia with a weak apical infuseation; abdomen brownish ferruginous basally,
darkening to brown apically; ovipositor sheath blackish, ferruginous at the apex.
This is the only species of Ischnoceros with the abdomen partly fer-
ruginous. Its frontal horn is unexecavated, as in Ischnoceros sappo-
rensis, but the abdominal sculpture is aciculate as in J. rusticus rather
than punctate as in I, sapporensis.
Type—?, Cinder Cone, Lassen National Park, Calif., VI-19-41,
P. D. Hurd (Berkeley).
Paratypes—2 22. same data as type (Berkeley and Townes).
®, Wright’s Lake, Eldorado Co., Calif., VII-2-48, P. D. Hurd (Ber-
keley ).
yenus Odontocolon
Odontomerus Gravenhorst, 1829. TIchneumonologica Europaea 3:851.
Name preoccupied by Leach, 1819.
Type: Ichnewmon dentipes Gmelin. Designated by Westwood, 1839.
Odontocolon Cushman, 1942. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 44: 179. New name.
Head and body not, or weakly flattened; apex of mandible with two subequal
teeth; frons without a median tubercle or horn; female flagellum not specialized
as in NXorides; epomia absent or rudimentary; hind femur thickened, beneath
with a strong median tooth; first abdominal segment rather slender basally and
enlarged apically, a little bent near the middle; second tergite without oblique
basal grooves; first and second tergites polished, smooth or more or less aciculate
or punctate; apical part of ovipositor weakly compressed, the ventral valve with
about five ridges, basad of which there is no roughened area.
This is a Holarctie genus with numerous species.
ap PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
Genus Aplomerus
Platysoma Provancher, 1885. Canad. Ent. 17: 115. Name preoccupied by
Leach, 1817, by Lienard, 1832, and by Brandt, 1835.
Type: Platysoma tibialis Provancher. Monobasic.
Aplomerus Provancher, 1886. Addit. Corr. Faune Ent. Canada p. 117.
New name for Platysoma.
Anodontomerus Ashmead, 1900. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 61.
Type: Aplomerus tibialis Provancher. Original designation.
Haplomerus Dalla Torre, 1901. Catalogus Hymenopterorum. 3: 3592.
Emendation.
Head and body distinctly flattened; apex of mandible with two subequal teeth;
frons without a median horn or tuberele; female flagellum not apically special-
ized as in NXorides; epomia absent; hind femur not thickened, without a tooth
beneath; first abdominal segment depressed, its spiracle near its basal 0.3; second
tergite without oblique basal grooves; first and second tergites polished or with
various aciculation or fine wrinkling; apical part of ovipositor weakly compressed,
the ventral valve with about five ridges, basad of which there is no roughened
area.
This is a Nearctic genus, with five species.
Genus Xorides
Xorides Latreille, 1809. Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. 4: 4.
Type: Ichneumon indicatorius Latreille. Monobasie.
Epixorides Smith, 1862. Jour. Proe. Linnaean Soe. London (Zool.) 6: 64.
New synonymy.
Type: Epixorides chalybeator Smith. Monobasiec.
Moansa Tosquinet, 1896. Mem. Soe. Ent. Belgique 5: 345. New synonymy.
Type: Moansa praestans Tosquinet. Monobasie.
Neoxylonomus Szépligeti, 1914. Ann. Mus. Natl. Hungariei 12: 421.
New synonymy.
Type: Neoxylonomus australis Szépligeti. Monobasie.
Other synonyms: Xylonomus, Sterotrichus, Gonophonus, Moerophora, Sichelia,
Rhadina, Perissocerus, Cyanoxvorides, Spiloxorides, Macrosterotrichus, Caeno
stoma, Periceros, Rhadinopimpla, Ahyborhyssa, Lavaudenia, Xylonomimus,
and Neoxrylonomus Clément, not Szépligeti.
Head and body not, or weakly flattened; apex of mandible chisel-shaped, with-
out teeth; frons without a median tubercle or horn, or sometimes with a horn or
lamella between the antennal bases; female flagellum subapically elbowed or
eurved, on the outer side of the elbow or curve with one to several peg-like bris-
tles; epomia strong, long, dorsally turning forward and usually forming a pro-
jecting tooth at the turn; hind femur not thickened, without a tooth beneath;
first abdominal segment subeylindrie or prismatie basally, expanded apically.
stout and rather short to elongate and slender; second tergite nearly always with
an oblique basal groove on each side cutting off baso-lateral corners, and often
with other grooves or impressions; second and third tergites variously seulptured;
apical part of ovipositor cylindrie or slightly depressed, the lower valve with about
eight ridges, basad of which there is a roughened area.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1; FEBRUARY, 1957
This is a large genus of worldwide distribution and much strue-
tural diversity among its species. The specific diversity has led to
the creation of separate genera for reception of some of the structural
types. I list these generic names above as simple synonyms, though
it is probable that after the specific relations are better understood it
will be advisable to use some of the proposed names for subgenera.
BOOK REVIEW
A CLASSIFICATION OF THE FIRST INSTAR LARVAE OF THE MELOI-
DAE (COLEOPTERA), by J. W. MacSwain. University of California
Publications in Entomology, University of California Press, vol. 12, iv plus
181 pp., 29 pls. 1956. $3.00.
The title is perhaps an understatement of the scope of the paper, for in
actuality this work represents a carefully analyzed account of both the phylogeny
and the classification of the Meloidae of the world. Furthermore, while the
author’s primary source of data was a comparative study of the morphology of
the first-stage larvae, information pertaining to the morphology of the adults and
especially biology was integrated and temperately synthesized wherever possible.
Since the author’s ideas concerning the systematics of the family were based on
all these lines of evidence, there is little doubt but that this definitive paper will
represent the basic framework of the classification of the Meloidae for years to
come, in spite of the fact that small changes will become advisible when more
biological data are uncovered, when larvae of other species are collected, and
when the adults are more completely studied.
The general outline of the paper is as follows: After the introduction, and
acknowledgements, the author briefly but concisely presents the history of the
biological and systematic work pertaining to the larvae. He next treats the
known biology of the members of the family, summarizing the data at the end
in the form of comparative biological diagnoses of three of the five subfamilies.
Little is known of the other two subfamilies, which, however, are small. This is
followed by a discussion of the morphology of the first instars, with particular
reference to an evaluation of the characters of systematic use. The last part of the
paper, dealing with systematics of the family, is by far the largest, occupying
127 pages. It is introduced by a treatment of the phylogeny, in which the author’s
reasons, both biological and morphological, for dividing the family into five
subfamilies are presented and discussed. The paper then provides, in a strictly
taxonomic arrangement, an account of the subfamilies, tribes, genera, and species
based upon the known first-stage larvae. This section includes both keys and
comparative descriptions, and lists as well the geographic range of the taxon,
the larval food, and the data of the material examined. In addition, the descrip-
tions are often accompanied by some general explanatory remarks pertaining to
relationship, nomenclature, and other pertinent information. Also included in
the paper is a very extensive selected bibliography covering eight and one-half
pages. The study terminates with twenty-nine plates of precisely delineated com-
parative illustrations of the larvae, drawn mostly by the author.—JEROME G.
ROZEN, JR., Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Wash-
ington, D.C.
24 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
FOR EARLY PUBLICATION
A CLASSIFICATION OF THE SIPHONAPTERA OF
SOUTH AMERICA
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES
by Phyllis Truth Johnson
Memoir 5
of the
Entomological Society of Washington
The study of South American fleas was begun in 1879 when Weyen-
bergh published the first descriptions of species from that region, using
Specimens mounted on cardboard as was usual in that day. These
fleas were restudied in balsam by Jordan and Rothschild in England
Shortly after the turn of the century, and from that time to the
present day a large number of siphonapterologists, both in England
and the Americas, have contributed to this study. Dr. Johnson’s
work is the first comprehensive taxonomic treatment of the fleas of
the region, which comprises Trinidad and all of the continent and its
coastal islands. The contemplated 275 page volume will be indispensa-
ble to the serious student of this important order of insects.
Memoir 5 opens with two discussions of morphological characters, one devoted
to the terms used in the taxonomic section and the other to their taxonomic
validity and possible phylogenetic significance. All the families, tribes and
genera known to occur in South America are completely described and illus-
trated, and the species within each genus have been listed with host and _ lo-
eality data. Descriptions of 17 new species and two new subspecies bring the
total number to 170. Keys to families, tribes, genera, and species are ineluded.
The discussion of each genus is terminated by a section giving the synonymies
of the hosts concerned. The 114 plates are said to contain among the best
illustrations of fleas currently available, and are grouped according to family.
A section listing hosts, each with the fleas known to occur on it, reecapitulates
the host-flea information; sections dealing with references, systematic index and
list of abbreviations close the volume.
Prepublication orders at the price of $8.00 to members and $9.00 to non-
members may still be placed with the Society for Memoir No. 5. Orders should
be addressed to Mr. Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian, Plant Quarantine Branch,
Agricultural Research Seriice, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington
29,0 DG.
oS
C
On
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
SOME SARGINAE COLLECTED IN SOUTH INDIA
(DiprERA, STRATIOMYIDAE)
Maovricre T. JAMES, State College of Washington, Pullman.
The present paper is based on collections made by P. 8. Nathan in
South India and either purchased by the author or supplied to him
for study by the Canadian National Museum through the courtesy
of G, EK. Shewell. The study of this material has aided considerably
in clarifying the taxonomic status of some poorly known species; it
has provided material for proposing a new synonymy, previously
suspected but not confirmed, involving a well-known and widely dis-
tributed species; and, finally, it has revealed two striking generic
intergrades, one of which is a species apparently new to science.
Microchrysa flaviventris (Wiedemann)
Sargus flaviventris Wiedemann, 1824, Anal. Ent., p. 31.
The status of the Oriental Microchrysa in which the males have
a unicolorous yellow abdomen is unsettled, but the common Indian
species seems to be flaviventris. I have seen a series from Gudalur,
Nilgiri Hills, 3500’, April, 1949 (Nathan; James Coll.) and a female
from Kodaikanal, Pulney Hills, May, 1953 (Nathan; Canadian Na-
tional Collection). Information on the types of M. flaviventris and
M. fuscistigma de Meijere furnished to me through the courtesy of
S. L. Tuxen and Br. Theowald, respectively, indicates that the discal
eell is completely developed in both, contrary to what I had previously
thought (James, 1950, p. 254); and in a series from Bangkok, Thai-
land, Sept. 9, 1952 (M. H. Griffith; Univ. Kansas Collection), two
males and one female had the discal cell complete, whereas one male
had the vein forming the upper apical portion evanescent. This latter
character, therefore, is apparently not of specific value.
Microchrysa dichoptica, new species
A typically appearing Microchrysa in all aspects except that the
eyes of the male are widely separated. The female might, on first ex-
amination, be taken for M. flaviventris, but the lees are entirely yellow
and the head structure is different, the occipital orbits bemg more
strongly developed below and the inner posterior corners of the eyes,
when viewed dorsally, being almost angulate instead of broadly
rounded, as in flaviventris. In Brunetti’s (1923) keys this species
would trace to the genus Sargus because of the dichoptic males; under
Sargus it would trace to inficitus Walker, from Batjan, a yellowish
species marked with black and, as Brunetti remarks, probably a Micro-
chrysa, since Walker describes it as having holoptic males (the type
is lost); under Microchrysa it traces either to fuscistigma or to
flaviventris, depending on whether one considers the stigma as brown
or yellow. Both fuscistigma and flaviventris males are holoptic, with
the abdomen at least mostly yellow.
26 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
Male.—Eyes broadly separated, the front and face almost parallel sided, the
latter but shghtly the broader, about one-fifth head width and slightly wider
than the ocellar triangle. Occipital orbits narrow, though distinet, along their
entire extent. Head metallic, blue green on upper part of front and upper oceipi-
tal orbits, blackish dulled by whitish pollen on lower third of front, bronze-green
on the face, and blackish on the occiput and lower occipital orbits; facial orbits
silvery; pile of upper part of front and occiput whitish, that of lower part of
front and facial orbits silvery. Antennae yellow, the flagellum orange-yellow ;
arista black. Proboscis yellow. Thorax metallic bluish green, the pleura slightly
more blackish, the humeri and the narrow upper margin of the mesopleura white ;
pile of pleura silvery, that of mesonotum yellowish-white. Legs wholly yellow
and yellow pilose; at most the last last segment of the hind tarsi blackish. Wings
hyaline, the stronger veins brownish; venation altogether typical of the genus;
stigma brownish; the veins forming the discal cell all strong; M: weak; Ms
but little more than a fold in the membrane. Halteres yellow. Abdomen about
as broad as thorax; its color blackish green, like that of the thoracic pleura;
pile white ventrally, the more conspicuous dorsal pile white to yellowish white
but overlying an inconspicuous, short, black pile, especially medially. Genitalia
orange-yellow, the capsule large and projecting. Length, 4 mm,
Female.
Front gradually widening from face to vertex; ratio to width of
head in allotype 0.24 across oral margin, 0.28 at antennal base, and 0.35 at
vertex; viewed from above, the posterior corners of the eyes distinctly angulated.
Lower parts of front bluish green, purplish in certain lights. Abdomen distinctly
broader than thorax. Otherwise, except sexually, as described for the male.
Types.—Holotype, male, Kodaikanal, Pulney Hills, 6500’; South
India, Nov. 9, 1953 (P. S. Nathan). Allotype, same data but May,
1953. Paratypes: male, same data but Oct. 15, 1953; two females,
same data but May 28, 1953, and May, 1953. Type in the Canadian
National Collection.
Sargus metallinus Fabricius
Sargus metallinus Fabricius, 1805, Syst. Antl., p. 258.
Sargus mactans Walker, 1860, Proe. Linn. Soe. London, 4: 97; Brunetti, 1923,
Ree. Indian Mus. 25: 156; James, 1948, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 98: 198
(possible synonymy with metallinus) ; James, 1950, Jour. Washington Acad.
Sei. 40: 254. (New synonymy )
Sargus redhibens Walker, 1860, Proe. Linn. Soc. London, 4: 97; Lindner, 1937,
Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10)20: 375 (synonymy with mactans).
Sargus concisus Walker, 1861, Proe. Linn. Soe. London, 5: 273; Brunetti, 1923,
Ree. Indian Mus., 25: 155 (synonymy with redhibens).
The references cited in the above synonymy are not intended to be
exhaustive, but merely to give authority for the names used, for their
synonymy, and for the statements given in this discussion.
Sargus metallinus, as here defined, is a very widespread and vari-
able species, ranging from Southern China and Okinawa through
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 Pa
India to Ceylon, New Caledonia, and the Solomon Islands. Variability
exists in color pattern, color of pile and at least one structural detail.
Typical metallinus has the legs entirely yellow. In mactans the hind
tibia is black at its base, and Brunetti states that this is the only way
in which it differs from metallinus. In redhibens, all femora are
broadly ringed with black or brown; in concisus, according to Brunetti,
the brown is deeper and more extensive and the ‘‘anterior’’ (fore and
middle, by Brunetti’s usage) tibiae and the fore and hind tarsi are
also distinctly brownish or brown. According to Lindner, Solomon
Islands males are mactans and females are redhibens; James has con-
firmed this observation but has added that series from Singapore,
India, and the Philippine Islands, in the United States National
Museum, contain both sexes of both mactans and redhibens. Lee
coloration, consequently, is highly variable. The coloration of the
head pile is, also, variable. In the mactans and redhibens forms, as
well as in typical metallinus, the pile is usually yellow on the vertex
and face but black or blackish on the front; all these areas may have
wholly or predominantly black or blackish pile, or certain males, with
their subeontiguous eyes, may have the pile color of the front merely
oeray. The type of concisus according to Brunetti, is apparently lost
and the specimen (named by Walker) which he described is headless ;
consequently the color of the head pile in this form is conjectural, but
the specimen from Kodaikanal which I am referring to this form has
the pile in all the above mentioned areas black. One quite obvious
variable structural character is the width of the front in the male.
In metallinus the front is commonly very narrow, its minimum width
being much less than the diameter of the anterior ocellus; this area
may be so narrow that the metallic coloration of the front is obscured
or lost. In the mactans and redhibens forms the front may, lkewise,
be narrow, but it may also broaden to as much as twice the diameter
of the anterior ocellus, and the front is distinctly metallic.
It is possible to recognize five more or less indistinctly defined forms
of this species: typical metallinus, with wholly yellow legs, pale facial
and vertical pile, and a very narrow frons in the male, widespread
in the Oriental Region but so far not recorded for the Australian
Region; mactans, indistinguishable from metallinus except for the
black base of the hind tibia and a tendency toward a broader front
in the male, in its distribution extending farther south than metallinus,
to New Guinea and the Solomon Islands; redhibens, in which the
femora are banded or marked with black or blackish and the hind
tibiae are either black at the base or wholly yellow, in its distribution
coextensive with mactans; concisus, a melanie form with predomi-
nantly black or blackish legs and black facial and frontal pile, that
occurs irregularly in the Oriental Region; and the unnamed form
with white metapleura, described by James from New Caledonia. It
is better, at our present stage of knowledge, to consider these merely
forms, rather than subspecies, though I feel that ultimately three sub-
28 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
species can be defined: metallinus, mactans (redhibens, concisus) and
the New Caledonia form, the former two intergrading and hybridizing
in zones of contact.
Such a zone of contact seems to occur in South India. A series of
eight males and females from Kodaikanal, Pulney Hills, 6500’, IV-
1953, V-1953, and 28-V-1953 (Nathan; Canadian National Collection)
are typical metallinus but one female, same data, has the legs entirely
black except knees, apices of coxae, and trochanters and has the head
pile black, and one male, same data, has black-ringed hind femora
and black bases to the middle and hind tibiae, black vertical and
predominantly black facial pile, and a widened front. Two males
from Walayar Forest, 8S. Malabar, 1000’, 31-VII-50 (Nathan; James
Coll.) are typical metallinus, but a female in the same series has black
facial pile. Twelve males and seven females from the Nilgiri Hills,
Singara, 3400’, V-1954 (Nathan; Canadian National Collection) ;
Gudalur, 3500, [V-1949, Singara, 3400’, V-1948, and Chirangoda,
39007, 3-V-1950, X-1950 (Nathan; James Coll.) are intermixed typical
metallinus, mactans, and mactans grading toward redhibens, and
with varying frontal width and, to an extent, head pile. A series of
eight males and females from Ammatti, 3100’, S. Coorg, V-1951, is
comparable, with the same three variants and with the extremes of
male frontal width present.
Ptecticus cingulatus Loew.
Ptecticus cingulatus Loew. 1855, Verh. Zool.—Bot. Ver. Wien, 5: 1438. Brunetti,
1923, Ree. Indian Mus., 25: 148.
The synonymy is given by Brunetti and is not repeated here.
Specimens from South India may not trace readily through Bru-
netti’s key, since the hind femora may be considered wholly yellow,
the dark streak mentioned by Brunetti being very obscure or absent.
This species is apparently abundant in some localities in South India,
as I have seen more than a hundred specimens from Singara in the
Nilgiri Hills.
Ptecticus australis Schiner
Ptecticus australis Schiner, 1868, Novara Reise, Dipt., p. 65; Brunetti, 1907,
Ree. Indian Mus., 1: 113; Brunetti, 1920, Fauna British India, Diptera
Brachycera, I, p. 79; Brunetti, 1923, Rec. Indian Mus., 25: 148.
This species, which looks like a miniature cingulatus but is different
structurally and in leg coloration, is also apparently common in the
Nilgiri Hills. I have seen about 50 specimens from that area, in
addition to the following South Indian material in the Canadian
National Collection: 1 male, Kodaikanal, Pulney Hills, May, 1953;
1 male, Yerecaud, 4500’, Shevaroy Hills, Dec., 1954. In the South
Indian specimens which I have examined the hind basitarsus is black
only at its extreme base; otherwise, Schiner’s description fits quite
well.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 29
Ptecticus aurobrunneus Brunetti
Ptecticus aurobrunneus Brunetti, 1920, Fauna British India, Dipt. Brachyeera,
I, p. 76; Brunetti, 1923, Ree. Indian Mus., 25: 139.
This species was described from a unique male from Cochin State.
I have examined 5 males, Singara, 3400’, Nilgiri Hills, V-1948, ex
rotting pomelo (Nathan; James Coll.) ; 1 male, same data but V-1954
(Canadian National Collection) ; and 3 males, Kodaikanal, Pulney
Hills, 6500’, V-1953 (Canadian National Collection). These series
agree with Brunetti’s description except for the characterization of
the golden thoracic and abdominal pile; Brunetti says this is ‘‘dense
though inconspicuous’’ on the mesonotum, but this statement depends
on the light incidence, the pile being quite conspicuous when viewed
from in front; the abdominal golden pile, also, as well as the black
patches mentioned by Brunetti, is clearly visible from in front, con-
trary to Brunetti’s statement, but not from behind. The legs may be
more extensively blackish than indicated in the original description.
Brunetti’s statement ‘‘genitalia and vertex dark brown’’ is obviously
a lapsus for ‘‘genitalia and venter.’’ One of the Kodaikanal specimens
has the wings yellow, like the basal part of those of wulpii, and with
only a little brownish along the lower apical margin. The relationship
of aurobrunneus and wulpii is very close; the male genitalia seem
to be identical.
The female of this species has not been described. A female, Ting-
hawk, Burma, June 4, 1944 (L. C. Kuitert; Univ. Kansas Collection)
seems to belong here, but there are no associated males. It is the size
and general appearance of aurobrunneus; the frons is a little broader,
as would be expected in this sex; the abdomen is broader, the first
four terga wholly black, the fifth discolored brown, the apical segments
rich brown as in the male.
Ptecticus wulpii Brunetti
Ptecticus wulpii Brunetti, 1907, Ree. Indian Mus., 1: 111; 1913, Ree. Ind. Mus.,
9: 263; 1920, Fauna British India, Diptera Brachycera I, p. 77; 1923, Ree.
Indian Mus., 25: 139
Ptecticus apicalis Wulp, 1885, Notes Leyden Mus., 7: 62; de Meijere, 1916,
Tijd. Ent., 58, suppl. 70, note. Not apicalis Loew, 1855, Verh. Zool.—Bot.
Ver. Wien, 5: 142.
Brunetti described this species from three males and one female
from four localities, one of them the Nilgiri Hills. In his 1923 paper
he stated that this species was readily recognizable ‘‘by the all black
5th and 6th abdominal segments in conjunction with the all orange
genitalia,’’ and in his key he includes as an accessory character,
couplet 5, ‘‘wing tip suffusion beginning at or immediately beyond
discal cell.’’ This latter statement conflicts with the Fauna of British
India key, which separates wulpii partly on the basis of ‘‘wings clearly
yellow up to half-way between discal cell and wing tip.’’
20 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
[ am referring to this species two males from the Nilgiri Hills,
Singara, 3400’, V-1948 (Nathan; James Coll.). In both of them, the
infumated wine apex starts considerably beyond the apex of the
diseal cell; in one of them the fifth and sixth abdominal segments are
wholly black except for a small, unsymmetrically placed spot on each
segment, whereas in the other the sixth segment is wholly brownish
orange dorsally and the fifth segment is black only at the base.
Ptecticus cyaneus Brunetti
Ptecticus cyaneus Brunetti, 1912, Ree. Indian Mus. 7: 453; Brunetti, 1920, Fauna
Brit. India, Diptera Brachyeera, I, p. 75; Brunetti, 1923, Ree. Indian Mus.
Zo, Hole
Brunetti records but two known specimens of this species, both
females: the type from Assam, and a specimen from the Nilgiri Hills.
I have a female, Chirangode, Nilgiri Hills, 3500’, May, 1950 (Nathan)
that seems to be this species. The appearance is strikingly close to
that of a large, rather robust specimen of Sargus mactans form
concisus, but the two characters usually used to distinguish Ptecticus,
namely the strong projection of the second antennal sezment inwardly
into the third and the absence of a strap-like prolongation on the
lower (thoracic) squama, hold for this species. The venation is not
very unlke that of S. mactans, and the anterior ocellus, as in most
species of Sargus, is far removed from the hind pair. A. striking
character is the slender form and elongation of the hind tarsus, which
is 1.5 as lone as the hind tibia, the greater part of the length being
in the basitarsus, which is seven-eighths the length of the tibia.
This species is probably best retained in Ptecticus, but it is obviously
an intergrade between this genus and Sargus; whether by convergence
or phylogenetic relationship is a matter of speculation. It is note-
worthy that the second antennal segment of Sargus mactans may be
convex inwardly, but not strongly prolonged, as in P. cyaneus. Sargus
gemmifer Fabricius, which Brunetti refers to Ptecticus in the ‘‘Second
Revision’’ (1923) though not in the Fauna of British India, belones
as clearly in Sargus as does S. mactans,
REFERENCES
Brunetti, E., 1920. The Fauna of British India. Diptera, Brachycera. Vol. I.
Pp. x + 401. London.
, 1923. Second revision of the Oriental Stratiomyidae. Ree. Indian
Mus. 25: 45-180.
James, Maurice T., 1950. The Stratiomyidae (Diptera) of New Caledonia and
the New Hebrides with notes on the Solomon Islands forms. Jour. Wash-
ington Acad. Sei. 40: 248-260.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
(oh)
ear
MITES FOUND ON MICE OF THE GENUS PEROMYSCUS IN UTAH.
II. FAMILY HAEMOGAMASIDAE!
(AGARINA)
DoraLp M. ALLRED, Ecological Research, University of Utah, Dugway.
To the present time there are few publications which deal specifi-
cally with mites collected in Utah. Doane (1916) published on phyto-
phagous mites attacking crops. A check-list of phytophagous and
predaceous mites was published by Knowlton and Ma (1950). Other
notes on plant mites have been published by Davis and Knowlton
(1954) and Knowlton (1955). Keegan (1953) was the first to publish
on parasitic mites from Utah. He listed host records of mites belong-
ing to 12 species of seven genera which were taken from 95 individual
rodents representing 14 species of nine genera. Included with the
95 rodents were one specimen of Peromyscus true, five P. crinitus,
and 20 P. maniculatus. The collections were restricted to Tooele and
Juab counties in Utah. Allred and Beck (1953) made a study of
the mites obtained from nests of wood rats in Utah. Most of the 6000
mites collected during that study were identified only to family.
This paper is the second of a series (Allred, ms.) which deals with
(1) the kinds of mites found on mice of the genus Peromyscus in Utah,
(2) their degree of host specificity, (3) their geographic distribution
within the territorial limits of Utah as determined by their occur-
rence on mice of the genus Peromyscus, and (4) other biological
aspects pertaining to the mites.
Brevisterna utahensis (Ewing), 1933
(Figures 25, 28, 29, 30, 31)
Ewing (1933) described B. utahensis trom a single female collected from a
wood rat, Neotoma lepida, from Salina, Sevier County, Utah, March 21, 1929,
by J. S. Stanford. Mites taken in the present study differ somewhat from the
discussions of Ewing (op. cit.) and Keegan (1949). These mites possess a
dorsal plate which is narrower and more pointed than was indicated by Ewing
and Keegan. The paired anal setae are situated behind the anterior level of the
anus rather than at the anterior level. The numbers of accessory setae of the
genitoventral plate are 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 5 and 6 in seven specimens examined. In
specimens examined by Keegan, the numbers of setae vary from eight to eleven.
Specimens in this study have two small pairs of accessory metapodal plates. These
differences probably are within the limits of specific variation.
This species has been collected from wood rats and their nests in
Arizona, California and Utah. Keegan (1953) listed collection rec-
ords from a grasshopper mouse, Onychomys leucogaster, a wood rat,
Part 2 of an abstract from a thesis for the PhD degree, University of Utah,
June, 1954. This work supported (in part) by a research grant awarded to the
Brigham Young University by the Microbiological Institute, National Institutes
of Health, United States Public Health Service.
32 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vol. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
Neotoma sp., and nests of wood rats from Utah. Allred and Beck
(1953) found this species in wood rat nests from Juab and Utah
counties. Brevisterna utahensis probably is state-wide in distribution.
It is known to oceur at elevations between 2500 and 5000 feet in the
Lower and Upper Sonoran life zones.
Only seven females were collected from white-footed mice in this
study. These mites are associated more commonly with wood rats
and their nests than with mice of the genus Peromyscus. It is likely
that infestations of mice accidentally occur when mice wander into
wood rat houses. These mites were collected from grasshopper mice
and from wood rats and their nests in Utah during June, August,
October and November. In this study, mites were found on mice
only during April and June. One of the four times that it was col-
lected, B. utahensis was the only kind found on its host. At other
times, it was associated with the following species the number of
times indicated:: Hirstionyssus spp., 3; Eubrachylaelaps hollisteri,
2; Haemolaelaps glasgowt, 1; Dermanyssus sp., 1.
Euhaemogamasus ambulans (Thorell), 1872
(Figures 17-24, 26, 27, 31)
This species was described from mites from Europe. Specimens from North
America are extremely variable with regards to the numbers of setae and the
length-width ratios of the sternal shield. Keegan (1951) discussed these varia-
tions and synonymized several species with H. ambulans. With one exception,
the mites collected in this study agree with Keegan’s redescription. The differences
in the numbers of setae and the shape of the sternal plate oceur within the limits
of variation of western specimens. However, a single female collected in this
study in Utah differs from typical #H. ambulans in the length-width ratios of
the tarsi, and the middle pair of sternal setae are barbed.
Accordng to Keegan (op. cit.), HE. ambulans has been taken from
birds and mammals at many localities in the northern hemisphere.
In North America, mites have been collected in Alaska and Canada,
and in most states from California to New York. Keegan (op. eit.)
reported records of this species from a wood rat, Neotoma cinerea,
collected in Logan Canyon, Cache County, Utah in July, 1933. Allred
and Beck (op. cit.) found this species in wood rat nests collected
in Juab and Utah counties in October and November, 1951. These
mites probably are statewide in distribution in Utah at elevations
between 6000 and 10,000 feet. They are known to occur principally
in the Transition and Canadian life zones.
In Utah, £. ambulans probably is associated with wood rats, Neo-
toma spp., and squirrels, Citellus spp., and occurs most frequently
in high mountain areas. In this study, these mites were found only
Euhaemogamasus barberi: Fig. 1, dorsal plate of female showing density of
setae. Huhaemogamasus oudemansi (typical): Fig. 4, dorsal plate of female
showing density of setae; fig. 7, anal plate of female; fig. 8, genitoventral plate
of female; fig. 12, left peritreme of female. Huhaemogamasus oudemansi (vari-
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 33
whee
! ni ih
ant): fig. 2, dorsal plate of female showing density of setae; fig. 3, genitoventral
plate of female; fig. 5, anal plate of female; fig. 13, sternal plate of female;
fig. 15, ventral view of left cornicula of female. Ischyropoda armatus: Fig. 6,
sternal plate of female; fig. 9, chelicera of female; fig. 10, ventral view of left
tarsus III of female; fig. 11, ventral view of left tarsus II of female; fig. 14,
anal plate of female; fig. 16, genitoventral plate of female.
34 PROC! ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
on male mice. It is likely that the male mice wander more extensively
than do the females, possibly becoming infested when they enter the
nests or houses of other animals such as wood rats and squirrels.
Eighteen female mites were collected from 18 mice in May, June,
July and August. Infestation of mice during these months only may
be attributable to the wandering habits of the mice or the mites
during the summer.
Four of the 18 times that it was collected, HL. ambulans was the
only mite found on its host. At other times, it was associated with
the following species the number of times indicated: Haemolaelaps
glasgowi, 11; H. megaventralis, 1; Trombicula harpert, 2; Eubra-
chylaelaps debilis, 5; Ischyropoda armatus, 2; Hirstionyssus sp., 1;
Bdellonyssus sp., 1; Poecilochirus sp., 1; Hypoaspis sp., 1; Ascaidae
sp., 1; Gamasolaelaptidae sp., 2; Pachylaelaptidae sp., 1; Parasitidae
Sp...
Euhaemogamasus barberi (Hwing), 1925
(Figures 1, 31)
Ewing (1925) described E. barberi from two females taken from a ‘‘nest of
small mammal’’ from Maryland, and EF. microti from two females taken from
a meadow mouse, Microtus pennsylvanicus from New York. Keegan (1951)
synonymized these two species as FH. barberi. The single female taken in this
study is similar to Keegan’s redeseription. However, specimens examined by
Keegan all have over 100 setae on the geniteventral shield; the mite from Utah
has only 67.
Mites of this species commonly are associated with rodents that
live in meadows or marshy areas, such as meadow mice and shrews.
According to Keegan (op. cit.), this species is known only from
eastern United States and southeastern Canada. The collection in
Utah considerably extends its range westward. The mite was taken
from an immature female mouse from Diamond Fork Canyon, Utah
County in June, 1951. The mouse was trapped in a grove of cotton-
wood trees by a small stream where grasses and willows formed a
marshy area.
The following species were found on the same host with /. barber:
Eubrachylaelaps debilis, Hirstionyssus occidentalis, and Haemolaclaps
glasgow.
Euhaemogamasus Oudemansi (Hirst), 1914
Ghicuresne=5 i onlonlonal armor)
Five females of this species were collected in this study. All of these ditter
slightly from Keegan’s (1951) redeseription. One differs by having a genito-
ventral plate which is not as bulbous and expanded as deseribed by Keegan.
The plate extends only half, the distance between coxae IV and the anal shield
in contrast to more than two-thirds the distance as discussed by Keegan. On the
specimen from Utah, the length-width ratios of the tarsi are: leg I, 6:1; leg
II, 4.5:1; leg ITI, 4.5:1; leg IV, 6.6:1. In Keegan’s discussion these ratios are:
|
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
oo
Ut
fee isles TG dis leg EM, 7215" leg V5 9:1. The dorsal plate is: not. as
broad anteriorly as Keegan illustrated, and covers considerably less dorsal surface.
The arrangement of the pores on the dorsal plate varies slightly. Keegan did
not mention the third pair of pores which occurs on the sternal shield. These
are located on the most posterior edge of the plate. He illustrated the second
pair of pores as being closer to the second sternal setae than to the third setae.
In the specimen from Utah, the second pores are midway between the second
and third sternal setae.
ty
yy
nit yin
nay
Wie
Euhaemogamasus ambulans (typical): Fig. 19, dorsal plate of female showing
relative density of setae; fig. 21, sternal plate of female; fig. 22, genitoventral
plate of female; fig. 26, anal plate of female. Huhaemogamasus ambulans (vari-
ant): Fig. 17, sternal plate of female; fig. 18, dorsal plate of female showing
relative density of setae; fig. 20, ventral view of chelicera of female; fig. 23,
ventral view of left cornicula of female; fig. 24, tectum of female; fig. 27, right
peritreme of female. Brevisterna utahensis: Fig. 25, dorsal plate of female;
fig. 28, genitoventral plate of female; fig. 29, sternal plate and presternal area
of female; fig. 30, anal plate of female.
36 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
In the other four mites, the dorsal plate is broader anteriorly than posteriorly
and covers more of the dorsal surface than Keegan illustrated, and there are
seven pairs of pores instead of six. The terminal portion of the cornicula is
more pointed than Keegan shows in his illustrations, and the genitoventral plate
is not as bulbous. The posterior invagination of the sternal plate is very broad,
although this width varies between specimens. Further collections and study
may indicate that these differences are specific variations.
Keegan (op. cit.) designated this species as a facultative parasite
of cosmopolitan distribution. The type specimens were taken from
wild rats. More recent collections have shown hosts of many kinds
from many areas. In Utah, Allred and Beek (1953) found this species
in wood rat nests. These mites probably are state-wide in distribution.
They are known to occur at elevations from 2500 to about 10,000
feet in all of the life zones from the Lower Sonoran to the Canadian.
These mites are not frequently found on mice of the genus Pero-
myscus. They probably are restricted to the nest, or are consorts
of animals of other species. Two of the mites collected each contained
one egg. These eggs were in a ‘‘granular’’ stage of development and
were of large size, occupying almost one-half the space of the idiosoma.
The mites were collected from mice in March, April, May and July.
Mites of the following species were found on the same hosts with
E. oudemansi: Euhaemogamasus ambulans, Haemolaelaps glasgow,
Eubrachylaelaps debilis, Parasitidae sp., and Pachylaelaptidae sp.
Haemogamasus alaskensis Ewing, 1925
Ewing (1925) described this species from a single female taken
from a mouse of the genus Microtus from Alaska. Keegan (1951)
redescribed H. alaskensis from specimens taken from animals of
several species and genera from the United States, Canada and Alaska.
In the same paper (op. cit.) he listed records from shrews of the
species Blarina brevicauda (probably Sorex vagrans) taken at Mor-
gan, Morgan County, Utah in August and September, 1932.
In this study a single female mite of this species was collected from
Peromyscus sp. in Millereek Canyon, Salt Lake County in September,
1948.
Ischyropoda armatus Keegan, 1951
(Figures 6, 9-11, 14, 16, 31)
Type specimens of this species were collected in California and Arizona from
a pocket gopher, Thomomys sp., kangaroo rats, Dipodomys sp., and a wood rat,
Neotoma sp. The mites collected in this study in Utah agree with Keegan’s
(1951) description of the type. They differ in the dimensions of the plates and
arrangements of the setae, but these characters are within the limits of varia-
tion of the species.
Rodents of many kinds serve as hosts for these mites. These include
pocket gophers, kangaroo rats, wood rats, squirrels and native mice.
These mites have been found in Arizona, California, Colorado and
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
4 "13 tl2 it
Praam en ee eee Te Aes ale: was:
42 as re S6sHe5 ait seo et 25 Co) 25 50 75
| / \ | MILES
ied Dae x i 2 E. AMBULANS
ye . 70 &. OUDEMANS/
1B SYA I. ARMATUS
¢ ee @ H. ALASKENSIS
| t@ &. UTAHENS/S
41 4 pees at iat pe ee i L 41
| a
|
A is
1; (
va
li } = 0
40 nN
paste ee a ri wee
i ‘
|
|
|
st 2°
|
!
l
ae 38
S 37
Fig. 31. Collection localities of EH. ambulans, E. barberi, E. oudemansi, I.
armatus, H. alaskensis, and B, wtahensis in Utah.
New Mexico (Keegan, op. cit.). Keegan (1953) records the occur-
rence of these mites in Utah from two kinds of kangaroo rats, Dipod-
omys ordu and D. microps, pocket mice, Perognathus parvus, and
grasshopper mice, Onychomys leucogaster. In Utah, mites of this
species probably are state-wide in distribution. They occur principally
at elevations between 3000 and 6500 feet in the Upper Sonoran and
Transition life zones.
Three male and 27 female mites of this species were collected from
11 mice during the periods from May through September, and in
38 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
November. The greatest numbers were taken in May. During the
five-year period, they were collected only in 1952 and 1953. Six of
the 11 times that it was collected, I. armatus was the only kind
found on its host. At other times, it was associated with mites of
the following species the number of times indicated: Bdellonyssus
bacoti, 1: Haemolaelaps glasgoui, 6; H. megaventrals, 1; Eubrachy-
laelaps circularis, 1; E. debilis, 2; Hirstionyssus spp., 4; Dermanyssis
sp., 1; Euhaemogamasus ambulans, 1; Pachylaelaptidae sp., 1; Anten-
nophoridae sp., 1.
DISQUSSION
Most mites are not so host specific that their geographic distribu-
tion is determined entirely by the range of their host. Nevertheless,
mites of some species were associated more frequently with one
kind of mouse than with another, such as Huhaemogamasus ambulans
and Ischyropoda armatus which were found most frequently on
Peromyscus maniculatus. Mites of these species apparently occur
only in the Middle Rocky Mountain Faunal Area (see Durrant,
1952 :480), yet their deer mouse host is state-wide in distribution.
In the Upper Sonoran and Transition life zones in Utah, mites
are active usually from May through September; this applies to
Ischyropoda armatus. In the Lower Sonoran Life Zone and areas
of the Upper Sonoran where climatic conditions approach those of
the Lower Sonoran, mites are most active during the period from
May to July. This applies to Huhaemogamasus oudemansi, found
most commonly in these areas. Mites of the species Huhaemogamasus
ambulans generally occur only at the higher elevations in the montane
forest areas where they were most commonly found during the period
from June through August.
Population cycles of mites occur independently of one another
in different geographic localities and may act as barriers which allow
subspecies to develop rapidly. Mites of the species Ischyropoda
armatus are both northern and southern in distribution, and may
be divided into two groups on the basis of seasonal activity. The
northern mites were commonly found on mice during the period
from May through November, whereas the southern mites were found
only from May through July.
Although the numbers of mites of this family that were collected
from Peromyscus are not large, they were sufficient to indicate cer-
tain trends in seasonal population fluctuations and geographic dis-
tribution. However, it is evident that these species are not regularly
associated with mice of the genus Peromyscus in Utah. Further
collections of other animals may disclose the preferred hosts, although
it is possible that many of these species, such as Brevisterna utahensis,
are primarily nest dwellers, and get onto the host only to feed.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 B39
TABLE I. Check-list and host correlation of the numbers and kinds of mites of
the family Haemogamasidae taken from each of four species of Peromyscus.
No mites of this family were found on Peromyscus boylit.
No. Mites Taken From Each Peromyscus Species
Species of Mite P. crinitus P.eremicus P. maniculatus P. truei
Brevisterna utahensis 4 2 1
Huhaemogamasus ambulans 17
Buhaemogamasus sp. near
ambulans 1
Buhaemogamasus barberi 1
Huhaemogamasus oudemansi if 3
Huhaemogamasus sp. near
oudemmansi it
Haemogamasus alaskensis il
Ischyropoda armatus 28 2
{EF ERENCES
Allred, Dorald M. Mites found on mice of the genus Peromyscus in Utah. I.
General Infestation. (Unpublished manuscript. )
Allred, Dorald M. and D. Elden Beck, 1953. Mite fauna of wood rat nests in
Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters 30:53-56.
Baer, J. G., 1951. Ecology of animal parasites. Univ. IIT. Press, Urbana, Illinois.
2°24 pp.
Davis, Donald W. and George F. Knowlton, 1954. Controlling spider mites. Utah
State Agric. College, Ext. Cire. No. 211, 4 pp.
Doane, R. W., 1916. Notes on mites attacking orchard and field crops in Utah.
Science 46(1182) :192.
Durrant, Stephan D., 1952. Mammals of Utah. Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat.
Hist., Lawrence, Kansas, Vol. 6, 549 pp.
Ewing, H. E., 1925. New mites of the parasitic genus Haemogamasus Berlese.
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 38:137-144.
—________, 1933. New genera and species of parasitic mites of the superfamily
Parasitoidea. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 82(30):1-14.
Keegan, H. L., 1949. Huhaemogamasus utahensis Ewing, 1933, redeseribed as
type species of new genus Brevisterna (Acarina: Laelaptidae). Trans. Amer.
Micro. Soe. 68(3) :222-227.
——, 1951. The mites of the subfamily Haemogamasinae (Acari: Laelap-
tidae). Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 101(3275) :203-268.
—————_, 1953. Collections of parasitic mites from Utah. The Great Basin
Nat. 13 (1-2) :35-42.
Knowlton, George F., 1955. Celery and potato field insects of Utah—Part III.
Utah State Agric. College, Mimeo. Series 416, 17 pp.
, 1955. Some insects of Utah—1954. Utah State Agric. College,
Mimeo. Series 135, 13 pp.
—___ and S. C. Ma, 1950. Some Utah mites—1949. Jour. Kansas Ent.
Soe. 23 (2) : 74-76.
40) PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
TAXONOMIC NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN APION
(COLEOPTERA, CURCULIONIDAP)
The complete reference to the following species may be found in
Wagner, 1912, Genera Insectorum, fase. 130, Apioninae, or Wagner,
1911, Junk Coleopterum Catalogus, pars 6, Apioninae.
Apion arizonae Fall (1898) = A. segnipes morrisoni Wagner (1911). New
synonymy.
Apion disparatum Sharp (1890) = A. nasutum Fall (1898). New synonymy.
Apion disparipes Fall (1898) = A. brunneotibiale Wagner (1912). New
synonymy.
Apion erythropterum Sharp (1890) = A. pyriforme Smith (1884), nec. Kirsch
(1874), new synonymy. A. falli Wagner (1909), new synonymy.
Apion hastifer Sharp (1890) = A. poeticwm Sharp (1890). New synonymy.
Apion luteirostre Gerstacker (1845) = A. acarinum Sharp (1890); A. argentinum
Beguin-Billecocq (1909); A. eydoniae Bondar (1950). New synonymy.
Apion pleuriticum Sharp (1890) = A. fraudulentum Sharp (1890). New
synonymy.
Apion punctulirostre Sharp (1890) = A. spectator Sharp (1890). New synonymy.
Apion simile Kirby (1811) = A. superciliosum Gyllenhal (1813); <A. triste
Germar (1817); A. lanuginosum Walsh (1867), nec Gerstacker (1854), new
synonymy; A. walshii Smith (1884), new synonymy ; A. vieinum Smith (1884),
new synonymy ; A. eppelsheimi Faust (1887).
Apion fraternum Smith (1884) is a good species and is distinct
from A. griseum Smith (1884) with which it has been synonymized
by Fall (1898). Lectotype of A. fraternum is hereby designated as
the female specimen labeled Columbus, Texas, U.S.N.M. Cat. No. 1252.
Lectoparatypes are in the J. L. Leconte collection. Lectotype of A.
griseum is here designated as the male specimen labeled New Jersey,
USN Me Cat. No. 1253.
A. fraternum Smith is the more abundant and widely spread species
of the two. The larvae develop in beans of the genus Strophostyles ;
series were examined that were reared from seed pods of S. helvola
and A. umbellata. A. griseum Smith occurs along the Atlantic sea-
board from New York to Florida. It has been reared from the seeds
of Phaseolus polystachys.
The following summarizes the principal distinguishing characters :
A, griseum Smith, front tibia of male with an elongate, flattened, polished,
striate area on inner anterior face extending one-half length of tibia; beak of
female in dorsal view parallel sided in apical third. A. fraternwm Smith, front
tibia of male with slight flattened area on inner anterior surface devoid of scales,
but not polished and at most feebly striate, extends not more than one-third
length of tibia; beak of female in dorsal view distinctly expanded at tip.
—D. G. Kisstnaer, Department of Entomology, University of Mary-
land, College Park.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vol. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 41
SOLUBEA BERGROTH, 1891, A SYNONYM OF OEBALUS STAL, 1862,
AND
A NOTE CONCERNING THE DISTRIBUTION OF O. ORNATUS (SAILER)
(HEMIPTERA, PENTATOMIDAE)
R. I. SAmeR, Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture,
Washington, D. C.
Dr. W. E. China of the British Museum has brought to my attention
the fact that Oebalus Rafinesque 1815 was and still is a nomen nudum.
Hence Bergroth’s 1891 proposal of Solubea as a new name for Oebalus
Stal, 1862, was without justification and Solubea Bergroth must be
treated as a synonym of Oebalus Stal.
This change of generic name is of importance since the economically
important rice stink bugs are involved. Fortunately, the name Soluwbea
did not come into general use in economic literature until after 1920,
though it became established in taxonomic literature 15 years earlier.
In the following check list of trivial names that must now be placed
under the generic name of Oebalus, those names currently recognized
as valid are in bold face type and synonymous names are in italics.
The genus in which the trivial name was originally described is shown
in brackets.
CHECK List or TRIVIAL NAMES ASSIGNED TO THE GENUS OEBALUS
augur (Say), 1831 [Pentatoma] = pugnax (F.)
exigua (Berg), 1891 [Mormidea] = poecilus (Dallas)
geographica (Guérin-Méneville), 1857 [Pentatoma] (preoccupied) = insularis Stal
grisescens (Sailer), 1944 [Solubea] New combination.
guerinit (Lethierry and Severin), 1893 [Mormidea] (new name for geographica
G.-M.) = insularis Stal
inseriptus (Fabricius), 1803 [Cimex] = ypsilon-griseus (DeG.)
insularis Stal, 1872 [ Oebalus |
linki (Heidemann), 1917 [Mormidea] New combination
litteratus (Gmelin), 1789 [Cimex] = ypsilon-griseus (DeG.)
mexicanus (Sailer), 1944 [Solubea] New combination
ornatus (Sailer), 1944 [Solubea] New combination
orthocantha (Palisot de Beauvois), 1805 [Pentatoma] — pugnax (F.)
poecilus (Dallas), 1851 [Mormidea] New combination
postposita (Bergroth), 1914 [Solubea] = poecilus (Dallas)
pugnax (Fabricius), 1775 | Cimex]
rufescens Haglung, 1868 [Oebalus] = poecilus (Dallas)
similis Kuhlgatz, 1902 as variety of insularis [Oebalus] = poecilus (Dallas)
torridus (Sailer), 1944 [Solubea] as subspecies of pugnax = pugnax torridus
(Sailer) New combination
typhoeus (Fabricus), 1803 [Cimex] = pugnax (F.)
vitripennis (Burmeister), 1835 [Cimex] = pugnax (F.)
ypsilon-griseus (DeGeer), 1773 [Cimex|
ypsilonoides Berg, 1879 [Oebalus] = ypsilon-griseus (DeG.)
42 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FHBRUARY, 1957
Except for Rafinesque, 1815, references to the literature mentioned
above may be found in Sailer, R. I., 1944, The Genus Solubea (Heter-
optera: Pentatomidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 46(5) : 105-127. The
reference to Rafinesque ’s work is as follows: Analyse de la Nature, ou
Tableau de 1’Univers et des Corps Organises. Palerme, 1815, page 140.
(See Complete Writings of C. Z. Rafinesque oF Recent and Fossil
‘onchology, edited by Wm. G. Binney and G. W. Tryon, Jr., Bailliere
Brothers, New York, 1864, 96 pages. )
At the time I described ornatus it was known from the islands of
Puerto Rico and Hispaniola, where the species is common. In addition,
I reported three specimens from Cali, Colombia, which I thought
might have been mislabeled, since I had no other records from either
Central or South America. Subsequently, specimens of ornatus were
sent to me from a locality 47 kilometers from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil,
alone the highway to Sao Paulo, where they were collected by Dr.
Petr Wygodzinsky on November 12, 1943.
The discovery of ornatus so far south in Brazil raises a question
concerning the identity of Mormidea exigua Berg. Usine Bere’s de-
seription and the distribution of poecilus as guides, I concluded that
exigua could be only a synonym of poecilus. Since poecilus and orna-
tus can be distinguished only by differences found in the male and
female genital structures, the certain identity of exigua must be
decided by an examination of the genitalia of the type specimen.
Should these prove identical with ornatus (Sailer, 1944), this name
will fall as a synonym of exigua Berg, 1891.
RESEARCH... key to the future
Diamond ALKALI recognizes the importance of research
and salutes the men and women whose continuing efforis
to unlock the doors of knowledge promise a brighter
future for humanity. As evidence of this belief, the stafi
and facilities of the Diamond Research Center again ars
being expanded. We will welcome requests for co-ope7>-
tion on research and development projects.
ll,
“unr T Pai, DIAMOND ALKALI COMPANY
CHEMICALS Cleveland 14, Ohio
Iw S
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 43
NORMAN EUGENE McINDOO
1881-1956
The profession of entomology lost a valued and highly respected
member with the passing of Norman Eugene MeIndoo on September 7,
1956, while hospitalized at the Washington Sanatarium, Takoma Park,
Maryland. Previous to his death, due to slowly failing heart action,
he had been partially incapacitated by a stroke for a considerable
period.
Dr. McIndoo was born. at Lyons, Indiana, April 11, 1881. After
completing his early education, he entered the University of Indiana
from which institution he received a degree of A.B. in 1906. Follow-
ing his graduation, he taught in high school in Wisconsin, 1906-08.
44 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
He then reentered the University of Indiana and received an A.M.
degree in 1909. As a Harrison fellow, he matriculated in the same
year at the University of Pennsylvania and was awarded the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy in Zoology in 1911. In addition to the foregoing
educational pursuits and practices, Dr. McIndoo assisted at the Uni-
versity of Indiana, 1905-06, and in the summer of 1905 collected blind
fishes in caves of western Cuba as well as other fishes indigenous to
the fresh and salt waters of the island. He also attended the Biological
Station of the University of Indiana, the Woods Hole Biological Sta-
tion, the George Washington University, and the United States De-
partment of Agriculture Graduate School.
Dr. McIndoo’s later interests in and researches on the sense organs
and responses of insects to various stimuli were largely initiated by
his studies at the University of Pennsylvania which resulted in the
publication of his thesis entitled ‘‘The Lyriform Organs and Tactile
Hairs of Araneads.”’
The Bureau of Entomology of the United States Department of
Agriculture appointed Dr. MecIndoo to its staff in 1911 and assigned
him to the Division of Fruit Insect Investigations. After serving in
this and other divisions for a period of 34 years, he retired as a senior
entomologist in 1945. During his long and distinguished career, Dr.
MeIndoo’s researches received world-wide recognition, particularly in
the field relating to the olfactory and other sense organs of insects
belonging to the orders Hymenoptera, Coleoptera, Lepidoptera,
Diptera, and Orthoptera. He developed the well-known MeIndoo
olfactometer, which instrument was extensively used in his studies on
insect attractants and repellents.
In addition to Dr. McIndoo’s researches in the science of osmies, he
made extensive investigations of derris, cubé, and other rotenone-bear-
ing plants to evaluate their usefulness for the destruction of insect
pests.
Dr. McIndoo was the author or coauthor of 84 publications and was
particularly adept in making detailed pen and ink drawings to illus-
trate the text.
Dr. McIndoo was a past president of the Entomological Society of
Washington, a fellow in the Entomological Society of America, and a
member of the American Society of Zoology and of the Insecticide
Society of Washington. In addition, he participated actively in many
civic organizations of the Washington area.
Dr. McIndoo will always be remembered as a modest man, a con-
scientious worker and a gentleman in every respect. He will be greatly
missed by all who had the good fortune to know and associate with
him. He is survived by his widow, Emma P. McIndoo, two children,
Thomas M. and Mary, and two grandchildren.
E. H. SIEGLER
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 45
SOCIETY MEETING
The 657th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held on Thursday, November 1, 1956, in room 48 of the U. S. National Museum.
There were 54 members and 52 visitors present. President R. A. St. George called
the meeting to order at 8:00 p.m. and the minutes of the previous meeting were
read and approved.
The following new members were elected:
Fred A. Morton, Entomology Branch, Office of the Chief of Engineers, Depart-
ment of the Army; Dr. Lafe R. Edmonds, Engineering Research and Develop-
ment Laboratory, Fort Belvoir, Va.; William L. Downes, Jr., Insect Identification
and Parasite Introduction Section, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C.;
Robert V. Travis, U. 8S. Department of Agriculture, Plant Industry Station, Belts-
ville, Md.; John Knox Clagett, 6909 Carleton Terrace, College Park, Md.; and
Max W. McFadden, 2040 Eye St. N.W., Washington 6, D. C.
F. W. Poos, in behalf of the nominating committee, reported on the proposed
officers for 1957. (Note: Officers for the year 1957 are presented on the inside
front cover.—Ed.) President St. George thanked Dr. Poos for presenting the
report in behalf of chairman W. H. Anderson, and thanked the committee, of
which the third member was W. D. Reed, for preparing the slate of nominations.
Some corrections offered by members to the proposed constitutional change
presented at the previous meeting were discussed by President St. George. Voting
on the proposals was deferred until the annual meeting in December, because of
the large number of visitors present.
Randall Latta brought greetings to the Society from the American Entomologi-
cal Society, which he addressed at its regular meeting in the Academy of Natural
Science in Philadelphia in September.
H. H. Stage exhibited a pendant of amber containing several fossilized insects.
W. E. Bickley announced that the ‘‘woolly-bear’’ prediction this year was for
a mild winter, and that this is to be his final observation on the subject. Presi-
dent St. George recalled seeing the statement that woolly-bears are unreliable
forecasters.
RR. H. Foote exhibited ‘‘ Aquatic Insects of California,’’ edited by Robert L.
Usinger. Jerome G. Rozen reviewed ‘‘A Revision of the Genus Pselaptrichus
Brendel,’’ by Robert O. Schuster and Gordon A. Marsh, and ‘‘ A Classification
of the First-Instar Larvae of the Meloidae,’’ by J. W. MacSwain.
CG. F. Rainwater gave a note on the status of the Mediterranean fruit fly pre-
pared by the Plant Pest Survey Section. In Florida 11 new infestations were
found during September in known infested counties. The last infested county
was Osceola found two months ago. By the end of September, 168 infestations
were known in 27 counties. There were 38,825 traps in the field, 36,000 in 39
counties in Florida. The remainder were in Alabama, California, Georgia, Louisi-
ana, Mississippi, and Texas. No flies have been found outside of Florida. A
total of 3,853,674 acres have been treated with bait spray and 26,673 acres have
received surface treatment with granular insecticides.
46 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
Of the area treated by aircraft with bait spray, 1,331,735 acres were Ccov-
ered under Federal contract and 2,249,270 acres under State contract. Aireraft
was used to treat 8,167 acres with granular insecticides, and ground equipment
to spray 17,442 acres with bait spray and 22,446 acres with granular insecticide.
Treatment is still being applied to 246,000 aeres, which is a reduction of some
65 percent from the original spray area. The fly has exhibited a marked ability
to build up rapidly when eontrols have not been properly timed. On September
26 certification was waived on all regulated vegetables produced in all Federally
regulated counties except Pinellas. (Speaker’s abstract.)
The principal paper of the evening, ‘‘ Malaria Control Problems in Indo-China,’’
was given by Harry H. Stage, Malaria and Vector Control Specialist (until retire-
ment October 31, 1956), International Cooperation Administration, Vietnam.
Dr. Stage introduced Dr. Louis Williams, Jr., Pan American Sanitary Bureau,
regional office of the World Health Organization.
The problems encountered in efforts to control malaria in Indochina are many
and varied. Some of them are concerned with lack of trained personnel. Such
problems can be resolved, although that requires time and local interest. Others
are more complicated because they are closely associated with the very life of
the people
their habits, their ideology, and their security. These latter prob-
lems do not yield easily to western ideas of organization and management, and
they should not be subjected completely to our kind of logic. Rather, we for-
eigners must bend to unaccustomed lines of approach and emphasis. These latter
problems—indefinite, in some cases unmentionable—are no less vital to us who
undertake a disease-control project than problems having to do with the insect
vector itself. In Vietnam the problem is especially complicated because there
are some 700,000 tribal Indonesians living in remote mountain areas and who
contribute little to the economy of the country. The Vietnamese are therefore
inclined to disregard them in health programs and social welfare. The problems
of military insecurity, transportation, trained personnel, and customs, require
special consideration and thought. The problems having to do with finances are
not those involved in inadequacy of funds; rather, they are concerned with pro-
cedures for getting the money to the end point. The steps are many and tor-
tuous, and sometimes there are leakages enroute. There are 22 species of An-
opheles, probably only three of which, A. minimus, A. jeyporiensis, and A. sun-
diacus, are effective vectors. These have very definite habitat requirements,
however, and so cause a ‘‘spotted’’ incidence over the nation. Emphasis should
be placed on one of the greatest problems—and weaknesses—in the Indochinese
Malaria Control Programs, that of inadequate supervision. Without it anopheline
resistance will be promoted and this in turn will make the task of eventual ma-
laria eradication difficult indeed. (Speaker’s abstract.)
Dr. Stage’s slides were an excellent complement to his talk, which was fol-
lowed by questions and comments by Doyle Reed, Margaret Walton, Louis Wil-
liams, Reece Sailer, and others.
Two new members were introduced, Lafe Edmonds and Fred Morton. The
visitors introduced were Frederico and Anna Lane of Brazil, Major Tibor Lépes
of Yugoslavia (where his name would be given as Lépes Tibor), Mrs. Stage, Mrs.
Lucie C. Timberlake, and Dr. J. Bonne-Wepster, of the Netherlands. The meet-
ink adjourned at 9:48 p.m.—Keuulir O’NeiuL, Recording Secretary.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 4.7
A Cyanamid Report
Resistance
Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type
insecticides has been proven or suspected in:
cockroaches house flies
mosquitoes flea beetles
Colorado potato beetle cotton boll weevil
dog and cat fleas body lice
bed bugs lygus bugs
codling moth cotton leaf worm
leafhoppers dog ticks
Many researchers have found malathion to be
a capable replacement for the chlorinated
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations
for its use. If you have a ‘‘resistance’’ problem
in your area, you might well consider malathion
for your 1957 research schedule.
Developers and producers of malathion and parathion
Write for AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
particular Agricultural Chemicals Division
technical Insecticide Research
information 30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y. 20, N. Y.
Pyrenone
HELPS TO PRESERVE
PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL
Pee quickly kills destructive, annoy-
ing and disease-carrying insects.
In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective
for long periods of time. In fact, a single application
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at-
tacks for an entire storage season.
On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible
stages of insects fast —even between showers of
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be-
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly
emerging parasites and predators are free to com-
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize
or feed upon destructive insect pests.
This means that Pyrenone is completely com-
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying
insects.
eal an cfefe (OLN Vetere LON ian Jaa Hl On
FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION
Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation
1701 Patapsco Avenue « Baltimore 26, Md.
BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES
In Canada: Natural Products Corporation, Toronto and Montreal
3 GREAT
INSECTICIDES
CHLORDANE
ae
“Y(HEPTACHLOR
CONTROL THESE INSECTS
CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick,
Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets,
Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers,
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic
Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs,
Wireworms...and many others.
HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army-
worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil,
Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil,
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web-
worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle-
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag-
got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western
Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms
»..and many others.
ENDRIN: Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot-
ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid
Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips.
WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS
VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
General Offices and Laboratories Foreign Division
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois 350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y.
Pee RE SIE NOT A Toh VE Ss LN POR OUEN EG TOP Aye Cree t ees
el
Preferred by Home owners
Food Processors and Dairymen
ae:
x Peet es
QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of |
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0. 10% |
thrins, 0 12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Meth xyct
‘GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB Pili
Gulf's carefully researched formula provides
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Py
Piperonyl Eutonlde, and 2% Methoxychlor.
‘ - GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb) 4
An easy-to-use pressurized ‘spray | for protectin
nies oe against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contai
and 3% Perthane.
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray ‘containir
i ie insecticides for killing ants and c
0. 08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane.
SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
y aghy tA superlative-quality insecticide specially orm nulc
sy
_ use where foodstuffs are processed, oye
Contains ¢ 0. 25% Use and 0.20% P
- GULF Livestock ‘SPRAY
Long proven formula with effective insect- killing
repellent properties. Contains: 0; 07% Pyrethr s
ae Butoxide.
GULF BUILDING, | virrsaure
s
7. 2
in
af
i?
ies
VOL. 59 APRIL 1957 NO. 2
PROCEEDINGS
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
« WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
CONTENTS
ALLRED, D. M.—A New Species of Mite, Hirstionyssus bisetosus, from the
Nests of the Desert Wood Rat, Neotoma lepida lepida Thomas (Acarina,
PEKeCUIECATI-V S591 C1 cl Cy eee ee ee ee eee ee Se ete Ss oS
ARNAUD, P., JR.—A Bibliographical Note on Ceratopogon yezoensis
Matsumura.) (Diptera, Eleleidae)) 222 ee
LAMORE, D.—The Spider, Conopistha trigona Hentz, Family Theridiidae,
as a Commensal of Allepiera lemniscata Walckenaer, Family Argiopidae,
imeErince Georse,s) County, Maryland —. = = C8
SLATER, J. A.. and HURLBUTT, H. W.—A Comparative Study of the
Metathoracic Wing in the Family Lygaeidae (Hemiptera, Heteroptera) €7
SNYDER, T. E.—A New Rugitermes from Bolivia (Isoptera, Kalotermidae) 81
STEYSKAL, G. C._—The Date of Publication of Bezzi’s Studies in Philip-
pine Diptera, II _________ ane oe Wen ere te a es MOO
SUMMERS, F. M.—American Species of Ledermuielteria and Ledermuelleri-
opsis, With a Note on New Synonymy in Neognathus (Acarina, Stig-
82
PeeIde ore Cale ORELMICAE) yee ee eee ec 49
WILLIAMS, R. W.—Observations on the reel Habits of Some Heleidae
Gicohespermuga wsiands «(Diptera a GL
ares TES Pr ACT RO UNI IN Ose RGiby, ae Sew ot a ee = 166
TENS) CES, TRAN VATS NN? Pa ies TE Sie a Eee de 80
THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON
ORGANIZED MarcH 12, 1884
Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. S. National
Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at
8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings.
MEMBERSHIP
Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the
science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is
$1.00 (U.S. eurreney).
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
Published bimonthly beginning with February by the Society at Washington,
D. C. Members in good standing are entitled to the Proceedings free of charge.
Non-member subscriptions are $5.00 per year, both domestic and foreign (U. 8.
currency), payable in advance. All remittances should be made payable to The
Entomological Society of Washington.
The Society does not exchange its publications for those of other societies.
All manuscripts intended for publication should be addressed to the Editor.1
Acceptable papers submitted by members will be published in the order received
and will be given precedence over those by non-members. Immediate publica-
tion may be obtained at a cost to the author of about $10.00 per printed page,
plus cost of all engraving. Titles of papers should be concise but comprehensive
and should indicate the systematic position of the subject insect. By-lines should
indicate present mailing address of the author and his organizational affiliation,
if possible. Citations in the text of papers longer than one printed page should
be by author and date and should refer to a list of concluding references in
which author, year, title name of publication, volume and page are given in
that order. In shorter articles references to literature should be included in
parentheses in the text.
Proportions of full-page illustrations should closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6”
(26 x 36 picas); this usually allows explanatory matter to appear on the same
page. Cost. of illustrations in excess of that for one full-page line cut will be
borne by the author.
Reprints of published papers may be obtained at the following costs plus
postage and insurance, provided that a statement of the number desired ac-
companies the returned proofs:
2pp. 4pp. S8pp. 12pp. 16 pp. Covers
SOM CO pies ts. 2. ee $2.00 $35.00 $5.00 $5.60 $6.25 $4.00
LOOveoplesy ste 1s Ls Ss 2 2.50 3.80 6.00 7.20 8.25 4.75
Additional copies per 100 ____— = r00 1.15 2.00 2.60 3.15 1.50
Purchase of reprints by institutions whose invoices are subject to notarization
or other invoice fees will have the cost of such fees added to the purchase price.
1Miss Alice V. Renk, Entomology Research Division, ARS, U. 8S. Department of
Agriculture, Room 3151, South Building, Washington 25, D. C.
Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Washington, D. C.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
PME ONEOLOGICAL SOCIETY .OF WASHINGTON
VOL. 59 APRIL 1957 NOS 2
AMERICAN SPECIES OF LEDERMUELLERIA AND
LEDERMUELLERIOPSIS, WITH A NOTE ON NEW SYNONYMY
IN NEOGNATHUS
(ACARINA, STIGMAEIDAE, CALIGONELLIDAE).
F. M. Summers, University of California, Davis
The mites that Oudemans (1923) referred to his genus Ledermuel-
leria comprise a homogeneous group of stigmaeids having globate
bodies almost completely encased in an ornamented exoskeleton. They
occur as thinly dispersed inhabitants of ground litter, leaf mold, moss,
and meadow land. Three of the four Ledermuelleria species and the
one species of Ledermuelleriopsis collected principally in California
are species described from Europe. Redescriptions of the named
species are needed because existing descriptions do not clearly indicate
their distinguishing features.
A distinctive feature of these two genera is the extensive encase-
ment of the hysterosoma by one (Ledermuelleria) or two (Leder-
muelleriopsis) dorsal plates. These plates constitute a carapace-like
covering over the entire dorsum and sidewalls of the hysterosoma. The
humeral (scapular) plate on each side is displaced to a pleuro-ventral
position.
LEDERMUELLERIA Oudemans
Ledermiilleria Oudemans, 1923, Ent. Ber. 6(130) :150.
Globate, red or straw-colored mites with stubby legs and mouthparts. Palpus
5-segmented, thickset, longer than extended chelicera by two distal segments;
overall length not greater than combined lengths of genu, tibia, and tarsus of
leg I. Primary claw of palptibia well-developed, with a very small accessory
claw anchored medially at its base. Palptarsus a slender cylinder, equal to or
slightly longer than primary claw; equipped with five acicular setae, a peglike
sensillum, and a stubby, trifid sensillum at its apex. Chelicerae independently
movable, with retractile stylets much shorter than inflated basal segments. Idio-
soma arched dorsally, its posterior end with a shallow suleus which delimits a
‘caudal protuberance,’’ on the inferior surface of which is located a pair of
ano-genital valves. Dorsum almost wholly shielded with three sculptured plates:
one covering propodosoma, one covering hysterosoma to lateral margins of venter,
and one caudal plate covering posteriormost protuberance and part of ventral
opisthosoma. Humeral (scapular) plate large, triangular, displaced ventrally
with apex intruding between coxae II and TIT. All of these plates tessellated
or uniformly dimpled. Two or four sternal plates; the two between opposite
50 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
coxal groups on propodosoma may unite in midventral line to form a single
‘«prosternum’’; the two on metapososoma may be separate or joined into a
‘<metasternum.’’ Sternal and genital plates delicate, not usually sculptured.
Eyes: apparently one on each side with a clearly discernible refractile body.
Twenty-six dorsal setae, including two ventrally displaced humerals and four on
caudal plate. Ventral setae simple, four to six pairs, not including three pairs
on anal portion of ano-genital valves. Anal and genital apertures not separated
externally. Setae and special sensilla of appendages closely follow pattern described
for Stigmaeidae (Grandjean, 1944) with but minor variations between species.
Empodia I to IV each with three pairs divergent, capitate tenent hairlets.
Ledermuelleria segnis (Koch)
(Figs. 1-4)
Caligonus segnis Koch, 1836, Deutschlands Crustaceen, Myriapoden und Arachni-
den, Fase. 5, No. 10.
Raphignathus ruber Koch, 1842, Uebersicht des Arachnidensystems 3(3) :56,
PI Ve rics 3s:
Raphignathus piger (Schrank). Berlese, 1885, Acari, Myriapoda et Scorpiones
hucusque in Italia Reperta. Ordo Prostigmata, Fasc. XXII, No. 1, Pl. S84.
Ledermiilleria segnis (Koch). Oudemans, 1923, Ent. Ber. 6(130) :150.
The mite described by Koch (1836) as Caligonus segnis is a distine-
tive species, such that his figure of this species permits recognition
beyond reasonable doubt. Also described and illustrated in the same
monograph were Caligonus piger and C. ruber. The nomenclature of
these three species became confused in Koch’s synoptic work of 1842.
This time he illustrated C. segnis but applied to it the name Raphig-
nathus ruber (Fig. 28). In like manner, another mite which he first
named C. ruber is again illustrated but under the name of C. piger.
At a later date, Berlese (1885) redescribed the animal here considered
to be conspecific with C. segnis, but he called it Raphignathus piger
(Schrank). Sample specimens of this mite from California were sent
to Dr. G. Lombardini, Florence, Italy, who found them to be identical
with specimens identified by Berlese as R. piger (Schr).
The synonymy of the three species as given by Oudemans (1923)
does not clarify the nomenclature. According to Oudeman’s belief,
Caligonus ruber Koch belongs in the genus Nicoletiella (= N. cornuta
Can. et Fanz.). Another complication appears in Podaia. Acarus
ruber Schrank, 1776 (= A. rubens Schr., 1781) was made the type
of Podaia by Oudemans (1923). Oudemans also believed that A.
rubens Schr. = Caligonus piger Koch. Although Podaia is a genus
of doubtful status at the present time, it is clear that Schrank’s figure
of Acarus ruber (1776) does not depict a species which should be
included in Ledermuelleria.
Female.—Sculpturing of dorsal plates appears as numerous, deeply indented
pits, oval to circular in outline, closely and evenly spaced, of uniform size; each
approximately 11 mw in diameter. Lining of each pit coarsely granular. Dorsal
setae bowed or curved, sickle-like, with alveoli on elevated tubercles; all denticu-
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 ol
late, with serrations bilateral; axes tapering to finely pointed tips. Tubercles
of first dorso-medians (verticales) loeated forward, in an inferior position on
part of propodosoma overhanging cheliceral bases. Setae of dorso-median rows
as long or longer than distance between alveolus of any one and that next behind ;
second dorso-median setae (adjacent to eyes) slightly longer (ca. 75 uw) than
others on propodosoma but not longer than dorso-medians on hysterosoma; four
shortest on caudal plate. Two sternal plates of propodosoma continous across
mid-ventral line to constitute a prosternum. Sternal plates of metapodosoma
incompletely fused in mid-ventral line. Genital plate not distinctly separated
from caudal plate surrounding ano-genital area. Genital plate expanded to cover
a broad area of opisthosoma close behind sternal plates of metapodosoma, bearing
but one pair of widely spaced genital setae. Genu I bears three setae of common
type plus a minute spiniform sensillum (épine « of Grandjean); corresponding
sensillum absent on genu II; each genu III and IV has but one seta of common
type. Measurements (109 2): idiosoma, 300 mw long, 250 mu wide; leg I, 170 pu
from base of trochanter to tips of claws.
Male.—Not observed.
Collection Data.—Green Valley, Solano County, Calif., Dec. 1, 1948
(H. E. Cott and 8. F. Bailey), ex manzanita leaf mold. Mount Diablo,
Contra Costa County, Calif., Dec. 30, 1948 (H. E. Cott and 8. F.
Bailey), ex manzanita leaf mold. Smithfield Canyon, Utah, Mar. 16,
1949 (G. F. Knowlton and Shi-Chun Ma), ex maple leaves. Cobb
Mountain, Lake County, Calif., May 5, 1950 (W. J. Wall and BS. F.
Bailey), ex oak and pine leaf mold. Torrey Pines Park, San Diego
County, Calif., Dec. 28, 1950 (R. M. Bohart), ex pine leaf mold.
Auburn, Calif., Mar. 11, 1951 (EK. I. Schlinger), ex pine leaf mold.
Quincy, Calif., Forest Range and Experiment Station, Apri. 1, 1951
(F. M. Summers), ex manzanita leaf mold. Altadena, Calif., Dec.
24, 1951 (KE. I. Schlinger), ex leaf mold, Quercus agrifolia. Mount
Pinos, East Ventura County, Calif., May 2, 1952 (S. F. Bailey), ex
manzanita leaf mold. Said Valley, Lassen County, Calif., July 30,
1952 (W. C. Bentlinek), ex ground litter.
Ledermuelleria clavata (Can. e Fanz.)
(Figs. 5-6)
Caligonus clavatus Canestrini e Fanzago, 1876, Atti d. Soc. Veneto-Trentina di
Sci. Nat. 5 (1): 135. Id., 1877, Atti R. Inst. Veneto di Sci. Lett. ed Arti
4 (5): 154, Pl. 4.
Raphignathus clavatus, G. Canestrini, 1889, Ibid. 7 (ser. 6): 508, Pl. 11, Figs.
41, 43. A. Berlese, 1885, Acari, Myr. et Scorp. Ital., Fasc. XXII, No. 2,
Pl. 86, Figs. 1-8.
[?] Raphignathus sphagneti Hull, 1918, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Northumberland,
Durham, Neweastle-upon-Tyne 5:30, Pl. 3, Figs. 70-72. Nrw SyNonyMy.
Ledermiilleria clavatus, Oudemans, 1923, Ent. Ber. 6 (130): 151.
Female.—Dorsal plates sculptured with pits or dimples so closely set that their
elevated margins are polygonal in outline, producing a netlike appearance. Lining
of pits membranous, appearing as a circular depression in center of each polygon.
52 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
Dorsal setae stubby, bayonet-like, evenly tapered from base to greatest thickness
near tips; bluntly pointed; axial core differentiated from hyaline sheath, the
latter showing few incipient denticulations. Setae of dorso-median rows much
shorter than distance between alveolus of any one and that next behind, their
alveoli not on conspicuous tubereles. First dorso-median pair (verticales) on
upper surface; second dorso-median pair (nearest to eyes) longer (60 mw) than
others on propodosoma; shortest of dorsal setae about two-thirds the length of
the longest ones. Plates on venter of idiosoma, integumental covering of gnatho*
soma and basal segments of legs faintly show sculpturing as on dorsum. Two
sternal plates of propodosoma and two of metapodosoma not united with each
other across mid-ventral line. Genital plate discrete, narrow, its anterior margin
semi-circular; with three pairs subequal setae bordering genital area. Caudal
protuberance pendant beneath opisthosoma, its hindermost margin not visible
from above. Each genu I and II has three setae of common type plus a minute
spiniform sensillum; each genu III and IV has but one seta of common type.
Measurements (32 9): Idiosoma, 430 mw long, 340 uw wide; leg I, 210 u from
base of trochanter to tips of claws.
Male.—Not observed.
Collection Data—Millie Spring, Allen Canyon, Utah, July, 1950
(G. F. Knowlton and 8. L. Wood), ex moss. Garden City, Utah, Mar.
16, 1950 (G. F. Knowlton and Shi-Chun Ma), ex poplar humus.
Ledermuelleria pectinata (Ewing)
Giigss 7-8)
Raphygnathus pectinatus Hwing, 1917, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 37:151,
PE Eo Micw23:
Ledermiilleria pectinatus, Oudemans, 1923, Ent. Ber. 6 (130) :152.
Bustigmaeus granulosus Willmann, 1951, Sitzungsb. der Osterr. Akad. Wissensch.,
Mathem.-naturw. Kl., Abt. I, 160 (1-2): 137, Fig. 20. New Synonymy.
Female.—Dorsal plates seulptured as in L. segnis, with pits oval to circular
in outline, evenly spaced, of uniform size, each 7 to 9 w in diameter. Lining of
each pit coarsely granular. Dorsal setae short (to 27 uw long), straight or slightly
curved, club-shaped, with numerous whorls of coarse spinules. Alveoli set in small
tubercles. Sternal plates comprise an integral prosternum and an integral metas-
ternum; prosternum covers sternal area to base of gnathosoma. Genital plate
well-separated from caudal plate widest at its anterior third, narrowed behind
to width of ano-genital valves; with three pairs genital setae as illustrated.
Caudal protuberance sub-terminal, tip visible from above. Each genu I and TI]
has three setae of common type plus a minute, spiniform sensillum; each genu
ITT and IV has but one seta of common type. Measurements (492 2): Idiosoma,
310 mw long, 230 w wide; leg I, 160 w from base of trochanter to tips of claws.
Male.—Not observed.
Collection Data.—Kast Layton, Utah, Oct. 19, 1949 (G. F. Knowlton
and Shi-Chun Ma), ex oak leaves. Mount St. Helena, Napa County,
California, May 10, 1951 (S. F. Bailey), ex manzanita leaf mold.
The species here identified as L. pectinata (Ewing) is identical with
the type specimen in the U.S. National Museum. However, it appears
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 5:
vo
that it may be one of G. Canestrini’s (1889) species, possibly that
which he named Raphignathus anauniensis. The suspected synonymy
cannot be further clarified at the present time.
Ledermuelleria lacuna, n. sp.
(Figs. 9-10)
Female.—Dorsum of propodosoma with three plates: an extensive median
plate having three pairs of setae and two small lateral plates, one on each side,
each with one seta. Lateral plates of propodosoma overlie the ventrally displaced
humeral plates. Dorsal plates sculptured with very shallow dimples best observed
in profile at curved margins but not readily apparent in face view on middle of
dorsum. Dorsal setae acicular, faintly denticulate; second dorso-median pair
(near eyes) longest of body setae (48 uw), approximately twice as long as shortest
pair next nearest to eyes. Venter mostly unarmored, integument striated. Two
sternal plates on propodosoma and two on metapodosoma occur as narrow flanges
adjoiming opposed coxal groups, hindermost pair with net-like sculpturing (prob-
ably noticed only because iodine in mounting medium stained these plates of
type specimen in an unusual manner). Genital plate small, narrow, front margin
truncate, with three pairs of genital setae. Caudal protuberance sub-terminal,
posterior tip visible from above. Genu I bears three setae of common type plus
a minute spiniform sensillum; genu II similarly equipped; no setae present on
genua ITI] and IV. Measurements (type @): idiosoma, 280 u long, 260 uw wide;
leg I, 180 « from base of trochanter to tips of claws.
Male.—Not observed.
Holotype.—Female, Bassetts, Sierra County, California, Aug. 21,
1952 (S. F. Bailey), er sweepines from Lilliacese and willow. Type
specimen deposited in the U.S. National Museum, No. 2226.
The distinctive characters of this species are: (1) simple architec-
ture of the dorsal setae, (2) presence of two small lateral plates, one
on each side of the large median propodosomal plate, (3) feeble
dimpling on the median regions of the dorsal skeleton, and (4) absence
of setae on genua IIT and IV. The description is based on a single
adult specimen which is slightly folded on the left side. The characters
ascribed to the species are also evident on two deutonvmphs obtained
from the same sample.
LEDERMUELLERIOPSIS Willmann
Ledermulleriopsis Willmann, 1953, Sitzungsb. der Osterr. Akad. Wissensch.,
Mathem.-naturw. K1., Abt. I, 162(6) :487.
This genus was created by Willmann (1951) to accommodate two
new Austrian species. L. triscutata and L. plumosa. The genus and
first named species, L. triscutata, were not formally described until
1953. L. triscutata was designated as genotype in the later publication
(Willmann, 1953).
The diagnostic feature of Ledermuelleriopsis is the presence of &
o4 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
dorsal suture across the mid-section of the hysterosoma. The two
hysterosomal plates separated by this suture are about equal in size,
and each bears three pairs of setae.
Ledermuelleriopsis plumosa Willmann
(Figs. 11-15)
Ledermiilleriopsis plumosus Willmann, 1951, Stitzungsb. der Osterr. Akad, Wis-
sensch., Mathem.-naturw. K1., Abt. I, 160 (1-2) :140, Fig. 24.
Female.—Dorsal plates with shallow, rounded dimples or pits closely resembling
those described for Ledermuelleria pectinata. Dorsal setae very short (12-25 uw),
24 of which are clavate, with numerous whorls of coarse spinules; 2 scapular
setae acicular, firmly plumose, length equal to longest of other dorsal setae.
Sternal plates comprise an integral prosternum and an integral metasternum ;
prosternum occupies venter to base of gnathosoma. Genital plate covers opistho-
soma almost to metasternal plate, widest in front, with 3 pairs of genital setae.
Caudal protuberance terminal, well-exposed to view from above. Each genu
T and II has 3 setae of common type plus a minute spiniform sensillum; each
genu III and IV has but one seta of common type. Measurements (9 @ 9):
Idiosoma, 270 u long, 190 uw wide; leg I, 150 uw from base of trochanter to tips
of claws.
Male.—Closely resembles female in size and proportions of ganthosoma and
legs; idiosoma slightly smaller in size, more tapered from shoulders to caudal
protuberance. Dorsal setae finely plumose, slender, not noticeably clavate; three
posterior pairs longer (27 mw) than other dorsals. Genital and caudal plates
evidently not separate—this composite plate covers caudal protuberance and
entire venter of opisthosoma to margin of metasternum. Two pairs of genital
setae, posterior pair approximately twice as long as anterior pair. Anus terminal,
overlying genital aperture immediately beneath. Three pairs anal setae closely
clustered on anal valves; two most dorsal pairs diminutive, spurlike, both pairs
situated on one pair of ‘‘paranal’’ papillae; third pair longer, acicular, located
below and external to bases of papillae. Intromittent organ observed only in
retracted condition, within body; it comprises a slender, sinuous, slightly tapered
tubular or grooved sclerite, with proximal end between bases of coxae IV; distal
tip associated with or ensheathed by an expanded, barblike plate as illustrated
(Fig. 12). Posterodorsal wall of genital atrium provided with paired selerites in
juxtaposition, each of which has an upwardly directed, toothlike apodeme. Chae-
totaxy and sensilla of legs I-IV essentially as in opposite sex, except that each
tarsus bears an additional specialized sensillum; this ‘‘male tarsal organ’’
(‘grand solénidion male,’’?’ Grandjean, 1944) is conspicuously long, inflated,
cross-striated, arising above near proximal end of each tarsus. Male tarsal organ
longest on tarsus [I (38 w), slightly shorter but similar on successive tarsi.
Measurements (2 ¢ 4): idiosoma, 240 mw long, 150 w wide; leg I, 140 uw from
base of trochanter to tips of claws.
Collection Data.—Nine females, two males, Alturas, Modoe County.
California, Oct. 11, 1952 (E. I. Sechlinger), ex juniper leaf mold.
Insofar as this is the first description of the male, one of the male
specimens has been deposited in the collection of the U. S. National
Museum.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
7 |
ci
NEw GENERIC SYNONYMY IN THE CALIGONELLIDAR
Dr. Carl Willman, Bremen, Germany, was kind enough to call to
the author’s belated attention a description of Neognathus Willmann,
1952, which antedates an identical genus, Stigmagnathus, proposed
by Summers and Schlinger (1955). The latter is therefore a synonyn
of Neognathus, and the status of the several species is as follows:
Genus NEOGNATHUS Willmann
Neognathus Willmann, 1952. Verofftl. Inst. Meeresforsch. Bremerhaven 1:162-63,
Pie 28, Hig. 19:
Stigmagnathus Summers and Schlinger, 1955. Hilgardia 23(12): 546. New
SYNONYMY.
Species.—N. insolitus Willm. 1952, type species by original designation.
N. spectabilis (Summ. and Schl.), 1955. New ComBINATION.
N. terrestris (Summ. and Schl.), 1955. New ComMBINAtTIon.
REFERENCES
Berlese, A. 1882-93. Acari, Myiopoda et Scorpiones hucusque in Italia Reperta.
Ordo Prostigmata (Trombidiidae). Patavii.
Canestrini, G. 1889. Prospetto dell’Acarofauna Italiana. Famiglia dei Tetrany-
chini. Atti d. reale Ist. Ven. d. Sci., Lettre ed Arti (ser. 6) 7: 491-537.
————— and Fanzago, F. 1876. Nuovi Acari Italiani. Atti d. Soc. Veneto-
Trentina di Sci. Nat. 5 (1): 135.
Ewing, H. E. 1917. New Acarina. Part II.—Descriptions of new species and
varieties from Iowa, Missouri, Illinois, Indiana, and Ohio. Bull. Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist. 37: 149-172.
Grandjean, F. 1944. Observations sur les acariens de la Famille des Stigmaeidae.
Arch. Sci. Phys. et Nat. 26 (5): 103-131.
Hull, J. E. 1918. Terrestrial Acari of the Tyne Province. Trans. Nat. Hist.
Soc. Northumberland, Durham, and Neweastle-upon-Tyne. 5 (n. ser.) : 13-88.
Koch, C. L. 1835-44. Deutschlands Crustaceen, Myriapoden und Arachniden. Heft
1-40. Regensburg.
——— 1842, Uebersicht des Arachnidensystems. III. Heft, III. Abt. Nurn-
berg.
Oudemans, A. C. 1923. Acarologischen Aanteekeningen LXXI. Ent. Ber. Neder-
land. Ent. Vereen. 6(130): 145-155.
Schrank, Franz von Paula 1776. Beytrage zur Naturgeschichte. Beith, Augsburg.
1781. Enumeratio Insectorum Austriae Indigenorum. Augustae
Vindelicorum.
Summers, F. M., and Schlinger, E. I. 1955. Mites of the family Caligonellidae
(Aearina). Hilgardia 23(12): 539-561.
Willmann, C. 1951. Untersuchungen ueber die terrestrische Milbenfauna im pan-
nonischen Klimagebiet Osterreichs. Sitzungsb. der Osterr. Akad. Wissensch.,
Mathem.-naturw. Kl. Abt. I, 160(1-2): 91-176.
1952. Die Milbenfauna der Nordseeinsel Wangerooge. Verofftl. Inst.
Meeresforsch. Bremerhaven 1: 139-186.
——_—— 1953. Neue Milben aus den ostlichen Alpen. Sitzungsb. der Osterr.
Akad. Wissensch., Mathem.-naturw. Kl., Abt. I, 162 (6): 449-519.
56 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2
, APRIL, 1957
Ledermuelleria segnis. Fig. 1, Ventral aspect of female; fig. 2, right palpus;
fig. 3, dorsal surface; fig. 4, first leg of right side.
only to the two large figures. )
(Millimeter scale applicable
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
ae
aH
O270777
————
Ledermuelleria clavata. Fig. 5, Venter; fig. 6, dorsum of female.
WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
soc.
ENT.
uu JO
e
¢ Z
TEN er a a a Da OS JC
i S an yavu SPORTS .
SOLS SO OW ars oO ( ORO win S Cy AG Snes ~. SR e Yon vo ¢
. SEES Sole bo yd (eV 4) Caer ve
cl pi ENN SOSA Cate ory rye) Ie ease ue) Gye y a O.
Fi eS Rony ats (ayn ey Sec Ay Vin Ce) NSN =)
ACS Were | eS wen) Goi aa nse IN el \
Fig. 7, Venter; fig. 8, dorsum of female.
PROC.
Ledermuelleria pectinata.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 59
o
ees
Le
PA
ihe
ie eee
we ee
Sues
y
NS
AE
=
=\
<a SS
Ledermuelleria lacuna n. sp. Fig. 9, Venter; fig. 10, dorsum of female.
60 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
1
NN
3
oy
BZA
a
Pi
(ae)
“~
——
S
ayy
——s
O1lmm
ea -G
SS A
Ledermuelleriopsis plumosa, Fig. 11, Right leg I of female; fig. 12, opistho-
soma of male drawn from above; fig. 13, right tarsus I of male; fig. 14, dorsum
of female; fig. 15, venter of female.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 61
OBSERVATIONS ON THE BREEDING HABITATS OF SOME HELEIDAE
OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS (DIPTERA)!
Roger W. WILLIAMS? School of Public Health and Administrative Medicine,
Columbia University, New York, N. Y.
As indicated by Wirth and Williams (1956) only two species of
Heleidae had been reported previously from the Bermuda Islands.
These were Pterobosca fusicornis (Coquillett), called Ceratopogon fur
by Johnson (1913), and an unknown species he designated as Cera-
topogon sp.
During June and July 1955, light-trap and recovery-cage studies
were conducted in each of the several parishes (see Williams 1956 for
map giving exact location of each study area) and breeding habitats
were observed.
Four recovery cages, modified from that described by Dove et al.
(1932) in that they had a solid wooden top instead of a muslin top
covered by hardware cloth, trapped the majority of positively photo-
tropic insects that emerged from the 4-square-foot area of soil covered
by each cage. Two cages were placed in each of 15 trapping areas
for a period of 1 week and then moved to the next trapping locale.
Most of the cages were placed at the edge of ponds and the margins
of marsh drainage ditches. If possible the 2 cages were placed in a
single trapping area in different types of habitats with different flora.
The jars from the recovery cages and light trap were examined daily
for heleids.
A Beckman pH meter was used for determining the pH of soil
samples from each area studied (the figures in Table I represent an
average of three readings from each area) and a set of hydrometers
calibrated for determining the salt content of water at 15.4°C. was
used for ascertaining the salinity of the water from each habitat.
These water samples were cooled to about 12°C. in a large cold-
storage room, brought outdoors, and as they warmed up to 15.4° the
readings were taken. Soil temperatures were determined at each area
studied.
In some areas the use of a solid top on the recovery cages Increased
the temperature of the soil covered by a cage as much as 8°C. over
1Contribution No. 227 of the Bermuda Biological Station. This study was
supported by a National Science Foundation grant-in-aid and a Childs Frick
Fellowship granted by the Bermuda Biological Station for investigations on the
Culicoides of the Bermudas.
2T wish to express my sincere thanks to Dr. Wm. Sutcliffe, Jr., director of the
Biological Station for his kind assistance; to members of the Bermuda Agri-
culture Experiment Station—Gordon R. Groves, director; Idwal Wyn Hughs,
assistant director; J. Hubert Jones, assistant horticulturist; and C. A. Baker,
horticulturist—for their helpful assistance in transporting equipment and identi-
fying plants; and to Dr. W. W. Wirth, entomologist, Entomology Research
Division, U. 8S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C., for his identifiea-
tion of previously described species of heleids and for ascertaining that other
species were new to science.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
<t9)
6
SS SSS SSO ee
Idle) wwpshur vifiwod1.10 snap a snjoqosody
appnuiag vajayfispg aes poeam odey
(OTLB siupjosndasa *¢O - pwoyypou middvy ~
SISUIPNWLIG Saplwoqxnjng ysnayeyy -
SULBTT[ILM Y YIM DoyUnjyo pizzag snpyoar snd.uay -0°Cs I OST OL
aspos A[YOUIg
SISUBIWWDE SNISLUD JT -
SULBIT[L ysni aytds pojjouyy (Ysivyy atoyg yynog)
Y YL avpnwiaqg vajayhsv( DIIWIYSLIPUs SUDMYIOILY GS I OST 89°L L3-13/9 wing sedurrg
(O0T ‘xoidde)
DISNLIOOIN) “CL SSBLS YSN ILOYSvag
(F3)—StUn]yD ~valaYhsvd snrowMbua snjogosody I (oa)
(8)—wasiihoayn] “|
(OOT ‘xorddr ) ysni poyvod
sijuD)yD Da,ayhsp( ‘ds puodsoyounhyy Ss 8G C96 VL 1G-FL/9 puog [eqytdg
SWRITIIM Y UWI vasiwhoapn) “G
sSyyUD]}o DajaYyhso( DANI URI
SUIBITIIM Sisuapmiuiag Saproaryng apPupw vLoydozyYyY Fs €°OZ Gane 9°9 LIL-01/9 puog 8,}}01],
JIOMSSKIS APOO MA
svuuasad DWULOIYIDY
a49-XO YSIBUL 4[BE
SIPUD]ZD DaLdYyhsvg SUIDSIINAL DLYNLLOT B'S LG GEOG cV9 F1-2/9 Puod 8, WOSUTATIM
JIOMSSBIS APOO A
StUuUaLad DIULOIYDS
aUBISINg IpIsveg
SULBITIEM Y YALA SlLUD)]}D DaJaYhisDGE WHhALSDIDIN} Lod wNLANSIY 8G GHZ Gree OL OL-+/9 ONT 8, 19A0'7T
[LOS LOR MA. (000°T
“Oe aad syred) (SC6L)
PolIAOIIL SoLIdY WOT} BIAS A a1nye.1ed uo Jf, [eS Had o4eq UOL}BIO'T
‘cC6T ‘A[ng-oung ‘spue[s] vpnutdiog — s}ze}IqQey Surpeoiq prlejay WO SuolBAIesqo [BoISoO[ooy “[ aavy,
63
Ss
APRIL, 1
9
at)
PROC. ENT. SOO. WASH., VOL. 59, NO.
YUDLBUL DIFWOAII.L0 TT
DASlOOIIN) “T
pasilb *G
appnuiag “GC
pjouw vajayfisvg
nioyrypou niddrvy
rrr eee
{Oyiq esdeurvid
YSIVPL YOIMIe A
puog Yomi A
ATOM Ysre yy
10
Y—ylq, eseurevig
ysieyy ayO1quieg
yoytq, eseureiq
ysiey, yosed
SLDpnasndasla sapooyng ‘ds vydiz ¢ cg £G 9F'9
suuaduwma viiwodia10y A
pasiboayn) “|
(,aynNbOg) vasiwb *q
DjaUWd “
appmu.1aq vajayhsog [fos Apues—ouon TE Lg £6 88°9 TL-F/L
SUTBTTTC AM,
9 UWIM Nuuadnava vifiuwodio1o 4
DAISVIbOayN) °(T
aDpNULlag “CG ysni aytds mopeayy
sijup)}D vajayhsvg DjoanjvId sv.uvYyv0a)
SUSMIPNULLIG SapiwoaYyNO snrovmipua snjoqgosody Ts FE 0°SS L¥9 IT-#/2
tupipur pifimodiaLo y
sLippnasndala sapwayng sna bua snjoqgoLody G'GZ 9% GT 09°9 $/L-L6/9
vupibur pifiwodia.so yf
DasiIHoaIn) “(T wniysvavjnj.od wmansagy
(J91.Nbog) vjowa *q = sseis pivaq [vIuUdIEg
appnw1ag vajayhisvg syp10j)y wobodhjog
simnosndaia “OQ ysni aytds 0yvq1dey)
SISWAPNWLIG sSaplwozsyNny DIDILAVDI SLLDYIOIIA 8G I 6€ ¥9 ¥/L-L6/9
tmonLbur Difiwmodra.o 4
appnu1ag vajayhsoqg SSBIS JULIO?
suippnasnda1a *O wnyoausip wnjpdsn J
SISUAPNUWLIG sSapwaryng YyurvAy 1078 AA
DIYUD]YD DIZZAg SIAISSDLI DIULOYNA FS I ol TOL
vLoyrvpou viddvT
vupLbur pifiuodia1o 4 SSBIs Udy
SLDnasndata saproayng SYNDINHUO] DUIYJIWWOD FZ I OL L469 L3-18/9
PHC esvurviq
Yysivyy IITYSUOARCT
‘penutju09— J FAV,
57
9
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1
64
‘SHOJUM opt} LO SULpURYS WE JOU PUR [LOS 4stOU UL Podv;d ode SodvD A1OA0I0 ws ido
DISLUDOIIN) DIJIYUSD(T snraiuipbud snjpoqgo.ody G'GZ Wie 6°0L eL9 “pug [peutg
~—-DasrIHoaN) “(
sijup)yo vajaylisvg. srolMibare snjpogosody 9% 86 LOL (2
5 DISNNIVOIIN] °“T
syyUD] yD DajaYyhisog snawMipua snjoqgosod ys
sLpnasndasa saprwooavyng ‘ds nydhT 92 86 LOL OL9 puog eSavry
spuog
[€-G6/L NID FIOH wWeIIQ-prIy
syUuD)yo vajaylisvg
siipjnasndala Saploonjng wnsjspavjnplod WniIANSIG 8G £86 298 eno
(Aep & dM} BoE
aD udus DLOYMOZY sulddviy patdaoo
sipup]yo vajayhsv” LIpuvatoO Sopr} Wekad0 Yda.IT(T )
sLIppnasndasa Sapwoovyngy LIPUDIIO WNIMIN 8B BSS o OF OF'9 G3-8L/L Avg palvip[tq
YUDLIUL DINWOiI.10 yf
IDPNWUW.LIQ “(T
DU vyajaylsvg
SLID asndasa Sapiwoonijng shops snjoqgoLodsy = 8% O€ SP FEU todotgd Ysieyy uy
DISIUBOAIN) *(
appniw.tag Dalayhsvg
siupynosnda1a *O IP} ssvurei(
SISUIPNUWALIG SapvoayNng ‘ds wydfig, 8G oe QF oe'9 Go-ST/L ysieyy woydueyynog
SYUD)]LD Va)AYhsvG wnapspovjnjLod WIMLANSIG CFE I FOE €L°9
DasiiPoa nN] DaaYylisvg] = [LOS Yonu-ouON 9G L FOE 6F'9 ro ies puod SuUvAry
sLipnosndata saprooyngy snoruipae snjoqgosody G LG tl OGL
POD UTINZOn qa. a) nes x
SLLuUD}yD Dajayhsvg YSLUBULG J,
sluppnasndasa saprloayjng DIUjDI UUW TL FE LOL Sie puog touwseg
‘ponulzuojg—'] aTav
a er
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, /
TABLE 2.—EHXTREMES IN SOMBH ECOLOGICAL CONDITIONS IN
APRIL, 1957 65
BREEDING HABITATS
OF CERTAIN HELEIDAR OF THE BERMUDAS.
Number of
Range in
on areas salinity
Species (out of 15) Range in pH (parts per Comments on vegetation
in which 1,000)
collected
Culicoides 6 7.0—7.01 1.2-15 Considerable variation in
bermudensis species of plants.
Bezzia atlantica 2 6.32-7.01 1.2-31.5 Do.
C. crepuscularis 9 6.32—7.50 1.2-36.2 Areas of dense vegetation
to shaded areas with no
small vegetative growth.
Dasyhelea 9 6.45—7.60 10.7-86.5 Do.
atlantis
D. bermudae 7 6.34-7.68 1.2-25 In sandy soil with no
vegetation, to soil with
various types of vegeta-
tion.
D. cincta 3 6.34-6.88 2.4-4.8 Do.
D. grisea if 6.46-6.88 2.4 In sandy soil with no
vegetation to muck soil
with cat-tails and cape
weed.
D. luteogrisea 8 6.32-7.60 2.4-31.5. In sandy soil with no
vegetation to muck soil
with various types of
vegetation.
Forcipomyia 6 6.384-7.0 1.2-15 In soil with various types
ingrami of vegetation.
FEF. variipennis 2 6.47—6.88 2.4-25 Sandy soil with no vege-
tation to loam soil with
various types of vegeta-
tion.
66 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
that of exposed soil next to the cage, with the result that emergence
may have been considerably stimulated.
The results of these studies are given in Tables 1 and 2.
Three species, Culicoides floridensis Beck, Dasyhelea scisswrae
Macfie, and Forcipomyia raleight Macfie were taken in the light trap
but never in the recovery cages, and Pterobosca fusicorna (Coq.),
which had been collected by Johnson in 1913, was not collected at all.
In the United States Culicoides crepuscularis, a pest of man in some
parts of the country, is associated with fresh water, but in the Ber-
muda Islands it displayed a great tolerance for salt, being found in
areas ranging from 1.2 to 36.2 parts of salt per thousand.
REFERENCES
Dove, W. E., Hall, D. G. and Hull, J. B. 1932. The salt marsh sand fly problem.
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 25: 505-522.
Johnson, C. W. 1913. The dipteran fauna of Bermuda. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.
6: 443-452.
Williams, R. W. 1956. The biting midges of the genus Culicoides in the Bermuda
Islands (Diptera, Heleidae). II. A study of their breeding habitats and
geographical distribution. Jour. Parasitol. 42(3): 300-305.
Wirth, W. W., and Williams, R. W. 1956. The biting midges of the Bermuda
Islands, with descriptions of five new species (Diptera, Heleidae). Proe.
Ent. Soc. Wash. 59: 5-14.
PREPUBLICATION NOTICE
BUTTERFLIES OF THH AMERICAN TROPICS. The Genus ANAEA, Lepidoptera Nymph-
alidae. By William Phillips Comstock. American Museum Natural History.,
New York, 1956. Price $20.00.
Because American institutions and publishers of scientific books have fallen
far behind the rest of the world in the publication of high-quality color illustra-
tions, the Museum is sponsoring the publication of this beautifully illustrated
and designed book. The tremendous cost of reproducing the 30 color plates makes
it necessary for the Museum, a non-profit institution, to obtain in advance an
indication of the demand for this book. If the response is sufficient to show
that a reasonable amount of the expense will be subscribed, the book will be
published and you will receive your copy in the immediate future. Should the
response be insufficient, the Museum reserves the right to return all monies
received through this advance appeal. If you wish this work, send your order
to the American Museum of Natural History, Central Park West at 79th Street,
New York 24, N. Y. The book will be published in only a limited quantity.
After publication the price will be $25.00 per copy. Purchasers in countries with
British sterling currency may order direct from W. S. Cowell, Ltd., Butter
Market, Ipswich, Suffolk, England.—Ed.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 67
A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF THE METATHORACIC
WING IN THE FAMILY LYGAEIDAE
(HEMIPTERA: HETEROPTERA )
JAMpS A. SLATER AND HENRY W. HurLBurtT, Department of Zoology and
Entomology, University of Connecticut, Storrs
The present study was undertaken in an attempt to ascertain
whether or not the venation of the hind wing of members of the family
Lygaeidae might possess characters important to a better understand-
ing of the systematic relationships existing within this large and
heterogeneous family.
Although the taxonomic importance of wing venation is well estab-
lished in many orders of insects, the wings have been used only spar-
ingly in the Heteroptera. Recent studies by Leston (19538a and b)
in the Pentatomoidea and Usinger (1943) in the Reduvoidea have
indicated that the wing has considerable taxonomic value in these
eroups. There has, to our knowledge, been no systematic attempt to
utilize these structures within the family Lygaeidae.
We have not attempted to investigate the tracheation nor the hom-
ologies of the wing veins, and have adopted the terminology intro-
duced by Leston (1953a), as modified from Tanaka (1926), as pre-
senting an intelligible system that has the advantage of accounting for
all the structural parts present in the lygaeid wine without doing
violence to the origin of the various veins. Students more familar
with the system of Hoke (1926) may readily compare the two systems
by utilizing the illustrations of the various species discussed in the
following pages.
Technique: For purposes of the present study the majority of the
wings were studied from dried specimens. A small number of species
were studied from living specimens taken in the field. Wing mounts
from dried or fresh material were obtained by the following technique.
With a dissecting microscope and foreeps the wings were removed
and placed on a drop of water. Care was taken at this point to unfold
the jugal lobe. The wing was then drawn onto the top of a drop of
olycerine and a coverslip added for protection. To keep the covershp
from touching the elycerine a drop of fingernail polish was placed
under each corner of the coverslip. Venation is most apparent if no
elycerine is allowed to cover the upper surface of the wing. Addi-
tional glycerine may readily be placed under the wing if the original
olycerine supply dries out. In some cases it was necessary to relax
the insect in ethyl acetate for several hours before removal of the wing.
Where one is not greatly concerned with the nature of the jugal
area, or where comparison only is desired, it is useful to work with
dried specimens. With care one may readily remove the front wing
and carefully pull the hind wing laterally until the venation is clearly
exposed. This method has the advantage of allowing the investigator
to check over many species in a relatively short period of time.
OS PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
Generalized lygaeid wing: (Text figure )
It may safely be said that the lygaeid wing is never of a completely
primitive nature within the suborder. However, it is in many species
still rather generalized and close to a pentatomoid pattern. The only
important specialization uniformly found in the Lygaeidae as con-
trasted with the Pentatomoidea is the loss of the antevannal vein. The
presence of this vein is apparently characteristic of the latter group.
The generalized lygaeid wing may be summarized as follows: 1, Sub-
costa present and separated from radius in basal wing area; 2, hamus
well developed as a complete vein in the discal cell, the anterior por-
tion bent strongly toward the wing base; 3, radius and media fused
only at a single point distad of the discal cell; 4, vannal fold bifid
for nearly its entire length; 5, antevannal vein absent; 6, intervannals
present, short, and not fused at base; 7, vannals separate for nearly
entire length (Tanaka notes a single trachea, thus the primitive con-
dition may have been a single vein) ; 8, Jugal vein single and extend-
ing throughout most of jugal lobe.
SUBCOSTA
GENERALIZED LYGAEID WING
DIAGRAMMATIC
The principal modifications from this generalized scheme are the
loss of the hamus, subcosta, and intervannals, fusion of the vannal
folds, basal fusion of the vannals, reduction or loss of the second
vannal and the jugal, and fusion of radius and media for some
distance beyond the discal cell.
Of these modifications two appear to be very important at higher
eroup levels within the family. These are the loss of the hamus and
the intervannals. Frequently the reduction of these veins is correlated,
although in the Lygaeini (fig. 7) the hamus is well developed while
the intervannals are entirely lacking. The presence basally of the
subeosta and the reduction of the posterior vannal also are useful
modifications at subfamily and tribal levels.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 69
Other modifications must be interpreted with much caution as they
generally are the result of vein fusion and appear to have arisen
independently in very different groups. This may be illustrated in
the case of the radius and the media, which often are fused for some
distance beyond the discal cell in some genera of such diverse groups
as Cleradini, Blissinae, Cyminae, and Pachygronthinae.
Subfamily LYGAEINAE
The most generalized wing condition within the subfamily is found
in the genera Nysius, Ortholomus, and Rhypodes, where both hamus
and intervannals are present and the intervannals may be either fused
basally or separate (figs. 6 and 8). This very generalized condition
indicates that this group of genera is near the primitive lygaeid line.
Such orsilline genera as Belonochilus and Orsillus show a more
specialized condition in that the intervannals are absent. It seems
probable, upon the basis of this as well as other features, that two
well defined groups are present in what we now eall the Orsillini.
The Lygaeini resemble the Orsillus-Belonochilus group by virtue
of the loss of the intervannals. However, this tribe possesses a short
distinct basal subcostal vein. This feature is unique within the family
ie. 7):
Species examined: LyGArint.—Lygaeus kalinvi Stal, Melanocoryphus
bicrucis (Say),Graptostethus servus (F.), G. argentatus (F.), Caeno-
coris nert Germar, Oncopeltus fasciatus (Dallas). Orstm@uini.—Nysius
ericae (Sehill.), N. californicus Stal, Ortholomus scolopax (Say),
Belonochilus numenius (Say), Orsillus reyi Puton, Rhypodes clavi-
cornis (F.),
Subfamily CYMINAE
It is evident that the present division of this subfamily into two
tribes, the Ischnorhynchini and the Cymini, is untenable. As Mr.
H. G. Barber will treat the systematic groupings in this subfamily
in a forthcoming publication, we will confine ourselves to the observa-
tion that the Ischnorhynehini wing is very generalized, whereas in the
Cymini and in Ninus and its allies the hind wing shows the most
specialized condition in the entire family.
In the Ischnorhynchini! all species examined have a completely
developed hamus and intervannals. Polychisme (fig. 1) is perhaps
the most generalized by virtue of separate intervannals. In Klezdo-
cerys (fig. 3) and Rhiobia the intervannals are fused basally and
these two genera also have in common a distinctive bend midway along
the distal portion of radius. A stridulatory structure is present in
some members of this group.
1The correct usage here is as above, for although the genus Ischnorhynchus
Fieb. is a junior synonym of Kleidocerys Stephens, type genera in synonymy
are valid as the stem for family group names under action of the International
Commission at the 1953 Copenhagen meetings.
70 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH:., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
In the Cymini and the ‘‘ninines’’ the hind wings show a very much
reduced venation (fig. 4). The hamus and the intervannals are com-
pletely lost. Radius and medius are usually fused together for a dis-
tance beyond the discal cell. The second vannal is always at. least
partially reduced.
The Australian genus Ontiscus (fig. 2) is less reduced in that a
hamus remnant is present on the posterior portion of the discal cell.
Species examined: ISCHNORHYNCHINE.—Kleidocerys resedae
(Panz.), K. franciscanus (Stal), Polychisme hyalinatus (Spinola),
Rhiobia chinai (Esaki), Ninus insignis Stal, Cymoninus flavipes
(Mats.), new genus near Cymoninus.
Cyminit.—Cymus discors Horvath, C. angustatus Stal, Arphnus
coracipennis Stal, Ontiscus australicus Stal.
Subfamily BLISSINAE
The wing venation of members of this subfamily is highly special-
ized. The intervannals are absent, the hamus is either completely
absent (fig. 15) or represented by a vestige on the posterior margin of
the discal cell (fig. 16). Radius and media are sometimes fused for
a distance beyond the discal cell. The Jugal and posterior vannals
are reduced. The radius reaches the anterior wing margin in Blissus
aS In many myodochines and in the Pamphantinae.
The relationships of the subfamily are obscure and other evidence
than the wings is needed to clarify its systematic and phylogenetic
position within the family.
Species examined: Ischnodemus falicus (Say), I. sabuleti (Fall.),
Blissus leucopterus (Say), Dimorphopterus spinolae Sign.
Subfamily OXYCARENINAE
This subfamily is unique in the Lygaeidae in that the species studied
have intervannals present but lack a hamus. Radius and media are
fused for some distance beyond the diseal cell. The intervannals are
separate in Crophius (fig. 13), basally fused in Oxycarenus. The
second vannal and the jugal are somewhat reduced.
It seems likely that the subfamily represents a side branch in its
development and not an intermediate stage in a main line of descent.
However, it is certainly speculative whether the oxycarenines have
arisen from an Artheneinae-like stock or from the Orsillines.
Species examined: Crophius scabrosus (Uhler), Oxycarenus sp.
(S. Africa).
Subfamily GEOCORINAE
The condition of the hind wines in members of this subfamily is
most interesting. The wine venation (fig. 10) shows considerable
specialization by reason of the loss of intervannals and the loss or
reduction of the hamus. However, it is evident that the condition
PROC. ENT. SOO, WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 71
is less specialized than in such a group as the Cymini for the hamus
stub is retained in many species of Geocoris (i.e. pallens and bullatus),
Hypogeocoris, and Ninyas. It is, however, absent in Geocoris uligi-
nosus Say and G. flaviceps Burm. Furthermore, although the inter-
vannals are absent the vannal folds are in most cases separate for
most. of their length.
The genus Germalus has a completely developed hamus and basally
fused intervannals. It seems doubtful whether this genus represents
a true geocorine (note also the fully developed claval commissure),
and the relationship appears to be largely with the henestarine stem.
Species examined: Geocoris pallens Stal, G. bullatus (Say), G.
uliginosus (Say), G. flaviceps Burm., Hypogeocoris piceus (Say),
Ninyas deficiens (Leth.), Germalus samoanus China.
Subfamily HETEROGASTRINAE
This well defined subfamily possesses a unique feature in that the
hamus, as discussed above, has migrated distally so that it reaches
the posterior portion of the discal cell distad of the point where
cubitus diverges from the discal cell as a free vein. This condition
frequently creates a triangular cell in the anterior portion of the
wing formed by the hamus, media, radius, and the point of fusion
of radius and media (figs. 12 and 14).
The intervannals are present and either separate (Heterogaster,
Dinomachus, Hyginus) or basally fused (Tamasanka, Platyplax).
It is evident that in general the wing is generalized with an in-
dependent specialization of the hamus.
The genus Artemidorus (fig. 12) has in the past been the subject
of much debate as to its systematic position. Distant, Bergroth, and
Horvath all have discussed the relationships. The hind wing indicates
that the continental workers are correct in considering the genus as
a heterogastrine. The wing though specialized by the loss of the inter-
vannals nevertheless possesses the hamus in the same characteristic
position as do the other members of the subfamily.
Species examined : Heterogaster urticae (F.), Dinomachus marshalli
Dist., Tamasanka limbata Dist., Platyplax salviae (Sehill.), Hyginus
sp. (S. Africa), Artemidorus pressus Dist.
Subfamily PACHYGRONTHINAE
The hind wing is generalized. Both hamus and intervannals are
present and fully developed.
In all members of the tribe Pachygronthini investigated the inter-
vannals are free throughout, whereas in all Teracrini (fig. 9) they
are fused at the base. It appears that this distinction may well supple-
ment other characters as a tribal character in the subfamily.
As noted above we consider this subfamily to represent the general-
ized condition from which the Heterogastrinae have evolved.
Species examined: PAcHyGRroNTHINI—Oedancala dorsalis (Say),
Pachygrontha bipunctata Stal, P. oedancalodes Stal, P. sailert Slater ;
TERACRINI—Teracrius namaquensis Stal, Phlegyas abbreviatus (Uhl1.),
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH:, VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
Opistholeptus pallidus (Hesse), Stenophyella macreta Horvy.
| Subfamily HENESTARINAE
The hind wing of this subfamily is rather generalized (fig. 27).
However, there are subtle evidences of reduction present in the re-
duced hamus and jugal and the basal fusion of the intervannals. It
is apparent that this group and Germalus are closely allied; indeed
the latter may well prove to be a henestarine. The highly specialized
gveocorines may have developed from a stock very similar to that
represented by this small subfamily. Species examined: Henestaris
laticeps (Curt.)
Subfamily ARTHENINAE
The wing is somewhat generalized in that hamus and intervannals
are present. However, evidences of specialization are the partial
reduction of the hamus, basal fusion of the intervannals, and reduc-
tion of the posterior vannal (fig. 26).
In some respects this subfamily appears to represent an inter-
mediate stage between the generalized Ischnorhynchini and the highly
modified Cymini. Here again supporting evidence is needed to ascer-
tain whether this is more than a superficial resemblance.
Species examined: Chilacis typhae Perr., Artheneis foveolata Spin.
Subfamily CHAULIOPINAE
The systematic position of this pecular subfamily is not substan-
tially clarified by the condition of the hind wines. A degree of speciali-
zation is evidenced by the loss of the intervannals and the fusion of
the vannal fold (fig. 24). The hamus is present although apparently
not completely developed.
There is some habitus resemblance between this group and the
Malcinae, and the venation of the latter could well represent a spe-
clalization from that of the Chauliopinae. Again supporting evidence
is needed. There is no evidence to support a Heterogastrine relation-
ship as intimated by some authors. Indeed the characteristic nature
of the hamus in that subfamily would seem to rule out the inclusion
of this group as even representing a closely related group.
Species examined: Chauliops fallax Scott.
Subfamily MALCINAE
The hind wing is highly specialized with loss of hamus and inter-
vannals, fusion of the vannal fold, and reduction of the vannal veins
(hone)
The venation is almost exactly as in the Cymini and represents with
this latter group the most strongly reduced situation found in the
entire family. Whether these taxa are closely related or we are dealing
with parallelism must await additional evidence. Our feeling is that
probably parallel development has occurred.
Species examined: Malcus flavidipes Stal.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957,
=i
ive
Subfamily PAMPHANTINAE
The affinities of this peculiar subfamily are obscure. The venation
is specialized (fig. 23) with loss of hamus and intervannals and partial
fusion of the vannal folds. Radius curves forward to reach the lead-
ing edge of the wing in the distal area as in many myodochines. It
may well be that these ant-mimics represent extremely specialized
myodochine forms whose subfamily identity is masked by the fusion
of the basal abdominal sternites. The nature of the wing in Blissus
is also much as in this subfamily.
The relationship of the Pamphantinae to the Mediterranean sub-
family Bledionotinae should be investigated. Unfortunately represen-
tatives of the latter subfamily have not been made available for study.
Species examined: Pamphantus elegantulus Stal.
Subfamily MEGALONOTINAE
The hind wing has proven somewhat disappointine as a diagnostic
character for subgroups within this large and varied subfamily. There
is little to observe in the hind wings that will separate the genera into
the traditional tribal units. This is chiefly due to the generalized
wing venation found in most species. It seems obvious for many
reasons that this subfamily has diverged from the remaining lygaeid
subfamilies at an early period and that such specializations as do
occur in the hind wings are independent variations of the maim
megalonotine line,
Tribe—MyopocHIn!:
In many genera of this tribe radius beyond the discal cell curves
forward to reach the leading edge of the wing (fig. 18). This occurs
so frequently as to be a useful although not infallible diagnostic
feature. Radius reaches the anterior wing margin in the following
genera: Myodocha, Heraeus, Pachybrachius, Ligyrocoris, Paromius,
Zeridoneus and Prosomaeus. In Exptochiomera, Ptochiomera, Kolene-
trus, and Cnemodus, radius curves strongly forward but does not
reach the wing margin.
Many myodochines also have a rather characteristic vannal condi-
tion where the two vannals are completely fused on the basal half
and then curve strongly apart to assume a rather ‘‘wishbone’’ like
appearance (fig. 18). This condition, however, is also found in some
other genera within the subfamily.
In Prosomaeus the intervannals are absent; otherwise they are
present and usually separated.
Species examined: Myodocha serripes (Oliv.), Heraeus plebejus
Stal, Pachybrachius basalis (Dallas), Ligyrocoris diffusus Uhler,
Exptochiomera sp., Paromius longulus (Dallas), Ptochiomera nodosa
Say, Kolenetrus plenus (Dist.), Cnemodus mavortius (Say), Zeri-
doneus costalis (V.D.), Prosomaeus brunneus Scott.
74 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2) APRIL, 1957
Tribe MEGALONOTINI:
The venation is usually of a generalized ature (fig. 17). However,
in Megalonotus (fig. 21) the radius is vestigial beyond the discal cell.
Ozophora (fig. 25) is highly specialized in lacking both hamus and
intervannals. This is the greatest degree} of vein reduction found in
the entire subfamily.
Species examined: Peritrechus fraterpus Uhl., Megalonotus chira-
grus var. californicus (V.D.), Ozophora picturata Uhl., Lamprodema
maurum (F.), Neocattarus sp.
Tribe BEOSINI:
vannals are separate; in Rhyparoghromus (fig. 28) and Dieuches
(fig. 20) they are fused basally.
Species examined: Sphragts ficus nebulosus ea ), Rhyparo-
chromus umbrosus (Dist. ) , Diguches near placidus (Stal).
Wing venation of generalized ie In Sphragisticus the inter-
Tribe LETHAEINI
The wing venation as in most other Megalonotinae is generalized
in nature. The intervannals are fused in Hremocoris (fig. 22) and
Paragonatus, and separate throughout in the other genera studied.
In Scolopostethus the intervannals appear rather obsolete.
In Eremocoris there are peculiar veinlike stubs present on cubitus
and media midway along their length in the distal portion of the
wing. The vein stub of cubitus may conceivably represent the remnant
of the antevannal vein so characteristic of the Pentatomoidea.
Species examined: Cryphula parallelogramma Stal, Drymus unus
(Say), Eremocoris ferus (Say), Lethaeus cribratissimus Dohrn, Para-
gonatus divergens (Dist.), Scoloposteth us thomson’ Reut., Gastrodes
grossipes (D.G.) Rhaptus qnadinanilte (Spin.).
Tribe GONIANOTINI
The species investigated in this tribe, Hmblethis vicarius Horvath,
shows a completely generalized wine pattern throughout (fig. 19).
Tribe CLERADINI
The venation of this tribe (fig. 11) is rather specialized in lacking
intervannals, having the vannal folds fused for a considerable distance
and in having radius and media fused for a short distance beyond
the discal cell. From this as well as other features it is evident that
the tribe is a rather specialized unit within the subfamily. Species
examined: Clerada apicicornis Sign.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
~]
O1
Phylogenetic Considerations —The generalized lygaeid wing, as dis-
cussed above, is retained in several tribes and subfamilies. We find a
typical condition in many Megalonotinae, |schnorhynchini, Orsillini,
and Pachygronthinae. The first modification to appear is the basal
fusion of the inter-intervannals, both free and basally fused inter-
vannals being found in all of the above groups and sometimes within
the same genus (i.e. Vysius).
The next important modification after intervannal fusion is loss
of the intervannals. This is frequently concurrent with reduction
and subsequent loss of the hamus. However in the Lygaeini, Chauli-
opinae, Cleradini, and Prosomaeus of the Myodochini, the intervan-
nals are absent whereas the hamus is completely developed. The
Lygaeini are also unique in retaining the basal portion of the sub-
costa. In the Oxycareninae exactly the reverse situation is found,
for here the intervannals are present whereas the hamus is lost. In
all other cases, however, where the intervannals are absent the hamus
is also either absent, or reduced to a short stub on the posterior portion
of the discal cell.
In the otherwise generalized Heterogastrinae the hamus has migrated
toward the apex of the wing so that its posterior connection with the
discal cell hes distad of the separation of cubitus from the diseal cell
(figs. 12 and 14).
The most specialized condition of the wings within the family is
found in the Cymini (together with the genera related to Ninus) and
the Maleinae. Here both intervannals and hamus are lost and the
posterior vannal and jugal veins are reduced or absent.
Our conclusions are that lines of descent within the family cannot
be determined by the venation of the hind wings alone. However, the
following discussion is an attempt to indicate probable trends and we
hope it will be further elaborated in the near future by a study to
integrate the information from various sources into a reconstruction
of the phylogeny of the family.
Using primarily the wing veins, but supplementing at times with
additional characters, we present the following situation.
Five main lines of descent which we will call the Pachygronthine
line, the Orsilline line, the Geocorine line, the Ischnorhynchine line,
and the Megalonotine line.
Pachygronthine line.—The situation here is quite simple. We have
first the completely generalized tribe Pachygronthini. The Teracrini
are obviously closely related, the only basic difference being the basal
fusion of the intervannals. From the generalized form the Hetero-
gastrinae arise through Heterogaster, Dinomachus, and Hyginus to
the shghtly more specialized condition of Tamasanka and Platyplaz.
The most highly specialized condition of this line is in Artemidorus
with the absence of intervannals and the distal shift of the hamus
beyond the cubital origin on the discal cell.
76 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
Orsilline line-—Generalized venation in this line is shown by such
eenera as Nysius, Ortholomus, and Rhpodes. From this condition
develop the more specialized orsillines where the intervannals are
absent (i.e. Belonochilus, Orsillus). The Lygaeini by virtue of reten-
tion of the subcosta and loss of the intervannals present an anomalous
condition. It is difficult to interpret this condition until more study
has been made of the relationships of the tribal units within the
subfamily.
Geocorine line.—A completely generalized form has not been found
for this group. However the genus Germalus is generalized in all but
the basal fusion of the intervannals and may be considered as repre-
sentative of the generalized type (this is not to state that Germalus
itself is necessarily primitive). From this condition a slight advance
is evident to the Henestarinae where the hamus is reduced; there is
basal fusion of the intervannals and the vannal fold is fused for a
considerable distance. It may well be that the Blissinae are an off-
shoot from a similar ancestor. The main line of descent however is
to the Geocorinae through subsequent stages of reduction and ultimate
loss of the hamus and the loss of the intervannals.
Ischnorhynchine line.—This complex presents an interesting and
complex situation, with the genera Kleidocerys, Rhiobia, and Poly-
chisme illustrating generalized conditions. It seems possible that by
independent loss of the hamus the Oxycareninae have diverged from
this line. The main trend within the group is often indicated by a
tendency toward loss of the posterior vannal. We find in the Arthenei-
nae a partial reduction of the hamus, basal fusion of the intervannals,
and partial posterior vannal reduction. It seems feasible to consider
this as the next evolutionary step from the generalized Ischnorhyn-
chim. It is possible that the line now diverged into two groups, one
to the Chauhopinae and to the Malcinae, the other through such
eymine genera as Ontiscus to the highly specialized Cymini and the
‘““nimine’’ gvenera.
Megalonotine line.—This line has obviously diverged from the re-
mainder of the Lygaeidae at a very early stage in their evolution.
In general the whole group is generalized. The myodochines seem to
show a slight specialization by virtue of the strong anterior curvature
of radius in the distal portion of the wine. The genus Ozophora is
also highly specialized. It is possible that the specialized Pamphanti-
nae may well have arisen from a myodochine ancestry.
Obviously there are a number of highly speculative interpretations
in the above discussion. We propose to analyse interrelations within
the family more fully in a later paper.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We should like to extend our sincere thanks to Dr. Norman T. Davis
and Mr. P. D. Ashlock, of the Department of Zooloey and Entomology
of the University of Connecticut, for aid given during the course of
this study.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
Metathoracic wings of Lygaeidae—Fig. 1,—Polychisme hyalinatus (Spinola) ;
fig. 2,Ontiscus australicus Stl; fig. 3, Kleidocerys resedae (Panz.) fig. 4, Cymus
discors Hory.; fig. 5, Maleus flavidipes Stal.; fig. 6, Nysius ericae (Schill.) ;
fig. 7, Lygaeus kalmii Stal; fig. 8, Nysius californicus Stal. fig. 9, Teracrius nama-
quensis Stl; fig. 10, Geocoris uliginosus (Say); fig. 11, Clerada apicicornis Sign. ;
fig. 12, Artemidorus pressus Dist.; fig. 13, Crophius scabrosus (Uhl.); fig. 14,
Heterogaster urticae (F.); fig. 15, Blissus leucopterus (Say); fig
. 16, Ischnodemus
falicus (Say).
78 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
Metathoracie wings of Lygaeidae.
18, Pachybrachius basalis (Dall.); fig. 19, Emblethis vicarius Horv.; fig. 20,
Dieuches nr. placidus Stal.; fig. 21, Megalonotus chiragraus var. californicus
(V.D.); fig. 22, Hremocoris ferus (Say); fig. 23, Pamphantus elegantulus Stil;
fig. 24, Chauliops fallaa Scott; fig. 25, Ozophora picturata Uhl.; fig. 26, Chilacis
typhae Perr.; fig. 27, Henestaris laticeps (Curt.); fig. 28, Rhyparochromus wm
brosus (Dist.).
Fig. 17, Peritrechus fraternus Uhl.; fig.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 79
REFEREN CES
Hoke, S. 1926. Preliminary paper on the wing-venation of the Hemiptera (Hete-
roptera). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 19: 13-34.
Leston, D. 1953a. Notes on the Ethiopian Pentatomoidea (Hemiptera): XVI.
An acanthosomid from Angola, with remarks upon the status and morphology
of Acanthosomidae Stal. Publ. Cult. Comp. Diam. Angola No. 16, pp. 121-132.
, 1953b. ‘*Phloeidae’’ Dallas: Systematics and morphology with
remarks on the phylogeny of ‘‘ Pentatomoidea’’ Leach and upon the position
of ‘‘Serbana’’ Distant (Hemiptera). Rev. Brasil Biol. 13 (2) :121-140.
Tanaka, T. 1926. Homologies of the wing veins of the Hemiptera. Annot. Zool.
Jap. 11:33-54.
Usinger, R. L. 1943. A _ revised classification of the Reduvioidea with a new
subfamily from South America (Hemiptera). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 36:602-
618.
THE SPIDER, CONOPISTHA TRIGONA HENTZ, FAMILY THERIDIIDAE,
AS A COMMENSAL OF ALLEPIERA LEMNISCATA WALCKENAER,
FAMILY ARGIOPIDAE, IN PRINCE GEORGES COUNTY, MARYLAND
In the literature Conopistha trigona is recorded as a commensal
spider. Muma (1945, Md. Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. A-38) reported that
this species is found most frequently in the webs of Metepeira laby-
rinthea Hentz. Comstock (1948, The Spider Book) stated that it lives
as a commensal, feeding on the smaller insects caught in the web but
neglected by its host.
During the course of regular observations on a basilica spider,
Allepiera lemniscata, at Greenbelt, Md., from May to July 6, and
from August 26 through October 1956, I observed Conopistha trigona
as a frequent commensal of this basilica spider on June 20, 21, and
25; on August 30; and on September 23 and 25. On the last 5 days
the commensal was in the dorsal or ventral labyrinth strands of the
basilica spider’s web. On four occasions, the host was present in the
web with the commensal, and on two other occasions the commensal
was in a deserted web of the basilica spider. On August 30 the com-
mensal was feeding beside its own cocoon, which it had fastened to a
strand of the dorsal labyrinth of the web of its host. The latter was
present in its normal waiting position under the center of the snare.
On June 20 I recorded one specimen of Conopistha trigona under
the center of the snare of a young basilica spider in the position
normally occupied by the host. The basilica spider was above and
near the perimeter of the snare on one of the strands of the dorsal
labyrinth facing the intruding spider, which was the larger of the
two.—Donaup LAmorE, 2C Gardenway, Greenbelt, Md.
80 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
SYSTEMATICS OF THE SUBORDER TUBULIFERA (THYSANOPTERA)
IN CALIFORNIA, by H. Edwin Cott, Univ. California Pub., Entomology,
13:1-216, plates 1-4. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 1956.
$3.50.
At long last here is an analysis of a portion of the thrips fauna of our con-
tinent. Not since Hinds reported on the then known thrips in 1902 has an Ameri-
can treatment of sizeable scope been published, Watson’s annotated list (Synop-
sis) of 1924 notwithstanding.
Cott’s work deals only with the suborder Tubulifera of California and is
presented more as a local faunal survey than as a monograph. The knotty prob-
lem of supergeneric categories and generic limits are mentioned, but no over-all
solution is attempted, principally because the study does not take into consid-
eration many of the critical species and related genera that occur outside California.
In a fresh and candid style, Cott summarizes the morphological and biological
features of the Tubulifera and points out how these characteristics may be used
to best advantage. His classification is conservative in that it follows the system
set up by Priesner in 1927. The genera and species are keyed with a modicum
of the specialists’ jargon. What appear to be complete citations are listed under
each category. Type species of the genera are indicated with mention of the way
they were designated and who was responsible for their designation. Remarks on
the status of the genus and the problems in need of further attention are included
after each generic definition. The species are deseribed in detail. Although
many characteristics of a ‘‘typical’’ specimen, arbitrarily selected by Cott, are
fully measured down to the nearest micron, the range of variation exhibited by
the species is not recorded, thereby minimizing the precise value of such measure-
ments. Type localities, hosts so far as are known, specimens studied, and Cali-
fornian and extralimital distributions are given and documented.
In all, this work covers 29 genera embracing 60 species of which 12 are described
as new. The genus Liothrips is reported to contain the largest number of species
(9) in California. Even though Liothrips and Rhynchothrips are bridged by
intermediates, Cott tentatively separates the two taxa by the characteristic of
the length of the head compared with the length of the pronotum. Similarly,
Haplothrips, the next largest genus treated (7 species) grades into Lepthothrips
in most respects in California, but by the feature of the presence or absence
of a tooth on each tarsi, Cott is able to maintain these 2 genera as units in his
State at least. Acanthothrips and Hoplandrothrips ave regarded as subgenera of
Phlaeothrips, and Stephanothrips and Trachythrips are placed in a separate
family, the Urothripidae, following an old custom. The remaining genera treated
contain 1 to several species each. Two species, Stictothrips maculatus and Neuro-
thrips magnafemoralis, formerly supposed to be strictly eastern in distribution,
are reported as members of the Californian fauna for the first time.
Although limited geographically, Cott’s efforts clear a trail in the jungle of
thrips taxonomy. His viewpoints and presentation will be appreciated by thy-
sanopterists and by other interested entomologists. But most important, his
work will serve as a sound guide to newcomers venturing into the study of one
of the least known groups of insects, the T'ubulifera.—Lewis J. STANNARD, JR.,
Iilinois Natural History Survey, Urbana.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 8]
A NEW RUGITERMES FROM BOLIVIA
(TSOPTERA, KALOTERMIDAB)
THOMAS E. SnypER, Washington, D. C.
Twelve species of Rugitermes have been described, 11 from Middle
and South America and 1 from the Marquesas, an aberrant species
as to its wing venation. Many species are bicolored, the head being
much darker than the pronotum. A new species found in the National
Museum collection is described as follows:
Rugitermes laticollis, n. sp.
Winged female adult—Head dark castaneous-brown, smooth, shining, longer
than broad, sides rounded, with scattered long and short hairs. Post-clypeus
white tinged with yellow. Labrum light yellow-brown, with long hairs. Eye
black, not round, projecting, separated from lateral margin of head by a distance
slightly greater than the long diameter of the eye. Ocellus hyaline, suboval, at
oblique angle to eye from which it is separated by a distance less than the short
diameter of the ocellus.
Antenna light yellow-brown, segments not all present, second segment slightly
longer than third or fourth, which are subequal, with long hairs.
Pronotum same color as head, broader than long, shallowly concave anteriorly
and posteriorly, sides rounded, with scattered long hairs.
Wings yellow-brown, coarsely punctate. In forewing, median vein soon (in
first quarter) unites with radial sector; radial sector close to and parallel to
with 5 branches to costal vein. Cubitus above middle of wing, parallel to radia!
sector, with 16 branches to apex of wing. In hind wing median vein absent,
radial sector with 4 branches to costal vein. Cubitus above middle of wing, with
16 branches to apex.
Legs light yellow-brown, femora darker, with long hairs.
Abdomen with tergites dark castaneous-brown, with dense long and short hairs.
Measurements (in millimeters) :
léenlethy ofsentires winged: temale adult, es Sees es esl Oo 0
Menothwotmentineydealateds temale saduiltisssseene me Bee Tae Oo)
IGernganey Oe Ie Gio). whey Che Ie ohewbany))- cou eyes ee ee 1.80
Menethwota pronokumin(tomanberior i COrnmen) mses es 1.20
Wer ove O fe ORG Wyle tienes te Seeks geet wh abn eel ie) el Se ie ne GC OLOO
VL yevay este) Vico Leta ay MP ayU pp ies yeas Mat Ue es Upsala Se etree Ce eS cen pe 1.10
IDWienaavertene wou. Cavey ((WKoralee oblenea (ewer) nee nD ii Pees 0.35
Wid chinoty heads (ateey.es)) ty: tu See Shere ee ee ee Se 1.50
Var Cine O MeO NO LUT ee eee nan etl a eh ee taste ie ae ee ee 1.80
Wadthisotehore wil ot puss ah twee eee Ls ieee RN eg ee Yess 2.2
Rugitermes laticollis is not bicolored; is smaller than arthwr-muel-
leri (von Rosen) and costaricensis (Snyder) ; is darker colored than
unicolor Snyder and rugosus (Hagen); the median vein unites with
the radial sector sooner in occidentalis (Silvestri) and in rugosus
(Hagen) ; the latter has a shorter wing.
i)
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
Type locality—tLa Paz, Bolivia. Described from 6 winged adults,
4 males and 2 females, collected at the type locality by R. Pérez
Aleala, 1947.
Types.—Holotype, winged female adult. U.S. National Museum.
No. 63342; paratypes female and male winged adults deposited at
same institution.
A BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTE ON CERATOPOGON YEZOENSIS
MATSUMURA
(DIPTERA: HELEIDAR)
Different years of publication and different orthographies have been
used by various authors to refer to Ceratopogon yezoensis Matsumura
1911. Edwards [1939, In Edwards, Oldroyd, and Smart, British
Blood-sucking Flies, p. 143], Vargas [1949, Rev. Soc. Mexicana Hist.
Nat. 19 (1/4) : 203, 208], and Arnaud [1956, Microentomology 21 (3) :
116, 149] have followed Tokunaga [1937, Tenthredo 1 (3): 235] in
accepting a 1915 paper by Matsumura as containing the original de-
scription. The correct reference to this species given by Takahashi
[1941, Insecta Matsumurana 15 (3): 84], attributing yezoensis
lyesoensis of Edwards 1939, and Vargas 1949] to a publication by
S. Matsumura (p. 60) entitled ‘‘Erster Beitrag zur Insekten-Fauna
von Sachalin,’’ published in 1911 in The Journal of the College of
Agriculture, Tohoku Imperial University, Sapporo, Japan 4:1-145
Plates I and II was overlooked by certain of these authors. The
original description is provided below because of its general non-
availability.
£¢912. Ceratopogon yezoensis n. sp.
““Graulichbraun. Antennen und Palpen blassgelblich. Riickenschild grau, ohne
langsstriemen, nahe Vorderrande jederseits mit einem Griibchen. Kopf
schwarz, Rostrum braéunlich. Fliigel subhyalin, weisslich getriibt, dritte
Langsader durch eine Querader mit der ersten nicht verbunden, Unterrand-
zelle daher einfach, Randmal braunlich, vor und hinter diesem je mit einem
undeutlichen weisslichen Fleckchen, Unterrandzelle die Mitte des Fliigels
erreicht, dritter Liingsnerv weit hinter der Fliigelspitze miindend. Halters
weisslich. Beine weisslichgelb, Schenkel an der Spitze etwas briiunlich. Abdo-
men braunlich, unten etwas heller.
“‘Lange: 1 mm.
‘*Pundort: Korsakoff, gesammelt in 3 Examplaren von Herrn Y. Ikuma
(in der Sammlung von Herrn Y. Nawa).
‘*S. F.: Hokkaido (haufig).
““T., N.: Nukaka.
“‘Der Farbung nach C, bicolor Pz. etwas iihnlich.’’—Paunt H. ARNAUD, JR.,
Entomology Research Division, U. S. Department of Agriculture.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 83
A NEW SPECIES OF MITE, HIRSTIONYSSUS BISETOSUS,
FROM THE NESTS OF THE DESERT WOOD RAT,
NEOTOMA LEPIDA LEPIDA THOMAS!
(ACARINA: DERMANYSSIDAE),
DorALp M. ALLRED, Ecological Research, University of Utah, Dugway.*
During a seasonal study of the parasitic mites associated with the
nests of the desert wood rat Neotoma lepida lepida Thomas in Utah,
Allred and Roscoe (unpublished manuscript) found mites represent-
ing a new species to be very abundant in the nests. These mites are
described in this paper. The dimensions given for the sternal plate
of the female refer to the shortest distances between two margins.
Length and width figures for other plates refer to the greatest distance,
exclusive of the very narrow projections such as the intercoxal pro-
jections on the holoventral plate of the male. All measurements are
given in microns.
Acknowledgment is given to Dr. R. W. Strandtmann, Texas Tech-
nological College, Lubbock, and Dr. E. W. Jameson, Jr., University
of California, Davis, for checking some of the specimens.
HIRSTIONYSSUS BISETOSUS, new species
(FEMALE)
(Figs. 5-10)
Idiosoma.— 494 Jong, 306 wide.
Gnathosoma.—Width near the base 93; length from tip of idiosoma to base
of palpal trochanter 105. Hypostomal setae all nude; basal pair 24 long, middle
internal pair 19 long, middle external pair 9 long, distal pair 9 long. Length of
palps from base of trochanter to tip 91. Chelicerae chelate, both digits of about
equal length and without teeth. Digitus fixus slightly curved, with striated flange-
like tip; a microseta at base of striation. Digitus mobilis slightly sinuous with
a blunt point.
Venter.—Base of tritosternum grooved ventrally; lacinae reaching to base of
palpal trochanter. Presternal area reticulate. Sternal plate faintly reticulate,
two and one-fourth times as wide as long at narrowest points (50 by 112) ;
anterior edge slightly convex; concavity of posterior edge extending to a level
about midway between the second and third sternal setae; anterior edge of plate
more heavily sclerotized than central portion of plate; heavy sclerotization most
evident between the first pair of sternal setae where it extends one-third the
length of the plate; posterior edge of plate also more heavily sclerotized. Three
pairs of sternal setae about equal in size, 38 long; distance between first pair
of sternal setae equal to length of plate. Genitoventral plate broadly rounded
posteriorly; with usual pair of setae opposite posterior edge coxae IV, and a
pair of accessory setae near the tip of the plate; plate widest at point midway
1This work was supported by U. S. Army Chemical Corps contract, No. DA-18-
064-CML-2639, with the University of Utah. |
2Now with Department of Zoology and Entomology, Brigham Young University,
Provo, Utah.
84 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
between usual setae and accessory setae; usual genitoventral setae 31 long;
accessory setae 28 long. Anal plate long oval, slightly less than twice as long
as wide (100 by 57); reticulate near lateral margins; anus in anterior half
of plate; paired anal setae 24 long, situated slightly behind middle of anus;
postanal seta 26 long, situated behind the anus by a distance equal to the length
of the anus. Anal plate separated from the genitoventral plate by a distance
less than the length of the anus; cribum with 4 rows of teeth. Unsclerotized
portion of venter with approximately 31 pairs subequal setae 24 to 28 long;
those along posterior margin barbed. Stigma at level between coxae III and IV.
Peritreme sinuous, extending to middle of coxa I. Legs I and II thicker than
III and IV; leg I, 304 long; leg IJ, 247 long; leg III, 228 long; leg IV, '299
long. Coxa I with two regular setae. Coxa II with regular dorso-anterior spur
and a small, sharply pointed accessory spur located below the distal edge of the
segment and directed posteriorly. Coxa III with two small, sharply pointed acces-
sory spurs situated near posterior edge of coxa, the internal spur situated directly
internal to the marginal seta and directed posteriorly; the external spur situated
on postero-distal edge of the coxa and directed at almost a right angle to the
internal spur. Coxa IV without an accessory spur. Tarsus IT without clawlike spurs.
Dorsum.—Dorsal plate reticulate, covering most of dorsum, extending almost
to posterior tip of idiosoma; 480 long, 268 wide; widest part just posterior to
coxae IV. Antero-lateral margins of plate sinuous; postero-lateral margins slightly
convex. With 26 pairs nude setae; anterior pair setae smallest, 12 long; second
pair setae largest, 36 long; other setae on anterior half of plate longer (24 to 31)
than posterior setae (19 to 21). Unselerotized portion of dorsum with approxi-
mately 22 pairs nude setae, 21 to 26 long.
MALE
Chigss 34) 1-i3))
387 long, 255 wide.
Idiosoma.
Gnathosoma.—Width 76; length from tip of idiosoma to base of palpal tro-
chanter 43. Hypostomal setae all nude; basal pair 19 long, internal middle pair 14
long, external middle pair 7 long, distal pair 9 long. Palps 76 long from base of
trochanter. Chelicerae chelate, without teeth; digitus fixus fingerlike, straight,
slightly shorter than digitus mobilis, which is thicker, curved toward the trans-
parent tip.
Venter.—Base of tritosternum grooved ventrally; lacinae extending well past
base of palpal trochanter. Presternal area reticulate. Holoventral plate faintly
reticulate, widest anteriorly; 304 long, 117 wide; with usual 5 pairs setae plus
anal setae and 3 pairs accessory setae; anterior 5 pairs setae 26 long; accessory
setae 16 to 24 long; paired anal setae 19 long, situated opposite anterior half
of anus; postanal setae equal in length to paired anal setae. Cribum with 2 rows
teeth. Three pairs sternal pores present, indistinct. Unsclerotized portion venter
with approximately 30 pairs subequal setae, 16 long; posterior marginal setae
barbed. Stigma at level between coxae III and IV. Peritreme sinuous, extend-
ing to middle half or coxa I. Legs I and II thicker than III and IV; leg I,
261 long; leg II, 214 long; leg III, 199 long; leg IV, 261 long. Coxae I, II,
and III as in female; coxa IV with accessory spur on distal margin near pos-
terior edge. Tarsus IT without clawlike spines.
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 85
Hirstionyssus bisetosus, n. sp. Fig. 1, Dorsal plate and peritremes of deuto
nymph; fig. 2, sternal plate of deutonymph; fig. 3, holoventral plate of male;
fig. 4, dorsal plate and peritreme of male; fig. 5, sternal and genitoventral plates
of female; fig. 6, dorsal plate and peritreme of female.
86 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
Dorsum.—Dorsal plate reticulate, covering all of dorsum except lateral margins;
378 long, 208 wide; lateral margins almost straight. With 33 pairs nude setae;
anterior pair smallest, 9 long; second pair longest, 28 long; other setae on
anterior half of plate longer (16 to 21) than posterior setae (14 to 16) Wm
sclerotized portion of dorsum with approximately 7 pairs nude setae, 16 to 19 long.
DEUTONYMPH
(Figs. 1, 2, 14-17)
Idiosoma.—295 long, 185 wide.
Gnathosoma.—Width at middle 76; length from tip of idiosoma to base of
palpal trochanter 24. Hypostomal setae all nude; basal pair 19 long, middle
internal pair 12 long, middle external pair 7 long, distal pair 7 long. Palps
69 long from base of trochanter. Chelicerae chelate, both digits almost straight,
fingerlike, about equal in length and lacking teeth.
Venter.—Base of tritosternum grooved ventrally; lacinae extending past base
of palpal trochanter, Sternal plate extending from base of tritosternum to a
point slightly posterior to coxae IV; anterior edge of plate distinctly reticulate,
165 long, 69 wide; widest part opposite coxae II]; with 4 pairs setae; first and
14 16
Hirstionyssus bisetosus, n. sp. Fig. 7, Anal plate of female; fig. 8, left coxa
Il of female; fig. 9, right coxa III of female; fig. 10, right chela of female
(ventral view); fig. 11, left chela of male (ventral view); fig. 12, left coxa
IIL of male; fig. 13, left coxa IV of male; fig. 14, chela of deutonymph; fig. 15,
anal plate of deutonymph; fig. 16, right coxa II of deutonymph; fig. 17, right
coxa III of deutonymph.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 87
second pairs 31 long; third pair 28 long; fourth pair 21 long. Three pairs
sternal pores; first pair situated behind first sternal setae about 12 microns
from lateral edge of plate, second pair on edge of plate directly posterior to
second setae, third pair on edge of plate midway between third and fourth setae.
Anal plate pyriform, with anterior edge rounded; 52 long, 28 wide; anal opening
situated slightly anterior of middle of plate; paired anal setae 19 long, situated
opposite middle of anus; postanal seta equal in size to paired anal setae. Unsclero-
tized portion of venter with approximately 38 pairs nude setae, 21 to 24 long.
Stigma at level of coxae III and IV; Peritreme sinuous, extending to about
middle of coxa II. Legs I and II slightly thicker than III and IV; leg I, 228
long; leg II, 190 long; leg III, 185 long, leg IV, 228 long. Coxa I with 2
regular setae. Coxa II with single accessory spur as in female. Coxa III with
only the internal accessory spur present. Coxa IV without an accessory spur.
Tarsus II without clawlike spines.
Dorsum.—Dorsal plate faintly reticulate, long oval in shape, covering all of
dorsum except lateral margins; 283 long; 139 wide at level of coxae IT and III.
With 26 pairs nude setae; anterior pair setae smallest, 9 long; posterior pair
longest, 33 long; setae on anterior part of plate longer (24 to 28) than setae
on posterior part of plate (16 to 21). Unsclerotized portion of dorsum with
approximately 15 pairs nude setae, 19 to 28 long.
COLLECTION AND DISPOSITION
Holotype—FKFemale, in collection of the U. 8S. National Museum, No.
2227, collected from a nest of desert wood rat, Neotoma lepida. lepida
Thomas, 2 miles southeast of White Rock, south end of Cedar Moun-
tains, Tooele County, Utah, July 22, 1954, by Dorald M. Allred and
Stanley Mulaik.
Allotype.—Male, in collection of U.S. National Museum, collected
from the same kind of nest and same locality as holotype, June 24,
1954, by Ernest J. Roscoe.
Paratypes.—30 females, 17 males, and 13 deutonymphs collected
from same kind of nests in same locality as holotype and allotype,
during various times from April to August and in November, 1954.
An additional 912 females, 257 males, and 319 deutonymphs not desig-
nated as paratypes were collected in the same habitat as the types
between April 1954 and April 1955. Deposited in the collections of
Dorald M. Allred, R. W. Strandtmann, E. W. Jameson, Jr., Harvey
B. Morlan, R. B. Eads, F. da Fonseca, University of Utah Entomo-
logical Museum, U. S. National Museum, British Museum of Natural
History, and National Museum of Natural History of Paris.
DISCUSSION
Fonseca (1948 :263), among other characters, used the number of
setae of the genital plate in females to separate the genera of Macro-
nyssidae Oudemans, 1936 (synonym: Dermanyssidae Kolenati, 1859 ;
Liponissidae Vitzthum, 1931). In his key (p. 273), he used the
characters of one and three pairs of setae on the genital plate to sepa-
88 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
rate females of the genus Hirstesia from those of Lepronyssoides, and
females of Liponysealla from those of five other genera, including
Hirstionyssus. Hirstionyssus falls in the group possessing only one
pair of genital setae. In his species diagnoses (p. 265-266), Echino-
nyssus was the only genus possessing two pairs of genital setae. In
no case did the numbers of genital setae vary within the genus. With
this as a basis, there seems to be sufficient justification to create a new
genus for Hirstionyssus bisetosus. However, in H. bisetosus the other
generic characters are so similar to other species of the genus Hir-
stionyssus that the author does not deem it wise to erect a new genus
until the genera of this family can be more thoroughly studied. <Ac-
cording to Jameson (correspondence), in many of the Hirstionyssus
there is a second pair of setae just off the genitoventral plate. A slight
expansion of the posterior part of this plate often results in these two
setae beine within its lateral margins. Strandtmann and Morlan
(1953) state that this situation exists in H. breviseta. In H. bisetosus,
the extra pair of setae apparently got too close and was completely
enclosed by the plate.
The presence of the extra pair of setae on the genitoventral plate
separates bisetosus from all other species of the genus Hirstionyssus.
In many respects, Disetosus is similar to four other species (obsoletus,
isabellinus, breviseta, and neotomae), but differs as follows: In Jame-
son’s (1950:163) key to the females of North American Neowchoronys-
sus (synonym, Hirstionyssus Fonseca 1948), bisetosus runs to obso-
letus, but differs from that species by having a smaller dorsal plate
of different shape, spurs on coxae IT and III that are pointed, a shorter
sternal plate, and almost twice as many ventral setae. In the key by
Strandtmann and Morlan (1953:630), bisetosus runs to isabellinus
from which it differs by the absence of a thickened margin on the anal
plate and posterior thickened margin of the genitoventral plate; the
sternal plate of bisetosus is shorter than in isabellinus. However, in
bisetosus the anterior and posterior margins of the sternal plate are
thickened. This species resembles breviseta, but differs from it by
having two spurs on coxa IT, lacking a spur on coxa IV, having almost
twice as many setae on the venter, and possessing a slightly shorter
sternal plate. The new species, bisetosus, differs from neotomae by
lacking a spur on coxa IV, having a slightly shorter sternal plate, and
possessing more setae on the unsclerotized portions of the venter and
dorsum.
Allred and Roscoe (unpublished manuscript) found bisetosus to be
the second most abundant parasitic mite in the nests of the desert wood
rat, in which nests it was found each month of the year (Fig. 18).
The ratio of males to females over a period of a year was 1:3.4.
Gravid females, each with one egg, were found in May, July, and
August. There is little doubt that this species is a nest-dwelling form,
getting onto a host only to feed.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 89
Fig. 18. Average numbers of Hirstionyssus bisetosus found in each of 160
nests of the desert wood rat, Neotoma lepida lepida, from April 15, 1954, to
April 14, 1955.
REFERENCES
Fonseca, F. da. 1948. A monograph of the genera and species of Macronyssidae
Oudemans, 1936 (synon.; Liponissidae Vitzthum, 1931) (Acari). Proce. Zool.
Soe. 118(2) :249-334.
Jameson, E. W., Jr. 1950. Notes on mites of the genus Neoichoronyssus, with
the description of a new subgenus and three new species of the subgenus
Hirstionyssus. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 52 (4) :161-172.
Strandtmann, R. W., and H. B. Morlan. 1953. A new species of Hirstionyssus
and a key to the known species of the world. Texas Rpt. Biol. Med.,
11 (4) :627-637.
Short scientific articles, not illustrated, two double-spaced type-
written pages or less in length, are welcome and will usually receive
prompt publication. References to literature should be included in
the text.
90 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
THE DATE OF PUBLICATION OF BEZZI’S STUDIES IN PHILIPPINE
DIPTERA, II
Mario Bezzi’s second ‘‘century’’ of Diptera collected by C. F.
Baker in the Philippine Islands, generally cited as published in the
Philippine Journal of Science, (D) 12 (38): 107-161, pl. 1 (May,
1917), seems to have actually been published on November 15, 1916,
in another printing with different pagination. I possess a copy with
the same text as the 1917 publication, with the following information
on page 2: Department of the Interior, Bureau of Science, Manila.
Publication No. 10. Actual date of publication November 15, 1916.
It is paged 1-59 plus Plate 1. The plate is headed ‘‘Bureau of
Science Publication No. 10.’’ The page numbers with the species
numbers, ete., appearing thereupon are as follows:
P. 7: title, ete.; p. 8: nos. 101-104; p. 9: key to Pselliophora, no. 105; p. 10:
nos. 106-107; p. 11: nos. 108-110; p. 12: no. 111, key to Hriocera; p. 13: nos.
IDO T14'- 4p. 14: nos. 115-119); p. 15: no: 120, key to Lubnotes, p.. 16. nosh tet
124+ p. 17: nos. 125-127; p. 18: gen. Schizella nov.; p. 19: no. 1285 p. 20 ssn0s:
129-130)" p. Qils mos) 131-133* p. 22; no. 134; p. 23: mos. 135-137. 2a Moss
138-144; p. 26: nos. 145-147; p. 27: nos. 148-149; p. 28: nos. 150-157; p. 29:
nos. 158-163; p. 30: nos. 164-168; p. 31: no. 169, gen. Tylopterna nov.; p. 32:
no. 170s) p.wsss nose h7l-173)) p. 353 nos. M4755) p. S6% mos. VAG ie amonne
no. 178; p. 88: no. 179; p. 39: nos. 180-183; p. 41: key to Pterogenia, no. 184;
p: 43: no. 185; p. 44: no. 186; p. 45: no. 187: p. 46: no. 188; p. 48: no. 189; p. 49:
key to Euprosopia, no. 190; p. 51: no. 191; p. 52: no. 192; p. 53: no. 193; p. 54:
nos. 194-195; p. 55: nos. 196-197; p. 57: no. 198; p. 59: nos. 199-200.—GEORGE
C. STEYSKAL, Grosse Ile, Michigan.
SOCIETY MEETING
The 658th regular meeting of the Society was called to order by President
R. A. St. George at 8 p.m., December 6, 1956, in room 43 of the U. S. National
Museum. There were 32 members and 10 visitors present. The minutes of the
preceding meeting were read, corrected, and approved.
The following new members were elected: Robert L. Wallis, Truck Crop
and Garden Insects Section, Agricultural Research Center, Beltsville, Md.;
Donald H. Lamore, 2C Gardenway, Greenbelt, Md.; and Dr. Oswaldo Paulo
Forattini, Faculdade de Higiene e Saude Publica, Universidade de Sao Paulo,
Avenida Dr. Arnadlo, 715, Sao Paulo, S. P., Brazil, Caixa Postal 8099.
President St. George gave the summary report on the state of the Society.
He remarked that the Society has three honorary mmbers (see names on
inside front cover—Ed.), and acknowledged the presence of Honorary Presi-
dent R. E. Snodgrass.
In the absence of other nominations, members on the slate presented by the
nominating committee were elected officers for 1957 by acclamation. (Officers
listed on inside front cover—Ed.) President St. George congratulated the
new President, F. L. Campbell.
It was voted to replace Article II, Section 3 of Article TII, and Article VI
of the Constitution with the following:
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 9]
ARTICLE II.
The objects of the Society shall be to promote the study of entomology in all
its bearings; to publish a periodical to be known as the Proceedings of the Ento-
mological Society of Washington, which shall contain the proceedings of the
Society and such papers as are accepted for publication in it; to publish a series
of Memoirs, and a miscellaneous series of handbooks or other special publications ;
and to cultivate mutually advantageous relations among those in any way inter-
ested in entomology. To further these objectives dues shall be collected from the
members.
ARTICLE III, Section 3.
Each member shall be entitled to one copy of each issue of the ‘‘ Proceedings’’
and shall be privileged to vote on all questions. Members shall be given prefer-
ence over non-members in the publication of manuscripts.
ARTICLE VI.
The Society shall maintain a separate fund to be known as the Special Publi-
cation Fund. At the discretion of the Executive Committee, any unrestricted
portion of the Special Publication Fund may be used for publishing memoirs,
handbooks, or other special publications. In any one year, a sum not exceeding
the previous five years’ income from interest on the Special Publication Fund
monies may be taken from this Fund and applied toward the publication of the
Proceedings; such sum to be returned to the Special Publication Fund at the
diseretion of the Executive Committee. The Special Publication Fund will be
derived from bequests and gifts, from the sale of complete sets of the Proceed-
ings of the Entomological Society of Washington, from the sale of memoirs,
handbooks, or other special publications, from the fees of life and sustaining
members, and from the sum of fifty cents from the annual dues of each member.
F. L. Campbell reviewed the ‘‘Handbook of Biological Data,’’ edited by
William S. Spector, and exhibited both this and volume 1, ‘‘ Acute Toxicities,’’
of the 5-volume ‘‘Handbook of Toxicology,’’ a companion book prepared by the
same editor.
Max Day told about the ecology of the adult Bogong moth, Agrotis infusa
(Boisduval), Phalaenidae (Noctuidae of authors), describing recent work by Mr.
I. F. B. Common, of the Division of Entomology, Commonwealth Scientific &
Industrial Research Organization, Canberra, Australia. The moths occur in large
assemblages in granite caves at altitudes above about 4,500 feet in the Australian
Alps, where the Australian Aborigines formerly feasted on them. The fat content
of the moths averages more than 50 percent of their dry weight. They rest on
the walls of the caves, about 1,500 per square foot.
Moths of the spring generation migrate to the mountains and in late summer
they migrate back to the breeding grounds, which are pastures covering wide
areas of New South Wales.
A small proportion of the aestivating moths become intensely active for about
an hour after sunset and before sunrise, when they indulge in random flight
over the mountain tops. During aestivation the moths neither feed nor mate,
although they do ingest moisture from rain or dew.
The migration and aestivation enables part of the adult population to avoid
92 PROC. ENT. SOC..WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1997
the breeding grounds during the summer when pastures are dominated by unpal-
atable perennial grasses. [Author’s abstract. ]
A note on ‘‘Subterranean Termites and Ships’’ was given by T. KE. Snyder.
In 1927 a coal barge was found to be infested by subterranean termites in the
harbor at Honolulu, Hawaii. Much moisture was present and some dirt was
lodged along the bottom. Probably the infestation by this introduced oriental
termite, Coptotermes formosamus Shiraki, was by winged adults. Such a vessel
would be a source of danger at ports of eall.
This same destructive termite has established itself in the woodwork of steam-
ships plyimg between Hawaii and California. So far Federal inspectors have
intercepted and prevented its introduction to the mainland.
In July 1956 another destructive subterranean termite, Coptotermes crassus
Snyder, was found damaging the woodwork of a large floating dry dock at
Houston, Tex. This termite occurs in Spanish Honduras, Guatemala, and West
Mexico (Lower California). It is larger than the native subterranean species of
Reticulitermes, and the soldier has a short tube in the front of the more oval
head from which a white liquid is ejected.
As soon as Dr. Snyder identified the termite, Federal inspectors surveyed along
the waterfront to determine whether this tropical termite had become established in
buildings on shore. (Winged adults from a large colony could fly from the dock
and infest woodwork on shore.) Surveys made in August showed no infestation
in waterfront structures. Evidently the dock became infested from ships from
tropical ports. Owners of the dock have attempted to eradicate the termites.
In August 1956 another dry doek at New Orleans, La., was found to be infested
by the native subterranean termite Reticulitermes flavipes (Kol.). [Author’s
abstract. |
President St. George recalled similar instances, one of an infestation of termites
in a houseboat anchored above Key Bridge and another in the oak beams of a
church steeple four stories above the ground.
Paul Arnaud exhibited a Japanese delicacy, a can of ‘‘child hornets’’—the
larvae, pupae, and océasional adults of Vespula lewisi Smith—which are served
on rice, principally in central Japan. The ean was a product of Nagano Prefecture.
A. B. Gurney discussed the growing trend, especially among entomologists
working in applied fields, toward using the word ‘‘roach’’ instead of ‘‘cock-
roach.’’ In the current Common Name List certain species are called cockroaches,
others roaches, a somewhat distressing lack of uniformity. Dr. Gurney explained
the origin of cockroach from the Spanish cucaracha, and cited support for the
view that the abbreviated ‘‘roach’’ is etymologically incorrect and loose English.
Furthermore, various species of fish, as well as one or more groups of fish, have
the common name of roach. Some confusion has occurred in abstracting journals
because of uncertainty whether ‘‘roach’’ referred to fish or to cockroaches.
Nevertheless, the trend continues and it is desirable that entomologists under-
stand the situation and act to promote uniformity and avoid confusion. [ Author’s
abstract. |
Honorary President Snodgrass commented that he was in favor of doing away
with the name ‘‘roaches’’ for insects, as, in behalf of his son-in-law Roach, he
preferred that the name bring to mind the popular fish rather than the unpopular
insect.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 93
The principal paper of the evening was an illustrated lecture on the ‘‘ Mating
Behavior in Australian Dragonflies,’’ by Mr. A. F. L. O’Farrell.
Field observations, mainly from the New England Tableland area of New
South Wales, suggest that in several species of Australian Odonata the behavior
and pattern of distribution of adult individuals of differmg age and sex tends
to be rather characteristic for a given species and habitat. The diverse phenomena
observed seem to have a similar end-result, ensuring ready discovery of a mate
and of a suitable oviposition site while retaining for the species the ability to
colonize and exploit new habitats arising as the result of flooding, dam con-
struction, stream diversion, and so forth.
Patterns vary from the apparently indiscriminate aggregations of individuals
of all ages and both sexes, seen in the primitive damselfly Synlestes weyersi
weyersi Selys, to the seemingly highly organized male territorial systems of the
rather specialized dragonfly Tramea loewii tillyardi Lieftinck. An adequate study
will be possible only when a satisfactory field marking technique is available
for each species. Disturbance of the normal behavior pattern by any procedure
involving capture and release is a major problem here. [Author’s abstract. ]
Mr. O’Farrell’s slides showed the variety of dragonfly habitats in Australia.
Visitors introduced were Dr. Nicholaus Obraztsov, of the American Museum
of Natural History; Dr. Harvey I. Seudder, of the Public Health Service, and
Dr. C. D. Michener, of the University of Kansas.
The meeting adjourned at 9:50 p.m.—KeLuir O’NeEtLL, Recording Secretary.
Date of publication, Vol. 59, No. 1, was Mareh 15, 1957.
NEW AMMUNITION?
Search for improved insecticides and fumigants
gets high priority at Dramonp’s enlarged
Research Center. Increasing sales of our own
products give evidence of this interest. We
welcome requests for cooperation on research
and development projects.
DIAMOND ALKALI
COMPANY
Cleveland 14, Ohio
94
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
A Cyanamid Report
Resistance
Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type
insecticides has been proven or suspected in:
cockroaches house flies
mosquitoes flea beetles
Colorado potato beetle cotton boll weevil
dog and cat fleas body lice
bed bugs lygus bugs
codling moth cotton leaf worm
leafhoppers dog ticks
Many researchers have found malathion to be
a capable replacement for the chlorinated
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations
for its use. If you have a “‘resistance’’ problem
in your area, you might well consider malathion
for your 1957 research schedule.
Developers and producers of malathion and parathion
Write for AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
particular Agricultural Chemicals Division
technical Insecticide Research
information 30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y: 20, N. Ye
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 95
Cat)
3 GREAT
INSECTICIDES
CONTROL THESE INSECTS
CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick,
Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets,
Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers,
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic
Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs,
Wireworms...and many others.
HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army-
worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil,
Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil,
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web-
worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle-
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag-
got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western
Harvester Ant, White Fringed. Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms
...and many others.
ENDRIN: Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot-
ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid
Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips.
WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS
VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
General Offices and Laboratories Foreign Division
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois 350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y.
Beer eRe eSsr ENE ie (Al toh VES) 2 PON Pi Ro NI Cr Br vASe Chil oiicl sees
96
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
l5
Pyrenone’
HELPS TO PRESERVE
PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL
Pe one quickly kills destructive, annoy-
ing and disease-carrying insects.
In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective
for long periods of time. In fact, a szvgle application
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at-
tacks for an entire storage season.
On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible
stages of insects fast — even between showers of
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be-
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly
emerging parasites and predators are free to com-
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize
or feed upon destructive insect pests.
This means that Pyrenone is completely com-
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying
insects.
*Reg. U.S. Pat. Off., F.M.C.
FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION
Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation
441 Lexington Avenue e New York 17,N. Y.
rt ae iy
White grubs (left) and wireworms (right) magnified 20 times,
WHEN PESTS SEE
eye-to-eye
Creatures from the science-fiction world? No, just an ordinary white grub
and a wireworm magnified twenty times. But they and their equally de-
structive allies, such as rootworms and cutworms, ruin millions of dollars
worth of cotton, corn, tobacco, wheat, cole crops and others—each season.
Constant research is necessary to find the flaws in their armor . . . to
develop newer and better controls . . . to hold their crop-destruction to a
minimum,
That’s why Shell Chemical maintains a staff of researchers who, with the
co-operation of federal, state, and local agencies, are continually searching
and experimenting to develop new and more potent pesticides.
Shell’s contributions to agriculture include aldrin, dieldrin, endrin, Phos-
drin* insecticides; D-D® and Nemagon* soil fumigants; and allyl alcohol
weed seed killer. Others that are now in the laboratory stage will be avail-
able for even more effective controls in the future. With you, we look to
a better tomorrow for agriculture and industry through research in
chemistry today. A
*Shell Chemical Trademark
SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Agricultural Chemical Sales Division
460 Park Avenue, New York 22, New York
i) QUALITY INSECTICIDES
‘Preferred by Home Owners,
Food Processors and Dairymen
QUICK ACTION. GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
“AS ‘space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many
= kinds of flying and crawling insects..Contains 0.10% Pyre-
thrifts, 0. 127% Piperony| Butoxide,. and ee 272 Methoxychlor.
GOLFSPRAY “AEROSOL BOMB *
Gulf’s carefully researched formula ganar 2 quick knock-
down “action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1%
Piperony! Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor.
aes
GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb)
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT
and 37 Agee
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid-
«x val, insecticides :for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains
- 40. 08% Pauens and 2% Chlordane.
- SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold.
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY .
+ Long:proven formula with: effective insect-killing power and
repellent properties. Gontains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19%
Piperony! Butoxide.
+GULF OIL CORPORATION
“GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA.
Men oe
ee ie ore JUNE 1957 No. 3
PROCEEDINGS
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL SUCIETY
« WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
CONTENTS
FULLAWAY, D. T.—A New Reared Opius from Africa (Hymen-
EVORDERD LES EUG 2) ye ae eee oe ee 98
GALINDO, P.—On the Validity of Haemagogus spegazzinii Falco
Kumm et af, 1946 (Diptera: Culicidae)... = 121
SELANDER, R. B.—Descriptions and Records of North American
Meloidae. I. (Coleoptera) _..___---_-_= pee buever eek Ty ON Pe 135
SHENEFELT, R. D., and MUESEBECK, C. F. W.—Ashmead’s
Meteoridea (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) _.______________-_ = 129
SOMMERMAN, K. M.—Three New Species of Liposcelis (= Troctes)
Demeester VT rit PeSsie | i Ee 125
TOWNES, H.—A Review of the Generic Names Proposed for Old
World Ichneumonids, the Types of whose Genotypes are in Japan,
Formosa, or North America (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae) 100
WERNER, F. G.—A New Species of Epicauta from the Gulf Coast
GoLexas (Coleoptera, sleloidae), 2 a5 394
CIS US RS TEEN Z2 CF SAY AU SU AE 124
oe) : es i
‘ ‘ae «+ hes et ae
1 : ie \
aa aa j 7) |)
THE bi i
OF WASHINGTON
OrcANizeD Marcu 12, 1884 AG a h
Regular meetings of the Society are held in naa 43 of the Uv. AS
Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to Nn une,
8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceeding '
MEMBERSHIP Vane
Mambers shall oe persons over ‘18 years of age who have an inte est i
science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4. One
#1. 00 (U. S. currency).
OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1957
Second Vice President. so 2 Conk DOL al ee Ree i
“Recording Secretary. ee Ee Pe 2 a
Corresponding ‘Secretary pesos es Se a a ee
eS a as ae ree
) Editor i PAs Ook Mr Walco A Sis Ae ene ‘
i j ia al i ;
Custodian se esta SS AUN Me ke a tes EL
i , i
Program Chairman... i es
. _ Executive iConmmittect st 2) wes A. B. GURNEY, T. L, Bisset Ly
oa SEE to represent the petro as Vice President of th Ww
at of (SOWIE,
‘Honorary Members a il Sarin Ls s\ ek at a
; “The Gorcaranine Secretary, Editor, Custodian,
‘dressed as follows: |
Mr. Kelvin Dorward, Corr. Secy.
Plant Pest Control Branch, ARS
U. Ss. Department. of Agriculture
. Washington 25, D. C.
Miss Alice V. Renk, Editor
Wh, : -Stored- Product Insects Section, AMS
1 ee aL S. Department of Agriculture of
. ey ep lant Industry Station
| Beltsville, Ma.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
VOL. 59 JUNE 1957 NO.
CO
A NEW SPECIES OF EPICAUTA FROM THE GULF COAST OF TEXAS
(COLEOPTERA, MELOIDAR)
FLoyp G. WERNER, Department of Entomology,) University of Arizona, Tucson.
The first specimen of the new species described here has been in the
Cornell collection for some time and was examined during previous
studies. However, it is a specimen lacking most of the segments of
the antennae and is otherwise in poor condition. There was some
doubt that the color was normal. Three additional specimens, from
nearby localities, show that the Cornell specimen is normal in color
and that it represents an undescribed species.
Epicauta ennsi sp. n.
Black, densely clothed with rufous pubescence, except for yellowish cinereous
pubescence narrowly at the suture and on a median line on each elytron. General
appearance similar to that of a well-marked specimen of EF. strigosa (GyllL.), except
for the very different color of the pubescence.
Holotype male: Length 9 mm. with head deflexed; maximum width of elytra
3.3 mm. Head subtriangular, widest just behind the eyes, 2.01 mm.; the width
across the moderately protuberant eyes is the same. Length to base of clypeus
1.64 mm. Surface densely and finely punctured and densely decumbent-pubescent.
The setae on the back of the head are longer, more erect, and paler than the
rest. Median impressed line fine and indistinct and antennal calluses not evident.
Clypeus separated from the front by a deep suture. It, and the labrum especially,
have sparser and longer pubescence than the front. The eyes are moderately
narrow, 0.93 x 0.61 mm., excavated, and separated across the front by 1.32 mm.
Palpi normal, with sparse black pubescence. Antennae 3.7 mm. long, reaching to
about the basal sixth of the elytra, about 2.2 times as long as an anterior tibia.
They are of almost uniform thickness. Except for a few pale setae on segments I
to III, they are entirely black. Segment I reaches half-way across the eye and is
moderately stout; segments IV to X are truncate at the apex, V to X slightly
obliquely so. Segment XI is almost uniform in width, rounded at apex. Measure-
ments (Length/Width, to a total length of 1,000 units, from base to apex): 151/60,
65/48, 139/55, 79/55, 76/59, 76/60, 76/59, 76/59, 76/55, 69/55, 117/55.
Pronotum subquadrate, 1.98 mm. long, 1.85 mm. wide. Basal impressed line dis-
1Arizona Agricultural Experiment Station Teehnical Paper No, 401.
98 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
tinct; median impressed line absent. The dise is slightly elevated just behind the
middle and a moderately deep impression extends from the elevation to the basal
impressed line, flanked by distinet but shallow lateral impressions. Anteriorly
from the elevation there extends a feeble median impression. Surface and pu-
bescence as on head. There is some pale pubescence across the very base and apex;
in addition there is a pale suffusion on the sides of the dise before the middle;
the paler markings on the pronotum are not evident without magnification. Scutel-
lum rufous-pubescent. Elytra almost parallel, 7.31 mm. long, 2.6 mm. wide across
the humeri and ea. 3.3 mm. at their widest. Surface and pubescence almost as on
pronotum and head. Suture narrowly elevated and pale-pubescent. A pale-pubes-
cent line about 0.25 mm. wide extends from the humeri to about 0.8 mm. from
the apex of each elytron. A narrow but distinct eostula is present on each elytron
parallel to the suture and midway between suture and pale line. Sides of elytra,
as well as sides of pronotum, obscurely paler pubescent. Ground color of elytra
uniformly dark, not lighter under the stripes. Underside of body with sparser and
longer pubescence than above, the surface clearly visible; pubescence uniformly
rufous except for some black toward the apex of the tarsi. Legs moderately stout,
entirely black in ground color. Anterior tibial spurs two, spiniform, the imner
longer; inner posterior tibial spur slender, tapered-sticklike, the outer about twice
as broad, slightly expanded apically.
The size of the three paratypes is almost exactly the same as in the holotype.
In one mate and the female paratype the pronotum has a pair of small pits in the
postero-lateral impressions. A feeble indication of these pits is present in the other
paratype and in the holotype. The color of the two male paratypes is almost the
same as in the holotype, except that one of them has the elytral vittae slightly
narrower. The female paratype is not so brilliantly colored and the last ventral
abdominal segment appears to have entirely black pubescenee.
Holotype—Male: 10m. N. of Rockport (Aransas Co.), Texas, IV-18-
1952, Michener, Beamers, Wille, and LaBerge collectors. Deposited
in the Snow Entomological Museum, University of Kansas. Para-
types, two males: Riviera (Kleberg Co.), Texas, [V-17-1952, Michener,
Beamers, Wille, and LaBerge collectors; one in the Snow Entomo-
logical Museum, and one in the collection of the author; one female :
Kingsville (Kleberg Co.), Texas, C. T. Reed Coll., in the collections
of Cornell University. All three localities are near Corpus Christi.
This species is named in honor of Dr. Wilbur R. Enns. who recog-
nized that the holotype could not be assigned to any described species.
In my 1945 key to the species of Hpicauta, ennsi runs to couplet 24
but is distinct in having the pubescence mainly rufous over the whole
body. It is unlike any described species from Mexico or Central
America. It belongs to group BB, subgenus Hpicauta, and appears to
be most closely related to H. strigosa.
A NEW REARED OPIUS FROM AFRICA
(HYMENOPTERA: BRACONIDAR)
by D. T. FuLtuAway, Honolulu, Hawaii.
The following new species was included in a enllection of Opies
reared from various fruit flies in Africa by J. M. McGough.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 99
Opius ottotomoanus, new species ‘ we
Female—Length 4 mm.; ovipositor 4 mm. Head and thorax shiniig black;
abdomen bright fulvous; antennae, sheaths of the ovipositor, hind tibiae, and
tarsi black or blackish; palpi and tegulae pale yellow; mandibles except at tips,
front, middle, and hind legs except tibiae and tarsi, bright fulvous, wings hyaline,
stigma and veins black or blackish. Body, including abdomen, with sparse pale
hairs and sparsely punctate, especially on face.
Head broader than thorax and twice as wide as thick, broad behind the eyes;
ocelli disposed in the form of an isosceles triangle in the middle of the fronto-
vertex, a tight group set in a shallow basin, the individual members almost
touching; ocellocular line twice length of base of triangle; vertex in front of
ocelli transversely striate on either side of a smooth, depressed area; eyes short
oval; face convex, wider than high, antennae inserted at upper margin and
rather widely separated, the scrobes as far apart as distance to eyes, a short
median carina below; clypeus somewhat tectiform, the anterior margin angulate;
malar space twice the width of base of mandible; gena even wider and strongly
margined; antennae 39-segmented, scape and pedicel rather short and_ thick,
flagellar segments all longer than wide, the proximal ones four to five times
longer than wide, segmental length decreasing distally; palpi, particularly the
maxillary, slender, elongate.
Pronotum not visible from above, pleurum with a crenulated groove on posterior
margin; mesonotum convex and with foveolated parapsidal grooves extending
diagonally from anterior lateral angles caudally, converging before apical margin,
forming median and lateral lobes, the former rather prominent, the latter with
foveolated lateral margins; mesopleurum crossed by vertical and _ horizontal
crenulated sulci; scutellum convex; preseutellar sulcus divided by costae into
four pits; metanotum with a narrow costate groove between anterior and posterior
carinated margins on either side of a median longitudinal carina; propodeum
convex, coarsely rugose (reticulate areolate), especially at sides, and with a short
median longitudinal carina anteriorly, spiracle minute, circular.
Abdomen elongate oval; first tergite ligulate, considerably wider apically than
basally, the median plate aciculate; succeeding segments weakly separated.
Legs fairly stout. Wings long and rather narrow, three to four times as long
as wide, faintly cloudy; stigma lanceolate, three to four times as long as wide,
radius emitted from its middle; first abscissa of radius more than half stigma
width; second abscissa twice length of first but shorter than first cubital cross-
vein, which is interstitial with recurrent vein; second cubital cell wider than
high but hardly twice as wide; nervulus postfureal; nervus parallelus joining
medial below the middle; postnervellus present.
Male.—Similar to female except for sexual differences and the apical segments
of the abdomen black or blackish.
Described from eight female and two male specimens (type, allotype, and para-
types) reared from a species of Dacus infesting cultivated gourds in the Ottotomo
Forest Reserve in the French Cameroons (West Africa), November 1, 1951, by
J.M. McGough. One specimen labeled as from cucurbits, Cameroons, May 21, 1951,
J. M. McGough, appears to be the same. This species is closest to Bridwell’s
desideratus or Szepligeti’s caudatus, but is readily distinguishable by the black
hind tibiae and tarsi.
100 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
A REVIEW OF THE GENERIC NAMES PROPOSED FOR OLD WORLD
ICHNEUMONIDS, THE TYPES OF WHOSE GENOTYPES ARE IN JAPAN,
FORMOSA, OR NORTH AMERICA
(HYMENOPTERA, [CHNEUMONIDAEP)
HENRY TOWNES, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan
It has recently been possible to study the types of the ichneumonid
genotypes that are in various collections in Japan, Formosa, and
North America. In certain papers, particularly in the Hymenoptera
of America North of Mexico, Synoptic Catalog (1951. U. 8. Dept.
Agr., Agr. Monog. 2: 184-409), there has been an opportunity to re-
view the status of the generic names applicable to the Nearctic Fauna,
so far as was possible at those times. The present paper reviews the
generic names proposed for Old World species, the types of whose
genotypes have been studied to date.
Other authors, particularly Uchida, Heinrich, and Cushman, have
already reviewed the status of many of the generic names treated
herein, and many of those proposed by Uchida and Cushman were
adequately described and figured to begin with. There has remained,
however, a large number which are enigmas as far as the literature is
concerned, and it has seemed desirable to try to clarify these and to
bring together all the names in one list for easy reference, with con-
firmations of previous dispositions, further information or corrections
where needed, and bibliographic references to the pertinent literature.
The types of the genotypes concerned are housed in the following
collections: Institutum Entomologicum, Hokkaido University, Sap-
poro, Japan; Taiwan National Agricultural Research Insitute, Taipeh,
Mormosa; U. S. National Museum, Washineton, D. C.; and the post-
war collection of Mr. Gerd Heinrich, at present partly at Dryden,
Maine, and partly at Ann Arbor, Michigan. The types of Uchida’s
genotypes are mostly at Sapporo and a few others are in Shanghai,
Washington, and Berlin-Dahlem. Those in Washington concern ge-
nera erected on Ashmead species. The Uchida types in Shanghai and
Berlin-Dahlem have not been seen, but the generic names involved are
included also in the discussion for the sake of completing the lst of
his genera, even though the remarks concerning them can not be based
on the holotypes. The Sonan types are in Taipeh. The Ashmead,
Cushman, and Viereck types are allin Washington. Ashmead, Uchida,
and Viereck have referred Old World species to a few of Foerster’s
ichneumonid genera that had not previously contained species and
thus made genotypes available for them. The status of these Foers-
terian genera is reviewed also, alphabetically with the rest.
I am deeply indebted to the curators of the various collections for
the privilege of studying the material in their care, and especially to
Dr. Toichi Uchida for the assistance given while I was visiting Sap-
poro. Mr. J. F. Perkins has assisted with information on the names
Ateleute, Talorga, Cremastus, and with some of the Acaenitini.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 101
Some of the tribal and subtribal names employed in the discussion
of genera belonging to the subfamilies Gelinae and Ophioninae will be
unfamiliar. For their elucidation, the reader is referred to another
paper by the author, entitled ‘‘A synopsis of the tribes and subtribes
of Gelinae and Ophioninae (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae) ’’ (1957.
Proc. Ent. Soe! Wash.59: 2. )
ALPHABETICAL LIST OF THE GENERA
ACERATASPIS Uchida, 1934. Insecta Matsumurana 9: 23. New name for
Cerataspis Uchida, preoccupied.
Resembles Metopius in most characters but lacks the shield-shaped
area on the face. The face is evenly convex.
AKAJOPPA Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 217 New
name for Hrythrojoppa Uchida, preoccupied.
Synonym of Allonotus (new synonymy ).
ALLOTHERONIA Ashmead, 1900. Proce. Linnaean Soc. New South Wales 25:
351. One species.
Type: (Allotheronia 12-guttata Ashmead, 1900) = Cryptus intricatorius Fabri-
cius, 1804.
A synonym of Hchthromorpha, as previously noted (Townes, 1940.
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 33: 288).
AMAUROMORPHA Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 410. One species.
Type: Amauromorpha metathoracica Ashmead, 1905. Monobasiec.
A monotypic Oriental genus of Mesostenini, subtribe Echthrina.
Its cardinal characters are: First abdominal tereite without a lateral
subbasal triangular projection, propodeum with a basal transverse
carina, first intercubitus a little beyond the second recurrent vein,
body hair very dense, clypeus without a median tooth.
AMEBACHIA Uchida, 1938. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21: 198. One
species.
Type: Amebachia baibarana Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
Same genus as Netelia, and belongs in or near the subgenus Netelia.
Baibarana differs from known members of the subgenus Netelia in
lacking the occipital carina, but a careful examination of Uchida’s
specimens shows this carina to be sometimes present as a faint trace.
A decision as to whether Amebachia should be synonymized with the
subgenus Netelia or maintained as a distinct subgenus should be de-
ferred until the male genitalia of its genotype can be studied.
ANOMALOCTENUS Cushman, 1934. Indian Forest Ree. 20: 4. One species.
Type: Anomaloctenus melleus Cushman, 1934. Original designation.
I consider this a synonym of Apatagium, which is a subgenus of
Netelia, as previously noted (Townes, 1938. Lloydia 1: 185).
APOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 170. One
species.
Type: Apocryptus issikii Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
This genus belongs in the Mesostenini and appears to belong to the
subtribe Echthrina, but the only specimen seen was a male. The
female type is in Berlin-Dahlem.
102 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
APOPHYSIUS Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 587. One species.
Type: Apophysius bakeri Cushman, 1922. Original designation.
An aberrant genus of Hemigastrini, well characterized in the origi-
nal description. I have seen about six species, all from the Oriental
Region.
ARACHNOLETER Cushman, 1924. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 64: 2. One species.
Type: Arachnoleter swezeyi Cushman, 1924. Original designation.
A genus of Gelini, well illustrated in the original description. A
singular generic character that is not brought out in the original
description is the fact that the spiracles of the second to fourth ab-
dominal segments are on the epipleura rather than on the tergites. I
have a Swedish specimen determined as ‘‘Theroscopus stagnalis
Thomson’’ by Roman which belongs to Arachnoleter, to which genus
Hemiteles stagnalis Thomson, 1884 is hereby transferred. A third
species of the genus (undescribed) occurs in northeastern United
States.
ASTOMASPIS Foerster, 1868. Vehr. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 175. No species.
Ashmead, 1904. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 28: 140. One species.
Type: Astomaspis metathoracica Ashmead, 1904. Monobasie.
An Oriental genus of the Phobetes group, tribe Gelini, that com-
monly goes under the name of Syrites. The male has a broad short
abdomen with three visible tergites, the third ending in a pair of
spines. Syrites is a Junior synonym. Astomaspis of authors is a dif-
ferent genus, which has been renamed Haplaspis.
BADYORYGMA Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 10: 112. One species.
Type: Badyorygma flavoguttatum Uchida, 1936. Original designation.
A synonym of [chnewmon (new synonymy). The genotype is closely
related to (Aglaojoppa) Ichneumon flavomaculata Cameron, 1901
(new combination).
BANCHOGASTRA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 87. One species.
Type: Banchogastra nigra Ashmead, 1900. Original designation.
I consider this a synonym of Enicospilus, as first noted in 1945 (Mem.
Amer. Ent. Soc. 11: 737). Cushman, however, considers it a distinct
venus and has discussed its characters (1947. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus.
96 : 460-461).
BRACHYNERVUS Uchida, 1955. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 50: 123.
One species.
Type: Brachynervus tsunekii Uchida, 1955. Original designation.
A genus of Anomalini with one spur on the middle tibia and the
intercubitus obliterated by the approximation of the radial and cubital
veins. I have not seen it.
BRACHYSCLEROMA Cushman, 1936. Proe. U. 8. Natl. Mus. 88: 369. One species.
Type: Brachyscleroma apoderi Cushman, 1936. Original designation.
This anomalous ophionine genus belongs in a separate tribe, the
Brachysecleromatin1.
CAENOCRYPTOIDES Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 4. One species.
Type: Ischnojoppa tarsalis Matsumura, 1912. Original designation.
This genus is close to Agrothereutes.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 103
CERATOMANSA Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 574. One species.
Type: Ceratomansa prima Cushman, 1922. Original designation.
A genus of Mesostenina with considerable superficial resemblance
to the genus Mansa. Mansa belongs in the Hemigastrini.
CERCODINOTOMUS Uchida, 1940. Insecta Matsumurana 15: 9. One species.
Type (Psilomastax pictus Kriechbaumer, 1882) = Psilomastax pyramidalis
Tischbein, 1868. Original designation.
A synonym of Psilomastax, having the same genotype. Psilomastax is
very close to Trogus, but differs in having the prepectal carina pres-
ent only on the mesosternum, and in some additional characters as
tabulated by Uchida in his description of Cercodinotomus.
CERATASPIS Uchida, 1934. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. 13: 275. One species.
Name preoccupied by Gray, 1828.
Type: Cerataspis clavata Uchida, 1934. Original designation.
Renamed Acerataspis, which see.
CHASMOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 16. One species.
Type: (Plectocryptus hokkaidensis Uchida, 1930) = Cryptus penetrator Smith,
1874.
A synonym of Polytribax (new synonymy ).
CHRIODES Foerster, 1868. Vehr. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 178. No species.
Ashmead, 1905. Proc .U. S. Natl. Mus. 28: 966. One species.
Type: (Chriodes (!) oculatus Ashmead, 1905) = Atrometus minutus Ashmead,
1904, Monobasie.
A genus of Ophioninae common in the Old World tropics and many
times named. Synonyms are Nesomesochorus, Mavandia, and Meta-
nomalon (new synonymies). Alutiana is a subgenus differing in the
lack of the subdiscoidella vein (new status). Mavandiella is a synonym
of Klutiana (new synonymy). Chriodes and the Neotropie genus
Nonnus constitute a distinct section of the tribe Porizonini.
COBUNUS Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 23: 65. One species.
Type: Ichneumon pallidiolus Matsumura, 1912. Original designation.
Heinrich (1934. Mitteil. Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 100) discusses the
characters of this genus. He places it near Naenaria.
COCHLIDIONOSTENUS Uehida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 10: 115. One spe-
cles.
Type: Cryptaulax coreanus Szépligeti, 1916. Original designation.
This genus is related to Coccygodes, Christolia, and Lamprocryp-
tidea. This group of genera, so far as known, parasitizes Limacodidae.
COELOJOPPA Uchida, 1925. Zool. Mag. Tokyo 37: 453. One species. Name pre-
occupied by Cameron, 1904.
Type: Coelojoppa segmentalia Uchida, 1925. Original designation.
This genus was renamed Uchidia by Heinrich in 1934, but it is a
synonym of Naenaria Cameron, 1903. Uchida has discussed the
synonymy (1942. Insecta Matsumurana 16: 34).
COLPOTROCHIOIDES Uchida, 1930. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Uniy. 25:
263. Two species.
Type: Colpotrochioides orientalis Uchida, 1930. Original designation.
104 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
Listed as a synonym of Colpotrochia (Townes and Townes, 1951.
U.S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog. 2: 355), but a better treatment seems
to be as a synonym of Scallama, with Scallama as a subgenus of Col-
potrochia (new status). Scallama (with Colpotrochioides as a syno-
nym) has the nervellus broken below the middle and the areolet al-
ways present. The subgenus Colpotrochia has the nervellus broken
near the middle and the areolet often lacking.
COREOJOPPA Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 23. One
species,
Type: Coreojoppa flavomaculata Uchida, 1926. Original designation.
A synonym of Pterocormus (new synonymy). The genotype is a
large robust form which is close to and may be a subspecies of (Ich-
neumon) Pterocormus sexmaculatus Matsumura, 1912.
CREMASTIDEA Viereck, 1912. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 43: 587. One species.
Type: Cremastus (Cremastidea) chinensis Viereck, 1912. Original designation.
A synonym of Temelucha, and the genotype is a synonym of
(Ophionellus) Temelucha biguttulus Munakata (new combination).
Uchida (1934. Insecta Matsumurana 9: 4) has published the specific
synonymy.
CRYPTAULAXOIDES Uchida, 1940. Insecta Matsumurana 14: 121. Two species.
Type: Cryptus purpuratus Smith, 1852. Original designation.
I consider this a synonym of Cochlidionostenus (new synonymy ).
CTENOCHARIDEA Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 549. One species.
Type: (Ctenocharidea luzonensis Cushman, 1922) = subspecies of Maraces
flavobalteata Cameron, 1902. Original designation.
A synonym of Maraces. Luzonensis is a Philippine subspecies of
Maraces flavobalteata Cameron, 1902, the genotype of Maraces. Hein-
rich published these facts in 1934 (Mitteil. Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 184,
136).
CUBOSCOPESIS Heinrich, 1952. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 12) 5: 1080. One
species.
Type: Cuboscopesis epachthoides Heinrich, 1952. Original designation.
Similar to Scopesis and I see no reason for making the fine generic
distinctions that would be necessary if Cuboscopesis is to be retained
as a genus. Ihave formerly (1951. U. 8S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog. 2:
331-334) included Scopesis and many other minor groups in a broadly
defined genus Mesoleius. This may be the best arrangement, but the
matter needs a thorough study.
DAICTES Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 176. No species.
Viereck, 1911. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 40: 193. One Species.
Type: Phygadeuon (Daictes) fukaii Viereck 1911. Monobasic.
A synonym of Mastrus (new synonymy).
DAISETSUZANIA Uchida, 1930. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 289.
One species.
Type: Daisetsuzania albifrons Uchida, 1930. Original designation.
A synonym of Himerta (new synonymy).
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 105
DENTIMACHUS Heinrich, 1949. Mitteil. Miinchner Ent. Gesell. 35-39: 86. One
species.
Type: Dentimachus morio Heinrich, 1949. Original designation.
This genus resembles Perispuda and Scopesis, but differs from both
in having the lower tooth of the mandible longer than the upper. I
have compared the type of Dentimachus morio with the series of Try-
phon flavipes Gravenhorst on which Heinrich based the new genus
Nemesoleius. I believe the two species congeneric and hereby synony-
mize Nemesoleius with Dentimachus. Heinrich mentioned propodeal
differences as the generic distinction between Nemesoleius and Denti-
machus. The propodeal carinae of the genotype of Nemesoleius are of
the common NScopesis type. In the genotype of Dentimachus they are
almost obsolete and the apical propodeal carina is more regularly
transverse. This difference does not impress me as being of generic
value.
DIAGLYPTIDEA Viereck, 1913. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 46: 371. One species.
Type: Diaglyptidea roepkei Viereck, 1913. Original designation.
A genus of Gelini related to such genera as Isdromas and Haplaspvis.
DIATORA Foerster, 1868. Ver. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 180. No species.
Ashmead, 1904. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 28: 141. One species.
Type: Diatora prodeniae Ashmead, 1904. Monobasic.
An Oriental genus of Gelini. Cardinal generic characters are:
Lateral edge of second tergite without a carina or crease setting off
its epipleurum ; notaulus extending beyond the middle of the mesoscu-
tum, of almost uniform strength throughout its length and posteriorly
ending abruptly; dise of mesoscutum without hairs.
DICHELOBOSMINA Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 201.
One species.
Type: Dichelobosmina tuberculata Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
A rather robust member of the Hymenobosmina group of genera.
Unusual features are the absence of the glymma except for a trace, the
short face and clypeus, and particularly the propodeal carination.
ECTOPOIDES Heinrich, 1951. Bonner Zool. Beitrage 3-4: 280. One species.
Type: Hetopoides teunisseni Heinrich, 1951. Original designation.
Heinrich related this genus to EHctopius and Apaeleticus. I ex-
amined the type in 1951 but have not seen it recently.
EGURICHNEUMON Uchida, 1929. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. 10: 116. One
species.
Type: Chasmias agitatus Matsumura and Uchida, 1926. Original designation.
A synonym of Ulesta, as was noted by Heinrich (1934. Mitteil.
Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 174).
ELASMOGNATHIAS Ashmead, 1906. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 8: 31. New name
for Elasmognathus, preoccupied.
A synonym of Caenojoppa, as noted by Heinrich (1934. Mitteil.
Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 122).
ELASMOGNATHUS Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 405. One species.
Name preoccupied by Gill, 1865, and by Newton, 1878.
Type: Elasmognathus cephalotes Ashmead, 1905. Monobasice.
Renamed Hlasmognathias. which see.
ie)
oO
“
106 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1
ERIPTERNIMORPHA Viereck, 1913. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 44: 645. One species.
Type: (Hripternimorpha schoenobii Viereck, 1913) = subspecies of Amawro-
morpha metathoracica Ashmead, 1905. Original designation.
A synonym of Amauromorpha (new synonymy), its genotype be-
ing only a subspecies of the genotype of Amauromorpha. The proper
scientific name of the present genotype would therefore be Amauro-
morpha metathoracica schoenobu (new status).
ERYTHROJOPPA Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 83: 153. One
species. Name preoccupied by Cameron, 1902.
Type: Acanthojoppa (Erythrojoppa) sauteri Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
Renamed Akajoppa, which see
ERYTHROPIMPLA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 57. One species.
Type: Hrythropimpla abbottii Ashmead, 19090. Monobasie.
A synonym of Camptotypus, as noted by Cushman (1942. Proe.
U.S. Natl. Mus. 92: 284). Whether Camptotypus should be main-
tained as generically distinct from Hemipimpla, as Cushman contends
(ibidem), is a question requiring study.
TSUCHONEMATOPODIUS Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 567. One
species.
Type: Hsuchonematopodius luzonensis Cushman, 1922. Original designation.
A synonym of Diapetus. Diapetus and Michrochorus are subgenera
of Nematopodius (new status). The subgenera of Nematopodius may
be distinguished as follows:
1. Epomia ending dorsally in a prominent tooth on upper margin of pronotum;
clasper of male genitalia ending in a slender rod a _., Mierochorus
Epomia not toothed above and not reaching upper margin of pronotum; clasper
OL male senitalia: rounded Vapi ally See ee
2. Occipital carina distinct dorsally; apical carina of propodeum represented
only by lateral vestiges =...) oo ee MeMACODOUUES
Occipital carina absent dorsally; apic: r carina of propodeunt usually distinet,
complete or interrupted medially, or sometimes absent Diapetus
Cushman has referred a number of species to Diapetus, which con-
sidering the subordination of Diapetus to Nematopodius as a subgenus,
should now be included under Nematopodius. The necessary nomen-
clatorial shifts are as follows:
Earrana nigromaculata Cameron, 1907 = Nematopodius (subgenus?) nigro-
maculata.
Ischnoceros? dimidiatus Brullé, 1846 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) dimidiatus.
Diapetus (D.) pallidicornis Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) pal-
lidicornis.
Diapetus (D.) unicolor Cushman, 1932 = Ne matopodius (Diapetus) unicolor.
Diapetus (D.) parvus Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) parvus.
Earrana lutea Cameron, 1905 = Nematopodius (subgenus?) luteus.
Diapetus (D.) taiwanensis Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) tai-
wanensis.
Diapetus (D.) dissipus Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) dissipus.
Diapetus (D.) piceatus Cushman, 1982 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) piceatus.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 107
Diapetus (D.) fossulatus Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) fossula-
tus.
Esuchonematopodius luzonensis Cushman, 1922 = Nematopodius (Diapetus )
luzonensis.
Earrana philippinensis Cushman, 1922 = Nematopodius (Microchorus) philip-
pinensis.
Microchorus mirabilis Széplgeti, 1916 = Nematopodius (Microchorus) mira-
bilis.
Diapetus (Microchorus) wniformis Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Micro-
chorus) uniformis.
EUCTENOPUS Ashmead, 1900. Proc. Linnaean Soc. New South Wales 25: 351.
One species.
Type: Huctenopus novazealandicus Ashmead, 1900. Monobasie.
A synonym of Phytodictus (new synonymy). The genus Phytodietus
may some day be divided into subgenera, when Huctenopus may be
used for one of them. Cushman (1942. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 92: 286)
has discussed the characters of Huctenopus.
EXERISTESOIDES Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 51.
One species.
Type: (Pimpla spectabilis Matsumura, 1926) = subspecies of Pimpla alternans
Gravenhorst, 1829. Original designation.
A synonym of Itoplectis. Spectabilis is a subspecies of Itoplectis
alternans Gravenhorst, 1829, as published by Uchida (1942. Insecta
Matsumurana 16: 122). It differs from typical alternans most con-
spicuously in the coloration of the hind tibia, which is fuscous with a
white submedian band, the submedian band being wider than in
typical alternans and the fuscous areas without the ferruginous
infusion characteristic of typical alternans. Ttoplectis triannulatus
Uchida 1928, Itoplectis epinotiae Uchida 1928, and Itoplectis nigri-
basalis Uchida 1937 are synonyms of spectabilis (new synonymies).
FORMOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1931. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 30: 192.
One species.
Type: Formocryptus tenuicornis Uchida, 1931. Original designation.
This genus belone in the Gelini. Distinctive features are its rela-
tively large size, two strong teeth on the clypeus, and strong propodeal
apophyses.
FORMOSANOMALON Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21: 241.
One species.
Type: (Formosanomalon baibarense Uchida, 1928) = subspecies of Macrostem-
ma elegans Shestakov, 1923, new status. Original designation.
A synonym of Aphanistes (new synonymy). Its genotype is only
a Subspecies of the genotype of Macrostemma, and this name also
should be listed as a synonym of Aphanistes (new synonymy). The
species elegans, genotype of Formosanomalon and of Macrostemma,
although believed to belong in the genus Aphanistes, is atypical in
having the ocelli large, the lateral ocellus separated from the eye by
only about 0.3 its diameter, the median frontal carina reaching the
median ocellus and nowhere strongly elevated, and the tarsal claws
108 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
somewhat longer than is typical for Aphanistes. Uchida (1953. Trans.
Shikoku Ent. Soc. 3: 129) has published the synonymy of Formosano-
malon with Macrostemma.
FORMOSTENUS Uchida, 1931. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Uniy. 30: 180.
Two species.
Type: Mesostenus (Formostenus) angularis Uchida, 1931. Original designation.
A synonym of Isotima (new synonymy). The genotype of For-
mostenus and certain related species differs from albicineta (the
genotype of Isotima) and its closer relatives in having the brachiella
vein present, and in the somewhat narrower postpetiole. Both groups
of species agree, however, in having a characteristic arcuate carina
above each antennal socket.
FORMOXORIDES Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 14.
One species.
Type: Achorocephalus pilosus Szépligeti, 1914. Original designation.
A synonym of Eugalta. The type of the genotype is in Budapest,
but its generic identity is determinable from the original description.
[Its synonymy was recognized by Uchida (1932. Jour. Faculty Aer.
Hokkaido Univ. 33: 221) and by Cushman (1933. Insecta Matsu-
murana 8:1).
GLYPTOGASTRA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 57. One species.
Type: Glyptogastra hawaiiensis Ashmead. Monobasie.
A synonym of Echthromorpha, as previously noted (Townes, 1940.
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 33: 288).
HABROCRYPTOIDES Uchida, 1952. Insecta Matsumurana 18: 19. Two species.
Type: Habrocryptus shikokuensis Uchida, 1936. Original designation.
A synonym of Trachysphyrus (new synonymy).
HEMIEPHIALTES Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 3
Type: Hemiephialtes glyptus Ashmead, 1906. Monobasie.
A synonym of Glypta, as was first noted by Uchida (1928. Jour.
Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 71).
HYMENOMACROPYGA Uehida, 1941. Insecta Matsumurana 15: 116. One species.
Type: Hymenomacropyga latifrontalis Uchida, 1941. Original designation.
A synonym of Clistopyga (new synonymy). The species latifrontalis
lias the temples narrower and the abdominal tergites more heavily
punctate than is usual for species of Clistopyga, but does not deserve
veneric distinction.
HYPOPHELTES Cushman, 1924. Proc. U. 8. Natl. Mus. 64 (20): 11. One species.
Type: Hypopheltes pergae Cushman, 1924. Original designation.
): 177. One species.
A genus of Mesoleiini as indicated in the original description. I have
seen only the genotype, from Australia.
IDIOGNATHUS Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sei. 20: 558. One species.
Type: Idtognathus balteatus Cushman, 1922. Original designation.
A synonym of Aulojoppa, as first noted by Heinrich (1934. Mitteil.
Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 127). Balteatus is a Philippine subspecies of
Aulojoppa spilocephala Cameron, 1907, the genotype of Aulojoppa
(new status).
PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 195 109
ISHIGAKIA Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Uniy. 25: 32. One species.
Type: Ishigakia exetasea Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
An Oriental genus of Acaenitini with long erect hairs on HBe first
sternite, hind tarsal claws simple, apical half of elypeus rather flat and
without a subapical transverse ridge, and intercubitus well beyond
the second recurrent.
ISOTIMA Foerster, 1868. Ver. naturh. Ver. Rheimlande 25: 182. No species.
Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 407. Four species.
Type: Isotima albicineta Ashmead, 1905. By present designation.
A mesostenine genus of the Goryphus-Gambrus group of genera. It
is distinctive in having, in the female, a semicircular area above each
antennal socket bordered dorsally by a carina. The male has either a
similar structure or in some species a grotesque specialization of it.
Many of the species, including the genotype, lack the brachiella vein.
isotima cincticornis Ashmead, 1905 is a synonym of JI. albicineta
(new synonymy). Formostenus, Fotsiforia, and Mavia are synonyms
of Isotima (new synonymies).
ITAMUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheimlande 25: 179. No species.
Name preoccupied by Goebel, 1846 and by Loew, 1849.
Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 13. One species.
Type: (Hemiteles (Itamus) okamotoi Uchida, 1936) = Leptocryptus marginatus
Uchida, 1930. Monobasie.
This genus has a general resemblance to Bathythrix, but the notau-
lus is shorter and not quite so sharp, and the clypeus is larger and
with an evenly convex margin. The genotype was described “first as
Leptocryptus marginatus by Uchida in 1930, with which it is hereby
synonymized. Besides the genotype from Japan, I have a second
species of the genus from the Philippines.
Since the generic name is preoccupied and the genus is a distinct
one, I hereby rename it Uchidella, as a token of respect for Dr. Toichi
Uchida and his work on the Oriental Ichneumonidae.
JEZAROTES Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 30. Two
species.
Type: Jezarotes tamanukii Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
A genus easily distinguished by the strongly forward projecting
median lobe of the mesoscutum. The blunt ventral tooth on the hind
femur and subobsolete upper tooth of the mandible are additional
features of note.
KARAECHTHRUS Uchida, 1929. Insecta Matsumurana 3: 176. One species.
Type: Karaechthrus tuberculatus Uchida, 1929. Original designation.
Closely related to Echthrus, from which it differs in having the apex
of the clypeus truncate, without a median tooth, and in a few addi-
tional minor characters.
KOSHUNIA Uehida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 185. One
species.
Type: Hemiteles (Koshunia) taiwanellus Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
The type of the genotype is in Berlin-Dahlem and has not been seen.
110 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
The original description indicates that Koshunia belongs probably in
the Phobetes group of genera, tribe Gelini.
KRIEGERIA Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 116. One species.
Type: Kriegeria heptazonata Ashmead, 1905. Monobasie.
An Oriental genus of the Mesostenini, subtribe Echthrina. Its car-
dinal characters are: First abdominal tergite with a lateral subbasal
triangular projection, acute or subacute in females, blunt and often
indistinct in males; pleural carina of propodeum present behind the
basal carina; apical carina of propodeum absent; epomia reaching the
upper edge of the pronotum and curved strongly forward at its upper
end; nervulus varying from interstitial with basal vein to beyond it
by 0.3 of its length.
KUNIOCRYPTUS Sonan, 1937. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 27: 172. One
species.
Type: Orientocryptus flavofasciatus Uchida, 1931. Original designation.
A synonym of Latibulus (new synonymy ).
LEPTOBATOPSIS Ashmead, 1900. Proce. Linnaean Soe. New South Wales 20:
349. One species.
Type: (Leptobatopsis australiensis Ashmead, 1900) = Cryptus indicus Cameron,
1897. Monobasie.
A well-known Lissonotine genus of the Oriental Region. Tanera and
Sauterellus ave synonyms, as discussed by Cushman in 1922, 1924,
1933, and 1940, Tanera having the same type species (through synony-
my) as Leptobatopsis.
LONGICHAROPS Uchida, 1940. Insecta Matsumurana 14: 131. New name for
Nothanomaloides Uchida, preoccupied.
A synonym of Casinaria (new synonymy).
MEGALOMYA Uchida, 1940. Trans. Nat.. Hist. Soc. Formosa 30: 223. One species.
Type: Megalomya longiabdominalis Uchida, 1940. Original designation.
This genus is close to Alomya.
MATSUMURAIUS Ashmead, 1906. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 169. One species.
Type: Matsumuraius grandis Ashmead, 1906. Monobasie.
A synonym of Pterocormus, as was first recognized by Matsumura
(1912. Thousand Insects of Japan, Supplement 4: 102).
MELALOPHACHAROPS Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21:
280. One species.
Type: Melalophacharops tamanukii Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
Very close to Charopsimorpha.
METACHORISCHIZUS Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 35.
One species.
Type: Metachorischizus unicolor Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
Related to Siphimedia.
METARHYSSA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 40. One species.
Type: Metarhyssa bifasciata Ashmead, 1900. Monobasie.
A synonym of Gabunia (new synonymy). Cushman (1942. Proe.
U.S. Natl. Mus. 92: 279-280) has redescribed the genotype. The genus
belones in the Mesostenini, subtribe Echthrina.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 111
METOPHELTES Uchida, 1932. Insecta Matsumurana 6: 162. One species.
Type: Metopheltes petiolaris Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
This genus is close to Perilissus.
METOPICHNEUMON Uchida, 1935. Insecta Matsumurana 10: 13. One species.
Type: Protichnewmon (Metopichneumon) swperomediae Uchida, 1935. Original
designation.
Proposed first as a subgenus of Protichneumon and later (1937.
Insecta Matsumurana 11: 85) elevated to generic rank. It is very
close to Protichneumon, but the genotype is unusual in having a com-
pressed tubercle in the middle of the frons, a relatively narrow cly-
peus, and relatively elongate areola with distinct bounding carinae.
MICROTORIDEA Viereck, 1912. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 42: 150. One species.
Type: Microtoridea lissonota Viereck, 1912. Original designation.
A synonym of Diatora (new synonymy ).
MICROTORUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 175. No species.
Uchida, 1940. Insecta Matsumurana 14: 64-66. Two species.
Type: Microtorus kichijoi Uchida, 1940. By present designation.
A synonym of Otacustes (new synonymy). Uchida placed a second
species, Microtus tenuibasalis Uchida, 1940, in Microtus. It should
be referred to Mastrus (new combination).
MONOMACRODON Cushman, 1934. Indian Forest Ree. 20: 2. One species.
Type: Monomacrodon bicolor Cushman, 1934. Original designation.
A subgenus of Netelia, as noted in 1938 (Townes. Lloydia 1: 186).
MONONTOS Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 165. One
species.
Type: Monontos niphonicus Uchida, 1926. Original designation.
Near Heresiarches, but a distinct genus, not a synonym as stated by
Uchida (1932. Insecta Matsumurana 7: 32). In Monontos the second
lateral area of the propodeum extends to the apical 0.6 of the propo-
deum and is separated from the third lateral area by a sharp carina.
In Heresiarches the second lateral area extends to the apical 0.8 of
the propodeum and the carina between it and the third lateral area is
obsolescent.
MONOPLECTROCHUS Heinrich, 1949. Mitteil. Miinchner Ent. Gesell. 35-39: 109.
One species.
Type: Monoplectrochus hoerhammeri Heinrich, 1949. Original designation.
A synonym of Periope (new synonymy). Its genotype is related
more closely to the Nearctic Periope aethiops Cresson than to the
Kuropean Periope auscultator Curtis.
MYRMELEONOSTENUS Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 10: 116. One
species.
Type: Myrmeleonostenus babai Uchida, 1936. Original designation.
Close to Trychosis, differing from Trychosis in the interstitial nervu-
lus, smaller areolet, narrower first abdominal segment, and longer
Gvipositor.
NAWATA Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 184. One species.
Type: Nawaia japonica Ashmead, 1906. Monobasic.
A synonym of Banchus, as was first noted by Uchida (1931. Insecta
112 PROC. ENT. SOC.’*WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
Matsumurana 6:51). Its genotype (Banchus japonicus) is siunilar to
the Nearctic Banchus canadensis in the elongate female abdomen and
in the relatively small fourth segment of the maxillary palpus of the
male. These two species seem to constitute a distinct group.
NEISCHNUS Heinrich, 1952. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 12) 5: 1066. One species.
Type: Neischnus oxypygus Heinrich, 1952. Original designation.
Heinrich placed this genus in the ‘‘ chneumonini,’’ at the same time
stating its relation to the Phaeogenini. The type is in Dryden, Maine.
NEODONTOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1940. Insecta Matsumurana 14: 122. New name
for Odontocryptus Uchida, preoccupied.
The type of the genotype was returned to Berlin-Dahlem, but I have
a specimen which appears to belong to the genotype species. It repre-
sents an aberrant genus of Mesostenina related possibly to Trachy-
sphyrus. Its dark metallic blue coloration and the structural charac-
ters described by Uchida should make it easy to recognize.
NEOHERESIARCHES Uchida, 1937. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 87. One species.
Type: Neoheresiarches albipilosus Uchida, 1937. Original designation.
This is an unusual genus of which I have seen only the type of the
genotype. It is somewhat reminiscent of Tricholabus but probably not
closely related to it.
NEOPIMPLA Ashmead, 1900. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 56. One species.
Type: Neopimpla abbottii Ashmead, 1900. Original designation.
The type of the genotype, stated to be from Africa, has never been
found since Ashmead published the name, and the original description
is insufficient for even a subfamily placement. Neopimpla remains a
nomen dubium until further evidence is available.
NEOPIMPLOIDES Viereck, 1912. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 42: 151. One species.
Type: (Neopimploides syleptae Viereck, 1912) = Ichneumon punctatus Fabri-
cius, 1787. Original designation.
This is a Synonym of Yanthopimpla, and its genotype is a synonym
of Yanthopimpla punctata Fabricius, 1787. The generic synonymy
was first published by Krieger (1914. Arch. Naturg. 80 (A), 6: 3)
and the specific synonymy first by Cushman (1922. Proe. U. 8. Natl.
Mus. 60: 10).
NEOTORBDA Uchida, 1932. Insecta Matsumurana 6: 153. One species.
Type: Torbda (Neotorbda) sakaguchii Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
A mesostenine genus of the subtribe Echthrina, related to Micro-
stenus. The first tergite has a lateral subbasal triangular projection,
the pleural carina of the propodeum is absent beyond the basal carina,
both transverse carinae of the propodeum are strong, and the hy-
postomal carina is obsolete apically and does not meet the occipital
carina. I have seen several Oriental and one Madagascan species of
the genus. Didiaspis is a synonym of Neotorbda (new synonymy ).
NEPHOPHELTES Cushman, 1924. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 64 (20): 16. One
species.
Type: Nephopheltes japonicus Cushman, 1924. Original designation.
A synonym of Opheltes, as previously noted (Townes, 1945. Mem.
Amer. Ent. Soc. 11: 495).
PROU. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 13
NESOMESOCHORUS Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 28: 967. One species.
Type: (Nesomesochorus oculatus Ashmead, 1905) = Atrometus minutus Ash-
mead, 1904. Monobasie.
A synonym of Chriodes. Its genotype is a synonym of Atrometus
minutus Ashmead, 1904, and of Chriodes oculatus Ashmead, 1905,
the genotype of Chriodes.
NESOPIMPLA Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 180. One species.
Type: Nesopimpla naranyae Ashmead, 1906. Monobasie.
A synonym of Jtoplectis, as previously noted. (Townes, 1940. Ann.
Ent. Soe. Amer. 33: 314).
NESOSTENODONTUS Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 555. One species.
Type: Nesostenodontus bakeri Cushman, 1922. Original designation.
This genus belongs in the Alomyini as defined by the subcircular
spiracles and the usually lenticular clypeus. Cushman relates it to
Stenodontus, emphasizing the sickle-shaped mandible. If the lack of
gastrocoeli were emphasized it would be placed near Centeterus. Its
true relations are problematic. The genus is adequately described and
figured in the original publication.
NEUCHORUS Uchida, 1931. Insecta Matsumurana 5: 148. One species.
Type: Neuwchorus longicauda Uchida, 1931. Original designation.
A synonym of Phytodietus (new synonymy). The species longi-
cauda is closely related to the Nearectic Phytodietus pulcherrimus
Cresson.
NIPPOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 3. One species.
Type: Hemiteles suzukii Matsumura, 1912.
A synonym of Trachysphyrus (new synonymy ).
NIPPONAETES Uchida, 1933. Insecta Matsumurana 7: 160. One species.
Type: Hemiteles (Nipponaétes) haeussleri Uchida, 19838. Original designation.
This genus is similar to Acrolyta in most characters. Further study
of generic limits in this area is needed before a more definite state-
ment can be made as to its relationships and distinctness.
NIPPONOPHION Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21: 201.
One species.
Type: (Nipponophion variegatus Uchida, 1928) = variety of Ophion bombyci-
vorus Gravenhorst, 1829.
This genus is a synonym of Stauropoctomus, a synonymy already
published by Cushman (1947. Proe. U.S. Natl. Mus. 96: 456). Uchida
(1951. Insecta Matsumurana 17: 127) has reduced the name varie-
gatus to varietal status under bombycivorus.
NIPPORICNUS Uchida, 1931. Insecta Matsumurana 5: 147. One species.
Type: Acroricnus tarsalis Matsumura, 1912. Original designation.
A synonym of Picardellia (new synonymy). The genus belongs in
the Mesostenini, subtribe Osprynchotina, and is close to Messatoporus,
differing from that genus most conspicuously in the somewhat larger
areolet.
NOTHANOMALOIDES Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21:
273. One species. Name preoccupied by Viereck, 1925.
Type: Nothanomaloides matsuyamensis Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
114 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
Renamed Longicharops, which see.
ODONTOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 187.
One species. Name preoccupied by Saussure, 1890, by Cameron, 1903, and by
Szépligeti, 1916.
Type: Odontocryptus brillantus Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
Renamed Neodontocryptus, which see.
ODONTOTYLOCOMNUS Uchida, 1940. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. 16: 179.
One species.
Type: Odontotylocomnus pilosus Uchida, 1940. Original designation.
A synonym of Pseudometopius (new synonymy). Pilosus is an ex-
traordinary species with the face sharply produced beneath the an-
tennal sockets, the apex of the front tibia with a rounded prolonga-
tion, and with other specializations as mentioned in the original de-
scription. It does not seem, however, to be more than an aberrant
member of the genus Pseudometopius.
OPISTHOSTENUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 175. No
species.
Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 43. One species.
Type: Hemiteles (Opisthostenus) etorofuensis Uchida. Monobasic.
A synonym of Gnypetomorpha (new synonymy ).
ORIENTOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1931. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 30: 174.
Two species.
Aype: Orientocryptus formosanus Uchida, 1931. Original designation.
A synonym of Arthula, as noted by Uchida in 1940 (Insecta Matsu-
murana 14: 125).
ORIENTOHEMITELES Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33:
186. One species.
Type: Orientohemiteles ovatus Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
This genus belones to Phobetes group. It differs from all others of
that group in having the petiolar area of the propodeum very long
(0.7 as long as the propodeum) and the areola very short (about 3.8
as wide as long).
ORIENTOSTENARAEUS Uchida, 1930. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25:
321. One species.
Type: Orientostenaraeus chinensis Uchida, 1930. Original designation.
This is a singular mesostenine genus with coarse apical teeth on both
upper and lower ovipositor valves, the ovipositor about 1.3 to 1.5 as
long as the head and body, the clypeus broad, and the areolet as im
Mesostenus. The genotype occurs in China, Taiwan, and the Philip-
pines and I have a second species from Queensland. The European
Mesostenus gladiator Scopol, 1763 is closely related to these two spe-
cies but differs in having the apical propodeal carina present. Parasil-
sila is a Synonym (new synonymy ).
OTOHIMEA Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 146. Two
species.
Type: (Otohimea nigra Uchida, 1926) == Ichnewmon incanescens Smith, 1874.
Original designation.
A synonym of Tricholabus, as has been noted by Uchida (1932.
PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 115
Insecta Matsumurana 7: 31).
PARACRYPTUS Uchida, 1932. Insecta Matsumurana 6: 149. One species.
Type: Paracryptus orientalis Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
Close to Trachysphyrus and further study may prove it to be a
synonym.
PARAGAMBRUS Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 7. One species.
Type: Gambrus sapporonis Uchida, 1930. Original designation.
The genus is superficially similar to Agrothereutes and Gambrus.
The apical margin of the clypeus is without a median angulation, the
apical carina of the propodeum indicated only laterally, and the
dorsal valve of the ovipositor has distinct apical teeth.
PARAGRYPON Uchida, 1941. Insecta Matsumurana 15: 159.
Type: Gongropelma kikuchii Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
A synonym of Phaenolabrorychus (new synonymy ).
PARAPHYLAX Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 176. No
species.
Ashmead, 1904. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 28: 141. One species.
Type: Paraphylax fasciatipennis Ashmead, 1904. Monobasie.
This is an Oriental and Australian genus of the Phobetes group,
tribe Gelini, containing many species. Its generic characters are: Dise
of scutellum and upper part of temple smooth or with weak punctures,
the scutellum with a weak median longitudinal elevation and the up-
per part of temple flat or almost so; notaulus extending more than 0.6
the length of the mesoscutum; nervulus approximately opposite the
basal vein, or beyond it by less than 0.35 its length; sternaulus ex-
tending distinctly to near the middle coxa; propodeum with its first
and second pleural areas separated by a carina just beyond the spiracle
and its median apical area occupying 0.4 to 0.6 of the propodeal
length; spiracle of first tergite at 0.65 to 0.7 the distance from the
base of the tergite ; first sternite without a preapical transverse carina;
ovipositor sheath about as lone as the width of the second tergite;
ovipositor point not unusually slender.
PERILISSOIDES Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 213.
One species.
Type: Perilissoides cubitalis Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
This genus is not in Uchida’s collection. The type of the genotype
is in Berlin-Dahlem. The genus is said to be near Perilissus and is
distingtwished by a peculiar venation.
PHOTOPTERA Viereck, 1913. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 46: 380. One species.
Type: Photoptera erythronota Viereck, 1913. Original designation.
A synonym of Paraphylax (new synonymy ).
PIELIA Uchida, 1937. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 91. One species.
Type: Pielia concava Uchida, 1937. Original designation.
The type of the genotype is in Musée Heude, Shanghai. Uchida
compares the genus with Bureschias, Eupalamus, and Gyrodonta,
The face and elypeus are concave, the face has a strong transverse
carina just below the antennal sockets, and the gastrocoeli are indis-
tinct.
116 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
’ b} 3
PLANOCRYPTUS Heinrich, 1949. Mitteil. Miinchner Ent. Gessell. 35-39: 56.
One species.
Type: Planoecryptus mirabilis Heinrich, 1949, Original designation.
A synonym of Cubocephalus (new synonymy).
PLATYJOPPA Uchida, 1932. Insecta Matsumurana 6: 146. One species.
Type: Platyjoppa naxae Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
This genus is somewhat intermediate in its characters between
Aoplus and Stenichnewmon, but different from both in the sharply
elevated, laterally margined scutellum. The costula is strong.
PLECTOCHORUS Uchida, 1933. Insecta Matsumurana 7: 163. One species.
Type: Mesochorus iwatensis Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
Near Stictopisthus. The transverse carina beneath the antennal
sockets is continuous, without a median dip, and the prepectal carina
reaches the front edge of the mesopleurum. These are characters
shared with Stictopisthus. Females differ from those of Stictopisthus
in having the propodeum extending to or beyond the middle of the
hind coxa, abdomen greatly elongate, and the ovipositor sheath only
about four times as long as wide. Males seem indistinguishable from
those of Stictopisthus.
PLEURONEUROPHION Ashmead, 1900. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 86. One
species.
Type: Pleuroneurophion hawaiensis Ashmead, 1900. Original designation.
A synonym of EHnicospilus, as previously noted (Townes, 1945.
Mem. Amer. Ent. Soc. 11: 787).
POTOPHION Cushman, 1947. Proc. U. 8S. Natl. Mus. 96: 442. One species.
Type: Potophion caudatus Cushman, 1947. Original designation.
Near Ophion, from which it differs in the longer ovipositor and
somewhat elongate trophi, as described and figured in the original
publication.
PROSOPOSTENUS Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 184.
One species.
Type: Hemiteles (Prosopostenus) koshunensis Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
The type of the genotype is in Berlin-Dahlem and has not been seen.
PROTEROCRYPTUS Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 174. One species.
Type: Proterocryptus nawati Ashmead, 1906. Monobasic.
A synonym of Brachycyrtus, as was first noted by Roman (1915.
Ark. for. Zool. 9 (9): 5).
PSEUDAROTES Uchida, 1929. Insecta Matsumurana 3: 179. One species.
Type: Pseudarotes chishimensis Uchida, 1929. Original designation.
This genus is a synonym of Yamatarotes (new synonymy). Its
venotype has the propodeum, first sternite, first tergite, and scutellum
with specialized swellings, but these may be regarded as specific
rather than generic characters.
PSEUDASTHENARA Uchida, 1930. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 276.
One species.
Type: Asthenara rufocincta Ashmead, 1906. Original designation.
A synonym of Huceros, as previously noted (Townes and ‘Townes,
1951. U.S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog. 2: 321). The type of the genotype
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 nae
is in Washington.
PSEUDEUGALTA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 55. One species.
Type: Eugalta spinosa Cameron, 1899. Original designation.
A synonym of Eugalta. Cushman (1933. Insecta Matsumurana 8:
1) has discussed the synonymy.
PSEUDOCHASMIAS Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 113.
One species.
Type: Pseudochasmias major Uchida, 1926, Original designation.
Resembles Chasmias in most of its characters. The propodeum is a
little more elongate than in Chasmias and the areola bounded pos-
-teriorly in both sexes by a strong carina. The apex of the female
antenna is a little more tapered than in Chasmias. The apical edge
of the clypeus is truncate with a weak median angular projection.
The upper edge of the face is unique in having a median, short, broad,
angular, upward-projectine flange in place of the usual subantennal
tubercle.
PSEUDODINOTOMUS Uchida, 1925. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 15: 239.
One species.
Type: Pseudodinotomus tricolor Uchida, 1925. Original designation.
A synonym of Charitojoppa, as noted by Uchida (1952. Insecta
Matsumurana 7: 25).
PSEUDOTORBDA Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 195.
One species.
Type: Pseudotorbda geniculata Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
A mesostenine genus of the subtribe Echthrina. The first tergite
has a basal lateral triangular projection, the pleural carina of the
propodeum is absent beyond the basal carina, the apical transverse
carina of the propodeum absent, and the clypeus without a median
apical tooth but with a subapical transverse ridge. Besides the geno-
type from Taiwan, I have seen one species from Japan and two from
the Philippines.
PSYCHOSTENUS Uchida, 1955. Insecta Matsumurana 19: 32. Three species.
Type: Psychostenus minusculae Uchida, 1955. Original designation.
A synonym of Ateleute. Talorga and Tsirirella are also synonyms
(all new synonymies ).
PYCNOPHION Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 87. One species.
Type: Pycnophion molokaiensis Ashmead, 1900. Original designation.
Related to Enicospilus. Cushman (1947. Proce. U. S. Natl Mus. 96:
461-462) has discussed its characters.
PYCNOPYGE Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 552. One species.
Type: Pycnopyge bella Cushman, 1922. Original designation.
A distinctive Oriental genus placed in the Oedicephalini by Hein-
rich. It is adequately described and figured by Cushman in the
original description.
RHEXIDERMUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 192. No
species.
Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 171. One species.
Type: Rheridermus japonicus Ashmead, 1906. Monobasiec.
118 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
This is the proper name for Jschnus of authors. The genotype of
Ischnus (porrectorius) is a species of Habrocryptus, so Ischnus must
be used in the Mesostenini, with Habrocryptus as a synonym, and
Tschnus of authors, in the Alomyini, must be called by the name
Rhexridermus. Rhexidermus as interpreted by Uchida (1926. Jour.
Fac. Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 166), however, is Pseudoplatylabus,
and his species Rheridermus apicalis must be called Pseudoplatylabus
apicalis (new combination).
SCENOCHAROPS Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 202.
One species.
Type: Scenocharops longipetiolaris Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
This genus is close to Charops but differs in having the areolet pres-
ent but small (or occasionally absent) and the outer lower angele of
the second discoidal cell shehtly less than a right angle. It contains a
number of Oriental species.
In 1946 I (Bol. Ent. Venezol. 5: 61) included Schenocharops in the
genus Charops as an aberrant Oriental species group. I now agree
with Uchida as to its generic distinctness.
STENARAEOIDES Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 181.
Three species.
Type: Mesostenus octocinctus Ashmead, 1906. Original designation.
A synonym of Gotra. Uchida has published the synonymy (1940.
Insecta Matsumurana 14: 121).
STENICHNEUMONOIDES Uehida, 1930. Insecta Matsumurana 5: 95. Three
species.
Type: Stenichneumon posticalis Matsumura, 1912. Original designation.
This genus is intermediate between Stenichneumon and Chiaglas,
having the clypeal and propodeal characters of the former and the
post petiole without a distinctly raised median area as in the latter.
Uchida (1937. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 93-94) has discussed the
generic characters.
STREPSIMALLUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 176. No
species.
Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 115. One species.
Type: Strepsimallus bicinetus Ashmead, 1905. Monobasic.
This is an Oriental genus of the Phobetes group, tribe Gelini. I
know only three species. Its generic characters are mostly the same
as those of Paraphylax but the upper part of the temple is strongly
convex, mat or rugosopunctate; and the scutellum is rather flat, mat
or rugoso-punctate.
STRIATOSTENUS Uchida, 1931. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 30: 177.
One species.
Type: Striatostenus areolatus Uchida, 1931. Original designation.
A synonym of Coesula (new synonymy ).
TAIWATHERONTA Sonan, 1936. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 26: 256. One
species.
Type: (Taiwatheronia mahasenae Sonan, 1936) = Apechthis taiwana Uehida,
1928. Original designation.
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 119
A synonym of Ephialtes Schrank, 1802 (new synonymy). <A para-
type of T. mahasenae in Uchida’s collection was compared with the
type of Apechthis taiwana Uchida, 1928, and found to be conspecific
(new synonymy).
TAKANOMA Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 163. One
species.
Type: Takanoma ishiyamana Uchida, 1926. Original designation.
Close to Phaeogenes but probably merits generic distinction. The
Nearctic Ichnewmnon vineibilis Cresson, 1867 should be referred to
Takanoma (new combination).
TAKASTENUS Uchida, 1931. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 30: 188. One
species.
Type: Takastenus longidentatus Uchida, 1931. Original designation.
This is a genus of the Mesostenina, close to Buodias, with a large
number of Oriental species. Chromocryptus albomaculatus Ashmead,
1905, should be referred to it (new combination).
TEMELUCHA Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 148. No species.
Ashmead, 1904. Canad. Ent. 36: 101. One species.
Type: Temelucha philippinensis Ashmead, 1904. Monobasie.
This genus is Cremastus as understood by American authors, but
according to recent information from J. F. Perkins in England the
species commonly determined as Cremastus spectator Gravenhorst,
the genotype of Cremastus, belongs in the group ealled Zaleptopygus
in America. Mr. Perkins also reports that the genotype of Tarytia is
congeneric with that of Temelucha. In view of this information Tary-
tia is hereby synonymized with Temelucha, which is the same as
Cremastus of American authors, and true Cremastus is considered
either the same as Zaleptopygus, or of uncertain identity until Gra-
venhorst’s type of C. spectator can be examined.
TOGEA Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 109. Four species.
Type: Togea albofasciata Uchida, 1926. Original designation.
Close to Neocratichneumon, from which it differs most conspicu-
ously, at least in the genotype, in lacking the lateral carina on the
scutellum. Uchida (1937. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 93) states that
Barichneumonites is a synonym, but this is a distinct genus.
TOSQUINETIA Ashmead, 1900. Canad. Ent. 32: 368. New name for Obba
Tosquinet, preoccupied by Beck, 1837, and by Walker, 1869.
I have not studied material of this genus, but Heinrich (1938.
Mém. Acad. Malagache 25: 36-37) has discussed its taxonomy, placing
it near Compsophorus and Pyramidellus in the Listrodromini.
TYLOCOMNOIDES Uchida, 1940. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. 16: 178. One
species.
Type: Tylocomnoides egawai Uchida, 1940. Original designation.
A synonym for Pseudometopius (new synonymy ).
UCHIDELIA, new name for /Jtamus Foerster, which see.
YAMATAROTES Uchida, 1929. Insecta Matsumurana 3: 180. Two species.
Type: Yamatarotes bicolor Uchida, 1929. Original designation.
120 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
This genus resembles Arotes, particularly in having an accessory
tooth on the hind tarsal claws, but is distinct from Arotes in having
the elypeus thin apically, not inflexed or impressed, and the inter-
cubitus a little basad of the second recurrent.
YEZOCERYX Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 36. One
species.
Type: Yezoceryx scutellaris Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
This is a genus of Acaenitini which includes many species from the
eastern Palaearctic Region and the Indo-Australian area, and Acae-
nitus rupinsulensis from the United States (new combination).
ZAMESOCHORUS Viereck, 1912. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 42: 152. One species.
Type: Zamesochorus orientalis Viereck, 1912. Original designation.
This is a synonym of Hdrisa (new synonymy).
ZAPARAPHYLAX Viereck, 1913. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 44: 647. One species.
Type: (Zaparaphylax perinae Viereck, 1913) = Microtoridea lissonota Viereck,
1912. Original designation.
A synonym of Diatora (new synonymy ).
ZONOCRYPTUS Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 40. One species.
Type: Cryptus sphingis Ashmead, 1900. Monobasie.
Cushman (1942. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 92: 277-279) has redesecribed
the genotype and’ discussed the status of the genus. Zonocryptus
comes within Waterston’s definition of Oneilella (1927. Bull. Ent. Res.
18: 191-204), but Waterson’s Onevlella is polyphyletic, as he was
deceived by the common color pattern into thinking that at least two
unrelated groups of species were congeneric. The color pattern in-
volved occurs in a number of unrelated African Hymenoptera. It is
evidently a mimicry pattern and as such should not be used as evi-
dence for phyletic relationship. The genotype of Onedlella (formosa
Brullé) is a species with which I am not familiar so it would not be
profitable to speculate on the disposition of this generic name. Zono-
cryptus sphingis Ashmead is very close to nigiriensis Waterston.
I have the species Oneilella latifascia Waterston, 1927, and O. n-
geriensis Waterston, 1927, which should be referred to Zonocryptus
and also the species O. subquadrata Waterston, 1927, and O. brevi-
spicula Waterston, 1927, which should be referred to Weniadar Ss genus
Cochlidionostenus (new combinations). Since Waterston states that
Cryptus corpulentus Tosquinet, 1896, is closely related to subquadrata
and brevispicula, this species also is referred to Cochlidionostenus
(new combination).
ZONOPIMPLA Ashmead, 1900. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 55. One species.
Type: Zonopimpla albicincta Ashmead, 1900. Original designation.
Though Ashmead stated that the genotype was from “‘ Africa’’ it is
actually from Peru. The genus is related to Scambus (= Epiurus)
and restricted to the Neotropic region. Cushman (1942. Proc. U.S.
Natl. Mus. 92: 283) has discussed the genus. He synonymized it with
‘KH piurus,’’ but it is distinct from ‘‘ Epiurus’’ in lacking the occipital
carina and in lacking sculpture on the the abdominal tergites.
bo
—_
PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 Uy
ON THE VALIDITY OF HAEMAGOGUS SPEGAZZINII FALCO KUMM
ET AL, 1946
(Diptera, Culicidae )
PEDRO GALINDO
Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Apartado 1252, Panama, Rk. de P.
Kumm et al. (1946) described a new Haemagogus from Colombia
with hairy larva and male with short palps and bushy antennae, which
could be clearly differentiated from H. capricorni Lutz, but appeared
very close to H. spegazzinu Brethes, being separable from the latter
species only by details of the mesosome of the male when viewed from
the side. The new form was named falco, but the describers considered
it doubtful whether the characters defining it were of sufficient im-
portance to justify the creation of a new species and placed it as a
subspecies of spegazzini. In the same publication the name H. jan-
thinomys Dyar, 1921, based on a species from the island of Trinidad,
was relegated to the synonymy of H. spegazzini spegazzinn.
Levi Castillo (1956), after examining the male terminalia of the
hololectotype of H. janthinomys, concluded that this specimen shows
the mesosome tip as in falco, and consequently sank H. spegazzinu
falco Kumm et al., 1946, in the synonymy of H. janthinomys Dyar,
1921.
The author is not in agreement with Levi Castillo’s conclusions for
the following reasons:
1) Cerqueira (1943) published a photomicrograph of the male
terminalia of the hololectotype (then cotype) of H. janthinomys.
As ean be observed in this excellent reproduction, the terminalia is
only partly dissected and the mesosome is in ventral view, thus not
well oriented to judge the shape of its tip, which, as pointed out by
Kumm eft al. (loc. cit.),ean best be studied in lateral view.
2) The author, on a visit to the U. S. National Museum, personally
examined the hololectotype slide of the terminalia of janthinomys.
Although the mesosome in this preparation is not in a good position
to permit a conclusive judgment, it appears to belong to an inter-
grading form between spegazzinii and falco, close to the so-called
‘“ntermediate’’ type illustrated by Kumm and Cerqueira (1951)
from areas of intergradation in Brazil.
3) Kumm ef al. (loc. cit.) in the same paper in which they de-
scribed H. spegazzinii falco from Colombia stated: ‘‘the name jan-
thinomys becomes a synonym of H. spegazzinii, as material obtained
from the type area of spegazzinii, near Ledesma, Argentina, is the
same as that from the island of Trinidad, B.W.I., the type locality of
janthinomys.’’ This statement shows rather convincingly that these
authors had material from Trinidad, as well as from Argentina, in
front of them at the time they described falco, and found that speci-
mens from Trinidad (janthinomys) were closer to type material of
spegazzinui than to their new form.
4) The terminalia of 10 specimens of ‘‘janthinomys’’ from Trini-
122 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
dad in the collection of the Gorgas Memorial Laboratory have been
dissected by the author and the mesosome mounted in lateral view.
These specimens all show some degree of intergradation between
spegazzinu and falco, but appear to be much closer to the former than
to the latter (see photomicrographs).
5) More than a hundred mesosomes of males from Honduras,
Nicaragua, Costa Rica and Panama examined by the author appear
identical with material from Colombia (falco) and differ from the
mesosomes of males from Trinidad (janthinomys. )
6) In mapping out the distribution of spegazzinu and falco, Kamm
and Cerqueira (loc. cit.) show that while spegazzinu is quite abundant
alone the northeastern coast of Brazil, being found all the way up
into the State of Amapa along the border with French Guiana, falco
is not coastal at all but ranges throughout the northwestern corner
of Brazil. Specimens from the island of Trinidad would be logically
expected to fall closer to spegazzinu, the common form along the
Atlantic littoral of northern Brazil, rather than to falco which is more
Andean in distribution.
From these observations the author concludes that typical falco
extends from northwestern Brazil and adjoining territories in Ecua-
dor and Pern, through Western Venezuela and Colombia as far north
as the north coast of Honduras. True spegazziniw occurs from north-
ern Argentina and Bolivia, across eastern Brazil to French Guiana.
The area of north-central Brazil, most of the Guianas, part of Vene-
zuela, and the island of Trinidad (type locality of janthinomys) form
a large intergrading zone where mesosomes of intermediate type are
found, which neither correspond to typical spegazzimiw nor to typical
falco. Since the form janthinomys falls in this category, but appears
closer to the former than to the latter, the author feels that there is
no justification for sinking H. spegazzinu falco Kumm et al., 1946,
in the synonymy of H. janthinomys Dyar, 1921, and suggests that the
latter be maintained in the synonymy of H. spegazziniw spegazzinu
Brethes, 1912, as proposed by Kumm et al. (loc. cit.), and that falco
be considered a valid name to designate a northern and western
geographical race of spegazzini.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE
Fig. A, H. spegazzinii spegazzinii. Mesosome of a male from ‘‘Rio de Janeiro,
Brazil (without date) J. Lane’’; fig. B, H. janthinomys. Mesosome of a male
from ‘‘St.. Pat’s; Arima, Trinidad, (8-1'5)-112-54. “D. ie iG.) 2Antkensa2 es eNiote
similarity with mesosome shown in figure A); fig. C, H. janthinomys. Mesosome
of a male from Tabaquite, Trinidad, (8-13)-1-55. UT. HM. G. Aitken’? fics:
H. spegazzinii falco. Mesosome of a male from ‘‘Choreha, Chiriqui, Panama,
5-6-50. P. Galindo.’’ (Note differences with figures B and C); fig. E, H. spegaz-
zinii falco. Mesosome of a male from ‘‘Rio Mesapa, El Negrito, Department of
Yoro, Honduras, 4-9-54. P. Orjuela. (Northernmost specimen of the species thus
far collected).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
124 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
REFERENCES
Cerqueira, N. L., 1943. Algumas espécies novas da Bolivia, e referencia a tres
espécies de Haemagogus. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz 39: 1-14.
Kumm, H. W., and Cerqueira, N. L. 1951. The Haemagogus mosquitoes of Brazil.
Bul. Ent. Res. 42: 169-181.
Kumm, H. W., Osorno-Mesa, E., and Boshell-Manrique, J. 1946. Studies on
mosquitoes of the genus Haemagogus in Colombia. Amer. Jour. Hyg. 43:
13-28.
Levi-Castillo, R. 1956. A systematic note on Haemagogus spegazzinii Brethes,
1912. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 58: 345-347.
INSECTS OF MICRONESIA, HOMOPTERA: FULGOROIDEA
by R. G. Fennah. Paper. Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Insects of Micronesia
6(3):[39]-211, 64 figs. Price $3.00.
This work will be an indispensable tool for specialists working in Fulgoroidea
of the included Pacific area for many years to come. The introduction includes
a resume of the distribution of the 54 genera and 135 species known from
Micronesia, a reasonable discussion of the probable sources of the Micronesian
fauna in the groups studied by the author, and a charmingly frank account of
the interpretation placed on degrees of morphological differences in the case of
groups below the genus category. The last appeared quite reasonable to the
reviewer and undoubtedly it will appear so to others engaged in taxonomy in
the seclusion of a laboratory where, like Fennah’s, their evaluation of categories
must rest on an appraisal of degrees of morphological differences, although ‘‘it
is fully realized how poor an alternative such assessment must be for actual
experimental investigation. ’’
Although the work lacks keys in some groups (e.g., Myndus with 18 forms),
the included keys offer bonuses in several instances, in that they include more
than the area under treatment: the key to families is for the world, the generic
key of Cixiidae ineludes the Philippine Islands and Australasia, and the latter
area is included also in the generie keys of Delphacidae and Derbidae.
A minor weakness, but one worthy of comment because it occurs so commonly
in works in Homoptera, is associated with Fennah’s treatment of the subgenus
Sogatella which in this and one previous work he has discussed clearly enough
to make it obvious that several Western Hemisphere taxa should be included in
the concept. One cannot doubt that the author was well aware of this, yet he
failed to mention the forms by name. If other specialists, in making identifica-
tions (for field workers, for example) of the Western Hemisphere taxa place
them in Sogatella, the publication of the new combination may, as a result,
occur in some obscure organ not readily available to those who catalogue tax-
onomic¢ literature. If the identifier purposely avoids this pitfall, and uses the
older combination, he is placed in the position of delaying taxonomic progress.
The reviewer subscribes to the opinion that it would have been preferable for
Fennah to list by name all of the taxa he felt should be placed in his category
Sogatella.
The descriptions are well written and the illustrations excellent and well
arranged.—Davip A. Youne, JR., Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 125
THREE NEW SPECIES OF LIPOSCELIS (=TROCTES) (PSOCOPTERA)
FROM TEXAS
KATHRYN M. SOMMERMAN, Arctic Health Research Center, Public Health Service,
Department of Health, Education, and Wetlfare, Anchorage, Alaska
These descriptions have been withdrawn from a comprehensive
paper in preparation, which treats of the Liposcelidae, so that pub-
lished records of the psocids taken in Texas by Dr. A. B. Gurney in
the fall of 1951 may be complete. The terminology used here, for
the most part, follows that proposed by Mr. J. V. Pearman in his
1946 and 1951 papers. I am also greatly indebted to Mr. Pearman
for numerous sketches and personal correspondence that were of tre-
mendous help to me in getting acquainted with the book-lhce. Dr. E.
Broadhead contributed specimens of many of the species he has reared,
and Dr. Gurney kindly lent his Texas collections for study. It is a
pleasure to express my gratitude for the kind and generous assistance
received from these three fellow-workers.
When standard ‘‘permanent’’ mounting media, such as balsam,
Euparal, and Hoyer’s, are used for book-lice there is a considerable
decrease in visibility of the sculpturing on the integument, which
often results in a complete loss of detail, especially after a lapse of
time. Therefore these specimens were cleared in warm NaOH or
KOH solution, then rinsed in water, and studied in temporary water-
mounts containing a tiny bit of detergent to facilitate handling.
Slight underclearing is recommended. Normal clearing, as for per-
manent mounts or overclearing, makes the specimens more difficult
to find and to handle. After study the specimens were returned to
alcohol. Upon contact with alcohol the partially dissolved contents
of these undercleared specimens coagulate, so it may be necessary to
transfer the specimen momentarily to KOH upon future examination
to make it translucent again.
The measurements apply to cleared specimens in water-mounts,
which are neither swollen nor shrunken because the gut ruptures when
the specimen is rinsed and in so doing the psocid relaxes to normal
size. The color descriptions refer to uncleared alcoholic specimens. In
general there is a slight but progressive change in the sculpturing
on the abdominal terga from ITI-IX. In an attempt to standardize
comparisons the sculpturing on terga II and III is described for each
species. It might be well to stress that ‘‘tergum I,’’ as used here,
is composed of what appear to be two terga (I and II of Broadhead),
each of which is further subdivided into an anterior and a posterior
strip. This composite tergum I contains only two rows of setae, the
same as each following tergum, when the setae are arranged in rows.
M: d(orsal) on tergum VII refers to the seta behind the spiracle.
Liposcelis lacinia n. sp.
(Figs. 1 and 2)
On the basis of color this species superficially resembles the species in the
126 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
bostrychophilus complex, but differs from them and all other known species in
the shape of the lacinia and in the combination of setation and sculpturing of
the head, thorax, and abdomen, as well as abdominal infuscation.
Female.—Length 1.0 mm. Color dorsally agaist black background, almost
uniformly light brown, exclusive of eyes.
Head: Proportions, length and width equal. Dorsally—Setae not dense, distance
between them 1 to 2 times their length or 2 to 4 times width of areoles. Sculptur-
ing areolate, imbricate; areoles ridge-marginate, 2 to 4 times longer than wide
(the narrow ones toward mesal part of head) with 1 to 3 distinct nodules across
width. Epicranial suture and arms indistinet. Eyes with 7 facets. Third antennal
segment with approximately 16 rings. Ventrally—Prongs of lacinae incised and
widely divergent (Fig. 1).
FIGS. 1-7 VENTRAL VIEW
2 STEM OF LEFT
| LACINIAE
GONAPOPHYSES
LIPOSCELIS LACINIA N. SP
3 LACINIAE 4 STEM OF LEFT 5° T=SCUERITE
GONAPOPHYSES
LIPOSCELIS DELTA-CHI N.SP
K
cl
7 STEM OF LEFT
6 LACINIAE
GONAPOPHYSES
LIPOSCELIS NASUS N.SP
2
Thorax: Each lateral lobe of prothorax with long humeral seta plus 2 to 3
short setae usually posteriorly. Mesothorax with interrupted median internal
thickening, lacking arched lateral thickenings, only 2 setae along each indistinct
arch where lateral thickenings would be if present. Seculpturing on metathorax
areolate, imbricate; areoles ridge-marginate, a few containing distinet modules.
On anterior half of prothoracie sternum 3 long setae (median one slightly
shorter), none posteriorly. On mesosternum 8 long setae in row anteriorly.
Abdomen: Infuseation of terga II and III diffuse, sculpturing behind each
posterior row of setae similar to that anteriorly, and with very narrow but distinct
linear intersegmental membrane between terga. Terga IV-VI with slightly paler
band of sculpturing behind posterior row of setae. Pale median lineation on
anterior margin of terga III-VII. Seulpturing of terga IJ and III areolate, not
interrupted medianly; areoles long and narrow, about 5 to 7 times longer than
wide, with margins ridged; areoles containing distinct modules, usually only 1
nodule across width of areole. Setae tending toward arrangement in 2 rows
PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 127
across each of terga II-V, thereafter scattered; on tergum VIII density of un-
named setae similar to head. On terga VII, M: d,v both short; VIII, M: d
short, v long, L short (not identifiable), stem of gonapophyses long, slender,
bifid (Fig. 2), T-sclerite normal; IX, M: d,v subequal, D present, 8 setae in
apical row between marginals; epiproct, 2 longest setae in second row.
Male.—Unknown.
Holotype, cleared female in alcohol, Kerrville, Tex., Sept. 20, 1951,
under sycamore bark on tree trunks beside river, A. B. Gurney. De-
posited in U. S. National Museum.
Liposcelis delta-chi n. sp.
(Figs. 3 to 5)
This species is most closely related to entomophilus (Endl. 1907)
but can be distinguished readily from it by the darker color and
different color pattern, and by the shape and conspicuous brown color
of the T-sclerite and stem of the gonapophyses.
Female: length 1.4 mm. Color dorsally against black background—head,
femora and anterior three-fourths of abdomen light yellow-brown, thorax light
brown, tip of abdomen brown; indefinite lateral fuscous patches on abdominal
terga becoming progressively larger posteriorly. Ventrally—part of paraprocts,
stem of gonapophyses, and T-sclerite conspicuous brown.
Head: Proportions, length to width at 25 to 24. Dorsally—Setae dense, dis-
tance between them 1% to 1 times their length or 1 to 4 times width of areoles.
Sculpturing areolate, imbricate; areoles delicately ridge-marginate and narrow,
especially toward middle of head, those near eyes more boldly ridge-marginate
and wider; areoles for most part with extremely fine pin-point nodules, too fine to
count, but a few toward middle of head and near eyes with large, distinct nodules;
areoles 2 to 5 times longer than wide. Epicranial suture and arms distinct, suture
with internal thickening posteriorly. Eyes with 8 facets. Third antennal seg-
ment with approximately 20 rings. Ventrally—Prongs of laciniae stubby (Fig. 3).
Thorax: Each lateral lobe of prothorax with long humeral seta plus 2 to 3
slightly shorter setae on anterior margin, and 3 to 5 shorter setae posteriorly.
Mesothorax with distinet median internal thickening with adjoiming arched lateral
thickenings having 5 setae, including 1 mesally, along each lateral arch. Sculp-
turing on metathorax areolate, areoles nodule-marginate and containing distinct
nodules. On anterior half of prothoracie sternum, 6 to 7 long setae in arched
row, the posterior ones longest, none isolated on posterior half. On mesosternum,
8 to 9 setae in row anteriorly.
Abdomen: Infuscation of terga II and III diffuse, with very narrow but dis-
tinct linear intersegmental membrane between terga; terga V-VI with paler band
of sculpturing posteriorly. Bold median lineations on anterior margin of terga
TI-VIJ. Sculpturing on terga II and III non-areolate but distinctly nodulate,
suggestive of patterned stippling. Unnamed setae on tergum VIII truneate,
numerous and scattered, as dense as setation on head. On terga VII, M: d, v
long, subequal, but not so long as VIII M: VIII, M: 4, v long, subequal, L
present, stem of gonapophyses extremely short and stout, wider than long, bifid,
128 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
(Fig. 4), T-selerite (Fig. 5); IX, M: d, v subequal, D present; epiproct, 2
longest setae in second row.
Male.—Unknown.
Holotype, uncleared female in alcohol, Garner State Park, Texas,
Sept. 22, 1951, beating mesquite with air plants on twigs, A. B.
Gurney. Paratype, cleared female in alcohol, same data. Both speei-
mens deposited in USNM.
The name refers to the conspicuous brown T-sclerite and stem of
the gonapophyses, the first being somewhat deltoid in shape and the
latter suggestive of the Greek letter “X”’.
Liposcelis nasus n. sp.
(Figs. 6 and 7)
This species is perhaps most closely (but rather remotely) related
to hirsutus Badonnel 1948 from which it differs in many ways, the
most conspicuous being color and color pattern, and seulpturine of
the head.
Female.—Length 1.4 mm. Color dorsally against black background yellow-
buff; indefinite fusecous patch (pigment granules) antero-mesad of each eye
and at tip of second antennal segment; labrum and anterior part of clypeus
brown gradually fading to yellow-buff at vertex of head; terminal part of abdo-
men pale.
Head: Proportions, length to width as 22 to 20. Dorsally—Setae not dense,
distance between them equal to their length. Seulpturing areolate, imbricate;
areoles ridge-marginate (some fused nodule-marginate), areoles containing 1 to 2
small nodules across width; areoles 3 to 8 times longer than wide, narrow ones
toward middle of head. Epicranial suture indistinet. Eyes with 8 facets. Third
antennal segment with approximately 14 rings. Ventrally—Prongs of laciniae
normal (Fig. 6).
Thorax: Each lateral lobe of prothorax with long humeral seta plus 2 shorter
setae on anterior margin and 3 to 4 posteriorly. Mesothorax with short median
internal thickening, lacking arched lateral thickenings. Sculpturing on meta-
thorax nonareolate but distinetly nodulate, suggestive of patterned stippling.
On anterior half of prothoracic sternum 4 to 5 long setae, none on posterior half.
On mesosternum 8 to 9 long setae in row anteriorly, lateral ones longest.
Abdomen: Infuscation on terga IJ and IIT diffuse, with very narrow but dis-
tinet linear intersegmental membrane between terga. Terga IV-VI lacking obvious
pale band of sculpturing posteriorly. Seulpturing on terga II and III nonareolate
but distinctly nodulate, suggestive of patterned stippling, not interrupted medianly.
No median lineations or heavy infuscation on anterior margin of terga II-VII.
Two longer setae near mid-line on terga VII, VIII and IX. Unnamed setae on
tergum VIII not so dense as on head. On terga VII, M: d short, v long, but
not so long as VIII M; VIII, M: d, v long, subequal, L short (not identifiable),
stem of gonapophyses very wide, delicate, bifid (Fig. 7), T-sclerite normal; IX,
M: d, v subequal, D present; epiproct, 2 longest setae in second row.
PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 129
Male.—Length 0.8 mm. Differs from female as follows: Fuscous markings
much less conspicuous.
Head: Proportions, length to width as 16 to 15. Eyes with 5 facets. Lacinia
similar to female but more delicate.
Thorax: Each lateral lobe of prothorax with long humeral seta plus 1 slightly
shorter seta on anterior margin and 2 shorter ones posteriorly. On anterior half
of prothoracic sternum 4 long setae, none posteriorly. On mesosternum 6 long
setae in row anteriorly.
Holotype, uncleared female in alcohol, Mission, Tex., Sept. 30,
1951, beating Fan palm leaves, A. B. Gurney. Allotype, same data.
Paratypes, 21 females (3 cleared) same data. All deposited in U. 8.
National Museum excepting 1 uncleared and 2 cleared paratypes,
which are in my collection. Additional Texas records taken by A. B.
Gurney in 1951 include: 2 mutilated females, same data as holotype ;
Mission, Bentson State Park, Sept. 28, beating mesquite, ?° ; Mission,
Sept. 30, beating ebony bushes on pasture land, @ ; Weslaco, Oct. 1,
beating dead leaves on palm trees, 3, 8 2; 5S. of Brownsville, Rabb
Palm Grove, Oct. 3, beating dead palm leaves, 3, 2 9; 9 mi. N. of
Brownsville, Olmita Resaca, Oct. 4, beating palms and palmettos ¢,
75 he
REFERENCES
Broadhead, E. 1950. A revision of the genus Liposcelis Motschulsky with notes
on the position of this genus in the order Corrodentia and on the variability
of ten Liposcelis species. Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. Lond. 101(10): 335-388.
Pearman, J. V. 1946. A_ specific characterization of Liposcelis divinatorius
(Mueller) and mendaxz sp. n. (Psocoptera). Entomologist 79: 235-244.
, 1951. Additional species of British Psocoptera. Ent. Monthly Mag.
87: 84-89.
ASHMEAD’S METEORIDEA
(HYMENOPTERA: BRACONIDAE)
R. D. SHENEFELT, University of Wisconsin, Madison, and C. F. W. MUESEBECK,
United States National Museum, Washington, D. C.
In 1900 Ashmead (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23: 128, 129) briefly
characterized the genus Meteoridea in his key to the Microdini. The
description as extracted from the key is as follows:
“¢First cubital and first discoidal cells separated; areolet wider than long,
trapezoidal; first abscissa of the radius thrice as long as the second; marginal
cell very wide; maxillary palpi 5-jointed; abdomen narrow, subcompressed and
acute at apex, the first segment long, petioliform, coarsely rugulose, the sides
parallel.
Meteoridea Ashmead, new genus
(Type, Meteoridea longiventris Ashmead, manuscript.) ’’
Szepligeti (1904, Genera Insectorum, fase. 22:100) repeated Ash-
mead’s description and placed the genus in the Agathidinae. Muese-
130 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
beck and Walkley (1951, 7n Muesebeck et al, U. S. Dept. Agr., Agr.
Monog. No. 2, p. 109) transferred Meteoridea to the Diospilini. Mean-
while, Nixon (1941, Bull. Ent. Res. 32 :98-101) described from Ceylon
a monobasic diospiline genus which he named Benama (type, B.
hutson Nixon). In this paper Nixon described in some detail the
unusual modification of the female abdomen. In 1949 Granger (Mém.
Inst. Sci. Madagascar, A 2 :361-363) described two additional species
in Benama from Madagascar.
Since, in our opinion, Benama is clearly the same as Meteoridea, and
since two new species have been discovered, one from the United States
and one from Japan, it seems desirable that Meteoridea be redeseribed
and that the type species be described in more detail. The two new
species will also be described.
METEORIDEA Ashmead
Meteoridea Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23: 129.
Type: M. longiventris Ashmead, by monotypy and original designation.
Benama Nixon, 1941. Bull. Ent. Res. 32: 98. New synonymy.
Type: B. hutsoni Nixon, by monotypy and original designation.
Nixon’s excellent description of the type of Benama leaves no doubt
that this species belones in Meteoridea, a genus he did not know since
it had been inadequately described and had been incorrectly placed by
its author in the Agathidinae. Following is a summary of what seem
to be the significant distinguishing characters of Meteoridea:
Head carinately margined behind; eyes bare; clypeus separated from face by a
distinct groove; maxillary palpi 6-segmented; labial palpi 4-segmented; an-
tennae slender, filiform. Notaulices complete, well impressed, not meeting be-
hind; prepectus strongly carinately margined; legs slender, calearia of hind
tibia very short and inconspicuous, tarsal claws simple; anterior wing with three
cubital cells, the second subquadrate or subtrapezoidal, the first cubital and
first discoidal cells separated. Abdomen narrowly sessile, strongly compressed
apically in the female; spiracles of second and third segments situated on the
sides, far below the acute lateral margins of the tergites; ovipositor sheath
subexserted.
Meteorus longiventris Ashmead
Meteoridea longiventris Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. 23: 129; Szepligeti,
1904. Genera Insectorum, fase. 22: 100; Muesebeck and Walkley, 1951. In
Muesebeck et al., U. S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog. No. 2, p. 109.
The following redescription is based on Ashmead’s type and one
additional female specimen that was collected at light by R. A. Morse,
April 19, 1955, in Alachua County, Florida.
Female.—Length about 4.2 mm. Head and thorax honey-yellow; antennae yel-
low basally, darkened apically; wings clear hyaline, stigma hyaline, veins in
middle of anterior wing yellowish brown; legs entirely pale yellow; abdomen red-
dish yellow, with first and second tergites more or less piceous.
Head a little wider than thorax, smooth and polished; temple narrow, receding,
not more than one third as wide as eye; eyes very large; malar space exceedingly
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 13]
short, almost absent; clypeus with anterior margin sinuate and somewhat elevated ;
antennae broken in type, nearly as long as the body and 26-segmented in the other
specimen.
Notaulices sharply, deeply impressed, foveolate; mesonotal lobes and dise of
scutellum perfectly smooth and polished; mesopleuron with a broad, rugulose
longitudinal impression below; propodeum rugose reticulate; radius arising from
slightly behind middle of stigma; first discoidal cell sessile or subsessile; first
abscissa of radius twice as long as second and subequal with first intereubitus;
recurrent vein entering first cubital cell; nervellus nearly perpendicular to anterior
margin of hind wing and weakly angled or curved near middle.
Abdomen much narrower than thorax; first tergite finely, longitudinally rugu-
lose, more than three times as long as broad at base and one and one-half times
as broad at apex as at base, and with a large, deep fossa at base on each side;
suturiform articulation very fine but distinct; second and following tergites
smooth and polished.
Meteoridea compressiventris, new species
@hicssie 2; 3,4)
Differs from the genotype and only other North American species
in numerous details but especially in its piceous head, largely dark
stigma, strongly petiolate first discoidal cell, and outwardly directed
nervellus.
Female.
Length 4.7 to 5.4 mm. Head piceous; basal half of mandible tan;
palpi yellowish tan; antenna fuscous, with scape and pedicel testaceous; thorax
largely light fuscous, propodeum a little darker than remainder; tegulae yellow;
legs testaceous; abdomen with first tergite and lateral margins of conjoined sec-
ond and third tergites brownish, otherwise testaceous, becoming paler ventrally
and apically; wings hyaline, veins brownish, stigma brown with basal third pale.
Head about twice as wide as long, broader than thorax, smooth and shining;
eyes large; malar space less than half as long as elypeus; face 1.5 times as wide
at lower edges of antennal sockets as deep from this line to clypeal suture, a little
swollen below antennae; clypeus three times as wide as deep, its apical margin
nearly straight but with a weak projection centrally; ocelli large, greatest diame-
ter of a lateral ocellus equal to length of pedicel and nearly as long as ocell-ocular
line; antennae nearly as long as body, with 30 segments in type and 28 in one
paratype; pedicel two-thirds as long as scape; first flagellar segment slightly
longer than scape and pedicel combined; genae, temples, basal two-thirds of man-
dibles; apex of labrum, clypeus, vertex, and face with scattered yellowish hairs,
which are absent on a shining depressed area above antennae.
Pronotum coarsely crenulate in depressed area on side; mesonotum shining, with
minute punctures which are numerous on middle lobe and scattered on lateral
lobes; notaulices deep, complete but not meeting posteriorly, foveolate, a rugu-
lose area between their posterior ends; prescutullar fovea two-thirds as long as
dise of scutellum, divided into two parts by a median carina; disc of scutellum
convex, virtually smooth; propodeum largely covered with irregular reticulations
but with two large, nearly semicircular, basal areas smooth and polished; pro-
podeal spiracles small, circular in outline; mesopleuron largely smooth, a little
roughened next to prepectal carina and metapleuron; mesopleural furrow foveolate
132 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
Meteoridea compressiventris, female: Fig. 1, Dorsal aspect; fig. 2, lateral as-
pect; fig. 3, anterior view of head; fig. 4, wings. Meteoridea japonensis, female:
fig. 5, outline of clypeus.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 13:
posteriorly, rugulose anteriorly; legs moderately slender; radius arising from a
little beyond middle of stigma; first abscissa of radius 0.8 the length of second;
second cubital cell much narrower above than below; first discoidal cell strongly
petiolate, the petiole one-third the length of the free portion of first abscissa of
cubitus; recurrent vein entering first cubital cell; hairs on submedian and second
discoidal cells a little Jonger and denser than elsewhere; nervellus strongly
directed outward, angled far below the middle; lower abscissa of basella about
half as long as mediella.
Abdomen long and narrow, five or more times as long as its greatest width,
greatiy compressed apically and with six exposed tergites; first tergite strongly
arched, longitudinally rugulose punctate although with some small transverse rugae
near basal impression, its spiracles small and situated very slightly before the
iniddle; remainder of abdomen smooth and polished, the suturiform articulation
nearly effaced; first tergite about half as wide at apex as long; second one and
”
one-half times as long as wide at base, an oval ‘‘lunula’’ on the side above and
behind the spiracle; terminal segments retractile.
Male.—Unknown.
Type.—u. S. National Museum No. 63094.
Described from three females, all taken by R. D. Shenefelt from
a light trap at Gordon Nursery, Douglas Co., Wis., in 1951. The
holotype was collected June 30; one of the paratypes, collected
June 21, is deposited in the collection of the University of Wisconsin,
the other, taken July 4, is in the collection of R. D. Shenefelt.
Meteoridea japonensis, new species
(Fie. 5)
Meteoridea sp. Haeussler, 1940. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 728:30.
Superficially very similar to longiventris, but differs in having the
temples broader and more convex, in the first and second abscissae of
radius being subequal, and in the first tergite being parallel-sided
behind the spiracles.
Female.—Length 4 mm. Head yellow; apieal third of mandible piceous; an-
tennae basally unicolorous with face, becoming fuscous beyond basal third;
thorax concolorous with head, the propodeum sometimes slightly darker; legs yel-
low; first tergite brownish yellow and parts of the second and third tergites
also a little darkened, remainder of abdomen concolorous with head and thorax;
wings hyaline, stigma yellowish hyaline edged with brownish.
Head smooth and polished, transverse, broader than thorax; eyes large; malar
space almost absent; face not or only very slightly wider than deep, moderately
swollen below antennae; clypeus about half as deep as broad, the anterior por-
tion reflexed laterally, the anterior margin somewhat sinuate but with a blunt
projection centrally (fig. 5); greatest diameter of a lateral ocellus equal to length
of pedicel but distinctly shorter than ocellocular line; antennae 29-segmented
in the type; first flagellar segment as long as scape and pedicel combined and a
little longer than the second; occipital carina incomplete, narrowly interrupted at
the middle; genae and face with seattered pale hairs that are longest on the
lower portions; basal two-thirds of mandibles, elypeus, and tower part of labrum
with long yellowish hairs.
134 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
Mesonotum shining, smooth except for small, scattered hair pits; notaulices
deep, foveolate, well separated at posterior ends; prescutellar furrow nearly half
as long as scutellum and divided into two parts by a median longitudinal carina ;
seutellum weakly convex; propodeum with strong carinae separating irregular,
small, more or less roughened areas, a pair of strong carinae diverging slightly
from the center of base of propodeum to posterior face and then diverging
sharply to form a border between the dorsal and posterior faces; propodeal
spiracles small, broadly ovate; mesopleuron shining, with scattered punctures;
mesopleural furrow foveolate, about half as long as mesopleuron; legs slender;
spurs of hind tibia so small as to be barely distinguishable from the hairs; an-
terior wing with radius emerging slightly beyond middle of stigma; first abscissa
of radius as long as the second and shorter than first intercubitus; second
cubital cell subtrapezoidal, its anterior side about two-thirds as long as posterior
side which is subequal to first intereubitus; first discoidal cell sessile; recurrent
vein entering first cubital cell; nervulus postfureal by about its length; nervellus
slightly curved, not distinctly angled; lower abscissa of basella less than one-third
as long as mediella.
Abdomen very narrow, about eight times as long as broad across second tergite,
strongly compressed apically; first tergite in lateral view strongly arched on
basal third, nearly three times as long as broad at apex, the sides nearly parallel
except at base, the surface irregularly longitudinally rugulose, the spiracles at end
of basal third; second tergite twice as long as broad at apex, irregularly and very
weakly longitudinally aciculate, separated from third by a very fine grooved line;
remainder of abdomen smooth and polished.
Male.—lLike the female except in the secondary sexual characters and in the
following additional respects: propodeum and first tergite not darkened; anten-
nae 35-segmented in the allotype; temples somewhat broader; abdomen not com-
pressed; second tergite about as long as broad at apex; third and following ter-
gites combined about as long as first tergite.
Type.—vU. 8S. National Museum No. 63252.
Described from three specimens: the holotype, reared from Grapho-
litha molesta (Busek), August 1, 1933, Mitsuoka, Nagano, Japan; the
allotype, reared from Anacampsis metagramma Meyr., July 22, 1937,
Tsunashima, Kanagawa-kon, Japan, and a female paratype reared
from G. molesta August 16, 1933, Heitaku, Keikido, Chosen. The
paratype has the second tergite smooth and shining.
OTHER SPECIES OF METEORIDEA
The other known species of Meteoridea are the following:
Meteoridea hutsoni (Nixon), new combination.
Benama hutsoni Nixon, 1941. Bull. Ent. Research 82: 98.
Meteoridea infuscata (Granger), new combination.
Benama infuscata Granger, 1949. Mém. Inst. Sci. Madagascar A2: 363.
Meteoridea testacea (Granger), new combination.
Benama testacea Granger, 1949. Mém. Inst. Sci. Madagascar A2Q: 362.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 BY
DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORDS OF NORTH AMERICAN MELOIDAE. I.
(COLEOPTERA )
RicHARD B. SELANDER, Illinois Natural History Survey
The Meloidae described in this paper are additions to the fauna of
the southwestern United States and northern Mexico. I am indebted
to H. B. Leech, A. T. McClay, J. W. MacSwain, F. H. Parker,
P. Vaurie, and F. G. Werner for supplying most of the material upon
which the paper is based.
Pyrota bicurvata, new species
Pyrota virgata |error for divirgata|, Schaeffer, 1905, Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts
and Sci., Sei. Bull. 1:177. Misidentification.
Pyrota tenwicostatis, Dillon, 1952, Amer. Midland Nat. 48:360. Misidentifica-
tion, in part.
Yellow-orange, the elytra paler. First two segments of antennae and first three
segments of maxillary palpi orange, the other segments black. Labrum largely or
completely black. Head with one or three black spots on neck, occasionally with
some black on gula, always with a pair of black spots on frontal area between
eyes. Pronotum with a pair of large, black discal spots just behind middle and a
pair of smaller spots on each side, one just anterior to discal spots and the other
on the anterior angle of the pronotum, not quite attaiming the margin; occa-
sionally there are one or more black spots on each of the posterior angles of the
pronotum. Elytra each with a large, oval black scutellar spot and a moderately
broad black discal vitta which, except where it is narrowed to avoid the scutellar
spot, is about one-third the width of the elytron. Fore and middle coxae orange;
hind coxae varying from black tipped with orange to largely orange. Femora
and tibiae cleanly tipped with black. Under surface black with orange markings
of variable extent; in the darkest specimens the margins of the thoracic sclerites,
a broad marginal area of the fifth visible abdominal sternite, and the sixth visible
sternite are orange; in the lightest the thorax is largely orange, the first four
visible sternites are broadly bordered with orange, and both the fifth and sixth
visible sternites are orange. Upper surface subglabrous; under surface sparsely
clothed with short, pale pubescence. Length: 7-17 mm.
Head and pronotum smooth, shiny, with seattered larger punctures and fine,
sparse micropunectures. Pronotum depressed anteriorly, one-fifth to one-fourth
longer than broad. Elytra finely, densely punctate; surface finely granulose, not
at all rugulose, less shiny than head and pronotum, not swollen between costulae.
First segment of middle and hind tarsi with pad (pale pubescence) limited to
apex or absent. Hind tibial spurs thickened and obliquely truncate, the outer
spur heavier; truneature of outer spur usually broadly oval but varying ocea-
sionally to a more elongate and pointed form.
Male.—Antennae with segment II curved in the same direction as I; III
strongly compressed and curved in the opposite direction (fig. 9). Last segment
of maxillary palpi (fig. 1) modified but not greatly enlarged; length equal to
about two-thirds distance between eyes on frontal area; beneath with sensory
surface limited to basal half or less of segment, hardly or not at all concave. Fore
tarsi somewhat expanded but not asymmetrically produced. Sixth visible abdominal
136 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
sternite with a relatively shallow, broadly triangular emargination;!} membranous
zone large, with much shorter setae along emargination and at center than along
anterior and lateral margins. Genitalia as in figure 5; gonostyli nearly straight;
dorsal hook of aedeagus sharply bent at apex.
Female.—Antennae with segments II and III at least slightly curved but IIT
not compressed. Maxillary palpi and fore tarsi not modified. Sixth visible ab-
cdominal sternite obtusely emarginate, as in figure 7.
Distribution.— Gulf Coast from Texas to eastern San Luis Potosi.
Type Material.—Holotype male and allotype female from [Ciudad |
Victoria, Tamaulipas, May 22, 1952, M. Cazier, W. Gertsch, and
R. Schrammel, in the collection of the American Museum of Natural
History. Paratypes: Nuevo LEON: 1 female, Linares, Sept. 11, 1947,
F. Johnson donor, collectors C. and P. Vaurie; 1 female, Monterrey,
June 15, 1941, H. S. Dybas; 2 females, Vallecillo, June 2-5, 1951, P. D.
Hurd. San Luis Porosi: 1 female, 11 km. E Ciudad de Valles, May
29, 1948, tropical jungle pass, F. Werner and W. Nutting. TAMAULI-
PAS: 6 males, 7 females, eutopotypical; 1 male, Ciudad Victoria,
Sept. 11, 1947, F. Johnson donor, collectors C. and P. Vaurie; 1 male,
Ciudad Victoria, Aug. 19, 1941, H. 8. Dybas; 1 male, 1 female, Aba-
solo, May 17, 1952, M. Cazier, W. Gertsch, and R. Schrammel. TEXAs:
1 male, 3 females, state label only, Aug., 1904; 2 males, 11 females,
Brownsville, May 30 and June 5, 1932, J. O. Martin; 1 male, Edin-
bure, S. Mulaik; 1 female, Edinburg, Hidaleo County, April, 1939,
S. and D. Mulaik; 1 female, Harlingen; 1 female, Hearne, June 7,
1937, K. Maehler ; 1 male, Naval Air Station, Corpus Christi, July 21,
1942, W. M. Gordon; 1 male, 1 female, Weslaco, Sept. 15, 1931,
S. W. Clark. Paratypes in the collections of W. R. Enns, R. B. Se-
lander, F. G. Werner, the American Museum of Natural History, the
California Academy of Sciences, the Illinois Natural History Survey,
and the University of California at Berkeley.
This species appears to be most closely related to divirgata, with
which it has been confused. Although I have not seen the specimens
from Brownsville, Tex., identified as divirgata by Schaeffer, his de-
scription leaves little doubt that they represent bicurvata. Schaeffer’s
record seems to have been the basis for the inclusion of divirgata in
the Leng catalogue. True divirgata is not known to occur north of
Veracruz.
In Dillon’s report on the Meloidae of Texas at least one specimen
of bicurvata (7.e., a male from Edinburg) was recorded under the
name tenwicostatrs. A number of additional specimens studied have
been similarly misidentified by others. The species tenuicostatis ap-
parently occupies the entire range of bicurvata but is known to extend
farther south. I have seen specimens of tenwicostatis from Texas,
Tamaulipas, and Veracruz. The species has been recorded also from
Tabasco.
1Jn dealing with either sex of species of Pyrota it is usually necessary to relax
specimens to determine the true form of this sternite.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 137
Pyrota bicurvata might be confused also with trochanterica, a far-
western species treated below. Pending a much-needed revision of the
genus Pyrota the following key will serve to distinguish bicurvata,
divirgata, tenwicostatis, and trochanterica from one another.
leBasalstwovor three antennal sepments pale eer ee 2
Antennae entirely black...
Y
2. Antennal segment III curved in both sexes, strongly Gouipreaded in male (fig.
9); pronotum with two spots on each side before middle; male with last seg-
ment of maxillary palpi not greatly enlarged, beneath with sensory surface
covering basal half or less (fig. 1); female with sixth visible abdominal
sternite obtusely emarginate (fig. 7) (Texas to San Luis Potosi)
Sy 2 Be Nie EU ba ete 0 1 ee SE Oy Bh oe ee ae oe ee bicurvata Selander
Antennal segment III not modified ; peondtum with at most one spot on each
side before middle; male with last segment of maxillary palpi greatly en-
larged, beneath with sensory surface covering all but apex (fig. 2); female
with sixth visible abdominal sternite triangularly emarginate (Guerrero and
Oaxaca: tomVierackz)) a. ames = sss ot divirgata (Villada and Pefafiel)
Dark orange; elytra weakly costate; male with last segment of maxillary palpi
extremely elongate, scaphiform (fig. 4), first three segments of fore tarsi
strongly produced anteriorly at apex; female with sixth visible abdominal
sternite weakly notched at apex (Texas to Tabasco). tenuicostatis (Duges)
Yellow-orange; elytra not costate; male with last segment of maxillary palpi
pyriform (fig. 3), fore tarsi expanded but not asymmetrically produced; female
with sixth visible abdominal sternite triangularly emarginate (fig. 8) (Baja
California, Sonora, and Arizona) sss SCSstC—ts—‘sSSSCtochannterrica Horn
se)
~~
Pyrota trochanterica Horn
This species has been recorded previously only from the type
locality in Baja California. It is now known from a second locality
in Baja California and has been found also in southern Arizona and
Sonora, where it is represented by a distinct race.
Yellow-orange. Head and pronotum marked with black. Antennae and mavxil-
lary palpi black. Labrum largely or entirely black or brownish. Elytra each with
a large, oval black scutellar spot and a very broad back vitta, which, except where
it is narrowed to avoid the seutellar spot, is at least three-fifths the width of the
elytron. Tarsi black. Under surface black, with at most the margins of the
thoracic sclerites and the hind margin of the abdominal sternites orange; sixth
visible abdominal sternite of female almost always orange at tip. Upper surface
subglabrous; under surface sparsely clothed with short, pale pubescence.
Head and pronotum smooth, shiny, with scattered larger punctures and_ fine
micropunectures. Pronotum depressed anteriorly, one-fifth to nearly one-third
longer than broad. Elytra rather coarsely, very densely punctate; surface finely
granulose, distinctly rugulose, uneven, less shiny than head and pronotum, not
swollen between costulae.
First segment of hind tarsi with pad (pale pubescence) limited to apex. Hind
tibial spurs thickened, obliquely truncate, the outer spur heavier; truncature of
both spurs elongate, pointed.
Male.—Antennae unmodified; segment III as long as or longer than IV, simi-
138 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
lar to it in shape, not at all expanded or curved. Last segment of maxillary palpi
(fig. 3) modified, greatly enlarged; length nearly or fully equal to distance be-
tween eyes on frontal area; beneath with sensory surface deeply concave, covering
all but apex of segment. Fore tarsi somewhat expanded but not asymmetrically
produced. Fifth visible abdominal sternite noticeably emarginate. Sixth deeply
and acutely emarginate; membranous zone large, with setae of nearly uniform
length. Genitalia as in figure 6, with a fairly wide range of individual variation ;
gonostyli divergent apically, strongly curved dorsad; dorsal hook of aedeagus
slightly hooked at apex.
Female.—Maxillary palpi and fore tarsi not modified. Sixth visible abdominal
sternite triangularly emarginate, as in figure 8.
This species, like bicurvata, seems to be most closely related to
divirgata. Two subspecies of trochanterica may be recognized, as
follows.
Pyrota trochanterica trochanterica Horn
Pyrota trochanterica Horn, 1894, Proce. Calif. Acad. Sei. (2)4:439.
More heavily marked with black than t. werneri. Neck, occiput, and gula black;
vertex usually with black markings at sides, these often fusing with occipital
marking; frontal area with a heavy spot, usually touching eyes and extending to
lower margin of frontal area. Pronotum with a basie pattern of a pair of discal
spots and a spot on each side anterior to the discal spots, but the pattern is
masked to a greater or lesser extent by fusion of the spots; black markings reach-
ing basal margin of pronotum. Seutellar spot and vitta of each elytron narrowly
separated or fused. Femora black. Tibiae black for apical third (oceasionally
entirely black). Abdomen, except, usually, tip of sixth visible sternite of female,
black. Length: 8-19 mm.
Male.—Fore tarsi more strongly expanded than in ft. werneri.
Distribution. Cape region of Baja California.
Records.—Baja California Sur: 10 mi. NW La Paz, Oct. 6, 1941,
Ross and Bohart, 17; Sierra El Chinehe, 2 (Horn type material).
Type Locality.—Sierra El] Chinche, Baja California Sur. The type
locality is a small mountain range about 10 miles north of San Lueas,
Baja California Sur, at approximately 23°N-110°W (see Michel-
bacher and Ross, 1942, Proce. Calif. Acad. Sei., (4)24(1), pl. 3).
The frontal black mark is reduced in 6 of the 19 specimens studied
to the small spot or pair of spots found in some ¢t. wernert. The pro-
notal spots are fused on each side in all but 3 specimens and in these
the lateral spots extend to the basal margin of the pronotum. In the
EXPLANATION OF FIGURES
Species of Pyrota as labeled.—Figs. 1 to 4, Right maxillary palpus of males,
dorsal view (broken line indicates extent of ventral sensory surface); figs. 5 and
6, male genitalia, ventral and lateral views of gonoforceps, and lateral view of
aedeagus; figs. 7 and 8, sixth visible abdominal sternite of females; fig. 9, basal
antennal segments of male, lateral and dorsal views. Localities for specimens
figured: P. bicurvata, Ciudad Victoria, Tamaulipas; divirgata, Mexeala, Guerrero;
tenuicostatis, Laredo, Tex.; trochanterica, Tueson, Ariz., (figs. 3 and 8) and 10 mi.
NW La Paz, Baja California Sur (fig. 6).
23 Nh OA 7 20
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 139
BICURVATA
TROCHANTERICA TENUICOSTATIS
TROCHANTERICA
5 BICURVATA
=
TROCHANTERICA BICURVATA
140 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
most heavily marked specimens all but the midline of the pronotum
is black. The seutellar spots are fused to the elytral vittae in 6 speci-
mens.
The original description of trochanterica was based on specimens
from the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Material
returned to the Academy by Horn consists of 2 female syntypes. From
this material I hereby designate as the lectotype of trochanterica the
specimen labeled as follows: Sierra El Chinche, Horn type, No. 164B,
10.744, Lectotype trochanterica |Van Duzee’s unpublished designa-
tion (Leech, in litt.) ], Type No. 158.
Pyrota trochanterica werneri, new subspecies
Less heavily marked with black than f¢. trochanterica. Dorsal black marking
of head reduced, confined largely or entirely to neck, usually divided to form
three spots; sides of vertex unmarked; frontal area immaculate or with a small
spot or pair of spots between eyes. Pronotum with a pair of discal spots behind
middle and usually a smaller spot on each side just anterior to discal spots; spots
well separated, not approaching basal margin of pronotum. Scutellar spot and
vitta of each elytron well separated. Femora and tibiae orange tipped with black.
Hind margin of abdominal sternites occasionally orange. Length: 7-17 mm.
Male.—Fore tarsi less strongly expanded than in ¢. trochanterica.
Distribution.—Southern Arizona to Guaymas, Sonora. In all prob-
ability the range of ¢. werner is continuous through northern Sonora.
The existence of a contact with the range of ¢. trochanterica seems 1m-
probable.
Type Material.—Holotype male and allotype female from Guaymas,
Sonora, Aug. 5, 1940, R. P. Allen, in the collection of the California
Academy of Sciences, Paratypes: Sonora: 1 female, Empalme, Aug.
6, 1940, R. P. Allen; 4 males, eutopotypical; 1 male, 1 female, Guay-
mas, Aug. 28, 1955, Z. B. Noon, Jr. [taken at light (Werner, on lit.) |.
Additional Material—ARrizona: Organ Pipe Cactus National Monu-
ment, Pima County, Aug. 6, 1955, F. G. Werner and G. D. Butler, 1;
Thatcher, Aug. 13 and 16, 1950, E. J. Taylor, 2; Thatcher, Aug. 18,
1951, W. Taylor, 1; Tucson, Aug. 1, 1937, F. H. Parkers itweson:
Oct. 1, 19382, F. H. Parker, 1; Tucson, Sept., 1948, V. G. Cochran,
1; Tucson Mountains (Desert Museum), Aug. 12, 1955, light trap,
G. Butler and F. Werner, 7. Paratypes and other material in the
collections of F. H. Parker, R. B. Selander, F. G. Werner, the Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences, the University of Arizona, and the Uni-
versity of California at Davis.
All specimens from Sonora are typical, as described above. Speci-
mens from Arizona differ consistently in that the black femoral mark-
ing is more extensive, especially on the posterior surface and dorsal
edge, covering as much as half the surface area of the segment. This
condition presumably reflects the influence of ¢t. trochanterica on the
population in Arizona, but if such is the case, it is unusual that sam-
ples of the population are, on the average, no more heavily marked
with black on the head and body than material from Sonora. AI-
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 141
though perhaps entitled to subspecific status separately, the popula-
tion in Arizona is for the present assigned to ¢. werneri.
Lytta arizonica, new species
Closely related to mirifica Werner, from which it differs as follows:
Head black, suffused with dark orange or piceous on frontal area. Pronotum
yellow-orange, transversely oval in shape, proportionately broader (except in 1
specimen), averaging (13 specimens) 0.15 (0.11-0.22) broader than long; sides
more evenly rounded, especially from middle to apex. Apex of scutellum broader,
pale in color. Elytra strongly, rather finely reticulate, all or nearly all cells less
than 0.5 mm. in diameter. In arizonica the elytral reticulations are nearly as fine
as in deserticola Horn; in mirifica they are as coarse as in reticulata Say. Imme-
diate base of elytra sometimes washed with orange. Wings uniformly dark brown.
Length: 13-20 mm.
Male.—Genitalia with fused gonocoxites (basal piece) generally slightly shorter
and more truneate.
Type Material—Holotype male and allotype female from Littlefield,
Arizona, April 20, 1930, W. J. Gertsch, in the collection of the Ameri-
can Museum of Natural History. Paratypes: 11 (male and female),
eutopotypical. Paratypes in the collections of R. B. Selander, F. G.
Werner, and the American Museum of Natural History.
The type locality of arizonica is in the Valley of the Virgin River
in the northwestern corner of Arizona; mirifica is known only from its
type locality at Anthony, New Mexico. Both species appear to be ex-
tremely rare.
(Date of publication, Vol. 59, No. 2, was May 8, 1957.)
NEW AMMUNITION ?
Search for improved insecticides and fumigants
gets high priority at DiaMonp’s enlarged
Research Center. Increasing sales of our own
products give evidence of this interest. We
welcome requests for cooperation on research
and development projects.
DIAMOND ALKALI
$ COMPANY
Cleveland 14, Ohio
142 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
A Cyanamid Report
Resistance
Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type
insecticides has been proven or suspected in:
cockroaches house flies
mosquitoes flea beetles
Colorado potato beetle cotton boll weevil
dog and cat fleas body lice
bed bugs lygus bugs
codling moth cotton leaf worm
leafhoppers dog ticks
Many researchers have found malathion to be
a capable replacement for the chlorinated
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations
for its use. If you have a ‘‘resistance’’ problem
in your area, you might well consider malathion
for your 1957 research schedule.
Developers and producers of malathion and parathion
Write for AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
particular Agricultural Chemicals Division
technical Insecticide Research
information 30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y. 20, N. Y.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 143
3 GREAT
INSECTICIDES
CONTROL THESE INSECTS
CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick,
Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets,
Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers,
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic
Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs,
Wireworms...and many others.
HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army-
worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil,
Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil,
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web-
worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle-
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag-
got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western
Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms
...and many others.
ENDRIN: Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot-
ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid
Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips.
WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS
VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION .
General Offices and Laboratories Foreign Division
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois 350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y.
Re Ee PreRie oie CaN AW ay mem Ven ES) sek anN PUR ING Gaal BEAL Te Gel Tees S:
144
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
Pyrenone
HELPS TO PRESERVE
PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL
| cae quickly kills destructive, annoy-
ing and disease-carrying insects.
In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective
for long periods of time. In fact, a stzgle application
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at-
tacks for an entire storage season.
On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible
stages of insects fast —even between showers of
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be-
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly
emerging parasites and predators are free to com-
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize
or feed upon destructive insect pests.
This means that Pyrenone is completely com-
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying
insects.
*Reg. U.S. Pat. Off., F.M.C.
FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION
Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation
441 Lexington Avenue e New York 17,N. Y.
BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES
In Canada: Natural Products Corporation, Toronto and Montreal
White grubs (left) and wireworms (right) magnified 20 times.
WHEN PESTS SEE
eye-to-eye
Creatures from the science-fiction world? No, just an ordinary white grub
and a wireworm magnified twenty times. But they and their equally de-
structive allies, such as rootworms and cutworms, ruin millions of dollars
worth of cotton, corn, tobacco, wheat, cole crops and others—each season.
Constant research is necessary to find the flaws in their armor . .. to
develop newer and better controls . . . to hold their crop-destruction to a
minimum,
That’s why Shell Chemical maintains a staff of researchers who, with the
co-operation of federal, state, and local agencies, are continually searching
and experimenting to develop new and more potent pesticides.
Shell’s contributions to agriculture include aldrin, dieldrin, endrin, Phos-
drin* insecticides; -‘D-D® and Nemagon* soil fumigants; and allyl alcohol
weed seed killer. Others that are now in the laboratory stage will be avail-
able for even more effective controls in the future. With you, we look to
a better tomorrow for agriculture and industry through research in
chemistry today.
*Shell Chemical Trademark
SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Agricultural Chemical Sales Division
460 Park Avenue, New York 22, New York
QUALITY INSECTICIDES
Preferred by Home Owners,
Food Processors and Dairymen
QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre-
thrins, 0.12% Piperony! Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor.
GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB
Gulf’s carefully researched formula provides quick knock-
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1%
Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor.
GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb)
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT
and 3% Perthane.
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid-
val insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane.
SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold.
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperony! Butoxide.
GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY
Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19%
Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF OIL CORPORATION
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA.
* jie
VOL. 59 AUGUST 1957 NO. 4
PROCEEDINGS
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
« WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
CONTENTS
BALDUF, W. V.—The Spread of Catorhintha mendica Stal (Coreidae,
Hemiptera) een eet ie Fe ae eee Man tee AY Vue es Ra oy 176
BARR, A. RALPH.—A New Species of Culiseta echinters: or anaeay from
North America a x 163
BERNER, L.—A Mayfly Gynandromorph - 1 Fc a a et Nal a) Es Ea emer 167
CUNLIFFE, F.—Notes on the Anystidae with a 1 Description of a New
Genus and Species, Adamystis donnae, and a New Subfamily, cuit
RNa RCAC ATATI Cl) mere eee Soles 2k ee ne bgt ea 172
DRAKE, C. J—An Undescribed Apterous Aradid from the Philippines _ 169
EMERSON, K. C.—New Species of Rallicola (Philopteridae: Mallophaga) 185
FROESCHNER, R. C.—Perillus lunatus Knight (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae)
SRIIVEOIUC HAIL) ee arnnn Soeremen lee wen Sy A ee 162
HOOD, J. D.—A Note on Thilakothrips babuli Ramakrishna _________ 194
HUSSEY, R. E.—A New Gargarphia from Florida (Hemiptera: Tingidae) 175
NELSON, G. H.—A New Species of Dendrocoris and a New Combination
Gt auzes (Hominters: Pentatomidac) _.... = 197
SABROSKY, C. W.—Two Overlooked Sources of Type Designations for
EXEC). eat sa Be SUC Ee a 171
TODD, EH. L.—Five New Species of Gelasticoridae with Comments on
Other SHECIEAMURE MID LOI A) ae tube : 145
WALLIS, R. C.—Host Feeding of Culiseta morsitans_._______ 199
WHEELER, G.C., and WHEELER, JEANETTE—tThe Larva of Simopelta
(Hymenoptera: SEOUTAL CIC Ae) pee eee es tee Pe 191
WINKLER, J. R.—Notes on Bionomics and Ecology of Moss Mites
(Acari: Oribatei) ih Set I ey Rie eee Ms ae 190
TEL SS OWSS! C0 fy id Ot 3) Ae RE eu es Oe ERAS AMON at el Beet Os eat TD doth GZ
CACTUS PAV] 514 SAE ea Wh Gala TG SI ae A aU ae Le 208
SUMMARY REPORTS: SOCIETY OFFICERS ssi
THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON
ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884
Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. S. National
Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at
8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings.
MEMBERSHIP
Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the
seience of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is
$1.00 (U. 8. eurrency).
OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1957
Honorary wPresident: 2222 0 ie ea ee ee ee R. E. SNODGRASS
Presidentit2 22 Basie ores Tk EE ee ede te ee F. L. CAMPBELL
Mirst*Vace President’)... een te a eee _R. I. SAILER
Second VicesPresidente 2 eter a EN 2 es ee re ee R. H. Newson
Recordin se) Secretarya se ee ae ee ee ee ee KELuIE O’NEILL
Corresponding Secretary 2 eae ee ee eee KELVIN DoRWARD
Tregeurer ee! set to ie ee 8 ee eee F. P. HARRISON
TORU G C0) alee dee et ee Fe Le Pls OER we ER eee NSE NE Sem Alics V. RENE
Custodian soe 20 nie Te OE ea a A ee ee eee H. J. CONKLE
Program Chairman___. 22 LL DS SOAR ak ee Pe ee ee J. F. G. CLARKE
Executive Committee —__________. A. B. Gurniy, T. L. Bissett, R. A. St. GEORGE
Nominated to represent the Society as Vice President of the Washington Academy
ofsSciences! <9. ot ea es ae ee eee es C. F. W. MUESEBECK
Honorary» Members. ee ee C. F. W. MursEBEcK, H. G. BARBER
The Corresponding Secretary, Editor, Custodian, and Treasurer should be ad-
dressed as follows:
Mr. Kelvin Dorward, Corr. Secy. Mr. Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian
Plant Pest Control Branch, ARS Plant Quarantine Branch, ARS
U. 8. Department of Agriculture U. S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C. Washington 25, D. C.
Miss Alice V. Renk, Editor Dr. Floyd P. Harrison, Treas.
Stored-Product Insects Section, AMS Department of Entomology
U.S. Department of Agriculture University of Maryland
Plant Industry Station College Park, Md.
Beltsville, Md.
Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Washington, D. C.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOL OGICAL, SOCLET Y. OF ‘WASHINGTON
VOL. 59 AUGUST 1957 NO. 4
FIVE NEW SPECIES OF GELASTOCORIDAE WITH COMMENTS
ON OTHER SPECIES
(HEMIPTERA )
E. L. Topp, Falls Church, Virginia
This paper constitutes the results of an examination of more than
3,000 specimens of Gelastocoridae! that were not included in the re-
vision of the family (Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. V. 37 (Pt. 1, No. 11):
277-475, 1955). The number of specimens examined and the disposi-
tion of those specimens are presented for each species so that future
workers might locate desired material more easily. Records of distri-
bution are presented for all the poorly known species, but for those
species that are abundantly represented in collections, the records are
given only when they extend the known ranges of the species.
1China and Miller (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 12) 8: 267, 1955, suggest
that the Family-Group names should be Galgulidae Billberg, 1820; Galgulinae Bill-
berg, 1820, and Mononychinae, Fieber, 1851. The first two names are based on
Galgulus Latreille, 1802 (Hist. Crust. Ins. V. 3, p. 253), which is a homonym of
Galgulus Brisson, 1760 (Ornithologia 1:30, 2:63). The Brisson genera were ac-
cepted by Opinion 37 of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenela-
ture and specifically excepted in the Paris action on the invalidation of binary
works (See: Bull. Zool. Nomenclature 4: 65-66, 1950). Kirkaldy’s action
(Entomologist 30:258, 1897) in renaming the genus as Gelastocoris and changing
the family name to Gelastocoridae was therefore correct. Thus Gelastocorimae
Champion (Biol. Centr. Amer., Hemiptera Heteroptera V. 2, p. 437, 1901), is the
proper name for the typical subfamily. Technically, Mononychinae Fieber, 1851,
is the correct name for the other subfamily, but in fact, the stem based on Mono-
nychus Schiippel (in Germar, Ins. Spee. nov., p. 241, 1824), has been used in the
formation of Family-Group names in Coleoptera. When Family-Group names are
homonyms of each other, the recommendation of the Copenhagen Colloqium is
that the case be submitted to the International Commission, which body will cause
one of the two names to be changed slightly. In this instance, however, it seems
to me that a more satisfactory adjustment may be accomplished through the use
of Nethrinae Kirkaldy, (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 32: 149, 1906). I have used that
name in my previous papers and accordingly continue its usage in this paper.
In connection with the preoccupation of Galgulus Latreille by Galgulus Brisson,
a question has been raised corcerning my use (Univ. Kansas Sei. Bul. 37 (Pt. 1,
No. 11): 288, line 18, 1955,) of Pliny as author of Galgulus [Aves]. The sentence
is poorly worded and should be modified to read as follows: Dumeril (Mem. Acad.
Sci. 1’Inst. Imp. France, 1860, 31 (2): 1040) considered Galgulus |Insecta] to
be preoccupied by Galgulus [Aves]. but he eredited the names to Fabricius and
Pliny rather than to Latreille and Brisson.
146 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
I am extremely grateful to the following individuals and institu-
tions for the privilege of studying specimens from their personal col-
lections or collections in their charge. For the sake of brevity, insti-
tutional names and private collections are referred to in the body of
this paper by the letters, names of cities, or names of individuals
placed in parentheses in the following list. R. I. Sailer, United States
National Museum, (USNM); M. A. Cazier, American Museum of
Natural History, (AMNH); W. E. China, British Museum (Natural
History), (BMNH); E. 8. Ross, California Academy of Sciences at
San ‘Franéisco, (CAS); F. S. Truxal, Los Angeles County Museum,
(LACM): E. Handsehin, Naturhistorisches Museum, Basel, Switzer-
land, (Basel); M. Beier, Naturhistorisches Museum, Wien, Austria,
(Wien) ; H. C. Blote, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden,
Netherlands, (Leiden) ; Eva Halaszfy, Musee d’Historie Naturelle de
la Hongrie, Budapest, Hungary, (Budapest); J. C. M. Carvalho,
Museu Nacional, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, (NMB); R. L. Usinger,
Berkeley, Calif. (Usinger Coll.) ; C. J. Drake, U.S.N.M., Washington,
D. C., (Drake Coll.) ; J. C. Lutz, Philadelphia, Pa. (uutz Coll.) Geek"
Knowlton, Utah State Agricultural College, Logan, Utah, (Utah St.) ;
H. P. Chandler, Red Bluff, Calif. (Chandler Coll.), and G. Kruzeman,
Zoologisch Museum, Amsterdam, Netherlands, (Amsterdam). My spe-
cial thanks go to H. B. Hungerford who permitted me to examine all
recent accessions of Gelastocoridae of the Francis Huntington Snow
Entomological Collection, University of Kansas, (IU), and who ob-
tained through other sources much of the other material on which
this study is based.
GELASTOCORINAE Champion, 1901
Gelastocoris rotundatus Champion
Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynchota Heteroptera, V. 2, p. 347, 1901.
Number of specimens examined.—44 (USNM 15, AMNH 11, KU 6,
Usinger Coll. 8, and Drake Coll. 4).
Distributional data.—The eight specimens in the Usinger collection
are from San Bernardino Co., Calif. These are the only specimens
that I have seen from that State, but there are reports in the hterature
of its occurrence there.
Gelastocoris bufo (Herrich-Schiffer)
Die Wanzenartigen Insecten V. 5, p. 88, 1839 (1840).
Number of specimens examined.—39 (USNM 30, AMNH 3, KU 1,
Leiden 1, and Drake Coll. 4).
Gelastocoris fuscus Martin
Univ. of Kansas Sci. Bul. 18 (4): 364, 1929.
Number of specimens examined.—24 (USNM 7, AMNH 2, KU 1,
Leiden 2, Usinger Coll. 1, and Drake Coll. 11).
Distributional data.—Specimens from Bueno Vista, Ichilo (KU) ;
Rurrenabaque, Rio Beni (USNM); and Huachi, Beni (USNM), are
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 147
the first I have seen from Bolivia although the species was reported
from that country by De Carlo through the description of the syno-
nym G. martinezi (Mision de Estud. de Patol. Region. Argentina,
24 (83-84) :97).
Gelastocoris vicinus Champion
Biol. Central-Amer., Rhynchota Heteroptera, V. 2, p. 349, 1901.
Number of specimens examined.—20 (USNM 16, AMNH 1, and
Leiden 3).
Gelastocoris viridis Todd
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. 37 (Pt. 1, No. 11): 338, 1955.
Number of specimens examined.—3 (USNM 1, AMNH 1, and Drake
Coll. 1).
Distributional data.—The two specimens in the collections of the
United States National Museum and the American Museum of Natural
History are from La Victoria, Montozintla, Chiapas, Mexico. The
other specimen is from Union Juarez, Chiapas, Mexico.
Gelastocoris angulatus (Melin).
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala 12: 169, 1929.
Number of specimens examined.—13 (USNM 5, Basel 2, Wien 2,
Drake Coll. 3, and BMNH 1).
Distributional data.—These specimens nearly double the number of
specimens of this species that I have examined. They are from the
following localities. PARAGUAY: Paso-Yobay (Basel), Molinascue
(Basel), and S. Bernardino (Wien). Braziu: Near Para (USNM),
Bahia (USNM), Manaos (USNM), and Santarem (Drake Coll.).
Bouivia: Ixiamas (USNM), Rurrenabaque, Beni (USNM). BritisH
GuIANA: Kutari Sources (BMNH).
Gelastocoris major Montandon
Ann. de Mus. della R. Univ. di Napoli (m. s.) 3 (10): 2, 1910.
Number of specimens examined.—30 (USNM 23, Leiden J, and
Drake Coll. 6).
Distributional data—Specimens previously examined were from
Panama, Colombia, and Ecuador. The six specimens from the Drake
Collection are from Barinitas, Venezuela. The specimen from the
collection in Leiden is labeled ‘* Chile.’’
Gelastocoris hungerfordi Melin.
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala 12: 168, 1929.
Number of specimens examined—109 (USNM 34, AMNH 10, KU
44 Leiden 2, Wien 1, LACM 1, and Drake Coll. 17).
Distributional data.—This common species, which is widely dis-
tributed from Mexico to Colombia, is now recorded from Barinitas,
Venezuela (4 specimens in the Drake Collection).
148 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Gelastocoris nebulosus (Guérin-Méneville)
Teonographie du Régne Animal de B.'Cuvier, Pt. 7, p. 351, 1844.
Number of specimens examined.—476 (USNM 69, AMNH 8, KU
332, Leiden 28, NMB 11, Wien 1, and Drake Coll. 27).
Distributional data.—Specimens from Kabelstation, Dutch Guiana
(Leiden), and Paso de Arriera River, Uruguay (USNM) are the first
specimens I have seen from those two countries. Specimens from
Argentina (six localities in the KU, Wien, and Drake collections)
confirm the reports in the literature of the occurrence of this species
in that country.
Gelastocoris peruensis Melin
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala:12: 160, 1929.
Number of specimens examined.—5 (USNM 1 and Drake Coll. 4).
Distributional data.—All the specimens from Peru.
Gelastocoris amazonensis Melin
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala 12: 158, 1929.
Number of specimens examined—1( Wien).
Distributional data.—This specimen is labeled ‘‘Rio Branco, Hase-
man.’’ It is presumed that the locality refers to the Rio Branco in
Amazonas, Brazil, but it could refer to other rivers of that name in
other states of Brazil or even of other countries.
Gelastocoris oculatus oculatus (Fabricius)
Supp. Ent. Syst., p. 525, 1798.
Number of specimens examined.—Approximately 1,000 (USNM,
approx. 600, AMNH 127, KU 62, Leiden 13, Utah St. 5, Budapest 10,
LACM 16, and Drake Coll. 149).
Distributional data—Specimens from the following localities ex-
tend the known range of the typical subspecies to the north and to
the south. CaNApA: Vancouver, British Columbia (USNM). Mexico:
‘“*T,. Cal.’’ (USNM), Truinbo, Baja California (Drake Coll.), Hermo-
sillo, Sonora (AMNH), 6 mi. NE. Meoqui, Chihuahua (AMNH),
‘*Chihuahua’’ (USNM and Drake Coll.), and Oaxaca (Drake Coll.).
Gelastocoris oculatus variegatus (Guerin-Meneville)
Teonographie due Regne Animal de B. Cuvier, Pt. 7, p. 352, 1844.
Number of specimens examined.—96 (USNM 43, AMNH 7, KU 16,
Usinger Coll. 1, and Drake Coll. 29).
NERTHRINAE Kirkaldy, 1906
Nerthra stygica Say
Heteropterous Hemiptera of North America, New Harmony, Indiana, p. 37, 1832.
Number of specimens examined.—l10 (USNM 9, and Drake Coll. 1).
Distributional data.—All specimens from Florida.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 149
Nerthra mexicana (Melin)
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala 12: 187, 1929.
Number of specimens examined.—2 (KU and Drake Coll.).
Distributional data—Both specimens are from Mexico. The locali-
ties are El Salto, San Luis Potosi (KU), and ‘‘C. Valles’’ (Drake
Coll.).
Nerthra martini Todd
Pan-Pacific Ent. 30: 113, 1954.
Number of specimens examined.—13 (LACM).
Nerthra parvula (Signoret )
Ann. de la Soc. des Ent. de France. 33: 588, 1864.
Number of specimens examined.—32 (USNM 4, KU 11, BMNH 2,
and Drake Coll. 15).
Distributional data.—Cume: Las Brisas, El Canelo, Toulemo, El
Manzano, Guayacan (all KU), Valparaiso, and Valparaiso Prov.
(USNM and Drake Coll.). The two specimens from the British Mu-
seum and two specimens from the Drake Collection are labeled
Chile’
Nerthra raptoria (Fabricius)
Systema Eleutheratorum V. 3 (Systema Rhyngotarum) p. 111, 1803.
Number of specimens eramined—12 (Leiden 3, Wien 3, and Drake
Coll. 6).
Distributional data.—GuaTEMALA: Los Amates (Drake Coll). PAN-
AMA: Gatun (Leiden) and Canal Zone (Leiden). Couometa: ‘* Colom-
bia’’ (Leiden). DurcH GutaNA: Kabelstation (Leiden). BRaAzin:
Monte Alegre, Para (Drake Coll.) and Rio Grande do Sul (Wien).
Country UNKNown: ‘‘Rio Branco’’ (Wien) and ‘‘Barinas’’ (Drake
Coll.).
Nerthra ranina (Herrich-Schiaffer)
Die Wanzenartigen Insecten V. 9, p. 896, 1853.
Number of specimens examined.—555 (KU 480, BMNH 2, Leiden 9,
Basel 1, NMB 7, Wien 19, and Drake Coll. 37).
Nerthra nepaeformis (Fabricius)
Systema Entomologiae V. 2, p. 698, 1775.
Number of specimens eramined.—7 (Leiden 4, BMNH 2, and Drake
Collet):
Distributional data.—One of the specimens from the collection in
Leiden is labeled ‘‘ Valpariso.’’ If this label refers to Valpariso, Chile,
the specimen confirms the reports in the literature of the occurrence
of this species in that country.
Nerthra terrestris (Kevan)
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 11) 14 (119): 813, 1948.
150 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Number of specimens examined.—l4 (KU 1, Leiden 10, Basel 2, and
Drake Coll. 1).
Distributional data.—One of the specimens from the collection in
Leiden is from Jarugui, Ecuador, and it is the only specimen I have
seen from that country. A few other specimens, from the British
Museum, have also been examined, but as I failed to record the num-
ber at the time of examination, they have not been included above.
Nerthra borealis (Melin)
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 179, 1929.
Number of specimens examined.—Approximately 30 (BMNH).
Distributional data.—The specimens are labeled ‘‘Surinam, In
coffee field’’ and ‘‘Surinam, Around roots of coffee.”’
Nerthra tenebrosa Todd
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. 37 (Pt. 1): 376, 1955.
(
Number of specimens examined.—6 (BMNH 5, and Amsterdam 1).
Nerthra unicornis (Melin)
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 179, 1929.
Number of specimens examined.
3 (Wien).
Nerthra peruviana (Montandon)
Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici. 3: 403, 1905.
Number of specimens examined.—7 (KU 6, and Drake Coll. 1).
Nerthra montandoni (Melin)
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 195, 1929.
Number of specimens eramined.—5 (BMNH 1, and Drake Coll. 4).
Distributional data.—The four specimens in the Drake Collection
are from ‘‘Los Canales, Naiguata.’’? This locality is presumed to be
in the Federal District of Venezuela. The other specimen is from the
mountains north of Petare, Venezuela.
Nerthra amplicollis (Stl)
Ofvers. Kongl. Vetensk. Akad. Forhindl. 11: (3): 239, 1854.
Number of specimens examined. (KU 1, BMNH 1, Wien 1, and
Drake Coll. 2).
Nerthra ecuadorensis (Melin)
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 185, 1929.
Number of specimens examined.—4 (BMNH).
Nerthra rudis (Melin)
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 182, 1929.
Number of specimens examined.—2 (BMNH).
Distributional data.—One specimen is from Cachabé, Ecuador. The
other is labeled ‘‘Mexico.”’
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 151
Nerthra fuscipes (Guérin-Méneville)
Rev. Zool. Trav. Ined. p. 114, 1848.
Number of specimens examined.
Coll. 4, and Usinger Coll. 2).
Nerthra hungerfordi Todd
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. 37 (Pt. 1): 398, 1955.
Number of specimens examined.—11 (Leiden 10, and BMNH 1).
Nerthra manni Todd
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. 37 (Pt. 1): 396, 1955.
Number of specimens examined.—7 (AMNH).
15 (Leiden 2, BMNH 7, Drake
Nerthra praecipua n. sp.
(Fig. 9)
There is a unique female specimen in the Drake Collection, via the
Reed Collection, which has been badly damaged by dermestids. The
damage consists of loss of the legs, lobes of the ovipositor, parts of the
venter of the thorax, part of the head, and most of the internal organs.
Even so, the specimen is so distinct from the known species of the New
World that it is described as follows.
Size-—Female: Length 8.2 mm., width of pronotum 5.3 mm., width of abdomen
6.0 mm.
Color.—General color reddish-brown. Because of the condition of the specimen
cleaning was not attempted. There are some irregular spots of a lighter brown
color on the hemelytra, but it is believed that they are the result of the dermestid
damage.
Structural characteristics—Apex of the head excavate; superapical and lateral
tubercles present, but very weak and irregular; ocelli absent. Pronotum distine-
tive, nearly rectangular, short, about one-third width, widest at level of transverse
furrow; anterior portion of lateral margin nearly transverse, median portion
slightly coneave; posterior margin nearly straight, slightly sinuous before bases
of hemelytra. Seutellum with lateral and apical elevations. Hemelytra entirely
coriaceous, fused together, not extending to end of abdomen, covered with network
of indistinct longitudinal and transverse carinae. Connexivum very prominent,
strongly serrate. Abdominal sternites symmetrical, last visible sternite projecting
posteriorly in median area about as far as the lateral lobes of that sternite.
Distributional data.—Holotype, female, labeled ‘* Chile, Reed Coll.’’
Location of type—lIn the Drake Collection, U.S.N.M., Washington,
WESC:
Remarks.—This species will not run in my key to the species of
Nerthra, as it does not agree with either choice of couplet 4. In the
New World two species, N. williamsi Todd and N. americana (Montan-
don), resemble it superficially, but differ in that the last visible ab-
dominal sternites of the females are emarginate. The projecting
median portion of the last abdominal sternite and general appearance
would seem to indicate that this species is most closely related to the
species of the alaticollis group found in Australia. The fused heme-
lytra and absence of ocelli will, however, separate it from those species.
—
On
bo
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Nerthra grandicollis (Germar).
Silbermann’s Revue Entomologique V. 5, p. 122, 1837.
Number of specimens eramined.—149 (KU 1, Leiden 46, BMNH 79,
Basel 2, CAS 1, Wien 8, and Budapest 12).
Nerthra indica (Atkinson).
Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal. 57 (Pt. 2), 345, 1888.
Number of specimens examined.—33 (
KU 2).
Distributional data.—The specimens from the British Museum are
from various localities in Sikkim and Assam, India. The other speci-
mens are labeled ‘‘Tonkin, E. le Moult.’’
Remarks.—The specimens from Tonkin differ slightly in the shape
of the lateral margin of the pronotum which appears more lke the
margin of the pronotum of NV. lobata (Montandon), but the absence
of lateral tumescences on the last visible abdominal sternite of the
female and shape of the clasper of the male reveal their relation to
N. indica (Atkinson).
BMNH 29, Leiden 2, and
b]
Nerthra serrata (Montandon).
Ann. Mus. Civique di Storia Nat. Genova 1:365, 1897.
Remarks.—I have yet to see specimens that agree with Montandon’s
detailed description. The type localities, ‘‘Carin Ghecew’’ and ‘‘Carin
Cheba,’’ are now known to be in that section of Burma between the
Salwin and Sittang rivers, east and northeast of Toungoo.
Nerthra unguistyla n. sp.
(Gorges Gy)
Size——Male: Length 9.5 mm., width of pronotum 6.8, width of abdomen 7.0
mm. Female: Length 10.5 mm, width of pronotum 7.5 mm., width of abdomen
8.2 mm.
Color.—Yellowish-brown above, basal halves of abdominal segments of con-
nexivum darker. Abdominal sternites dark brown medially and at the basal one-
half laterally. Mesosternal and metasternal processes of thorax dark, nearly
black. Legs yellowish-brown, femora faintly ringed with darker brown.
Structural characteristics.—Apex of head with a weak tubercle, not visible from
above; frons with a pair of superapical tubercles and a median elevation. none
strongly developed; ocelli present. Pronotum widest at level of transverse furrow,
not so wide as abdomen; dise very strongly elevated, provided with clumps of
black clavate bristles. Lateral margins of pronotum with anterior portions con-
verging toward the eyes; median portions straight, parallel; posterior portions
only about one-half as long as median and anterior portions, converging obliquely
toward bases of the hemelytra. Posterior margin of pronotum sinuous, concave
before scutellum, crossed by five longitudinal carinae in the male and by seven
in the female. Scutellum large with small rounded depressions medially and with a
strong apical and slight latero-basal elevations, the latter densely covered with
black clavate bristles. Hemelytra coriaceous, without membranes; reaching end of
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 15
Ol
eo
soe
od
Figs. 1 to 3, Lateral margin of pronotum and embolium of left side; fig. 3A,
lateral margin of pronotum of right side; figs. 4 to 8, ventral view of clasper of
male; fig. 9, dorsal view of female. Fig. 1, Nerthra niewwenhuisi n. sp. from
Borneo; fig. 2, N. lobata (Montandon); figs. 3 and 3A, N. eximia n. sp. from
Sumatra; fig. 4, N. annulipes (Horvath); fig. 5, N. wnguistyla n. sp. from India;
fig. 6, N. stali (Montandon); fig. 7, N. hamata n. sp. from New Guinea; fig. 8,
N. sinuosa Todd; fig. 9, N. praecipua n. sp. from Chile.
154 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
abdomen in the male, but not in the female; basal expansion of embolium broadly
triangular. Connexivum prominent in both sexes, but more so in the female.
Terminal abdominal sternites of male asymmetrical, rather large; ninth sternite
ovate, nearly twice as wide as long; eighth sternite longer than ninth sternite,
nearly twice the length of the seventh sternite. Abdominal sternites of female
nearly symmetrical; posterior margin of last visible sternite broadly and shallowly
emarginate. Lobes of ovipositor produced posteriorly as in lobata but shorter
and more rounded apically than in that species. Clasper of male nearly straight,
tapering apically and terminating in a slightly curved, claw-like process at apex.
Distributional data.—Holotype, male, Mayavaram, South India,
October 8, 1945, P. S. Nathan, and allotype, female, Coimbatore, South
India, December 18, 1945, P. S. Nathan.
Location of type.—Holotype and allotype in the J. C. Lutz Collee-
tion at Philadelphia, Pa.
Remarks.—Beecause this species lacks membranes of the hemelytra,
it will run to couplet 11 in my key to the species of Nerthra, but it
does not agree with either choice of that couplet. The species clearly
belongs to the grandicollis group of species, but the absence of mem-
branes of the hemelytra, distinctive clasper of the male, and the shape
of the pronotum will separate this species from any of those species
that I have assigned to that group.
Nerthra lobata (Montandon).
(Fig. 2)
Bul. Soe. des Sei. de Buearest-Roumanie 8 (4/5) : 397, 1899.
Number of specimens examined.—21 (Leiden 19, and BMNH 2)
Distributional data.—Previously known from Sumatra and Java,
the specimens in the collection of the British Museum extend the
known range of this species to the mainland of Asia. These specimens
are from Sungai Taban and Kuala Tekis, both located in Pahang,
Federated Malay States.
Nerthra asiatica (Horvath).
Termész. Fuzetek 15(3) :136, 1892.
Number of specimens examined.—1 (Stockholm).
Remarks.—This specimen, a female, is from the same locality (Mou-
Pin, Thibet, 1869-70, A. David) as the specimen previously examined
by me. It is shghtly larger, length 12.2 mm., width of pronotum
8.1 mm., and width of abdomen 8.5 mm.
Nerthra nieuwenhuisi n. sp.
(Fig. 1)
Size.—Female: Length 12.5 mm., width of pronotum 8.5, width of abdomen
8.3 mm.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 155
Color.—-Orange-brown above except bristles and scutellum which are black,
membranes of hemelytra darker than rest of hemelytra. Abdominal sternites
orangish-brown laterally, brown medially. Legs with tibiae and tarsi brown,
trochanters and femora yellowish-brown, except apices of femora which are black.
Structural characteristics —Apex of head rounded, without an apical tubercle;
a pair of moderate superapical tubercles present; median tumescence of frons
scarcely developed; ocelli present. Pronotum slightly wider than abdomen, widest
at level of transverse furrow; dise strongly elevated, posterior portion with sever
weak to moderate longitudinal carinae; lateral margin of pronotum distinctive,
median and posterior portions nearly straight, converging medially from lateral
angle, anterior portion with a dentation at middle; posterior margin of pronotum
sinuous, concave before scutellum. Seutellum large, strongly elevated, tumescent
laterally and at apex. Hemelytra reaching end of abdomen, but not covering lobes
of ovipositor; membrane well-developed; lateral margin of embolum straight
at basal one-fourth then expanded to middle, apical one-half of lateral margin
nearly straight. Connexivum prominent, broadly expanded, six segments of ab-
domen visible. Intermediate and hind legs long and slender, the combined length
of femur, tibia, and tarsus of hind leg exceeding body length. Abdominal sternites
nearly symmetrical; posterior margin of last visible sternite broadly emarginate,
caudo-lateral angle of left size of sternite slightly decumbent, lateral tumescences
absent. Clumps of short, clavate bristles present on hemelytra and elevations of
scutellum.
Distributional data.—Holotvpe, female, Boven (upper) Mahakkam
River, Borneo, 1894, Borneo Exped. Dr. Nieuwenhuis.
Location of type—In the Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie,
Leiden, Netherlands.
Remarks.—This species will not run in my key to the species of the
genus Nerthra as it does not agree with either choice of couplet 17.
The dilation of the lateral margin of embolium and the posteriorly
projecting ovipositor lobes of this large species reveal that it belongs
to the grandicollis group of species. It is slightly larger than N.
asiatica (Horvath), from which it may be easily separated by the
dilated margin of the embolium, distinctive lateral margin of the
pronotum, and proportionally longer hind legs. The size, shape of the
lateral dilation of the embolium, and the shape of the lateral margin
of the pronotum will separate this species from the other species of
the grandicollis group.
Nerthra eximia n. sp.
(Fig. 3 and 3A.)
Size—Female: Length 11.2 mm., width of pronotum 8.0 mm., width of abdomen
7.9 mm.
Color.—Y ellowish-brown above except scutellum, basal one-third of each segment
of the connexivum, and clumps of bristles, which are dark brown. Abdominal
sternites mostly dark brown, but with a contrasting marginal area of orangish-
brown. Head, pronotum, and basal segments of legs (trochanters and femora)
156 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
yellowish-brown, Tibiae and tarsi of middle and hind legs and tibio-tarsi of front
legs dark brown.
Structural characteristics.—Apex of head with a small tubercle, not visible from
above; a pair of moderately large tooth-like superapical tubercles present; medial
elevation of frons smaller than superapical tubercles; ocelli present. Pronotum
widest at level of transverse furrow, only very slightly wider than abdomen; dise
strongly elevated, posterior portion crossed by seven weak to moderate longitudinal
carinae; lateral margin of pronotum irregularly dentate, the dentations rounded;
posterior margin of pronotum sinuous, concave before scutellum. Scutellum large,
strongly elevated, tumescent laterally and apically. Hemelytra reaching end of
abdomen, but not covering lobes of ovipositor; membrane well-developed; lateral
margin of embolium straight at basal one-fourth then roundly expanded about to
middle, apical one-half very slightly convex. Connexivum prominent. Clumps of
clavate bristles on hemelytra and elevations of the scutellum. Abdominal sternites
nearly symmetrical; posterior margin of last visible sternite broadly, triangularly
emarginate, slightly decumbent on the left side of sternite at the caudo-lateral
angle.
Distributional data——Holotype, female, ‘‘Tananetaloo, Ophir-Sum.,
1915, A. de Kock.’’ This locality is presumably near Mt. Ophir,
Sumatra.
Location of type.—In the Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie,
Leiden, Netherlands.
Remarks.—This species, hike N. niewwenhusi n. sp., runs to couplet
17 in my key to the species of Nerthra, but does not agree with either
choice of that couplet. It is very closely related to the preceding
species and may subsequently prove to be but a form of that species,
but for the present I prefer to describe it as a separate species.
This species agrees with N. nieuwenhuist n. sp. and differs from
N. lobata (Montandon), the only species previously reported from
Sumatra, by the absence of lateral tumescences of the last visible
abdominal sternite, by the strongly elevated scutellum, and by the
greatest width of the pronotum being at the level of the transverse
furrow. It differs from N. niewwenhuisi n. sp. by its smaller size,
differently shaped lateral margins of the pronotum, and differently
shaped lateral margin of the embolium. It should be pointed-out,
however, that the two sides of the pronotum of this specimen are not
alike, and therefore differences of the shapes of the lateral mareins
of the pronota of the two species may not be significant in this in-
stance. The facts that these are insular species and from different
islands was another factor in my decision to treat this specimen as a
separate species.
Nerthra rugosa (Desjardins)
Ann. Soe. Ent. de France 6:239, 1837.
Number of specimens exramined.—1 (BMNH).
Distributional data.—The specimen is labeled ‘‘N. G., Hat. Ver., N.
Holl.’’ I have been unable to determine the meaning of the label, but
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 15
“
I presume that the ‘‘N. Holl.’’ portion probably refers to Australia.
Nerthra macrothorax (Montrouzier)
Ann. des Sciences Phys. et Nat. d’Agr. et d’Indus. [Lyon], 2:110, 1855.
Number of specimens examined.—l4 (CAS 2, Leiden 9, BMNH 2,
and Wien 1).
Distributional data——Specimens from the following localities have
been examined. New GuInea: Maffin Bay, Dutch New Guinea (CAS) ;
Liki I., near Maffin Bay, Dutch New Guinea (CAS), and ‘‘N. O.
Kuste’’ (Wien). CELEBES:: Gorontalo (Leiden). PHILIPPINE ISLANDS:
‘*Philippines’’ (BMNH). Sotomon IsuAnps: Rendova (BMNH).
Maratua (or Maratoea) IsuANp: ‘‘Maratoea’’ (Leiden). TONGA
IsLANDs: ‘‘Tonga Ins.’’ (Leiden). Postmion (or Postiljon) ISLANDs:
Sapoeka besar Postiljon Eil. (Leiden). Comoro ISLANDs: *‘ Mayotte’’
(Leiden). The record from the latter locality, while remote from the
others, is not surprising when the distribution of the closely related
N. rugosa (Desjardins) is considered.
Remarks.—A number of articles relating to the distribution of this
species were missed in my previous treatment (Univ. Kansas Sei. Bul.
37(Pt. 1) :-414, 1955. The articles are as follows: Esaki, Insects of
Samoa, pt. II, Hemiptera, fase. 2, p. 75, 1928; Esaki, Mushi 9:43,
1936; Sonan, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soe. Formosa 24(No. 130.) :21, 1934;
Ohshima, Japanese Zool. and Bot. 1:410, 1933; Miyamoto, Nymph
(Rep. Biol. Club 2nd Branch Kyushu University) 2:35, 1953; Miya-
moto, Shin Konehu 7(1/2) :28, 29, 1954. Localities recorded in the
above papers are as follows: SAmoa IsuaANpDS: Leone Road, Tutuila.
Ke (Kei or Key) Isuanps: Ke Dulan. Carouine IsuANps: Truk.
KasHo To IsuAND. Koto SHo ISLAND. Ryukyu IsuANpDs: Yaeyama
Group; Kikai Jima Island, Amami Group; Takajimi Island, Tokara
Group. JAPAN: Satano Misaki, Osumi, Kyushu.
Nerthra mixta (Montandon)
Bul. Soc. des Sciences de Buecarest-Roumanie 8(4/5):406, 1899.
Number of specimens examined.—26 (Usinger Coll. 1, Leiden 7,
BMNH 6, and Amsterdam 12).
Distributional data.—All the specimens are from localities in New
Guinea. DutcH New Guinea: Hollandia (Usinger Coll. and BMNH) ;
Sabron, Cyclops Mts. 930’ (BMNH); Humbolt Bay (BMNH), and
“*N. New Guinea’’ (Leiden). NorruH-East NEw Guinea: Mt. Nomo,
S. of Mt. Bougainville (BMNH). Terrrrrory or Papua: Ishurava
3000' (BMNH). The specimens from the Zoologisch Museum in
Amsterdam are labeled ‘‘Timmena’’ and ‘‘Tamarus.’’ I have been
unable to find these localities in the sources available to me.
Nerthra omani Todd
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul 37(Pt. 1) :422, 1955.
Number of specimens examined—9 (Leiden 2, Wien 1, and BMNH
6).
Distributional data.—This species was previously known only from
158 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Guadalcanal Island in the Solomons. Specimens examined are from
the following localities. SoLtomon IsLANDS: Bougainville (Wien) ;
Guadaleanal 5000’ (BMNH), and ‘‘British Solomons’? (BMNH).
New Guinea: ‘‘N. Guinea’’ (Leiden) and ‘‘N. New Guinea’’ (Lei-
den).
Nerthra macrostyla Todd
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. 37(Pt. 1) 428, 1955.
Number of specimens examined.—l (BMNH).
Distributional data——The specimen is labeled as follows: ‘‘Jack
Harbour, Lady Leever Est., Kolombangara, Solomon Islands, April 11,
1934 EL 2. Pacden:.2*
Remarks —This male is larger than the holotype. The measurements
are: Length 12.0 mm, width of pronotum 8.0 mm., and width of
abdomen 8.0 mm.
Nerthra robusta Todd
Univ. Kansas Sei. Bul. 37(Pt. 1):429, 1955.
Number of specimens examined.—1 (Chandler Coll).
Distributional data—This specimen is from the type locality,
Nadzab, Markham River Valley, New Guinea.
Nerthra hamata n. sp.
(Dies 7/9)
Size—Male: Length 12.7 mm., width of pronotum 8.7 mm., width of abdomen
8.9 mm.
Color.—Uniformly dark reddish-brown both above and below.
Structural characteristics—Head with five large, pointed tubercles, four on
anterior margin and one at apex, the latter ventrad and slightly caudad of the
other tubercles; ocelli present, on rounded elevations. Pronotum moderately ex-
panded, widest at the level of the transverse furrow, but only very slightly wider
than at the antero-lateral angle, not so wide as abdomen; anterior and posterior
portions of lateral margin converging toward the eye and base of embolium
respectively ; median portion of lateral margin nearly straight, slightly convergent
anteriorly, the two sides subparallel; dise strongly elevated and rugose; posterior
third of pronotum crossed by three strong and two weak longitudinal carinae;
posterior margin of pronotum concave before scutellum. Seutellum strongly
elevated laterally, shightly elevated apically. Hemelytra reaching end of abdomen;
membrane well-developed; embolium narrow at base, lateral margin slightly eon-
cave basally, broadly convex for apical three-fourths. Connexivum not visible
from above. Body covered with short, black, clavate setae, some of which are
in clumps on elevations of the seutellum and pronotum, near the antero-lateral
angle of pronotum, on the hemelytra at medial angle of embolial suture and
another between that and the claval suture. Abdominal sternites asymmetrical,
ninth sternite wider than long, moderately large, slightly shorter than eighth
sternite, twice as long as seventh sternite, the latter only slightly wider than the
ninth sternite, posterior margin of sixth sternite less than one-half width of pos-
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 159
terior margin of fourth sternite. Clasper distinctive, very similar to that of N.
robusta Todd except for the large median thornlike projection of the swollen apical
portion of the clasper.
Distributional data.—Holotype, male, Milne Bay, New Guinea,
December, 1943, O. H. Graham.
Location of type.—In the collections of the United States National
Museum, Washineton, D. C.
Remarks.—tThis species will key to NV. robusta Todd, but may easily
be separated by the presence of the thorn-like projection of the median
margin of the clasper.
Nerthra grandis (Montandon)
Bul. Soe. des Sci. de Bucharest-Roumanie 8(6):6, 1900.
Number of specimens examined.—2 (Wien).
Distributional data.—The specimens are labeled ‘‘Plason, Aus-
tralien.’’ I have not been able to find this locality in the sources avail-
able to me.
Remarks.—These specimens appear to have a vestige of a membrane
and therefore agree with the statement in the original description that
the membrane is reduced. The two specimens I had previously exam-
ined appeared to have the hemelytra entirely coriaceous.
Nerthra femoralis (Montandon)
Bul. Soc. des Sci. de Buearest-Roumanie 8(4/5) :407, 1899.
Number of specimens examined.—12 (BMNH).
Distributional data.—The specimens are all from Western Australha.
The localities are: Yanchep, 32 mi. N. of Perth; Mundaring Weir;
and Banbury.
Nerthra luteovaria (Distant)
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 7) 14:63, 1904.
Number of specimens examined.—1 (BMNH).
Distributional data.—The specimen is from Redlynch, N. Queens-
land, Australia.
Nerthra sinuosa Todd
(Fig. 8)
Univ. Kansas Sei. Bul. 37(Pt. 1) :440, 1955.
Number of specimens examined.—1 (Stockholm ).
Distributional data.—This specimen, a male, is from Tolga, Queens-
land, Australia.
Remarks.—I am tentatively identifying this specimen as N. sinwosa
Todd, to which it will run in my key to the species of Nerthra. It
agrees with the females previously described in the nature of the
tubercles of the head, the reduction of the membranes of the hemelytra,
and the shape of the lateral margin of the embolium, which is straight
160 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
or slightly concave basally, the width of the embolium reduced basally.
The median portion of the lateral margin of the pronotum is not so
stronely concave as in the females. The measurements of the specimen
are as follows: Length 7.6 mm.; width of pronotum 5.0 mm., width of
abdomen 5.2 mm. The abdominal sternites are asymmetrical, the
ninth sternite rather large, wider than long, but nearly as long as the
seventh and eighth sternites combined, width distinctly greater than
one-half the width of the posterior margin of the right side of the
fourth sternite. The clasper is simple, sickle-shaped, the apex some-
what produced, curving mesad.
Nerthra annulipes (Horvath).
(Fig. 4)
Termész. Fuzetek 25:611, 1902.
Number of specimens examined.—2 (Budapest and Drake Coll.).
Distributional data.—The specimen from the Musee d’Historie
Naturelle de la Hongrie, Budapest, Hungary, is the type. It is a
female from Clarence River, New South Wales, Austraha. The other
specimen, a male, is from Stanthorpe, Queensland, a locality near the
headwaters of the Clarence River.
Remarks.—Through the cooperation of Doctor Eva Halaszfy, I have
been permitted to examine the type of this species. Unfortunately,
the head and pronotum are missing, but the size and the characters of
those parts remaining, especially the embolia, the greatly reduced
membranes of the hemelytra, and the dark annulations of the inter-
mediate and hind lees are sufficient to identify the species. The male
from Stanthorpe, Queensland, which I now place as this species, agrees
with the type in the characters mentioned above. It is smaller than
the type, the measurements being as follows. Length 6.9 mm., width
of pronotum 4.7 mm., width of abdomen 4.7 mm. The abdominal
sternites are asymmetrical, the ninth sternite oval, wider than long,
shehtly longer than eighth sternite, not so long as length of seventh
and eighth combined, width about equal to one-half the width of the
posterior margin of the right side of the fourth sternite. The clasper
is simple, apex not produced as in NV. sinuosa Todd. This species will
key to N. sinuosa Todd, but may be separated by the embolium which
is broader basally, the lateral margin being convex. And if I have
correctly identified the males of the two species also by the wider
pronotum (as wide as abdomen), simple clasper of male (apex not
produced mesad) and by the smaller ninth sternite of the male.
Nerthra nudata Todd
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. 37 (Pt. 1) 425, 1955.
Number of specimens examined.— (Drake Coll.)
Distributional data.—The specimens are from Brisbane, North Pine
River, and Ashgrove, all of which are in Queensland, Australia.
Remarks.—The figure number under this name in the original
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 161
description has been reversed with that under VN. omani Todd (oe.
cit., p. 422); however, the correct names are assigned to the figure
numbers on the ‘‘Explanation of Plate XI.’’ The claspers of the
specimens now before me (two of the specimens are males) do not
agree with my statement in the original description to the effect that
a portion of the aedeagal furrow is visible (ventral view) near the
apex of the clasper. These specimens do not show any indication of
the aedeagal furrow in that area; however, there is a difference in the
pigmentation and selerotization which under low magnification resem-
bles a furrow. Since I do not now have any of the males of the type
series available for restudy, I cannot state whether the apparent
difference is real or whether I was originally in error. This species
is obviously related to NV. annulipes (Horvath) and N. sinuosa Todd,
but it may be readily distinguished from those species by its larger
size, the almost complete absence of tubercles of the front of the head,
and by the well-developed membranes of the hemelytra.
Nerthra tuberculata (Montandon).
Bul. Soc. des Sci. de Bucarest-Roumanie 8(4/5):403, 1899.
Number of specimens examined.—9 (BMNH).
Distributional data—From Flinders Bay, Western Australia.
Nerthra alaticollis (Stal).
Ofversi. Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl. Arg. 11: 239, 1954.
Number of specimens eramined—13 (BMNH, 4, Leiden 1, and
Drake Coll. 8).
Distributional data.—The specimens in the Drake Collection are
from Mt. Mee, Brisbane, Stanthorpe, and Caloundra, all in Queens-
land, Australia. The other specimens are just labeled ‘‘ Australia.”’
Remarks.—Some of the specimens have the postero-lateral angle of
the pronotum less rounded than others and in this respect resemble
N. stali (Montandon), but the presence of posterior projections at the
caudo-lateral angle of the last visible abdominal sternite of the female
and the acuminate clasper of the male will permit its separation from
the latter species.
Nerthra stali (Montandon).
(Fig. 6)
Bul. Soc. des Sei. de Bucarest-Roumanie 8(6):5, 1900.
Number of specimens examined.—2 (BMNH).
Distributional data——The specimens are from Yanchep, 32 miles
north of Perth, Western Australia, and ‘“‘N. H. Swan River.’’
Remarks —The specimens, both males, resemble the females but
are more elongate. The measurements are as follows: Leneth 8.4 mm,
width of pronotum 6.2 mm.. width of abdomen 6.5 mm. The abdominal
sternites are asymmetrical. The terminal sternites are small, the ninth
sternite subequal to the eighth sternite in length, longer than the
162 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 195%
seventh sternite. The clasper, stout basally, recurved, and bluntly
knobbed apically.
Nerthra adspersa (Stal).
3erliner Ent. Ztschr. 7:407, 1863.
Number of specimens examined.—2 (BMNH).
Distributional data—From Quindilup and Yanchep, 32 miles north
of Perth, in Western Australia.
Remarks.—These specimens differ considerably in color from the
specimen previously studied. One is mostly white with small black
maculations, dise of pronotum yellowish-brown; below much darker.
The other specimen is more yellowish and with larger maculations.
This species will probably prove to be as variable in color as N. alat-
collis (Stal). The specimens, both females, are also slightly larger
than the one previously studied. The measurements are as follows:
Length, 6.8 mm, width of pronotum, 5.4 mm, width of abdomen,
o.2 mm.
PERILLUS LUNATUS KNIGHT (HEMIPTERA: PENTATOMIDAE) IN
MONTANA
RicHarp C. FROESCHNER, Montana State College
The discovery of three Montana specimens of Perillus lunatus while
organizing the insect collection at Montana State College marks a sig-
nificant northward extension of range for this species. Although P.
lunatus was first named from Colorado by Knight in 1952 (Ann. Ent.
Soe. Amer. 45 :230-231), it was first described by Van Duzee in 1904
(Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. 30:65-66) as ‘‘var. b’’ of Perillus exaptus
(Say). Van Duzee there reported this ‘‘gaudily marked’’ form from
Colorado and Wyoming. These localities, coupled with the western
Montana records listed below and Knight’s note ‘‘near 7,000 ft.,’’ im-
dicate that this is a mountain form of the northwestern states.
Montana records: Bridger Mts., Gallatin County, July 10, 1926,
G. M. Kohls; Bridger Mts., Sacajawea Peak, 7,200 feet, Gallatin
County, July 2, 1954, C. V. Davis; Lakeview, Beaverhead County,
May 13, 1931.
BOOK NOTICE
Bohart, R. M., and R. C. Bechtel. The Social Wasps of California. Bull. Calif.
Insect Survey 4(3):73-102, 1957. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley, 75c.
This latest contribution to our knowledge of the California insect fauna
treats the 17 species and subspecies of social wasps (Vespinae and Polistinae)
known from that state. As is customary in this useful series, there are keys
to the genera and species, numerous figures and maps, and an abundance of
distributional records.——Karu V. KroMBEIN, Entomology Research Division, U. S.
Department of Agriculture.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 163
A NEW SPECIES OF CULISETA (DIPTERA: CULICIDAE) FROM
NORTH AMERICA!
A. RALPH BARR
Department of Entomology, University of Kansas
In identifying mosquitoes in Minnesota the author became aware
that Culiseta Corsitans (Theobald) was being taken abundantly in
light traps in the early spring. Since only overwintered mosquitoes
were being taken at this time the appearance of morsitans seemed
odd; this species is reported to overwinter in the larval and not in
the adult stage. When these female mosquitoes were compared with
specimens of morsitans, it was apparent that the females were of a
different species. The author’s wife Sylvia first separated the males
of the two species. A description of the female follows :
Culiseta minnesotae new species
Adult female. Head.—Antenna with about 15 segments including torus and
ringlike proximal segment; somewhat longer than proboscis; torus light reddish
brown with small dorso-medial patch of elongate, dark scales; flagellum dark with
light pubescence and a whorl of a half dozen or so dark bristles at base of each
segment; basal segment of flagellum with the whorl at middle and with an extra
group of bristles proximally. Palps about a quarter the length of the proboscis,
clothed with darkish brown scales, appearing somewhat paler at the tip. Proboscis
about as long as tibia of fore leg, with dark scaling (about the color of that of
the palps) but with a sprinkling of pale ones medially and particularly ventrally
so that the proboscis is definitely lighter in the middle but lacks a distinct pale
band. Vertex with dark, erect scales and narrow, silvery, appressed ones, the
latter becoming more abundant on the sides of the head; there is a group of dark
bristles bordering the eyes from one side of the head to the other, the bristles being
more numerous dorsally between the eyes.
Thorax.—Mesonotum. Integument dark brown with a pair of lighter, reddish-
brown stripes in the middle, the two stripes rather narrowly separated by a darker
brown stripe. Vestiture of tiny, narrow, recumbent, coppery brown seales, and
with lines of dark bristles anteriorly, laterally, and medially, which become much
larger posteriorly. Somewhat posterior of the middle of the mesonotum and lying
lateral of the two mesonotal lines are a pair of patches of silvery scales; posterior
of each of these is a line of silvery scales extending to the antescutellar space.
There are additional silvery scales in a patch between these two lines and on the
sides of the posterior third of the mesonotum. Secutellum with many large, dark
bristles, and a few narrow, pale scales. Anterior pronotal lobe with dark bristles
and a few long, narrow, pale seales. Posterior pronotum with small, narrow,
recumbent, dark scales, a few pale ones on the ventral margin and a row of dark
bristles posteriorly. Propleuron with many bristles and clothed with pale scales.
The sclerite ventral of the post-pronotum is bare exeept for a patch of pale
1Contribution No. 931 from the Department of Entomology, University of
Kansas.
164 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
scales posteriorly. Spiracular bristles present. Dorsal part of sternopleuron well
bristled dorsally (pre-alars) and with a patch of bristles (upper sternopleurals )
and pale seales ventrally. Ventral portion of sternopleuron with a patch of nar-
row, elongate, pale scales and a line of bristles (lower sternopleurals) posteriorly.
Mesepimeron with a patch of pale scales medially and a patch of bristles in its
upper part (upper mesepimerals), as well as a line of about three larger bristles
(lower mesepimerals) anteriorly in the lower portion.
Wing.—Wing scales brownish for the most part; a few lighter ones on the basal
half of the costa. The apical half or third of the costa has a fringe of distinctly
pale or yellowish seales. There is a slight concentration of scales at the base of
the third longitudinal vein (Ri,;). Halteres brownish; knobs somewhat darker
than the stems and densely clothed with pale scales.
Legs.—Coxa of fore leg well bristled and scaled, the scales bemg dark but
becoming pale dorso-posteriorly. Coxae of mid and hind legs also with bristles
and pale scales. Femora dark sealed above (or anteriorly) and pale scaled below
(or posteriorly), with definite white knee spots; dark portions with a light sprin-
kling of pate scales. Tibiae with dark and pale scales, more in lines than being
intermingled; in general with pale scales posteriorly and dark ones anteriorly but
with a line of pale seales down the middle of the dark anterior portion. Tarsi in
general dark-scaled but with lines of pale ones particularly on the posterior surface
of the basitarsi, and with rings of pale seales basally on the segments as well as
at the tips of the immediately preceding segments. These rings occur principally
between the first and second, and the second and third segments of the tarsi, but
one or two smaller ones may also be evident on the hind tarsi.
Abdomen.—Medial portions of the tergites with brown scales, basal and apical
margins largely pale scaled. The pale seales are not white but are of a dingy
yellowish or light brownish color. First tergite with apical medial patch of pale
scales. Tergite of second segment with apical band of pale scales interrupted
medially, and with scattered pale scales on the rest of the sclerite. Tergites of
segments 5 to 7 with broad bands of pale scales basally and apically, tending to
be interrupted on the median line, particularly on the apical band. The pale bands
do not have distinct edges but rather grade into the darker, median, transverse
portions of the tergites. Tergites of eighth segment extensively pale scaled.
Venter of abdomen largely but unevenly pale sealed.
Holotype. Female taken May 4, 1953, by the author in a light trap
near the greenhouse at Olcott Park, City of Virginia, St. Louis
County, Minnesota (U. S. Natl. Mus. Type No. 62409).
The author has designated a series of 62 females as paratypes, 11
of which have been deposited in the U. S. National Museum under
the same number as the holotype. The remainder are in the collection
of the University of Minnesota and in the personal collection of the
author. The paratypes are from Vireinia, St. Louis Co., Minn. : Itasea
State Park, Clearwater Co.. Minn.. and Hennepin Co. (Crystal Bay
area), Minn. The dates on thece specimens are April 19 and 28; May
4 to 7, 9, 10, 23 to 26, and 28; June 29: Sept. 13. 15, 17, 18 eand
October 1. Most, if not all, appear to have been taken in light traps
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 165
and appear to be females which were either entering or leaving
hibernation,
The female of minnesotae appears to be unique among North Amer-
ican Culisetas by virtue of the pecuhar banding of the abdomen, the
bands covering the apical portion of one segment and the basal portion
of the next. Other interesting characters are the pale scales of the
proboscis which are occasionally so conspicuous that the proboscis
appears to be ringed; the pale markings of the mesonotum; the pale
scaling on the anterior edge of the costa which is sometimes seen only
on the outer part of the wing but often is found on the entire costa;
the rather indefinite concentration of scales at the base of Ry.5; and
the pale tarsal bands which cover the apex of one segment and the
base of the next. The clump of scales at the base of Ry.; 1s sometimes
distinct but often not so. There occasionally appear to be similar
ageregations at the base of the radial sector, at the branching of
Rois, and at the branching of the medial vein, but these spots are even
less distinct than the one at the base of Ry.;5. These concentrations of
scales should be further studied in perfect specimens. The two reddish
brown mesonotal stripes of the holotype are usually evident only when
the specimen is shehtly rubbed.
All of the females of ‘‘Culiseta morsitans’’ from Minnesota in the
University of Minnesota collection pertain to minnesotae, including a
series identified by Owen (1937); there are no females of imorsitans
from Minnesota in the collection. It would appear that most previous
records of morsitans from Minnesota pertain to minnesotae.
Thompson (1953) mentions a form resembling morsitans that he
took in Nebraska (and has been taken in Boston). This form has
apical but not basal bands on the tergites. In a letter to the author
(June 1953) Thompson stated that it is not the same as the presently
described species.
The description of morsitans females by Stage ef al. (1952) pertains
at least in part to minnesotae (‘*...Abdomen brown-sealed with scat-
tered yellowish-white scales, most heavily concentrated along the
apices and bases of segments, or these may occasionally form basal
pale bands only ...’’). These authors illustrate the male genitalia of
minnesotae under the name morsitans.
Male.—Males of both minnesotae and morsitans are commonly taken
in light traps in Minnesota. The author can separate them only by
the male terminaha. The terminalia of worsitans (illustrated on next
page) are as figured from eastern specimens by many authors (e.g.,
Carpenter and LaCasse 1955). The terminalia of minnesotae (illus-
trated on next page) have been figured by Stage ef al. (1952) from
western specimens. It appears likely that minnesotae is a western re-
placement of morsitans.
The appearance of the adult male is as follows: Antenna plumose on basal two
thirds, apical third with short hairs. Palps dark brown with about 4 pale or
definitely white rings, the penultimate and antepenultimate segments with many
166 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
long hairs; about one-third again as long as the proboscis. Proboscis dark but
with a sprinkling of pale scales. Abdominal tergites with definite, basal, white
bands covering the anterior third to half of the tergite. Eighth segment with
dorsal selerite (sternite) extensively covered with white scales. Sternites for the
most part pale scaled basally and dark scaled apically but with posterior sternites
(ineluding tergite of eighth segment) largely pale-scaled. Wings with little or
no pale scaling on costal margin; concentration of scales at base of Ras? usually
not evident. Legs with fewer pale scales than in the female.
Terminalia.—The terminalia of minnesota are similar to those of
morsitans but differ in the shape of the aedeagus, as can be seen in
the illustrations below.
SYSTEMATIC POSITION
It would appear that minnesotae is closely related to morsitans but
the species cannot be assigned to a subgenus with certainty until
larvae have been examined. The author has not yet collected immature
stages” of this species.
Left: Culiseta minnesotae. Right: C. morsitans.
BIOLOGY
The larvae would be expected to oceur in semi-permanent marshes.
Females, but no males, were taken in a light trap at Virginia, Minn.,
from May 2 to 7, 1953, along with females of Anopheles earlet, Culiseta
mornata, and Culex territans (=apicalis auct.). All appeared to be
“Currently being described by Dr. Roger Price at the University of Minnesota.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 167
old, overwintered females. This would suggest that minnesotae hiber-
nates as an adult female and not as a larva, as has been suggested for
morsitans. In these light-trap collections, Aedes adults first appeared
on May 9, which was consistent with the larval survey. No males of
Anopheles, Culex, or Culiseta were taken until June 10, when an
mornata male was captured. Adults have not been taken in hand
catches.
Distribution.—In Minnesota females have been tentatively identi-
fied from Lake, St. Louis, Beltrami, Clearwater, Polk, and Hennepin
Counties. Males have thus far been identified from Blue Earth (Man-
kato) as well as Beltrami (Bemidji), Clearwater, and Hennepin Coun-
ties. The species appears to be present also in the Pacific northwest.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The author would like to express his thanks to Dr. Alan Stone, of
the U. 8. National Museum, for comparing females of minnesotae with
those of morsitans and parodites and for his many helpful suggestions,
and to Sylvia Barr for preparing the illustrations and for her advice
and criticism.
REFERENCES
Carpenter, S. J., and LaCasse, W. 1955. Mosquitoes of North America. Univ.
Calif. Press. Berkeley and Los Angeles. vi + 360 + 127 pl.
Owen, W. B. 1937. The mosquitoes of Minnesota, with special reference to their
biologies. Minn Uniy., Agr. Expt. Sta., Tech. Bull. 126, 75 pp.
Stage, H. H., Gjullin, C. M., and Yates, W. W. 1952. Mosquitoes of the North-
western States. U. S. Dept. Agr. Hndbk. 146, 95 pp.
Thompson, G. A. 1953. Cherchez 1’homme. Mosq. News, 13:3.
A MAYFLY GYNANDROMORPH
LEWIS BERNER, Department of Biology, University of Florida, Gainesville.
While working through a large series of Hexagenia adults collected
at the Pearl River, Lawrence County, Miss., on August 16, 1954, I
was attracted to one with a most unusual color pattern. Closer ex-
amination revealed that the specimen was a gynandromorph. As
there are only two species, Hexagenia bilineata (Say) and H. munda
elegans Traver, present in the collection, I am referring the gynan-
dromorph to elegans. This reference is justified on the basis of the
wing pattern and the structure of the genitalia.
This odd individual represents the first gynandromorph reported in
the family Ephemeridae. As there are relatively few mayfly abbera-
tions known, I felt that this additional find should be brought to the
attention of entomologists.
The specimen (Figs. 1-4) is predominantly female. The wings have
the typical maculation of this sex, lacking the dark coloration of the
168 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., voL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Hexagenia munda elegans gynandromorph.—Fig. 1, Right side; fig. 2, left
side; fig. 3, dorsal aspect; fig. 4, ventral aspect.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 169
coastal border found in the male. The eyes are small and widely
separated, as is true of females of this genus, and the fore legs are
relatively short as in a normal female. The color pattern of the legs
and the abdomen is a mixture of the male and female patterns, with
the right side beine predominantly male and the left mostly female,
although on neither side is the coloration typical. The distribution of
pigment on the legs and on the abdomen is shown in the figures. In
a normal male the color of the thoracic venter is uniform and on both
dorsum and venter of the abdomen it is much darker and more heavily
emphasized than in the female. Here there is a mixture.
The genitalia are incomplete. There is a perfectly formed penis
and clasper on the right side, whereas on the left side the male organs
are completely lacking. Tails are malelike. No study of the internal
anatomy has been made, although the specimen is still virtually in-
tact. It is hoped that a histological examination can be made in the
future.
AN UNDESCRIBED APTEROUS ARADID FROM THE PHILIPPINES
(HEMIPTERA.)
Cart J. Drakn, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C.
This paper characterizes a new species of apterous aradid from the
Philippine Islands. Sineularly enough, the specimens were found in
the mouth and stomach of a preserved frog (Rana m. leyensis)
collected on Julo Island in the Sulu Islands. As the specimens (1 male
and 2 females) are in almost perfect state of preservation, it seems
fairly certain that the aradids must have been snapped up by the
frog shortly before the frog@ itself was caught, killed, and preserved.
Apterous aradids, both adults and nymphs, have been collected on
several occasions in the ground litter of natural forest growth by
means of a Berlese funnel. Although these insects generally live
beneath the loose bark of trunks and branches of dead and decaying
trees, biotic conditions oftentimes are quite favorable for them to
breed and multiply in the deeayine surface litter on the forest floor.
As the new species of aradid falls into the Genus Acaricoris Harris
& Drake, our present conception of the zoogeography of the range
and distribution of genera is thus disrupted and will need to be modi-
fied as more forms are discovered. Up to the present writing, the
genus Acaricoris has been represented solely by the genotype from
the Gulf States, though I have another undescribed species from the
West Indies.
In addition to the above material from the Philippines, Dr. H. 8.
Dybas, of the Chicago Natural History Museum, has also kindly per-
mitted me to study several specimens of an undescribed species
170 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
which he had recently sorted out of ground litter from the palm and
oak forest of Highlands Hammond State Park, Fla. April 15, 1955,
with the aid of a Berlese funnel. The species was breeding in the
eround litter, as nymphs (four different instars) outnumbered the
Imagoes. Specimens of A. ignotus have been taken in the states of
Louisiana, Mississippi, and Georgia.
In all the measurements given in the following description, 80 units
equals 1 millimeter.
Acaricoris dybasi, n. sp.
Body obovate, reddish fuscous, widest near middle of abdomen, narrowed
anteriorly, often coated with an incrustation, without lateral lobes or other modifi-
cations. Head with median longitudinal length nearly equal to width across eyes
(50:56), strongly narrowed posteriorly behind eyes, with a prominent granulose
swelling just behind each eye, each granule of which bears a short, recumbent,
setalike, white hair; juga extending a little in front of tylus, there divergent;
eyes small, pale, granular; labium short, not reaching to base of channel; channel
wide, not reaching to base of head; antenniferous tubercles sharply conical,
divergent anteriorly. Antennae dark brown, with segment I swollen and terminal
segment pubescent on apical third; segment I, 35; II, 18; III, 30; IV, 25. Legs
short, dark brown.
Thorax slowly widened posteriorly, with broad median logitudinal part behind
pronotum depressed, flattened, smooth, shining, and raised behind, with outer
third of all thoracic divisions longitudinally roughened and ridged; lateral margins
a little granulate; mesonotum and metanotum fused, without any sign of trans-
verse suture'on smooth median part; first two abdominal tergites also fused with
metanotum, the transverse ridge behind metanotum interrupted at middle. Abdo-
men above with tergites III, IV, and V fused and ridged on median longitudinal
line, with the usual impressions and ridges; tergite VI separated from V by a
transverse suture; connexival segments distinct, separated from abdominal tergites
and each other by sutures, except the first three segments fused. Body beneath
with meso- and metasternum and first two ventrites fused, ventrites III, IV,
and WV distinguishable and sutured off from each other. Spiracles lateral, all
plainly visible from dorsal aspeet, II to VI (inclusive) situated on top of tiny
lateral swellings, VIT on a larger lateral swelling, VIII on the apical end of a
short, posterior, fingerlike projection of genital segment.
Type (male) and allotype (female): Jola Island, Sulu Islands,
Philippine Islands, both removed from the mouth and stomach of a
preserved frog (Rana m. leytensis), in the collection of the Chicago
Museum of Natural History. Paratype: one specimen, found in the
stomach of the same frog as the type. The aradids were found during
the process of studying the contents of the stomach after the frogs
were shipped to Chicago. The allotype and paratype both have the
last two antennal segments missing.
This apterous aradid is similar in form, size, and general aspect
to the American Acaricoris ignotus, but can be easily separated from
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 171
it by the longer antennae, grandular swelling just back of each eye,
feebly elevated lateral spiracles, and the smooth, depressed, median,
longitudinal part of the fused mesometanotum, which is without any
trace of a transverse suture. In ignotus the fused part of the meso-
metanotum bears several low, narrow, longitudinal ridges.
TWO OVERLOOKED SOURCES OF TYPE DESIGNATIONS FOR GENERA
Curtis W. Sasrosky, Entomology Research Division, U. S. Department of
Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
Two recently noted sources of type-species designations are called
to the attention of taxonomists. The designations appear to have been
generally overlooked, although possibly known to some workers but
antedated by other designations and hence left unrecorded. At least
the books have not been mentioned in a sample that I have examined
of comprehensive papers dealing with type species of a large number
of genera, including Blackwelder (1952) on the beetle family Staphy-
linidae, Hemming (1934) on the Holaretic butterflies, Muesebeck and
Walkley (1956) on the hymenopterous superfamily Proctotrupoidea,
Sandhouse (1943) on the bees, and Stone (1941) on the dipterous
genera of Meigen (1800 and 1803).
(1) Blanchard, Emile. 1845. Histoire des Insectes, traitant de leurs
moeurs et de leurs métamorphoses en général, et comprenant une
nouvelle classification fondée sur leurs rapports naturels. 2 vols. Paris,
Didot, 398 and 524 pp. The two volumes, bound as 1 and 2 on insects,
form numbers 8 and 9 of Comte’s ‘*‘Traité complet d’histoire natur-
elle’’ (13 vols.). The first volume on insects contains Hymenoptera
and Coleoptera (part), the second the remainder of the Coleoptera
plus ten other orders. In point of time, this work comes between two
other publications by Blanchard, in 1840 and 1849, which are often
cited as original sources for type designations.
(2) Chenu, J. C., and collaborators. 1851-61. Encyclopédie d’his-
toire naturelle. Paris, Marescq et Co. Insects are treated in 3 volumes
on Coleoptera (1851-60, with E. Desmarest), 2 on Lepidoptera (1853-
57, with H. Lueas), and 1 on ‘‘ Annelés’’ (annulate animals) (1859,
with E. Desmarest). The last volume (312 pp.) contains 12 orders
of insects, as well as myriapods, arachnids, and some non-arthropods.
IT am not sure that the volumes on Lepidoptera contain any type
designations, but many were quickly noticed in the 3 volumes on
Coleoptera and that on ‘‘ Annelés.’’ The wording of the introductions
signed by Desmarest leads me to believe that the authorship of these
4 volumes should be credited to Desmarest, rather than to Chenu, or
to Chenu and Desmarest. For each of the insect volumes there is a
‘“Table alphabétique’’ prepared by Desmarest, giving all vernacular
names used and their equivalent scientific names.
The designations, although often buried in the text, are clear and
unequivocal, in such expressions as ‘‘le type du genre,’ “‘ayant pour
type le... .’’ ‘‘le type est... ,’’ and ‘‘comme type, nous nommerons
172 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
le... .’’? Types are not cited for all included generic names, but a
considerable number are involved. For example, in the order Diptera,
type species are cited for 22 genera by Blanchard (1845) and for 27
genera by Desmarest (1859).
In the dipterous genera, there is fortunately little to disturb
existing nomenclature, and it is to be hoped that this will also be
true for other groups. Because many of the genera were common
and well known, their types had usually been designated earler
by Latreille, Curtis, or Westwood, and almost always the same species
was cited by Blanchard or Desmarest, or else the genera were mono-
basic. In two cases in Desmarest, the designations lone antedate
those presently accepted, but they are invalid because the species were
not originally included. In two other instances, however, valid type
designations in Desmarest antedate by fifty years those now recog-
nized. The most prominent genus involved is Cuterebra, whose type
was designated by Desmarest as ‘‘C. cuniculi Fabr.’’ (=Oestrus
cuniculi Clark), luckily the same species designated by Coquillett in
1910, a half century later. A possibly troublesome problem in another
family is being studied further.
NOTES ON THE ANYSTIDAE WITH A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS
AND SPECIES, ADAMYSTIS DONNAE, AND A NEW SUBFAMILY,
ADAMYSTINAE (ACARINA)!
By FREDERICK CUNLIFFE, Kansas Wesleyan University, Salina, Kansas
The family Anystidae has been characterized as having a palpal
thumb-claw complex, chelicerae hinged posteriorly so that they are
free to move laterally, and movable chelae hooked, distal, and not
opposed to the fixed che'ace. The long, prominent palpal thumb or
tarsus and the hooklike distal movable chela have been used as key
characters to distinguish the Anystidae from the other members of the
Anystoidea (Teneriffiidae, “—Pseudocheylidae, and Pterygosomidae).
Also, such characters as the setation of the lees and the body, the coxal
arrangements, and the structure of the tarsi and tarsal claws and
pulvilli, the peritremes, and genitalia differentiate the Anystidae from
the others. Baker and Wharton (1952) state that no genital dises
are present, but examination by the phase microscope revealed two
pairs of dises in both sexes.
Two undescribed species of mites have been found which apparently
belong to the Anystidae. They constitute a new genus, the Adamystis.
This genus is differentiated from all others in having a simple palpus
without the thumb-claw complex. The body and lee setal patterns are
also more simplified. Perhaps the genus may eventually form the
basis for another family, but until more groups are found and studied
it is thought best to leave it in the Anystidae, but in a separate sub-
family. Oudemans (1936) divided the Anystidae into two subfamilies,
1A contribution of the Pinellas Biological Laboratory, Ine.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 te
es)
the Anystinae with the coxae contiguous and the legs radiating, and
the Erythracarinae with coxae I-IT and III-IV in separate groups and
with the first two pairs of legs pointing anteriorly and the last two
pairs pointing posteriorly. The palps of both subfamilies have a thumb-
claw complex. This new genus is here considered to constitute a new
subfamily, the Adamystinae, distinguished from the others in having
simple palpi without the thumb-claw complex and in having contigu-
ous coxae and an elongate body. The simplified palpal arrangement
(fig. 3) is not a sudden transition from a strong thumb-claw complex
as found in the genus Bechsteimia (fig. 9), as a weak but definite one
is to be found in the genera Anystis and Walzia (fig. 8). It might be
appropriate here to mention that much work remains to be done at the
generic and specific levels in the Anystidae. Descriptions are vague
and synonyms appear to be inevitable.
ADAMYSTINAE, new subfamily
With the tarsal claws, empodia, chelicerae, peritremes, and genitalia of the
Anystidae. With simple palpi, contiguous coxae and radiating legs, and elongate
body. Dorsum of body entirely covered by smooth shield; striae found only later-
ally and ventrally.
ADAMYSTIS, new genus
Palpus without thumb-claw complex, the tarsus terminal to tibia, thus differ-
ing from all other genera in the family. Chelicerae with single dorsal seta, mov-
able chela distal, hook-like. Peritreme external, but lying under anterior fold
of body. Dorsum of body with two pairs of eyes; entire dorsum covered by a
smooth shield, with short setae. Genital opening posterior, lying in a genital plate
or non-striated area, surrounded by striae. Coxae contiguous, legs radiating, body
elongate.
Adamystis donnae, new species
Palpus 4-segmented, the basal segment without setae, the others as figured
(fig. 3). Chelicerae typical for the family (fig. 7). Peritremes and anterior lobe
lying beneath fold of body. Dorsum of body entirely covered by smooth shield
with short stout setae (fig. 1); with 2 pairs of eyes present anteriorly and dor-
sally. Ventrally, the genital opening les in a smooth plate surrounded by fine
striations; the number of genital setae appears to vary between 12 and 14 pairs
between individuals and sexes; the para-anals vary between 7 and 8 pairs. The
ventral body and leg setae are arranged as figured (fig. 2). The coxae are con-
tiguous; tarsal claws are rayed and the empodium claw-like; leg setae are fewer
and weaker than in the known genera, and rodlike sensory setae are numerous
on both tarsus I and II (figs. 4 and 6). The male holotype (figured) is 5744 long
and 319 wide. The female is 700u long and 434 wide. Both sexes are similar.
The holotype, U. S. National Museum No. 2326, and 13 paratypes
(3 males and 10 females) are deposited in the U. 8S. National Museum.
They were collected from lodgepole pine cones, Tahoe City, California,
July 23, 1948, by E. Cott and S. F. Bailey, of the University of Cali-
fornia at Davis.
174 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, aucuST, 1957
SES
SALA,
Adamystis donnae, new species.—Fig. 1, dorsum of male; fig. 2, venter of male;
fig. 3, palpus; fig. 4, tarsus and tibia 1; Adamystis sp.—Fig. 5, palpus; fig. 6,
tarsus and tibia I; detail of tarsus I; fig. 7, chelicera ; Walzia sp.—Fig. 8, palpus;
Bechsteinia sp.—Fig. 9, palpus.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 We
ou
A single specimen of a related mite was collected at Duke Univer-
sity from pine needle duff June 22, 1953, by Andrew Spielman, now
with the U. 8S. Navy. The condition of the mount is such that detailed
description and figures are difficult to give. The mite is similar to
the California species, differing principally in having a seta on the
basal segment of the palpus (fig. 5) and in possessing lens-like organs
on the lateral and posterior margins of the body—6 pairs surround
the anal opening. No name is given to this species but it is mentioned
here to strenethen the erection of the new genus.
REFERENCES
Baker, E. W., and G. W. Wharton. 1952. An introduction to acarology. Mae-
millan, New York.
Cunliffe, F. 1955. A proposed classification of the trombidiforme mites (Acarina).
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 57: 209-218.
Oudemans, A. C. 1936. Neues iiber Anystidae (Acari). Archiv. f. Naturgesch.
(n. s.) 5: 364-446.
A NEW GARGAPHIA FROM FLORIDA
(HEMIPTERA: TINGIDAE )
RoLanp F. Hussey, Biology Department, University of Florida, Gainesville
Through the courtesy of Mr. Harold A. Denmark, of the Department
of Entomology, State Plant Board of Florida, I have been privileged
to examine some collections of Hemiptera from various parts of the
state. Among these were two specimens of the new species described
here. The locality from which they come is in northwestern Florida,
less than a mile from the southwestern corner of the State of Georeia.
Gargaphia sororia, new species
Length 4.05 mm., maximum width across hemelytra 1.76 mm., across discoidal
area 1.66 mm., across paranota 1.17 mm.
Cephalic spines nearly as in G. amorphae (Walsh), basal spines more nearly
horizontal and very slightly longer than the median one, median spine oblique,
not surpassing tips of the rather short frontal spines which are contiguous at tips
and do not reach middle of first antennal segment. Lengths of antennal segments
I-IV = 31:14:163:45, first two segments heavily infuseated, nearly black, third
segment brown, fourth segment black, first segment one-fourth longer than verti-
cal height of an eye (31:25),1 third segment much longer than transverse width
of pronotum across paranota (163:117). Hood about as long as its height above
dorsal margin of eye (31:33).
Paranota more nearly vertical than in G. amorphae but formed much as in that
species, rather evenly rounded at sides, with four rows of cells at widest part, the
veinlets mostly brown or brownish piceous, cells hyaline. Median carina of pro-
notum seareely higher than lateral carinae, these not extending forward quite
as far as posterior end of hood.
1All comparative measurements are expressed in hundredths of a millimeter.
176 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Costal area of hemelytra with four rows of fairly large cells at its widest
part, and with four rows of smaller cells opposite discoidal area; veinlets piceous
to black opposite apical half of discoidal area and enclosing lightly embrowned
cells, so as to form a fairly distinct transverse fascia which attains costal mar-
gin; veinlets of apical third or more of hemelytra less heavily embrowned, their
cells entirely hyaline; veinlets on short basal part of costal area and on its
middle portion largely pale. Subcostal area biseriate from base to middle of
hemelytron, uniseriate beyond that point, but with an occasional extra interpo-
‘ated cell in region of transverse fascia. Discoidal area two fifths as long as
hemelytra (112:280), its apical angle strongly displaced outwardly, as in G.
amorphae, its widest part with four rows of cells about equal in size to those
of adjacent subcostal area. Pronotum (except apical part of posterior process),
subcostal area in part, discoidal area (except middle portion), and body be-
neath, black or piceous. Legs brown, apical segment of tarsi black.
Apparently nearest allhed to G. amorphae (Walsh, 1864), but of
somewhat more slender form and distinctly darker coloration, with
the first two antennal segments brownish black to blac k, and with the
transverse fascia on the costal area more distinct. In G. amorphae the
more oblique position of the paranota makes the transverse width
across then nearly equal to the leneth of the third antennal segment
(140:159), the subcostal area is triseriate over that portion which is
biseriate in the present species, and the discoidal area is nearly half as
lone as the hemelytra (127:271).
The black first antennal segment causes this new species to run to
G. solani Heid. in the keys of Drake (1917, Ent. News 28: 227) and
Blatchley (1926, Heter. E. N. Amer. 473). It is very distinct from
that species, which has the paranota much more widely expanded,
with subaneularly rounded lateral margins, so that the transverse
width across them is distinctly greater than the leneth of the third
antennal seement (174: 152)
In Gibson’s key (1919, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 45: 190) G. sororia,
n. sp. runs to couplet 6, but does not fit either alternative there since
the discoidal area is plainly less than half as lone as the hemelytra
but is much wider than the subcostal area.
Holotype ¢: Gadsden County, Florida, 1 August 1956 (F. W.
Mead), in University of Florida collections. Paratype ¢ : Same data
as type, in collection of State Plant Board of Florida. Mr. Mead
informs me that these two specimens were collected by sweeping mis-
cellaneous vegetation on the narrow flood plain of the Apalachicola
River at Chattahoochee, Florida. The host plant was not identified.
TEE £PREAD OF CATORHINTHA MENDICA STAL
(COREIDAR, HEMIPTERA )
W. V. BALbuF, University of Illinois, Urbana. ‘
Catorhintha mendica Stal (1870) is of interest here first for the
manner in which it has extended its range within its native North
America, and second because the study of its spread indicates the
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH.; VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUS. 1937
kinds of evidences that may be applicable in investigations of intra-
continental distribution of other insects also.
Evidences are given below which show that C. mendica was indi-
genous to the Great Plains of North America but has now spread
eastward almost, or possibly quite, to the Atlantic Coast.
This bug is more than ordinarily favorable for a consideration of the
time, direction, and means of spread than some others, because it
appears to be monophagous, at least from Illinois eastward, where
most of my observations were made. Therefore, information about
the source and subsequent spread of its food plant affords data that
apply to the dispersal of the bug itself. The indicated food plant is
a species of Nyctaginaceae,—Mirabilis nyctaginea (Michx.) (Syn-
onyms: Oxybaphus n., Allionia n.).
The basic questions involved in this investigation of the intra-
continental spread of Catorhintha mendica are: (1) What were the
borderlines of its original or native geographical range, (2) the
agencies that implemented its dispersal, and (3) the period of time
of the dispersal?
Mirabilis nyctaginea
Center of Distribution. Whereas M. nyctaginea now occurs more
or less generally from the Rocky Mountains to the Atlantic Coast, it
was confined to much narrower limits until white settlers occupied
the western part of the Mississippi drainage basin. The data from
correspondence and the literature leave lttle doubt that the plant
was originally restricted to the Great Plains. Typical of evidences
on this point are the following instances. The Major S. H. Long
expedition up the Missouri found it in Nebraska in the first decade
of the 19th century (James, 1825). Nuttall (1818) reported it as
common ‘‘on the Alluvions of the Missouri,’’ and it was discovered
by botanists associated with Lewis and Clark in 1806 on their explora-
tions up the Missouri river into and beyond the Dakotas (Pursh,
1807 : Thwaites, 1904).
Researches by Gilmore (1911, 1913), Densmore, (1918) and other
ethnologists provided the information that M. nyctaginea was well
known and widely used for medicinal and other purposes by the
Indians of Teton Dakota, Oglala Dakota, and the Omaha, Ponca, and
Pawnee of Nebraska. This fact indicates that this plant lived for
centuries in the areas of these tribes, and also constitutes a type of
evidence that it was native in the Great Plains.
Not only have contemporary botanists of the Plains declared
M. nyctaginea to be native there, but also the nature of the habitats
described in the literature of that area stronely indicate it is indi-
genous: such as ‘‘rocky riverbank,’’ ‘‘waste hillsides,’’ ‘‘erassy
slopes,’’ ‘‘virgin prairie,’’ ‘‘grassy butte,’’ ‘‘banks of sloughs,’’ and
‘“wooded bluffs.’’
There is evidence that M. nyctaginea. was native also in the western
178 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
parts of Illinois, or even so far eastward as the Ilhnois River valley.
Mead (1846) found it along the banks of the Mississippi River, and
Patterson (1876) had it from the sandy river banks and barrens at
Oquawka, in adjacent Henderson county. Gleason (1910) reported
its occurrence in sandy areas at Havana, Quincy, and Dixon. The
Missouri Botanical Gardens has specimens taken before 1843 by
Charles Geyer at Beardstown on the Illinois, and Brendel (1887)
found it on banks and in fence rows at Peoria.
In addition to the above positive indications that M. nyctaginea is
native from western Illinois westward, there is even more convincing
evidence of a negative sort that shows it originated in the Great
Plains. The earliest botanical surveys made in America show the food
plant of Catorhintha mendica was lacking in eastern [lhnois and the
states to the east. This is clear from the publications of Pursh (1807),
Nuttall (1818), Barton (1818), Brace (1822), Torrey (1824, 1943)
and Bigelow (1824). Kellerman (1900) and Schaffner (1914) reported
the plant as infrequent in Ohio and introduced from the west.
In a personal communication, Dr. C. C. Deam, veteran botanist of
indiana, informed me that none of the local floras of his state listed
M. ngctaginea before 1900. Likewise, the botanical reports of Short
(1845), Lapham (1857), Bebb (1858, 1860), and Babcock (1872)
concerning eastern Illinois do not include it.
From the above positive and negative indications, it 1s more than
probable that MW. nyctaginea was indigenous to the vast territory
bounded on the south by Texas, the west by the Rocky Mountains,
the north by Manitoba, and the east by the Mississippi, or perhaps
the Illinois River.
Agencies of Dispersal. However, M. nyctaginea now occurs widely
in eastern Illinois, in Indiana and Ohio, and in states east of Ohio.
What then were the means whereby it was enabled to spread beyond
its original borders? Annotated herbarial specimens, published floral
lists, and personal field notes combine to show that this species occurs
predominantly on the rights-of-way of railroads, in freight yards, and
about feeding stations. This fact identifies freight cars loaded with
surplus agricultural products from the west as the obvious and
principal vehicles of dispersal. Moreover, I have observed that it is
very largely the east-west roads that link the agricultural midwest
and the large populational centers of the east, which have transported
the plant eastward.
The nature of the evidence that involves railroads as the agencies
of dispersal is illustrated herewith. Pepoon (1927) reported MW. nycta-
ginea as then being very common about Chicago in the sand and gravel
ballast of railroads, and added that it ‘‘does not seem to grow in other
habitats.’’. For Indiana, Deam (1940) described it as ‘‘infrequent
to frequent in railroad ballast throughout the state—more frequent
before the right-of-ways were kept clean.’’ Also correspondence with
curators of herbaria in eastern universities showed that their samples
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 179
of nyctaginea originated chiefly along railroads. In eastern Illinois,
Dr. A. G. Vestal, University of Ilhnois, found it only along railroads
in 25 years of field work. In 1945 it was present on all northern
tlhnois railroads where I searched for it, and in 1942 I discovered it
in several widely separated counties in Indiana and Ohio.
Dates of Introduction. Two prerequisites were necessary to the
outward movement of J. nyctaginea from the Great Plains to the
older, more densely populated centers east of Ohio—the prairies had
to be subjected to the plow for the production of crops, and man-
made means of transportine the agricultural surpluses had to be
developed. These two conditions began to coexist in the decade of
1850-1860 when, according to Petersen (1937), the ferries over the
Mississippi River from Illinois to Iowa were busy day and night
transporting farmers from the east. Likewise, steamers on the river
were jammed between 1850 and 1871 with future settlers for
Minnesota.
The Illinois-Michigan canal opened in 1848 and was the first
artificial means of east-west transportation in the I]limnois-lowa area.
It linked the Great Plains with the Great Lakes, and thereby estab-
lished a continuous waterway to the Erie canal, the Hudson, and the
Atlantic. The volume of goods carried on the canal increased until
1882 (Coard, 1941). Before that year, some excess farm produce was
being moved eastward from Iowa and adjacent areas, hence the canal
may have performed an early minor role in the spread of M. nycta-
ginea.
But railroads were the main means of spread. The Michigan
Southern, later a component of the New York Central from New York
to Chicago, entered the breezy city in 1850. At the same time the
Chicago and Rock Island line pushed west parallel to the I-M canal,
and was the first railroad to bridge the Mississippi River, an event
of 1855. However, railroads permeated the new agricultural region
of the Mississippi basin largely after 1860. The decade following
1880 was the era of great railroad construction in America (Conger,
1932). This, with the fact that seven-eighths of the agricultural
surpluses produced in 1879 north of Arkansas crossed the river on
rails between St. Louis and St. Paul (Dixon, 1909), indicates that
the dispersal of M. nyctaginea was then approaching its peak rate.
The Great Plains were being rapidly transformed from a vast prairie
to an enormous farm.
Since large parts of the surplus agricultural products from Iowa,
Minnesota, and the Dakotas were carried eastward by freight trains
through Chicago, the early records of occurrence of M. nyctaginea for
this city give additional indication of the time the plant moved out of
the Plains. In their flora of Cook County, Ill, and adjacent Lake
County, Ind., Higley and Raddin (1902) reported their discovery of
a few specimens of this species in 1885 and 1887. Its scarcity at that
time compared with its present abundance in the vicinity of Chicago
180 PROC.. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
indicates its introduction had just begun. Also the report from Deam
(personal correspondence) that none of the local floras of Indiana
contained the species before 1900, and the information given by the
Kellermans (1900) and Schaffner (1914) that it was then infrequent
and ‘‘non-indigenous’’ in Ohio, supplement the records of Higley
and Raddin to show that the spread of nyctaginea eastward from the
Plains was in progress about 1880 to 1900. However, its earliest
escape can have been effected as early as 1870. Moreover, the early
establishments alone the tracks are doubtlessly being intensified at
the present time. Obviously, also, the plant has been aided to spread
eastward by many other railroads than those passing through Chicago.
How Railroads Transport the Plant. It is easy to determine how
M. nyctaginea came to be included in the farm surpluses shipped
from its native area. There the plant grew spontaneously among the
wild and cultivated forage crops. The forage was either placed as
food in cars loaded with cattle and sheep destined for eastern markets,
or shipped in large quantities to feeding stations or markets along
the railroads. Such feeding stations, numerous alone the main
railroads, were established in response to a Federal law, which requires
that live stock be unloaded at intervals for rest and food. Some stations
also house stock to fatten it for later sale in the east. I have informa-
tion from some managers of feeding stations in northern Illinois that
bulk wild hay has been, and is still being, imported from Nebraska
for such purposes. In harvesting the hay, some M. nyctaginea bearing
more or less ripened seeds is included.
In a similar manner, the seeds may gain entrance into grains in
the threshing process where the plant grows in or bordering: fields
of wheat or similar crops. Reports from State and Federal seed-testing
laboratories show that seeds of M. nyctaginea sometimes are present
in samples of grain originating in the Plains.
Whether in erain or hay, the seeds obviously have fallen from
railroad cars as the trains bearing farm crops or lve stock roll and
jolt alone hundreds of miles of trackway, or as the materials are
unloaded at their destinations, or even as the stock cars he temporarily
on side tracks. Falling here and there, through the years, upon the
shoulders and slopes of the roadbeds, some seeds drop to favorable
soil to develop and establish the species. The present degree of
continuity of its distribution alone the tracks depends on the char-
acter of the soil medium, the age of the railroad, and the kind of
treatment the roadbeds have received since their construction. The
stands of the plant are found to be more dense and continuous where
vegetation has been allowed to grow somewhat spontaneously, on the
right-of-way, but patchy and infrequent where the roadbeds have been
modified from time to time by the addition of sundry ballast that
tends to suppress the plant, or eradicate it locally. Sprays, fires, and
mowing also are common means of retarding the local establishment
and intensification of M. nyctaginea.
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 181
Catorhintha mendica Stil
Its Native Area. The strongest support for my belief that Cator-
hintha mendica was originally indigenous to the Great Plains comes
from the fact, established above, that its food plant, Mirabilis nycta-
ginea, 1s native to that area. Certainly it is now monophagous in
IIinois and in Wisconsin, Indiana, and Ohio for, in all cases, I
obtained it by sweeping only this four o’clock. Three other species
of Nyctaginaceae are listed by Pepoon (1927) for the Chicago area,
and by Deam (1940) for Indiana, but they are rarely seen and not to
be regarded as established species of the flora, hence are not likely
to serve as food plants of the bug.
Also the character of its present distribution in the Plains States
eives confirmation to its native occurrence there. Not only does
C. mendica appear to be more frequent there than eastward, but it
inhabits the area generally, including the spacious landscapes lying
between railways. This may be deduced from the wide and relatively
intensive appearance of its food plant. Also the records of the
collections of the bug in those states show it is more plentiful and
uniformly distributed than in Ilhnois and eastward. I am indebted
largely to the entomologists of the Plains States, who sent me records
on which my view is based. These records indicate that C. mendica
was native at least in Texas, Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska, Iowa, South
Dakota, and Minnesota. To illustrate how such records bear positively
on the question of nativity, I cite, in general terms, the facts for
lowa. Through the cooperation of Professor H. E. Jaques, Iowa
Wesleyan College, Mt. Pleasant, who conducted the ‘‘Iowa Insect
Survey’’ in recent years, I have data that show C. mendica was taken
in 25 counties that represent all sections of the state from north to
south and west to east. Additional records supplied by Doctors C. J.
Drake and H. M. Harris from the collections of the lowa State College,
Ames, show the bue occurs in still other counties of Iowa. Accord-
ingly it may be presumed to occur all over Iowa, where MW. nyctaginea
also is indigenous and generally distributed.
My visit of June 1945 to Oquawka, IIl., along the Mississippi River,
disclosed that C. mendica is present on M. nyctaginea growing among
native prairie plants in the sandy areas remote from railroads. In
the same month, I obtained the bue from this plant at woodland roads
through the sandy areas at Havana. Hart (1907) recorded it from
the same type of habitat at Havana, and at Camp Point, near Quincy,
in Adams County, and at Dixon, Lee County, Ill. In these areas of
Tllinois, C. mendica therefore has, ike MW. nyctaginea, the appearance
of being native.
However, the presence of both MW. nyctaginea and C. mendica only
alone railroads at Savanna, Hanover, Fulton, and Cordova, in western
Tlinois, and their absence in sandy areas adjacent to the trackways
indicate the bug was not native to these places, but migrated down
the right-of-ways from the west after Mirabilis had established itself
182 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
here. Moreover, they were not found in parts of sand tracts remote
from railroads at Atkinson and Wichert, Ill. Were they native, they
would certainly have occurred here where the extensive acreage of
undisturbed sandy soil is favorable to the food plant.
Other explorations of June 1945 produced data which show that
the bug and its food plant were adventive in the more easterly parts
of northern Illinois. In all the following instances, the insect was
netted from WM. nyctaginea growing only along railroads. The localities
are given in the order of their position in the state, from north to
south; Huntley, Des Plaines, Bristol, Wenona, Sparland, LaSalle,
Peoria, Minonk, Crescent City, Hudson, Carthage, Quincy, Mt. Ster-
ling, Harris, Oakwood, and many stations alone railroads in Cham-
paign Co. Records from W. J. Gerhard, Chicago Museum of Natural
History, others from the [Illinois State Natural History Survey, and
some from individuals, show that C. mendica was present also in Rock
island, Mercer, Fulton, Morgan, and Union Counties. The latter is
the only county in the southern half of the state.
My records for Wisconsin also were obtained by sweeping the
insect from M. nyctaginea, along or near railroads. In the 1940’s, I
took it west of Madison; at Millston, in Jackson County, and at Fall
Creek, Kau Claire County. It occurred also on nyctaginea growing
on the berm alone U.S. route 53 near Solon Sprines in Douglas
County. Here the plant probably originated on a nearby railroad
property.
Since, as Deam (1940) states, M. nyctaginea probably occurs in
every county of Indiana, and is confined almost entirely to railroads,
it is logical to assume that this monophagous bug, C. mendica, is
equally limited to railroads, although it may not yet have pervaded
to all possible locations. KEntomologists have found C. mendica im
Indiana as follows: Miller, Lake Co.; Monticello, White Co., on
M. nyctaginea, at rairoad; Roanoke, Huntineton Co., on M. nycta-
ginea, at railroad; Lafayette, Tippecanoe Co.; Marion Co. and
Knox Co.
For Ohio, I have the following records: Cedar Point, Erie Co.
(H. M. Parshley), and Columbus, Franklin Co. (C. J. Drake). In
June 1942 I swept C. mendica from M. nyctaginea growing along
east-west railroads at Antwerp, Paulding Co.; Oak Harbor, Ottawa
Co.; Fitchville, Huron Co.; and West Lafayette, Coshocton Co.
Through the cooperation of Dr. T. L. Guyton, State Department of
Agriculture, Harrisburg, I received specimens of C. mendica taken
by him along a railway at Lickdale, Lebanon Co., Pa. This is the
easternmost point of its occurrence known to me, but it probably has
radiated north, east, and south in Pennsylvania and neighboring
states. However, considering its innate mode of dispersal as compared
with the human lifts given the plant, it may not even today have
spread to the extent it may eventually attain.
Mode of Dispersal. 1 regard C. mendica as dependent on M. nycta-
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 183
ginea for food and habitat from Illinois eastward. Therefore, its
spread in this direction depends on the previous establishment of the
plant. Again, since the plant rarely occurs there anywhere but on
railroads, and the bug has been found only along railways, these
man-made means of transport constituted the main avenues down
which the insect made its way.
Whereas VW. nyctaginea was carried by fast-moving freight trains
and therefore became spread and established along the entire courses
from the midwest to New York, probably in a few years, the bue,
C. mendica, probably migrated eastward very largely on its own
locomotor powers.
C. mendica is quick on foot and also flies well. When the food plant
is growing and succulent in May to June and again in August to
October, there would appear to be no inducement to migrate. How-
ever, In midsummer, and again in late October and November, most
plants have become woody, hard, and leafless, and the bug population
either reaches a very low level, or appears so owing to migration from
the trackway (Balduf, 1942). These migrations are more or less
random, hence involve some deeree of hazard, for there is little reason
to suppose that the bue flies strictly alone the railroad, keeping
between the line fences. When stands of the plant are as much as a
half mile, and often more, apart, as I have observed them, the bug
may be imagined sometimes taking off across the adjacent farmland
and perishing for lack of the one essential food plant that occurs only
on railways.
The rate of spread was probably slow in the early years after 1880.
The food plant was at first scarce, spotty, and occurred at long spatial
intervals. As trains dropped more and more seeds year after year, and
more intense stands developed locally also from seeds of the original
clumps, the growths of M. nyctaginea approached greater degrees
of continuity, which facilitated the successive hops of the insect down
the narrow rail paths that stretched long miles eastward.
Although this favorable condition of the plant was sometimes
attained, as is evidenced by its common and somewhat continuous
occurrence along some roads I have visited since 1940, the establish-
ment of the plant and its bu@ was, in many eases, hindered by
modifications of the roadways since the railroads were first con-
structed. The roadbeds needed to be strengthened as larger locomotives
and heavier car loads came into yogue, single track lines were en-
larged to two-way tracks, the banks were reinforced with ballast, and
the vegetation often destroyed by section crews.
SUMMARY
Inasmuch as it is monophagous on Mirabilis nyctaginea, Cator-
hintha mendica can have established itself east of the Great Plains
only when and to the extent that the food plant had previously
invaded that eastern area. Records at hand show that C. mendica
184 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
has now moved eastward down the nyctaginea trails on railroads so
far as about three-fourths across the state of Pennsylvania.
REFERENCES
Babeock, H. H. 1872, 1873. The flora of Chicago and vicinity. The Lens, v. 1
IcHeS e D, TSe
3
Balduf, W. V. 1942. Bionomies of Catorhintha mendica Stal (Coreidae, Hemip-
tera). Bul. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 37: 158-166.
3arton, W. P. C. 1818. Compendium florae Philadelphicae, v. 1, 251 pp.; v. 2,
234 pp.
Bebb, M. 8. 1858. List of plants occurring in the northern counties of the state
of Illinois, in addition to the catalogue given by Dr. I. A. Lapham. Ill. State
Agr. Soc. v. 3 (1857-1858), pp. 586-587.
. 1860. The flora of Ogle and Winnebago counties. Prairie Farmer, 22:
182-183.
3igelow, J. 1824. Florula Bostoniensis, a collection of plants of Boston and its
vicinity, 422 pp.
Blatchley, W. S. 1926. Heteroptera or true bugs of eastern North America, pp.
246-247.
Brace, J. P. 1822. List of plants growing spontaneously in Litchfield (Conn.) and
in its vicinity. Amer. Jour. Sei. and Arts 4:69-87.
Brendel, F. 1887. Flora Peoriana, the vegetation in the climate of middle Illinois,
Peoria, 89 pp.
Coard, Helen C. 1941. The Illinois and Michigan canal as an influence on westward
migration. Urbana, Ill.
Conger, J. L. 1932. History of the Illinois River Valley, v. 1, 496 pp. Chicago.
Deam, C. C. 1940. Flora of Indiana, 1236 pp., Indianapolis.
Densmore, Frances. 1918. Teton Sioux Music, Bur. Amer. Ethnology, Bul. 61, 561
pp.
Dixon, F. H. 1909. A traffic history of the Mississippi River system, Document
No. 11, National Waterways Commission, pp. 1-110. Washington, D. C.
Gilmore, M. R. 1911. Uses of plants of the Indians of the Missouri River region,
33rd. Ann. Rpt. Bur. Amer. Ethnology, 1911-1912 (1919), p. 78.
—.1913a. A study in the ethnobotany of the Omaha Indians. Nebr. State
Hist. Soc. Colls. 17:314-347.
—,. 1913b. Some native Nebraska plants with their uses by the Dakota.
Nebr. State Hist. Soc. Colls. 17:358-370.
Gleason, H. A. 1910. The vegetation of the inland sand deposits of Illinois, Bul.
Tll. State Lab. Nat. Hist. Surv. v. 9 (art. IIT), 174 pp.
Hart, C. A. 1907. Zoological studies in the sand regions of the Illinois and Mis-
sissippi River valleys. Bul. Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist. 7:195-272.
Higley, W. K., and Raddin, C. S. 1902. The flora of Cook County, Illinois and a
part of Lake County, Indiana. Bul. Chicago Acad. Sci. 2(1), xiii and 166 pp.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 185
James, E. 1825. Catalogue of plants collected during a journey to and from the
Rocky Mountains during the summer of 1820. (James was botanist on the
Major S. H. Long expedition of the U. S. Engimeers). Trans. Amer. Phil.
Soc. (n.s.) 2:172-190.
Kellerman, W. A., and Mrs. 1900. The non-indigenous flora of Ohio. Ohio State
Univ. Bul. (ser. 4), No. 27, pp. 1-28. Reprinted from Jour. Columbus Hort.
Soc., Mareh 1900.
Lapham, I. A. 1857. Catalogue of the plants of the state of [llinois.
Mead, S. B. 1846. Catalogue of plants growing spontaneously in the state of
Illinois, the principal part near Augusta, Hancock County. Prairie Farmer 6:
30-36, 60, 93, 119-122.
Nuttall, T. 1818. The genera of North American plants, and a catalogue of the
species to the year 1817. Philadelphia.
Patterson, H. N. 1876. Catalogue of the phaenogamous and vascular cryptogamous
plants of Illinois, native and introduced. Oquawka, Ill., pp. 1-54.
Pepoon, H. S. 1927. An annotated flora of the Chicago area. Chicago Acad. Sci.
Bul. Nat. Hist. Surv. 8, 554 pp. (p. 294).
Petersen, W. J. 1937. Steamboating on the Upper Mississippi, the waterway to
Towa. 575 pp. Iowa City.
Pursh, F. 1807. Journal of a botanical expedition in the northeastern parts of the
states of Pennsylvania and New York during the year 1807. (Reprinted,
1823).
Schaffner, J. 1914. Catalog of Ohio vascular plants.
Short, C. W. 1845. Observations on the botany of [llinois, more especially in ref-
erence to the autumnal flora of the prairies. Western Jour. Med. and Surgery,
Mar., pp. 185-198.
Stal, C. 1870. Enumeratio Hemipterorum. Svenska Vetensk. Akad. Handl., p. 187.
Thwaites, A. G. 1904. Early Western Travels, 1748-1846. 8 vols.
Torrey, J. 1824. A flora of the northern and middle sections of the United States,
v. 1, 518 pp. Albany.
. 1843. A flora of the state of New York. 2 vols., 1056 pp. Albany.
NEW SPECIES OF RALLICOLA (Philopteridae: Mallophaga)
By K. C. Emerson, Stillwater, Oklahoma
Since reviewing the genus Rallicola (Kmerson 1955), additional
material has been examined. The status of two subspecies can now be
clarified, and two new forms are described.
186 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Rallicola ortygometrae californicus (Kellogg and Chapman)
The original description was based on material collected from Rallus
obsoletus=Rallus longirostris obsoletus Ridgway, and Rallus vir-
gimanus=Rallus limicola limicola Vieillot. For my review, specimens
from Rallus limicola limicola Vieillot were not available. From mate-
rial now available, it is established that the two hosts harbor different
forms of the genus Rallicola. I designate Rallus longirostris obsoletus
Ridgway as the type host of Rallicola ortygometrae californicus (Kel-
logg and Chapman, 1899). This host is the first one listed by the
authors in their original description. The redescription and figures
given in my review are based on material from Rallus longirostris
subspecies. The specimens found on Rallus elegans elegans Audubon
also appear to be this subspecies.
Rallicola ortygometrae guami Carriker
Through the courtesy of Dr. Ronald Ward, material from the type
host of this species has been examined. The series consisted of: Six
females and four males from Rallus owstoni (Rothschild), collected
August 22, 1931, on Guam by W. F. Coultas. The form is properly
a subspecies of Rallicola ortygometrae. In my key, it can be separated
from Rallicola ortygometrae affinis (Piaget) by tergite III in the
male; which in guami is continuous, and in affinis is interrupted.
These specimens differ slightly from the description given by Carriker
(1949), so the following notes prepared by Dr. Ward and the author
are presented.
In the male, abdominal tergite IIT interrupted medianly, III interrupted medi-
anly for about one-third of the segment length, and the remainder are entire.
Male genitalia as shown in figure 1. In the female, abdominal tergites II-VI in-
terrupted medianly, VII-VIII transversely continuous. Sternites III-VI, in both
sexes, with four long setae on posterior margins.
Measurements: Male Female
Length of head 0.47mm 0.49mm
Width of head .36 08
Width of prothorax 23 24
Width of pterothorax 30 B33)
Width of abdomen ibs) 30
Total length 1.55 1.66
Rallicola ortygometrae subporzanae n. sp.
All abdominal tergites, in both sexes, transversely continuous. Abdominal ter-
gites II-III with large anterior median indentation; but posterior one-third of
these two tergites continuous. Abdominal tergites and sternites, in both sexes,
each with four long setae. Male genitalia as shown in figure 2.
Measurements: Male Female
Length of head 0.48mm 0.44mm
Width of head 38 36
Width of prothorax 22 21
Width of pterothorax 02 32
Width of abdomen 48 21
Total length 1.43 1.51
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 187
Type host.—Porzana carolina (linnaeus), Sora rail.
Type material: Holotype male, allotype female, and paratype
female collected in Douglas County, Kansas, during May 1909, are
in the Snow Entomological Collection, University of Kansas. Para-
type female collected at Mattituck, Long Island, New York, on Sep-
tember 10, 1936, by R. Latham, is in the collection of Cornell Univer-
sity.
This subspecies is closest to Rallicola ortygometrae ortygometrae ;
but can be separated from it in that tergite IV is continuous in the
new form, and interrupted medianly in Rallicola ortygometrae orty-
gometrae (Schrank).
Rallicola mystax (Giebel)
The type host of this species is Porzana porzana (Linnaeus), which
is found in Europe. Two collections have been examined that indicate
Caltnay in
)
|
a
1 2 é
Male genitalia of Rallicola sp., drawn to the same seale:—Fig. 1, R. ortygomet-
rae guami Carriker ; fig. 2, R. ortygometrae subporzanae n. spp.; fig. 3, R. kelloggi
n. sp.
188 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
the species is also found on Porzana carolina (linnaeus) in North
America. Two males collected at Moscow, Idaho; on May 2, 1952
by T. D. Burleigh, and one male collected at Tlacotalpam, Vera Cruz,
Mexico, on February 19, 1940, by M. A. Carriker, apparently agree in
all details with specimens from the type host. These records tend to
confuse the situation, as heretofore it has been thought that each
species of host was parasitized by only one species of Rallicola.
Further collections will be necessary to determine if this exists for
other hosts.
Rallicola kelloggi n. sp.
Male: Head slender, with a wide hyaline margin. First segments of antennae
enlarged and elongated, each with an appendage. Third segments of antennae
prolonged distally beyond the junction with segment IV. Posterior margin of
pterothorax with four pairs of long setae. Second abdominal tergife interrupted
medianly, the remainder transversely continuous; each tergite with a pair of
setae located medianly on posterior margin. Abdominal sternites ITI-VI with
four setae on posterior margins; and sternites VII-VIII with two setae on pos-
terior margins. Male genitalia as shown in figure 3.
Female: Antennae filiform. Abdominal tergites II-III interrupted medianly,
IV indented medianly, and the remainder transversely continuous. Chaetotaxy,
except for the terminal abdominal segments, as in the male. Lateral margins of
abdominal sternite IX, each with a fringe of ten medium length setae.
Measurements: Male Female
Length of head 0.42 0.45mm
Width of head Hi) 36
Width of prothorax 22 23
Width of pterothorax 28 30
Width of abdomen 38 45
Total length 1.26 1.42
Type host.—Rallus limicola limicola Vieillot, Virginia Rail.
Type material— Holotype male, paratype male, and five paratype
females in the U.S. National Museum, were collected at Vienna, Mary-
land, March 6, 1951. Allotype female, two paratype females, and one
paratype male in the collection of Ohio State University were col-
lected at Buckeye Lake, Ohio, on May, 15, 1925. Two paratype males
in the collection of Dr. G, J. Spencer were collected at Haney, British
Columbia, on June 14, 1951, by A. Peake. Three paratype males are
in the collection of Cornell University; these specimens are without
data except for the host. A paratype male and female in the U. 8.
National Museum were collected at Leonia, New Jersey, on September
6, 1929, by J. A. Weber.
This form is near R. sarothurae Clay, R. hoogstraali Emerson, and
R. cuspidatus (Scopoli). The mesosome of the male genitalia is not
elongated and pointed as in R. sarothurae, or broadly rounded as in
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 189
R. hoogstraali. Tergite V of the female is interrupted medianly in
R. cuspidatus, and transversely continuous in Rf. kelloggi n. sp.
Host List
The following list includes all species of the genus Rallicola found
im the United States, Canada, and Alaska, together with their normal
hosts.
Rallicola advenus (Kellogg), 1896. Fulica americana americana Gmelin, Ameri
can coot.
Rallicola elliotti Emerson, 1955. Porphyrula martinica (Linnaeus), Purple gal
linule.
Rallicola fulicae (Denny), 1842. Fulica atra atra Linnaeus, European coot.
Rallicola funebris (Nitzsch), 1866, Aramus scolopaceus pictus (Meyer), Florida
limpkin.
Rallicola kelloggi n. sp. Rallus limicola linicola Vieillot, Virginia rail.
Rallicola minutus (Nitzsch), 1866. Gallinula chloropus cachinnans Bangs, Flor-
ida gallinula.
Rallicola mystax (Giebel), 1874. Porzana carolina (Linnaeus), Sora rail.
Rallicola ortygometrae californicus (Kellogg and Chapman), 1899. Rallus
longirostris suspecies, Clapper rails, and Rallus elegans elegans Audubon, King
rail.
Rallicola ortygometrae ortygometrae (Schrank), 1781. Crex crex (Linnaeus),
Corncrake.
Rallicola ortygometrae subporzanae n. ssp. Porzana carolina (Linnaeus), Sora
rail.
Rallicola porzanae (Piaget), 1880. Coturnicops noveboracensis noveboracensis
(Gmelin), Yellow rail.
The black rails, Latterallus jamaicensis subspecies, are the only
hosts from this area likely to harbor a form of Rallicola that have
not been examined to date.
REFERENCES
Carriker, M. A. 1949. On a collection of Mallophaga from Guam, Marianas
Islands. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 100 (3254): 1-24.
Emerson, K. C. 1955. A review of the genus Rallicola (Philopteridae, Mallo-
phaga) found on Aramidae, Psophiidae, and Rallidae. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.
48: 284-299.
Kellogg, V. L. and Chapman, B. L. 1899. Mallophaga from birds of California.
Oceas. Papers. Calif. Acad. Sci. 6: 53-143.
NOTICE
Memoir No. 5, A Classification of the Siphonaptera of South America, by
Phyllis Truth Johnson, is now available. Price $10.00. Send orders to Mr.
Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian, Entomological Society of Washington, Plant
Quarantine Branch, ARS, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D.C.
190 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
NOTES ON BIONOMICS AND ECOLOGY OF MOSS-MITES I.
(ACARI: ORIBATET)
JOSEF R. WINKLER, Museum SLUKO Olomouc, Czechoslovakia
(Communicated to Tyler A. Woolley, Colorado A & M College)
Migration on Large Plants
Studies of microcavernicolous hfe histories demonstrate the oceur-
rence of certain oribatid mites in soil layers, decaying leaves, under
stones, beneath the bark of trees, and in similar biotopes. The mites
are often very abundant also on small plants growing in the immedi-
ate neighborhood of the earth (mosses, lichens, ete.), but their pres-
ence on larger plants is rather exceptional and only a small number
of migrant species 1s known. Some oribatid species, for instance Cym-
baeremaeus cymba (Nic.), Neoliodes theleproctus (Herm.), and N.
farinosus (WKoeh) are often mentioned in the literature as arboricolous
mites. Collections on forest-steppes in the Karlstejn area (Central
Bohemia) help to revise these data. On oaklets of this locality Neo-
liodes farinosus was procured in great numbers together with Phaulop-
pia lucorum in sweepings of the area. Both of these also occurred in
Sweepings from the serpentine-steppes of Mohelno (SW Moravia)
made by the writer in May 1955.
On localities in the lower parts of the Sumava Mts., (Bohmerwald),
Phauloppia lucorum and Cymbaeremaecus cymba were collected to-
gether. The former was distributed rather individually; the latter
occurred in great abundance in overgrowths of Cladonia and on the
trunks of firs. P. lucorwm was not found in any of the samples of
litter from beneath these trees. Specimens of C. cymba were rather
rare in the litter and those found were usually dead and defective.
(Schwarzbach in Boéhmenwalde, 18.9.1953, J. R. Winkler)
The writer also studied the migration of Camisia lapponica (Tragh. )
on leaves of bilberry (Vaccinium vitis) in the locality of Pestrice
(Stogenwald) not far from Boéhmenwalde. Clusters of Vaccinium
were infested by the scale Chionaspis salicis and the aleurodid Aleuro-
tuberculatus similis Takahashi (Det. Dr. J. Zahradnik). In this in-
stance the author observed slow, distinct migrations of C. lapponica
in spite of low temperatures of —1° to —20° C. These observations
are unique, for data concerninig migrations of this species on plants
are not found in the literature.
The occurrence of Trichoribates incisellus (Krammer) on eculti-
vated lucerne (Medicago sativa) was observed July 7, 1955, near
Karlstejn (Central Bohemia). No data concerning migration of this
species on plants of a greater size are known.
Occurrence of cerotegument on Nenillus tegeocranus (Herm.)
For some species of mites the presence of cerotegument covering
the body is characteristic. In certain instances it may be a valid and
prominent taxonomic feature. The carabodid species (Yenillus tegeo-
cranus (Herm.) usually has no cerotegument and there are no cases
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 191
described in the literature. The writer obtained this rather common
species in a number of Bohemian localities. All collected specimens
were of normal appearance. In one Bohemian (Lichkoy, 3.9.1954)
and three Moravian localities (Vlaske 29.8.1954 and Hanusovice,
15.8.1954), however, the author found specimens covered by a thick,
dirty amorphous, yellowish-brown cerotegument. The layer covered
both propodosoma and hysterosoma and made generic and specific
identification impossible. The lamellae were of fantastic form and
size. The cerotegument layer was suppressed by boiling specimens in
ehloralphenol and washing them in carboxylol. They were then
mounted in Canada balsam and all characters became visible. The
cerotegument, if present, is very adhesive, which necessitates a drastic
method of removal. Although the writer boiled specimens in lactic
acid and cleared them mechanically, he had better success with the
former technique. Factors influencing the production and adhesion
of cerotegument are unknown to the writer; he is also at a loss to
explain the lack of cerotegument in some mites of the same species,
as described above.
THE LARVA OF SIMOPELTA (HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDABE)
GEORGE C. WHEELER AND JEANETTE WHEELER
Department of Biology, University of North Dakota
The larva of Simopelta deserves to be ranked with those of Lepta-
nilla and Proceratium as the most aberrant and bizarre among the
ants. In fact, when we first looked at Borgmeier’s (1950) sketch, we
doubted that it could be a formicid larva. It had a somewhat dipter-
ous habitus and there are myrmecophilous larvae among the Diptera.
So we asked Dr. Borgmeier if he would send us some material for
study. His response was most generous—70 larvae.
A detailed study of this material revealed the presence of most for-
micid larval characters, but since we still had doubts, we sent some
to Dr. Willis W. Wirth at the United States National Museum. Dr.
Wirth! has written us that ‘‘the complete series of abdominal spiracles
indicate that they are not dipterous. I know of no Diptera higher
than the Fungivoridae-Itonididae series which have a complete series
of abdominal spiracles. Traces of the usual pair of apical spiracles
and the lack of a posterior differentiated pair of spiracles are practi-
cally always to be found in the higher Diptera.’’!
Genus SIMOPELTA Mann
Body rather stout and nearly straight. Diameter greatest at abdominal somite
IV, decreasing to the anterior end of the abdomen, then increasing to the meso-
thorax. Prothorax conoidal and capable of being retracted to a limited extent
into the mesothorax; basal diameter (in preserved material) abruptly offset from
1Obiter dictum: Dr. Wirth showed the larvae to a colleague, who said that if
they were ant larvae, he was ready to believe anything.
192 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
the anterior end of the mesothorax. Terminal abdominal segment forming a
small knob directed postero-ventrally. Tubereles sparse (72); fungiform, door-
knob-shaped or irregu’ar. Body and head hairs lacking. Antennae very small and
situated high on the head, each with two sensilla. Mandibles faleate; base not
dilated; without spinules or medial teeth; apex directed posteriorly, simulating
the mouthhooks of maggots. Labial palps lateral.
Simopelta belones to the section Euponerinae of the subfamily
Ponerinae; the larvae of this section are characterized by havine body
tubercles. The tubercles of Simopelta appear somewhat similar to the
olutinous dorsal tubercles of Ponera and Huponera, but otherwise
there is little resemblance to other members of the tribe Ponerini.
Head shape, high antennae, and the lack of hairs on the head suggest
Leptogenys in the tribe Leptogenyini. On the other hand, Simopelta
Is unique amone known ant larvae in (1) the general shape of the
body and the shape of the thorax in particular; (2) the partial re-
tractability of the prothorax; (3) complete absence of hairs; and (4)
the shape and position of the mandibles. The lateral position of the
labial palps is unusual but not unique.
Simopelta pergandei (Forel)
Young larva—Straight length 1.6 mm; length through spiracles 1.7 mm. Body
rather stout and nearly straight. Diameter greatest at abdominal somite IV, de-
creasing gradually to the posterior end, which would be broadly rounded were
it not for the terminal somite that forms a small knob directed posteroventrally ;
decreasing anteriorly to the anterior end of the abdomen, then increasing to the
mesothorax. Prothorax conoidal and capable of being retracted to a limited ex-
tent into the mesothorax; basal diameter (in preserved material) abruptly re-
duced from the diameter of the anterior end of the mesothorax, giving an offset
appearance. Head on the anterior end. Anus posteroventral. Leg and gonopod
vestiges present. Segmentation indistinct. Body beset with 72 tubercles which
are fungiform, doorknob-shaped, or irregular (in preserved material). Tubereles
arranged in 8 longitudinal rows; the mesothoracic through the seventh abdomi-
nal somite each bearing 8 tubercles. Segmentation indistinct. Integument thickly
beset with minute papillae (about 0.0012 mm in diameter). No body hairs. Cra-
nium longer than broad; widest at the bases of the mandibles; dorsal outline
rounded. Head with 10 small sensilla but no hairs. Antennae very small and
high on the cranium; each with 2 sensilla, each of which bears a minute spinule.
Labrum narrow, slightly longer than broad, thick; the blunt ventral surface with
8 sensilla; each lateral surface with 1 sensillum; posterior surface spinulose, the
spinules rather long (about 0.009 mm) and arranged in subtransverse rows, the
rows so close together that their spinules overlap. Mandibles heavily sclerotized ;
faleate; base not dilated; without medial teeth; surfaces smooth; apex directed
posterior'y. Maxillae not distinctly marked off from the head; the apex bearing
a few long slender spinules; palp a low knob with 1 lateral (bearing a spinule)
and 3 terminal (2 small with a spinule each and 1 large and encapsulated) sen-
silla; galea a tall frustum bearing 2 apical sensilla. Anterior surface of labium
spinulose, the spinules long and in subtransverse rows, the rows so close together
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 193
Fic. 1.—Simopelta pergandei (Forel), A, head in anterior view, X205; B, larva
in side view, X44; C, larva in ventral view, X44; D, surface view of cuticular
spines, X635; EH, left mandible in lateral view, X282; F, mouth parts in sagittal
section, X625; G, tubercle and adjacent bulb in section, X635. Bu, bulb; Cu,
cuticle; Hd, hypodermis; Hp, hypopharynx; Li, labium; Lr, labrum; 8S, duct of
sericteries; Tu. tubercle.
194 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO, 4, AUGUST, 1957
that their spinules overlap; palps lateral, each a low knob with 1 lateral (bearing
a spinule) and 3 terminal (2 small with a spinule each and 1 large and encapsu-
lated) sensilla; opening of sericteries a long transverse slit on the ventral surface
of the labium. Hypopharynx densely spinulose, the spinules long and in numerous
transverse rows, the rows so close together that their spinules overlap. (Material
studied: numerous larvae from San José, Costa Riea, collected by H. Schmidt.)
3orgmeier 1950 (p. 376) states (translation from Portuguese): ‘‘I was able
to examine more than 70 larvae of this species. None of them appears to have
attained complete development, but at most scarcely 2 mm. in total length (the
worker is 3 mm.). Some specimens were treated with lactic acid, and the form
and structure were perfectly visible under high magnification. The color is cream.
The thoracic segments are sharply marked off from the abdominal segments. There
is a slight constriction in the height of abdominal segments 2-3 and they are
enlarged in the posterior half of the abdomen. In specimens preserved in alcohol
the form is more flattened and more enlarged posteriorly, and thoracic segments
2-3 are usually retracted. Abdominal segments 1-9 bear on the dorsal and ven-
tral surface transverse rows of 4 circular papillae. The integument is naked,
Ty A
without hairs.’’ (Fig. 12 on p. 375, larva in dorsal view.)
REFERENCE
Borgmeier, T. 1950. A fémea dichthadiiforme e os estadios evolutivos de Simopelta
pergandei (Forel), e a deserigao de S. bicolor, n. sp. Rev. de Ent. 21: 369-
380, illus.
A NOTE ON THILAKOTHRIPS BABULI RAMAKRISHNA
J. DouGLaAs Hoop
The description of Thilakothrips babuli Ramakrishna (Mem. Dept.
Agr. India, 10(7) :276-277, 1928) was evidently based in large part
upon material crushed in the process of mounting and examined with
no great care. To the species were attributed several nonexistent char-
acters. I have a paratype which was collected with the holotype; 1.e.,
it was taken at the same place, on the same day, in the same kind of
galls, on the same plant, and labeled by the original describer in his
own handwriting. This specimen, after treatment with potassium
hydroxide, was manipulated into what appears to be a close approxi-
mation of its original form, and then remounted. It is the basis for
the notes and drawines given below.
Little resemblance is to be seen between the present illustrations
(Figs. 1-3) and those accompanying the text of the original deserip-
tion; and several statements made in the description itself need also
to be corrected.
Thus, the head is not ‘‘dome shaped, converging toward the eyes
and widening toward base, where there is a slight lateral expansion
like a lappet on each side.’’ Rather, it is nearly parallel-sided, nar-
rowed basally, and not at all out of the ordinary in general form.
Nor do the cheeks have ‘‘distinet ecrenulations, which appear more or
less like warts, but have no spines or tubereles’’; instead, they are
?
PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Q, paratype; right
Head and prothorax,
Thilakothrips babuli Ramakrishna.
fore leg omitted.
196 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Thilakothrips babuli: Metanotum, 9, paratype (upper); tergum of abdomen,
2, paratype (lower).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH:/eVOL. 59, NO:'4,°AUGUST, 1957 197
well covered with distinct, though not large, tubercles, and each tuber-
cle, with few exceptions, bears a large, curved, and somewhat finger-
like seta. The prothorax is nearly smooth on the dise and without
reticulation of any sort. It is set with numerous, heavy, tapering setae
—fashioned much like the cephalic ones—and has the conventional six
pairs of major setae, in their usual positions: four on the pronotum,
one on the epimera, and one on the fore coxae. All of these last have
conspicuously dilated tips. In the original description, this part of the
body is said to be ‘‘not so distinctly reticulate’’ as the head, and
‘‘fringed with numerous curved hyaline bristles which are dilated
at the tip, the postero-lateral bristle long, curved ... other bristles
comparatively small.”’
Following are measurements, in microns except as otherwise noted, of the
single specimen, a de-alated macropterous female: Length about 1.6 mm, (dis-
tended, 1.86 mm). Head, total length 245, width across eyes 148, least width
just behind eyes 129, greatest width across cheeks 151, least width near base 123,
width across basal collar 129, greatest width in front of eyes 938, width of frontal
costa 19. Eyes, dorsal length 64, dorsal width 40, dorsal interval 68. Median
ocellus, diameter 15. Postocular setae, length 63, interval 107, distance from eyes
20. Mouth-cone, length beyond posterior dorsal margin of head 146. Prothorax,
median length of pronotum 160, width across coxae 290, length of antero-marginal
setae 50, antero-angulars 54, mid'aterals 55, epimerals 82, postero-marginals 67,
coxals 50. Mesothorax, width across anterior angles 302. Metathorax, greatest
width posteriorly 315. Abdomen, greatest width (at segment III) 3438; tube
(segment X, only), length 163, width across basal collar 62, greatest subbasal
width 57, least apical width 29, terminal setae 94; segment IX, seta I 92, IT 80.
Lengths of antennal segments: I 50 (dorsal, exposed length only 29), II 60,
TIT 60; 1V 56; V 54, VI 53, VIL 53, VIII 27; total length of antennae 413.
A NEW SPECIES OF DENDROCORIS AND A NEW COMBINATION OF
ATIZIES
(HEMIPTERA, PENTATOMIDAE )
G. H. Netson, College of Medical Evangelists, Loma Linda, California.
Since the author’s recent revision of the genus Dendrocoris (Proc.
Ent. Soe. Wash. 57: 49-67, 1955), a new species of Dendrocoris, herein
described, and a new combination of Atizies have been recognized. In
the revision Atizies was placed as a synonym of Dendrocoris on the
basis of A. suffultus Distant. Another species of Atizies, called to the
author’s attention by Mr. D. Leston, of London, England, was de-
scribed by L. Ancona N. in ‘‘Los jumiles de Taxco (Gro.) Atizies
taxcoensis spec. nov.’’ (An. del Inst. de Biol. 3:149-162, 19 _) As
the reference was not available to the author, Dr. R. I. Sailer, of the
U.S. National Museum, kindly checked the original description and
drawings. He states that the drawing of the underside shows the
bifurcate metasternal plate or metaxyphus that is so characteristic of
the Edessini and that A. taxrcoensis belongs to the genus Edessa and is
possibly a synonym of FE. conspersa Stal.
198 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Dendrocoris parapini, new species
This species resembles D. pini Montandon closely but has a relatively narrower
head (especially noticeable in that part anterior to the eyes) and coneave antero-
lateral pronotal margins, which are straight or slightly convex in pini (see figs.
laranid 2)
Color.—Pale yellow ochraceous above and beneath, with ferruginous tints on
head above. Punctures concolorous with body except for dark brown to black
punetures along lateral margins of juga, antero-lateral margins of pronotum, und
a few along lateral margins of hemelytra. Antennae rufo-ferruginous, paler to-
ward base. Rostrum colored as body with dark markings typical of this genus.
Legs colored as body, tarsi rufo-ferruginous. Abdominal segments with dark
antero- and postero-lateral angles as seen from a lateral view. Spiracles colored
as body.
Structure.—General form oval. Head width to length a ratio of 1.05 to 1,
obliquely narrowed to rounded front; vertex and base of tylus convex; juga con-
tiguous in front. Disk of pronotum with a few irregular raised smooth areas
laterally and anteriorly; humeri not prominent, lateral margins before humeri
slightly coneave. Scutellum with impunctate areas along lateral margins and on
disk. Hemelytra with impunetate areas located irregularly on their surface.
Length: 2, 6-7 mm. Width: 9, 3.4-3.8 mm.
Female genitalia.—Essentially as in pini except that the genital plates are
largely or completely hidden by sixth abdominal segment.
Variation.—Dark punctures occur on the posterior margin of pronotum in one
specimen. Coloration and structure quite constant in the specimens available.
Type Material—Described from seven females.
Holotype: NEw Mexico: Las Vegas, August 12, H. S. Barber and
Schwarz. U.S. National Museum Type Cat. No. 63453.
Paratypes: New Mexico: 1 Las Vegas, August 16, Barber and
Schwarz; 1 Santa Fe, July 21, 1926, E. C. Van Dyke; 1 Jemez
Fig. 1, Dendrocoris parapini Nelson, outline of head and pronotum; fig. 2, D. pini
Montandon, outline of head and pronotum.
Springs, July 1, 1916, J. Woodgate; Texas: 3 Jeff Davis Co., June
20, 1952, July 4, 1953, and July 6, 1953, D. J. and J. N. Knull. These
paratypes are distributed in the following collections: 2, U. S. Na-
tional Museum; 3, Ohio State University Collection; 1, California
Academy of Sciences.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 199
It is possible that additional specimens of parapini are present in
some collections under the name pint Montandon: Specimens identi-
fied as pint are especially suspect if they were collected in New Mexico
or Texas.
HOST FEEDING OF CULISETA MORSITANS
Ropert C. WALLIS, Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Station, New Haven
The ecology and bionomics of mosquitoes feeding on avian hosts have
recently become important, as epidemiological studies involve wild
birds and domestic pheasants as hosts of eastern equine encephalitis.
However, knowledge of many mosquito species, particularly of the
host-feedine preference, is not available. This article reports observa-
tions on the biology of one of these lttle known species, Culiseta
morsitans.
The biology of the larvae of this species was published by Horsfall
in 1955, but little has been reported on the feeding habits of the adult.
Carpenter and LaCasse (1955) say the females of the species rarely,
if ever, feed on man. They indicate that C. morsitans probably feeds
on birds and cite an account of a female feeding upon the blood of a
breenfinch (Natvig 1948). However, there is little evidence concern-
ing the source of the blood meal of this species. There is no indica-
tion that this mosquito even requires blood, since engorged specimens
have not been reported. Wesenbere-Lund (1921) examined thousands
of wild females and found none with blood in the alimentary tract.
Experimental.—Biweekly collections of morsitans adults were ob-
tained from diurnal resting places in the vicinity of a domestic pheas-
ant pen at Shade Swamp, Connecticut, throughout the early summer
of 1956. During two 4-week periods, prior to and after 6-week-old
pheasants were placed in the pen, the number of female C. morsitans
containing fresh blood were counted and recorded. Blood smears from
specimens containing fresh blood meals were prepared for microscopic
examination.
Results —Within a 4-week period, from June 16 to July 14, 1956,
pheasants were placed in the pen, the number of female C. morsitans
contained fresh blood meals out of a total of 115 females of this spe-
cies collected. However, the collection taken during the first week
after the pheasants were in the pen, July 14 to July 21, contained 18
blooded specimens out of 27. The incidence of blooded specimens in
collections during the next 2 weeks remained high and then dropped
in the fourth week. In the second week, July 21 to July 28, 6 were
blooded out of 14 collected. In the third week, July 28 to August 4,
6 were blooded out of 23 specimens. During the fourth week, August
4 to August 11, 1 out of 14 had engorged with blood. In this 4-week
period after the young pheasants were placed in the pen, a total of
31 blooded specimens out of 88 C. morsitans were collected. The per-
centage incidence of blooded specimens for this 4-week period was
35.2 percent as compared with 2.6 percent for the previous 4-week
200 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vol. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
period. Blood smears prepared for microscopic examination revealed
that 6 out of 6 blood-engorged specimens contained nucleated red
blood cells.
Discussion—During the past 3 years this laboratory has been con-
cerned with the ecology of mosquitoes feeding on pheasants, because
of the repeated occurrence in Connecticut of eastern equine encepha-
lomyelitis in domestic pheasants. Particular observations have been
made of Culiseta (Wallis 1953) since Chamberlain et al. (1951) re-
ported isolation of the virus from C. melanura and Holden et al.
(1954) reported isolation of three strains of virus from pools of the
same species collected near a pheasant pen in New Jersey.
During the early summer months, adult C. morsitans were routinely
collected in diurnal resting places in past years, but it was not until
1956 that careful observation of blood-engorged specimens could be
correlated with the stocking of the pheasant pen. The sharp increase
in the number of specimens containing blood was startling, and could
not be connected with any other change in the environment. Wild bird
and other potential host populations within the area were apparently
constant during the two periods. It may be postulated that since a
smaller total number of adults was in the cave collections in the lat-
ter 4-week period, the percentage of fed specimens would naturally
increase. Also, the females in the population may not have been ready
to feed earlier in the season. However, the proportion of blood-en-
gorged specimens during the first week the pheasants were available
was considerably higher than for subsequent weeks. From this, it ap-
pears that a backlog of females ready to feed was built up in the popu-
lation and the young pheasants provided a suitable host population.
REFERENCES
Carpenter, S. J., and LaCasse, W. J. 1955. Mosquitoes of North America, Berke-
ley, Calif. Univ. Calif. Press. 6, 386 pp.
Chamberlain, R. W., Rubin, H., Kissling, R. E., and Edison, M. E. 1951. Recovery
of virus of Eastern equine encephalitis from a mosquito, Culiseta melanura
(Coquillett). Proce. Soe. Expt. Biol. and Med. 77: 396-397.
Holden, P., Miller, J. B., and Tobbins, D. M. 1954. Isolations of eastern equine
encephalomyelitis virus from mosquitoes (Culiseta melanura) collected in
New Jersey 1953. Proce. Soc. Expt. Biol. and Med. 87: 457-459.
Horsfall, W. R. 1955. Mosquitoes. Their Bionomies and Relations to Disease.
Ronald Press Co., New York. 723 pp.
Natvig, L. R. 1948. Contributions to the knowledge of the Danish and Fennosean-
dian Mosquitoes: Culeini. Norsk. Ent. Tidsskr., Sup. 1, 567 pp.
Wallis, R. C. 1953. Notes on the Biology of Culiseta melanura (Coquillett)-
Mosquito News. 14: 33-34.
Wesenberg-Lund, C. 1920-1921. Contributions to the biology of the Danish Culi-
cidae. Host and Son, Copenhagen. 210 pp.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 201
SUMMARY REPORTS OF SOCIETY OFFICERS FOR 1956
CORRESPONDING SECRETARY
Membership as of January 1, 1956 (adjusted figure)... 506
Reductions:
Lawersseanieyo | Ae it
Dropped: —ye ses. oe ee 21
Deceasedi=s— & sew oe 1
AO te, Seeecetere ee ee ee ee eee Be Es 23
Elected to membership —- sorts EELS RSS eee 26
INGfes ain eine me mn'b ershiiy) sess eueaweeines seer ea sat eee 3
oOtaleniembershipsnonsD)ecaroilanl Os Geen: eee ou ee Se 509
Classes of Membership
PAG LaR USGI TOR Anes Wir eae ae ae eee ee ee =. 486
AN rll @ yeaa aA ee ee ee Se dete oe eA se Se 5
TRYST Ly | ee SF pee an ae A ee ye ee PD, EM dps dawns BE eh SER RAD 14
TE ROWM ON ae) cee ee nee eee ee 1 ee ce ge es ee eae 4
509
The membership is distributed among 41 States, the District of Columbia, and
21 foreign countries.
Circulation of the Proceedings (October 1956 issue) :
Unstamped, poundage rate
Sitiattest. = eee 396
District of Columbia _. 34
lUEISs2ossessions? 15 445
Stamped asrOLeleneCOUlbT CS ate ean ne ee ewe ee eee eee 153
Henini all eee ace ee eee De Ok SA ON RL Jee ae ta ae ot eee Ee. 118
IDO Gea ls ples Ol rect eas! ames ee SSL i cone eS 716
Distribution:
ROBIN ETN CL Seas 4 eer Bs eR i ee oe SET ERY 473
MOESUDSGRIDETS a eee ee ac SATE Se Dede oe ee ie 243
ly ray 2 ie ae a es Dei Gio ee ed 716
The Proceedings go to members and subscribers in 47 States, the District of
Columbia, 4 Territories, and 46 foreign countries.
Respectfully submitted, KELvIN Dorwarp, Corresponding Secretary,
202 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
TREASURER
General Fund
Cash on hand—January 1, 1956 ____.--....- Se ee ects Pee Seep) Oso
Recerpts durin ogo y Oe eee ee Eee es anit, eee 3,599.75
Cash on hand— Dorcnben 31, 495 NG el a A 268.20
Expenditures dunine 1956) 22a Hie AVS eee 3,866.72
NO Gall eee = eee ere AE NE ha a eal A RS I a $4,134.92
Publication Fund
Cash and securities on h Mevontennye aby Ito) a $6,044.28
Receipts and Earnings during 1956 — woe. 2 See eee OOS)
RO tell ee ie eee ete ae Tee ee : LEN SE $7,340.38
Cash daa Securities on hand— mee Oaee 31, 19! 56 Mee 6,724.98
Expenditures during 1956 __..._____. Se Pee ieee INA Fo 615.40
LLC a) SPE) Lae ALS ae kOe oe etek ee Cee i ote ee ae ee $7,340.38
Copies of the Treasurer’s report, Soprowed by the Auditing Committee, are
on file with the Corresponding Secretary and the Treasurer.
Respectfully submitted, P. X. PELTIER, Treasurer
CUSTODIAN
During the calendar year 1956 the office of the Custodian sold 53 Memoirs for
#288.10; Proceedings, including one complete set, for $384.40; and reprints and
miscellaneous papers amounting to $15.10. The total value of sales amounted to
$684.60.
Memoirs on hand December 31, 1956 were as follows: No. 1, 108; No. 2, 47;
No. 38, 253; and No. 4, 984. Orders have been indicated or actually received for
about 20 of the new Memoir No. 5.
It might be interesting to note that in 1953 items sold amounted to $1,918;
1954, $544; 1955, $554; 1956, $690.
We have already received one order for a complete set of the Proceedings this
year [1957]. This brings up again the problem of providing complete sets after
the present supply of about 15 complete sets is exhausted. A few numbers are
in very short supply and one number is completely exhausted. The Executive
Committee is giving consideration to this matter.
Respectfully submitted, H. J. CoNKLE, Custodian.
EDITOR
Six numbers of Volume 58 of the Proceedings, a total of 368 pages, have been
published in 1956. Eighteen pages were devoted to advertising (exclusive of
back covers) and 350 pages to scientific papers, notes, book reviews, obituaries,
and minutes of meetings. This is in contrast to 304 pages published in 1955,
294 of which were devoted to scientific papers and notes, obituaries, book reviews,
PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 203
and minutes of meetings. During 1956, 8 published pages were paid for by their
authors; in 1955, 8% were so paid. Volume 58 contains 55 original contributions
averaging 6% pages in length. Volume 57 contained 50 original contributions
averaging 5% pages in length.
Memoir No. 5, entitled ‘‘A Classification of the Siphonaptera of South Amer-
ica,’? by Dr. Phyllis Johnson, is in preparation, The manuscript has been
edited, set in galley, and proofread by the author, and the dummy has been
prepared.
Respectfully submitted, RicHarpD H. Footer, Hditor.
SOCIETY MEETING
The 659th regular meeting of the Society was held in room 43 of the U. 8.
National Museum, Thursday, January 3, 1957. President Frank L. Campbell
called the meeting to order at 8 p.m., and there were 35 members and 20 visitors
present. The minutes of the previous meeting were read, corrected, and approved.
President Campbell announced the following committees for 1957. Advertising:
Price G. Piquett, chairman, A. H. Bender, John H. Fales, and George S. Langford;
Auditing: Harold Morrison, chairman, and L. B. Reed; Membership: William E,
Bickley, chairman, Engel L. R. Gilbert, Jack C. Jones, M. P. Jones, Robert T.
Mitchell, Edgar A. Taylor, and Rose E. Warner; Memoirs: Reece I. Sailer,
chairman, Richard H. Foote, Alice V. Renk (ex officio), Jerome G. Rozen, Jr.,
and G. W. Wharton; Notes and Exhibition of Specimens: R. H. Nelson, chairman,
Louis G. Davis, Elizabeth E. Haviland, and W. N. Sullivan, Jr.; Program: J. F.
Gates Clarke, chairman (elected), Theodore R. Gardner, Karl V. Krombein, How-
ard B. Owens; Reserve Stock: H. J. Conkle, chairman (elected), Paul X. Peltier,
and Helen Sollers.
H. M. Armitage, President of the Entomological Society of America, brought
greetings from the Pacific Coast Entomological Society and the Entomological
Societies of Northern and Southern California. In a few lively remarks in be-
half of the Entomological Society of America, he said that he would not remind
Society members they should join the E. 8. A., as he was sure they already be-
longed. President Campbell observed that the E. S. A. was also represented at the
meeting by its immediate past president, B. A. Porter, but gave Dr. Porter a well-
earned rest by calling on R. H. Nelson for a report on the recent meetings. The
E. S. A. has about 3,700 members and hopes that the number may grow to 4,000
in 1957.
R. I. Sailer exhibited third and fourth instars of the wheel bug, Arilus cristatus
(L.). These wheel bug nymphs had hatched in early December from eggs laid in
late September. The nymphs had fed exclusively on nymphs of the stink bug
Euschistus servus Say. Specimens of adult wheel bugs mounted with various spe-
cies of prey were also shown. The prey included a honey bee, wasp, mantispid,
scarab, mantid, and a walking stick. T. J. Spilman asked how the bug managed
to pierce the armorlike exoskeleton of an insect such as a searab. Dr. Sailer re-
plied that in the case of stink bugs he had seen the wheel bug insert its stylets
through the intersegmental membranes of the abdomen and legs. In one instance a
stink bug was killed by a thrust through the basal articulation of its rostrum.
{ Author’s abstract. |
204 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
B. A. Porter exhibited a can of ‘‘maguey worms,’’ lepidopterous larvae used
as food in Mexico. The cans are widely offered for sale in Mexican grocery stores.
Dr. Armitage commented that he had sampled the fried grasshoppers, and that
50,000 cans from Tokyo were placed on the U. S. market this year; he did not
recommend them.
The principal paper of the evening was ‘‘The Development of Commercial En-
tomology in the United States,’’ by Mortimer D. Leonard, of the Shell Chemical
Corporation. |The paper as read will be published in the Proceedings of the Tenth
international Congress of Entomology.] ‘‘Commercial Entomology’’ refers to
activities of entomologists, and ‘‘ Official Entomology’’ to their activities in Fed-
eral, State, and other nonprofit agencies. The first commercial entomologist started
in 1904. The growth in numbers of entomologists employed by business and indus-
try was indicated and some of the reasons for the increase were analyzed. The
continually widening field of activities was traced and the present more important
kinds of business which employ graduate entomologists were briefly described.
Although it is estimated that only about 15 percent of all professional en-
tomologists are presently connected with profit-making activities, an increasing
number of trained entomologists will undoubtedly enter the commercial field as
time goes on. The rate of increase will depend to a considerable extent on the
imagination and aggressiveness of entomologists themselves, in pointing out how
business ean profit by a greater use of their specialized knowledge and services.
The development of more adequate curricula in our colleges and universities can
contribute greatly to better enable students to enter the commercial field and
attention should be given toward this end. |Author’s abstract.] The paper was
discussed by President Campbell and by members Porter, Nelson, Bishopp, and
Armitage.
The Shell Chemical Corporation furnished the second part of the scheduled pro-
gram, a new film, ‘‘The Rival World,’’ on the insect menace. The film was
exhibited by Robert E. Hamman, Washington representative of the Agricultural
Chemicals Division of the Corporation. Dr. Bishopp commented on the improve-
ment in the migratory locust problem. He remarked ‘‘ This film is splendid in its
coverage and technical qualities. I feel, however, that it overstresses the migratory
locust problem although that is a spectacular example of the destructiveness of
insects. Unfortunately it conveys the impression that no headway has been made
in conquering the migratory locust. The impression I have gained from contacts
in Egypt and the Middle East is that the systematic scouting and timely use of
insecticides by the various countries has greatly reduced the losses and terror
chargeable to the locusts. In this the good work of Bill Mabee, of the U. S. De-
partment of Agriculture, and his associates have played an important part.’’
The visitors introduced were Mrs. Bishopp; F. D. Butcher, entomologist with
the U. S. Army Forces in the Far East, stationed in Camp Zana, Japan, and his
wife and son Frederick; Dr. Keizo Yasumatsu, who will shortly return to his home
in Japan; and G. W. Dekle, of the Florida State Plant Board. Honorary Member
H. G. Barber was also presented.
The meeting adjourned at 10 p.m.—KeLurr O’NetmL, Recording Secretary.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 205
THE PUBLICATION FUND
Now that Memoir No. 5 has been published, the Executive Commit-
tee of the Entomological Society of Washington wishes to call atten-
tion to the Publication Fund of the Society. Our Constitution, as
amended in December 1956, states,
“«The Society shall maintain a separate fund to be known as the Special
Publication Fund. At the discretion of the Executive Committee, any unrestricted
portion of the Special Publication Fund may be used for publishing memoirs,
handbooks, or other special publications. In any one year, a sum not exceeding
the previous five years’ income from interest on the Special Pubheation Fund
monies may be taken from this Fund and applied toward the publication of the
Proceedings; such sum to be returned to the Special Publication Fund at the
discretion of the Executive Committee. The Special Publication Fund will be
derived from bequests and gifts, from the sale of complete sets of the Proceedings
of the Entomological Society of Washington, froin the sale of Memoirs, Hand-
books, or other special publications, from the fees of life and sustaining members,
and from the sum of fifty cents from the annual dues of each member.’’
The Publication Fund was started by a bequest of $1,400 by the
late Frederick Knab in 1918. In 1927 a donation of $1,000 by the late
E. A. Schwarz was added to it. Since that time no bequests or gifts
have been added to this fund. The Executive Committee wishes to
arouse the interest of members and friends of the Society in obtain-
ing additional funds for the publication of Memoirs by the Society.
Further contributions of any amount will be welcome. At present
the publication of each additional Memoir is mainly dependent upon
funds derived from the sales of those already published.
Contributions to charitable, or educational institutions up to 20
percent of gross income may be deducted in computine Federal in-
come taxes. The form printed below is suggested for the use of those
who desire to leave the Society any personal property, such as money,
stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects of value.
FORM OF BEQUEST
Know All Men by These Presents, That I Siecin WG nate cea 7
of the city of __ ae NS Eae s PCOUMyanO fae BS, (eile, Md See ote ‘
ATC S CALCIO fetek eee weenie EE ee es , do hereby give, grant, and convey unto
The Entomological Society of Washington, at Washington, in the District of
Columbia, an organization to promote the study of entomology in all of its
Hearing Sather sums Olesen Se a A Te) hi OE eae in: Pie ioillenesy (65 =)
to have and to hold the same unto itself and its suecessors forever for the
promotion of the purposes thereof.
(Place and date)
WITNESSES: SEAL
Date of publication, Vol. 59, No. 3, was June 21, 1957.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
A Cyanamid Report
Resistance
Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type
insecticides has been proven or suspected in:
cockroaches house flies
mosquitoes flea beetles
Colorado potato beetle cotton boll weevil
dog and cat fleas body lice
bed bugs lygus bugs
codling moth cotton leaf worm
leafhoppers dog ticks
Many researchers have found malathion to be
a capable replacement for the chlorinated
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations
for its use. If you have a ‘‘resistance’’ problem
in your area, you might well consider malathion
for your 1957 research schedule.
Developers and producers of malathion and parathion
Write for AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
particular Agricultural Chemicals Division
technical Insecticide Research
information 30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y. 20, N. Y.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 207
3 GREAT
INSECTICIDES ff LORDAN '
CONTROL THESE INSECTS
CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick,
Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets,
Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers,
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic
Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs,
Wireworms...and many others.
HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army-
worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil,
Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil,
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web-
worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle-
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag-
got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western
Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms
...and many others.
ENDRIN: Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot-
ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid
Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips.
WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS
VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
General Offices and Laboratories Foreign Division
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois 350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y.
Ree PORE SF iEMIN a alAyade DarVi cE © Som VBiaiN POR VEN Gee PALE Col. Trees s
208 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Pyrenone
HELPS TO PRESERVE
PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL
| EAs quickly kills destructive, annoy-
ing and disease-carrying insects.
In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective
for long periods of time. In fact, a single application
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at-
tacks for an entire storage season.
On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible
stages of insects fast — even between showers of
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be-
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly
emerging parasites and predators are free to com-
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize
or feed upon destructive insect pests.
This means that Pyrenone is completely com-
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying
insects.
*Reg. U.S. Pat. Off., F.M.C.
FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION
Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation
44] Lexington Avenue e New York 17,N. Y.
White grubs (left) and wireworms (right) magnified 20 times.
WHEN PESTS SEE
eye-to-eye
Creatures from the science-fiction world? No, just an ordinary white grub
and a wireworm magnified twenty times. But they and their equally de-
structive allies, such as rootworms and cutworms, ruin millions of dollars
worth of cotton, corn, tobacco, wheat, cole crops and others—each season.
Constant research is necessary to find the flaws in their armor... to
develop newer and better controls . .. to hold their crop-destruction to 2
minimum,
That’s why Shell Chemical maintains a staff of researchers who, with the
co-operation of federal, state, and local agencies, are continually searching
and experimenting to develop new and more potent pesticides.
Shell’s contributions to agriculture include aldrin, dieldrin, endrin, Phos-
drin* insecticides; D-D® and Nemagon* soil fumigants; and allyl alcohol
weed seed killer. Others that are now in the laboratory stage will be avail-
able for even more effective controls in the future. With you, we look to
a better tomorrow for agriculture and industry through ee in
chemistry today. i
*Shell Chemical Trademark
SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Agricultural Chemical Sales Division
460 Park Avenue, New York 22, New York
GuuE QUALITY INSECTICIDES
Preferred by Home Owners,
Food Processors and Dairymen
QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre-
thrins, 0.12% Piperony! Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor.
GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB
Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock-
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1%
Piperony! Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor.
GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb)
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT
and 3% Perthane.
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid-
ual insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches, Contains
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane.
SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold.
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperony! Butoxide.
GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY
Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19%
Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF OIL CORPORATION
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA.
Vol. 59 OCTOBER 1957 No. 5
PROCEEDINGS
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
« WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
CONTENTS
BELL, R. T.—Carabus auratus L. (Coleoptera: Carabidae) in North
ASTROS, a ee rN er 254
DAVIS, H. G., and JAMES, M. T.—Black flies attracted to meat bait
CEinneraee sili ae) ee ee ee ee te ae 243
EDMUNDS, G. F.—The Systematic Relationships of the Paleantarctic
Siphlonuridae (including Isonychidae) (Ephemeroptera) 245
EMERSON, K. C., and ELBEL, R. E.—New Species and Records of Mallo-
phaga trom Gallinaceous Birds. of Thailand =... 232
KROMBEIN, K. V., and SCHUSTER, R. M.—A Review of the Typhoc-
tinae (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae) ERNE iN! oA eB SE Ee 209
LANE, J., and CERQUEIRA, N. L.—The Validity and Change of Name
of Two Species of Wyeomyia. (Diptera: Culicidae) — ~~ —-.-____ 244
TOWNES, H.—A Bibliography of the Scientific Publications of R. A.
OT VO A ed ae pe es 248
OEE (gag BP ee Te ee ee 247
(Date of publication, Vol. 59, No. 4, was Sept. 18, 1957)
THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON
ORGANIZED MarcnH 12, 1884
Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. S. National
Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at
8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings.
MEMBERSHIP
Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the
science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is
$1.00 (U.S. currency).
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
Published bimonthly beginning with February by the Society at Washington,
D. C. Members in good standing are entitled to the Proceedings free of charge.
Non-member subscriptions are $5.00 per year, both domestic and foreign (U. 8S.
currency), payable in advance. All remittances should be made payable to The
Entomological Society of Washington.
The Society does not exchange its publications for those of other societies.
All manuscripts intended for publication should be addressed to the Editor.1
Acceptable papers submitted by members will be published in the order received
and will be given precedence over those by non-members. Immediate publica-
tion may be obtained at a cost to the author of about $10.00 per printed page,
plus cost of ail engraving. Titles of papers should be concise but comprehensive
and should indicate the systematic position of the subject insect. By-lines should
indicate present mailing address of the author and his organizational affiliation,
if possible. Citations in the text of papers longer than one printed page should
be by author and date and should refer to a list of concluding references in
which author, year, title name of publication, volume and page are given in
that order. In shorter articles references to literature should be included in
parentheses in the text.
Proportions of full-page illustrations should closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6”
(26 x 36 picas); this usually allows explanatory matter to appear on the same
page. Cost of illustrations in excess of that for one full-page line cut will be
borne by the author.
Reprints of published papers may be obtained at the following costs plus
postage and insurance, provided that a statement of the number desired ac-
companies the returned proofs:
Zpp. 4pp. Spp. 12pp. 16 pp. Covers
50) copies: 2 41 aL ee ee $2.00 $3.00 $5.00 $5.60 $6.25 $4.00
LOO copies) 225s see seein aes ere 2.50 3.80 6.00 7.20 8.25 4.75
Additional copies per 100 __....._ 1.00 1.15 2.00 2.60 3.15 1.50
Purchase of reprints by institutions whose invoices are subject to notarization
or other invoice fees will have the cost of such fees added to the purchase price.
1Miss Alice V. Renk, Stored-Product Insects Section, AMS, U. S. Dept. Agri-
culture, Plant Industry Station, Beltsville, Md.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENEOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
VOL. 59 OCTOBER 1957 NO. 5
A REVIEW OF THE TYPHOCTINAE
(HYMENOPTERA: MUTILLIDAE )
Kart V. Kromerin! anp Rupotr M. ScHustTER?:?
The genus Typhoctes, since its recognition by Ashmead in 1899,
has been repeatedly transferred, assigned first to one group and then
another, depending on the personal views or concepts of the various
workers on the aculeate Hymenoptera. The genus has been included
in the Myrmosidae by Ashmead and Bradley (1917), in the Chypho-
tinae of the family Mutillidae by André (1903), and in the Brachy-
cistidinae of the family Tiphiidae by Malloch (1926). More recently
it has been set off, by Reid (1941), as a group by itself without com-
mitment as to its taxonomic status. The genus has most commonly
been considered as closely related to Chyphotes Blake. Fox (1899),
for instance, stated that the Typhoctes might well be separated sub-
generically from Chyphotes proper, though he did not do so. When
Ashmead (1899) established the genus Typhoctes for Mutilla peculi-
aris Cresson, he gave characters for the male sex, but without citing
the species on which they were based. The only known species that
could fit his diagnosis of the male sex was Chyphotes attenuatus
(Blake), which correlation was accepted, with more or less reserva-
tion by André (1903) and Bradley (1917). Buzicky (1941) again
removed Typhoctes from near Chyphotes, and returned the male
Chyphotes attenuatus to its correct position within the latter genus.
The junior author (Schuster 1949) has already commented on the
recent return by Pate (1947) to Ashmead’s discredited conception
1Mntomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service, U. S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
2Department of Botany, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass.
3Material in the collections of the following individuals and institutions has
been studied: U. S. National. Museum (USNM); R. M. Bohart (RMB); H. E.
Evans, Cornell University (HEE); P. D. Hurd, California Insect Survey (CIS) ;
K. V. Krombein (KVK); C. D. Michener, University of Kansas (KU); W. R. M.
Mason, Canadian Department of Agriculture (CNC); C. E. Mickel, University
of Minnesota (UM); J. A. G. Rehn, Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia (ANSP); E. S. Ross, California Academy of Sciences (CAS); R. M.
Sehuster (RMS); and P. H. Timberlake, Citrus Experiment Station (PHT). We
wish to express our appreciation for the valuable material that has been loaned
to us. We are indebted to Dr. I. H. H. Yarrow, British Museum (Natural His-
tory) for some valuable notes on the type of T'yphoctes qguatemalensis Turner.
210 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
of C. attenuatus as the male sex of Typhoctes. In a brief tentative
arrangement of the nearctic Mutillidae, the junior author, (Schuster
1946), adhering to tradition for want of proof that the genus belonged
elsewhere, placed Typhoctes, questionably, in the Chyphotini, of the
subfamily Apterogyninae.
Later Schuster (1949) recognized that Chyphotes and Typhoctes
were more distantly related, and the latter genus was placed in a
separate subfamily, the Typhoctinae, while Chyphotes was main-.
tained as a distinct tribe in the Apterogyninae. Four essential char-
acters serve to make any close connection between Chyphotes and
Typhoctes highly improbable. They are:
1. The petiole form of the two genera is fundamentally different
—that of Typhoctes is unmodified, with the tergite reaching the pro-
podeum, while in Chyphotes the first tergite is abbreviated anteriorly,
rather or very suddenly, and fails to reach the propodeum.
2. The eye form is fundamentally different—in Typhoctes it is
elongate-ovate, in Chyphotes short ovate to subcireular.
3. The thoracic shape of the females is fundamentally different—
the prothorax is large in Typhoctes, with the alitrunk caudad of the
prothorax differentiated into a distinct mesothoracie region, virtually
obliterated dorsally, but separated by a distinet suture from the
fused metathoracic-propodeal region, while the distinct mesopleuron
is separated by a complete suture from the fused metapleural-pro-
podeal region; in Chyphotes the small prothorax is much narrower,
strongly transverse, and set off from the subglobose, fused meso-
metathoracic-propodeal region that lacks all traces of dorsal or pleural
sutures separating the meso-and metathorax.
4. There are no antennal ‘‘tubercles’’ in Typhoctes, but they are
well developed in Chyphotes.
In the same paper Schuster based his conception of the male of
the Typhoctinae on Anommutilla Mickel and that of the female on
Typhoctes Ashmead. His reasons for considering that Anommutilla
represents the male sex of Typhoctes were so convincing that the
senior author (Krombein, 1951) published this synonymy. The char-
acters validating such an association are:
1. Anommutilla and Typhoctes are the only nearetic genera of
Mutillidae with the vertexal expansions of the upper and inner mar-
eins of the antennal fossae undeveloped; i.e., antennal ‘‘tubercles’’
are absent,
2. They are the only two nearctie genera in which the pronotum is
exceedingly strongly developed—in the male sex of all other known
nearetic genera the pronotum is very short, at most less than half
as long along midline as the mesoscutum, while in the female sex,
as indicated by the position of the spiracles, the pronotum is always
very strongly transverse with a large mesonotum,
3. The tarsal claws are similarly armed among the nearctic genera
only in Chyphotes which is known in both sexes,
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 211
4. The formula of the tibial calearia is identical, 1-2-2 (not 1-1-2
in the male as stated erroneously by Mickel, 1936),
5. The petiole is unique, consisting of a basal, slender, terete, stalk-
like anterior portion, and a somewhat flattened, transverse, nodose,
posterior portion,
6. The position of the short felt lines of second tergum is sug-
gestively similar,
7. The rather short and stout scape, contrasted to the long, slender
flagellum occurs elsewhere only in Chyphotes among nearctic genera,
8. The similarity in shape of the metasternal process.
In addition to the foregoing, there is the important corroboratory
evidence afforded by the facts that Anommutilla males and Typhoctes
females are now known to have an identical range in America north
of Mexico, and that both sexes of a new species have been taken
together, though not in copula, in the Borego Desert of southern
California.
Subfamily TYPHOCTINAE Schuster, 1949
The North and Central American Typhoctinae apparently has its
closest relative in the South American Eotillinae. The relationships
between the two subfamilies were discussed at leneth by the junior
author (Schuster, 1949). Reexamination of the males of Typhoctinae
shows that some of the alleged characters separating that sex from
males of EKotillinae are based on errors. For example, according to
Mickel (1936) the males we refer to the Typhoctinae were supposed
to have only one calearium on the mid tibia and to have entirely
simple pubescence. Actually, Typhoctes males have most of the erect
vestiture inconspicuously but definitely subplumose, and the mid tibia
has two apical calearia. Therefore, the chief differences between males
of the two subfamilies are that the Typhoctinae have reniform eyes,
marginal cell longer than stigma, third discoidal cell longer than high,
and hind wing lacking anal lobe or preaxillary incision, while the
Eotillinae have ovate-elliptical eyes, marginal cell shorter than stigma,
third discoidal cell higher than long, and hind wing with well-devel-
oped anal lobe and preaxillary incision. The characters of the fore-
wing cited above are quite possibly of less than subfamilial sig-
nificance. Also, the presence of an anal lobe is a primitive character,
and apparently that structure has been independently lost several
times in the Mutillidae, so its presence or absence here also may not be
of cardinal importance by itself. However, we consider that the
difference in eye shape is of fundamental importance, and we are
maintaining the Typhoctinae and Eotillinae as separate subfamilies,
at least until the eventual discovery of females of Hotillinae may
demonstrate that this separation is untenable.
A comparative study of the genitalia of Hotilla and Typhoctes
considerably strengthens the assumption of a close relationship be-
tween the two groups. The digitus and cuspis in the two genera are
strikingly similar (compare Figs. 1 and 3 with Fig. 7). The parameres
202, PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
also are nearly identical in form. However, in Hotilla the parameres
bear simple, scattered fine hairs both on their outer and inner margins
(Fie. 7), while Typhoctes has similar, scattered, unequally lone hairs
only on the outer faces of the parameres, while the inner faces of the
parameres bear a comb-like line of short, equal, rigid, approximated
bristles (Kies. 1, 2, 3b). The two groups, however, differ considerably
in the form of the aedeagus. In EKotillinae and in the Apteroeyninae
it is essentially tiphioid in form and may be presumed to be primitive,
as has been previously assumed by the junior author (Schuster, 1949).
The two halves of the aedeagus are closely united in an essentially
terete shaft, which does not appear bilobed at the summit. In contrast,
in Typhoctes the aedeagus consists of two obviously discrete plates,
only loosely united, and, 7 sifu, is clearly, distinctly bilobed. In spite
of this latter difference, we still assume as did one of us (Schuster,
1949) that ‘‘the correct position of Typhoctes is undoubtedly close
to the Kotillinae.’
The diagnosis which follows will serve as both a subfamilial and
generic diagnosis, since the subfamily Typhoctinae includes only a
single genus.
Male. Head transverse, with large, elongate, subreniform eyes that are slightly
emarginate on their inner orbits, and that have distinet facets; antennal ‘‘tuber-
cles’? absent, the antennal insertions opening directly frontally, not obliquely
downward and laterad; scape short, bicarinate, equal in length to pedicel and first
flagellar segment combined; mandible edentate at tip and with a small, subapical
inner tooth (thus bidentate), ventrally neither excised nor armed; maxillary
palpi 6-segmented, labial palpi 4-segmented.
Alitrunk with prothorax well developed, dorsally nearly truneate at apex, and
virtually as long medially as laterally; mesoseutum distinetly transverse; endo-
phragmal pit approximated to the meso-metaplural suture, the metapleuron wide
above, narrowed below to the endophragmal pit, where the metapleuron appears
to disappear (the metapleural-propodeal suture distinet above endophragmal pit,
but completely lost below, the propodeum and metapleuron thus indistinguishably
fused below) ; tibial calearia 1-2-24; tarsal claws with a small tooth at middle on
their inner margins.
Petiole of abdomen with a basal, slender, terete portion, and a distal, dilated,
rather transverse portion, which is again strongly constricted at its juncture
with second tergum; the first sternum slightly convex, the distal part nearly flat,
smooth, nitid, impunctate, lacking a median keel; basal, terete portion of petiole
clearly formed by both tergum and sternum; second segment with distinet sub-
lateral felt line on each side of tergum, limited to basal half of tergum, no felt
lines on second sternum; hypopygium simple, unmodified.
Wings with venation relatively well preserved, a distinct, elongate sclerotized
stigma, a large marginal cell, longer on costa than stigma, three submarginal
4Mickel (1936) gave the formula as 1-1-2 for the type of Anommutilla difficilis.
The more easily visible right mid tibia of Mickel’s type has only one calearium,
the second presumably having been broken off, but the less easily visible apex
of the left tibia has two calearia.
PROC. EN'T. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 913
cells, the third (cell Ri) truncate on its outer edge, with the vein R; not angulate,
not giving rise to a spurious vein; third discodial cell truncate on outer side,
elongate; hind wings lacking all trace of anal lobe and preaxillary excision, the
subbasal hamuli present; cubitus arising on vein M considerably distad of the
transverse median vein, the submedian cell thus much shorter than median cell.
Vestiture moderately coarse, simple except most of erect hairs on head, thorax
and abdomen finely and very inconspicuously subplumose.
Female. Head rather similar to that of male, the eyes separated from base of
mandibles by a distinet malar space; antennae equally elongate, scape not carinate
below; hypostomal carina less strongly developed, not developed outward to
posterior mandibular condyles as distinct ridges; maxillary palpi 5-segmented,
labial palpi 4-segmented; ocelli absent; mandibles as in male; eyes weakly
convex, narrowly ovate, facetted, large; antennal ‘‘tubercles’’ very poorly
developed; c¢lypeus as in male.
Alitrunk highly modified, but distinctly tripartite dorsally; pronotum very
large, truncate behind, the dorsal face subquadrate to obtrapezoidal, separated
by a distinct suture dorsally from mesonotum; mesonotum short, strongly trans-
verse, reduced virtually to a semi-invaginated, transverse sclerite, separated by a
distinet suture from the elongate, fused metathoracic-propodeal part of the
alitrunk; mesopleuron evenly swollen, devoid of an oblique sulcus, and continuous
with the metapleuron from which it is separated by a distinct, quite oblique
suture; metapleuron and propodeum completely fused, endophragmal pit absent;
metasternum well developed, lying between the middle coxae; posterior coxae
armed dorsally with a vestigial tooth; trochanters small, obliquely terminated ;
tibial ealearia 1-2-2; tarsal claws slender and armed, distad of middle, with a
sharp inner tooth.
Gaster with petiole as in male, but distal two-thirds shghtly more strongly
dilated, the basal portion virtually terete, very slender, formed by both tergum
and sternum (though the tergal element, as in the male, appears to be reduced) ;
sternum much as in male; second segment very strongly constricted from the
nodose first segment, both dorsally and ventrally, quite elongate, relatively
slightly convex (the gaster oval, rather than cireular in cross-section), with sub-
lateral felt lines exactly corresponding to those of the male as regards length
and position; pygidium and hypopygium simple, neither defined by lateral carimae.
Vestiture simple throughout.
This subfamily includes only one eenus, Typhoctes Ashmead
=Anommutilla Mickel), which is known from western North America
south to Guatemala. Nothing is known as to the host relationships
of this group.
Genotype: Mutilla peculiaris Cresson. Monotypic and by designa-
tion of Ashmead, 1899.
Key To FEMALES
1. Pronotal dorsum subquadrate, scarcely narrowed behind, the length including
neck subequal to greatest width; integument almost entirely black except
legs, fused metanotum-propodeum and first abdominal tergum red in part;
Guatemala. guatemalensis Turner
214 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
Pronotal dorsum obviously narrowed behind, obtrapezoidal; integument in
large*spart reddish...2:0-4) 2.0 eer 0 ee ee
Neither pronotum nor vertex with dense, appressed, pale sericeous pubescence ;
thorax highly polished and very sparsely punctate... 8
Pronotum always, and vertex occasionally, with dense, appressed, pale serice-
ous pubescence; thorax not so shining, more densely punctate. (Least trans-
facial distance 1.25-1.3 times the eye height; head width 1.6-1.7 times the
least transfacial distance; pronotum stout, the length including neck 0.9-1.0
times the greatest width; fused metanotum-propodeum stouter, rather abruptly
declivous posteriorly; longer calear of hind tibia 0.55 times as long as hind
basitarsus)))
Legs entirely and venter of thorax in part with seattered, erect black setae;
fused metanotum-propodeum feebly rugose anteriorly and laterally; disk of
first tergum shallowly rugosopunctate; first two terga with somewhat sinuate,
apical bands of appressed silvery hairs, the bands broader at sides and nar-
rowed in middle; Mexico.__.__----------- a AU ort oa ed ee Sr glaber André
Legs and venter of thorax with only pale erect hair; fused metanotum-
propodeum with only fine, seattered punctures; disk of first tergum with fine,
separated punctures; first two terga each with an even, narrow apical band
of appressed silvery vestiture. (Tibial calearia entirely white, the longer one
on hind tibia 0.67 times as long as hind basitarsus, the tibial spines rather
weak; third tergum without appressed pubescence discally or on apical band;
malar space long, 0.43 times the eye-height; least transfacial distance 1.15
times the eye-height; head width 1.7 times the least transfacial distance ;
pronotum slender, rather elongate, the length including neck 1.1 times the
greatest width; fused metanotum-propodeum slender and elongate, gradually
sloping posteriorly; metasternal process weakly suleate along midline, virtually
impunctate, the apical margin emarginate but not bilobate.) Southern Cali-
EO UTNE eenen ees men eae PE ee ee eet ee a williamsi, new species?
Third tergum without appressed discal pubescence or an apical band; tibial
calearia entirely white; lower front and sides of propodeum closely striate,
impunctate or virtually so; metasternal process keeled along midline and
weakly punctate, the apical margin emarginate but not bilobate; malar space
one-third the eye-height. (Tibial spines stronger than im williamsi but less
than in peculiaris; vertex with dense, appressed, pale sericeous pubescence ;
first tergum with an even, narrow, apical band of appressed silvery vestiture. )
Southwest Texas to southern Arizona...._________-________-.._. striolatus, new species
,
Third tergum with moderately abundant, appressed discal pubescence and
with a narrow apical band of appressed setae; tibial calearia white with black
tips; lower front without striae, the propodeal sides punctate and occasionally
apparently striate when punctures are dense and confluent in rows; meta-
sternal process not or only very weakly keeled, the apical margin moderately
5Atypically colored specimens of guatemalensis Turner may run here. See notes
in specific discussion of guatemalensis.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 215
to strongly emarginate and bilobate; malar space one-fourth the eye-height.
LE IRE cat een eee Mec uiarise: (Cresson) ee ee ep
Vertex without dense, appressed, pale sericeous vestiture; apical band of
appressed silvery vestiture on first tergum greatly broadened at sides; apical
band on third tergum dark; metasternal process nearly smooth or with coarse
punctures posteriorly only; mid and hind tibiae with somewhat fewer spines;
Washington, Idaho, Utah, California and western Arizona._______________--------
peru hg a reat oR Nt Se th ee Bie es peculiaris peculiaris (Cresson )
Vertex with a band of dense, appressed, pale sericeous vestiture; apical band
on first tergum narrow and even; apical band on third tergum silvery at least
in middle; metasternal process coarsely and contiguously punctate; mid and
hind tibiae with more numerous spines; central Arizona and southeastern
Colorado east to western Kansas and Texas. peculiaris mirabilis (Cockerell)
Key to MALES
(Males of p. mirabilis, glaber and guatemalensis are unknown. )
Ocelli smaller, the postocellar line slightly shorter (0.94) than ocellocular lire;
tibial calearia white, narrowly tipped with black; genitalia (Fig. 3) stouter.
(Dorsum of head, thorax and abdomen partly or entirely with erect, black
hairs, those on abdomen relatively slender and barely subplumose, the decum-
bent vestiture sparser; inner eye margins less divergent above, the least
transfacial distance 0.75 times the transfacial distance through anterior
ocellus; first flagellar segment 0.80 times as long as second; legs entirely dark,
longer calearium of hind tibia 0.64 times as long as hind basitarsus; apex of
hypopygium slightly retuse.) ._________________ peculiaris peculiaris (Cresson )
-Ocelli somewhat larger, the diameter half again as large as in p. peculiaris,
the postocellar line 1.1-1.5 times as long as ocellocular line; tibial ecalearia
entirely white; genitalia (Figs. 1, 2) more slender 2
Vestiture sparser, the erect hairs on dorsum of head, thorax and abdomen
partly or entirely dark, those on gaster stouter and more noticeably sub-
plumose; decumbent vestiture sparser; legs black, longer calearium of hind
tibia 0.60 times as long as hind tarsus; inner eye-margins less divergent
above, the least transfacial distance 0.75 times the transfacial distance through
anterior ocellus; first flagellar segment 0.67 times as long as second; post-
ocellar line 1.1 times as long as ocellocular line; apex of hypopygium slightly
HRHIIS <exerenieiiey, KO Nes Bh) yerici saan rely a striolatus, new species
Vestiture denser, the erect hairs entirely glittering white except on last two
terga, those on gaster more slender and barely subplumose; decumbent vesti-
ture denser, obscuring sculptural details on pronotum and mesopleuron; legs
red, longer calcarium of hind tibia 0.67 times as long as hind basitarsus; inner
eye-margins more divergent above, the least transfacial distance 0.67 times
the transfacial distance through anterior ocellus; first flagellar segment 0.75
times as long as second; postocellar line 1.5 times as long as ocellocular line;
apex of hypopygium broadly rounded; genitalia (Fig. 1) as figured
eT RNS SP EES ee OM ge ee Re ne ee ee a ee ee williamsi, new species
216 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
Typhoctes guatemalensis Turner
Typhoctes guatemalensis Turner, 1909. Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) 3: 485 (9;
San Geronimo, Guatemala; type in British Museum ).—Reid, 1941. Trans.
Roy. Ent. Soc. London 91: 385, figs. 15, 16.
We have not seen material of this rather distinctive species. It
differs from the other known females by a combination of the almost
quadrate pronotal disk (as figured by Reid) which lacks dense ap-
pressed vestiture, the almost entirely black integument, the more
densely punctate head with punctures tendine to become lonegitudi-
nally confluent, the longitudinally striate pronotum, and the finely,
horizontally striate ‘‘pleurae.’’ Turner’s description is quoted below.
Dr. Yarrow has furnished some notes on Turner’s type. He says
that it agrees with the first half of couplet 1 in the foregone key,
but that the pronotal length including the neck is 1.1 times its e@reat-
est width (the neck is hidden beneath the head on the card mount,
but the ratio is not less than 1.1). Additional material of guate-
malonsis may possibly differ from the type in some details of colora-
tion, In which case specimens would trace to the second half of couplet
3 in our key. Dr. Yarrow indicates the following characters for
guatemalensis as compared with williamsi: Legs and venter of thorax
with pale hair; fused metanotum-propodeum longitudinally rugose
except on sides where the rugosity is more or less diagonally transverse,
the anterolateral areas in front of spiracles smooth as is the basal
declivous dorsal area; disk of first tergum rugosopunetate; first four
terga (and possibly the fifth) with even, apical pale bands becoming
progressively narrower. (Tibial calcaria pale, the loneer one on hind
tibia 0.61 times as long as hind basitarsus; hind tibia with spines only
apically, three ventral and one dorsal, not very stout; third tereum
with apical pale band, appressed hair on all terga reddish brown:
malar space short, 0.29 times the eye-height; ventral characters not
visible. )
O. Head subquadrate, a little broader than long, broader than the pronotum,
punctured closely, the punctures tending to become confluent longitudinally, very
thinly clothed with black pubescence; eyes extending rather nearer to the base of
the mandibles than to the posterior margin of the head, elongate ovate; ocelli
absent. Antennae filiform, nearly as long as the thorax, the second joint of the
flagellum half as long again as the first and a little longer than the third, the
apical joints slender but short. Pronotum a little narrower than the head, as
Fig. 1, Typhoctes williamsi, n. sp., male genitalia, left half ventral view, right
half dorsal view (Borego paratype); fig. la, the same, left paramere, digitus and
cuspis, mesal view (Fish Creek Mts. paratype); fig. 1b, the same, aedeagus,
unflattened, ventral view. Fig. 2, 7. striolatus, n. sp., male genitalia, left half
ventral view, right half dorsal view. Fig. 3, 7. p. peculiaris (Cr.), male genitalia,
left half ventral view, right half dorsal view (Turlock, Calif.) ; fig. 3a, the same,
aedeagus, flattened, ventral view (Mt. Diablo, Calif.); fig. 3b, the same, left
paramere, digitus and cuspis, mesal view. Fig. 4, 7. williamsi, n. sp., lateral
outline view of male (Borego paratype). (Drawings by A. D. Cushman).
1957
OCTOBER,
5,
59, NO.
VOL.
SOC. WASH.,
PROC. ENT.
218 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
7
Pl3+Ppdm
Fig. 5, Typhoctes peculiaris mirabilis (Ckll.), lateral outline view of female,
Fig. 6, the same, ventral view of alitrunk. Fig. 7, Eotilla mickeli Schus., male
genitalia, ventral view (Chile). (Drawings by junior author, from Ent. Amer.
29) (m.s:)), pl. 14).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 219
broad as the metanotum, from which it is separated by a deep transverse suture;
longitudinally striated and sparsely clothed with long, greyish pubescence. Pleurae
finely horizontally striate. Metanotum longer than the pronotum, longer than
broad, obliquely sloped posteriorly, not truncate, longitudinally striated in the
middle and at the base, obscurely punctured at the sides and apex. Abdomen
shining, very finely and closely punctured, very sparsely clothed with long cinere-
ous pubescence on the sides and apex, a transverse band of short whitish pubes-
cence at the apex of each segment; first segment triangular, attached to the
thorax by a short petiole, the second segment large, twice as long as the third,
with a strong constriction between the first and second segments. Intermediate
tibiae with two apical spines.
‘“Black; the two basal joints of the flagellum testaceous; the metathorax
(except a large black spot at the base), the first abdominal segment (exeept a
triangular black spot at the apex), the base of the posterior tibiae, and the
intermediate and posterior trochanters and coxae ferruginous; calearia white.
“‘Tength 7 mm.’’
Male. Unknown.
Typhoctes glaber André
Typhoctes glaber André, 1903. Ann. Soc. Ent. France 72: 448 (9, Mexico; type
in Paris Museum?)
This species is known to us from the original description only.
Apparently it is rather similar to the female of williamsi in having a
shining integument with rather sparse, erect vestiture and no dense,
appressed pubescence on pronotum or head. It is noticeably larger
than williamsi and differs in having black hairs on the legs, apical
bands of silvery appressed hair on first and second terga which are
sinuate and broader at sides than in middle, and in having a more
coarsely punctate first tergum.
A translation of the original description is given below. The char-
acters which we have set in italics separate glaber from williamsi.
Length 11 mm. Entirely deep ferruginous, somewhat shining, apices of antennae
and mandibles blackish; the first two abdominal segments each margined apically
by a border of long, silvery hairs which is somewhat sinuate, wider laterally than
medially where it disappears in part. Pubescence of body somewhat sparse;
dorsum covered with long, pilose, sparse blackish pubescence, which is also evident
ventrally, where it is mixed with white hairs. Legs sparsely covered with blackish
hairs; calearia white; tibial and tarsal spines black.
Head rounded, subquadrangular, as wide as thorax, finely and sparsely pune-
tate; eyes large, elongate oval, slightly convex, nearer to occiput than to articula-
tion of mandibles; frontal ridges indistinct; mandible rather narrow, terminating
in a sharp point; antennae very slender, scape rather short, all the segments of
flagellum elongate, the second segment much longer than the first, scarcely longer
than the third. Thorax visibly contracted between pronotum and mesonotum;
pronotum an inverted trapezoid, narrower behind than in front, somewhat flat-
tened dorsally, finely and very sparsely punctate; the rest of thorax oval, not
divided, rounded in back, feebly rugose in front and on the sides, sparsely pune-
220 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
tate on the disk. Abdomen eclongate, fusiform; first segment joined to thorax by
a slender, eylindrical petiole which is much shorter than the rest of segment; the
hind part of first segment triangular as seen from above, visibly contracted at
apex, very shallowly rugosopunctate and bearing some widely separated coarse
punctures in addition; second segment very finely and rather densely punctate;
apieal segments almost smooth and more shining.
Male. Unknown.
Typhoctes williamsi,® new species
(Figs. 1 and 4)
Females of this species differ from those of striolatus and peculiaris
ina large number of features, chief among them being the much more
elongate and slender alitrunk with the fused metathorax-propodeum
appearing somewhat obpyriform and constricted anteriorly (in lateral
profile most inflated just anterior to the insertion of mid coxae), the
very reduced sculpture with the integument in general highly pol-
ished, and the virtual absence of elittering appressed pubescence on
head and pronotum.
In the latter feature, williamsi closely approaches glaber André
from Mexico. It differs from that species in the entirely white, elit-
tering hairs on the legs and in the narrow, complete and even bands
of silvery hairs at the apices of the first two abdominal terga. 7.
williams?’ also has the punctation of the first abdominal tergum fine
throughout, while in glaber it is described as coarse distally.
The male of williams: is the most distinctive of the three species
known in that sex, being distinguished at once by the red legs, ex-
tremely dense, almost entirely white, @littering vestiture, and broadly
rounded apical margin of the hypopyeium. Other differences are as
noted in the key.
There is a possibility that williamsi may prove to be only sub-
specifically distinct from glaber, but the original description of that
species fails to mention characters which might enable us to reach a
definite conclusion on this point. Certainly, the two are at least sub-
specifically distinct.
Dr. Williams states (personal communication to senior author)
that most of the males taken by him at Borego were visiting two or
three mats of Euphorbia polycarpa Benth. on the desert sands. The
single female was caught while it was running over the sand in the
late morning. Dr. Bohart states that the single female taken by him
was captured near a nest of Pogonomyrmex and was superficially
very similar to the ants in appearance.
Type.— ¢; Borego Desert, San Diego Co., California; May 12,
1955 (FE. X. Williams; on mat Euphorbia) (California Academy of
Sciences).
‘For Francis X. Williams, collector of most of the type series.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 221
Male.
entirely light red except most of tarsi which are infuseated, mandible except tip
Length 6.5 mm., forewing including tegula 4.5 mm. Shining, black, legs
darker red, antenna beneath reddish, brown above, tibial calearia entirely white.
Wings very pale hyaline, forewing slightly infumated toward apex; veins basally
testaceous, brown apically. Vestiture long, rather coarse, almost entirely glittering
white, the last two terga with ereet black hair, and mid and hind tibiae externally
with a few seattered, ereet dark hairs; erect hairs on head, thorax and abdomen
slender as in peculiaris, only very slightly subplumose.
Clypeus with very dense, decumbent hair, surface seulpture not visible; front
and temples with similar, but somewhat sparser decumbent vestiture and long,
seattered erect hairs; vertex with much sparser decumbent vestiture and some
erect hairs; occiput with moderately dense, erect hair; first flagellar segment
three-fourths as long as second; least transfacial distance two-thirds the trans-
facial distance through middle of anterior ocellus and three-fourths the eye-
length; ocelli larger than in p. pecularis, the diameter half again as large:
distanee between anterior and posterior ocelli half as great as postocellar distance,
the latter distance half again as great as ocelloeular distance; entire head cor-
respondingly more densely punctate than in typical peculiaris.
Thoracic dorsum with abundant appressed pubescence which is densest on
pronotum, and also with ereet hairs whieh are about as long and as dense as
on occiput; thoracic dorsum with small punetures which are correspondingly
denser than in p. peculiaris, the mesonotum more sparsely punctate on disk than
at sides; lateral surface of pronotum and mesopleuron with appressed pubescence
which is very dense on latter, and also with erect, scattered hairs on latter; upper
part of metapleuron with vestiture similar to that of mesopleuron; propodeum
with most of pubescence appressed, rather dense on dorsum, sparser on sides,
and very sparse posteriorly.
Coxae laterally with dense, coarse subappressed pubescence; femora, tibiae and
tarsi with fine, dense, short appressed pubescence; femora beneath with long,
seattered, erect white hairs; longer calearium of hind tibia 0.67 times as long as
hind basitarsus.
Abdomen with abundant ereet pubescence, that on first tergum longer and
somewhat sparser than on succeeding terga; first and second terga with narrow
apieal bands of appressed hair, the third to fifth terga with similar but muen
narrower bands consisting of a single row of setae; second to sixth sterna each
with a row of appressed simple setae at apex; second to fifth terga with pune-
tures of two distinct sizes, a series of somewhat larger and more seattered ones,
and others which are smaller and more abundant; first sternum smooth; ‘seconc
sternum with discal punctures noticeably larger than elsewhere on abdomen and
sparser than on sueceeding sterna; punctures of third to sixth sterna moderately
dense, uniform in size; hypopygium with apieal margin broadly rounded; genitalia
(of paratype) as figured (Fig. 1).
The male paratypes vary in length from 5.0 to 7.0 mm. The Borego Desert
series agrees very well in all essentials with the type, but the three specimens
from San Bernardino County have the forelegs castaneous rather than light red,
and the punctation of first and second terga of the specimen from Boron is
sparser than normal.
222 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
Allotype—® ; same data as type but April 23, 1955 (CAS).
Female.—Length 6.5 mm. Shining, uniformly light orange-red except tarsi
very slightly infuscated, tibial calearia entirely white. Long erect hairs of head
and thoracic dorsum black or dark brown, on venter of head and thorax, legs and
abdomen glittering white; appressed pubescence on thoracic dorsum and disk of
second tergum very sparse, pale golden, the disk of third tergum with a very few,
inconspicuous, similar, appressed hairs; sides of thorax (except absent on pro-
notum), legs and abdomen except disk of second tergum silvery pubescent.
Head lacking appressed pubescence except for a very few hairs between eyes
and on antennae, lower half of front with scattered small punctures; upper half
of front and vertex virtually impunctate except along inner eye margins, highly
polished; occiput with punctures more concentrated; malar space long, 0.43 times
the eye-height; least transfacial distance 1.15 times the eye-height; head width
1.7 times the least interocular distance; first and second flagellar segments sub-
equal in length,
Pronotum obtrapezoidal, more elongate than in peculiaris and striolatus, dor-
sally highly polished and only remotely and finely punctate, the length including
neck 1.1 times greatest width, some sparse decumbent pubescence anteriorly on
disk, the long erect setae denser anteriorly than posteriorly, the virtually im-
punctate, polished lateral surfaces with only a few weak, short setae; dorsal
surface of fused metanotum-propodeum more elongate than in striolatus, polished,
with sparse decumbent pubescence anteriorly, and seattered, erect, long setae;
punctures fine and scattered; posterior slope of propodeum gradual, with sparse,
appressed silvery vestiture; mesopleuron with close punctures and moderately
abundant, appressed silvery pubescence; fused metapleuron-propodeum punctate
anteriorly only, no traces of striae; metasternal process smooth, nitid, virtually
impunctate, ecarinate, slightly suleate along midline, emarginate at apex but not
bilobate.
Coxae laterally with subappressed, dense, short silvery hair; coxae’ beneath,
femora and tibiae with seattered, long, erect silvery setae; mid and hind tibiae
with a preapical row of two short, weak spines on outer surface and a second row
bearing only a single preapieal spine; longer calearium of hind tibia two-thirds
as long as hind basitarsus.
First and second terga each with an even, narrow apical band of appressed
silvery vestiture; first tergum also with seattered, decumbent, silvery sericeous
hairs on rest of disk and moderately abundant, long, ereet white setae; second
tergum with scattered, decumbent pale golden setae on disk and scattered, ereet,
partly fuscous setae which are more concentrated anteriorly; succeeding terga
with only scattered, erect, largely fusecous setae.
The single female paratype is 5.6 mm. long, and is very similar to the type in
coloration, vestiture and punetation.
Paratypes.—13 ¢ 6; Borego Desert, San Diego Co., California ;
April 23 (8 3 ¢), April 29 (4 3 6), May 12 (6 ¢ ¢), all 1955
(KF. X. Williams; mostly on mat Euphorbia) (CAS, USNM, BM,
RMS, HEE, KVK). 1 2 ; Borego Valley, San Diego Co., California;
April 18, 1957 (R. M. Bohart) [USNM]. 1 ¢,; Fish Creek Mis.
Imperial Co., California; April 20, 1955 (W. R. M. Mason) (CNC).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 223
1 ¢; 10 mi. s. of Mecca, Riverside Co., California; April 4, 1937
(P. H. Timberlake) (PHT). 1 ¢ ; 14 mi. w. of Boron, San Bernardino
@o=-Calitornia. April 25,1953 (B.D. Hurd)’ (CIS). 1-3. ; Needles,
San Bernardino Co., California; April 3, 1951 (J. W. MacSwain)
(CIS). 1 6 ; Kramer Hills, San Bernardino Co., California; May 1,
1953-(R. Debord) "CUSNM,):.
In addition to the type series, three other individuals have been
seen which are apparently referable to 7. williamsi, but may represent
a separate race: 1 9,6 4 6; Thousand Palms, Riverside Co., Cali-
fOrnmias April (ac 6 ); ta Co). los )5 20 (2 ), 26 Cs), all
1955 (W. R. M. Mason) (CNC). The males are essentially inseparable
from the male described above, but the single female differs in three
features, as follows: the gaster, except for the petiole, is piceous to
black; the third abdominal tereum has a rather conspicuous median
patch of appressed, silvery hairs; the mesopleuron tends to have the
setigerous punctation longitudinally confluent to the point where it
appears obscurely longitudinally striolate, rather than distinctly
punctate. Although the differences in pigmentation and_ vestiture
eive this latter female a wholly deviant aspect, we believe that recog-
nition of it as a separate taxon to be premature. The fact that it
occurred in the same locality with males inseparable from ‘‘normal’’
T. williams: males appears to indicate that it represents an extreme
individual of 7. williams:. The critical cephalic indices of this female
are essentially identical with the allotype of 7. williamsi: least trans-
facial distance 1.17 times the eye-height; head width 1.7 times the
least interocular distance. Until and unless it can be shown that this
female is incorrectly associated with 7. williams: males, it appears
preferable to refer it to this species.
Typhoctes striolatus, new species
(Ghigs 2)
The female of striolatus is most closely similar to that of peculiaris
mirabilis with which it agrees in general aspect, particularly in the
presence, on all but worn individuals, of a elitterine vestiture of
appressed, pale golden hairs on the vertex and pronotum. However,
it differs from this, as well as typical peculiaris, in several noteworthy
structural characters that prohibit considering these forms as specifi-
cally identical, such as: the lateral faces of the propodeum are con-
spicuously striolate; the metasternal process is weakly punctate
throughout, distinctly keeled along midline, and merely weakly emar-
oinate at the apex, with the process on each side of the emargination
not elaborated as a distinct rounded lobe; third abdominal tergum
with only sparse, long, erect hairs, lacking appressed silky vestiture.
The male associated with these females is also certainly specifically
distinct from males of typical peculiaris (males of p. mirabilis are
unknown). It differs at once from males of both peculiaris and wil-
liamsi in the somewhat stouter, more definitely subplumose, erect
D4 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
hairs on the gaster, and the comparatively sparser punctation and
vestiture. Some noteworthy characters separating it from males of
peculiaris are the somewhat enlarged ocelli, entirely pale tibial cal-
caria, distance between anterior and posterior ocelli three-fourths
the postocellar line, the latter 1.1 times the ocellocular distance, and
the more slender genitalia. It is separated from males of williamsit by
havine the eyes less strongly divergent above, comparatively longer
postocellar line, entirely black lees, the loneer calcarium of hind tibia
relatively shorter, and minor eenitalic differences.
Type. 2 ; Phoenix, Maricopa Co., Arizona; October 15, 1933 (R. H.
Crandall) (U. 8S. National Museum, Type No. 63261, donated by
K. V. Krombein).
Female.—Length 6.0 mm. Shining; head, thorax, legs and first abdominal
tergum red, a shade darker than in williamsi; sides and base of second tergum
red shading into deep castaneous on rest of disk, and terminal segments all black ;
tibial calearia entirely white. Vestiture partly of long, seattered, erect setae
which are mostly black, but pale on head beneath, pronotum in part, legs beneath,
and second and third sterna; head above, temples and pronotum with conspicuous,
very dense, appressed, pale golden sericeous pubescence,
Lower half of front with several weak, oblique striae just above antennal in-
sertions, running outward and slightly upward to lower inner eye margin; vertex
adjacent to inner eye margins similarly striolate with striae parallel to eyes;
lower two-thirds of front with seattered punetures bearing long erect setae; upper
part of front, temples, central portions of vertex and oeeiput with dense, small
punctures bearing the decumbent vestiture; malar space short, one-third the
eye-height; head width 1.7 times the least interoecular distance; front between
eyes 1.25 times the eye-height; first and seeond flagellar segments subequal in
length.
Pronotum obtrapezoidal, shorter and stouter than in williamsi, the length in-
cluding neck 0.9 times the greatest width, the disk and sides closely and delicately
wrinkled to rugulose-striolate, bearing dense, silky decumbent vestiture, disk with
erect setae denser on anterior half; dorsum of fused metanotum-propodeum with
close, fine, irregular, sinuous, transverse wrinkles and seattered, erect, long setae
and fine, sparse, inconspicuous decumbent setae; posterior slope of propodeum
abruptly declivous as compared to williamsi, smooth except for a few, straight,
transverse wrinkles above abdominal insertion; fused metapleuron-propedeum
obliquely and closely striate, with few interspersed punetures, except for a small,
smooth triangular area below propodeal spiracle; metasternal plate strongly shin-
ing, virtually devoid of punctation, with a sharp median keel, the apex merely
emarginate but not bilobate.
Coxae laterally with subappressed, rather dense, short, silvery hair; coxae
beneath, femora and tibiae with scattered, long, erect setae, partly blackish,
partly silvery; mid tibia with two preapical rows of three short, rather stout
black spines, posterior tibia with the two preapieal rows bearing only 1-2 such
spines each; longer ealearium of hind tibia 0.55 times as long as hind basitarsus.
First and seeond terga each with an even, narrow apical band of appressed
silvery vestiture; first tergum also with a few, seattered, decumbent silvery setae
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 225
on rest of disk and moderately abundant, long, erect, dark setae; second tergum
with moderately dense, inconspicuous, short, decumbent brown vestiture exeept
narrowly at base and on sides, and with moderately abundant, erect, long blaek
setae; succeedirg terga with only scattered, erect, black setae.
Female paratypes vary in length from 4.8 to 6.8 mm, and the first flagellar
segment is darker on basal half. The specimens from Arizona are extremely
similar to the type. The three from Texas show some variation in that two speci-
mens lack the frontal striae, all three have the irregular wrinkles on dorsal surface
of fused metanotum-propodeum mainly oblique instead of transverse, and in two
specimens the terminal abdominal segments are not castaneous but concolorous
with the first and second terga.
Allotype— 6 ; The Basin, Big Bend National Park, Chisos Mts.,
Brewster Co., Texas, 5400 ft. elev.; July 8-14, 1948 (H. E. Evans;
visiting honeydew on oak) (U.S. National Museum, donated by
H. EK. Evans).
Male.—Length 6.8 mm., forewing including tegula 4.0 mm. Shining, black,
mandible except tip reddish, flagellum and tarsi brown, tibial calearia entirely
white. Wings almost hyaline though slightly darker than in williamsi, the forewing
shightly infumated beyond veins; veins light brown, stigma and costa darker.
Vestiture long, rather coarse, correspondingly much sparser than in williamsi ;
most of vestiture glittering white, but many of erect hairs of head and dorsum
of thorax and abdomen lght brown, those on last two abdominal terga almost
entirely light brown; erect hairs of gaster stouter than in peculiaris and williamsi,
and more plainly subplumose.
Clypeus with moderately large, contiguous punctures, vestiture silvery exeept
for a few fuscous hairs medially, appressed and rather dense; temples and lower
front with equally large but more separated punetures bearing mostly decumbent
vestiture but with some erect hairs; upper front with finer, closer punctures, most
of vestiture denuded but what is left mostly appressed; vertex with quite seat-
tered, larger punctures; occiput with punctation again more dense; first flagellar
segment two-thirds as long as second; least transfacial distance three-fourths the
transfacial distance through anterior ocellus and three-fourths the eye-length;
ocelli enlarged as in williamsi; distance between anterior and posterior ocelli
three-fourths the postoeellar line, the latter distance 1.1 times the ocelloeular line.
Anterior deelivity of pronotum with contiguous punctures and erect vestiture,
disk with sparse punctation and mixed decumbent and erect hairs, lateral surface
contiguously punctate, and with appressed hairs; mesonotum with sparse pubes-
cenee, the disk largely impunetate, laterally and anteriorly with closer punetures ;
scutellum and postseutellum with vestiture denser, mostly decumbent, punctures
subcontiguous; mesopleuron with coarse, subeontiguous punctures, and rather
abundant appressed and erect vestiture; upper part of metapleuron similarly
punctate and hairy, though somewhat more sparsely so; propodeum with large
round punctures and mostly appressed vestiture, punctures on dorsum subcontigu-
ous anteriorly and becoming sparser posteriorly until most intervals are about
half as wide as punctures on posterior surface, the latter surface with several
transverse wrinkles above abdominal insertion; lateral surface of propodeum
about as closely punetate as posterior surface.
226 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
Coxae laterally with dense, coarse, subappressed pubescence; femora beneath
with long, scattered white hairs; femora, tibiae and tarsi with dense, fine, short
appressed pubescence; longer calearium of hind tibia 0.60 times as long as hind
basitarsus.
Abdominal vestiture sparse as compared to williamsi; first and second terga
with narrow apical bands of appressed hair, the third to fifth with similar but
narrower bands consisting of a single row of setae, the apical decumbent fringes
of setae of first five terga all silvery (in peculiaris those of terga 3-5 fuscous and
much less conspicuous); second to sixth sterna each with a row of appressed
simple setae at apex; second to fifth terga with punctures of two distinet sizes
as in williamsi though comparatively sparser, a series of somewhat larger and
more seattered ones, and others which are smaller and more abundant; first
sternum smooth; second sternum with discal punetures noticeably larger than
elsewhere on abdomen though sparser than in williamsi; punetures of third to
sixth sterna finer, sparser than in williamsi; hypopygium with apical margin very
slightly retuse; genitalia as figured (Fig. 2), noticeably more slender than in
typical peculiaris.
Paratypes. 2 2 9 ; same data as type but April 24 and April 26,
19383 (KVK). 1 9; Presidio, Presidio Co., Texas; June 26, 1930
(H. R. Tinkham) (UM). 2 92 2; northwest Wilson Co., Texas;
March-May 1945 (H. B. Parks) (RMS, USNM).
Typhoctes peculiaris (Cresson )
This polytypic species is represented by two races, the nominate
subspecies which occurs in Washineton, Idaho, Utah, California and
western Arizona, and peculiaris mirabilis from central Arizona and
southeastern Colorado eastward to western Kansas and Texas. The
females are larger than the females of the other two species occurring
in America north of Mexico, but this size distinction is not apparent
in the males, perhaps because of too limited a series in that sex. Both
sexes of peculiaris are distinguished from the other U. S. species by
the dark-tipped tibial calearia.
The females are separated from those of williamsi and striolatus
by the presence of moderately abundant appressed, fuscous, sericeous
vestiture on the third abdominal tergum, the shorter malar space,
and the more strongly spinose mid and hind tibiae. In addition,
females of peculiaris are quite distinct from those of williamst by the
presence of dense, appressed sericeous vestiture on pronotum, the
comparatively dense punctation, and different proportions of head
and thorax. The females of peculiaris, particularly those of p. mira-
bilis, are superficially more similar to those of striolatus, but in addi-
tion to the characters listed at the beginning of this paragraph,
females of peculiaris differ from those of striolatus in the absence
of a median keel on metasternal process, and usually in lacking striae
on the lateral surface of propodeum, any apparent striation on this
area due to the punctures beine confluent in rows, forming rugae,
rather than to a basic grooving of the integument without punctures.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 997
The males (those of p. mirabilis unknown) differ from the other
known males in the stouter genitalia and the somewhat smaller ocelli.
In addition, they differ from males of williamsi in having entirely
black legs, relatively sparser punctation and vestiture, some erect
black hairs on head and thorax, the inner eye margins less strongly
divergent above, the postocellar distance less than ocellocular distance,
and the slightly retuse apical margin of hypopygium. They differ
from males of striolatus in having the erect hairs on gaster thinner
and barely subplumose, the relatively longer first flagellar segment
and longer calearium of hind tibia.
Typhoctes peculiaris peculiaris (Cresson), new status
GEigS93))
Mutilla peculiaris Cresson, 1875. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 5: 119 (2; California;
type in Aeademy of Natural Seiences, Philadelphia ).—Blake, 1886. Trans.
Amer. Ent. Soe. 13: 203.—Dalla Torre, 1897. Cat. Hym. 8: 71.
Typhoctes peculiaris (Cresson), Ashmead, 1899. Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soe. 7:53.—
Ashmead, 1903. Canad. Ent. 35: 202—André, 1903. Gen. Ins., Fase. 11,
p. 11.—Bradley, 1917. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 43: 288.—Schuster, 1949. Ent.
Amer. 29 (n.s.): 82 et seq—Krombein, 1951. U.S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monogr.
2: 751 (synonymizes Anommiutilla difficilis Mickel under peculiaris).
Cyphotes peculiaris (Cresson), Fox, 1899. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. 25: 278 (syn-
onymizes Chyphotes mirabilis Cockerell under peculiaris).—Melander, 1905.
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 29: 327.
Anommutilla difficilis Mickel, 1936. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 29: 295 (4; Oakley,
Idaho; type in U. S. National Museum).—Schuster, 1949. Ent. Amer. 29
(nis: 1117 et seq:
The females of typical peculiaris are distinguished at once from
those of p. mirabilis by the lack of dense, appressed, pale sericeous
pubescence on vertex, the somewhat. finer sculpture of fused meta-
notum-propodeum and metasternal process, the much broader apical
silvery band on first abdominal tereum, and the dark apical band
of hairs of the third tergum.
Female.—tLength 6.5-11.8 mm. Rather dull because of dense punctation, the
legs, terminal abdominal terga and all sterna shining; integument red, a darker
shade than in williamsi, the apex of mandible, a narrow annulus at base of first
flagellar segment, the terminal flagellar segments and tarsi darker; tibial calearia
white except extreme tips dark brown or black. Long, ereet black setae on head,
sides of pronotal disk, fused metanotum-propodeum, legs and abdominal terga;
shorter, erect white setae on pronotal disk, sides and venter of thorax, legs, first
and second terga and all sterna except apical three; pronotum entirely covered
(and often occipital area, in part) with dense, appressed, pale, glittering sericeous
vestiture.
Front and vertex with close, moderately large punctures, no striae, rather dense
erect setae and some seattered, decumbent golden to fuscous setae; temples and
adjacent occipital regions less closely punctured and with decumbent silvery
setae; malar space one-fourth as long as eye-height; front between eyes 1.5 times
228 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
the eye-height; head width 1.6 times the least interocular distance; first and
second flagellar segments subequal in length,
Pronotum shorter than in williamsi, similar to that of striolatus, the length
including neek subequal to greatest width, with dense small punctures bearing
the decumbent vestiture; fused metanotum-propodeum dorsally with rather dense,
decumbent, golden to fulvous pubescence which becomes sparser and silvery on
posterior and lateral surfaces, the dorsal surface with close, small punetures
which are sparser on posterior surface, and lateral surface rugosopunctate or
locally with striolation weak and interrupted by irregular punctation; propodeum
more abruptly declivous and stout as compared to williamsi; metasternal plate
not or only weakly keeled along midline, surface smooth and nearly impunetate,
except sometimes coarsely and contiguously punetate posteriorly, apical margin
deeply emarginate and usually rather strongly bilobate.
Coxae laterally with subappressed, rather dense, silvery, short hair; coxae
beneath, femora and tibiae with seattered, long erect setae; mid and hind tibiae
more strongly spinose than in williamsi or striolatus, but with fewer spines than
in p. mirabilis, the mid tibia usually with one or two preapical rows composed of
one or two spines, and hind tibia with a single posterior row of two or three
and one or occasionally two of the anterior row; longer ealearium of hind tibia
0.55 times as long as hind basitarsus.
First tergum with a broad apieal band of appressed silvery pubescence which
is quite narrow at midline and very much broadened toward sides, the surface
basad of this band with appressed fulvous to fuseous pubescence and compara-
tively abundant erect setae; second tergum also with a broad apieal band of
appressed silvery pubescence (broader than in williams’) which is usually nar-
rower at midline, the rest of disk with rather dense fulvous to fuscous appressed
pubescence, obscuring the sculpture, and seattered, erect setae; third tergum with
sparser, appressed, fulvous to fusecous pubescence and a very narrow, darker,
apical band and scattered erect black setae; succeeding two terga with scattered
erect black setae.
Male.
shining; antennae and tarsi dark brown; mandible red except apex; tibial eal-
Length 6 to 7.5 mm., forewing including tegula 4 to 4.5 mm. Black,
caria white exeept extreme tips dark brown. Wings moderately infumated, the
apices beyond veins darker. Vestiture long, moderately coarse, correspondingly
sparser than in williamsi, glittering white except for some black erect hairs on
the following—head in part, thoracie dorsum in part, second tergum in part, and
succeeding terga except laterally; ereet hairs of gaster slender, less plumose in
appearance than in striolatus.
Clypeus with moderately large, contiguous punetures, vestiture decumbent and
rather dense; temples and front with smaller, slightly sparser punctures, the
temples with appressed pubescence, the front with both erect and appressed hair;
vertex with sparser punctures and both types of vestiture; oeciput more closely
punctate and with denser setae; first flagellar segment four-fifths as long as
second; least transfacial distance three-fourths the transfacial distance through
anterior ocellus and three-fourths the eye-height; ocelli smaller than in williamsi,
the diameter two-thirds as great; distance between anterior and posterior ocelli
slightly more than half the postocellar distance, the latter distance 0.94 times the
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 229
ocellocular distance; punetation of head correspondingly sparser than in williamsi.
Pronotal punetation and vestiture intermediate in density between that of
williamsi and striolatus, decumbent vestiture all pale, the erect hairs pale on
deelivity and sides of disk, black elsewhere on disk; rest of thoracic dorsum
intermediate between that of williamsi and striolatus in density of punctation
and vestiture, the erect hair mostly black with some white hairs laterally; lateral
surface of pronotum and mesopleuron with rather coarse, contiguous punctures
bearing moderately dense, pale, mostly decumbent and suberect vestiture; upper
part of metapleuron with somewhat finer and more separated punctures; pro-
podeum with large round punctures and mostly appressed, pale vestiture, pune-
tures on dorsum contiguous anteriorly, becoming sparser posteriorly until most
interspaces are at least half as wide as punctures on posterior surface, the latter
surface with several transverse wrinkles above abdominal insertion.
Coxae laterally with dense, coarse, subappressed pubescence; femora beneath
with long, scattered white hairs; femora, tibiae and tarsi with fine, dense, short
appressed vestiture; longer calearium of hind tibia 0.64 times as long as hind
basitarsus,
Abdominal vestiture intermediate in density between that of williamsi and
striolatus, the erect setae slender as compared to striolatus and very slightly sub-
plumose; first and second terga with very narrow apical bands of appressed
vestiture, the third to fifth with similar but narrower bands consisting of a single
row of setae, quite inconspicuous and fuscous except occasionally partly pale in
middle on third; second to sixth sterna each with a row of appressed simple setae
at apex; second to fifth terga usually with punctures of two distinct sizes as
deseribed for williamsi but occasional specimens with sparser punctation and the
minute punetures mostly or entirely lacking; ereet vestiture of first tergum all
pale, of second oceasionally all white but usually black except laterally and at
apex, of succeeding terga mostly black except occasionally along sides; that of
sterna mostly pale with occasional interspersed black setae; hypopygium with
apical margin slightly retuse; genitalia as figured (Fig. 3), stouter than in
striolatus or williamsi.
WASHINGTON: 1 2; Grand Coulee, Steamboat Rock, Grant Co. ;
July 10, 1902 (A. L. Melander) (MCZ).
LD AOR Oe ll vse Oakley. CassiayCo:- July 7; 1927. (dd type of
difficilis) and July 23, 19380 (?) (USNM).
UTAH: 1 ¢@: U. A. C. Farm No. 2; Logan, Cache Co.; August 16,
1925, CA. C. Burnrill) <GXMs)):
ARIZONA: 1 2; Gila Bend, Maricopa Co.; March 26, 1940 (R. H.
Crandall) (KVIK).
CALIFORNIA: 2 ¢ 2°, 2 6 8; Borego Desert, San Diego Co.;
April 23, 1955 (1 4), April 17, 1956 (1 6 on Euphorbia poly-
carpa, 1 2 running on sand nearby), April 30, 1957 (¢@) (F. X.
Williams) (CAS, KVK). 1 @; San Felipe Creek, San Diego
Co.; September 9, 1938 (P. H. Timberlake) (PHT). 1 @ ; Ban-
ning, Riverside Co.; July 16, 1950 (J. W. MacSwain) (CIS).
1 2; Crystal Lake, Los Angeles Co.; June 29, 1950 (J. W.
MacSwain) (CIS). 18 ° 9,1 6; Tanbark Flat, Los Angeles
230 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
Co.; June 19 (2 9 9, J. W. MacSwain) June 22 (2° 9°09) Fa Xe
W illiams), June 23 (2 92 9, F. X. Williams), June 24 (2 @ Q,
EAWDP Hurd), June 25, (4 99, 124, BF. X) Walliams. eek
Robinson, P. D. Hurd), June 27 (1 9. P..D: Hurd) yJimlya
(1 ¢@, F. X. Williams), July 8 (8 9 9, F. X. Wilhams), July
LOG GES oF hee Xe Williams) ), all 1950 (CIS, RMB). 1 ¢, Kramer
Hills, San Bernardino Co.; May 1, 1953 (P. D. Hurd) (CIS):
1 ¢; Oro Grande Wash, 11 mi. s. of Adelanto, San Bernardino
Co.; May 26, 1941 (P. H. Timberlake) (PHT). 2 2 9 ; Yermo,
San Bernardino Co.; April 28, 1949 (E. G. Linsley, J. W. Mac-
Swain, R. F. Smith) (CIS). 1 ¢ ; Apple Valley, San Bernardino
Co.; May 19, 1955 (W .R. M. Mason) (CNC). 1 9; Victorville:
San Bernardino Co.; September 13, 1936 (J. Hansen) (RMS).
1 oe ee Kern Co.; June 8, 1952 (EK. I. Schlinger) (USNM).
2 ; Big Pine, Inyo Co.; September 4, 1956 (R. M. Bohart)
cane 4 1b ORS. BIB Me one Olenches Inyo Co.; August 6, 1948
(P. D. Hurd, J. W. MacSwain) (CIS). 4 9° 9 ; Bishop Creek,
Inyo Co., 8400 ft. elev.; August 2, 1936 (G. E. Bohart) (CIS).
1 ¢,1 ¢,; Arroyo Seco Camp, Monterey Co.; June 6, 1956 ( 2 )
and June 5, 1957 (¢@) (R. M. Bohart) (RMB). 1 @ : Little
Pinoche Valley, Fresno Co.; May 11, 1920 (E. O. Essig) (CIS).
1 9; Bass Lake, Madera Co.; July, 1946 (CIS). 2 6 6; Tur-
lock, Stanislaus Co.; September 28, 1953 (R. R. Snelling)
(USNM). 1 2,1 6; Tuolumne City, Tuolumne Co.; June 3
Ce); and June 14 (9) .-1953 (J. Gy Rozem) (CLS leon tno:
Creek,, Mono Co.; August 1, 1936 (CIS). 1 @ ; Mokelumne Hill,
Calaveras Co. (USNM). 2 6 2; Mt. Diablo, Contra Costa Co.,
2000 ft. elev.; July 26, 1949 and July 17, 1950 (F.. X. Williams)
(CIS). 3 9 9; Antioch, Contra Costa Co.; July, 1937 (HE. Bb.
Ross) (CIS), August 8, 1952 (W. E. Ferguson) (CIS) and
September 10, 1947 (J. W. MacSwain) (USNM). 1 ¢; 18 mi.
NE of Chico, Butte Co.; May 23, 1956 (R. M. Bohart) (RMB).
1 2; Hat Creek P. O., Shasta Co.; July 12, 1955 (J. W. Mac-
Swain) (CIS). 1 9; Norval Flats, Lassen Co., 5500 ft. elev.:
August 22, 1950" (J. O: Martin)> CUSNIM).. dea erssa@ales
(USNM). 1 9; ‘‘California’’ (ANSP; type of pecularis).
Typhoctes peculiaris mirabilis (Cockerell)
(Figs. 5 and 6)
Cyphotes mirabilis Cockerell, 1896. Canad. Ent. 28: 285 (2; Mesilla Valley,
New Mexico; type in U. S. National Museum).
Typhoctes mirabilis (Cockerell), Malloch, 1926. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 68, Art.
By 105 cy walked ee
Typhoctes peculiaris mirabilis (Cockerell), Schuster, 1949. Ent. Amer. 29 (ns.):
134, figs. 15, 16.
Females of this subspecies are separated from those of typical
peculiaris by the characters cited in the description below. Superficial-
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 231
ly, females of p. nurabilis are very similar to those of striolatus
because of the dense, appressed, pale pubescence on both vertex and
pronotum, but differ at once as noted in the discussion of peculiaris
sens. lat.
Males of p. mirabilis are unknown. Presumably they will be very
similar to those of typical peculiaris in most details, perhaps differing
most notably only in certain minor details of the vestiture.
Female.—Length 7 to 11 mm. Similar to typical peculiaris except in the fol-
lowing details: vertex with dense, appressed, pale golden sericeous vestiture as on
pronotum; sculpture of fused metanotum-propodeum coarser, punctures of dorsal
and posterior surfaces larger, and lateral surface with larger, subecontiguous
punctures occasionally confluent in rows; metasternal plate entirely coarsely and
contiguously to confluently punctate; mid and hind tibiae with more numerous
spines, usually with two preapical rows of three spines each, occasionally four;
apical silvery band of first tergum much narrower on sides, essentially equally
wide throughout; and third tergum with apical band silvery, at least medially.
ARIZONA: 1 @ ; Heiser OPEINE, Wupatki Natl. Mon., Coconino Co. ;
July 23, 1949 (airs CNY: yinian) (USNM). 1 9; Joseph City,
Navajo Co.; August 6, 1950 (J. W. MacSwain) (CIS). 1 9;
Prescott, Yavapar Co... June 29-1932) ((P., H. Timberlake)
CBr) 2 2oe9 Ou Ticson rime Co. dune, 1933 "CBryant)
(UM) and August 6, 1946 (H. E. Evans) (HEE). 1 9 ; Babo-
quivari Mts., Pima Co.; May 7, 1938 (F. H. Parker) (UM).
1 ¢ ; Patagonia, Santa Cruz Co.; July 20, 1940 (D. J. and J. N.
Knull) (OSU). 1 9; Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., Santa
Cruz) Co. July, 26 1955 (Fo XxX. Walhams':* atv li¢ht) (CAS).
1 9; Santa Rita Mts., Santa Cruz Co.; September 30, 1939
(Bryant) (UM). 1 @ ; Huachuca Mts., Cochise Co. (USNM).
NEW MEXICO: 2 2 2; Jemez Springs, Sandoval Co.; August 1,
1914 (UM) and July 10, 1954 (Cazier and Gertsch) (AMNH).
1 @ ; College Campus, Mesilla Valley, Dona Ana Co.; July 1896
(T. D. A. Cockerell) (USNM, type of mirabilis).
TEXAS: 2 92 @2; 6-10 mi. w. of Fort Davis, Jeff Davis Co., 5000 ft.
elev.; July 15-23, 1948 (H. E. Evans; 1 9? on Sphaeralcea
angustifolia) (HEE). 2 ? 2; Abilene, Taylor Co.; October 10,
1943 (C. L. Remington) (USNM, RMS).
KANSAS: 1 2; Norton Co., 2270 ft. elev.; August 24, 1912 (F. X.
Williams) (KU). 1 9; Graham Co. (KU). 1 2 ; Seward Co.,
2600 ft. elev.; August 18, 1911 (F. X. Williams) (KU). 1 2;
Stanton Co., 3000 ft. elev.; July 30, 1911 (F. X. Wilhams) (KU).
i 9) Stanton Co. 3000 ft. elev. (S.J. Hunter) (KU). 2
2: Morton Co., 2800 ft. elev.; August 5, 1911 (F. X. Wil-
hams) (KU).
COLORADO: 1 ¢: Iamon, Lincoln Co.; August 20, 19387 (G.
Englehardt) (KVK).1 2 ; San Luis, Costilla Co.; July 21, 1929
(H. G. Rodeck) (UM). 1 2; Antonito, Conejos Co.; August 5,
1900 (UM).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
MEXICO: CHIHUAHUA: 3 2? 2; Samalayuca; June 24, 1947
(Crazier, Michener and Bradt) (AMNH).
REFERENCES
André, E. 1903. Fam. Mutillidae. Gen. Ins., Fase. 11, 77 pp., 3 pl.
Ashmea, W. H. 1899. Super-families in the Hymenoptera and Generic Synopses
of the Families Thynnidae, Myrmosidae and Mutillidae. Jour. N. Y. Ent.
Soe. 7: 45-60.
Bradley, J. C. 1917. Contributions toward a Monograph of the Mutillidae and
Their Allies of America North of Mexico. IV. A Review of the Myrmosidae.
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. 43: 247-290, 6 pl.
Buzicky, A. W. 1941. A Monograph of the Genus Chyphotes of North America
Ent. Amer. 21 (n.s.): 201-243, 4 pl.
Fox, W. J. 1899. The North American Mutillidae. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. 25:
219-292.
Krombein, K. V. 1951. Jn Muesebeek, Krombein and Townes. Typhoctes in
Hymenoptera of America North of Mexico—Synoptie Catalog. U. 8. Dept.
Agr., Agr. Monogr. 2: 751.
Malloch, J. R. 1926. Systematie Notes on and Descriptions of North American
Wasps of the Subfamily Brachyeistiinae. Proc. U. 8S. Natl Mus. 68, Art. 3,
28 pp., 4 pl.
Mickel, C. E. 1936. Two New Genera and Five New Species of Mutillidae. Ann.
Ent. Soe. Amer. 29: 289-297, 5 figs.
Pate, V. S. L., 1947. A Conspeetus of the Tiphiidae, with Particular Reference
to the Nearetic Forms. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soe. 55: 115-145, 2 pl.
Reid, J. A., 1941. The Thorax of the Wingless and Short-winged Hymenoptera.
Trans. Roy. Ent. Soe. London 91: 367-446, 81 fig.
Schuster, R. M. 1946. A Revision of the Sphaerophthalmine Mutillidae of
America North of Mexico. Ann. Ent. Soe. Amer. 39: 692-703, 2 fig.
——————, 1949. Contributions Toward a Monograph of the Mutillidae of the
Neotropical Region. IIT. A key to the Subfamiles Represented and Deserip-
tions of Several New Genera. Ent. Amer. 29 (n.s.): 59-140, 5 pl.
NEW SPECIES AND RECORDS OF MALLOPHAGA FROM
GALLINACEOUS BIRDS OF THAILAND!
K. C. Emerson, Stillwater, Oklahoma
and
Ropert EF. Eveen, Department of Zoology,
University of Oklahoma, Norman, Oklahoma
The Mallophaga described and identified in the following notes, ex-
cept for one small series in the British Museum (NH), were collected
in Thailand by R. E. Elbel, H. G. Diegnan, and Boonsong Lekagul
during the period April 1953 to April 1955. Host identifications were
I This investigation was supported by researeh grant E-1722 from the National
Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases of the National Institutes of Health,
Public Health Service.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 O25
furnished by Mr. Deignan, and are in accordance with the classifica-
tion to be discussed in his forthcoming ‘‘Check-list of the Birds of
Thailand.’’ Skins of the birds from which the lice were collected are
now in the U. 8S. National Museum. Collections were made possible
by assistance from the U. S. National Museum and the United States
Operations Mission to Thailand. The holotype and allotype of the
new species described herein have been deposited in the U. S. National
Museum. Dr. Theresa Clay, British Museum (NH), loaned consider-
able material for comparison, and offered many helpful suggestions.
The authors gratefully acknowledge the assistance given by Dr. Clay,
Dr. Phyllis T. Johnson, and Mr. Deignan during the preparation of
this report.
AMBLYCERA
Amyrsidea monostoecha (Kellogg).
Menopon monostoechum Kellogg, 1896. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sei. (2), 6: 530, pl.
72, fig. 4. Type host: Phasianus nychthemerus=Lophura nycthemera nycthe-
mera (Linnaeus).
Specimens collected.—4 males and 4 females at Ban Na Muang, Na
Haeo, Dan Sai, Loei; off Lophura nycthemera jonesi (Oates). The
species was described from specimens taken off a Silver Pheasant in
San Francisco, Calif. The specimens taken agree with Kelloge’s de-
scriptions and illustrations, but have not been compared with the
types or with material from type host.
Amyrsidea phaeostoma (Nitzsch).
Menopon phaecostomum Nitzsch, 1866. Z. ges. Nat. Wiss. 28: 391. Type host:
Pavo cristatus (Linnaeus).
Specimens collected 4 males and 3 females on Phu Kho Mountain,
Kan Luang, Na Kae, Nakhon Phanom; off Pavo muticus timperator
Delacour. Two species of Amyrsidea are found on Pavo cristatus, this
being the larger of the two forms. The specimens collected appear to
be conspecific with material from the type host. They agree with
specimens which Dr. Clay has compared with the figures in the
Nitzsch Manuscript presently in the British Museum (NH). The
smaller species of Amyrsidea, which is more common on domestic pea
fowls, was not collected. The male genitalia are illustrated in figure 15.
Amyrsidea uniseriata (Piaget).
Menopon uniseriatum Piaget, 1880. Les Pediculines: 464, pl. 37, fig. 4. Type
host: Phasianus praelatus=Lophura diardi (Bonaparte).
Specimens collected.—29 males and 15 females on Phu Lom Lo Moun-
tain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; 1 male and 2 females at Ban Sang
Kho, Khok Phu, Sakon Nakhon; 3 males and 2 females on Phu Phak
Khi Nak Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; 4 males and 2 females
on Khao Sawan Mountain, Sieo, Loei; and 1 male and 4 females at
Ban Muang Khai, Tha Li, Loei; off Lophura diardi (Bonaparte).
This species apparently has not been reported since the original de-
934 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
seription. Specimens have been compared with the Piaget types in
the British Museum (NH), and they appear to be conspecific. The
male genitalia are illustrated in figure 14.
Colpocephalum echinatum Ewing.
Colpocephalum echinatum Ewing, 1930. Proce. Ent. Soc. Wash., 32: 118. Type
host: Pavo muticus muticus Linnaeus.
Specimens collected.—8 males and 8 females on Phu Kho Mountain,
Kan Luang, Na Kae, Nakhon Phanom; off Pavo muticus imperator
Delacour. Specimens have been compared by Dr. Johnson with Ew-
ing’s types in the U. 8. National Museum, and they appear to be
conspecific.
Menopon gallinae (Linnaeus).
Pediculus gallinae Linnaeus, 1758. Syst. Nat., ed. 10: 613. Type host: Phasi-
anus gallus (‘‘domesticus’’)=Gallus gallus ‘‘domesticus.’’
Specimens collected. 6 males and 3 females at Ban Sang Kho, Khok
Phu, Sakon Nakhon; 2 males and 2 females on Phu Lom Lo Moun-
tain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; 2 males and 3 females at Ban Mu-
ang Khai, Tha Li, Loei; and 11 males and 12 females on Khao Sawan
Mountain, Sieo, Loei; off Lophura diardi (Bonaparte). This species
is rather common on both domestic and wild chickens. We are un-
able to distinguish between the specimens taken off Lophura diardi
and those collected off chickens.
ISOCHNOCERA
Cuclotogaster phayrei n. sp.
Male.—General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 5. Abdominal tergites
on segments II and III, divided medianly. Aceessory dorsal plates, not divided
medianly, on abdominal segments III-VI. Genitalia as shown in figure 16.
Female.—Similar to the male in general shape, but slightly larger; being 1.68
mm in total length. Antennae filiform. Abdominal tergites divided medianly in
segments II-VII. Posterior margin of vulva bilobed; with 16 to 18 short setae
evenly spaced on the margin, and 16 to 18 minute setae seattered on the surface.
This species is closely related to Cuclotogaster gedgii (Clay), 1938,
found on Francolinus clappertoni gedgii Ogilvie-Grant. The male of
C. gedgvi has accessory dorsal plates on abdominal segments II-VI,
and they are divided medianly on segments II, III, VI, and VII. The
male of C. phayrei has accessory dorsal plates on abdominal segments
IfI-VI, none of which are divided. The male genitalia of the two
forms differ greatly. The female of C. phayrei possesses more setae
on the margin of the vulva than does C. gedgu. The undivided ter-
eite on abdominal segment VIII is also distinctive.
Type host——Francolinus pintadeanus phayrei (Blyth).
Type material—Holotype male, allotype female, 2 paratype males
and 1 paratype female were collected at Ban Hua Thanon, Khlong
Khlung, Kamphaeng Phet.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
Ind
co
On
Cuclotogaster subinsolitus n. sp.
Male.—General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 6. Posterior ptero-
thoracic setae arranged: 1, 2, 2, 1, 1, 2, 2, 1. Abdominal tergite on segment IT
is divided medianly, the remainder being transversly continuous. Accessory dorsal
plates, on abdominal segments IV-VII; none of which are divided medianly.
Genitalia as shown in figure 17.
Female.—Similar to the male in general shape, but larger; being 2.02 mm in
total length. Antennae filiform. Dorsal posterior pterothoracic setae arranged:
1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1. Abdominal tergites on segments II-VITI, divided medianly. Ex-
cept for terminal segments, abdominal chaetotaxy same as in the male. Chaetotaxy
and structure of genital region same as that given by Clay (19388) for C. inso-
litus.
This species is closely related to Cuclotogaster imsolitus (Clay),
1938, found on Arborophila rufogularis tickelli (Hume). The form
is distinguished from C. insolitus by the more rounded anterior mar-
gin of the head and by being considerably larger. In the male of C.
insolitus, the tergal plates on abdominal segments II-VI are divided
medianly ; in ©. subinsolitus, only the tergal plate on abdominal seg-
ment II is divided medianly. The male genitalha of the two forms
appear to be very similar. The female of C. subinsolitus does not
have the tergal plate on abdominal segment VIII divided medianly.
Type host—Arborophila brunneopectus brunneopectus (Blyth).
Type material.—Holotype male, allotype female, 9 paratype males,
and 10 paratype females collected on Phu Lom Lo Mountain, Kok
Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei.
Goniocotes parviceps (Piaget).
Goniodes parviceps Piaget, 1880. Les Pediculines: 277, pl. 23, fig. 2. Type host:
Pavo cristatus Linnaeus.
Specimens collected—8 males and 6 females on Phu Kho Mountain,
Kan Luang, Na Kae, Nakhon Phanom; off Pavo muticus imperator
Delacour. Goniocotes parviceps (Piaget) and Goniocotes rectangu-
latus Nitzsch are two closely related forms found on Pavo cristatus.
Both are atypical, and are occasionally included in the genus Gonio-
des. The females possess characters typical of those found in other
species of Goniocotes. The sexual dimorphism exhibited in the head
of the male and the male genitalia indicate an affinity to the genus
Goniodes; these are illustrated in figures 9, 10, and 11. We believe
that both species should be retained in Goniocotes until a more com-
plete study ean be made of the genus. Goniocotes yngarejsuf Kichler
1950, was described and illustrated from female specimens taken off
Pavo cristatus. The descriptions and illustrations agree completely
with females of Goniocotes parviceps taken from that host. Speci-
mens collected off Pavo muticus imperator have been compared with
material from the type host and they appear to be conspecific. The
male genitalia are complex and there are minor differences, but these
appear to be no greater than the differences between individuals col-
lected off the same host.
236 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
Goniodes cervinicornis Giebel
Goniodes cervinicornis Giebel, 1874. Insecta Epizoa: 199. Type host: Phasianus
nycthemerus=Lophura nycthemera nycthemera (Linnaeus ).
Specimens collected.—1 male at Ban Na Muang, Na Haeo, Dan Sai,
Loei; 1 female on Phu Lom Lo Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei;
and 10 males and 19 females on Phak Khi Nak Mountain, Kok Sathon,
Dan Sai, Loei; off Lophura nycthemera jonesi (Oates). Clay rede-
scribed and illustrated this species from material taken off museum
skins of the type host. These specimens agree with Clay’s descriptions
and illustrations.
Goniodes chloropus n. sp.
Male.—General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 7. Temples not ex-
panded beyond width of preantennal region of forehead. Membraneous portion
of clavi well developed. First antennal segment enlarged and bearing a thickened
process. Lateral margins of prothorax each with three short setae. Genitalia as
shown in figure 12.
Female.—General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 8. Temples ex-
panded to a width greater than that of the preantennal region of forehead. Clavi
only slightly developed. Antennae filiform. Ventrally, a row of short stout setae
in the lateral lobes of the terminal abdominal segment.
While this species belongs to Clay’s (1940) ‘‘species group I,’’ it
does not particularly resemble any of the known species. The wide
marginal carnia of the forehead, the male genitalia, and the structure
and chaetotaxy of the female genital region distinguish it from all
known species of the genus.
Type host—Arborophila charltoni chloropus (Blyth).
Type material—Holotype male, allotype female, 3 paratype males,
and 2 paratype females collected at Ban Hua Thanon, Khlong Khluneg,
Kamphaene Phet.
Goniodes coronatus (Giebel).
Goniocotes coronatus Giebel, 1874. Insecta Epizoa: 302. Type host: Crypturus
coronatus=Rollulus roulroul (Seopoli).
Specimens collected —12 males and 5 females on Khao Phap Pha
Mountain, Ban Na, Phattalung; off the type host. These specimens
agree with Clay’s (1940) descriptions and illustrations.
Goniodes diardi Clay.
Goniodes diardi Clay, 1940. Proce. Zool. Soe. Lond. (B), 110: 70, figs. 2a and 48e.
Type host: Lophura diardi (Bonaparte).
Specimens collected—1 male and 1 female at Ban Na Muane, Na
ITaeo, Dan Sai, Loei; 4 males and 2 females on Phu Phak Khi Nak
Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; 1 male and 3 females at Ban
Sang Kho, Khok Phu, Sakon Nakhon; 2 males and 5 females on Phu
Lom Lo Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; and 1 male and 2
females at Ban Muang Khai, Tha Li, Loei; off Lophura diardi (Bona-
parte). All specimens agree with Clay’s descriptions and illustrations.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 937
Goniodes pavonis (Linnaeus).
Pediculus pavonis Linnaeus, 1758. Syst. Nat., ed. 10: 613. Type host: Pavo
cristatus Linnaeus.
Specimens collected.—7 males and 9 females on Phu Kho Mountain,
Kan Luang, Na Kae, Nakhon Phanom off Pavo muticus imperator
Delacour. These specimens agree with Clay’s (1940) deseriptions and
illustrations.
Goniodes processus Kellogg and Paine.
Goniodes processus Kellogg and Paine, 1914. Ree. Indian Mus., 10: 226, pl. 15,
fig. 9. Type host: Arborophila rufogularis rufogularis (Blyth).
Specimens collected.—7 males and 6 females on Phu Lom Lo Moun-
tain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; off Arborophila brunneopictus brun-
neopictus (Blyth). Clay (1940) redescribed and illustrated this spe-
cies from specimens taken off museum skins of Arborophila rufogu-
laris tickelli (Hume), and reported collections from skins of five other
species and subspecies of Arborophila. She also noted (p. 25) : ‘‘Speei-
mens from skins of A. b. brunneopictus (Blyth), A. b. henricr (Ousta-
let), and A. erythrophrys (Sharpe) from Borneo do not appear quite
typical, and may prove to be a new subspecies.’” The specimens col-
lected agree with the illustrations and descriptions given by Clay, but
have not been compared with specimens from the type host.
Lipeurus boonsongi n. sp.
Male.—General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 4. Postantennal con-
striction not pronounced, breadth at temples almost equal to that of the praenten-
nal region. Four dorsal setae on prothorax. Two short and three long setae in
each posterior lateral angle of pterothorax. Abdominal tergal plates narrow and
transversely continuous. Eight medium-length setae on margin of genital open-
ing. Genitalia as shown in figure 18.
Female.—Slightly larger’ than male; total length being 2.13 mm. Head without
postantennal constriction, temples slightly expanded. Antennae filiform. Pro-
thorax with two dorsal setae. Pterothorax as in the male. Abdominal tergal plates
wide and transversely continuous. Eight medium-length and twelve short setae
on margin of genital opening.
This species is closest to Lipeurus fimbriatus Clay, 1938, found on
Melanoperdix nigra nigra (Vigors). It can be separated from that
species by the shape of the head, male genitalia, and the chaetotaxy of
the terminal abdominal segments.
Type host.—Francolinus pintadeanus phayrer (Blyth).
Type material—Holotype male, allotype female, 2 paratype males
and 2 paratype females collected at Ban Hua Thanon, Khlong Khlung,
Kamphaeng Phet. Three male paratypes and six female paratypes
collected in Burma are in the British Museum (NH).
Lipeurus deignani n. sp.
Male.— General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 3. Marked postanten-
nal constriction, breadth at temples almost equal to that of preantennal region.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
i)
oe)
First antennal segment enlarged and bearing a short blunt appendage. Four
dorsal setae on prothorax. Two short and five long setae in each posterior lateral
angle of pterothorax. Wide abdominal tergal plates. Chaetotaxy of genital re-
gion as in Lipeurus brunneipictus (Giebel). Male genitalia as shown in figure 19.
Female.—Similar to L. brunneipictus, except for the chaetotaxy on the margin
of the vulva. This form has twenty-eight long and medium-length setae on the
margin of the vulva, as compared with twenty setae of the same sizes on the
vulva of L. brunneipictus. Total length is 2.96 mm,
This species is closest to Lipeurus brunneipictus (Giebel), 1877,
found on Lophura iguita rufa (Raffles). It can be separated from
that species by the shape of the first antennal segment of the male,
the wide abdominal tergal plates of the male, the male genitalia, and
the chaetotaxy of the genital region of the female.
Type host.—Lophura diardi (Bonaparte).
Type material.—Holotype male, allotype female, 3 paratype males,
and 5 paratype females collected at Khao Sawan Mountain, Sieo, Loei.
Other paratypes are: 25 males and 26 females collected on Phu Lom
Lo Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; 7 males and 4 females col-
lected at Siracha, Chon Buri; 6 males and 7 females collected at Ban
Sane Kho, Khok Phu, Sakon Nakhon; 11 males and 16 females col-
lected on Phu Phak Khi Nak Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei;
2 males and 1 female collected at Ban Na Muang, Na Haeo, Dan Sai,
Loei; and 1 male and 1 female collected at Ban Muang Khai, Tha
lorioer
Lipeurus introductus Kellogg
Lipeurus introductus Kellogg, 1896. Proe, Calif. Aead. Sei. (2), 6: 500, pl. 68,
figs. 1 and 5. Type host: Phasianus nycthemerus=Lophura nycthemera ny-
cthemera (Linnaeus).
Specimens collected.—1 male and 3 females at Ban Na Muang, Na
Haeo, Dan Sai, Loei; 1 female on Phu Lom Lo Mountain, Kok Sathon,
Dan Sai, Loei; and 9 males and 18 females on Phu Phak Khi Nak
Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; off Lophura nycthemera jonesi
(Oates). The species was described from specimens taken off a Silver
Pheasant in San Francisco, California. Clay (1938) redescribed and
illustrated the form as Lipeurus subsellatus Harrison, 1916, a syno-
nym, from specimens taken off museum skins of the type host. The
specimens collected agree with Clay’s descriptions and illustrations.
Oxylipeurus annamensis n. sp.
Male.—General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 2. Posterior margin
of the modified chitin of the forehead with six prominent serrations. First antennal
segment enlarged and elongated, with a circular-shaped elear area. Abdominal ter-
gites, except for terminal segment, divided medianly. Posterior sternal plate
Fig. 1. Oxylipeurus formosanus (Uchida), dorsal-ventral view of male; fig. 2.
Oxylipeurus annamensis n. sp., dorsal-ventral view of male; fig. 3. Lipeurus deig-
nani n. sp., dorsal-ventral view of male; fig. 4. Lipeurus boonsongi n. sp., dorsal-
ventral view of male; fig. 5. Cuclotogaster phayrei n. sp., dorsal-ventral view of
male; fig. 6. Cuclotogaster subinsolitus n. sp., dorsal-ventral view of male.
239
OCTOBER, 1957
59, NO. 5,
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL.
Dunebes
Gig: =
240 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
prolonged into a short, thickened modified process. On each side of this process,
a row of cight setae. Genitalia as shown in figure 13.
Female.—Slightly larger than the male, being 3.42 mm in total length. Fore-
head as in the male. Antennae filiform. Chaetotaxy of thorax and abdomen
similar to the male, except for terminal segment. Terminal abdominal segment
deeply bieleft. Margin of vulva bicleft, with a row of 24 to 26 setae.
This species is closely related to Oxrylipeurus piagetinus Hopkins,
1950, found on Lophura ignita ignita (Shaw). In O. piagetinus, the
posterior margin of the modified chitin of the forehead is straight ;
whereas in O. annamensis, this margin is prominently serrated.
Type host.—Lophura diardi (Bonaparte).
Type material—Holotype male, allotype female, 4 paratype males
and 4 paratype females were collected at Ban Sane Iho, Khok Phu,
Sakon Nakhon. Other paratypes are: 8 males and 10 females collected
on Phu Lom Lo Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; 5 males and
1 female collected on Phu Phak Khi Nak Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan
Sai, Loei; 9 males and 10 females collected on Khao Sawan Mountain,
Sieo, Loei; 1 female collected at Ban Na Muane, Na Haeo, Dan Sat,
Loei; and 7 males and 3 females collected at Ban Muane Khai, Tha
Li, Loei.
Oxylipeurus formosanus (Uchida).
Lipeurus formosanus Uehida, 1917. J. Coll. Agric. Tokyo, 3: 179, fig. 1. Type
host: Arborophila crudigularis (Swinhoe).
Specimens collected.—29 males and 15 females on Phu Lom Lo Moun-
tain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; off Arborophila brunneopectus
brunneopectus (Blyth). These specimens have been compared with
material from the type host collected in Formosa. We are unable to
find any significant differences between the two populations. The male
is illustrated in figure 1. The male genitalia are of the same type
as found in O.vrylipeurus annamensis.
Oxylipeurus megalops (Piaget).
Lipeurus megalops Piaget, 1880. Les Pedieulines: 675, pl. 16, fig. 8. Type host:
Cryptonyx coronatus=Rollulus roulroul (Seopoli).
Specimens collected—T males and 11 females on Khao Phap Pha
Mountain, Ban Na, Phattalune; off the type host. These specimens
agree with Clay’s (1938) descriptions and illustrations.
Oxylipeurus unicolor (Piaget).
Lipeurus unicolor Piaget, 1880. Les Pediculines: 354, pl. 28, fig. 6. Type host:
Arborophila brunneopectus javanica (Gmelin).
Specimens collected.—11 males and 10 females on Phu Lom Lo Moun-
tain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; off Arborophila brunneopectus brun-
neopectus (Blyth). Clay (1938) redescribed and illustrated the spe-
cies from material taken off museum skins of the type host, and re-
Fig. 7. Goniodes chloropus un, sp., dorsal-ventral view of male; fig. 8. Goniodes
chloropus i. sp., dorsal-ventral view of female; fig. 9. Goniocotes parviceps (Pia-
get), dorsal-ventral view of male; fig. 10. Goniocotes parviceps (Piaget), male
genitalia; fig. 11. Goniocotes rectangulatus Nitzseh, male genitalia.
10
)
242 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
16 \7
Fig. 12. Goniodes chloropus n. sp., male genitalia; fig. 13. Oxylipeurus anna-
mensis n. sp., male genitalia; fig. 14. Amyrsidea uniseriata (Piaget), male geni-
talia; fig. 15. Amyrsidea phaecostoma (Nitzsch), male genitalia; fig. 16. Cucloto-
gaster phayrei n. sp., male genitalia; fig. 17. Cuclotogaster subinsolitus n. sp.,
male genitalia; fig. 18. Lipeurus boonsongi n. sp., male genitalia; fig. 19. Lipeu-
rus deignani n. sp., male genitalia.
ported collections from skins of 15 other species and subspecies of
Arborophila. The specimens collected agree with Clay’s descriptions
and illustrations.
REFERENCES
Clay, T. 1938. A revision of the genera and species of Mallophaga occurring on
Gallinaceous hosts.—Part I. Lipewrus and related genera. Proce. Zool. Soe.
London, Ser. B 108: 109-204.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 243
—————, 1940. Genera and species of Mallophaga occurring on Gallinaceous
hosts.—Part II. Goniodes. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, Ser. B 110: 1-120.
Kichler, W. 1950. Notulae Mallophagologicae. XII. Neue Goniodidae. Doriana
1S Mets
Ewing, H. E. 1930. Six new species of Mallophaga. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.
Bye Malia
Giebel, C. G. 1874. Insecta Epizoa. Leipiz.
Hopkins, G. H. E. 1950. Stray notes on Mallophaga—X. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
(ser. 12) 3: 230-242.
Kellogg, V. L. 1896. New Mallophaga, II, from land birds, together with an
account of the Mallophagous mouth-parts. Proe. Calif. Acad. Sei. 6: 481-552,
—, and J. H. Paine. 1914. Mallophaga from birds (mostly Corvidae and
Phasianidae) of India and neighboring countries. Rec. Indian Mus. 10: 217
243.
Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema Naturae (Ed. 10). Stockholn.
Piaget, E. 1880. Les Pediculines, Essai Monographique. Leyden.
Nitzsch, C. L. 1866. (In Giebel) Zoologischen Museum der Universitat Halle
Aufgestellten Epizoen, nebst Beobachtungen tiber dieselben, Z. ges. NatWiss.
28: 353-397.
Uchida, 8S. 1917. Mallophaga from birds of Formosa. J. Coll. Agr. Tokyo 3:
PAEISS.
BLACK FLIES ATTRACTED TO MEAT BAIT!
(DIPTERA: SIMULIIDAE)
Bait traps with ground beef as the attractant, set during the sum-
mer months of 1954-55 at O’Sullivan Dam, Grant County, Wash.,
yielded considerable numbers of black flies, Simulium vittatum Zett.
A preliminary investigation of the literature and personal corre-
spondence with Dr. Alan Stone and Dr. Herbert Dalmat have failed
to show any records of black flies having been attracted to meat bait
traps.
The traps were placed in the field at six stations, each representing
a somewhat different ecological habitat; some were located in dry
sage and sand types of environment, w hereas others were established
along the grassy margins of seepage ponds. The traps were plac ‘ed
in the field at approximately 7 7 a.m. and allowed to remain until 7 p.m.
The bait traps were of the old-fashioned fly trap variety, that is, a
common cylindrical screen with an inverted cone, a white cloth used
as a tie at the top, and the entire trap supported by an unpainted
plywood frame.
The bait was ground beef with ample quantities of tallow, placed
on a piece of mite paper towel (which also helps to attract insects )
and anchored to the ground with small sticks or nails. The advantage
of using ground beef in this area is its moisture-retaining qualities.
Freshness of the bait also appeared to be an important factor. Un-
1 This study was supported in part by United States Publie Health Grant
E-579 and in part by the State of Washington Initiative Measure No. 171 for
medical and biologieal research.
244 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
refrigerated meat that was allowed to age and putrefy seemed to be
superior to freshly prepared meat.
Black flies were collected in small, though constant numbers, in all
traps from July 12 to October 11, 1954, and from July 9 to August
22, 1955. Altogether, 881 males and 512 females were collected in
1954 and 42 males and 62 females in 1955. The laree number for
1954 was due chiefly to a peak of capture on August 17, when a trap
left out accidentally for 3 days yielded 766 males and 347 females.
This peak was probably not wholly due to the unusually lone time
of exposure, since a similar, though much smaller peak occurred in
1955; it may have been due to mass emergence of adults.—Harry G.
Davis AND Maurice T. JAMES, Dept. of Zoology, State College of
Washington, Pullman, Wash.
THE VALIDITY AND CHANGE OF NAME OF TWO SPECIES OF
WYEOMYIA. (DIPTERA, CULICIDAE)
In 1939, when Lane and Cerqueira were working on the ‘‘Os
Sabetineos da América’? (1942), Del Ponte made available to them a
draft description and specimens of a Dendromyia which he considered
a new species and was about to publish under the name of root?. Con-
sidering inadequate the material on which the description was based,
and, deemine insufficient the characters that were being eiven to
separate this species, Lane and Cerqueira did not include it in their
study. Later, when suitable specimens were obtained, they described
the species as Wyeomyia (Dendromyia) delponter (1942).
Dr. Alan Stone has now called our attention to the fact that Del
Ponte mentioned in his paper (1939) sufficient characters for his
species, thus making rooti a valid name. Such being the case, Wyeo-
myia (Dendromyia) delponter Lane & Cerqueira, 1942 becomes a
synonym of Wyeomyia (Dendromyia) rooti Del Ponte, 1939. Conse-
quently, Wycomyia (Antunesmyia) rooti Lane & Cerqueira 1942
becomes an homonym; but, as this species remains valid, we are here
changing its name to alani, new name, based on the given name of our
informant.
The situation of the species under discussion stands therefore as
follows :
Wyeomyia (Autunesmyia) alani, new name
1942 Wyeomyia (Antunesmyia) rooti Lane & Cerqueira, Arq. Zool. Sao Paulo:
3: 587 nee Wyeomyia (Dendromyia) rooti Del Ponte, 1939, Physis 17:
535-541.
1953) Wyeomyia (Antunesmyia) rooti Lane, Neotropical Culicidae 2: 941.
Wyeomyia (Dendromyia) rooti Del Ponte 1939.
1939 Dendromyia rooti Del Ponte, Physis 17: 535-541.
1942. syn. Myeomyia (Dendromyia) delpontei Lane & Cerqueira, Arq. Zool. Sao
Paulo 3: 613.
1953 Wyeomyia (Dendromyia) delpontei Lane, Neotropical Culicidae 2: 988.
JOHN LANE and
Newson L. CERQUEIRA.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 2945
THE SYSTEMATIC RELATIONSHIPS OF THE PALEANTARCTIC
SIPHLONURIDAE (INCLUDING ISONYCHIIDAE) (EPHEMEROPTERA)!
GEORGE F. EpMuNDS, JR., University of Utah
The primitive mayflies of the family Siphlonuridae (including
Isonychiidae) of Australia, New Zealand, and southern South America
are of great interest to ephemeropterists, but their interrelationships
never have been clearly understood. Recent works by Demoulin (1955,
3ull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg. 31(22) : 1-15; (58): 1-16) and Riek
(1955, Austral. Jour. Zool. 3: 266-280, 2 pls.) have helped to clarify
the systematics of the group.
On the basis of the morphology of the nymphs there are four re-
markably distinct groups, each represented by one genus in each of
the three land masses, except that one of the groups has two repre-
sentatives in South America. Although the groups are easily charac-
terized in the nymphal stage, the definition of these groups in the
adult stage is difficult, primarily, it is hoped, because of inadequate
knowledge of the family.
The Siphlonurinae are represented by three genera which have very
similar nymphs, Nesameletus in New Zealand, Ameletoides in Aus-
tralia, and Metamonius in South America. The Oniscigastrinae are
represented by the remarkable Oniscigaster in New Zealand, Tasmano-
phlebia (=Tasmanophlebiodes) in Australia, and Siphlonella in
South America.
A third group is represented by mayflies with peculiar carnivorous
nymphs having threadlike multi-seemented labial and maxillary palpi.
This group is represented by Ameletopsis in New Zealand, Mirawara
in Australia, and Chiloporter and probably Chaquihua in South
America. The relationship between Ameletopsis and Chiloporter is
quite obvious. Demoulin (1952, Bull. Ann. Soe. Ent. Belg. 88: 170-
172) at one time considered these genera synonymous, but they were
restored to generic status by Edmunds and Traver (1954, Proce. Ent.
Soc. Wash. 56: 236-240). The genus Mirawara of Australia was
included by Edmunds and Traver (op. cit.) in the family [sonyehii-
dae without critical study because of the statement by Harker (1954,
Trans. Roy. Ent. Soe. London, 105; 251) that the genus was related
to Coloburiscus. Riek (op. cit.) has since described the nymph of
Mirawara and revealed the relationship to Ameletopsis. The nymph
of Mirawara is almost certainly the one which Tillyard (1933, Proc.
Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales 58: 5) reported as Ameletopsis in Australia.
More recently Demoulin (1955, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg. 31:
11) has described a new genus, Chaquihua, which is apparently re-
lated to Mirawara and is therefore placed in the Isonychiidae. The
nymph of Chaquihua is unknown, but some Ameletopsis-ike nymphs
in the California Academy of Sciences Collection, collected west of
1 This research was supported by grants from the National Science Foundation
(NSF-G2514) and the University of Utah Research Fund.
246 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
Angol, Chile by Ross and Michelbacher are probably the nymphs
of Chaquihua. The wing pads have Chaquihua type venation, but
reveal no angular costal projection at the base of the hind
wing. In Demoulin’s (op. cit. :15) summary of the genera of the
Siphlonuridae and Isonychiidae, he places Chiloporter and Amele-
topsis in the Siphlonuridae and Mirawara and Chaquihua in the
Isonychiidae. I propose that the four genera form a new subfamily,
Ameletopsinae, in the family Siphlonuridae.
The isonychiine mayflies are represented by Coloburiscus in New
Zealand, Coloburiscoides in Australia, and by Murphyella in South
America. These nymphs have such common features as maxillary and
coxal gills, the forelegs with lone setae, and similar mouthparts. The
abdominal gills have a fibrilliform tuft in Coloburiscoides, but not in
Coloburiscus; Murphyella nymphs have no abdominal gills.
The isonychiine mayflies are still not adequately characterized in
the adult stage, and from a practical standpoint it is probably best
to regard them as a subfamily of the Siphlonuridae. Burks (1953,
Sull. I. Nat. Hist. Surv. 26(1): 108) originally proposed the group
as a subfamily of Baetidae, but Edmunds and Traver (loc. cit.) raised
the group to family level. The isonyehiine branch most certainly
originated from the Siphlonuridae, but after branching from this
eroup has apparently been ancestral to two distinct families, the
Heptageniidae and Oligoneuriidae. Because the isonychiine branch
was the probable ancestor of these families, Edmunds and Traver
(loc. cit.) felt that the group should be regarded as a full family.
Although this still appeals to me from the theoretical standpoint, it
is not a regular practice in classification. For example, the reptilian
stem which was ancestral to the mammals is not placed as a separate
class from the reptiles because it was ancestral to another class, the
Mammalia. For this reason I am inclined to now regard the Isony-
chiinae as only a subfamily of Siphlonuridae.
In view of the clarification of relationships of the paleantarctic
Siphlonuridae, the following table summarizes the systematic and
geographical relationships of the genera. A similar table published
by Demoulin (loc. cit.) summarizes his impression of the relationships
as viewed prior to the publication of Riek’s (op. cit.) paper on the
Australian Siphlonuridae.
Groups of — South New
SIPHLONURIDAE America Australia Zealand
Siphlonurinae Metamonius Ameletoides Nesameletus
Ameletopsinae Chaquihua Mirawara Ameletopsis
Chiloporter
Oniscigastrinae Siphlonella Tasmanophlebia Oniscigaster
(= Tasmanophle-
bioides )
Tsonychiinae Murphyella Coloburiscoides
(=Dietyosiphlon Coloburiscus
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 247
ROBERT ASA CUSHMAN
1880-1957
Robert Asa Cushman, recognized abroad as well as in this country
as an outstanding authority on the classification of those parasitic
Hymenoptera that comprise the family Ichneumonidae, died at his
home in Altadena, Calif. on March 28, 1957. He and Mrs. Cushman
had moved there from Washington in 1944, when he retired from
active service in the Department of Agriculture on account of poor
health.
Mr. Cushman was born in Taunton, Mass., on November 6, 1880.
After completing his early education he studied at the University of
New Hampshire and at Cornell University, and in 1906 he was ap-
248 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
pointed a field agent in the U. S. Bureau of Entomology. His first
assignments involved studies of the cotton boll weevil and its para-
sites, with headquarters at Tallulah, La., and Dallas, Tex.; but in
1911 he was transferred to the Division of Fruit Insect Investigations
and stationed at Vienna, Va. With this move he began part-time duty
with the Department of Agriculture staff of insect taxonomists at
the National Museum. This arrangement was continued when his field
station assignment was shifted a few years later to North East, Penn-
svlvania, where he was engaged on studies of grape pests and their
parasites. Finally, in 1920 he was transferred to Washington and
stationed at the National Museum for full-time duty in.the field he
loved best and for which he was so admirably fitted, the taxonomy
of the ichneumon flies.
Although not an especially prolific writer Mr. Cushman, neverthe-
less, published a large number of papers (which are cited in an ac-
companying article by Dr. Henry Townes). Many of these represent
significant contributions to a sound knowledge of the classification
of the Ichneumonidae, made the more useful by Cushman’s possession
of a gift for clear expression and nice use of the English language.
Late in 1927 he was sent to the Philippines to arrange for the pack-
ing and transfer to the U. S. National Museum of the C. F. Baker
collection of imsects, which had been bequeathed to the Museum on
the condition that the Museum send someone to the Philippines to
attend to its packing and shipment. It contained approximately 300,-
000 pinned insects and was one of the largest single accessions to the
National Museum’s insect collections.
Mr. Cushman was elected to membership in the Entomological So-
ciety of Washington in 1911, and during his many years at the Na-
tional Museum he attended the Society’s meetines very regularly and
contributed importantly to their programs and discussions. He was
recording secretary of the Society from 1919 to 1921, second vice-
president in 1923, first vice president in 1924, and president in 1925.
Cushman was an extremely friendly person who liked people, and
who, in turn, was liked by all who were acquainted with him. His
passing leaves those who worked with him and who knew him best
with a deep sense of loss. He is survived by his widow and by a son,
Arthur D., who is a scientific illustrator in the U. S. Department of
Agriculture. C. F. W. MUESEBECK
A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS OF
R. A. CUSHMAN
HENRY TOWNES
Mr. Cushman’s list of published titles includes 113 items. In se-
quence, they are a good mirror of his scientific career, beginning with
papers on the biologies of various insects, then turning more and
more to their hymenopterous parasites. Shortly, he started contribu-
tions on the taxonomy of the parasitic Hymenoptera, at first on Bra-
PROC. ENT: SOC. WASH., VOU. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 249
conidae, Chaleidoidea, and Ichneumonidae, but soon concentrated his
interests on the Ichneumonidae to the exclusion of the others, and
also to the exclusion of papers on biologies. His earlier work on biolo-
cies had its effect on his taxonomy, as he became impressed with the
importance of biological characteristics, larval morphology, and the
morphology of the ovipositor tip. These characters led him to an
understanding of ichneumonid classification in advance of others of
his day. Though he published no comparative studies on ichneumonid
larvae, his unusual knowledge of them was a foundation for his opin-
ions on the phylogeny of the family.
Mr. Cushman’s taxonomic papers reflect his duties and opportuni-
ties at the U. S. National Museum. Descriptions of new species reared
from hosts of economic importance fill many of them. He had access
to a fine library and many important types, which resulted in nomen-
clatorial work in which he tried to bring some order out of the chaos
of names left by his predecessors. An interesting fact is that among
Cushman’s tools were Foerster’s original manuscript notebooks on the
classification of the Ichneumonidae, from which Foerster published
in 1868 a synopsis of all the genera, describing 509 genera as new.
Foerster’s published synopsis is very brief, but his notebooks include
fuller treatments and in.many cases keys to the species under the
genera. Cushman’s comments on the application of many of Foers-
ter’s generic names stem from a study of these manuscripts. The
notebooks were acquired from Dr. O. Schmiedeknecht in the early
1920’s. Schmiedeknecht had also made use of them in his publications.
Mr. Cushman’s best known contributions are the series of papers
on the subfamily Pimnlinae, published in 1920, quite early in his ca-
reer. His best work, however, is in his later revisions, like those on
the Nearctic Mesostenini (1929) the genus Exenterus (1940), and the
revision of the genera of Ophionini (his last paper). The high quality
of these later revisions reflects a lone devotion to the subject, high in-
tellectual standards, and the use of good collections.
List oF TITLES
1911 Studies on the biology of the boll weevil in the Mississippi Delta Region
of Louisiana. Jour. Econ. Ent. 4: 432-448.
Notes on the peach and plum slug. U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Bul.
97: 91-102.
Notes on the host plants and parasites of some North American
Bruchidae. Jour. Econ. Ent. 4: 489-510.
1912 Pierce, Cushman, and Hood: The insect enemies of the cotton boll
weevil. U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Bul. 100, 99 pp.
[Note on the biology of Ascogaster carpocapsae and of Cratotechus sp.|
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 14: 90-91.
1913 Biological notes on a few rare or little known parasitic Hymenoptera.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 15: 153-160.
The Calliephialtes parasite of the codling moth. Jour. Agr. Res. 1: 211-
238.1 b)> 20;
250
1914
19
15
1916
19
18
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
A new species of the braconid genus Phanerotoma Wesmael. Proc, Ent.
Soe. Wash. 16: 78-79.
A revision of the North American species of the braconid genus
Habrobracon Johnson (Ashmead). Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 16: 99-108.
Deseriptions of six new species of ichneumon flies. Proe. U. 8S. Natl.
Mus. 48: 507-513.
Deseriptions of new Ichneumonidae and taxonomic notes. Proe. Ent.
Soc. Wash. 17: 132-142.
Rohwer, Gahan, and Cushman: Some generic correetions in the
Ophioninae. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 17: 149-150.
Pierce and Cushman, A few notes on the habits of parasitie Hymenop-
tera. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 17: 164-168.
The cherry leaf-beetle, a periodically important enemy of cherries.
U. S. Dept. Agr. Bul. 352, 28 pages.
The native food-plants of the apple red-bugs. Proe. Ent. Soe. Wash.
18: 196.
Thersilochus conotracheli, a parasite of the plum curculio, Jour. Agr.
Res. 6: 847-856,
Syntomaspis druparum, the apple-seed chalcid. Jour. Agr. Res. 7: 487-
506.
Two new chaleids from the seeds of Amelanchier. Proce. Ent. Soe.
Wash. 19: 79-86.
Rohwer and Cushman. Idiogastra, a new suborder of Hymenoptera
with notes on the immature stages of Oryssus. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash.
19: 89-98.
Notes on the biology of Schizonotus sieboldii Ratz. Proe. Ent. Soe.
Wash. 19: 128-129.
A much described ichneumonid and its systematic position. Proe. Ent.
Soc. Wash. 19: 162-165.
Eight new species of reared iehneumon-flies with notes on some other
species. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 538: 457-469.
A revision of the hymenopterous insects of the tribe Cremastini of
America north of Mexico. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 53: 503-551.
The correct names for some of our common ichneumonid parasites.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 20: 9-12.
A convenient method of handling large numbers of individuals in life
history studies of insects. Proe. Ent. Soe. Wash. 20: 112-114.
Notes on the cocoon spinning habits of two species of braconids (Hym.).
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 20: 133-136.
Cushman and Rohwer: The genus Ephialtes first proposed by Sehrank.
(Hym.). Proe. Ent. Soe. Wash. 20: 186-188.
New genera and species of ichneumon flies (Hym.). Proce. Ent. Soe.
Wash. 21: 112-120.
Descriptions of new North American ichneumon-flies. Proe. U. S. Natl.
Mus. 55: 517-543.
Notes on certain genera of ichneumon-flies, with descriptions of a new
genus and four new species. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 56: 373-382.
1923
1924
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 251
Viereck’s family Labenidae with the description of a new species of
Apechoneura (Hym., Ichneumonidae.) Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 22: 76-80.
Cushman and Rohwer: Holarctie tribes of the ichneumon-flies of the
subfamily Iechneumoninae (Pimplinae). Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 57:
379-396.
Cushman and Rohwer: The North American ichneumon-flies of the
tribe Acoenitini. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 57: 503-523.
The North American ichneumon-flies of the tribes Lycorini, Poly-
sphinctini, and Theroniini. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 58: 7-48. Pl. 2.
North American ichneumon-flies, new and deseribed, with taxonomic
and nomenclatorial notes. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 58: 251-292.
The North American ichneumon-flies of the tribe Ephialtini. Proe.
Us Ss Natly Miursye58i) 327-3625 eels ie
Cushman and Rohwer: Notes on Hellén’s “Beitra’ige zur Kenntnis der
Iechneumoniden Finlands: Subfamilie Pimplinae.’’
Menstruus. 8: 161-164.
Inseeutor Inscitine
The males of the ichneumonid genera Myersia and Thaumatotypidea,
with descriptions of new species. (Hym.). Proe. Ent. Soe. Wash.
23: 109-112.
Cushman and Gahan: The Thomas Say species of Iehneumonidae. Proe.
nits woes Wash 23) 153-1715
North American ichneumon-flies of the genera Clistopyga and Schizopyga.
Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 60, art. 4, 14 pp.
The identity of a hymenopterous parasite of the alfalfa leaf weevil.
Proe. Ent. Soc. Wash. 24: 64.
New species of ichneumon-flies with taxonomic notes. Proce. U. 8.
Natl. Mus. 60, art. 21, 28 pp.
The identity of Habrobracon brevicornis (Wesmael), (Hym., Braconidae ).
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 24: 122-123.
New Oriental and Australian Ichneumonidae. Philippine Jour. Sci.
20: 543-597.
On the Ashmead manuscript species of Ichneumonidae of Mrs. Slosson’s
Mount Washington lists. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 61, art. 8, 30 pp.
The identity of Ichneuwmon coccinellae Schrank (Hym.). Proe. Ent. Soc.
Wash. 24: 241-242,
A new subfamily of Braconidae (Hym.) from termite nests. Proc. Ent.
Soc. Wash. 25: 54-56.
New genera and species of ichneumon-flies. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 64,
art. 4, 16 pp.
On the genera of the ichneumon-flies of the tribe Paniscini Ashmead,
with descriptions and discussion of related genera and species. Proce.
U. S. Natl. Mus. 64, art. 20, 48 pp.
Change of name (Hymenoptera). Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 26: 221.
On the systematic position of the genera Collyria Schiddte and
Tschnoceros Gravenhorst (Hymenoptera). Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 26:
229-231.
OR)
204
1925
L926
1927
1928
1929
wae
1939
195
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
H. Sauter’s Formosa-Collection: Xanthopimpla (lehneum.: Hym.). Ent.
Mitteil. 14: 41-50.
Some generic transfers and synonomy in Ichneumonidae. (Hym.). Jour.
Wash, Aead. Sei 15: 388-392.
The svnomymy and generic position of two North American Iehneumon-
flies. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 27: 164-166.
Location of individual hosts versus systematic relation of host species
as a determining factor in parasitic attack. Proce. Ent. Soc. Wash.
28: 5-6.
Address of the retiring president. [Some types of parasitism in the
[chneumonidae]. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 28: 25-51.
A new Urosigalphus parasitic on Eulechriops gossypii Barber (Hymenop-
tera: Braconidae). Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 28: 63.
Ten new North American ichneumon-flies. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 67,
art. 29,, 3: pp.
New species and new forms of Ichneumonidae parasitie upon the
gipsy-moth parasite, Apanteles melanoscelus (Ratzeburg). Jour. Agr.
Res. 34: 453-458.
The parasites of the pine tip moth, Rhyacionia frustrana (Comstock).
Jour. Agr. Res. 34: 615-622.
Three new hymenopterous parasites of the pine tip moth, Rhyacionia
frustrana (Comstock). Jour. Agr. Res. 34: 739-741.
Miscellaneous notes and descriptions of ichneumon-flies. Proe. U. 8.
Nath, Mus. 72" art. 13;-22 spp:
New Indian Ichneumonidae. Ree. Indian Mus. 29: 241-247.
Family Ichneumonidae. Jn Leonard, A list of the insects of New
York ... Mem. Cornell Univ. Agr. Expt. Sta. 101: 920-960.
Bringing to America the Baker collection of Malayan insects. Explora-
tions and field-work of the Smithsonian Institution in 1928, pp. 91-100.
A revision of the North American ic¢hneumon-flies of the genus
Mesostenus and related genera. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 74, art. 16, 58 pp.
[The synonymy of Bassus stigmaterus (Braconidae)]. Ann. Ent. Soe.
Amer. 22: 633.
Baker’s Entomologica Malayana. The braconid genera Fornicia Brullé
and Odontofornicia Enderlein. Philippine Jour. Sei. 40: 233-237.
Three new ichneumonoid parasites of the rice-borer Chilo simplex
(Butler). Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc. 7: 243-245.
New species of ichneumon-flies and taxonomic notes. Proe. U. S. Natl.
Mus. 76, arts: 25, 18) spp.
A revision of the North American ichneumon-flies of the genus
Odontomerus. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 77, art. 3, 15 pp.
Notes on ichneumon-flies of the genus Polyeyrtus with descriptions of
new species. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 78, art. 14, 62 pp.
Descriptions of thirteen new American and Asiatic ichneumon-flies,
with taxonomic: notes. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 79, art. 14, 16 pp.
Three new Braconidae parasitic on bark beetles. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci.
21 301304
1932
1933
1935
1936
1938
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASE., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 198
The Linnaean types of Ichneumon Flies: by A. Roman. [Review].
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 34: 155.
Baker’s entomologica malayana: The Ichneumonid genus Diapetus
Cameron. Philippine Jour. Sci. 49: 277-293.
Notes on the oviposition habit of Chelonus sericeus (Say) (Hymenop-
tera). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 35: 7-8.
Notes on Sphecophaga burra (Cresson), an ichneumonid parasite of
Vespula maculata (L.) (Hymenoptera). Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 35: 10-11.
Aquatie ichneumon-flies. Canad. Ent. 65: 24.
The identity and synonymy of three Oriental species of Cremastus
(Hym., Ichneumonidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 35: 73-75,
Descriptions of new ichneumon-flies, with taxonomic notes. Proc. U. 8.
Natl. Mus. 84, art. 14, 16 pp.
H. Sauter’s Formosa-collection: Subfamily Ichneumoninae (Pimplinae
of Ashmead). Ins. Matsumurana 8: 1-50.
A new species of Cremastus from an African “jumping bean.” Arb.
morph. Tax. Ent. Berlin-Dahlem. 1: 103-104.
Two new species of the genus Labium Brullé. (Hym.: Ichneumonidae ).
Arb. morph. tax. Ent. Berlin-Dahlem. 1: 205-208.
New Ichneumonidae from India and China. Indian For. Rec. 20: 1-8.
A study of the larva of Larra analis Fabricius. Proe. Ent. Soc. Wash.
37: 82-87.
New ichneumon-flies. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sei, 25: 547-5604.
The ichneumon-flies of the genus Brachycyrtus Wriechbaumer. Proce.
U. S. Natl. Mus. 84: 17-24.
Poecilocryptus and Poecilopimpla (Hymenoptera, [ehneumonidae). Jour.
Wash. Acad. Sci. 26: 464-466.
Revision of the North American species of ichneumon-flies of the genus
Exetastes Gravenhorst. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 84: 243-312, pl. 16-21.
27: 438-444.
H. Sauter’s Formosa Collection: Ichenumonidae. Arb. morph. tax. Ent.
Berlin-Dahlem. 4: 283-311.
Four new Indian Ichneumonidae. Indian Forest Rec. 3: 141-147.
The genus Lysiognatha Ashmead. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci.
New Japanese Ichneumonidae parasite on pine sawflies. Ins. Matsumu-
rana 11: 32-38.
A new European species of Hpiurus, parasitic on a leaf-mining sawfly
(Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae). Jour. Wash. Acad. Sei. 28: 27-28.
A new species of Eehthromorpha from Samoa. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc.
London 7: 40.
Two new species of Barichnewmon (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae )
from the Society Islands. Bul. Bishop Mus. 142: 169-170.
A new species of Hehthromorpha (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae) from
the Marquesas Islands. Bul. Bishop Mus. 142: 171.
A new species of Calliephialtes from Brazil, with a key to the Neo-
tropical species (Hymenoptera: Telineumonidae). Rey. de Ent. (Rio de
Janeiro) 9: 11-13.
254 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
1939 New ichneumon-flies parasitic on the hemlock sawfly (Neediprion
tsugae Middleton). Jour. Wash. Acad. Sei. 29: 391-402.
A new Angitia, parasitic on the artichoke plume-moth (Hymenoptera,
Ichneumonidae). Pan-Pacifie Ent. 15: 183-185.
1940 The Nearectic species of Tseropus (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae). Proce.
Ent. Soc. Wash. 42: 51-58.
New genera and species of ichneumon-flies, with taxonomic notes.
Proc. U. 8. Natl. Mus. 88: 355-372.
The ichneumon-flies of the subfamily Neorhacodinae, with descriptions
of a new genus and three new species. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 88:
523-527.
A review of the parasitic wasps of the ichneumonid genus Haenterus
Hartig. U. S. Dept. Agr. Mise. Pub. 354, 14 pp.
A new species of Lissonota (Hym., Ichneumonidae). Proc. Ent. Soe.
Wash. 42: 156-158.
1942. The synonymy of Jdiogramma Foerster (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae ).
Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 44: 54.
The genotypes of some of Ashmead’s genera of ichneumon-flies. Proc.
U. S. Natl. Mus. 92: 277-289.
A new name for Odontomerus Gravenhorst, a new species and taxonomic
notes (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae). Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 44:
179-183.
1943 Further notes on Ewenterus (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae), Canad.
Ent. 75: 169-174.
1944. The Hawaiian species of Hnicospilus and Abanchogastra (Hymenoptera:
Tchneumonidae). Proe. Hawaiian Ent. Soc. 12: 39-56.
1945 The ichneumon-flies of the genus Cryptanura Brullé, mainly tropical
American. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 96: 139-176.
1947 A generic revision of the ichneumon-flies of the tribe Ophionini. Proce.
U. 8. Natl. Mus. 96: 417-842, pl. 49-56.
CARABUS AURATUS L. (COLEOPTERA, CARABIDAE) IN
NORTH AMERICA
Fifteen specimens in the collection of the University of Vermont,
Department of Zoology, apparently represent the first record of the
common European carabid, Carabus auratus L., from North America.
Twelve of the specimens were taken by Dr. Floyd Werner at South
Barre, Vt., on May 7, 1952. Three others were collected by C. Parsons
at Plainfield, Vt., on June 12, 1950. Presumably the species was
accidentally introduced in a manner similar to that postulated for
C. nemoralis Mull. and C. granulatus L. (Van Dyke, 1944). Whether
the colony has persisted has not as yet been ascertained. Carabus
auratus can easily be distinguished from other North American mem-
bers of the genus, both native and introduced, by its coloring, bright
metallic green above with orange legs; and by the sculpture of the
elytra, each with three carinae, but without striae. Reference: Van
Dyke, E. C., 1944, Ent. Amer. 24:87-137W—Ross T. BELL, Depart-
ment of Zoology, University of Vermont, Burlington, Vt.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, No. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
HELPS TO PRESERVE
PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL
ee quickly kills destructive, annoy-
ing and disease-carrying insects.
In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective
for long periods of time. In fact, a séngle application
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at-
tacks for an entire storage season.
On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible
stages of insects fast —even between showers of
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be-
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly
emerging parasites and predators are free to com-
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize
or feed upon destructive insect pests.
This means that Pyrenone is completely com-
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying
insects.
*Reg. U.S. Pat. Off., F.M.C.
FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION
Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation
441 Lexington Avenue e New York 17,N. Y.
BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES
In Canada: Natural Products Corporation, Toronto and Montreal
bo
Or
ZoG PROC. EN17’. SOC..WASH.,- VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
3 creat
Toi | CHLORDANE
CONTROL THESE INSECTS
CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick,
Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets,
Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers,
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic
Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs,
Wireworms...and many others.
HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army-
worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil,
Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil,
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web-
worm. Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle-
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet’ Root Mag-
got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western
Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms
...and many others.
ENDRINS: Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot-
ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid
Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips.
WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS
VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
General Offices and Laboratories Foreign Division
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois 350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y.
RoE, OP RE tS ER GN ia Amore 50V- 0G, (Se rclieeN: POUR a a NG IGay a Par Aree (Se fPoap fg0S
A Cyanamid Report
Resistance
Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type
insecticides has been proven or suspected in:
cockroaches house flies
mosquitoes flea beetles
Colorado potato beetle cotton boll weevil
dog and cat fleas body lice
bed bugs lygus bugs
codling moth cotton leaf worm
leafhoppers dog ticks
Many researchers have found malathion to be
a capable replacement for the chlorinated
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations
for its use. If you have a ‘‘resistance’’ problem
in your area, you might well consider malathion
for your 1957 research schedule.
Developers and producers of malathion and parathion
Write for AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
particular Agricultural Chemicals Division
technical Insecticide Research
information 30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y. 20, N. Y.
GOLF) QUALITY INSECTICIDES
Preferred by Home Owners,
Food Processors and Dairymen
QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A “space spray" for quick knockdown and kill of many
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre-
thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor.
GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB
Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock-
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1%
Piperony! Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor.
GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb)
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT
and 3% Perthane.
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid-
val insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane.
SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold.
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperony! Butoxide.
GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY
Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19%
Piperony! Butoxide.
GULF OIL CORPORATION
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA.
Vol. 59 DECEMBER 1957 No. 6
e.7e¢675
PROCEEDINGS
of the
ENTOMUOULUGICAL SOCIETY
« WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
CONTENTS — ee
BLAKE, DORIS H.—A Note on Two Chrysomelid Beetles (Coleoptera). 278
BURKS, B. D.—A New Bruchophagus from a Liliaceous Plant with a
Host Plant List for the Genus (Hymenoptera; Eurytomidae) «278
EDMUNDS, LAFE R.—Observations on the Biology and Life History of
the Brown Cockroach Periplaneta brunnea Burmeister__..__»»_> _ 283
EVANS, HOWARD E.—The North and Central American Species of
Propistocera (Hymenoptera: Bethylidae)...._ ==> 289
GALINDO, PEDRO—A Note on the Oviposition Behavior of Sabethes
(Sabethoides) chloropterus Humboldt... === _ 287
KOHLS, GLEN M.—Ixodes downsi, a New Species of Tick from a Cave in
Trinidad, British West Indies (Acarina, Ixodidae)...» 257
MELANDER, A. L.—A new Tachyempis (Diptera: Empididae)_.._>>_ 296
SCANLON, JOHN E., and JOHNSON, PHYLLIS T.—On Some Microtine-
Eee ew Peg Hie (Use) 1 tiles) ae sane a a 279
STEYSKAL, GEORGE C.—A New Species of the Genus Pteromicra Asso-
ciated with Snails (Diptera, Sciomyzidae)___»_»_SEE 22k
TIBBETTS, TED and STRANDTMANN, R. W.—The Snake Mite Para-
sites of the Family Ixodorhynchidae (Mesostigmata), with Description
of a New Species, Ixodorhynchus gordoni______»_ >_> _ 265
CORRECTION. Wheeler, G. C., and Wheeler, Jeanette__._-_______-- 270
Pee EsBr se MOIETIES IFO, oR Or fs lee eS a BOF
100 copies pole Ste 2:50
ENTOMOLOGICAL “SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON
ORGANIZED Marcu 2 1884 :
Museum on the first Thursday of each month: from October to J
8 te M. i 4 re "
rh | fi, oe ay hg ahi
‘MEMBERSHIP —
Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who
science of entomology. Annual dues for members are
$1, 00 (U. S. currency). Mi Wideal A
we
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
Published bimonthly beginning with February by the Society
1D) CE Members in good standing are entitled to the Bae eedir gs
fee eee payable in advance. All remittances should be made
Entomological Society of Washington. fi ie
The Society does not exchange its anlieebaret f \r
All ‘manuscripts intended for publication shoul
eek ee papers Sed te members walt es
parentheses i in nes eh : Nopy Rah
/ Proportions of full- ~-page illustrations should Men ‘approxim
(26 Bia pieas) ; this usually allows explanatory matter
page. Cost of ‘illustrations in excess of that for one full
borne by the author. ice ie | aa ten acts
Reprints of, published papers may be. obtained a at the ee Dom
postage and insurance, provided that a statement of | the number
companies the returned ‘Proofs: em a a aM
4 i ae i tA , ay 2p.
50 copies Bae) ARN DS OE SOT OOM
Additional copies per 100 pL BRAS ih
Pnrehaes of reprints by institutions whose
or other Ee fees will have es cost ia
; stn, " x
TAS ate? A") ne yn
; a an ey 4 i , Lab
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
VOL. 59 DECEMBER, 1957 NO. 6
IXODES DOWNSI, A NEW SPECIES OF TICK FROM A CAVE IN
TRINIDAD, BRITISH WEST INDIES (ACARINA-IXODIDAE)
GLEN M. Kouts!
The new species of Irodes here described was found among numer-
ous lots of ticks collected from various hosts in Trinidad by personnel
of the Trinidad Regional Virus Laboratory and sent to me by Dr.
Thomas H. G. Aitken for identification. The species is based on 1
male, 1 female, and 3 nymphs found crawling on the wall of Aripo
Cave, and 1 larva from a bat captured in the same cave. All measure-
ments are in millimeters.
Ixodes downsi n. sp.
(Mies. 1 to 4)
Holotype.—Male, from wall of Aripo Cave, Trinidad, March 20, 1955, W. G.
Downs, coll. Deposited in the Rocky Mountain Laboratory, RML No. 35481.
Allotype-—Female, data as for holotype.
Paratypes.—3 nymphs, data as for holotype; 1 larva from a bat, Anoura g.
geoffroyi, from Aripo Cave, Trinidad, March 20, 1955, W. G. Downs, coll. RML
53590. All deposited in the Rocky Mountain Laboratory.
DESCRIPTION
Mate: Length, tips of scapulae to posterior margin of body, 3.07, maximum
width, 2.15. Body suboval, wider anteriorly. Color yellow brown, legs paler.
Capitulum.—tLength, tips of palpi to posterior margin of basis capituli, 0.58.
Greatest width 0.38, at level of insertion of palpi. Basis small, posterior margin
a little coneave, elevated, and continuing into a tapering neck. Surface of basis
with a few punctations. Cornua absent. Palpi rather long and thick, tumescent
dorsally and with numerous stout hairs; segments 2 and 3 without sutural line
separating them, their combined length about 0.37. An expanse of membraneous
tissue posterior to palpal segment 1 dorsally, laterally, and ventrally. In ventral
view, the basis is long, lateral margins nearly straight and diverging to base of
palpi, posterior margin merging into a neck. Auriculae absent. Hypostome shorter
than the palpi, broad, notched apically; shape and dentition as figured. Length
of toothed portion about 0.190.
1U. S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Public Health Service,
National Institutes of Health, National Institute of Allergy and Infectious
Diseases, Rocky Mountain Laboratory, Hamilton, Montana.
258 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
Scutum.—Surface smooth and shining and with a few very small punctations.
Scapulae short, blunt. Cervical grooves divergent, rather deep anteriorly, beecom-
ing shallower posteriorly and attaining the margin of the faintly indicated
pseudoscutum. Lateral carinae absent. Hairs few, short and scattered, more
numerous peripherally and on the prominent marginal body fold.
Ventral plates.—Pregenital plate ill-defined. Median plate about one and one-
half times as long as the anal plate. Adanal plates broader anteriorly. Short fine
hairs on all plates, more numerous on the epimerals. Punctations few, fine, and
inconspicuous. Genital and anal grooves well marked. Anal groove rounded in
front of the anus, a little convergent posteriorly. Hairs short and fine except
those on trochanters and on ventral surfaces of all segments except the tarsi
are heavier and forked.
Legs.—Moderate in length and size. All coxae with a short external spur; a
minute internal spur on coxa I. Trochantal spurs absent. Tarsi I, II, and TIT
tapered abruptly; tarsus TV tapered gradually. Length of tarsus I, 0.66; meta-
tarsus, 0.56. Length of tarsus IV, 0.72; metatarsus, 0.56.
Spiracular plate——Subeircular, greatest dimension about 0.30. Goblets nu-
merous and small.
Genital aperture. Situated between coxae ILI.
FEMALE: Unfed. Length, tips of scapulae to posterior margin of body, 2.53;
width, 1.87. Suboval, wider posteriorly. Capitulum, scutum, and legs yellow
brown, other parts pale yellow. Body with numerous fine pale hairs dorsally
and ventrally.
Capitulum.—Length, tips of palpi to tips of cornua, 0.64; greatest width of
basis, 0.47. Basis capituli broad, lateral margins posterior to insertion of palpi
short and convex, posterior margin concave and somewhat sinuous; cornua short,
blunt. An expanse of membraneous tissue posterior to the base of palpal segment
1 as in the male. Palpi moderate in length, stout, and rounded apically. Porose
areas large, broader than long, shallow, and occupying much of the dorsal surface
of the basis. Palpal segment 1 a simple ring visible dorsally, laterally, and ven-
trally. Segments 2 and 3 fused leaving no visible suture, their combined length
0.31. Ventrally the basis is constricted behind the short blunt auriculae; surface
smooth, mildly convex, broadly rounded posteriorly. Transverse sutural line faint.
Hypostome shorter than the palpi, slightly indented apically. Median denticles a
little smaller than the laterals. Denticles arranged 3/3 apically, then 2/2. Length
of toothed portion, 0.26.
Scutum.—Length, 1.21; width, 1.00. Shape as figured. Scapulae short, blunt.
Emargination broad, shallow. Anterolateral areas slightly rugose. No lateral
carinae. Cervical grooves broad, shallow, first converging then diverging, and
extending to the posterolateral margins of the scutum. Punectations few, small,
and seattered. An irregular row of fine, pale hairs extends across the scutum
anteriorly and into the anterolateral fields as figured.
Legs.—Similar to those of the male in size and length. Hairs on trochanters
and on ventral surfaces of all segments except the tarsi not as stout as in the
male. A broad, blunt external spur on coxa IT; a similar but shorter spur on
coxae II, III, and IV. Internal spurs absent. No trochantal spurs. Length of
tarsus I,-0.87; metatarsus, 0.54. Length of tarsus IV, 0.75; metatarsus, 0.56.
Tarsus TV tapers a little more abruptly than in the male.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 259
Spiracular plate—Suboval, greatest diameter 0.44. Goblets numerous and
small.
Genital aperture.—Situated between coxae IIT.
Anal groove.—As in the male.
Nympwu. Capitulum.—tLength, 0.35; width of basis, 0.25. Basis much as in
the female. Cornua directed posterolaterally and widely separated; posterior mar-
gin of basis between them straight or slightly convex. Palpi similar to those of
the female; combined length of segments 2 and 3 about 0.22. Ventrally, basis
as in the female but no transverse sutural line. Hypostome as long as the palpi;
dentition as in the female. Length of toothed portion about 0.19.
Scutum.—Length 0.57 to 0.59; width 0.52 to 0.57. Shape as figured. Scapulae
very short and blunt. Lateral carinae absent. Cervical grooves as in the female.
Hairs few and seattered.
Legs.—Similar to those of the female.
Spiracular plate.—Subelliptical, greatest diameter about 0.18. Goblets fewer
and larger than in the female.
Larva. Capitulum.—Length, 0.16; width of basis 0.15. Basis broad and nar-
row, rounded posterolaterally, posterior margin straight. The palpi resemble
those of the nymph; combined length of segments 2 and 3 about 0.12. Ventrally,
the basis is elongate, lateral margins convergent, posterior margin truncate.
Auriculae as mild elongate lateral saliences. Hypostome as long as the palpi;
principal dentition 2/2.
Seutum.
Shape as figured, cervical grooves distinet, shallow, divergent and
reaching the posterolateral margins. Scapulae and lateral carinae absent.
Coxae.
Short triangular external spurs on all coxae. No internal spurs.
Little information is available as to the hosts of J. downsi n. sp.,
but the finding of a larva on a bat taken in a cave, and the presence
of adults and nymphs on the walls of the same cave suggest that it
may be a bat tick. If so, J. downsi is the first bat tick of this genus
to be recorded from the New World. Dr. Aitken informed me that
Dr. Downs and other members of the party who visited the cave saw
at least four species of bats, including Anoura g. geoffroyi on which
the larva was found. Oil birds, Steatornis caripensis, were nesting
in the cave and a large rat was also seen, but whether any of these
serve as hosts is unknown.
The new species, named for the collector, Dr. W. G. Downs, Director
of the Trinidad Regional Virus Laboratory, is readily distinguished
from the few known bat-infesting species of Ixodes (reviewed by
Arthur, 1956) and all New World species of the genus by characters
of the capitulum, scutum, and legs. It bears little resemblance to
Txrodes luciae Senevet, 1940 (=I. loricatus vogelsangi Santo Dias,
1954, new synonymy), the only other species known from Trinidad.
Adults of the latter, a widely distributed Latin American species but
here first reported from Trinidad, infest opossums (Didelphis spp.)
primarily; the immature stages infest various species of rats as
evidenced by several collections received from Dr. Aitken. The only
species of Irodes that have been recorded from nearby Venezuela are
260 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
Fig. 1. Ixodes downsi n.sp. Male. A, dorsum; B, venter; C, hypostome; D,
spiracular plate (A = anterior; D= dorsal); HE, capitulum, dorsal; F, eapitulum,
ventral; G, tarsus I; H, tarsus IV.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 261
II
é
ee,
Fig. 2. Iwodes downsi n.sp. Female. A, dorsum; B, venter; C, hypostome ; 1D
spiracular plate (A = anterior; D = dorsal); E, capitulum, dorsal; F, capitulum,
ventral; G, tarsus I; H, tarsus IV.
262 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
Fig. 3. Ixodes downsi n.sp. Nymph. A, dorsum; B, venter; C, spiracular plate
(A = anterior; D = dorsal); D, capitulum, dorsal; E, capitulum, ventral; F,
tarsus I; G, tarsus IV.
PROG. ENT. SOO: WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
venter.
Fig. 4. Ixodes downsit n.sp. Larva. A, dorsum; B,
264 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
I. loricatus Neumann, 1899, whose adults occur almost exclusively on
Didelphis (Cooley and Kohls, 1945) and I. venezuelensis Kohls, 1958,
known from a few murid hosts and from an opossum, Monodelphis
b. brevicaudata (Vogelsang and Santos Dias, 1953). None of these
have been recorded from bats nor have they been found in eaves.
SUMMARY
Txodes downsi n. sp. is described from a male (holotype), female,
and three nvmphs found crawling on the wall of Aripo Cave, Trini-
dad, British West Indies, and from a larva off a bat, Anoura g. geof-
froyi, taken in the same cave. The specimens are deposited in the
Roeky Mountain Laboratory, Hamilton, Montana. TJ. loricatus vogel-
sangi Santos Dias is reduced to a synonym of J. luciae Senevet, the
only other species of the genus known from Trinidad.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
It is a pleasure to express appreciation to Major Hugh L. Keegan,
406th Medical General Laboratory, for the accompanying illustrations
prepared under his direction by artists Saburo Shibata, Kinuyo
Kamei, Hideko Shinoda, and Kakuzo Yamazaki assigned to the Taxo-
nomic Section, Department of Entomology, and to Colonel Joe M.
Blumberg, Commanding Officer of the Laboratory, for his cooperation.
REFERENCES
Arthur, Don R. 1956. The Jxvodes ticks of Chiroptera (Ixodoidea, Ixodidae).
J. Parasit. 42:180-196.
Cooley, R. A. and Kohls, Glen M. 1945. The genus Jvodes in North America.
National Instit. Health Bull. No. 184, U. 8. Public Health Service, 246 pp.
Kohls, Glen M. 1953. Ixodes venezuelensis, a new species of tick from Venezuela.
with notes on Ixodes minor Neumann, 1902 (Acarina: Ixodidae). J. Parasit.
39 :300-3038.
Neumann, L. G. 1899. Révision de la famille des Ixodidés. Mém. Soe. Zool.
France 12:107-294.
Santos Dias, J. A. Travassos. 1954. Um novo nome para o ‘‘Jxodes loricatus
spinosus’’ Nuttall, 1910 (Nomen bis lectum). Docum. Mocambique 79:79-81.
Senevet, G. 1940. Quelques Ixodidés de la Guyane francaise. Espéces nouvelles
d’Ixodes et d’Amblyomma. VI Congreso Internacional de Entomol. 1935
Madrid, pp. 891-898.
Vogelsang, E. G. and Santos Dias, J. A. Travassos. 1953. Nueva contribucién al
estudio de la fauna Txodologica en Venezuela. Rev. Med. Vet. y. Parasit.
Caracas 12:63-89.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 265
THE SNAKE MITE PARASITES OF THE FAMILY IXODORHYNCHIDAE
(MESOSTIGMATA), WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES,
IXODORHYNCHUS GORDONI!
Trp TIBBETTS AND R. W. STRANDTMANN, Texas Technological College, Lubbock
Ewing (1922) described and figured an ectoparasitic mite of snakes
which was so peculiar morphologically that he created a new sub-
family, Ixodorhynchinae, for it. As the name implies, the mite had
certain features characteristic of the ixodids (ticks). Specifically,
these are harpoon-shaped corniculi, presumably used as_ holdfast
organs. Ewing considered the mite closely related to Dermanyssidae
and placed the new subfamily in that family. Later Fonseca (1934)
found a related species he thought differed sufficiently from Ewing’s
(Ixodorhynchus) to warrant separate generic status and proposed
the name Jrobioides, again indicating the ticklike holdfast organ.
Fonseca however recognized the great dissimilarity between these mites
and the dermanyssids and consequently raised them to separate fam-
ily status, Ixodorhynchidae. The authority for the family name, how-
ever, remains ‘“‘Ewing,’’ as according to Article 4 (35) of the Inter-
national Rules of Zoological Nomenclature, names of the Family
Group Categories, despite the form of the ending, are coordinate with
each other. The family was characterized as follows: Chela with only
one digit, which in the female is clearly toothed; corniculi of the
female serving as holdfast organs.
In 1933 Ewing found two more ectoparasitic mesostigmatic mites
on snakes and created the genus Hemilaelaps for their reception.
These mites had distinctly shearlike chelae but otherwise were similar
in facies to Irodorhynchus. The genus however, was kept in the
family Dermanyssidae by subsequent authors.
In 1947 Radford described another mite of this complex and with-
out comment on Ewine’s or Fonseca’s species, created the genus
Ophidilaelaps for it. Radford was apparently the first to note that
Laelaps piger Berlese (1918), also an ectoparasite of snakes, was of
this same complex and accordingly moved it to his new genus, Ophidi-
laelaps. Although almost identical with Hemilaelaps Ewing, Ophidi-
laelaps was placed by catalogers in the family Laelaptidae. Subse-
quently, two more species were added to Ophidilaelaps by Tibbetts
(1954).
A study of all the species described thus far in this complex reveals
several characters in common. The corniculi are long and apically
barbed, although the barb may be very small; the epipharynx is long
and very slender; the ventral shields are poorly sclerotized; at least
coxae IT, generally coxae I and IT, and sometimes coxae I, II, and IT,
1This investigation was supported, in part by research grant E- 616(C3) from
the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases of the National Insti-
tutes of Health, Public Health Service.
266 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
have the ventral seta transformed into a spur; and the male (where
known) has a divided ventral plate. Ixodorhynchus and Ixobioides
differ from Hemilaelaps and Ophidilaelaps only on the chela; the
former have only one digit, the latter, two.
Ixobioides Fonseca, 1934 is a synonym of Irodorhynchus Ewing,
1922. Dr. Fonseca was aware of Ewing’s genus, in facet compared his
own with it, but a misinterpretation of Ewing’s brief description and
incomplete illustration caused Fonseca to believe his mite showed real
differences. Actually there are no real differences and the two names
have long been considered synonymous (See Baker and Wharton,
1952)-/60).
Henilaelaps Ewing, 1933 was considered invalid by Turk (1945:
141) because the name had been used, in error, by Hull, 1918 for
another group of mites. As Dr. Turk clearly stated that Hull had
intended to write Haemolaelaps but misspelled it Hemilaelaps, we
consider this an erroneous subsequent spelling which according to
Article 19(112) of the International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature
has no separate status in nomenclature. Therefore, Hemilaelaps Ewing,
1933, is valid and Ellsworthia Turk, 1945, which had been proposed
as a replacement name, is a synonym.
Radford (1947: 237) did not distinguish his Ophidilaelaps from
Hemilaelaps Ewing although the two are very similar indeed. Actually
there are no differences of generic value and we consider Ophidi-
laelaps Radford a synonym of Hemilaelaps Ewing. Up to this point,
then, we may speak of two genera; Ixvodorhynchus Ewing in which
the female chela is unidigitate, and Hemilaelaps Ewing in which the
female chela is bidigitate. But the discovery of the new species de-
scribed below by Tibbetts indicates that the above difference may not
be so real. This new species has the immovable arm of the chela so
small that it is a toss-up whether to put it with Irodorhynchus or with
Hemilaelaps. It would seem superfluous and somewhat foolish to
ereate a third genus based on an intermediate size of the immovable
finger of the chela and yet that would have to be the case because other
characters, such as size and shape of ventral plates, chaetotaxy, ete.,
vary Just as subtly.
We therefore propose that all the species are congeneric, and rele-
eate all the generic names so far proposed to the synonymy of Ixrodo-
rhynchus.
Genus Ixodorhynchus Ewing, 1922:5
Type.—Ixodorhynchus liponyssoides Ewing, 1922:9 (Monotypic). Synonyms—
Hemilaelaps Ewing, 1933:7 ( New synonymy).
Type.—Hemilaelaps americanus Ewing, 1933:8 (Original designation). Ixobioides
Fonseca, 1934:512.
Type.—Ixobioides butantanensis Fonseca, 1934 (Monotypic). (Hllsworthia Turk,
1945. Proposed by Turk as a new name for Hemilaelaps Ewing). Ophidilae-
laps Radford, 1947:237 (New synonymy).
Type.—Ophidilaelaps imphalensis Radford, 1947:238. (By original designation).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 267
Description of the genus.—Chelicera with one or two digits; when one is
present it is the movable digit, which is provided with recurved hooks. Corniculi
long and apically barbed, although the barb may be very small; epipharynx long
and slender; ventral shields poorly sclerotized. Coxae I and II, or II, or I, II,
and III have the ventral seta transformed into a spur. Male, when known, has
a divided ventral plate. Dorsal shield entire, partially divided, or completely
divided; dorsal side of body partially or completely covered with dorsal plate.
Legs short, stout, spined. The sternal plate may bear one, two, or three pairs of
setae, genital plate with one pair of setae although occasionally it bears two pairs
and sometimes none, the genital setae having moved off the plate.
The name, description, and illustrations of the new species given
below were prepared entirely by Ted Tibbetts, and the species is to
be eredited to him.
Ixodorhynchus gordoni Tibbetts, n. sp.
Female (Fig. 1).—Body length, excluding gnathosoma, 744 u, and body width
628 wy.
Venter.—The antero-lateral angles of the sternal plate rounded, and not project-
ing between coxae I and II; anterior margin convex; lateral margin straight,
extending laterally at a slight angle from the anterior to posterior end; posterior
margin slightly coneave. The first pair of sternal setae are located on the sternal
plate; second pair of setae even with coxal spur on coxae II; third pair of setae
level with middle of coxae IIT; fourth pair of setae even with posterior margin
of coxae IV. Genito-ventral plate flask-shaped, genital setae not on genito-ventral
plate but lateral to it. Anal plate ovoid, 1394 wide and 163 long; anal opening
slightly posterior to the center of anal plate. The paired anal setae slightly
anterior to the anal opening; unpaired seta at the posterior end of anal plate.
Posterior to the genito-ventral plate and anterior to the anal plate in the soft
integument of the opisthosoma are three pairs of setae. In the area on each side
of the anal plate are four pairs of setae and posterior to the anal plate is one
pair of short setae. Peritremes extending from the middle of coxae IV to the
middle of coxae II. Metapodal and peritremal plates fused.
Dorsum (Fig. 2).—The dorsal plate is entire with 34 pairs of setae. On the
dorsal plate near the anterior-lateral margin is one pair of short setae and on the
posterior lateral margin two pairs of short setae. A heavy sclerotized area is
present on the posterior margin of the dorsal plate.
Legs short and stout. All setae on legs spinelike. Femur and genu
have two or three unusually long, stout, dorsal setae. Coxae I and II are each
provided with a stout rounded spur and a seta. Spur on coxae I 154 wide and
15u long; spur on coxae II 1luw wide and 9u long. Coxae III each with two
Legs.
setae and coxae IV each with a simple seta. Chaetotaxy of ventral side of legs
as figured. Claws well developed.
Gnathosoma (Fig. 3).
coxae to tip; hypostome extends to the posterior margin of palp tibia. Three pairs
of setae on hypostome as figured. Deutosternal teeth 11 in number, arranged
Palps 5-segmented, 2004 long from base of fused
consecutively along deutosternum.
268 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
6
Ixodorhynchus gordoni, n. sp., female: Fig. 1, venter; fig. 2, dorsum; fig. 3,
gnathosoma; fig. 4, chela; fig. 5, tritosternum; fig. 6, chelicera.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 269
Tritosternum (Fig. 5).—Tritosternum with two lacinae densely pilose, 122u
long. The lacinae rising separately from the basal segment. Chelicerae chelate
(Fig. 4); movable finger has three teeth and the immovable finger greatly
reduced. Chelicerae (Fig. 6) 137 long and 30u wide.
Male—Unknown; Nymphs unknown.
Host.—Natrix tigrina lateralis (Berthold). (Snake).
Location—Seoul, Korea, May 15, 1953.
Material—FKour female specimens. The holotype female and one
paratype female deposited in the U. 8. National Museum. One para-
type female deposited in the collection of Dr. R. W. Strandtmann,
Texas Technological College, and one paratype retained in the au-
thor’s collection.
Remarks—The four specimens were found near the head, under
the lateral scales of the host. This mite differs from other Ixodor-
hynchus in that the genital setae are not located on the genito-ventral
plate, and the immovable chela is greatly reduced but not absent.
Also the sternal plate is much more drastically reduced than in any
other species. One of the paratype females contained a hexapod larva
measuring 380 by 265.
This mite has been named after Mr. W. E. Gordon of Moab, Utah,
who has accompanied the senior author on many collecting trips.
KEY TO THE FEMALES OF THE SPECIES IN THE FAMILY IXODORHYNCHIDAE
I. Stree jolkeyrs syaudn oh joe mba) Ope eine ee ee ee ee 2
uel jolene: sya, I (ore. 2) oe hues) (One seeks Ss Oe ee 5
Cea COxnes mand lelawath Heavy: (Spurs see 2 i ee 3
Coxamlileonily< awithimasheayye spurs eS butantanesis (Fonseca)
S, Ecmmmavermnncaill jolene jyandn Il. poenne Cpe eee a 4
Genito ventral plate with 2 pairs of setae; immovable chela with a single
ROY OME shea oR ets ea Pa A ee ie ee eed distinctus (Ewing)
45, Oinglley \yanalsayvathys il eigen eee ee ee ee ee EB AVES: liponyssoides Ewing
Chela with 2 arms, shearlike; immovable arm with 2 teeth......._____»_»_»_»_-O_
ee ee Lee ee EES Ca Ladin SEE oe ENS Age dee to americanus (Ewing)
5. Sternal istevie Wilbh@om AIrSMOL Ase haem ea ene ee ee, 6
Sienna) aces wiltlipel usar tsese ice eee ee eee ee eee 7
Gam Dorsaleplatenentan cme mee ct men we NN Odom Ciena eee imphalensis (Radford)
Dorsal plate partially div eat des ieee Saas ee el eee de eerie nd ee EA piger (Berlese)
7. Coxa I with a heavy spur and a spinelike seta —____________________ tanneri (Tibbetts)
Coxamilawitheasheayy spursandemormeallasetacmeese seamen ee eee 8
8. Genito-ventral plate with genital setae.._...__-__-__ ae (Tibbetts)
Genito-ventral plate without genital setae + gordoni Tibbetts, n. sp.
Biology and Distribution.—So far as is now known, these mites are
found in association with snakes only. They are never abundant,
although Tibbetts (unpublished observation) found about a dozen
specimens on a snake in Korea. With one exception, piger, all species
have been found under the lateral or ventral scales of snakes on or
near the head region. The species liponyssoides was reported as taken
‘‘from the eye of a snake’’ but presumably that meant from the scales
270 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
around the eye. The exception above noted (piger), was found in the
hole or den of a snake along with large numbers of Ophionyssus
natricis.. Unlike O. natricis, the Ixodorhynchids are rare on captive
snakes. All species reported to date have been taken from wild
reptiles.
Although not common, they are widely distributed, having been
reported from every major continent except Australia. From Europe
is piger, collected in Florence, Italy ; butantensis was found in Brazil,
in the States of Sao Paulo, Matto Grosso, Goyas, and Minas Geraes;
imphalensis comes from Manipur State in India; the United States
has three records, liponyssoides from Iowa, americanus from the
southern tip of Texas, and distinctus from Kentucky; and three
species, farrieri, tanneri, and gordon, are reported from Korea.
REFERENCES
Baker, E. W. and Wharton, G. W., 1952. An introduction to acarology. Macmillan
Co., New York.
Berlese, A. 1918. Sul Liponyssus Natricis (Geryv.) e su altri dermanissida die
Rettili. Redia 13: 55-71.
Ewing, H. E. 1922. The dermanyssid mites of North America. Proce. Natl. Mus.
62iGi3)) = 1-265 alllus:
1933. New genera and species of parasitic mites of the superfamily
Parasitoidea. Proce. Natl. Mus. 82(30): 1-14, illus.
Fonseca, F. da. 1934. Der schlangenparasit Jaxobioides Butantanensis, novi
generis, n. sp. (Acarina, Ixodorhynchidae Noy. Fam) Zeit. Parasitenke
6: 508-527.
Radford, C. D. 1946. Parasitic mites from snakes and rodents (Acarina: Cheyle-
tidae, Listrophoridae and Laelaptidae). Proe. Zool. Soe. 117(1): 228-240.
Tanner, V. M. 1953. Pacific Islands Herpetology No. VIII, Korea. Great Basin
Naturalist 13(3-4): 67-73.
Tibbetts, T. 1954. Two new laelaptid snake mites from Korea. Great Basin Nat-
uralist 14(3-4): 67-72.
Turk, F. A. 1945. Studies of Acari. Second Series: Deseription of a new species
and notes on established forms of Parasitic mites. Parasitology 36(3-4):
133-141.
CORRECTION
Wheeler, G. C., and Wheeler, Jeanette. The larva of Simopelta (Hymenoptera:
Formicidae). Volume 59, No. 4, pp. 191-194. October, 1957.
In the second paragraph, p. 191, lines 4 to 9 should read as follows:
Wirth has written us that ‘‘the complete series of abdominal spiracles and the
lack of a posterior differentiated pair of spiracles indieate that they are not
dipterous. I know of no Diptera higher than the Fungivoridae-Itonididae series
which have a complete series of abdominal spiracles. Traces of the usual pair
of apical spiracles are practically always to be found in the higher Diptera.’’ *
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 201.
A NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS PTEROMICRA ASSOCIATED
WITH SNAILS
(DipTeRA, SCIOMYZIDAE)
GEORGE C. STEYSKAL, Grosse Ile, Michigan
Since the publication of my revision of Pteromicra (Steyskal, 1954)
and later notes (Steyskal, 1956), the new species described below has
come to hand as well as a few bits of data on other species of Ptero-
micra.
Pteromicra perissa Steyskal, new species
(FieurEs 1-3)
Male.—Length of wing, 3.4 mm.
Head and antennae brownish, cheeks and palpi yellowish. Arista brownish with
short brownish hairs. Fronto-orbital bristles two, the anterior one slightly smaller
than the posterior.
Thorax brownish, most areas apparently slightly grayish pruinose; pteropleura
with three bristly hairs.
Legs with coxae whitish, fore coxae with two exterior bristles; fore femora
wholly blackish, lacking pecten, but with many coarse bristly hairs; middle and
hind femora yellowish basally, brown apically, the hind pair with one strong
dorsal bristle at apical third; fore tibiae blackish, others dark brown to blackish;
fore tarsi with first and most of second segment whitish, third and fourth seg-
ments blackish, fifth segment whitish; middle and hind tarsi whitish basally,
brownish apically.
Wings uniformly pale brownish, with brown veins. Halteres and squamae
whitish.
Abdomen brownish, andrium yellowish brown. Terminalia as figured; no
spiracles discernible; sixth and seventh sternites moderately narrow; sixth ter-
gite represented by a very slender sclerotized strip; posterior surstylus hook-
shaped, directed posteriorly at base and turning meso-anterad, clothed with many
strong posteriorly-directed hairs; anterior surstylus well developed, apically acute,
with notch and strong tooth on posterior margin.
Holotype.—Male, Buffalo Peaks Area, Chaffee and Parks Counties, Colorado,
summer, 1955, associated with land snails, predominantly Pupilla (Richard Pill-
more), in University of Colorado Museum. The single specimen was removed from
aleohol and the terminalia macerated in NaOH; color and pruinosity characters
were therefore difficult to ascertain surely.
Remarks.—This species belongs in the group lacking fore femoral
pecten, including Pteromicra anopla and P. inermis, from which species
it may be distinguished by wholly blackish fore femora, basally pale
fore tarsi, yellowish palpi, and distinctive terminalia. According to
Clifford Berg’s summary of the snail-feeding habits of the Sciomy-
zidae (Berg, 1953), this is the first time a fly of the family has been
associated with snails of the genus Pupilla.
Pteromicra pectorosa (Hendel)
A third American specimen, a male from Mecosta County, Michigan,
May 15, 1951 (R. R. Dreisbach), has been examined recently. The
species is therefore apparently widespread but rare in North America,
bo
bas |
bo
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
being known also from Churchill, Manitoba, and the extreme north-
western corner of California.
Pteromicra similis Steyskal
In the specimens examined when drawing up the description of P.
similis, no sixth tergite could be discerned ; however, a specimen from
Midland, Michigan, has a narrow but distinct sixth tergite. Also in
disagreement with my description, the eyes of specimens collected by
myself and Stuart Neff on Ile Perrot, Quebec, August 23, 1956, were
plain olive-green, although the specimens otherwise were typical.
REFERENCES
Berg, C. O. 1953. Sciomyzid larvae (Diptera) that feed on snails. Jour. Para-
sitol. 39:630-636.
Steyskal, G. C. 1954. The genus Pteromicra Lioy (Diptera, Sciomyzidae) with
especial reference to the North American species. Papers Mich. Acad, Sei.,
Arts and Letters 39:257-269.
1956. New species and taxonomic notes in the family Sciomyzidae
(Diptera, Acalyptratae). Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters 41:73-87.
sox
NOS
ra
S
Pteromicra perissa, new species: Fig. 1, sinistral profile of male terminalia; fig.
2, ventral view of same; fig. 3, diagram of protandrium as if split along mid-
ventral line and laid flat, D—mid-dorsal line.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 273
A NEW BRUCHOPHAGUS FROM A LILIACEOUS PLANT
WITH A HOST PLANT LIST FOR THE GENUS
(HYMENOPTERA, HURYTOMIDAE)
B. D. Burks, Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service,
United States Department of Agriculture
The genus Bruchophagus Ashmead was originally described with-
out included species (1888, Ent. Amer. 4:42). Six years later Ashmead
(1894, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 21: 328) referred three species to it.
Two of these, borealis Ashmead and mexicanus Ashmead, were said to
have been bred from Bruchus and the third, funebris (Howard), from
the clover-seed midge. Shortly thereafter Hopkins (1896, U. 8. Dept.
Agr., Div. Ent. Bul. 6(n.s.), p. 73) studied funebris carefully and
showed that it was not a parasite of the clover-seed midge, as stated
by Howard when he described it, but developed by feeding in the clo-
ver seeds themselves.
Ashmead was unwilling to accept the judgment of either Howard or
Hopkins about the host relationships of funebris. His final remarks
on the subject (1904, Mem. Carnegie Mus. 1: 260) were that he thought
‘that both Drs. Howard and Hopkins are wrong and that Brucho-
phagus funebris is a parasite upon some Bruchus, or the larva of a
small rhynchophorus beetle living in the clover seed.’” The same year
Titus (1904, U. S. Dept. Agr., Div. Ent. Bul. 44, pp. 77-80) published
his observations on the life history and habits of funebris, and these
left no doubt that it was a phytophagous species. He concluded that
‘“the clover-seed chalcis-fly, if ever a coleopterous parasite, has changed
its diet.’’ Since that time no one has seriously questioned the fact
that this species is phytophagous, and it has been reared from the
seeds of a large number of different leguminous plants.
During the 53 years since 1904, additional species of Bruchophagus
have been described from the seeds of leguminous plants, so that now
there are 15 species which are known to develop in leguminous seeds.
Also, rearings have shown that B. mexicanus, thought by Ashmead to
be parasitic on species of Bruchus, actually develops in the seeds of
Astragalus, another legume. The generic name Bruchophagus (des-
pite its unfortunate derivation) has thus come to be associated by
entomologists with the phytophagous habit in the seeds of legumes.
In 1952, however, Nikolskaja (Fauna U.S. S. R. 44, p. 174) des-
eribed a species of Bruchophagus which infests the seeds of a Primula,
in the Primulaceae. The present paper describes a species from the
seeds of Aloe, in the Liliaceae, and further extends the range of plant
families known to be attacked by members of the genus Bruchophagus.
A host-plant list for the species of Bruchophagus is given at the end of
this paper.
Bruchophagus aloineae, new species
Female.—Length 1.2-2.0 mm. Head and body black, anterior face of pronotum
with a white spot on either side; antennae black; wings hyaline with tan or
yellow venation; legs black or very dark brown with inner surface of fore tibia,
274 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
apices of all femora, bases and apices of tibiae, and basal 4 segments of each
tarsus tan. Setae of head, body, and appendages silvery, inconspicuous.
Head, fig. 1, with a very vaguely defined transverse depression extending across
frons just dorsal to level of ventral margins of compound eyes, area below this
depression with strong striae converging toward mouth opening, dorsad of this
depression the surface area of fronto-vertex with umbilicate punctation; malar
furrow wanting; width of malar space two-thirds as great as height of compound
eye; length of ocellar line one-third as great as postocellar line; antenna, fig. 2,
with scape three times as long as pedicel, first funicle segment one-fourth longer
than pedicel, second to fifth funicle segments equal in length and each as long as
pedicel, club three and one-half times as long as fifth funicle segment.
Dorsal surface of pronotum, mesoscutum, and mesoseutellum with umbilicate
punctation made up of well-marked, closely set, shallow pits, interstices between
punctures narrow
always much less than width of punctures themselves—and
almost or quite smooth; anterior face of fore coxa smooth, a broad groove extend-
ing from inner apical angle to outer basal angle; depression on anterior face of
mesepisternum, into which the anterior coxa fits when at rest, with its surface
closely shagreened, lateral margin carinate; prepectus relatively narrow, usually
with a large, triangular pit anteriorly, this pit occasionally divided by a septum;
tegula inflated, its dorsal surface very obscurely sculptured; submarginal vein of
forewing five times as long as marginal vein; stigmal, postmarginal, and marginal
veins equal in length; dorsal area of mesepimeron posterior to femoral furrow
with numerous, closely set, longitudinal ridges, these sometimes rather irregular,
but usually almost or quite parallel; outer, dorsal surface of hind coxa shagreened.
Propodeum with its surface flat and lying at a 90° angle with longitudinal axis
of thorax; median area of propodeum uniformly shagreened, laterally and dorsally
coarsely rugulose. Petiole as broad as long. Gaster one and one-fourth times as
long as thorax; basal four gastral tergites subequal in length dorsally when
gaster is in normal position; fifth gastral tergite usually completely retracted
beneath fourth, sixth gastral tergite half as long as third; gastral tergites one
to four smooth and asetose, fifth setose ventrally, sixth and epipygium densely
setose; ovipositor sheaths directed obliquely dorsad, their apices normally ex-
serted for a distance equal to length of sixth tergite.
Male.—Length 1.1-2.0 mm. Apical two-thirds of fore femur, entire fore tibia,
and apical third of mid femur tan. Antenna, fig. 3, with scape enlarged and
three and one-half times as long as pedicel, first and second funicle segments
equal in length and each twice as long as pedicel, third and fourth funicle seg-
ments equal in length and each half as long as scape, fifth segment seven-eighths
as long as fourth, club three-fourths as long as scape. Petiole three times as long
as wide. Gaster one-half to two-thirds as long as thorax.
Type locality.—Port Elizabeth, South Africa.
Types.—U. S. N. M. No. 63412.
Described from 21 female and 18 male specimens, all intercepted
in quarantine at Washington, D. C. The specimens were taken from
sealed packages of seeds being shipped into the United States for pro-
pagation purposes; the dates given are those of the interceptions. Fe-
male holotype, male allotype, and 1 male paratype, Port Elizabeth,
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 275
8. Africa, Oct. 24, 1934, with seeds of Aloe ferox, B. P. Q. No. 030955 ;
8 female and 7 male paratypes, same data, but with seeds of Aloe
lineata, B. P. Q. No. 030956 ; 2 female and 1 male paratypes, same data,
but with seeds of Aloe africana, B. P. Q. No. 030953; 1 female and 2
male paratypes, Kimberley, S. Africa, Nov. 27, 1934, with seeds of
Aloe globuligemma, B. P. Q. No. 032536; 1 female paratype, S. Africa,
Jan. 10, 1936, reared from seeds of Aloe (Haworthia) feror, EB. Q.
Washington No. A33710; 1 female paratype, S. Africa, June 4, 1935,
with seeds of Aloe globuligemma, B. P. Q. Washington No. 056379 ;
4 female and 1 male paratypes, Germany, Nov. 6, 1934, in Aloe sp.
seeds, B. P. Q. No. A28173; 3 female paratypes, Germany, Oct. 8,
1934, with seeds of Aloe variegata, P. Q. No. A27779; 3 male paratypes,
Potsdam, Germany, May 8, 1933, with seeds of Aloe variegata, B. P.
Q. No. A22270.
Bruchophagus aloineae, n. sp.: Fig. 1, Anterior aspect of head of female; fig.
2, antenna of female; fig. 3, antenna of male.
In addition there are more or less fragmentary specimens of this
species, not included in the type series, in the U. S. N. M. collection
from the following localities and hosts: Port Elizabeth, S. Africa,
seeds of Aloe striata, Aloe (Haworthia) ferox, Aloe africana, Aloe
microstigma, and Aloe lineata; Ethiopia, seeds of Aloe sp.; Germany,
seeds of Aloe variegata and Aloe sp.
Bruchophagus aloineae differs from B. gibbus (Boheman) in hav-
ing the dorsal pronotal punctures uniformly close together, with
narrow, unsculptured interstices; in gibbus these punctures are rather
haphazardly arranged, with some of the interstices as wide as the
punctures themselves, and the surfaces of the interstices are sha-
ereened. B. aloineae differs from B. mexicanus Ashmead in possessing
strong striae on the lower face; this area is umbilicately punctate in
mexicanus. The black antennal scape and mostly black anterior and
mid lees of the female of aloineae distinguish it from B. borealis
276 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
Ashmead, as the antennal scape and two anterior pairs of legs in
borealis are almost entirely yellow.
HOST-PLANT LIST FOR BRUCHOPHAGUS
The following list has been compiled from data associated with
identified specimens of Bruchophagus in the collection of the U. S.
National Museum and from the literature reference files maintained
there by the Insect Identification and Parasite Introduction Labora-
tories, U.S. Department of Agriculture. The plant names were kindly
checked by Dr. Velva E. Rudd, Division of Botany, U. S. National
Museum.
LEGUMINOSAE
Astragalus macrony%
Astragalus mollissimus, loco weed
SPECIES OF BRUCHOPHAGUS
macronycis Fedoseeva
mexicanus Ashmead
Astragalus sp. gibbus (Boheman)
astragali Fedoseevat
mellipes Gahan
caraganae (Nikolskaja)
caraganae (Nikolskaja)
caraganae (Nikolskaja)
coluteae (Bouéek )
coluteae Fedoseeva?
glycyrrhizae Nikolskaja
hedysari Fedoseeva
indigoferae (Risbee )
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman )
kolobovae Fedoseeva
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
roddi Gussakovsky
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
onobrychidis (Nikolskaja)
Onobrychis viciaefolia (= sativa), Sainfoin onobrychidis (Nikolskaja)
Ononis sp., rest harrow
Oxytropis lambertii, loco weed
Cajanus cajan, pigeon pea
Caragana arborescens, pea tree
Caragana frutescens
Caragana pygmaea
Colutea arborescens, bladder senna
Colutea media
Glycyrrhiza glabra, licorice
Hedysarum sibiricum
Indigofera sp., indigo
Lespedeza sp., bush clover
Lotus corniculatus, birds-foot trefoil
Lotus decumbens
Medicago arabica, spotted bur clover
Medicago falcata
Medicago hispida, toothed bur elover
Medicago ruthemia
Medicago sativa, alfalfa
Medicago tornata
Medicago tuberculata
Medicago tunetana
Melilotus sp., sweetelover
Onobrychis caputgalli
ononis (Mayr)
gibbus (Boheman)
1T am indebted to Dr. O. Peck, Canadian Department of Agriculture, for the
reference to the original description of this species—Fedoseeva, 1954, Vestnik,
Moscow Univ., 9,.No. 5, p. 115.
2This species is a homonym, and probably also a synonym, of B. coluteae
(Bouéek ).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 277
Sesbania sesban mellipes Gahan
Sesbania grandiflora mellipes Gahan
Smirnovia turkestana smirnoviae Nikolskaja
Sophora japonica, Japanese pagoda tree sophorae Crosby
Trifolium incarnatum, erimson clover gibbus (Boheman)
Trifolium pratense, red clover gibbus (Boheman)
Trigonella sp. gibbus (Boheman )
PRIMULACEAE
Primula sp., primrose mutabilis Nikolskaja
LILIACEAE
Aloe africana aloineae Burks
Aloe ferou aloineae Burks
Aloe globuligemma aloineae Burks
Aloe lineata aloineae Burks
Aloe microstigma aloineae Burks
Aloe striata aloineae Burks
Aloe variegata aloineae Burks
A total of 32 species have been referred to the genus Bruchophagus.
In addition to those listed above as phytophagous, the following spe-
cies have been reared from cynipid galls: B. cynipseus (Boheman),
jaceae (Mayr), phanacidis (Mayr), setigerus (Mayr), and timaspidis
(Mayr). There are six species of unknown habits: B. cylindricus
(Thomson), mconspicuus Girault, maurus (Boheman), niger Girault,
noctua Girault, and sculpta (Ashmead). Three others still are said
to parasitize Bruchidae: B. borealis Ashmead, bruchocida (Risbec),
and sayeli (Risbee).
Bruchophagus sativae Ashmead, Tschorbadjiev (1936, Mitt. Bulgar.
Ent. Ges. 9: 169) evidently is a nomen nudum. Although this author
credits the specific name to Ashmead, there is no record that Ashmead
described such a species. If sativae were taken to have been validated
by the very meager information given by Tschorbadjiev, the name
should be attributed to him.
Eurytoma acaciae Cameron (1910, The Ent. 43: 114) [not EF. aca-
ciae Girault, 1914 nor EF. acaciae Risbec, 1951], reared from the seeds
of Acacia decurrens in New Zealand, possibly is a Bruchophagus. 1
have been unable to locate the type.
278 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
A NOTE ON TWO CHRYSOMELID BEETLES
(COLEOPTERA )
A species of chrysomelid beetle, Ophraea arizonica Fall, hitherto
not represented in the collection of the United States National Mu-
seum, has recently been added in the shape of 25 specimens collected
by Jack M. Kaiser on the leaves of Beloperone sp. at Pena Blanca,
Arizona (near Tucson). Fall (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 36, 1910, p.
147) described this apparently rare beetle from one specimen sent
him by F. H. Snow from the Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona.
D. M. Weisman has recently collected a new species of Disonycha
in Harnett County, North Carolina. The host plant is unknown as the
beetle was taken by sweeping.
Disonycha weismani n. sp.
About 7.5 mm. in length, oblong oval, feebly shining, alutaceous, very finely
and indistinctly punctate, pale yellow with dark antennae and tarsal joints and
two small spots anteriorly on the prothorax and moderately wide dark sutural,
median and lateral vittae not joined at the apex of the elytra.
Head with interocular space more than half its width, with occiput having a few
punctures besides the large fovea near eye, the interantennal area wide and bulg-
ing forward in a broadly rounded carina; pale with a very narrow darkening over
occiput at edge of prothorax. Antennae with the two basal joints pale edged, re-
mainder dark. Prothorax approximately twice as wide as long with rounded sides,
not very convex; faintly shining, alutaceous, very finely punctate; pale yellow with
two small spots anteriorly. Scutellum dark. Elytra alutaceous, faintly punctate
and somewhat shiny; pale yellow with moderately wide sutural, median and lateral
vittae, none joined at the apex. Body beneath entirely pale. Legs pale with the
tarsal joints dark. Length 7.7 mm.; width 3.6 mm.
Type.—Male, U.S.N.M. Type No. 63507, collected by Donald M.
Weisman, in sweeping at Spout Springs, Harnett Co., North Carolina,
on Aug. 30, 1952.
Remarks.—This species has the same coloration as D. caroliniana
(Fab.) and D. latifrons Schaeffer, but differs from either in the head
the aedeagus, which is unlike that of any other Disonycha.—Doris
H. BLAKE.
Ophraea arizonica Fall Disonycha weismani n.sp.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 279
ON SOME MICROTINE-INFESTING POLYPLAX
(ANOPLURA )
By Joun E. Scanton! and PHYLuIs T. JOHNSON?
For some years the relationship of Polyplax borealis Ferris, 1933,
(from Clethrionomys rufocanus, Finmark, Norway) to P. alaskensis
Ewing, 1927, (from Microtus sp., Alaska) has been in doubt. The
original description of P. alaskensis contains no figures and is vague
in many details. Ferris noted in his original description of borealis
that this name might prove to be synonymous with alaskensis Ewing,
since he had not seen specimens of alaskensis and could not be sure
of his interpretation of the latter. Ewing (1935) synonymized bore-
alis Ferris under alaskensis Ewing, without seeing specimens of bore-
alis. Quay (1949) published a redescription and figures of alaskensis
from Microtus operarius, Seward Peninsula, Alaska, but did not men-
tion borealis. Finally, in 1951, Brinck published a note asserting that
borealis is a valid name, basing his conclusions on a comparison of
Quay’s drawings and description of alaskensis and Ferris’ original
description and figures of borealis.
A re-examination of P. alaskensis holotype proves Brinck to be
correct, and further shows that Polyplax abscisa Fahrenholz, 1938,
(from California off ‘‘ Arvicola,’’ which according to Ferris (1951)
probably means Microtus), is a synonym of P. alaskensis (new syn-
onymy). Dr. G. F. Ferris of Stanford University has kindly compared
specimens of borealis from Alaska and Labrador with his paratype
male of borealis and also has compared the holotype of alaskensis with
borealis and California ‘‘abscisa,’’ coming to the same conclusion.
Specimens of Polyplax from California Microtus agree with Fahren-
holz’s original description and figures of abscisa as well as with holo-
typic alaskensis. A figure of alaskensis holotype is included in this
paper (fig. 3).
P. alaskensis is easily separated from borealis in the male by the
shape of the pseudopenis (fig. 8), which is strongly curved apically
and relatively much narrower than it is in borealis (fig. 7). Both
sexes of borealis have an arcuate first abdominal sternum (figs. 9, 10),
and the third abdominal sternite is triangulate, more than half as
high (in the longitudinal axis of the body) as it is broad (in the
transverse axis of the body). P. alaskensis (fig. 11) may have the
first sternite weakly arcuate, but usually not approaching the condi-
tion found in borealis and the third sternite is less than half as high
as broad and not markedly triangulate. There are small discrepan-
cies between Quay’s redescription of alaskensis and the actual form
of the holotype, although the lone specimen from his series we exam-
ined agrees well with the holotype. This single male, from Microtus
1Medical Service Corps, U. 8S. Army, Fort Sam Houston, Texas.
2Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service, U.S. Department
of Agriculture.
280 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
operarius, does not have the first sternite as strongly arcuate as he
draws and describes it. He also states that the first sternite of the
female is broader than the second and concave posteriorly, but his
figure does not show this to be the case. The thoracic sternal plate in
alaskensis is normally quite broad anteriorly and with the sides
angled and subsequently slightly concave to the apex, as in figure 6,
whereas borealis has the sides almost evenly convex to the apex (figs.
4,5). In other respects alaskensis and borealis are very similar
morphologically. Brinck (1951) mentions that in borealis the para-
tergal plates (fig. 2) are not as markedly toothed as in alaskensis,
but this character is quite variable.
Both sexes of alaskensis and borealis may be separated from the
very similar P. spinulosa (Burmeister) by the shape of the para-
tergites 3-5. In alaskensis and borealis both dorsal and ventral apical
lobes are acute, while in spinulosa the ventral apical lobes of these
paratereites are rounded. Ewine (1935) used this character to sepa-
rate alaskensis from spinulosa.
Since Ferris’ (1951) publication ‘‘The Sucking Lice’’ will be the
standard reference on Anoplura for many years to come, we append
here a revision of couplets 21 and 22, page 205, of the key to Polyplax
species. It should be noted that as Ferris’ key now reads, borealis
will key to alaskensis and alaskensis will key to abscisa.
21(20) First abdominal sternite strongly arcuate and with its lateral angles
somewhat prolonged; third abdominal sternite more than half as
high (in longitudinal axis of body) as broad (in transverse axis
ofbody); occurring on Clethrionomys and Phenacomys _. BOREALIS
First abdominal sternite in both sexes not thus, its posterior margin
almost straight and the lateral angles not produced; third abdomi-
nal sternite considerably less than half as high as broad ee
22(21) In both sexes, paratergal plates 3-5 with only the dorsal apical angle
produced into a point; dorsal lobe of the pseudopenis very short,
searcely one-fourth the length of the ventral lobe; parameres well
developed, extending forward between the posterior arms of the
basal plate; occurring especially on species of Rattus throughout
GIG aawwO Te) Cee an a es oe ae ee Ee SPINULOSA
In both sexes, paratergal plates 3-5 with both apical angles produced
into points; parameres quite weakly developed and extending for-
ward only slightly past the apex of the arms of the basal plate;
normally occurring on species of Microtus ALASKENSIS
The normal hosts of Polyplax alaskensis are members of the genus
Microtus. Specimens have been examined as follows: Alaska (Golo-
vin, Takotna and the Seward Peninsula, and the holotype) from
Microtus sp. and M. operarius; Oregon from M. montanus ; California
from M. californicus sanctidiegi; Virginia, Pennsylvania, Delaware,
New York, Massachusetts and Maine from Microtus pennsylvanicus ;
Massachusetts from M. breweri (this species of Microtus is found
only on Muskeget Isl.) ; Canada, ‘‘from an island in the St. Lawrence
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 284
River’’ from WM. pennsylvanicus and at Toronto, Ontario from ‘‘mead-
ow mouse.”’ Ferris (1951) also reported alaskensis (as abscisa) from
Nevada. Scanlon (1954) reported alaskensis (as abscisa) from Mi-
crotus montebelli, Mt. Fuji, Japan. A re-examination of some of
Sasa’s material from Microtus montebelli, Mt. Fuji, reported as Poly-
plax spinulosa (Burmeister) (Sasa, 1950) establishes that these speci-
mens are dlaskensis, not spinulosa. One female with the sides of the
thoracic sternal plate somewhat less angled than is usually the case,
from a species of Synaptomys (bog lemming, tribe Lemmini), Nor-
way House, Northwest Territories, Canada, is also here referred to
alaskensis.®
P. borealis has as its normal hosts species of Clethrionomys and
Phenacomys. Its distribution is circumpolar, as is probably true of
alaskensis, but borealis is more northern, although there is some over-
lapping. Specimens of borealis have been examined as_ follows:
Alaska (Ladd Air Force Base) from Clethrionomys rutilus dawsoni;
Canada, Northwest Territories, S. W. Keewatin from Phenacomys sp.
and Clethrionomys sp., and Quebee and Labrador from Clethrionomys
sp. Specimens from Clethrionomys rufocanus (the type host) from
Korea, were reported as alaskensis by Seanlon (1955). The latter
specimens and a Korean series from ‘‘Apodemus speciosus’’ differ
slightly from the North American specimens in that the sternal plate
of the thorax is somewhat broader anteriorly, but this series still fits
well within the limits of borealis. ‘‘Apodemus speciosus’’ is prob-
ably a lapsus for a species of Clethrionomys.
LITERATURE CITED
Brinck, Per, 1951. Polyplax alaskensis Ewing och P. borealis Ferris (Anoplura).
Opuse. Ent. (Lund) 16:31.
Ewing, H. E., 1927. Descriptions of three new species of sucking lice, together
with a key to some related species of the genus Polyplax. Proc. Ent. Soe.
Wash. 29:118-121.
, 1935. The taxonomy of the anopluran genera Polyplax and Eremo-
phthirius, including the description of new species. Proe. Biol. Soc. Wash.
48:201-210, figs. 1, 2.
Fahrenholz, H., 1938. Die Anoplurengattung Polyplax. Ztschr. f. Parasitenk.
10:239-279, figs. 1-23.
Ferris, G. F., 1922. Contributions toward a monograph of the sucking lice. Part
IV. Stanford Univ. Publ. Biol. Sci. 2(4) :183-270.
, 1933. A new species of Polyplax (Anoplura). Parasitol. 25:127-129,
fal Slee
, 1942. Some North American rodent-infesting lice (Insecta, Anoplura).
Micro-ent. 7:84-90, fig. 42.
, 1951. The Sucking Lice. Mem. Pacific Coast Ent. Soc. 1:1-320, figs.
1-124.
3This specimen was referred to by Ferris (1922) and Hopkins (1947) as Poly-
plax spinulosa,
282 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
4
Fig. 1, Polyplax alaskensis Ewing, 1927: paratergal plates, holotype; fig. 2, P.
borealis Ferris, 1933: paratergal plates, male (Ladd Air Force Base, Alaska) ;
fig. 3, P. alaskensis: holotype; fig. 4, P. borealis: thoracic sternal plate, male
(Ladd AFB); fig. 5, P. borealis: thoracic sternal plate, male (Lake Marymace,
Quebec) ; fig. 6, P. alaskensis: thoracic sternal plate, holotype; fig. 7, P. borealis:
aedagus (Lake Marymae); fig. 8, P. alaskensis: aedeagus, holotype; fig. 9, P.
borealis: first abdominal sternite, male (Ladd AFB); fig. 10, P. borealis: first
abdominal sternite, male (Lake Marymae); fig. 11, P. alaskensis: first abdominal
sternite, holotype.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 283
Hopkins, G. H. E., 1949. The host-associations of the lice of mammals. Proce. Zool.
Soc. Lond. 119(2) :387-640.
Quay, W. B., 1949. Further description of Polyplax alaskensis Ewing (Anoplura).
Psyche 56:180-1838, figs. 1, 2.
Sasa, M., 1950. Note on the blood-sucking lice (Anoplura) of rodents in Japan
(Part 1). Jap. Jour. Exper. Med. 20:715-717.
Scanlon, J. E., 1954. Anoplura from some Japanese small mammal hosts. Bull.
Brooklyn Ent. Soe. 49(2) :29-35, fig. 1.
, 1955. Anoplura from some Korean small mammal hosts. Bull. Brook-
lyn Ent. Soc. 50(4) :85-91, fig. 1.
OBSERVATIONS ON THE BIOLOGY AND LIFE HISTORY
OF THE BROWN COCKROACH PERIPLANETA BRUNNEA BURMEISTER
Lare R. EpMuNDS, Sanitary Engineering Branch, Engineer Research and
Development Laboratories, Fort Belvoir, Virginia
The brown cockroach, Periplaneta brunnea Burmeister, is a common
species in the southern and southeastern United States, from the
Carolinas to Florida and west to Texas. It has been found indoors
as far north as Philadelphia and was collected by the writer in
Columbus, Ohio. In some areas of the south it is more common than
the American cockroach which it closely resembles.
This insect, typical of all roaches, is an obnoxious household pest.
It has been collected in such places as army camps, outbuildings, city
dumps, grocery stores, at lights, under bark, and in sewers.
Little is known about the biology of P. brunnea because only in
recent years have entomologists become generally aware of the dis-
tinction between this species and the other three species of Periplaneta
found in the United States. P. brunnea very closely resembles the
American cockroach Periplaneta americana Linn., and there are some
marked similarities and differences in biology.
The determination of P. brunnea was made through the courtesy
of Dr. P. W. Oman and Dr. A. B. Gurney, of the Insect Identification
and Parasite Introduction Laboratories, Entomology Research Divi-
sion, United States Department of Agriculture. The writer is in-
debted to Dr. Ross Hutchins, of the Department of Zoology and
Entomology, Mississippi State College, for the use of the controlled
temperature equipment.
METHODS
Cultures of P. brunnea were started with adults and nymphs col-
lected in March 1952, from the basement of the biology greenhouse
on the campus of the Ohio State University. These cultures were
transported by automobile to Mississippi State College where biological
studies of P. brunnea were made from 1954 through 1956.
The cockroaches were reared in 1-gallon battery jars, the tops of
which were covered with cheese cloth held in place by a rubber band.
284 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
Water was supplied by using a glass vial 1-inch in diameter and 21%
inches long. This vial was filled with water, plugged with cotton, and
placed in a horizontal position on the floor of the jar. The cockroaches
were fed a diet of commercial dog food, Purina Kibbled Meal, supple-
mented by wheat germ.
The life history studies were made at approximately 75° F., using
controlled temperature cabinets. Examinations were made once daily
at the same time each day, consequently, the durations given for
stages and other periods are accurate to one calendar day.
OBSERVATIONS
The period between extrusion and deposition of the egg capsule
by P. brunnea ranged from 20 to 24 hours, with an average time of
21 hours. The ootheca was glued to the substrate, generally near a
food supply. When first deposited the egg capsule was light brown
in color, changing within a few hours to dark brown. One hundred
oothecae were removed from the cultures and measured; they varied
in length from 1.2 to 1.6 mm. The number of eggs contained in an
ootheca were found to range from 21 to 28, with an average of 24.
In ovipositing, the female roach secreted from her mouthparts a
frothy white substance which she smeared over the spot on which
she was going to deposit the ege capsule. Some females spent from
30 to 40 minutes preparine this frothy bed. The egg capsule was
then deposited in the froth and covered with additional froth secreted
by the female. Some cockroaches were observed spending as much
as 2 hours coating the ege capsule after it was deposited. This sub-
stance hardened to become a very strong cementing material. It was
so strong that it was difficult to pry the capsule loose without causing
it to rupture. For several hours after a capsule was deposited the
female rested with her body over the capsule and drove away any
other roaches which approached.
Ten ege capsules were removed from the cultures just as they were
deposited. These were placed singly in 1-pint jars in a controlled
temperature cabinet, and incubated at approximately 75°K. Nymphal
cockroaches emerged from 8 of the capsules, the developmental period
in the capsule ranging from 61 to 63 days.
On October 23, 1955, 25 newly emerged nymphs of P. brunnea were
placed together in a quart battery jar provisioned with food and
water. These roaches were kept in a controlled temperature cabinet
at 75°F. Daily examinations were made to determine the progress
of development. The number of nymphal instars was not ascertained
because the cockroaches consumed the cast exuviae. The first adult
male completed development in 263 days, and the first female in 268
days. All of the nymphs had completed development by 277 days.
Pope (1951) found that the nymphal period of P. brunnea varied
from 110 to 327 days and that all stages were greatly influenced by
temperature.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 285
The newly emerged first-instar nymph of P. brunnea is dark brown
in color, with yellowish legs and mouth parts. The first 8 and last
4 antennal segments are white, the median antennal segments are
brown. A median translucent area allows light to pass completely
through the mesothorax. Faint cream-colored spots occur on the
dorso-lateral margins of the first and second abdominal segments.
The body is 8 to 10 mm. in length. The first instar ranged from 16
to 21 days in length, with an average of 17 days.
The nymphal instars between the first and last instars generally
resembled the last. During development there was an increase in
size, and the appearance of larger and more distinct cream-colored
spots on the dorso-lateral margins of the abdomen.
The last nymphal instar, just prior to completing development, was
chestnut to dark-brown in color and 25 to 30 mm. in length. Distinct
cream-colored spots occurred on the dorso-lateral margins of the sec-
ond to sixth abdominal segments. The thorax was chestnut colored
with posterior dark brown margins. The first 29 to 30 segments of
the antenna were chestnut-colored, distal segments darker.
Copulation occurred within a few hours after the female of P.
brunnea completed development. Ege deposition started in from 16
to 20 days after the adult female emerged and continued throughout
life. A female was capable of forming and dropping an oothecae at
5- to 6-day intervals, but the time period between capsules was highly
variable. Pope (1951) found that the maximum number of oviposi-
tions was 30 but usually less. The maximum longevity of an adult
roaches life was not determined, but some were kept for 20 months
and were still living and reproducing. The adults of P. brunnea
usually shunned heht and were nocturnal in habit. They were capa-
ble of flight, which is generally of a gliding type. Cannabalism was
common in captivity. Cockroaches that had been injured or weakened
in some way are often eaten by others. Ege capsules after being
deposited and left by the mother were often found and consumed by
other cockroaches.
DISCUSSION
The brown cockroach P. brunnea and the American cockroach P.
americana are often confused because they frequent similar habitats
and are very much alike in appearance. Both species as adults are
reddish-brown in color and have yellowish markings on the pronotum.
They can be readily distinguished by using the following informa-
tion (Table 1):
a. The egg capsule of P. brunnea is nearly 50 per cent longer
than the American cockroach. It is less rounded laterally and much
darker in color. The brown roach glues the egg capsule more securely
when it is deposited. Lawson (1951) in studying the egg capsule of
P. brunnea found 22 to 28 eggs with an average of 24. The American
roach has 16 eggs per ootheeca.
b. The first stage nymph of P. brunnea has white antennae tips
ne
286 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
and a translucent area through the mesothorax. The first stage nymph
of P. americana has entirely dark antennae. The intermediate and
last nymphal instars of the brown roach have cream-colored spots on
the dorso-lateral margins of the second and sixth abdominal segments.
The intermediate and last nymphal instar of the American roach have
entirely brown abdomens.
e. Pratt (1955) states that adult brown and American cock-
roaches can be separated in both sexes by the shape of the cercus, a
jointed appendage on each side of the tip of the abdomen. The cercus
of the brown cockroach is stout, more evenly spindle-shaped, with the
last segment somewhat triangular and less than twice as long as its
basal width. The cercus of the American cockroach is stout basally
and tapers markedly toward the tip, and the last segment is more
or less parallel-sided and two or more times as long as its basal width.
SUMMARY
The brown cockroach, P. brunnea, is a common noxious household
pest in the southern United States, and closely resembles the Ameri-
ean cockroach. The ootheca of P. brunnea contains an average of 24
egos, and is deposited in frothy material secreted from the female’s
mouth parts. At 75°F. there is an egg-to-ege cycle of 339 to 351
days. Nymphs hatch from the ootheca 61 to 63 days after oviposition.
The first male to complete development required 263 days and the
first female, 268 days. Ege deposition starts 15 to 20 days after the
females become adults.
TABLE 1. A comparison of the various life stages of Periplaneta americana Linn.
and Periplaneta brunnea Burm.
Avg.no. Incubation Nymphal Adult forms Total egg-to-
eggs period period First ootheca egg cycle
Species per capsule (days) (days) (days) (days)
P. brunnea 24 62-63 263-277 15-20 340-360
P.americana* 16 42-63 98-200 10 UGX0)
*Data taken from Piquett & Fales (1952).
REFERENCES
Lawson, F. A. 1951. Structural features of the oothecae of certain cockroaches.
Ann, Ent. Soc. Amer. 44(2) :269-285.
Piquett, P. G., and Fales, J. H. 1952. Rearing cockroaches for experimental pur-
poses. U. S. Dept. Agr. ET-301, 12 p.
Pope, Pauline. 1951 (1953). Studies on the life histories of some Queensland
Blattidae. I. The domestic species; II, some native species. Proce. Roy. Soe.
Queensland 63 : 23-59.
Pratt, H. D. 1955. Cockroach identification. Pest Control 23(5) :9-12.
PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 287
A NOTE ON THE OVIPOSITION BEHAVIOR OF
SABETHES (SABETHOIDES) CHLOROPTERUS HUMBOLDT!
PEDRO GALINDO
Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Apartado 1252, Panama, R. de P.
The author has maintained a laboratory colony of the mosquito
Sabethes (Sabethoides) chloropterus Humboldt for nearly 2 years
and a paper discussing in detail the bionomics of this species under
laboratory conditions is now in preparation. However, considering
that published information on the egg-laying activities of members of
the tribe Sabethini is very scant and in view of the unique oviposition
behavior observed by the author in SN. chloropterus, it was deemed of
interest to publish these observations as the subject of a separate note.
Galindo, Carpenter, and Trapido (1951) found that S. chloropterus
a forest mosquito, breeds primarily in a specialized type of tree-hole
which possesses a large inner cavity and a relatively small opening
and holds water continuously even during the dry season months. In
attempting to simulate natural conditions in the laboratory colony,
the author used as a receptacle for oviposition a well-ripened bamboo
internode. The open top was fitted with a cover and a 1-inch hole
drilled in the side near the top to give access to the central cavity,
which was half-filled with water. Using this type of artificial tree-
hole, large numbers of eggs have been obtained, making it possible
to maintain a thriving colony. Statistical data on the number of eggs
laid per female, time of oviposition, length of time spent in the egg
stage, etc., will be presented in the bionomics paper in preparation.
The present note will deal exclusively with a description of the man-
ner in which the eggs are deposited.
The female, when ready to lay, approaches the bamboo in the char-
acteristic slow flight peculiar to the genus and usually flies around
it two or three times probing here and there until the entrance hole
is found. Once this is accomplished, the female hovers outside and
in front of the opening at a distance from it which varies from a few
millimeters to as much as 5 centimeters, with the fore and hind tarsi
almost locked together above the thorax and the mid-legs extended
downward and outward. After hovering for a variable length of time,
and while still in flight, the mosquito suddenly jerks the head and
thorax back and thrusts the abdomen forward, forcibly ejecting at the
same time 1 or 2 eggs which shoot through the entrance hole and into
the water in the cavity. Almost in the same movement the female
darts back rapidly a few centimeters and then resumes normal flight.
The entire process takes place with incredible speed and is completed
in but fractions of a second. A female which has just laid many come
back immediately and go through the same motions for as many as
1This investigation was supported by the Research and Development Division,
Office of the Surgeon General, Department of the Army, under Contract No.
DA-49-007-MD-655.
288 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
18 consecutive times, or it may alight on the bamboo or some other
surface nearby, only to resume egg-laying after a few minutes rest.
A number of experiments were performed in order to determine
the force with which the eggs are ejected and the accuracy displayed
by the female in shooting the eggs through the entrance and into the
bamboo. In one set of experiments, a black leather disk smeared with
castor oil was hung inside the bamboo directly in back of the entrance
hole and at distances of 2, 4 and 6 centimeters from the outer surface
of the container. At 2 centimeters, out of 25 eggs released by the
female 24 were caught on the disk; at 4 centimeters, out of 40 eggs
shot into the bamboo 18 were trapped in the castor oil, and at a dis-
tance of 6 centimeters 4 out of 28 eggs were trapped. From these
experiments we may conclude that eggs are released with such force
that they travel in a straight horizontal line from a minimum of 21%
ems. to a possible maximum of 10 ems. In a second series of experi-
ments, bamboo internodes with smaller entrance holes having diame-
ters of 10/16, 8/16, 6/16 and 4/16 inch, respectively, were tried as ovi-
position receptacles. It was found in these experiments that eggs are
shot with unerring precision even through the smallest aperture tried,
but here oviposition is somewhat inhibited perhaps due to failure of
some females to detect the opening.
The process described above may possibly explain how oviposition
takes place in the many sabethine species which possess eggs of the
same type as S. chloropterus and whose immature stages are found
in uncut bamboo internodes with small holes in the side drilled by
boring insects. Examples of these species occuring in Panama are:
S. undosus, S. aurescens, S. intermedius, S. fabric, Wyeomyra codio-
campa, and W. hosautos.
REFERENCES
Galindo, P., Carpenter, S. J., and Trapido, H. 1951. Eeological observations on
forest mosquitoes of an endemic yellow fever area in Panama. Amer. Jour.
Trop. Med. 31:98-137.
Short scientific articles, not illustrated, two double-spaced type-
written pages or less in length, are welcome and will usually receive
prompt publication. References to literature should be included in
the text.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 289
THE NORTH AND CENTRAL AMERICAN SPECIES OF PROPRISTOCERA
(HYMENOPTERA: BETHYLIDAE)
HowarpD E. Evans, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.
The genus Propristocera was described by Kieffer (1905, In André,
Species des Hyménoptéres d’Europe, p. 247) to include 2 species
from the Oriental region which differed from Pseudisobrachium in
having glabrous eyes and simple, edentate mandibles. Later (1914,
Das Tierreich, 41: 484-488) Kieffer expanded his concept of the genus
to include certain other species which he had previously included in
Pristocera and in Pseudisobrachium; these species possessed essen-
tially ‘‘normal’’ 3- to 5-toothed mandibles. As thus defined, the genus
included 9 known species, 3 Oriental, 2 Ethiopian (Seychelles), 1
Australian, and 3 Neotropical (including one Mexican). To the best
of my knowledge, the genus has received no attention since 1914,
and no Nearctic species have ever been assigned to it.
I have not seen specimens of the type species of Propristocera, P.
interrupta Kieffer from Ceylon, or for that matter of any of the
other species which Kieffer included in the genus. But there are sey-
eral North and Central American species, all undescribed, which key
to this genus in Kieffer’s generic keys and agree well with his generic
diagnosis of 1914. These species cannot be placed in any other genus,
and for the present, at least, I see no reason for not assigning them
to Propristocera. One of the species occurs in eastern United States
and three others in Mexico and Central America.
Propristocera is a particularly interesting group because in many
ways it links the other genera of Pristocerini. The resemblance to
Pseudisobrachium is strong, but the eyes are weakly or not at all
hairy and the genitalia are very different. The antennae, eyes, and
genitalia are similar to Pristocera, and some species approach this
genus in venation, but the claws are simple or have but a single
weak tooth (as in Pseudisobrachium) and the structure of the clypeus
is different. The complex aedoeagus of some species suggests Dissom-
phalus, and in fact the genitalia of one species, tridentata, are nearly
identical with those of certain species of Dissomphalus, and the cly-
peus also resembles this genus. In fact tridentata (which I assign to
Propristocera with somewhat more doubt than the other species) is
virtually a Dissomphalus without the tergal pits and the transverse
propodeal carina. In another species, laevigata, the spiracles of the
first and second abdominal tergites are enlarged, suggesting the con-
dition in Dissomphalus, with which the species otherwise has little
in common. All in all, Propristocera is a nearly perfect mixture of
the characters of these three genera.
This fact, combined with the fact that the species are very distinct
and separable by many more characters than is usual in the Bethyli-
dae, suggests that the genus may be primitive and somewhat ancestral
to the other Pristocerini. This seems to be supported by geographic
290 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
evidence, for the known species are widely and discontinuously scat-
tered throughout the warmer parts of the globe. I would hesitate to
say that Propristocera is more primitive than Pristocera, which is the
most tiphiid-like of all the Bethylidae, but certainly it provides a
likely ancestral stock for the more specialized genera Dissomphalus
and Pseudisobrachium, tying these genera to a Pristocera-like bethylid
prototype.
Unfortunately the females of Propristocera are completely un-
known, and nothing whatever is known about the ethology of the
genus. The only specimen I have ever collected was taken inside a
window of my home. Other specimens have been taken at light (as
the males of Pseudisobrachium and Dissomphalus commonly are).
The type series of angustata was taken on Ipomoea tiliacea (a morn-
ing glory). Presumably the females are apterous and hypogaeic like
other Pristocerini.
Generic characters (males)—Mandibles with from three to five teeth, in certain
exotic species with a single apical tooth. Clypeus strongly developed, the apex
rounded or subtruncate, sometimes weakly notched, sometimes dentate, but never
with a strong median truncate lobe as in Pseudisobrachium. Antennae long, the
outer antennal segments (9-11) at least 1.5 times as long as thick; segments of
flagellum separated by constrictions and clothed with dense erect pubescence.
Eyes bare or with very minute hairs (but in tridentata somewhat more evidently
hairy). Ocelli of moderate size, forming an acute angle in front. Occipital carina
distinct for its entire length, including dorsally. Mesonotum with well developed
parapsidal furrows and notauli. Propodeum rather short, with well developed
lateral carinae, with or without a median carina, and without a transverse carina
bordering the declivity. None of the femora notably inecrassate; claws simple or
with a very weak tooth. Fore wing with the radial vein very long, much more
than twice the length of the stigma; discoidal vein absent or present, the dis-
coidal cell absent or incompletely formed (said to be complete in oriplana).
Abdomen sessile or petiolate; second tergite without setigerous pits as in Dissom-
phalus, but the spiracles of the first two tergites somewhat enlarged in laevigata.
Subgenital plate simple, truncate apically. Genitalia with the lateral elements
rather widely separated from the complex aedoeagus; parameres of variable form
but never deeply divided into two separate appendages; basis volsellaris without
a plate along the mesal margin which bears radiating grooves; aedoeagus not
strongly depressed, consisting of several closely consolidated elements.
Key To NortH AND CENTRAL AMERICAN SPECIES
1. Basal vein ending almost in the distal end of the subcosta, close to the
stigma; discoidal cell complete; length 5-6 mm __ oriplana (Kieffer)
Basal vein ending basad of the stigma by at least one third its length;
diseoidal cell incomplete or absent; length under 4 mm, 2
bo
Clypeus tridentate apically; mandibles with four teeth; aedoeagus rela-
tively short and broad, with well-developed ventral rami, fig. 5 ~~
Ae GEE: VE gee) See oe ee et es ee OO iden tala ene WASDECles
Clypeus simple or with a weak median tooth; mandibles with five teeth;
aedoeagus relatively more elongate and without distinct ventral rami 3
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 291
Figs. 1-4, fore wing of various species of Propristocera; fig. 1, P. tridentata,
n. sp.; fig. 2, P. polita, n. sp.; fig. 3, P. angustata, n. sp.; fig. 4, P. laevigata, n.
sp. Figs. 5-8, male genitalia, ventral aspect on left side, dorsal on right; fig. 5,
P. tridentata, n. sp.; fig. 6, P. polita, n. sp.; fig. 7, P. angustata, n. sp.; fig. 8,
P. laevigata n. sp.
292 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
3. Abdomen petiolate; spiracles of the first two abdominal segments en-
larged; transverse median vein strongly oblique, the discoidal vein aris-
ing well down on it, fig. 4; parameres of genitalia very long and slender,
SES Ss Fen Ns Pie ee laevigata, new species
Abdomen subsessile; spiracles of the fat two abdominal segments not
enlarged; discoidal vein either absent or interstitial or nearly so with
1H OVS 070 0510 bk: eee pee aerate eee OSS Ee 12 Se ee 4
4. Front moderately shining, aiataecene: discoidal vein strong, fig. 3; geni-
talia with the parameres short, with a lateral process, fig. 7
Be OE oA eS ee A en Re dee angustata, new species
Front strongly shining, very eee alutaceous; discoidal vein completely
absent, fig. 2; parameres rather long, their apices deflected mesad, fig.
Ge eee. eee ee 1 ae ee ee Se ee ere) OL CWS ECIES
Propristocera tridentata, new species
Girgswl 5)
Holotype: 8, Cordoba, Mexico, 21 May (A. Fenyes) [U. S. Natl. Mus.].
This minute but remarkable species has a tridentate clypeus as in
many Dissomphalus, but the propodeum lacks a transverse carina and
the second abdominal tergite is simple. The genitalia are very Dis-
somphalus-like, and remarkably similar to those of D. barberi Evans.
The antennae agree with Propristocera, but the eyes are slightly
hairy, so the species is assigned here somewhat tentatively. Perhaps
it represents a stock of the genus from which Dissomphalus evolved.
Description—Length about 2 mm. Body rich brown; legs wholly straw-yellow,
the coxae somewhat suffused with brown; mandibles and clypeus mostly light
brown; scape and pedicel straw-yellow, the remainder of the antenna medium
brown. Wings hyaline, clothed with light brown hairs; veins and stigma brown.
Head and thorax with numerous light brown hairs; eyes weakly hairy.
Mandibles with a strong apical tooth plus three smaller teeth in a row. Clypeus
large, well developed in front of the antennal bases; apex with three small teeth,
the median tooth a continuation of the strong median carina. Antennae slender
but not exceptionally long; flagellum with dense erect setae which are half or
more as long as the width of the flagellum, and with distinet constrictions between
the segments; antennal segments 9-11 each about 1.8 times as long as thick.
Middle interocular line .5 times the transfacial line, 1.15 times the eye-height;
ocello-ocular line 2.5 times the postocellar line. Front, vertex, and temples weakly
shining, alutaceous; punctures sparse and weak.
Pronotum smooth and rather flat. Mesonotum moderately shining, alutaceous,
weakly punctate; parapsidal furrows weak but complete; notauli strong on the
anterior two-thirds, absent behind. Propodeum with strong median and lateral
carinae, more or less smooth and shining above, but with some reticulations aris-
ing from the median carina; spiracles large, circular, opening latero-dorsally.
Fore wing, fig. 1, with the transverse median vein erect, nearly straight; discoidal
vein unusually long, actually longer than the basal, interstitial with the media.
Abdomen short, smooth and shining, subsessile. Subgenital plate weakly arcu-
ately emarginate apically. Genitalia, fig. 5, very broad and relatively short;
parameres short, curved, apically with small knobs and strong setae; volsellae
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 293
with the digitus slender, curved, the cuspis short, serrate above; aedoeagus com-
plex, with well-developed ventral rami, the dorsal body terminating in two large,
complex lobes.
Propristocera laevigata, new species
(Fies. 4, 8)
Holotype: &, Cordoba, Mexico, 21 May (A. Fenyes). Paratype: 1 ¢, same data
but 13 May 1908 [both U. S. Natl. Mus.].
This is an elongate, pale, highly polished species which is immedi-
ately separable from all other species of Propristocera by the petiolate
abdomen, the enlarged spiracles of the first two abdominal segments,
the unusual venation, and the highly distinctive genitaha.
Description Length about 3.5 mm. Entire body light chestnut-brown, the
ocellar triangle and abdominal petiole suffused with darker; legs entirely pale
straw-yellow; mandibles straw-yellow, the apices rufous; antennae with the two
basal segments straw-yellow, the remainder light brown. Wings faintly clouded;
veins and stigma brown. Body sparsely clothed with pale setae; eyes with only
very minute hairs.
Mandibles with five sharp teeth in an oblique series. Clypeus large, rounded
in front and with a very small median notch; median line with a strong, sharp
elevation. Antennae of moderate length, the flagellum clothed with pale, erect
setae which are about half as long as the width of the flagellum, the setae on
the under side of the last three segments shorter and more dense; antennal seg-
ments 9-11 each about 1.5 times as long as thick. Middle interocular line .58
times the transfacial line, 1.35 times the eye height; eyes bulging; ocello-ocular
line 3.5 times the postocellar line. Front, vertex, and temples strongly shining,
non-alutaceous, the punctures sparse, shallow, and small.
Pronotum short, sloping evenly, smooth and shining. Mesonotum strongly
polished, the punctures inconspicuous; parapsidal furrows present except on the
anterior fifth; notauli complete but weakened both anteriorly and posteriorly.
Lateral foveae of the scutellum large, deep, sharply defined; metanotum also with
a series of foveae on each side. Propodeum with a median impression and with
lateral carinae, the upper surface smooth and polished except for some sculptur-
ing anteriorly; spiracles circular and opening laterally. Fore wing with the
transverse median vein strongly sloping, the discoidal vein distinct, about as long
as the transverse median vein, arising well down on the latter, fig. 4.
Abdomen with a relatively long petiole which is strongly sculptured and hirsute.
Spiracles of the first two segments large, round. Genitalia, fig. 8, with the para-
meres very long and slender, and with two additional short processes arising near
their base; basis volsellaris with a plate along its mesal margin which may be
homologous with a similar plate bearing radiating grooves in Pseudisobrachium ;
aedoeagus complex and with two small, pincushion-like pads near the apex.
Variation—tThe single topotypic paratype is very similar to the type in all
details. The top of the head is somewhat more extensively infuscated.
294 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
Propristocera polita, new species
(Pigs. 2, 6)
Holotype: &, Columbia, South Carolina, 16 Aug. 1951 (L. & G. Townes) [Coll.
H. K. Townes] Paratypes: 1 6, Greenville, S. C., 31 Aug. 1952 (L. & G.
Townes) [Coll. H. K. Townes]; 1 ¢, Dunn Loring, Va., 11 Sept. 1948 (K. V.
Krombein) [Coll. K. V. Krombein]; 1 ¢, Butler, N. J., Summer 1955 (R.
Dorland; taken from light globe in house) [U. S. Natl. Mus.]; 1 ¢, Ithaca,
N. Y., 14 Sept. 1956 (H. E. Evans; taken inside window of house) [Cornell
Univ. |.
This highly distinctive species appears to be widely distributed in
eastern United States, although its closest relative, angustata, occurs
in Costa Rica. In common with angustata, the antennae are extremely
long and the pronotum is crossed by a carina followed by a depres-
sion. In common with laevigata, the front is very highly polished.
Unique characters include the complete lack of a discoidal vein, the
strongly sculptured propodeum, and the unusual genitalia.
Description —tLength about 3.5 mm. Head black, thorax dark brownish-fuscous,
abdomen medium brown; coxae brown, femora light brown, remainder of legs
straw-colored; mandibles yellowish, rufous at the apex; scape and pedicel straw-
yellow, the flagellum gradually darkened to brown at the apex. Wings hyaline,
the setae light brown, the veins pale brown, the stigma medium brown. Head and
thorax clothed with rather short golden-brown setae; eyes with only very minute,
scarcely noticeable setae.
Mandibles terminating in five strong, sharp teeth in a row. Clypeus with a
strong median carina which in profile is strongly arched; margin of clypeus with
a weak median tooth. Antennae very long and slender; flagellum with dense erect
setae which are over half as long as the width of the flagellum; antennal seg-
ments 9-11 each about three times as long as thick. Middle interocular line .53
times the trifacial line, 1.05 times the eye-height; ocello-ocular line 2.9 times
the postocellar line; occipital carina strongly raised, the groove in front of it
somewhat foveolate. Front strongly polished, only very weakly alutaceous, the
punctures small and widely separated; center of the front with a longitudinal
impression.
Pronotum crossed anteriorly by a somewhat irregular carina behind which is
a foveolate groove; posterior margin of pronotum strongly depressed. Mesonotum
shining, weakly alutaceous, the punctures small and widely separated; parapsidal
furrows strong on the posterior three-fourths, absent in front; notauli very strong
on the posterior three-fourths, tapering off to thin lines in front. Pits on the
sides of the scutellum rather shallow. Propodeum wholly covered with reticulate
ridges, the dorsal surface depressed medially and with a median carina and
several other carinae on each side of it, also with lateral carinae, but these carinae
not set off strongly from the sculpturing; spiracles slit-like, opening dorsally.
Fore wing with a transverse median vein slightly arched, the discoidal vein com-
pletely absent, fig. 2.
Abdomen subsessile. Subgenital plate broadly truneate apically. Genitalia with
the parameres slender, the apical third deflected mesad; volsellae with a group
of spines at the base and another at the apex of the digitus; cuspis complex;
aedoeagus complex, as figured, fig. 6.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 295
Variation—The four paratypes vary in size from 2 to 3.2 mm. All but the
specimen from Ithaca, N. Y., agree closely with the type in coloration; in the
Ithaca specimen the entire body is black, the antennae are entirely dark brown,
and the legs vary from dark brown at the coxae to light brown at the tarsi; in
this specimen the wing veins are brown and the stigma dark brown. The para-
types agree well with the type in head characters, but in the Ithaca specimen the
transverse carina on the pronotum is largely obscured by the heavy sculpturing.
In the specimen from Butler, N. J., the pronotum and mesonotum are unusually
smooth and polished, and even the propodeum has small latero-dorsal areas de-
void of sculpturing.
Propristocera angustata, new species
Gigs. 37)
Holotype: 6, San Pedro de Montes de Oca, Costa Riea, 3 Feb. 1935, on Ipomoea
tiliacea (C. H. Ballou). Paratypes: 4 6 ¢, same data as type [all U. S.
Natl. Mus.; one paratype retained at Cornell Univ.].
This species seems to stand fairly close to Pristocera. The antennae
are very long, the discoidal vein is strong, and the genitalia are not
very different from those of Pristocera.
Description—Length about 3.2 mm. Thorax and abdomen medium brown, the
head dark brownish-fuscous; legs entirely straw-yellow, including the coxae; man-
dibles light brown, darker apically; scape and pedicel straw-yellow, the remainder
of the antenna gradually more infuscated, the apical segments dark brown. Wings
nearly hyaline, with dark setae, the veins medium brown, the stigma dark brown.
Head and thorax with numerous light, golden-brown setae; eyes bare.
Mandibles with a strong apical tooth and an oblique series of four smaller
teeth. Clypeus fairly large, moderately developed in front of the antennal bases,
the apex broadly subtruneate; median line barely elevated. Antennae very long
and slender; flagellum densely clothed with pale setae which are about half as
long as the width of the flagellum, and with distinet constrictions between the
segments; antennal segments 9-11 each about 3.3 times as long as thick. Middle
interocular line .58 times the transfacial line, 1.15 times the eye-height; ocello-
ocular line 3.5 times the postocellar line; front moderately shining, alutaceous,
punctures sparse, small, barely evident except under high magnification.
Pronotum smooth except for an interior transverse carina which is followed
by a weakly foveolate depression. Mesonotum moderately shining, strongly aluta-
ceous; parapsidal furrows and notauli both rather strong and practically com-
plete. Propodeum with well developed median and lateral carinae, the dorsal
surface alutaceous; spiracles slit-like, opening dorsally. Fore wing, fig. 3, with
the transverse median vein sloping slightly, weakly arcuate below; discoidal vein
rather strong, but scarcely as long as the basal, interstitial with the media.
Abdomen subsessile. Subgenital plate broadly truncate apically. Genitalia, fig.
7, with the parameres oddly shaped, with a short lateral process; volsellae with
the digitus elongate, setose apically, the cuspis complex and difficult to resolve;
aedoeagus terminating in two simple lobes.
Variation—The four paratypes vary in size from 2.5 to 3.5 mm. In most of
them the head and thorax are dark brownish-fuscous, the head nearly black. In
one of the specimens, perhaps more freshly emerged than the others, there is a
296 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
small median tooth on the elypeus. In one of the paratypes the discoidal vein is
interstitial with the media, as in the type, but in the other three it is slightly
disjointed. In other respects the paratypes agree closely with the type.
Propristocera oriplana (Kieffer)
Pristocera oriplana Kieffer, 1911, Ann. Soe. Sci. Bruxelles, 35:215.
Propristocera oriplana Kieffer, 1914, Das Tierreich, 41:487.
Kieffer described this species from three localities in Guerrero,
Mexico: Omilteme, Tepetlapra, and Amula. I have seen no specimens
assignable to it. The species is particularly interesting because it
shares so many characters in common with Pristocera: the size is rela-
tively large (5-6 mm.), the discoidal cell is closed, the head is very
coarsely punctate, and the pronotum is transversely furrowed. Kieffer
presents a rather full description of this species, and it seems un-
necessary to repeat it here.
A NEW TACHYEMPIS (DIPTERA: EMPIDIDAE)
This fall I received from P. H. Arnaud, of the National Museum,
an interesting tiny Empid fly. It is an undescribed species of the
genus Tachyempis, but is closely related to 7. longispina which I de-
scribed in the Genera Insectorum, fascicle 185, p. 289 (1927) from
specimens from Cuba and Jamaica. In the key to species on page
289 it forms a group with longispina distinguished by having a very
long spinous bristle attached to the end of the hind metatarsi, but is
distinct in having longer wings.
This little fly was taken from a nesting site of the bee Lastoglossum
zephyrum (Smith), where it would station itself near the nest en-
tranee of the bee and make rapid passes at incoming pollen-laden bees.
Tachyempis longipennis, sp. nov.
Male.—Length 1.2 mm. Body subshining plumbeous black, legs, palpi, and
halteres yellowish, hind femora darker apically, wings sub-hyaline, the base of
the veins yellow, remainder of veins blackish, the fifth vein blackish throughout.
The second vein reaches the margin very appreciably beyond the end of the fifth
vein. In longispina the second and fifth veins terminate about opposite to each
other.
Holotype and two paratypes: Riply County, Ind., 14 July, 1955;
Dr. Leland Chandler, collector. The type is deposited in the National
Museum collection (No. 63,497). The two paratypes are placed in the
collections of Purdue University and myself.—A. L. MELANDER, Riv-
erside, Calif.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
INDEX TO VOLUME 59
Acaricoris dybasi, 170.
Adamystinae, 173.
Adamystis donnae, 173.
Ameletopsinae, 246.
Amyrsidea monostoecha, 233.
Amyrsidea phaeostoma, 233.
Amyrsidea uniseriata, 233.
Anystidae, 172.
Apion spp., 40.
Aplomerus, 22.
Arnaud, Paul. Note by, 92.
Antizies, 197.
Bezzia atlantica, 13.
Bickley, W. E., note by, 45.
Black flies, 243.
Brevisterna utahensis, 31.
Bruchophagus aloineae, 273.
Carabus auratus, 254.
Catorhintha mendicea, spread of, 176.
Ceratopogon yezoensis, 82.
Cnastis, 19.
Colpocephalum echinatum, 234.
Conopistha trigona, 79.
Constitution changes, 90.
Cuclotogaster phayrei, 234.
Cuclotogaster subinsolitus, 235,
Culicoides bermudensis, 13.
Culicoides crepuscularis, 13.
Culicoides floridensis, 12.
Culiseta, 163.
Culiseta minnesotae, 163.
Culiseta morsitans, 163, 19.
Cushman, Robert Asa, obituary of, 247.
Cushman, R. A., bibliography of scien-
tific publications, 248.
Dasyhelea atlantis, 11.
Dasyhelea bermudae, 11.
Dasyhelea cineta, 9.
Dasyhelea grisea, 10.
Dasyhelea luteogrisea, 10.
Dasyhelea scissurae, 11.
Day, Max, note by, 91.
Dendrocoris parapini, 198.
Deuteroxorides, 17.
Disonycha weismani, 278.
Epicauta ennsi, 97.
Eugalta, 17.
Euhaemogamasus ambulans, 32.
Euhaemogamosus barberi, 34.
Euhaemogamosus oudemansi, 34.
Forcipomyia ingrami, 8.
Forcipomyia raleighi, 8.
Foreipomyia varipennis, 8.
Ganodes balteatus, 19.
Gargaphia sororia, 175.
Gasterophilus nasalis, 1.
Gasterophilus veterinus, 1.
Gelastocoridae, 145.
Gelastocoris amazonensis, 148.
Gelastocoris angulatus, 147.
Gelastocoris bufo, 146.
Gelastocoris fuscus, 146.
Gelastocoris hungerfordi, 147.
Gelastocoris major, 147.
Gelastocoris nebulosus, 148.
Gelastocoris oculatus oculatus, 148.
297
Gelastocoris oculatus variegatus, 148.
Gelastocoris peruensis, 148.
Gelastocoris rotundatus, 146.
Gelastocoris vicinus, 147.
Gelastocoris viridis, 147.
Goniocotes parviceps, 235.
Goniodes cervinicornis, 236.
Goniodes chloropus, 236,
Goniodes coronatus, 236.
Goniodes diardi, 236.
Goniodes pavanis, 237.
Goniodes processus, 237.
Gurney, A. B., note by, 92.
Gynandromorph, Mayfly, 167.
Haemogamasus alaskensis, 36.
Haemagogus spegazzinii falco, 121].
Heleidae, breeding habits, 61.
Hexagenia munda elegans, 167,
Hirstionyssus bisetosus, 85.
Ichneumonidae, 100.
Ischnoceros ¢livulus, 21.
298 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
Ischyropoda armatus, 56. Nerthra luteovaria, 159.
Isonychiidae, 245. Nerthra macrostyla, 158.
Ixodes downsi, 257. Nerthra macrothorax, 157.
Ixodorhynchidae (Mesostigmata), 265. Nerthra manni, 151.
Txodorhynehus gordoni, 267. Nerthra martini, 149.
; 2 Nerthra mexicana, 149.
Ledermuelleria clavata, 51. if . am
; = Nerthra mixta, 157.
Ledermuelleria lacuna, 53. i Phil Ah
- : 5 Nerthra montandoni, 150.
Ledermuelleria pectinata, 952. 7 : :
: er Nerthra nepaeformis, 149.
Ledermuelleria segnis, 50. ; are
Nerthra nieuwenhuisi, 154.
Nerthra nudata, 160.
Nerthra omani, 157.
Nerthra parvula, 149.
Nerthra peruviana, 150.
Ledermuelleriopsis plumosa, 54.
Leonard, M. D., talk by, 204.
Lipeurus boonsongi, 237.
Lipeurus deignani, 237.
Lipeurus introductus, 238. F
P 3 Nerthra praecipua, 151.
o7
Liposeelis delta-chi, 127. * ;
ee eae es Nerthra ranina, 149.
Nerthra raptoria, 149.
Nerthra robusta, 158.
Nerthra rudis, 150.
Nerthra rugosa, 156.
Liposeelis lacinia, 125.
Liposeelis nasus, 128.
Lygaeidae, wing structure, 67.
Lytta arigonica, 141.
Mayfly, 167. Nerthra serrata, 152.
MelIndoo, N. E., obituary of, 45. Nerthra sinuosa, 159.
Menopon gallinae, 234. Nerthra stali, 161.
Meteoridea, compressiventris, 131; ja- Nerthra stygiea, 148.
ponensis, 133, Nerthra tenebrosa, 150.
Meteorus longiventris, 130. Merthnamterrestria io)
Microchrysa dichoptica, 25. Nertheanfabercul tame el
Miecrochrysa flaviventris, 25. Noihne amanaicie, DES:
Mirabilis nyctaginea, 177. Nerthra unicornis, 150.
Moss mites, 190. Nerthrinae, 148.
J AAR
peta Odontocolon, 21.
Nerthra adspersa, 162. Oebalus ornatus, 41.
O’Farrell, A. F. L., talk by, 93.
Nerthra alaticollis, 161. om a nae
Nerthra amplicollis, 150. ar Mey eo Sheds
Nerthra annulipes, 160.
Nerthra asiatica, 154.
Nerthra borealis, 150.
Nerthra ecuadorensis, 150.
Nerthra eximia, 155.
Nerthra femoralis, 159.
Ophraea arizonica, 278.
Opius ottotomoanus, 99.
Oxylipeurus annamensis, 238.
Oxylipeurus formosanus, 240.
Oxylipeurus megalops, 240.
Oxylipeurus unicolor, 240.
Nerthra fuscipes, 151.
Nerthra grandicollis, 152. Perillus unatus, 162.
Nerthra grandis, 159. Periplaneta brunnea, 283.
Nerthra hamata, 158. Peromyscus, 31.
Nerthra hungerfordi, 151. Podoschistus, 18.
Nerthra indica, 152. Poemenia, 16.
Nerthra lobata, 154. Polyplax, 279.
PROC. ENT. SOC.
Porter, B. A., note by, 204.
Propistocera, 289.
Propistocera angustata, 295.
Propistocera laevigata, 295.
Propistocera oriplana, 296.
Propistocera polita, 294.
Propistocera tridentata, 292.
Ptecticus australis, 28.
Pteecticus aurobrunneus, 29.
Pteeticus cingulatus, 28.
Pteeticus cyaneus, 30.
Pteeticus wulpii, 29.
Pterobosea fusicornis, 7.
Pteromicra pectorosa, 271.
Pteromicra perissa, 271.
Pteromicra similis, 272.
Publication fund—Notice, 205.
Pyrota bicurvata, 135; trochanterica,
137; t. trochanterica, 138; t. wer-
neri, 141.
Rainwater, C. F., note by, 45.
Rallicola kelloggi, 188.
Rallicola mystax, 187.
Rallicola ortygometrae californicus,
186.
Rallicola ortygometrae guami, 186.
Rallicola ortygometrae subporzanae,
186.
Rugitermes laticollis, 81.
WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 299
Sabethes
287.
Sailer, R. I., note by, 203.
Sargus metallinus, 26.
Simopelta, 191.
Simopelta perganei, 192.
(Sabethoides) chloropterus,
Siphlonuridae, 245.
Snyder, T. H., note by, 92.
Solubea, 41.
Stage, H. H., talk by, 46.
Tachyempis longipennis, 296.
Thilakothrips babuli, 194.
Tubulifera, 80.
Type-species designations, Source of,
I7ate
Typhoctes glaber, 219.
Typhoctes guatemalensis, 216.
Typhoetes peculiaris, 226.
Typhoetes peculiaris mirabilis, 230.
Typhoetes peculiaris peculiaris, 227.
Typhoetes striolatus, 223.
Typhoetes williamsi, 220.
Typhoctinae, 209.
Wyeomyia (Antunesmyia) alani, 244.
Wyeomyia (Dendromyia) rooti, 244.
Xorides, 22.
300 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, No, 6, DECEMBER, 1957
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF
WASHINGTON
VOLUME 59
OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1957
Honorary President uc ee oa Re ee __R. E. SNODGRASS
IBRCSU EIGN ae eee ee Be NM e et ee PR ole ee ee ee ..., L. CAMPBELL
IES VAC CORN CS UVCWUG cosa 2S SN I ee a R. I. SAILER
SCCONMG VCORE TC SUG ao sl ee ree ee Rk. H. NELSON
MCCONCINGUSCCRELQTY) oo Ak ae ee ee eee KELLIE O’ NEILL
(OP RAS OMG) POOR) ee oxen Keivin DorRWARD
SU ROGESOURA Re pee ee ee {eS 25S. Rete ____.’, P. HARRISON
UH ORS ROY pe SS UI Ere ant Re ee ee a penser: ei aees yet oe Se ATI CHa Vee EN
Cusiodia pee PN VS Se a ee ae St H. J. CONKLE
PrograniGhanman eee EPR Al Scart te S Sees es J. F. G. CLARKE
Executive Committee-__-..... ener: A. B. GurNEy, T. L. BISSELL, R. A. ST. GEORGE
Nominated to represent the Society as Vice President of the Washing-
ton Academy of Sciences... Sse ee hen ede Ce C. F. W. MUESEBECK
Honorary Members Bi 2 SE ee C. F. W. MUESEBECK, H. G. BARBER
PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY
WASHINGTON, D. C.
1957
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 301
3 GREAT
INSECTICIDES CH LORDANE |
CONTROL THESE INSECTS
CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick,
Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets,
Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers,
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic
Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs,
Wireworms...and many others.
HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army-
worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil,
Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil,
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web-
worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle-
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag-
got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western
Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms
...and many others.
ENDRINS: Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot-
ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid
Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips.
WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS
General Offices and Laboratories Foreign Division
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois 350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y.
RR Es PR ES EisiNeato -A® oreo Ve HES AMIN, PERSP ANG lI Pe Aget Cal Shes
302
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
Pyrenone
HELPS TO PRESERVE
PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL
acne quickly kills destructive, annoy-
ing and disease-carrying insects.
In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective
for long periods of time. In fact, a single application
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at-
tacks for an entire storage season.
On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible
stages of insects fast—even between showers of
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be-
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly
emerging parasites and predators are free to com-
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize
or feed upon destructive insect pests.
This means that Pyrenone is completely com-
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying
insects.
*Reg. U.S. Pat. Off, E-MeC:
FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION
Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation
441 Lexington Avenue e New York 17,N. Y.
BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES
In Canada: Natural Products Corporation, Toronto and Montreal
A Cyanamid Report
Resistance
Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type
insecticides has been proven or suspected in:
cockroaches house flies
mosquitoes flea beetles
Colorado potato beetle cotton boll weevil
dog and cat fleas body lice
bed bugs lygus bugs
codling moth cotton leaf worm
leafhoppers dog ticks
Many researchers have found malathion to be
a capable replacement for the chlorinated
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations
for its use. If you have a “‘resistance’’ problem
in your area, you might well consider malathion
for your 1957 research schedule.
Developers and producers of malathion and parathion
Write for AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
particular Agricultural Chemicals Division
technical Insecticide Research
information 30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y. 20, N. Y.
Y,
TA
GULF) QUALITY INSECTICIDES
Preferred by Home Owners,
Food Processors and Dairymen
QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre-
thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor.
GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB
Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock-
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1%
Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor.
GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb)
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT
and 3% Perthane.
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid-
val insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane.
SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold.
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperony! Butoxide.
GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY
Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19%
Piperony! Butoxide.
GULF OIL CORPORATION
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF
WASHINGTON
VOLUME 60
OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1958
JEQROPRUP) BREN CG Za eee eee R. E. SNODGRASS
FE IROSGI CUR se ck eS A ig IA eee eR SD er ed Oe R. I. SAILER
LURE WAR: TOROS UENO eo Po OA eae sa a a ee ee eta R. H. NELSON
ISG COTO MALE CHIL AT. CSUCGIU Lyte ee eek Os oe TN Ak P. W. OMAN
LERODIRGITGT (SEG RELL R ee ae HELEN SOLLERS
CORRES POIUGUTE GM SIC CTC UCL.) eee eee ee) -PAUL WOKE
IE EDESOMPGTP sow ah NS TO ee F. P. HARRISON
JOGIEOUP en hs to ae es 5 Fe a De RicHarD H, Foore
OWASIOGOI DY: a EE ES EE are ee H. J. CONKLE
ROO RANT CTUCLURITUC 1 eee ee ae eR he J. G. Rozen, J. H. FALES
Executive Committee —._...__- T. L. Bissetu, R. A. St. GrorGe, F. L. CAMPBELL
Nominated to represent the Society as Vice President of the
Washington Academy of Sciences — ERAS EO a H. H. SHEPARD
PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY
WASHINGTON, D. C.
1958
TABLE OF CONTENTS, VOLUME 60
ALLRED, D. M.: Redescription of Ophioptes tropicalis Ewing, 1933 (Acarina,
Ophioptidae)s, 2s =. a ee eee eee 287
ANANTHAKRISHNAN. T. N.: Two new species of tubuliferous Thysanoptera
Lroml nGdiay GEhi ale ostikirnyouclele)) aes se ee eae a I ee PHATE
ARNAUD, P. H., Jr.: A synopsis of the genus Melanderia Aldrich (Diptera,
Mohehopodidae) 22." ee eee eee eee 179
—: See Footr, R. H.
Baker, E. W.: The mite Dermatophagoides scheremetewskyi Bogdanov and its
controlains Russia (Acarina. Psoroptidae)) a ————————E— 125
—: Chelacheles strabismus, a new genus and species of mite from
Portugal (Acarma,, Cheyletidac)) = eee 234
BarBER, H. G.: A new species of Nysius Vian Alaska and Alberta, Canada
(Hemiptera, Lygaeidae) _ ETE Oo AMA OR TE STOP AER ade Oo Ws SP NEE 70
BARNETT JEG ICs.) alk biy) 0 ee EE —————E 140
Boressg, J. L.: See Trpron, V. J.
Bouart, R. M.: A North American species of the genus Prosopigastra (Hy-
menopterasasphecidaie)) sess lets fos es ee ee 122
IBOVING ACG: Obituary (of te ala EE I il ee ns 33
BRELAND, O. P.: Notes on the Aedes relent omples (Diptera, Culicidae)_ 206
IBRIDWELL, J.C. 2 Obituary of ee ee ee 27
: Biological notes on A mpulicomorpha confusa Ashmead and its
fulgoroid host (Hymenoptera, Dryinidae and Homoptera, Achilidae) 23
BUCHANAN, Ju. 1.3 (Obituary. 0f 222.22 ee 292
CARRIKER, M. A., JR.: On a small collection of Mallophaga from the United
States) with deseriptions of three new species =... 167
CAMPBELL, EG. Talk by 22.2 ee ee ee 141
CartTwricHt, O. L.: Another old record of Aphotaenius carolinus (Van Dyke)
(ColeopteranScarabeidae)iy = 2 ane vecbigee A a ee ee 134
CERQUEIRA, N. L.: See LANE, J.
CLARKE, J. F. G.: The correct name for a pest of beans (Lepidoptera, Oleth-
PeUtudae))) oe we a ee oe 187
Cook, Davin R.: A new species of Litarachna from the British West Indies
(@Acarina, Pontarachnidac)) = Eee 19
CrABILL, R. E., Jr.: A new Kethops from New Mexico, with a key to its
congeners (Chilopoda, Scolopendromorpha, Cryptopidae) 235
Cunuirrr, F.: Pyroglyphus morlani, a new genus and species of mite forming
a new family Pyroglyphidae in the Acaridiae (Acarina, Sarcoptiformes). 85
Davinson, J. A.: A new species of lizard mite and a generic key to the family
Pterygosomidae \((Acarina, Anystoidea) = = eee 15
DIACVAS Za Mess! O boatman rey, (fe a ee ee 136
Dosrotworsky, N. V.: Designation of the type species of the subgenus Neo-
theobaldia (Genus Theobaldia Neveu-Lemaire, 1902) (Diptera, Culicidae) 186
Evxkins, J. C.: Three new species of Cuernolestes Miller (Hemipera, Reduvii-
LEV) ) Fe se SI NS AN a oe TE er ee 267
FAIRCHILD, G. B. And Hertic, M.: Notes on the Phlebotomus of Panama XV.
Four apparently new synonymies (Diptera, Psychodidae) 203
Foorr, R. H. anp ARNAUD, P. H., Jr.: Notes on the taxonomy and habits of
Cryptochaetum nipponense (Tokunaga) in Japan (Diptera, Cryptochae-
GNC LO)) eee ras ee Maan nh 2 I Ae SO 2 Oe 241
Frick, K. E.: Liriomyza dianthae, n. sp., a new pest of carnations in Cali-
fornia COipterase Agr OMy 21d ae) eee ree ee ee i
Grew, “AnIcEs, “Tallk by: 22.2 ee oe ee eee 191
Grece, R. E.: Two new species of Metapone from Madagascar (Hymenoptera,
MOTIMILGLAAS) 6 as ee ae Ss Ss ee hl
Hawrs; INA 1-:/Obituany of 22 22 ee eee 87
ili
Hertic, M.: See FAIRCHILD, G. B.
Hieeins, H. G. anD Mutatk, S.: A new Korean mite (Acarina, Caeculidae)—-17
: Notes on Allodamaeus ewingi Banks (Acarina, Belbidae) > ile
HorrMan, R. L.: The subspecies of Typocerus lunatus, a cerambycid beetle
MC ole op tere peers mmnaet et 50 Se aE EG yeas OS ae INCU S SS ee ot dl 217
: A new milliped of the genus Sigmoria from western North Caro-
Inne. (Geol alasinGk, usar bie)) oe a ee 28]
Hoop, J. D.: A new Zeugmatothrips from Brazil (Thysanoptera, Phlaeo-
LET CL Te) ee erent ee oma ae et Oe ene seat Ue PE SATS Ne ee LOD
HooestraaL, H.: The elephant louse, Haematomyzus elephantis Piaget, 1869
on wild African elephants and warthogs (Mallophaga, Haematomyzidae) Pa
Huser, Ivan: Color as an index to the relative humidity of Plaster of Paris
CUULGUE Cp 7,5 een ee ae A Serene Seth eee Te eee a ee ee8
Huui, F. M.: Some species and genera of the family Asilidae (Diptera) 2 251
Hynes, DENNIS: A description of the immature stages of Limnophila (Eu-
toni) mmarcnandteNlex, (Diptera, Tipulidae) = a0 ee eee 9
Knicut, K. L.: See Stonr, ALAN
OTe Real 0 iy geen steerer aces ere asl eas ine Se A ed Be ae 190
Kramer, J. P.: New records for the rice delohacid. ‘Sooute orizicola Muir, in
the United States (Homoptera, Delphacidae) — 228
Krantz, G. W.: Lobogyniella tragardhi, a new genus and § species a Vaile:
pyniid mite associated with dampwood termites in. Oregon (Acarina,
Dp Lo Pry AC) heer te wees en ee ee A A 127
KRoOMBEIN, K. V.: Additions during 1956 and 1957 to the wasp fauna of Lost
River State Park, West Virginia, with biological notes and descriptions
OLmnews species s G@Hiymenopteras) Aculleaital)) een ten ee 49
Biological notes on some wasps from Kill Devil Hills, North
Carolina, and additions to the faunal list (Hymenoptera, Aculeata) — 97
: Date of publication, first supplement, Synoptic Catalog of North
AN CTICATI MEL NEN OP Lenape sta stent eee ee Va Wee esc BND alec, ly Ua 266
Kuns, M. L.: See MALpDONADO-CaApPRILES, J., et al.
Lamorg, D. H.: The jumping spider, Phidippus audax Hentz, and the spider
Conopistha trigona Hentz as predators of the basilica spider, Allepeira
lemniscata Walckenaer, in Maryland (Araneida; Salticidae, Theridiidae,
PAST: 9:10 1010 B.C) pee an Manat s a ye roles Fes DE Oy beans eR 286
Lane, J. AND CERQUEIRA, N. L.: The types of Wyeomyia (Wyeomyia) dyari
WanerandsCerqueinas, 1942)\(Diptera.) Culicidae): = ee ee 13
LaRivers, Ira: New Ambrysus records for Mexico (Hemiptera, Naucoridae) 7
ATW TUSGTENNITD vale Oyster MN alo hy ype ower cee SE BS Nel er Sees ek 9
Lipovsky, L. J.: See Travus, R., et al.
Mackir, R. A.: A new species of Eumysia from southern Idaho (Lepidoptera,
JEN YAePEMEN EVO) ate at SS OS a1 eS aN ee i ag See eNOS oe: 5
MALDONADO-CAPRILES, J., PrppIN, W. F. AND Kuns, M. L.: An annotated check
list of the mosquitoes of Mona Island, Puerto Rico, and the larva and
male of Aedes obturbator D. & K. (Diptera, Culicidae) —...----- 665
McComs, C. W.: New synonymy in the genus Aphaereta, with a redescription
of Aphaereta pallipes (Say) (Hymenoptera, Braconidae) — 223
Meptrr, J. T.: A note on swarming and emergence of ants (Hymenoptera,
BELO ETAT GIG 2a Gy) eee rs ea ht a ed et Oe EE By ey sues ee NE a oe ne 258
MISKIMEN, G. W.: The problem of color variation in Podabrus (Coleoptera,
Wamntihranr dare) Rae eee ee ek a ee Te oR Le ne 265
MONRO Stay Byte D EygeAGy=19©) Toa GUlen ney Oke sist eae es oh SS 2 eee i ie 188
Morrow, Mary Lou: See Traus, R. et al.
Muuaik, S.: See Hiaeins, H. G.
Pippin, W. F.: See MALDONADO-CAPRILES, J. et al.
REINHARD, H. J.: Notes on Spathimeigenia with descriptions of four new spe-
cless(Dipterarn Rachinid aie) wes. eee Se oe ee ee 207
SABROSKY: (Ci Wist Walk Dy. - 2282 ee 93
—__——; An overlooked name in « Musca’? (Diptéra:;)) 2 eee eee 134
: A Phragmites gall-maker new to North America (Diptera, Chlo-
TOPIGAG 22e2- ee ea ee 231
Smit, F. G. A. M.: Differences, in the female sex, between two North Ameri-
can bat fleas (Siphonaptera, Ischnopsyllidae) _-.._-_-----__--------_--_------- 175
Snyper, T. E.: Two new Glyptotermes from the Philippines (Isoptera, Kalo-
termitidae): (cs -e ee ee 22
SOMMERMAN, KATHRYN M.: Two new species of Alaskan Prosimulium, with
notes on closely related species (Diptera, Simuliidae) — 193
SpILMAN, T. J.: The transfer of Anamphidora from the Tenebrionidae to the
‘Alleculidae. (Coleoptera). <2... ———————E———e 288
Srannarp, L. J., Jr.: Two new and two rare tubuliferous thrips, recorded
principally from Illinois (Thysanoptera, Phlaeothripidae) —...______ 271
STEYSKAL, G. C.: Notes on North American Piophilidae (Diptera) ~~ 246
St: (GEORGE; JRS Avs: Walk. by 2... 3 EE 43
STONE, ALAN: The identity of Culex aestuans Wiedemann (Diptera, Culicidae) 186
and Knieut, K. L.: Two new names in mosquitoes (Diptera,
Culicidae), 2-2) eee 69
THURMAN, ERNESTINE B.: Malaya jacobsoni (Edwards, 1930), a new occur-
rence record for northern Thailand (Diptera, Culicidae) — 15
: Laelaps keegani, nom. nov. for Laelaps berlesei Keegan, 1956
(Acarina, laelaptidae)) 024. ee ee 74
Tipton, V. J. AND Borss, J. L.: Steatonyssus furmani, a new Nearetie bat
mute) (cAtcari,, Macronyssidae)) 2s see we eee 80
Topp, E. L.: A note on the identity of Nerthra planifrons (Melin) (Hemip-
téra, (Gelastocoridae) =. 22 en 79
Townes, Henry: The application of the name Plectiscus (Hymenoptera,
Tichneumonidae)) 2F. 222 ee ee 221
Traus, R., Morrow, Mary Lou, anp Lipovsky, L. J.: New species of chiggers
from Korea, CAcarima.) Lrombiculidae)) 145
VoereG. Bis Talk iby 22. = er Ee Ad
WEBERIN: Ac? Talk by 2. ee eee 45
—_————; Some attine synonyms and types (Hymenoptera, Formicidae) 259
WERNER, F. G.: Some notes on Boheman’s Anthicidae from ‘‘California’’
(@oléoptera,) ees 38 ee ee 213
WIRTH Wi Wiis alk by sc.3 oe a eee 142
—————: A review of the genus Gastrops Williston, with descriptions of
two mew species (Diptera, Ephydridac)) eee 247
. 60 FEBRUARY. 1958 NO. 1
PROCEEDINGS
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL. SUCTETY
« WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
Se
Li - ‘
a! YD ] \ ®) J ‘ te im) E
\ sb EY oa) Ay ie Te ow Pee }j
. A
f Roan ov Ly
CONTENTS wea
| BRIDWELL, 3 JOHN C.—Biological Notes on Ampulicomorpha confusa Ash-
mead and its Fulgoroid Host (Hymenoptera: Dryinidae and Homoptera:
_ Achilidae) - ee een eae re mths Hae Mi dninyis oe seen ALT SAN A
COOK, DAVID R.—A lew Species of Litarachna from the British West
ki Indies (Acarina: Pontarachnidae) RE oet UWee. cies Alt RN Tt OV). 19
a 4 FRICK, KENNETH E.—Liriomyza dianthae n. sp., a New Pest of Carna-
a tions in California (Diptera: Agromyzidae) —..________-______ 1
_ HIGGINS, HAROLD G. and MULAIK, STANLEY—A New Korean Mite
(Acarina: Caeculidae) © aia BL os aed et ee A 8 I a Lae ats
HYNES, DENNIS—A Description of the Immature Stages of Limnophila
(Eutonia) marchandi Alex. (Diptera: Tipulidae)’ 9
| MACKIE, RICHARD A—A New Species of soa ats from Southern Idaho
~ (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) crore teneccneeeceeeeeeecemeccneceecccneemeesenuuanetsoeetneceemaaie 5
THURMAN, ERNESTINE B.—Malaya jacobsoni (Edwards, 1930), A New
Occurrence Record for Northern Thailand (Diptera: Culicidae) 15
_ CORRECTION a 16
OBITUARY—Adam Giede Boving, 1869-1957 ei eae Poet! vO Nowe ree Oe ._ 33
OBITUARY—John Colburn Rridwell, 1877-1967 2000 eT We ee 27
iti peccrEry MEETINGS RR BN eee 8, oh, ee ORE 54
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON
ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884 ey.
OFFICERS FOR 1958
R. I. SAIER, President
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA
Plant Industry Station, North "Building
Beltsville, Maryland
R. H. Newson, First Vice President
Entomological Society of America
1530 P St., N.W.
Washington 5, D. C.
P. W. OMAN, Second Vice President
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA
Plant Industry Station, North Building
Beltsville, Maryland
HELEN SOLLERS, Recording Secretary
Plant Pest Control Division, ARS
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C.
PAUL WOKE, Corresponding Secretary
7213 Beacon Terrace
Beltsville, Maryland
F, P. Harrison, Treasurer
Department of Entomology
University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland
R. H. Footn,, Lditor
c/o Division of Insects
U.S. National Museum
Washington 25, D. O.
H. J. ConxKLE, Custodian
Plant Quarantine Division, ARS.
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, 1015 (Oh
J. G. Rozen, Program Chairman
c/o Division of Insects. 6
U.S. National Museum
Washington 25, D. C.
H. H. SHEPARD, Nominated to Represent the
Society as Vice President of
the Washington Academy of
Sciences.
FMRD-CSS
U.S. Department of Agriculture '
Washington 25, D. C.
Executive Committee
TT. L. BisseLu, University of Maryland
R. A. St. GEORGE, U.S. Dept. pete
F. L, CAMPBELL, National Research Council
Honorary President ;
R. E. Snoperass, U.S. National Biakeu
Honorary Members
F. W. MUESEBEOR, U.S. National Museum
H. G. BARBER, U. ‘gs. National Museum
Ay GAHAN, Arlington, Virginia
Cc.
first Thursday of each month from October to June,
standing are entitled to the
ture should be included in parentheses |
the same page. Cost of illustr:
100 “copies:
MEETINGS
Regular meetings of the Society are “held i
Room 43 of the U. S. National Museum on th
inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are pub
lished regularly in the Proceedings. — x
MEMBERSHIP
Members shall be persons over a
who have an interest in the science
Annual dues for members are e $4. 00 int
igs $1.00 (U. S. aan F
the Society at Washington,
charge. Non-member subscriptions
year, both domestic and foreign (U
payable in advance. All remittance
made payable to The
Washington.
The Society does not icuchene
for those of other societies.
All manuscripts intended for p
be addressed to the Editor. Accep
mitted by members will be publieht
received and will be eee ce over
by non-members. Immediate
of papers should ie concise aaa com
should indicate the systematic posi
ject insect. By-lines should indica‘
ing address of the author and hi
affiliation, if possible. Citati
pers longer than one pri1
author and date and shou
cluding references in whicl
name of publication, volume a }
that order. In shorter articles, re -efere
Proportions of full-pag ations
closely approximate 4-5/16 |
this usually allows explanatory
that for one full-page me Bus v
author.
Reprints of published papers
the following costs plus
provided that a statement
accompanies the returned pre
2pp. 4 PP. Be pp.
50 copies:
$2. aD ae 4. 00.
2.50 3.80 6.00 3
Additional copies, per 100: 7
is i. OL0 1.15 ee
Purchase. of repril
voices: are subject |
fees” will have the
purchase price. ,
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
Vol. 60 FEBRUARY 1958 No. 1
LIRIOMYZA DIANTHI N. SP., A NEW PEST
OF CARNATIONS IN CALIFORNIA!
(DiepTERA: AGROMYZIDAE )
KENNETH E. FRICK
Irrigation Experiment Station, Prosser, Washington
Late in 1956 a leaf miner appeared very suddenly in three or four
commercial carnation plantings in Redwood City, California. The
larvae form large white mines in the leaves (Pritchard, 1957, figs. of
mined leaves). There may be several larvae per leaf and some leaves
become almost totally mined. The presence of the conspicuous white
mines reduces the market value of the cut flowers. Both F. L. Blane,
Bureau of Entomology, California Department of Agriculture, and
A. Earl Pritchard, Division of Entomology, University of California,
have written that this species is quite destructive. I am indebted to
these two workers for specimens and information concerning this
leaf miner.
At first Dr. Pritchard felt that the species may have been imported
from Europe. The only records that I could find of a European
Liriomyza attacking plants in the family Caryophyllaceae was L.
strigata. That species is very yellow in comparison with L. dianthi.
In a later letter, he mentioned that carnations had recently been im-
ported from South America to the San Francisco Bay area. There
are no South American records of agromyzid leaf miners on any
member of the Caryophyllaceae but it must be remembered that the
South American fauna is very poorly known.
A deseription is published at this time so that entomologists con-
cerned with control and suppression may have a name available.
Liriomyza dianthi Frick, new species
(Figs. 1 and 3)
Male.—Predominantly shining black, sparsely marked with yellow. Head yel-
low (fig. 1); ocellar triangle and occiput black, black reaching eye margin
immediately dorsad of the median posterior curve of the eye, extending to vertex,
both vertical setae arising from black; black from vertex extending down geno-
vertical plates to lowest orbital seta or slightly beyond; all orbital setae at edge
of black; subantennal grooves light brown. Antenna with first segment yellow;
second and third light brown; third very dark brown distally; arista very dark
brown. Proboscis yellow; palpi light brown, brown distally. Thorax with meso-
notum shining black, not pollinose, black extending laterally to humerus and
beyond bases of presutural, supraalar, and outer postalar setae. Scutellum with
very large lateral black triangles, width of yellow about one-third the basal scu-
tellar width; distal scutellar setae arising from yellow at edge of black or from
black at edge of vellow. Humerus about one-half black, humeral seta arising
1Scientific paper No. 1583, Washington Agricultural Experiment Stations, Pull.
man. Project No. 1260.
2 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
from yellow or on yellow and black. Pleura, except for sutures, primarily black
(fig. 3); anepisternum dorsally yellow for about one-fourth of the anterior height;
katepisternum narrowly yellow dorsally; pteropleuron, mesepimeron, and hypo-
pleuron dark. Legs black; coxae black except forecoxa being light brown on
distal one-third; femora distally light brown to yellow for a distance subequal
to the femoral diameter, fore- and midfemora light brownish posteroventrally on
distal one-half; tibiae and tarsi black. Wing tinged with brown; base dark;
veins dark brown, except costa to midway to humeral crossvein and radial sector
to branch of R: that are yellowish; calypter dark gray, margin and fringe black.
Halteres yellow. Abdomen shining black, intersegmental membranes, where visible.
yellow. Male terminalia black, cerei yellow.
Head, in profile, with eye nearly eight-tenths as wide as high, rounded anteriorly.
Gena, midway between vibrissal angle and posterior margin, one-third the eye
height, sloping strongly posteroventrally from vibrissal angle; vibrissa strong;
four setae on suberanial margin. Genovertical plates extending beyond eye mar-
gin; two upper-orbitals, reclinate and somewhat outwardly inclined; two lower:
orbitals, inwardly inclined; five and six orbital setulae. Antenna with third seg-
ment subcireular, slightly broader than long, setulae in length less than the basal
diameter of the arista; arista slightly longer than eye length, slightly swollen
on basal one-fourth, setulae very short.
Thorax with four strong dorsocentral setae; fourth the longest, first about
six-tenths, second about two-thirds, and third about eight-tenths the length of
the fourth; spacing between dorsocentrals subequal, first and second about equi-
distant from the transverse suture. About 11 acrostichals, in four very sparse,
irregular rows, extending from the first dorsocentral posteriorly to the third
dorsocentral. Intraalar rows without intraalar seta; five to six setulae anterior
to the transverse suture; two to three posterior, one very close to being in line
with the dorsocentrals. Inner postalar about six-tenths the length of the outer.
Humerus with three setulae plus the humeral seta.
Wing 2 mm. long. Costa terminating at wing tip; second segment nearly four
times as long as fourth; third and fourth subequal in length; m-m crossvein about
1.4 times its length from r-m, perpendicular to penultimate section of M, 9;
ultimate section of M,.. 7.7 times as long as the penultimate; ultimate section
of M.., two times the penultimate.
Female.—lLarger, nearly 2.5 mm. in wing length. Head with eye about seven-
tenths as long as high; gena, midway between vibrissal angle and _ posterior
margin, four-tenths the eye height; three setae on suberanial margin. Mesonotum
with 15 acrostichals, extending postcriorly to one-third the distance from third
to fourth dorsocentrals; inner postalar two-thirds as long as the outer. Wing
with second costal section about five times the length of the fourth, third eight-
tenths the length of the fourth; ultimate section of Ms 4 1.8 times as long as
the penultimate. Seventh abdominal segment conical, subequal in length to the
length of a tergite; basal one-third to one-half dull black, tomentose, shining
black distally.
Holotype &.—Redwood City, San Mateo County, California, XII-3-1956 (H.
Sciaroni), ex leaf of carnation, Dianthus caryophyllus L., deposited in the Cali-
fornia Academy of Seiences. Allotype Q.--topotypical, X1-27-1956 (V. A. Cana-
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASII., von. 60, NO. |]
, FEBRUARY, 1958 3
Fic. 1.—Head, in profile, of holotype ¢ of Liromyza dianthi. The solid line
equals 1 mm. for the two illustrations of the heads; fig. 2, head, in profile, of
topotypical paratype $ of Liriomyza langei; fig. 3, pleura of holotype ¢ of
Liromyza dianthi. The solid line equals 1 mm. for the two illustrations of the
pleura; fig. 4, pleura of topotypical paratype ¢ of Liriomyza langei.
4 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
vese), ex leaf of carnation (emerg. XII-10-1596), Calif. Dept. Agric. No. 56 K
647, also in the California Academy of Sciences. Paratypes— 1 &, 4 2 9, same
data as holotype; 2 ¢¢, 3 29, same data as allotype (emerg. XII-1, 3, 14-
1956); 1 6, 22 @ (in alcohol), same data as holotype; 1 ¢@ (in aleohol), same
data as allotype. Paratypes have been deposited in the collections of the United
States National Museum, California Department of Agriculture, California Insect
Survey, and the author. There are also three moldy and teneral specimens, same
data as the holotype. These 19 specimens are all that are known to exist.
Some of the variations between specimens that have been noted may be men-
tioned here. The acrostichals vary from 10 to 20, in from four sparse, somewhat
regular rows (where 15 or more setae are present) to four ill-defined rows (with
the smaller numbers of setae), and extending posteriorly from the third dorso-
central to nearly one-half the distance to the fourth dorsocentral. The inner
postalar varies from six-tenths to seven-tenths the length of the outer. The
humeral seta usually arises from yellow and the setal base may or may not touch
the black area. This seta rarely arises from the black area of the humerus. The
central yellow area of the scutellum is relatively narrow and the distal seutellars
vary in having the setal bases on black, on yellow but touching black, or all on
yellow, but not more than two setal base diameters removed from the black.
Crossvein mm is usualy farther from r-m than its own length but in two speci-
mens it is closer (nine-tenths of the length of m-m) and in one specimen it is
exactly its own length from rm. The ultimate section of Ms,.4 varies from
1.8 to three times as long as the penultimate, but is usually about twice as long.
L. dianthi is most similar to L. langei Frick. The type localities of
these two species are only 15 miles apart. When L. langei was de-
seribed it was the only North American species lacking the mesonotal
prescutellar yellow area but having the vellow third antennal segment
distally infuseated (Frick. 1951). Since that time chlamydata (Melan-
der) has been transferred from Haplomyza and placed into this group.
L. chlamydata lacks crossvein m-m, which separates it from L. dianthi.
It is much darker in overall coloration than is L. langei and has the
mesepimeron black, the same as it is in L. dianthi.
L. langei may be separated from L. dianthi by the slightly different
head shape, the eye not being rounded anteriorly, the genovertical
plates dorsally only slightly extending beyond the eye margin, and
the genovertical plates and third antennal segment more lightly in-
fuscated, being a light brown (fig. 2). The pleura of L. langei is more
yellowish than the pleura of L. dianthi and the mesepimeron is more
than one-half yellow (fig. 4). The fore- and midfemora of L. langei
are more yellow, especially on the outer one-third where the femora
are brownish with yellow streaks. The scutellum of LD. langei has a
relatively broad yellow area with the basal scutellar width being at
least three-fifths yellow. The distal scutellar setae are at least one-
half as far removed from the lateral black triangles as they are from
each other, or at least the diameter of four setal bases from the black.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 5
Three larvae were lent by F. L. Blanc. They are very typical of
the genus Liriomyza. The only unusual character is the relatively
large number of bulbs (8 or 9) on each posterior spiracle. The usual
number is three. None of the bulbs is elongate and they are in an
irregular row that slightly curves at both the dorsal and ventral ends
towards the midline of the larva. The anterior spiracles each bear
five to seven short bulbs.
REFERENCES
Frick, K. E., 1951. Liriomyza langei. a new species of leaf miner of economic
importance in California. Pan-Pac. Ent. 27:81-88.
Pritchard, A. E., 1957, New carnation pests. California Agriculture 11(3):5.
A NEW SPECIES OF EUMYSIA FROM SOUTHERN IDAHO!
LEPIDOPTERA: PYRALIDAE
RicHARD A. MACKIE,
University of Idaho, Moscow
During the course of studies on insects associated with range plants
in southern Idaho a caterpillar was found severely defoliating Atri-
plex confertifolia (Torr.), a valuable desert forage plant, in several
localized areas of the Raft River Valley, near Malta, Idaho. A few
specimens were reared and the adults subsequently identified by J.
F. Gates Clarke as an undescribed species of Ewmysia. The purpose
of this paper is to provide a name for this species so that it might
be used elsewhere.
The author is indebted to Dr. W. F. Barr, University of Idaho; Dr.
J. F. Gates Clarke, U. S. National Museum, and Dr. F. D. Rindge,
American Museum of Natural History, for their assistance in the
preparation of this paper. Dr. Clarke also made available to the au-
thor paratype specimens of most of the other members of the genus.
Special thanks are also due Arthur D. Cushman, U. 8S. Department of
Agriculture, whose excellent drawings appear in this paper.
Eumysia idahoensis, new species
Male.—Alar expanse 22 mm. Body and forewings slate-gray in appearance,
uniformly flecked with white. Head with antenna white, broadly annulated with
black; labial palpus gray. Thorax with legs gray, darkened at joints. Fore wing
dark slate-gray above, abruptly lighter in color beyond subterminal line, ocher-
ous scales scattered over surface, moderately concentrated in areas of submedial
1Published with the approval of the Director of the Idaho Agricultural Experi-
ment Station as Research Paper 429.
6 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
and subterminal lines; submedial line moderately distinct, bordered inwardly by
mixed black and ocherous scales to wing base and from posterior margin of wing
to radial vein; subterminal line distinet, extending from costal to posterior mar-
gins of wings, interrupted twice medially leaving a small white dot near center;
termen with row of seven black dots; undersurface solid gray-brown, abruptly
gray beyond subterminal line and along costa, termen spots distinet. Hind wing
above and below fuscous; costal margin white above and blackish below; termen
and posterior margin blackish. Abdomen predominately dark gray; posterior
margin of each segment with white scaling; segments 4, 5, and 6 with hind angles
moderately tufted.
Genitalia with gnathos stout; hook prominent, distinetly curved; anellus ree-
tangular in form, rounded posteriorly.
Female.—Alar expanse 20 mm. Body and forewings gray, slightly lighter than
male. Fore wing gray with markings similar to male, slightly heavier concentra-
tions of ocherous scales about areas of subterminal and submedial lines; under-
side correspondingly lighter than that of male. Hind wing above and _ below
slightly lighter than that of male and only faintly dark along termen and _ pos-
terior margin. Abdomen same as male but lacking tufts on segments 4, 5, and 6.
Genitalia typical with papilla analis flatly rounded posteriorly.
Types.—Holotype, male (USNM No. 63511), allotype, female and three male
paratypes from Malta, Cassia County, Idaho, Dee. 28, 1951 (J. R. Douglass).
Additional paratypes as follows: One male and one female from 15 miles south
of Nampa, Canyon County, Idaho, May 1952 (W. F. Barr); one male and two
females from Raft River Valley, Cassia County, Oct. 9, 1951 (LL. J. Farmer) ;
one male from 4 miles southeast of Idahome, Cassia County, Dee. 20, 1951 (G.
Zappettini) ; one male from 4 miles east of Idahome, Cassia County, Feb. 27, 1956
(W. F. Barr); two females from 4 miles east of Idahome, Cassia County, Feb.
18 and 21, 1957 (R. A. Mackie). All type material was reared from Atriplex
confertifolia. Paratypes are to be deposited in the collections of the U. S. Na-
tional Museum, American Museum of Natural History, and University of Idaho.
Food plant.—Atriplex confertifolia is the preferred host and large
collections of larvae have been taken from this plant. Three larvae
also were collected from Saltsage, Atriplex nuttallii Wats., and 4-
winged saltbush, Atriplex canescens (Pursh).
Distribution.—Collections of E. idahoensis have been made only
from southern Idaho, but this insect has not been found throughout
the entire distributional ranges of its hosts. Thus far, no adults have
been taken in the field and the distribution of the species is based
entirely on larval collections. H. idahoensis is particularly abundant
in several localized areas of the Raft River Valley near Malta and
Idahome, Cassia County, Idaho. It also has been collected 15 miles
south of Bruneau and 5 miles north of Murphy, Owyhee County; 15
miles south of Nampa, Canyon County, and 15 miles west of Moun-
tain Home, Elmore County.
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VoL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 7
A moderate amount of variation has been noted in the eight speci-
mens examined. The ground color of the forewing varies from a light
to a dark gray, and the subterminal and submedial lines may be ob-
scured, especially in the extremely light or dark specimens. The sub-
terminal line may be interrupted from one to several times, but one
large break, anterio-medially, is present in all specimens. The male
genitalia of three dissected specimens were found to be quite uniform
in structure and appearance.
Figure | Figure 2
Fig. 1. Male genitalia of Eumysia idahoensis; fig. 2, female genitalia of
E. idahoensis.
92)
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
E. idahoensis most closely resembles E. semicana Heinrich, known
only from Yakima, Washington, in general coloration and specifically
in the color of the antenna, but may be separated by its much smaller
size and by the presence of a distinctly hghter area beyond the sub-
terminal line. E. idahoensis also differs from the remaining members
of the genus Humysia in color and size. It is the darkest species and
averages smaller in wing expanse than any of the others. No other
Eumysia has been recorded from Idaho. E. mysiella (Dyar) has
been recorded from Arizona and New Mexico to as far north as
Stockton, Utah; midella (Dyar) from New Mexico, Colorado, Arizona,
California, and British Columbia, and pallidipennella (Hulst) from
Colorado, New Mexico, California, and Washington.
The character which appears to be the most distinctive in separating
idahoensis from other members of the genus hes in the structure of
the male genitalia. Heinrich (1956) stated that ‘‘there are no strue-
tural differences in the genitalia that can be used to distinguish these
supposed species.’’ Only an illustration of the genitalia of mysiella,
the genotype, was available to the author but an apparently signifi-
eant difference between the two species is evident. The gnathos of
mysiella as pictured is rather long and tapers terminally, whereas that
of idahoensis (Fig. 1) is stout and tapers toward the base. The hook
at.the terminal end of the gnathos is distinctly curved in idahoensis
but is straight in mysiella. The anellus also is different in the two
species, that of dahoensis being rectangular in form and much longer
than broad, whereas in mysiella it is as wide or wider than long and
more or less crescent shaped. The male and female genitaha figured
are of paratype specimens from the type locality and from the ‘‘ Raft
River Valley,’’ respectively.
REFERENCES
Dyar, H. G. 1925. Notes on some American Phycitinae. Insec. Inscit. Mens. 13:
220-221.
Heinrich, Carl. 1956. American moths of the subfamily Phycitinae. U. S. Natl.
Mus. Bul. 207: 187-189.
ANNOUNCEMENT
An important part of the Society’s program is to make available
back issues of the Proceedings. In recent months stocks of many
issues have dwindled to unprecedented lows. Members who wish to
contribute to this important function are urged to send any of their
back issues (preferably with covers unmarked) to the Custodian
(address on inside front cover).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 9
A DESCRIPTION OF THE IMMATURE STAGES OF
LIMNOPHILA (EUTONIA) MARCHANDI ALEX.
(DipTERA, TIPULIDAE)
DENNIS Hynes, Department of Biology, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida
Limnophila marchandi belones to an aberrant group of crane-flies
composing the subgenus Hutonia, for which no immature stages have
previously been described. Fully grown larvae and pupae of this fly
were collected on the Edwin 8. George Reserve in Livingston County,
Michigan, during the spring of 1953, at the northwestern edge of
‘*Southwest Swamp.’’ As in the adult stage, the last instar larvae
and pupa of this subgenus are readily distinguishable from the other
species of the genus Limnophila by their conspicuously large size.
The habitat consists of moist soil composed of leaf debris and the
rhizomes of mosses and ferns (Osmunda) impregnated with organic
mud. The larvae were never taken deeper than 2 inches, and the
pupae were taken near the surface of the soil. During the spring
thaw, water completely covered this area, and later, during the time
of collection and after the water had receded, no vegetation was pres-
ent. In the summer a lush cover of plants occurred over the habitat.
Data which I have from closely related species found along streams
in the Southeast indicate that this species probably completes its life
eycle within 1 year. The pupal stage lasts for 7 days at room tem-
perature. The larvae are carnivorous and will viciously attack other
larvae, even of the same species and size, in the rearing cages. After
emergence the adults were kept in the rearing cages from 3 to 5 days
before they died.
The descriptions of the immature stages are drawn from 4 larvae
and 1 larval exuvia, 4 pupae and 10 pupal exuviae. Three mature
eges were obtained from females which, when dying, oviposited on
the bottom of the rearing cage.
Egg.—Length 1.08-1.09 mm.; width 0.37—0.40 mm.; e¢ylindrieal, elliptical, curved
very slightly, the ends bluntly rounded. Chorion dark brown to black, smooth.
Larva.—lLength 35.0-38.0 mm.; width 3.5-4.0 mm.; body elongate, slender,
terete; covered with golden-yellow setae (fig. 1). Abdominal segments 2 through
7 have anterior patches of setae forming creeping-welts. Setae of these areas are
vertical and short, the remainder appressed to body. Pencils of longer setae on
each of the thoracic and abdominal segments. Chaetotaxy of these pencils of setae
is shown in fig. 2a for the first thoracic segment; that of the second and third
thoracic segments and the first abdominal segment in fig. 2b; and that of abdomi-
nal segments 2 through 7 in fig. 2c.
The diameter of the body decreases sharply immediately posterior to a band of
short, brown setae which surrounds the anterior portion of the eighth abdominal
segment. Four short, stout, white anal gills are present. The spiracular disk
(fig. 6) is obliquely truncate with four pronounced lobes. The ventral pair of
lobes is slightly longer than the lateral pair. There is a vestigial dorsal lobe with
the area only slightly expanded. Lateral and ventral lobes have a fringe of
delicate hairs which become progressively longer from the base to the tips of
10 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
the lobes, their greatest length no more than twice that of the lobes. Ventral
lobes with V-shaped dark brown marking—the outer arm of the V broad; the
inner arm narrower, disappearing mid-length, appearing at base of lobe in tri-
angular form; outer arm of V extended, partially surrounding the ventral and
mesal margins of the spiracle. Lateral lobes possess triangular dark brown mark-
ing which ends adjacent to the lateral margin of the spiracle.
Head eapsule (fig. 3) of the hexatomine type, depressed dorso-ventrally, the
greatest width about one-half the length from labrum to eaudal margin. Dorsal
plate wide anteriorly, becomes narrower mid-length, broadens posteriorly into
spatula, which because of weak chitinization appears to be incised at medial-caudal
area. Edges of dorsal and lateral plates have distinct heavily chitinized ridges
at margins. Labrum tri-lobed, a fringe of setae at ventral cephalo-lateral portions.
The central lobe with membranous bulge on lateral edges which is covered with
numerous indistinet papillae and a long sensory hair. At inner base of either
bulge occurs a group of five or six chitinized papillae; between these on either
side of median line is a sensory hair. The epipharyngeal surface possesses a central
lobe-like area, slightly chitinized, which has on its tip two small divergent papillae
directed cephalad. The hypopharynx, heavily chitinized, consists of two lateral
rods and a transverse rod, the latter finely ribbed, giving finely serrated appear-
ance to anterior edge; mentum membranous except for small chitinized area occur-
ring just caudad of transverse rod. At either side of this plate and directly
below hypopharynx a pencil of setae arises. Directly caudad to the hypopharynx
on the inner margin of the esophagus a number of spines are found which appear
fused at their bases. At mid-length of the head capsule surrounding the inner
edge of the esophagus is an irregular band composed of numerous rows of spines
with tips directed sharply caudad. The antennae are two-segmented with basal seg-
ment conical and stout; the second segment about one-third as long as first
and barrel-shaped; on the inner edge of the tip of the second segment is
a sensory hair; on the outer edge a large, delicately sculptured papilla about
one-half as long as the second segment; between the two is a small conieal
papilla (fig. 5). The outer lobes of maxillae are slightly divergent, conical,
stout at bases, and gradually narrow to bluntly pointed tips; tips are eurved
laterally, base of outer lobes supported by chitinized plates which project slender
rods cephalad; outer lobe has short golden-yellow setae appressed to surface.
Dimensions of head eapsule: eaudal margin to cephalic edge of labrum, 3.7 mm.
caudal margin to tip of maxillae, 4.5 mm.; width at base of mandibles, 1.4 mm.;
depth at base of mandibles, 0.40 mm.; length of antennae, 0.31 mm.
Pupa.—Length from cephalic tip of breathing horns to tip of eauda, 31.5-33.5
mm.; dextral-sinastral diameter at base of wing pads, 4.50-4.85 mm.; dorsal-
ventral diameter at base of wing pads, 4.28-4.40 mm.; length of breathing horns,
2.52—2.60 mm.
Thorax rust-brown, abdomen golden-brown, eighth and caudal segments rust-
brown. The entire body delicately seulptured (fig. 7). The abdominal pleura have
a yellow to white stripe present from the first through the seventh segments along
the medially carinate pleura. Form slightly depressed dorso-ventrally, stout to
the eighth segment, then the diameter decreases abruptly ending in fleshy cauda.
All abdominal tergal and sternal areas armed with spined tubercles. Tergal,
sternal, and pleural plates fused, margins indistinct.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vou. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 11
Fig. 1. Lateral view of larval body of Limnophila marchandi; fig. 2, chaetotaxy
of segments—tergal, pleural, and sternal areas shown from left to right—(a)
first thoracic segment, (b) second and third thoracic, first abdominal segments,
(e) second through seventh abdominal segments; fig. 8, ventral view of head
capsule; fig. 4, ventral view of mandible; fig. 5, antenna.
12 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., vol. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
Mesonotal breathing horns (Byers, 1952) stout and laterally compressed, dull or
brass yellow, have distinet annuli, the tips flattened and divided laterally into a
thick inner flap and thin outer flap, both delicately sculptured. Antennal sheaths
arise mid-length of mesal margin of eyes, ending just caudad of prothoracie leg
fold, curving at tips. Eyes and antennal sheaths at this point emarginate or nearly
so, dull yellow. Labral sheath bluntly rounded, two strongly divergent, heavily
chitinized lobes appear at tip, the labial sheaths. The annulated maxillary sheaths
end at, and perpendicular to, the antennal sheaths. Wing pads end just before the
posterior margin of the second abdominal segment. Wing pads of mature speci-
mens are dark rust-brown at margins, especially at base, sometimes making vena-
tion obscure.
Pronotum with lateral cephalie edges inflated, dull yellow, and unarmed. Medial
line very dark, weakly carinate. Mesonotum rust-brown with dark thin median
stripe, a black spot occurring dorsally on this line; setiferous, prominent, rounded,
flattened abruptly at sides forming a pronounced ridge which extends laterally
and slightly dorsad from the breathing horn to a point two-thirds the distance
from breathing horn to wing-pad, then swings obliquely dorsad ending just before
wing-pad base. At the point of pronounced bending of the lateral ridge occurs
another ridge running ventrad, ending just dorsal to the tip of the antennal
sheath. Anterior portion of the mesonotum medially carinate. The metanotum
with distinct dark brown median spot at cephalic edge with two brown spots on
either side. At base of metanotum just dorsal to the origin of the haltere sheaths
occurs a dark brown longitudinal band. Haltere sheaths inflated at origin,
gradually disappearing under wing-pads at the caudal margin of the first ab-
dominal segment. Leg sheaths end at caudal third of third abdominal sternite.
Posterior to the ends of the leg sheaths, a ridge occurs on which three transverse
rows of spined tubercles appear, the central row containing about thirteen
tubercles, and the two lateral rows containing 3 to 4 tubercles each. Along the
side of the metathoracie leg sheaths occurs a longitudinal row of 10 to 18
tubereles.
The first abdominal tergite with central brown sploteh, one small lateral brown
marking on either side, a small but elongate marking lateral to these. The
second through seventh tergites and the third through seventh sternites have a
deep furrow transversing the anterior third of the area. The posterior third of
these areas has a medial dark spot. Abdominal tergites two through seven have
V-shaped markings on each side of spot, the arms not connected, the point di-
rected caudad. Abdominal sternites three through seven have V-shaped markings
on each side of spot, the arms not so divergent as on the tergites, connected, the
point directed cephalad. Sternites three through six have two rows of svined
tubercles, one anterior to furrow, the other near the caudal margin of the
sternite. The latter is a straight, transverse row, while the former is usually
separated to either side of the mid-line. The abdominal tergal and sternal mark-
ings and arrangement of tubercles are shown in fig. 8, a and b respectively.
The seventh abdominal segment has many large, spined tubercles surrounding
the caudal edge of the segment. The eighth segment is abruptly smaller in diam-
eter, with a spined tuberele at the medial caudal edge of pleura, sternite un-
armed, dorsally possessing four large and slightly divergent tergal arms, not
spined at tips and directed slightly caudad. The anterior pair of tergal arms
vay Vv
iS -
FP BAO —
Os
v
v
Ri
v
Vy AE Or
a
~~
v
“8
=e
v~
8 9
not shown) ;
disk of Limnophila marchandi (fringe of setae
fig. 8, diagrammatic sketch showing arrange-
Fig. 6, spiracular
fig. 7, lateral view of pupal body;
ment of tubercles and markings on (
segments; fig. 9, female cauda.
a) tergal area, (b) sternal area or abdominal
14 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
is slightly wider apart and more divergent than the posterior pair. Female eauda
have tergal and sternal valves inflated, curved dorsally; both are dark at tips,
lighter at base (fig. 9). The male cauda end in a pair of slightly divergent,
pointed lobes, with tips directed very slightly mesad; sternal lobes bulbous,
darkened at tips, lighter at bases.
REFERENCES
Byers, G. W. 1952. The genus Dolichopeza in North America. Publication No.
3728, University of Michigan Microfilms, Ann Arbor, Michigan,
BOOK REVIEW
BEITRAGE SUR SYSTEMATIK DER LARVEN DER ITONIDIDAE (=CECTI-
DOMYIIDAE, DIPTERA (Contribution to the systematics of the larvae
of the Itonididae). Teil 1, Porricondylinae und Itonidinae Mitteleuropas.
By Edwin Mohn. Zoologica, Original-Abhandlung aus dem Gesamtgebiete
der Zoologie, Band 388, Lieferung 1, Heft 105. E. Schweitzerbart’sche
Verlagsbuchhandlung, Stuttgart. Pp. 1-237, 3 text figs., 30 plates.
Consistent with most publications of its kind, the present work comprises a
number of sections as follows: 1) materials; 2) methods; 3) discussion of
characters (with text figures); 4) bionomies; 5) general remarks about generie
groupings; and 6) the descriptive portion. Descriptions are given of the char-
acters of the larvae of the family; of the two subfamilies, Porricondylinae and
Itonidinae; and of each of the 176 genera. With only a few exceptions, each genus
is represented by only one species. The treatment of the larvae of each species
includes a diagnosis, description, habitat, location of material studied, collection
locality, important literature references, and previously published illustrations.
In most cases only one species is used to illustrate the characters for one genus,
in the opinion of the reviewer the sole fault of the work. The generic diagnoses
and the concluding key to genera, then, are based on rather lmited information
and may be misleading to use unless this fact is kept in mind. On the other hand,
the publication will be of considerable value to workers in the Americas, since
many of the genera included in its have species that occur in the Neotropical and
Nearctie Regions.
This is the first comprehensive treatise dealing with the larvae of gall midges
ever to appear; it deserves high praise as a point of departure for the systematist
in opening a hitherto inaccessible fund of separating and identifying characters.
The males of some genera, and the females of most, almost defy determination,
and it is the feeling of this reviewer that the final answer to exact identification
in these cases is to be found in the immature stages. The work will also serve as
a beginning for a comprehensive study of relationships among the genera. That
subject has been in dispute by all gall midge workers and is one that is now
ready for a thorough revision; not only have we recorded a large number of
species, but Dr. M6hn’s contribution very materially augments our present store
of knowledge in this respect.—RicHAarp H. Foorr, Entomology Research Branch,
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 15
MALAYA JACOBSONI (EDWARDS, 1930), A NEW OCCURRENCE
RECORD FOR NORTHERN THAILAND
(DieteRA: CuLicipar)t
ERNESTINE B, THURMAN?
Iyengar (1953) reported Harpagomyia genurostris (Leicester,
1908) {Malaya genurostris Leicester, 1908| from Southern Thailand
constituting the initial record of the occurrence of the genus in the
country. Thurman and Thurman (1955) collected this species in a
light trap operated in Northern Thailand. Stone and Knight (1957)
revalidated Malaya Leicester, 1908, as the name of the genus and
relegated Harpagomyia de Meijere, 1909, as a synonym. The present
note adds a second species in the genus to the reported fauna of
Northern Thailand, namely, Malaya jacobsoni (Edwards, 1930).
M. jacobsoni adults were netted or collected while resting on trunks
of trees on 9 occasions from December 30, 1952, to March 31, 1953.
Collections were made in 5 shady jungle areas during the daytime
and at night on Doi (mountain) Sutep, Doi Chiengdao, and at Tad
Muey Falls at elevations ranging from 1,000 to 5,000 feet. (Collec-
tors: the late Deed C. Thurman, Jr., Manop Rattanapradith, and the
author. )
To the list of species reported as collected in a light trap in Chieng-
mal (Thurman and Thurman, 1955) add the name of MW. jacobsoni;
2 females collected July 9, 1952.
Adult MW. genurostris ditfer from M. jacobsoni by having a complete
line of silvery scales between the eyes, silvery scales on the abdominal
sternites, and silvery scales on the thoracic patches. The flat scales
on the vertex of W. jacobsoni are metallic blue and do not form a com-
plete line between the eyes; golden scales are present on the abdominal
sternites ; and metallic blue scales are on the thoracic patches.
REFERENCES
Tyengar, M. O. T. 1953. Filariasis in Thailand. Bul. Org. Mond. Santé Bul.
WHO 9:731-766.
Stone, A., and Knight, K. L. 1957. Type specimens of mosquitoes in the United
States National Museum, V: The Sabethini (Diptera: Culicidae). Journ.
Wash. Acad. Sei. 47(4) :117-126.
Thurman, D. C., Jr., and Thurman, Ernestine B. 1955. Report on the initial oper-
ation of a mosquito light trap in Northern Thailand. Mosq. News 15(4):
218-224.
Acknowledgment is made of support by the Division of Research Grants,
National Institutes of Health, Public Health Service, Department of Health,
Education, and Welfare, under Grant E 809-C2 awarded to William E. Bickley,
Department of Entomology, University of Maryland; and to the U. S. Opera-
tions Mission to Thailand, International Cooperation Administration; and the
assistance rendered by the United States National Museum; and the Entomology
Research Division, United States Department of Agriculture.
"Sanitarian (R), on detail from the Division of Research Grants, National
Institutes of Health, Publie Health Service, Bethesda, Maryland, formerly as-
signed as Malaria Control Training Adviser with U. S. Operations Mission to
Thailand, International Cooperation Administration.
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
CORRECTION
The illustration below should replace that appearing in an article by Tibbetts
and Strandtmann on p. 268 of Vol. 959, No. 6 (1957) of the Proceedings. The
article are correctly printed. The illustration now appearing on
reprints of that
an article by David R. Cook
p. 268 of that bound number correctly appears in
on p. 19 of the present issue.
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
lxodorhynchus gordon, n. Sp., female: Fig. 1, venter; fig. 2, dorsum; fig. 3,
gnathosoma; fig. 4, chela; fig. 5, tritosternum ; fig. 6, chelicera.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 TL7f
A NEW KOREAN MITE
(ACARINA, CAECULIDAE)
HaroLp G. Higgins AND STANLEY MULAIK
University of Utah, Salt Lake City
In a small collection of mites received by the senior author from
Korea there was an apparently undescribed rake-legged mite of the
genus Caeculus. This mite is named after Mr. Ted Tibbetts, who col-
lected this species from several localities in Korea. The types will
be deposited in the University of Utah Acarina collection.
Caeculus tibbettsi sp. nov.
Diagnosis.—Propodosomal plate projects over the gnathosoma; metapodosomal
plate with 6 setae in a 2-2-2 sequence; leg I composed of 7 segments and slightly
shorter than the body; trochanter I with 2 setae on the inner edge, 2 dorsal
setae, and 2 small setae on the outer border; basifemur and telofemur I each
with 1 large blunt spine on their inner border.
Description—This animal is of medium size, and has a color of deep brown.
The propodosomal plate is notehed near the tip, narrowed near the attachment
of legs I, projects over the gnathosoma, and covers the gnathosomal tubercles
from above. This plate has 2 small setae in the notched areas on the anterior
edge. A small seta is also found anterior to the eyes. Median metapodosomal
plate has 6 spatulate setae in a 2-2-2 sequence. The left and right lateral meta-
podosomal plates each have 3 spatulate setae in a 1-1-1 sequence and 2 slitlike
stigmata. The anterior transverse opisthosomal plate has 5 setae in a more or
less straight line. There are 5 setae in a curved line on the posterior transverse
opisthosomal plate.
Legs—tLeg I is longer than any other leg, but is slightly shorter than the
body. Trochanter I has 2 large clavate setae located on tubereles on the inner
edge, 2 dorsal clavate setae, and 2 small setae on the outer-ventral border. Basi-
femur and telofemur I each has 1 long blunt spine on their inner border. These
spines are nearly as long as the segments on which they are located. Genua I
has 2 long, blunt spines on the inner edge, but the posterior one is the shorter.
Tibia I has 2 long spines and 1 short spine on the inner edge. The posterior
tibial spine is about one-half the length of the other spines and is pointed for-
ward. Tarsus I has 4 short, sharp spines on the inner edge terminating in a
single claw.
Measurements of the holotype are: Length of body, 1.13 mm., width, .68 mm.,
length of leg I, without the coxa, 1.05 mm. Three other adult specimens have
the following measurements: Length, 1.20, 1.12, 1.07 mm.; distance between
@yes; -coseoc, 21) mm leneth of les Ty d05; 299) 92) mim.
Discussion.—Specimens are available from three localities in Korea.
Although there are apparent differences between individuals, all speei-
mens are believed to represent only one species. For example, one
specimen from Amsa lacks the notched propodosomal plate, but it
agrees within the known limits of individual variation in other details.
18 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
The holotype and 1 paratype were taken from under stones at Seoul,
Korea, May 27, 1953 by Ted Tibbetts. Additional specimens, inelud-
ine 2 immatures, were taken at Seoul, May 27, 1953; 2 immature
specimens were collected 8 miles S.E. Seoul, July 23, 1953; 1 speci-
men was found in moss and lichens at Osan, Feb. 17, 1953; and 1
specimen from cedar and oak litter at Amsa, August 15, 1953.
Fig. 1, Dorsal view of adult, Cacculus tibbettsi n. sp.; fig. 2, dorsal view of
right trochanter I.; fig. 3, variation in the anterior edge of the propodosomal
plate; fig. 4, dorsal view of larva.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VoL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 19
A NEW SPECIES OF LITARACHNA FROM THE BRITISH WEST INDIES
(ACARINA: PONTARACHNIDAE) 1
Davin R. Coox, Department of Biology, Wayne State University, Detroit, Mich.
While studying the parasites of gobiid fishes at the Lerner Marine
Laboratory of the American Museum of Natural History, Bimini, B.W.L.,
during December 1955, Dr. Dominic L. DeGiusti collected specimens
of the mites described in this paper. A marine hydrachnid was found
in the digestive tract contents of two fishes belongine to the genus
Bathygobius. Each was so freshly swallowed that they were still mov-
ing about. These two mites, a male and a female, belong to a new
species of Litarachna distinct enough to necessitate establishing a new
subgenus. They are the first members of the family Pontarachnidae
recorded from eastern North America. A species belonging to a re-
lated genus, Pontarachna cruciata, was deseribed by Hall (1912)
from beach pools in the Laguna Beach area of Califormia.
Genus LITARACHNA Walter
Litarachna Walter, 1926. Internatl Rev. Ges. Hydrobiol. Hydrogr. 14: 32.
Generotype.—Litarachna communis Walter.
Generic diagnosis.—Soft bodied, dorsum without selerites; capitulum opening ven
trally, without a rostrum; posterior apodemes of eapitulum broadly spreading ;
chelicera typical of Hydraecarina in general, not styletlike; coxae directed pos-
teriorly, fourth coxae widely separated; fourth coxae with a pair of long narrow
projections that flank the genital field; genital acetabula absent; glandularia lo-
cated between the projections of the fourth coxae with two gland openings and
an associated seta; legs without swimming hairs; marine.
Subgenus PARALITARACHNA, new subgenus
Subgenerotype.—Litarachna (Paralitarachna) degiustii, new species.
Subgeneric diagnosis —Differs from Litarachna s.s. (and all other known mem-
bers of the family Pontarachnidae) in having the first pair of coxae fused in the
midline.
LITARACHNA (PARALITARACHNA) DEGIUSTII, new species
(Figs. 1-6)
Female.—Length of body approximately 3024; length between anterior end of
the first coxae and posterior end of projection from the fourth coxae 183y; first
coxae fused in the midline, apodemes between the first and second coxae distinct
along the full length; with a moderate-sized, V-shaped identation at the posterior
end of the first coxae; first coxa with two setae lateral to the capitulum and one
seta posterior to the capitulum; second coxae touching each other; apodemes be
tween second and third coxae distinet only in the anterior half; second coxa with
two setae in the anterior portion and a single seta located slightly posterior to
1 Contribution from the Department of Biology, Wayne State University.
20 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
Litarachna (Paralitarachna) degiustvi, new species: Fig. 1, Ventral view,
female; fig. 2, first leg, female; fig. 3, palp, male; fig. 4, fourth leg, female;
fig. 5, ventral view, male; fig. 6, chelicera, male.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 21
the apodeme between the second and third coxae; apodemes between the third and
fourth coxae distinct in the anterior half and again at the very posterior end;
posterior projections from the fourth coxae approximately 404 in length, these
forming a genital bay that encloses the genital field; lateral surface of the fourth
coxae with a shorter projection that partially surrounds the glandularia; glandu-
laria constricted near middle, with one portion bearing a seta and the smaller
gland opening, and the other portion bearing the large gland opening.
Genital field, 59u in length, 404 in width, consisting of pre- and postgenital
sclerites, these not bearing setae; neither genital acetabula nor acetabular plates
present; setae not present in the area between the projections of the fourth
coxae and the genital field; capitulum 40u in width at the anterior end; length
between anterior end of the capitulum and the posterior end of the capitular apo-
demes approximately 95u; capitular apodemes broadly spreading; dorsal lengths
of the palpal segments were: P-I, 174; P-II, 71u; P-II], 244; P-IV, 80u; P-V,
26u; P-IV with a setae-bearing projection on the ventral side similar to that
found in L. duboscqi Walter; P-V relatively short.
Legs without swimming hairs; dorsal lengths of the segments of the first leg
were: I, 38u; IL, 304; ITI, 34u;-IV, 40u; V, 6lu; VI, 762; segments of the
first leg relatively stocky, chaetotaxy shown in figure 2; lengths of the seg-
ments of the fourth leg were: I, 58u; Il, 454; III, 524; IV, 834; V, 92u;
VI, 99u; segments relatively thin, chaetotaxy of fourth leg shown in figure 4.
Male—Length of body approximately 272u, length between anterior end of
the first coxae and the posterior end of the projection from the fourth coxae
192u; first coxae fused in the midline; apodemes between the coxae similar
to those of female except that the first pair are closer together; glandularia
similar to those of female except that they are not greatly constricted in the
middle.
Genital field, not including small projection from anterior end, 3ly in length,
29u in width; genital field consisting of a sclerotized ring bearing four pairs
of setae; genital acetabula and acetabular plates absent; with three pairs of
setae between the projections of the fourth coxae and the genital field;
capitulum 35u in width at the anterior end, similar to that of female; legs
and palps similar in shape and chaetotaxy to those of the female; lengths
of the palpal segments were as follows: P-I, 17; P-II, 664; P-ITT, 23h; P-IV,
78u; P-V, 26u; dorsal lengths of the segments of the first leg were: I, 33y;
Jat, 2oyas IUD epyne IV, 41u; V, 654; VI, 784; lengths of the segments of the
fourth leg were: I, 52u; II, 44u; III, 50u; IV, 784; V, 90%; VI, 98u; length of
chelicera 159; distal half of the end segment of the chelicera minutely serrate.
Types.—Holotype female, collected by Dominic L. DeGiusti near the
Lerner Marine Laboratory, Bimini, B.W.I., during December 1955.
Allotype male, same data. Both types will be placed in the Chicago
Natural History Museum.
Habitat-—Both mites were recovered from the digestive tract of gobiid
fishes collected in relatively shallow water (less than 1 meter) over
a bottom composed of a mixture of sand and mud.. The lack of swim-
ae PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
mine hairs on the legs would suggest that these mites are very weak
swimmers at best, and spend most of the time on the bottom.
Remarks.—Litarachna degiustii may be easily separated from all other
members of its genus by the possession of fused first coxae. The pres-
ent species seems to be most closely related to the Mediterranian species,
L. duboscqi Walter. The palpi of these two species are very similar,
having a short fifth segment and a projection on the ventral side of
the fourth seement. The e@enital field is rather similar in both cases.
REFERENCES
Hall, H. V. M. 1912. Some marine and terrestrial Acarina from Laguna Beach.
Pomona Coll. Annual Rpt. Laguna Marine Lab. 1: 177-186.
Walter, C. 1926. Marine Hygrobatidae. Revision der Wassermilben-Genera
Pontarachna Philippi und Nautarachna Moniez. Internatl. Rev. Ges.
Hydrobiol. Hydrogr. 14: 1-54.
BOOK REVIEW
A REVISION OF THE GENUS PSELAPTRICHUS BRENDEL (COLE-
OPTERA: PSELAPHIDAB), by Robert O. Schuster and Gordon A. Marsh.
University of Califernia Publications in Entomology, University of Cali-
fornia Press, vol. 11, no. 2, pp. 117-158, 74 figs., 5 maps. 1956. $1.00.
This paper represents a discerning, well expressed taxonomic and distributional
account of a genus of beetles which until recently has been nearly overlooked.
A combination of several factors are combined in it, creating a noteworthy en-
deavor in the field of modern systematic entomology.
First, the authors’ efforts in collecting and preparing these beetles for study
is no small achievement, for the members of the genus are very small creatures
(the average length being about 1.50 mm.) which are found only in the aecumu-
lated litter of the forest floor. That the beetles are difficult to collect and tedious
to study is, I think, best exemplified by the fact that of the thirty-two species now
included in the genus, all but three were described either in this paper or in a
previous one by these two men.
Next, the data are employed to their fullest extent and are interpreted in terms
of present-day theories of systematics. Of special interest, -im my opinion, is the
section pertaining to speciation and distribution, where the authors’ ideas con-
cerning species formation, ecological factors governing distribution, and phylogeny
of these beetles are discussed in an appropriately conservative manner.
Lastly, the completeness of the illustrative material appears exceptional. Over
seventy figures are presented, which permit the easy comparison of many of the
morphological structures which have been employed in the key and deseriptions.
In addition to these, maps are included which depict the collection localities for
ach species and which in many instances also indicate the probable range of the
JEROME G. ROZEN, JR., Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department
of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
species
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 23
BIOLOGICAL NOTES ON AMPULICOMORPHA CONFUSA ASHMEAD AND
ITS FULGOROID HOST
(HYMENOPTERA: DRYINIDAE AND HomopreRA: ACHILIDAE) 1!
JOHN COLBURN BRIDWELL?
Forty-three years ago W. H. Ashmead (2) described a small, black-
ish winged wasp in the U. S. National Museum from California as
Ampulicomorpha confusa as the unique North American representa-
tive of the peculiar tribe Embolemini in the family Proctotrypidae.
After describing this insect he added that he had seen another indi-
vidual of the species from Nevada in the collection of the American
Entomological Society. There seems to be no record published of this
species having been taken since, but there is another specimen with
the type in the National Museum taken by W. F. Fiske in North Caro-
lina. It was not until 1924 that any further record of the presence
of the Emboleminae in our country was published. C. T. Brues (3)
described a species of the wingless genus Myrmecomorphus as Pedi-
nomma nearcticum from one individual from near Boston and another
from Long Island. In the U. S. National Museum there are three indi-
viduals belonging to this genus which seem to represent three species.
One of these from near Boston probably represents Brues’ species.
Another was taken by A. H. MacAndrews in North Carolina, and the
third was taken by Pergande in Mexico. Besides these American
Emboleminae, the U. S. National Museum has a specimen of Embole-
mus ruddii Westwood and some specimens of an undescribed Embole-
mus from Java. These peculiar insects have been but rarely taken in
Europe and the limits of variation have not yet been established.
Seven nominal species are recorded: two in Hmbolemus, supposedly
winged males, and four in Myrmecomorphus, wingless males and fe-
males. None of these have been taken in series except Hmbolemus
ruddu. A single species of Myrmecomorphus has been described from
Chile. The biology of these insects has remained entirely unknown
until the summer of 1936, when it became my eood fortune to encoun-
ter Ampulicomorpha and to learn the main facts of its life history.
On April 13, 1926. while examining some rotten oak logs near the
locally well-known Gravelly Spring, about two miles east of Vienna,
Virginia, a white oak log covered with a small shelf fungus was found
to support many insects of various orders and a small winged, blackish
wasp was seen to run swiftly over the surface of the bark and hide
1 Published posthumously. See Mr. Bridwell’s obituary, p. 27.—Ed.
2 In November 1954, Mr. Bridwell gave five unfinished drafts of this manuscript
to G. B. Vogt, Entomology Research Division, USDA, to prepare for publication.
The work might otherwise have been destroyed in a fire, along with numerous
other papers, in Mr. Bridwell’s home in 1955. Of the five drafts, the third was
selected for publication as the most complete; it is modified only in those portions
enclosed in brackets [ ] by slight changes of wording or insertion of excerpts from
the other drafts. Unused taxonomic notes, all unfinished drafts, and the speci-
mens used in this study are deposited in the U. S. National Museum. Mr. Brid-
well made brief reference to the findings presented herein in 1937 (1).
24 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
among the fungi. This was captured and on examination it proved
to be an Ampulicomorpha, which had no appreciable characters to
distinguish it from the type of Ampulicomorpha confusa Ashmead.
On April 23, while examining some pine logs (Pinus rigida Mill. and
P. virginiana Mill.) in a similar condition of decay and bearing shelf
funei, two other individuals of Ampulicomorpha were seen and one
of them captured. These logs lay on the ground in the space between
the tracks of the Washington and Old Dominion and Arlington and
Fairfax Railroads, a little west of the place where they cross each
other about one mile east of Vienna.
Careful re-examination of the logs in both stations showed some
firm, half ellipsoidal cocoons firmly attached to the wood beneath the
loose bark and covered with the debris from the adjacent surface, but
unfortunately those found no longer contained living contents, the
adults having emerged. They were, however, as was subsequently
learned, the cocoons of these wasps. Careful consideration of the in-
sects seen upon these logs made it clear that the only insects common
to the pine and oak logs which seemed likely to be the prey of the
wasps [were] some fulgorid nymphs found on both. When these were
submitted to P. W. Oman he told me that they must be nymphs of
some achilid (Fulgoroidea) species, presumably Epiptera or Catonia.
Subsequent rearing showed the nymphs upon the pine logs to be those
of Epiptera floridae (Walker) while the nymphs from oak were not
distineuishable.
These nymps occur in small colonies beneath the loosened bark of
oak and pine loes in close association with white sheets of compacted
fungus hyphae, and each nymph bears on each side of each of the
three tergites before the pygofer a subquadrate glandular area which
secretes numerous fine, straight threads of ‘‘wax’’ which are fragile
and easily detached and the location of each of the colonies may be
recognized even after the insects are gone by the fibers remaining.
It was not until August 16 that Ampulicomorpha was again en-
countered. [On the pine logs an adult was found very near one of
the still problematic cocoons with an emergence hole. Other cocoons
with living contents were found in places where the former presence
of the fulgorid nymphs was indicated by the wax strands. Still others
were associated with the nymphs themselves, which were rapidly
transforming to adults. But I did not then or subsequently find any
remains of nymphs which indicated the method of attack by the wasps
upon them. On this and subsequent visits up to August 27, more than
20 viable larvae and pupae were found in cocoons. Also, some adults
were taken in the open, so that altogether some 10 adults were secured.
On August 18 it was discovered that the females were winged, and
with difficulty were distinguishable from the males. |
From this material, it was possible [by September 2, when the last
wasp died] to follow out the biology of the species and to learn that it
is in all essential particulars a dryinid biology.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 25
The Epiptera nymphs, as stated, live in close association with hyphal
sheets of fungi and when placed in confinement with the host material
on bits of bark, they run about briskly until they find a favorable
position where they may remain quiescent for long periods of time.
When disturbed or startled, they make a single leap, which in the
open may project them a distance of several inches. When an adult
female Ampulicomorpha was placed in a glass tube with these nymphs
a great commotion ensued and continued for several minutes. The
wasp, her long antennae held at right angles to her body, ran rapidly
in pursuit of the running nymphs and these, when closely pressed,
jumped but often too late. Often the pursuit was too rapid to be
followed by the eye, but soon a nymph would be seen firmly gripped
by the wasp. Once seized, the nymphs were unable to dislodge the
wasp, and the wasp would be seen with its head on the upper side of
the body of the nymph in the space between the wine pads and the
body disposed across the body of the nymph, and the abdomen of
the wasp bent down and firmly pressed against its ventral surface,
stinging at a point near the mid-ventral line behind the hind leg. In
some cases, when more than one wasp was placed in a tube, two fe-
males attacked the same nymph on opposite sides. In no case was
an external eve seen.
The Epiptera nymphs transformed so rapidly that when the Ampu-
licomorpha adults were available only a few nymphs were present.
What at first seemed a series of unfortunate accidents was | further |
reducing the scanty material at hand. Several nymphs were seen
wounded on the middorsal line where the integument is destined to
spht in ecdysis. Not until the last available female made the last
observed attack was this explained. In this case I was able to see the
wasp gnaw away at the middorsal line of the nymph until the body
fluid began to ooze forth, upon which the wasp fed.* In the other
attacks observed, which lasted perhaps from three to five minutes,
the wasp was vigorously engaged in stinging and ovipositing. The
nymphs, after being released, seemed none the worse for the attack
and walked off about their affairs as if nothing had happened. None
of the earlier observed attacks resulted in the development of any
larvae, and it seemed this part of the story would not be secured,
but after the last female had died one of the nymphs, perhaps four or
five days after being placed with the wasp, showed a translucent,
rounded mass under the wing pad, which increased in size for three
or four days, remaining colorless, and then managed to complete its
feeding and cocooning, while not under observation and these details
were not seen. The larva, however, died without completing its trans-
formation and was devoured by a mite. [It is pointed out that simi-
larly in other Dryinidae the ege is inserted within the body of the
prey and the resulting larva emerges into a larval sac beneath the
3 [R. C. L. Perkins (4) in his observations of the dryinid Echthrodelphax states
that under unnatural conditions such as the confinement of a small jar or glass
tube, and probably under the pressure of hunger the wasps attack their leafhopper
hosts frequently killing them outright and to some extent devouring them. |
26 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
wine pad and after some days of growth entirely devours the body
contents and then leaves the empty skin of the host to cocoon else-
where. |
After a female Ampulicomorpha was placed in a tube with nymphs
of Epiptera and some attacks upon the nymphs had been made, the
commotion soon died down and wasp and nymphs became quiet, mov-
ine about only when disturbed. With the addition of fresh nymphs
to the tube, the same commotion and attack would be renewed, fol-
lowed again by quiet. While very few nymphs besides the preadult
instar were available for use, it seemed that these were preferably
attacked when present. In no instance did the wasps show any inter-
est in adults of Hpiptera present with them. While these experi-
ments were going on, a species of Catona, the other achiliid genus in
the local fauna, was bred and on two or three occasions nymphs of
Catonia were placed with the Ampulicomorpha, which showed no
interest in them. It is desirable, however, that this matter should
be further investigated since it is not quite certain that these may not
sometimes be attacked.
The cocoons collected were placed in separate tubes for rearing, and
when newly emerged males and females were placed together copula-
tion resulted immediately, with almost no preliminary courting, and
continued for some minutes. Thereafter the sexes seemed indifferent
to each other but the addition of fresh males would result in renewed
mating.
When males were placed in tubes with cocoons, they showed no
interest in them, differing in this conspicuously from the males of the
bethylid genus Sclerodermus, (studied some years ago), which would
force their way into the unopened cocoons and mate with the young
females within (5). Unlike that genus the cocoons remain intact after
emergence, except for the opening through which the adult escapes.
While the Ampulicomorpha cocoons are often found in groups with
a colony of Epiptera, they are never placed in cocoon masses such as
are common among the bethylids, each one being formed separately
and entirely distinct from the others, even when touching.
The pupae of Ampulicomorpha lie in the cocoons with the dorsum
against the substratum so that the mandibles of the developing adult
lie in contact with the wall of the cocoon, a little before its end and
in emerging the adult itself unaided gnaws out an emergence hole
and escapes with none of the subsocial behavior of Sclerodermus.
LITERATURE CITED
1. Bridwell, J. C. 1937. [Notes on the Prey of Bembecinus and Ampulicomorpha
sp.] Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash., vol. 39: 14-15.
Ashmead, W. H. 1893. U. S. Natl. Mus. Bul. 45: 79-80.
Brues, C0. £9225 Psyche 29s 7
Perkins, R. C. L. 1905. Rept. Experiment Sta. Hawaiian Sugar Planters Assoe.
sull. ##1(1): 1-69.
5. Bridwell, J. C. 1920. Proce. Hawaii Ent. Soc. 4: 291-314.
iw oe te
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 o7
JOHN COLBURN BRIDWELL, 1877-1957
John Colburn Bridwell was born at Pella, Texas, September 23,
1877, and died near Culpeper, Virginia, August 9, 1957. Of the
Bruchidae, or seed beetles, he became the leading scholar of his time,
and he also contributed significantly to our knowledge of other insect
eroups, especially the aculeate wasps. From 1920 until 1943 he was
a member of the Entomological Society of Washington, and during
much of that period he was located at the U. 8S. National Museum.
He was an unusual entomologist, endowed with tremendous enthusi-
asm for natural history, remarkably well schooled in fundamentals
and the early literature of his group, very well informed on botanical
matters, and a keen observer and indefatigable collector in the field.
Bridwell’s paternal ancestors were English; his great-grandfather,
Strother Bridwell, moved westward from Stafford County, Virginia,
in the middle 1700’s. His mother’s people were Scotch-Irish and
Dutch; they too came to America at an early date, and their descend-
ants still live in eastern Massachusetts. William Wallace Bridwell. a
circuit-riding Methodist minister, was father of the future entomolo-
sist, who was born in a frontier home at Pella, in northern Texas,
not far from the Chickasaw Nation in what is now Oklahoma. He had
six brothers and one sister. The family moved to Baldwin, Kansas,
site of Baker University, when Bridwell was only four to five vears
old. He was graduated from Baker with a degree of B.S. in the Class
of 1900. In 1899 he published his first paper, a list of IKKansas Hymen-
optera. As a boy he had suffered an injury to his leg, when a gun
went off in a spring wagon while on a hunting trip. This made him
lame all the remainder of his life and may have been partly respon-
sible for his spending time in the quiet pursuit and observation of
28 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
insects as a young man, thus determining his career. It may also
have helped to shape his personality, giving him an independence
and a distaste for routine work patterns.
The chronology of Bridwell’s professional affiliations after leaving
Baker University, and prior to going to Hawaii in 1913, is as follows:
Fellow, Ohio State University, 1901-1902; Assistant to State Ento-
mologist, Georgia, 1902; Federal employee on tobacco stalk weevil
(Trichobaris) at Willis, Texas, March-July, 1903; instructor in Zo-
ology, University of New Hampshire, 1903; Fellow, Massachusetts
Agricultural College, 1906; Professor of Biology, Pacific College (Ore-
gon), 1907; instructor in Zoology and assistant entomologist, Oregon
State College, 1907-1911; instructor in Entomology, University of
California (Berkeley), 1911-1913. Some of the positions were held
for brief periods. He remained in New Hampshire at least until the
sprine of 1904, as shown by the record of Ctenothrips bridwella
Franklin, which he collected at Dover, N. H., April 11, 1904. While
in Massachusetts he identified many Hymenoptera in the College col-
lection, and he was closely associated with Dr. H. J. Franklin, who
was actively studying bumblebees, and with Dr. E. A. Back, who
later was with him in Hawaii and who became his supervisor in the
Bureau of Entomology.
In 1913 Bridwell was appointed Assistant Superintendent, Division
of Entomology, Board of Agriculture and Forestry, Territory of
Hawaii. He arrived in Honolulu about June 3, 1913, about two weeks
after the arrival of Dr. Filippo Silvestri, who, since the previous
July, had been on a trip to Africa in search of parasites which it was
hoped would contribute to the control of the Mediterranean fruit fly
and the horn fly. His work on the program of rearing and releasing
parasites began June 8, and he had the advantage of spending a few
days with Dr. Silvestri. Durine the summer he assisted David T.
Fullaway in the rearing activities, and during October 1-December 31
was in charge of the program, aided by a crew of three to five workers.
The magnitude of the program is indicated by the published figure of
92,658 parasites (4 species) which were reared during October-Decem-
ber, and the total of 99,376 parasites (5 species) which were liberated
in the period June 1-December 31, 1913.
In May 1914, Bridwell and Fullaway left Hawaii for Olokomeji,
Nigeria, for the special purpose of obtaining Tetrasticus giffardianus,
a parasite which Silvestri had discovered the previous year, but which
did not survive the trip to Hawaii. They soon found it and other
parasites, and Fullaway departed with them for Honolulu. Bridwell
remained in West Africa to colleet specimens of the rich fauna, and
within a few months made a large collection. However, he contracted
a serious case of malaria and went to South Africa to be hospitalized.
After recovering, he made further collections, made an extended stop
in Australia for additional field work, and finally returned to Hawaii
late in 1915.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 29
Early in 1916 Bridwell left the employ of the Board of Agriculture
and Forestry, spent some time working privately at the Experiment
Station of the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association, and late in the
fall was appointed to the staff of the Bishop Museum as an assistant
to O. H. Swezey, Honorary Curator of Entomology. A primary task
was to aid in the arrangement of the Helms Collection, recently ob-
tained from Australia, but an accident disabled him so that little was
accomplished that year. By 1918 he had returned to private research
and was studying Bruchidae with great enthusiasm. This specialty
led to his employment, November 20, 1919, to February 1, 1920, by
the Union Feed Company of Honolulu, to study the insects, mainly
bruchids, attacking alearoba beans.
In January 1920 Bridwell was appointed as a specialist on Bruchi-
dae and their parasites by the Bureau of Entomology, and in the late
spring of that year went to Washington to undertake the study of
the family, thus beginning his lone association with the U.S. National
Museum. In December he went to Texas to collect and ship bruchid
parasites to Hawai, and from then until he left the Bureau in early
1924 he divided his time between the Museum and the field.
Bridwell left for India in August 1924 and remained there until
1927, engaged in a business partnership based on the exportation of
cashew nuts. His time, except for side trips, was mainly divided
between Portuguese Goa and the vicinity of Bombay.
Following his return to Washington in 1927, Bridwell did private
research, mainly on bruchids, at the National Museum until he left
the Washington area in March 1944. During part of this period he
was alded by a private cooperator interested in supporting research
on bruchids. While working at the Museum Bridwell lived in several
communities, mainly in Virginia, and twice his residence burned.
After leaving the Museum he lived about two years at Hillsboro, Vir-
ginia, then at Culpeper for about a year, and finally he lived alone
in a small country house at Lignum, Virginia, from May 1947 until
it burned in December 1955. While there he assembled a few notes
for publication, but suffered the loss of nearly all remaining unpub-
lished notes, of which there were many, in the fire. In the spring of
1956 failing health forced him to enter a home for the aged. Follow-
ing his death and cremation, the ashes were scattered in a woodland
area of natural beauty, at Cabin John, Maryland, in accordance with
his wish.
Surviving relatives include a daughter, Juliet, in Washington,
D. C., and seven granddaughters, also two brothers, Arthur in Bald-
win, Kansas, and Robert in Cleveland, Oklahoma. On November 11,
1912, at Ukiah, California, Bridwell married Miss Juliet Greer, who
was President of her class at Vassar College, and was Dean of Domes-
tic Science and Art at Oregon State College, when they met. Mrs.
Bridwell continued some teaching, both in Hawaii, where their daugh-
ter was born in 1918, and in New York City during her husband’s
30 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
early years in Washington. She shared many travels with him, join-
ine him in India in 1925, and meeting him in Australia on his return
from Africa. In Australia his collecting ventures in unexplored areas
led to lone absences, and after one such occasion he and Mrs. Bridwell
sat in their hotel in Sydney and read in New York and San Francisco
newspapers that he had been lost in the bush! She died December 12,
1942, when the family was living at Vienna, Virginia, near Wash-
meton. DC:
During his residence in Honolulu, Bridwell was a member of the
Hawaiian Entomological Society, and he was elected Secretary-Treas-
urer for 1914, but was able to serve only briefly because of his depar-
ture for Africa. He was very active in the presentation of notes at
meetings, and they may be consulted in the Proceedings, volumes 3
and 4. Later he became active in the Entomological Society of Wash-
ington. Abstracts of the notes given by him there appear in volumes
10-13, 15 and 19 (1920-23, 1925, 1929) of the Journal of the Wash=
ineton Academy of Sciences (pages carrying reports of Entomological
Society meetings shown in Contents at end of each volume), and
in the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington, vol-
tunes 35-37, 39, 44, and 46 (1933-1944). Amone notes dealing with
bruchids, the following merit special mention: Jour. Wash. Acad.
Sel. 12: 464, 467, 1922. 13° 261-262, W252 e155 80, 919253 Procaskmits
soe. Wash., 37: 185.1986. 46-123, 1944)
A great many unusually valuable specimens deposited in the Na-
tional Museum, mostly in Bruchidae, Chrysomelidae, Curculionidae.
and Hymenoptera, attest Bridwell’s remarkable observational ability
through their sienificant associated biological information. For many
years he cooperated closely with the late H. S. Barber, not only in
the acquisition of notes on the habits and relationships of various
beetles, but on the intricacies of their nomenclature as well. He
always retained a deep interest in Hymenoptera. In 1936 he discov-
ered in Vireinia, for the first time in the United States. the ant Aner-
gates, a social parasite of another ant, Tetramorium. In the middle
and Jate 1930’s he worked out the unusual biology of the previously
little known primitive sawflies of the genus Vyela, and studied their
parasites of the genus Idiogramma (formerly pee (re-
ported in notes, and by Cushman, Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 27: 438-444,
1957). He was proud that standard reference works, such as fe lausen’s
Knto~opvbaeous Insects, contained references to his pioneer work with
wasps in Hawaii.
Bridwell’s hfe was plagued by misfortunes, the accidents and fires
already mentioned, and also by his own fertile mind that seemed
ever to beckon him alone the untrodden paths of new investieations
before the results of the previous ones were written. It is a vitv that
an entomologist of his great and proven ability did not publish more,
vet his published record and the assembled material resulting from
his collecting and observations are marks of long-lastine accomplish-
ment. ASHLEY B. GURNEY
GEORGE B. VOGT
1906.
1914.
1916.
Oiler:
1920.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 31
PAPERS BY JOHN COLBURN BRIDWELL
A list of Kansas Hymenoptera. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sei. 16: 203-211.
(Letter to Dr. L. O. Howard, dated Sept. 5, 1903, under ‘‘ Additional obser-
vations on the tobacco stalk weevil’’). U.S.D.A., Div. Ent. Bull. 44: 44-46,
A second species of the hymenopterous genus Odontophyes Konow (Xyeli-
nae.) Ent. News 17: 94.
(Report | Division of Entomology, Board of Agric. & For.| for period from
Oct. 1 to Dee. 31, 1913). Bull. Board of Agric. & For., Terr. of Hawaii
3: 154-160 (plus 7 tables).
Breeding fruit-fly parasites in the Hawaiian Islands. Jour. Econ. Ent. 9:
472-476.
Notes on Synagris. Proce. Hawaiian Ent. Soc. 3: 261.
A note on an #pyris and its prey. Ibid., 3: 262-263.
Notes on the Thynnidae. Tbid., 3: 263-265,
Notes on a peregrine bethylid. Tbid., 3: 276-279.
Notes on Dictyophorodelphax mirabilis. Thid.. 3: 279-280.
Notes on the entomology of Hawaiian Huphorbia with the description of a
new Dictyophorodelphax (Homoptera, Delphacidae). Tbid., 3: 385-387.
Notes on the habits of Brosconymus optatus Sharp (Carabidae). Tbid. 3:
391-392.
Certain aspects of medical and sanitary entomology in Hawaii. Trans. Med,
Soc. Hawaii for 1916-1917; 27-32.
Insects in relation to the storage of food in Hawaii. Proe. Hawaii Ent.
Soe. 3: 506-509. .
Notes on the Bruchidae and their parasites in the Hawaiian Islands. Tbid.,
3: 465-505.
Descriptions of new species of hymenopterous parasites of muscoid Diptera
with notes on their habits. Ibid. 4: 166-179.
Bruchididae of the Helms Collection. Thid., 4: 41.
Dictyophorodelphax praedicta sp. nov. (Homoptera, Delphacidae). Ibid., 43
elo etice alls
Miscellaneous notes on Hymenoptera. With deseriptions of new genera and
species. Ibid., 4: 109-165.
Some notes on Hawaiian and other Bethylidae (Hymenoptera) with deserip-
tions of new speeies. Ibid., 4: 21-38.
Notes on Nesomimesa antennata (Smith) (Hymenoptera). Ibid., 4: 40-41.
Some additional notes on Bruchidae and their parasites in the Hawaiian
Islands. Ibid., 4: 15-20.
Some notes on Hawaiian and other Bethylidae (Hymenoptera) with deserip-
tion of a new genus and species. 2nd paper. Ibid., 4: 291-314.
The insect fauna of the Hawaiian bunch grasses (Hragrostis variabilis and
allies). Ibid.. 4: 278-283.
Insects injurious to the Algaroba feed industry. Hawaiian Planters’ Record
22: 337-343.
Notes on the Bruchidae and their parasites in the Hawaiian Islands, 3rd
paper. Ibid., 4: 403-409.
bo
1920.
1929.
1930.
1931.
1932.
1938.
1940.
1942.
1944.
1946.
1952.
PROC. EN'T. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
Miscellaneous notes on Hymenoptera, 2nd paper, with descriptions of new
species. Ibid., 4: 386-403.
A new lowland Plagithmysine carambycid from Oahu with notes on its
habits (Coleoptera). Ibid., 4: 314-323.
Notes on Nesotocus Giffardi Perkins (Coleoptera). Ibid., 4: 250-256, 6
fos eps
The host plant and habits of Acanthoscelides griseolus (Fall) Coleoptera).
Proce. Ent. Soc. Washington 25: 79-80.
Deseription of a bruchid immigrant into Hawaii breeding in the seeds of
Convolvulaceae (Coleoptera). Ibid., 32: 112-114.
The cowpea bruchid (Coleoptera) under another name
a plea for one kind
of entomological specialist. Ibid., 31: 39-44.
A preliminary generic arrangement of the palm bruchids and allies (Cole-
optera) with descriptions of new species. Ibid., 37: 141-160.
Thelytoky or arrhenotoky in Sclerodermus immigrans. Psyche 36: 119-120.
(Designation of Bruchus robiniae F. as genotype of Amblycerus Thunberg ).
Footnote 7, p. 29, In Pierce, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 77:, Art. 17, pp. 1-34.
Bruchidae infesting seeds of Compositae, with descriptions of new genera
and species (Coleoptera). Proc. Ent. Soe. Washington 33: 37-42.
The subfamilies of the Bruchidae (Coleoptera). Ibid., 34: 100-106.
Collecting insects in herbaria. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Garden 33: 105-109.
(J. C. Bridwell & L. J. Bottimer) The hairy-vetch bruchid, Bruchus brachi-
alis Fahraeus, in the United States. Jour. Agric. Research (U. S.) 46:
739-751.
(Synonymous names of Acanthoscelides obtectus (Say) and Callosobruchus
maculatus F.) pp. 4-5 In A. O. Larson & C. K. Fisher, U.S.D.A. Tech. Bull.
993, pp. 1-70.
Specularius erythrinae, a new bruchid affecting seeds of Erythrina (Cole-
optera). Jour. Washington Acad. Sei. 28: 69-76.
(H. 8. Barber & J. C. Bridwell) Dejean catalogue names (Coleoptera).
3ull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 35: 1-12.
Two new American bean bruchids (Coleoptera). Rev. Chilena Hist. Nat.
44: 249-258 (1940).
A new Amblycerus affecting seeds of Prosopis chilensis in Puerto Rico and
Hispaniola. Jour. Agric. Univ. Puerto Rico 27: 133-135 (Number for July
1943 ).
The genera of beetles of the family Bruchidae in America north of Mexico.
Jour. Washington Acad. Sei. 36: 52-57.
A new genus of Bruchidae affecting Hibiscus in Argentina (Bruchinae;
Acanthoseelidini). Tbid., 42: 49-50.
Notes on Bruchidae affecting the Anacardiaceae, including the description
of a new genus. Ibid., 42: 124-126.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
oO
— ge aeel hs » tes
le ok Seo
FETC SS
Adam Giede Boving
1869-1957
Adam Giede Béving, internationally known specialist on beetle lar-
vae, died at his home, 221 Rock Creek Church Road, Washington,
D. C., on March 16, 1957, in his 88th year. His death was preceded
by two short bouts of illness caused first by heart failure and then
circulatory difficulties from which, however, satisfactory recovery was
being made. His passing was peaceful, the result of a second throm-
bosis.
Born in Saby, Denmark, July 31, 1869, he was the son of Niels
Orten Bovine, a Lutheran minister. Because the income of a country
minister must have been extremely modest, Adam and his two brothers
and three sisters knew the necessity for frugality early in life. It was
at considerable sacrifice by the rest of the family that Adam was
encouraged in his intense desire to follow scholarly pursuits. After
the required preparatory education, including six years in Latin
school, he entered the University of Copenhagen in 1888.
He lived at the home of a wealthy uncle during the first two years
at the University, but moved to less pretentious quarters, where he
found living under more difficult economic conditions more satisfying,
since his pursuit of knowledge was not interrupted by so many social
34 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
diversions. He supported himself by teaching courses in botany and
zoology in a school for boys and a school for girls. He enjoyed teach-
ing very much and continued for years afterwards, even after he had
completed his education and obtained a position at the Zoological
Museum.
At the University, Bovine came under the influence of Professor
Frederik Meinert, and in later years he fondly referred to Meinert
as ‘‘my old teacher.’” Meinert had considerable acquaintance with
immature insects and it is very hkely that he influenced Boving’s
choice of the subject for his dissertation. The chrysomelid genus
Donacia, larvae of which live on aquatic plants below the water level,
was the subject of his thesis research. Careful observations on the
biology and the intricate adaptations to submerged living, coupled
with a painstaking study on anatomy, led to a dissertation of out-
standine merit. Much of the information was gathered while Adam
“lived with’’ the insects at a small lake, Fures6en, where Professor
Wesenbere Lund maintained a summer laboratory. Bovine defended
his thesis successfully and received the degree of Doctor of Philosophy
in 1906. Before he completed his formal education he had an official
status at the Royal Zoological Museum, and after he received his
degree he continued as Assistant Curator of Entomology until he
came to the United States.
During the winter of 1907-08, Dr. Béving studied the collections
of beetle larvae at Paris, London and Cambridge. He had many
pleasant experiences there and was greatly stimulated through ae-
quaintance with several leading scientists in those entomological ecen-
ters. While still at London, in the spring of 1908, he was asked to
join a Danish expedition that was organized to study the geology and
biology of Southeastern Iceland. The report of the trip formed the
basis, years later, for his address as retiring President of the Ento-
mological Society of Washineton.
In 1903, Dr. Bovine married Paula Brénnum. Eight years later
his wife became ill and died shortly thereafter from tuberculosis.
From 1906 to 1913 Bovine broadened his knowledge of coleopterous
larvae, and the background obtained during those years prepared
him for the breadth of his later understanding of the problems pre-
sented by those larvae. It was also during this period that he pro-
duced a significant contribution to the basic information on adult
Coleoptera: a study of the musculature of male genitalia of dytiscids.
The circumstances through which Dr. Bovine knew of the possi-
bility of a position in the United States Bureau of Entomology are
obscure. At any rate Bovine came to the United States and received
a conditional appointment, effective April 1, 1913, as ‘‘Expert’’ in
the Bureau of Entomology. Boving was not loathe to leave Denmark
for the larger United States. He felt that there was greater oppor-
tunity to carry on research in his chosen field, and he greatly admired
L. O. Howard. Furthermore he was too able a man to remain Assist-
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
ant Curator at the Copenhagen Museum, but the position of Curator,
to which he had aspired, was not available to him.
He found life and associations pleasing in this country and felt so
stronely about the desirable features of the United States that he
was able to convince Anna Christensen that she should leave Denmark
and join him here. She came in 1916 and arrived at New York after
being on board ship for 18 days. The Bovings were married in New
York and then proceeded to Washington. Shortly thereatter they
bought the house on Rock Creek Church Road that was to become
their home. Bovine became a citizen of the United States in 1918,
and continued in the Department of Agriculture until his retirement
at the end of July 1939. At that time he held a position as Senior
Entomologist.
Even though retired he was actively involved in research on larvae
and imagines of the scarabaeid genus Phyllophaga, sponsored jointly
by the American Philosophical Society and the National Academy of
Sciences, reported in 1942 as Memoir No. 2 of the Entomological
Society of Washineton. During World War IT he was prevailed upon
to reenter Government service and was reinstated effective June 1,
1942. Although in his 73rd year he was in good health and was able
to work the six-day work week required during the war years. [is
reinstatement continued almost three years before he again retired,
Avril 30, 1945. While he was reemploved, Dr. Boving spent a month
(February, 1944) on the Texas-Mexico border with personnel of the
Division of Foreien Plant Quarantines. It was one of the pleasanter
trips of his career for he had an opportunity to pass on to the imspec-
tors a part of the vast fund of knowledge he possessed and to train
them to make identifications of the more commonly intercepted beetle
larvae.
When Bovine came to the United States he found a great deal to
interest him in the collections of the National Museum. Numerous
larvae were available for study, larvae collected by Hubbard, Schwarz
and Barber in their foresighted realization of the importance of lar-
vae to a knowledge of insects. Furthermore, Boving was most closely
associated with entomologists who were concentrating on forest insects
and who were rearing and conducting field studies on many species
of insects, under the direction of A. D. Hopkins. From those rearings
a large amount of material accumulated, much of it representing
eroups the larvae of which were previously unknown. In later years
these collections were augmented significantly by gifts and exchanges
which were arranged in large part by Dr. Boving. The National
Museum contains many larvae sent from Denmark, especially by J. P.
Kryger, and that fine material attests the long friendship and mutual
respect of the two men. Other important exchanges were arranged
with such outstanding students of beetle larvae as van Emden in Eng-
land and Gardner in India. In the United States also, respect for
30ving resulted in the deposit at the Museum of important material
from Keifer, Ritcher, Glen, ete.
36 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
Dr. Bovine must have brought with him from Denmark the idea
of separating the larger groups of Coleoptera on the basis of larval
characters. It was not long after his arrival that he and F. C. Craig-
head began working together on such a project. Later they received
active assistance from St. George, Hyslop, and others. The masterful
Synopsis of the Principal Larval Forms of Coleoptera was completed
in the middle 1920’s and was published by the Brooklyn Entomologi-
cal Society, with a personal subsidy from Bovine, in four parts in
1930 and 1981.
There can be no doubt of the stimulating effect that the Synopsis
had on the study of beetle larvae in the United States as well as in
other countries. For the first time a serious effort to arrange the lar-
vae of this major order of insects in a natural or nearly natural sys-
tem was successful. No attempt was made by the authors to develop
any startling changes in the existing classification of the Coleoptera.
Some changes were imperative, however, and subsequent reexamina-
tion of the adults has proved them justified. The desirability of addi-
tional changes was indicated in places as a e@uide to workers on adult
Coleoptera that the existing arrangement should be reviewed.
Before, as well as after, the appearance of the Synopsis, Dr. Bovine
published many important papers dealing with large families of Cole-
optera or important groups within families. The breadth of interest
and facility with which these various problems were approached and
handled demonstrate his remarkable abilities. After retirement he
continued his very active interest in these researches and produced a
monumental work on larvae of the Anobiidae. At the time of his
death he was studying larvae of the Nitidulidae. He had completed
careful drawines of the available genera, developed a key to them,
and had hoped to inelude a diagnosis for each genus. His excellent
drawings and the manuseript notes will be prepared for formal
publication.
Dr. Boving’s stature as a scientist was widely recognized in this
country and various countries in Europe. He was an honorary mem-
ber of several of the numerous scientific societies to which he belonged.
Kuropean societies with which he was affiliated include the following:
Zoological and Botanical Society of Finland (Correspondent )
Entomological Society of Finland (Correspondent )
Entomological Society of Denmark (Honorary Member)
Danish Natural History Society (Correspondent )
Entomological Society of Stockholm (Honorary Member)
Royal Danish Academy of Sciences and Letters
Tf¥e was a member of the following societies in the United States:
Washineton Academy of Sciences
Entomological Society of Washington (Honorary Member)
Society of Sigma Xi—Distriet of Columbia Chapter (Honorary
Member)
Biological Society of Washineton (Life Member)
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
(eX)
~]
Brooklyn Entomological Society (Honorary Member )
Entomological Society of America (Honorary Fellow)
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (Correspondent )
American Association for the Advancement of Science
He was appointed as an Associate in Zoology by the Smithsonian
Institution in 1939.
One of the finest honors paid Dr. Boving was his designation as a
Knight of the Order of Dannebrog, conferred on him in 1927, and
in 1949 he received the more imposing title of Commander in the
same Order. It is probable that the fact that he was born in Denmark
had some bearing on his being so honored by the Danes. However,
the decisions to confer the honors were undoubtedly based on a recog-
nition of Dr. Bovine’s contributions to entomology and demonstrate
the importance attributed to scientific accomplhshments by the Danish
Government. The honor was, further, a recognition of his help to
many visiting Danish scientists by making their trips to the United
States more pleasant and profitable.
His scientific stature was again recognized by Danish scientists in
1934. At that time he and his family were invited to make a trip to
Denmark where he delivered a series of lectures on the organization
of entomological research in the United States. He also had an oppor-
tunity to discuss the classification of beetle larvae with scientists from
Denmark and other European countries.
Dr. Bovine is survived by his wife, Anna, who resides at the home
on Rock Creek Church Road, a son, Dr. Bent Bovine, who holds a
responsible position in the Department of Embryology, Carnegie In-
stitution of Washineton, in Baltimore, Maryland, and three grand-
children. Three sisters, living in Denmark, also survive.
In addition to a delightful personality, Dr. Boving possessed many
sterling qualities of mind and heart. A man of high ideals, and abso-
lute freedom from professional jealousy, his genial, wholesome, cour-
teous disposition readily won for him enduring friendships wherever
he went, and the breadth of his intellectual attainments and ability
to converse with his friends on a wide variety of subjects of interest
to them proved unquestionably one of his fine attributes. That gift
and the obvious friendliness of both Dr. Béving and his sweet wife,
Anna, made even casual visitors completely at ease in their company
and in their home. An energetic, careful worker, a patient observer,
tireless in his efforts always to maintain highest standards of excel-
lence, association with him was made a constant source of inspiration
to his colleagues. Likewise, he will long be remembered with gratitude
for his deep interest in the problems and the advancement of younger
workers, particularly those whose good fortune it was to be for a
time under the stimulus of his leadership. It was a source of deep
satisfaction to him that some of these later advanced into positions of
leadership and responsibility in entomology. A quiet, serene and
kindly spirit, the memory of Adam Giede Béving will long hold high
place of veneration and affection in the hearts of all of those who
knew him best.
1906.
1907.
LOMO:
OM.
1913.
OM:
1919.
1920.
1921.
1922.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VoL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
Bibliography!
Donaciinlarvernes Naturhistorie. Copenhagen. 263 pp., 7 pls., 70 text figs.
Om Paussiderne og Larven til Paussus kannegietert Wasm. Vidensk. Medd.
Naturhist. Foren. 1907: 109-136, 1 pl., 5 text figs.
Natural history of the larvae of Donaciinae. Intern, Rey. Hydrobiol. Leip-
zig. 108 pp., 7 pls., 70 text figs.
Nye Bidrag til Carabernes Udviklingshistorie, Part 1. Ent. Medd. (2nd
series) 3: 320-376, Pl. 6, 15 text figs.
Nye Bidrag til Carabernes Udviklingshistorie, Part II. Ent. Medd. (2nd
series) 4: 129-180, Pls. 5-9.
Studies relating to the anatomy, the biological adaptations, and the mechan-
ism of ovipositor in the various genera of Dytiscidae. Intern. Rey.
Hydrobiol. Leipzig. pp. 1-28, Pls. 1-6.
On the abdominal structure of certain beetle larvae of the campodeiform
type. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 16: 55-61, Pls. 3-5.
On Mnemonica auricyanea Walsingham. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 16: 151-163,
Pls. 9-16. (August Busek and A. G. Boving).
Notes on the larva of Hydroscapha and some other aquatic larvae from
Arizona. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 16: 169-174, Pls. 17-18.
A generic synopsis of the coccinellid larvae in the United States National
Museum, with a description of the larva of Hyperaspis binotata Say.
Proce; U.S! Natls Muss 5 621-2650 Pls 1salos
Captain Allan Hinson Jennings. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 21: 61-63, Pl. 3.
(W. Dwight Pierce, August Busck and Adam Boving).
in Runner, G. A. The tobacco beetle: an important pest in tobacco products.
(With technical descriptions of coleopterous larvae.) U. S. Dept. Agr.
Bul. 737, pp. 12-14.°33-34" Pls! 4s
in Ainslie, George G. The cornpith weevil (Centrinus penicellus Hhbst.)
(Description of last instar larva). Jour. Eeon. Ent. 13: 277-280, Fig. 10.
Larvae of North American beetles of the family Cleridae. Proe. U. S.
Natl. Mus. 57: 575-649, Pls. 42-538. (A. G. Béving and A. B. Cham-
plain).
The larva of Popillia japonica Newman and a closely related undetermined
ruteline larva, a systematic and morphological study. Proce. Ent. Soe.
Wash. 23: 51-62. Pls. 5-6.
3iology of Embaphion muricatum. Jour. Agr. Res. 22: 323-334, Pls. 31-32.
(J. S. Wade and A. G. Béving).
The larvae and pupae of the social beetles Coccidotrophus socialis (Schwarz
and Barber) and Hunausibius wheeleri (Sehwarz and Barber) with re-
marks on the taxonomy of the family Cuecujidae. Zoologica 3: 197-221,
PIS 70! :
The larva of the North American beetle Zenodosus sanguineus Say of the
family Cleridae. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 24: 9-11, Pl. 4. (A. G. Béving
and A. B. Champlain).
1 This list of publications, including papers appearing in 1942, was prepared by
Dr. Boving himself.
1922.
1930.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vol. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 39
in Burke, H. E. The lead-cable borer or ‘‘short-eircuit beetle’? in Cali-
fornia. Appendix: Taxonomy and morphology of the larval stages of
Scobicia declivis Leconte. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bul. 1107: 49-54, Pls. 1-2.
The historical development of the term ‘‘triungulin.’’ Jour. Wash. Acad.
Sci. 14: 203-204.
The blister beetle Tricrania sanguinipennis—hiology, descriptions of differ-
ent stages, and systematie relationships. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 64:
1-40, Pls. 1-5. (J. B. Parker and A. G. Boving).
The larva of the weevil Limnobaris rectirostris Leconte. Jour. N. Y. Ent.
Soe. 32: 198-204, Pl. 16.
Life-history studies of the tobacco flea-beetle in the Southern cigar-wrapper
district. Jour. Agr. Res. 29: 575584, figs. 2-6. (F. S. Chamberlin,
J. N. Tenhet and Adam G. Boéving).
Herlufe Winge, (1857-1923). Jour. Mamm. 5: 196-199.
Address of the retiring President. A Summer Trip in Iceland South of
Vatna-jokul. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 27: 17-35.
Immature stages of Hulechriops gossypii Barber, with comments on the
classification of the tribe Zygopsini (Coleoptera: Cureulionidae). Proe.
Ent. Soc. Wash. 28: 54-62, Pl. 7, text figs. A, B.
The immature stages of Psephenoides gahani Champ. (Coleoptera: Dryopi-
dae). Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 74: 381-388, Pls. 89-90.
The larva of Nevermannia dorcatomoides Fisher with comments on the
classification of the Anobiidae according to their larvae (Coleoptera:
Anobiidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 29: 51-62, Pl. 3.
On the classification of the Mylabridae-larvae (Coleoptera: Mylabridae).
Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 29: 132-143, Pl. 8, text fig. 1.
Immature stages of Humycterus (?) saccharidis Barber, with comments on
the classification of the tribe Barini (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Proc.
Ent: Soc. Wash. 29: 151-159, Pl. 9, text fig. 2.
Descriptions of larvae of the genera Diabrotica and Phyllobrotica, with a
discussion of the taxonomic validity of the subfamilies Galerucinae and
Halticinae (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Proce. Ent. Soc. Wash. 29:
193-205, Pl. 11 (p. 206).
The larva of Enoclerus lecontei Wolcott and Callimerus arcufer Chapin, of
the beetle family Cleridae. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 30: 93-100, Pls. 5-6,
On the classification of beetles according to larval characters. Bul. Brook-
lyn Ent. Soc. 24: 55-97, Pls. 1-17.
Beetle larvae of the subfamily Galerucinae. Proc. U. S. Natl Mus. 75:
1-48, Pls. 1-5. 2 text figs.
The pacific flathead borer. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bul. 83. 36 pp., 12 figs.
(H. E. Burke and A. G. Béving).
Taxonomic characters for identification of the mature larvae of Pissodes
strobi Peck and Pissodes approximatus Hopkins (Fam. Curculionidae).
Proce. Ent. Soc. Wash. 31: 182-187, Pl. 8, 3 text figs.
Description of the larva of Cerotoma trifurcata Forster (Coleoptera: Chry-
somelidae). Proce. Ent. Soc. Wash. 32: 51-59, Pl. 2.
1935.
1936.
LOS.
1938.
1939
1940.
1942.
1945.
1954.
1955.
1956.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
-51. An illustrated synopsis of the principal larval forms of the order Cole-
optera. Ent. Americana, 11 (n.s.), 351 pp., 125 pls. (A. G. Boving and
EF. C. Craighead).
Description of the larva of Decadiomus pictus Chapin (Seymnini, Coecin-
ellidae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 46: 101-104, Pl. IT.
Kampen mod de skadeliige Insekter i De Forenede Stater. Copenhagen.
16 pp.
Larva of Tetrigus fleutiauxi van Zwaluwenburg. Proc. Hawaii Ent. Soe.
9: 49-61, Pl. 1, 4 text figs. (J. A. Hyslop and A. G. Boving).
Deseription of the larva of Plectris aliena Chapin and explanation of new
terms applied to the epipharynx and raster. Proce. Ent. Soc. Wash. 38:
169-185, Pls. 9-10, 2 text figs.
Keys to the larvae of 4 groups and 438 species of the genus Phyllophaga.
U. S. Dept. Agr. E 417, 8 pp., 1 pl. (Mimeograph).
The developmental stages of the Danish Hydrophilidae. Vid. Medd. fra.
Dansk Naturh. Foren. 102: 27-162, figs. 1-55. (A. G. Boving and
Kk. L. Henricksen).
Descriptions of the three larval instars of the Japanese beetle, Popillia
japonica Newm. (Coleoptera: Searabaeidae). Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash.
41: 183-191, Pls. 24-25.
Morphological investigation of the taxonomically important structures of
the larvae of the beetles of the genus Phyllophaga. Yearbook, Amer.
Phil. Soe. 1940: 123-125.
Descriptions of the larvae of some West Indian melolonthine beetles and a
key to the known larvae of the tribe. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 92:
167-176, Pls. 18-19.
Description of the third-stage larva of Amphimallon majalis Razoumowsky.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 44: 111-1121, Pls: 10-11.
A classification of larvae and adults of the genus Phyllophaga. Memoir
No. 2, Ent. Soc. Wash. 96 pp., 11 Pls., 6 text figs.
Description of the larva and pupa of the scarab beetle Ancylonycha min-
danaona (Brenske). Jour. Wash. Acad. Sei. 35: 13-15, figs. 1-8.
Mature larvae of the beetle-family Anobiidae. Dan. Biol. Medd. 22(2)
298 pp., 50 pls.
A correction. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 57: 202.
A description of the mature larva of Ptinus californicus Pie. Ent. Medd.
27; 229-241,
C. F. W. MUESEBECK
J. S. WADE
W. H. ANDERSON
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 41
NOW AVAILABLE
Memoir 5
of the
Entomological Society of Washington
A CLASSIFICATION OF THE SIPHONAPTERA OF
SOUTH AMERICA
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES
by Phyllis Truth Johnson
The study of South American fleas was begun in 1879 when Weyen-
bergh published the first descriptions of species from that region, using
specimens mounted on cardboard as was usual in that day. These
fleas were restudied in balsam by Jordan and Rothschild in England
shortly after the turn of the century, and from that time to the
present day a large number of siphonapterologists, both in England
and the Americas, have contributed to this study. Dr. Johnson’s
work is the first comprehensive taxonomic treatment of the fleas of
the region, which comprises Trinidad and all of the continent and its
coastal islands. The contemplated 275 page volume will be indispensa-
ble to the serious student of this important order of insects.
Memoir 5 opens with two discussions of morphological characters, one devoted
to the terms used in the taxonomic section and the other to their taxonomic
validity and possible phylogenetic significance. All the families, tribes and genera
known to occur in South America are completely described and illustrated, and
the species within each genus have been listed with host and locality data. De-
scriptions of 17 new species and two new subspecies bring the total number to
170. Keys to families, tribes, genera, and species are included. The discussion of
each genus is terminated by a section giving the synonymies of the hosts con-
cerned. The 114 plates are said to contain among the best illustrations of fleas
currently available, and are grouped according to family. A section listing hosts,
each with the flleas known to occur on it, recapitulates the host-flea information ;
sections dealing with references, systematic index and list of abbreviations close
the volume.
Orders at the price of $9.00 to members and $10.00 to non-members may be
placed with the Society for Memoir No. 5. Orders should be addressed to Mr.
Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian, Plant Quarantine Branch, Agricultural Research
Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C.
42 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
SOCIETY MEETINGS
The 660th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
called to order at 8:00 PM by President F. L. Campbell in Room 43 of the U. S.
National Museum on Thursday, February 7, 1957. Forty two members and fifteen
visitors were present. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and
approved.
P. X. Peltier gave the report of the Treasurer for 1956. Kellie O’Neill read
the report of the Corresponding Secretary for 1956 for Kelvin Dorward, and
Herbert J. Conkle gave the report of the Custodian for 1956. Each was accepted.
The following candidates for membership wert presented and elected: Mrs.
Minnie B. Callaway, Entomology Research Branch, ARS, U. S. Department of
Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C. Stanley R. Joseph, Route 1, Box 28A, Annap-
olis, Md. Horace R. Lanchester, Agricultural Research Service, Agricultural Cen-
ter, Beltsville, Md. Dr. Frederico Lane, Departamento de Zoologia da Secretaria
da Agricultura, Caixa Postal 7172, Sao Paulo, Brazil. Florence A. Snyder, Divi-
sion of Inseets, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C., and Nixon Wilson,
522 N. 3rd St., Bardstown, Ky.
President Campbell suggested that local members of the Society contribute to
the funds for the local Science Fairs in justice to non-resident members who will
be called upon for support in their own areas. He will request members to fill out
ecards for the Washington Academy of Sciences to indicate what they might be
able to do to assist with the Science Fairs in the Washington area.
Dr. Samuel H. Williams, Stanford Research Institute, spoke briefly about his
recent experiences in Austria. Dr. Williams served as a guest professor in the
Zoological Institute of the University of Vienna and became one of the best known
and most respected American scientists in Austria because of his long and devoted
service to that country in behalf of the United States. In 1956 Dr. Williams’
reputation was carried into Hungary by the Hungarian revolution of 1956, and he
assisted many Hungarian scientists to make American contaets. Dr. Williams
extolled the courage of Hungarians who had escaped Hungary and the hardships
they had endured, and commended the Austrians for help in the form of food
and shelter they gave to many thousands of Hungarians. In conclusion, he asked
his audience to bear in mind the Hungarian scientists who have come or who may
come to the United States and who will need further help. (President’s abstract)
W. E. Bickley announced a forthcoming lecture entitled ‘‘Recent Researches on
Honey Bee Physiology and Behavior,’’ by Dr. Eva Crane, sponsored by the Uni-
versity of Maryland chapter of the Sigma Xi. Dr. Bickley also introduced Frank
J. Burke, who exhibited cynipid galls on black oak, Quercus volutina, upon which
his senior entomology project was based.
Robert H. Nelson reported briefly upon a paper delivered by A. N. Tissot at
the recent meeting of the Cotton States Branch, ESA. Dr. Tissot demonstrated
an increase in the number of southern entomologists who received their training
in southern institutions.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 43
The principal paper of the evening was an address by retiring. President R. A.
St. George, ‘‘Highlights of Fifty Years of Research on Insects Attacking Forest
Produets.’’
United States by describing the study made by Dr. A. D. Hopkins of the killing
of pines by Dendroctonus frontalis Zim., and the publication at about the same
Mr. St. George traced the beginnings of forest entomology in the
time of forest insect information by Dr. A. S. Packard in the Fifth Report of the
U. S. Entomological Commission. In the U.S.D.A. career that made Dr. Hopkins
known as the father of forest entomology, he was employed jointly by the Division
of Entomology and the Forest Service, and when the Division of Forest Insects
was created in 1902 he was ealled to Washington to become its chief and served
until 1923. Dr. F. C. Craighead followed him and was succeeded in 1950 by the
present Division leader, Dr. J. A. Beal. Mr. St. George recounted a number of
advances in forest entomology made by Dr. Hopkins and his assistants, some of
whom became specialists in taxonomy and were assigned to the Division of Insect
Identification. Research on forest product insects includes studies on ambrosia
beetles, bark beetles and wood borers at the Eastern Field Station, at Tallulah,
La., and at Gulfport, Miss., and work on protection of logs and posts by sapstream
injections at Asheville and Bent Creek, N. Car., and Hat Creek, Calif. At the
Eastern Field Station the natural resistance of wood and of preservatives applied
to wood by various methods were evaluated. Entomologists in Australia, South
Africa, Hawaii, and Panama cooperated in the ‘International Termite Exposure
Test,’’ now in its 28th year. The pressure treatment of buildings was studied in
Panama, and the evaluation of soil poisons for termite control was studied at
Long Island, Beltsville, Crown Point, La., Saucier, Miss., and the Canal Zone.
Research on the biology and control of Lyctus powderpost beetles has been in
progress since the early days of the Division at the Eastern Field Station, and
ineludes projects at Tallulah, La., Beltsville, and Gulfport. During the past 5
years, the old house borer, Hylotrupes bajalus (l.), has received a great deal of
attention, and research on it has been initiated at Gulfport, Miss., and New
Haven, Conn.
Society members with long memories recognized some of the pioneer forest ento-
mologists in the slides Mr. St. George showed. (Secretary’s abstract. )
Visitors introduced were Faustino C. Francia, Forest Products Laboratory, Col-
lege of Agriculture, University of the Philippines; Dr. William Goodwin, en route
to Libya with ICA; and Stanley Joseph, new member.
The meeting was adjourned at 11:00 PM.—Ketuir O’NEILL, Recording Secre-
tary.
The 661st regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
called to order at 8:00 PM by President Campbell in Room 43 of the U. 8.
National Museum on Thursday, March 7, 1957, with 39 members and 21 visitors
attending. The minutes of the previous meeting were read, corrected, and approved.
44 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
President Campbell announced the appointment of a committee consisting of
H. H. Shepard (chairman), W. H. Anderson, and E. F. Knipling, to revise the
Society’s constitution and by-laws. He exhibited the Air Force edition (unbound)
of the Handbook of Biological Data, and the directory recently issued by the
Chemical Society of Washington, expressing his wish that the Society might have
a similar one.
F. W. Poos read J. S. Wade’s ‘‘Note on the Respiration of Entomologists,’’
from the 1929 Proceedings (31: 139). The concensus indicated that Mr. Wade’s
observations are still pertinent.
The principal paper of the evening was presented by George B. Vogt and was
titled, ‘A Survey of Halogeton glomeratus Mey and Related Plants and the
Insects Affeeting them in the Old World.’’ An eight-month survey of this and
related plants and the insects affecting them was carried out in the arid regions
of southern Spain, the Middle East, and the Far East. The purpose of this survey
was to observe possible agents for biological control of this serious weed pest of
western rangelands. The itinerary began with Vogt in southern Spain (near sea
level) in late March and proceeded to Syria via Lebanon, central and northern
Ivan, north-central Afghanistan and via New Delhi to Indus Valley (elevation
10,500-11,000’) in Ladadakh. After September 10 the itinerary reversed over the
same route in order to obtain the late seasonal picture. At Kabul, Vogt joined
©. J. Davis and J. J. Drea and the three observed together the areas in north-
central Afghanistan and Iran. Davis and Drea remained in Tehran in order to
set up a laboratory for propagation and testing of candidate biological control
agents for halogeton. Early in November, Vogt proceeded westward to Spain, not
being able to re-enter Syria owing to the international crisis. In southern Spain,
as further east, Halogeton was observed matured and in full fruit as contrasted to
the small seedlings observed in the early spring. Five (one questionable) species
ot Halogeton were studied. For each loeality surveyed for Halogeton, related
plants of the Chaenopodiaceae, especially of the tribe Salsolae, were studied as
well. Approximately 35 plant species in addition to the species of Halogeton were
thus observed. Altogether 80 to 120 species of insects were found affecting 18 to
20 species of the tribe Salsoleae. Included among these are the insects found to
occur on Halogeton, one species of which, H. glomeratus, was too local and scarce
to support significant populations. About 60-80 species of insects were found on
the remaining species of Halogeton. Among these insects are examples that attack
the seedling plant, suck stem leaf and braet, defoliate, bore stem, chew and bleed
stem, bore taproot and crown, bore taproot, chew and bleed taproot, feed on
fruiting branches and feed on seeds. In general the insects range widely in the
vast geographical region surveyed and foodplantwise they range generally over
the members of the tribe Salsoleae, apparently with only a few highly specific
forms. However, there are indications and good possibilities that a number of
them are forms sufficiently specialized that they will hardly range outside the
tribe Salsoleae and much less likely outside the subfamily Suaedoidea to attack
economic and otherwise important plants of the western U.S.A. belonging to the
subfamily Chenopoidea, including sugar beet, table beet, spinach, and winterfat
(Atriplex spp.). (Speaker’s abstract.)
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 45
Visitors introduced were Mr. and Mrs. Archie H. Symonds and Mrs. E. R.
McGovran, and member J. Maldonado Capriles. Dr. Maldonado is en route to
Pakistan as a public health officer for ICA. The meeting adjourned at 10:00 PM.
—KeEwuie O’NEILL, Recording Seeretary.
The 662nd regular meeting of the Society was held in Room 43 of the U. 8.
National Museum on Thursday, April 4, 1957, with 33 members and 17 visitors
present. President Campbell called the meeting to order at 8:00 PM and the
minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
President Campbell announced the appointment of a committee, consisting of
A. B. Gurney (chairman), W. D. Reed and W. B. Wood, which is to advise the
president on other committee appointments as well as to nominate officers for the
coming year.
The following persons were elected to membership: Alberto W. Vazquez,5722 N.
llth St., Arlington, Va.; Dr. George W. Evans, Dept. Entomology, Virginia Poly-
technic Institute, Blacksburg; Elroy R. Krestensen, Univ. Maryland Fruit Lab.,
Haneock; John A. Davidson, 239 Park Ave., Takoma Pk., Md.; and Robert O.
Schuster, Dept. Entomology, University of California at Davis.
President Campbell reported that a special Executive Committee meeting had
been held to arrange the commemoration of the hundredth anniversary of Dr.
L. O. Howard’s birth. It was voted that the Society join the Insecticide Society
of Washington to sponsor a dinner appropriate to the occasion. M. D. Leonard
was appointed chairman for this dinner. Helen Sollers told about activities honor-
ing Dr. Howard in other societies, and suggested that members of the Society
might tell their friends in other entomological groups about the Society’s plans.
M. P. Jones asked President Campbell to place an item about the Howard dinner
in the Entomological Society of America Bulletin.
The deaths of R. A. Cushman, Ina L. Hawes, J. G. Saunders and Honorary
Member A. G. Béving were announced by President Campbell, who appointed com-
mittees to prepare the several obituaries. W. H. Anderson spoke about Dr. Boving;
C. F. W. Muesebeck told about Mr. Cushman’s life and service to entomology ;
Margaret S. Bryant, USDA Library, spoke about Miss Hawes; and President
Campbell gave a talk on Mr. Saunders prepared by M. D. Leonard, who was
not present.
The principal speaker of the evening was Neal A. Weber of Swarthmore College,
whose title was, ‘‘The Fungus-Growing Ants and their Fungi.’’ The primary
purpose of the present studies is to explain how ants maintain a flourishing culture
of only one fungus when they take into their nest a pellet of caterpillar or beetle
feces containing the spores of Penicillium, Aspergillus, Trichoderma or other
fungi and/or bacteria. While primarily a tropical American group, these ants
have extended their range into the United States and the arid part of Mexico by
finding the requisite and constant high humidity deep in the soil. Many species
form a typical crater entrance, that of the Florida to New Jersey pine barrens,
Trachymyrmex septentrionalis, is usually a semi-cireular crater, while other species
may have cireular crater or turret entrances. Many species form large nests of
46 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
many thousands of workers. In order to study these colonies in detail, it is neces-
sary to bring portions into the laboratory. A Petri dish may suffice for an entire
colony of a small species, while others are kept in larger observation nests of
lucite or glass. When a portion of a colony and part of its garden are placed on
sterile nutrient agar, the ants may successfully maintain their own fungus as an
island surrounded by numerous colonies of contaminants. To succeed in this man-
ner appears to require an unusual antibiotic activity. The constant licking of the
ant fungus and new substrate and the frequent defecation on them impart special
qualities to the garden that may explain this condition. The ant fungi are being
cultured in the absence of the ants. These fungi on standard nutrient media are
easily overwhelmed by common contaminants. The fungus of the 2 mm. Cyphomyr-
mex costatus Mann of Central America was successfully reared to the mature
sporophore stage and represents the first ant fungus to be so reared. It is now
being named by the French authority on the tropical members of this group.
(Speaker’s abstract.) The paper was followed by questions and comments by
President Campbell, Mr. Wade, T. E. Snyder, K. E. Lipinsky, W. H. Anderson,
A. B. Gurney, and others.
Visitors introduced were Katherine A. King, University of Maryland student,
and W. G. Bruce, Plant Pest Control Division, ARS, USDA.
The meeting was adjourned at 10.00 PM.—KeELLI£ O’NEILL, Recording Secre-
tary.
NEW AMMUNITION?
Search for improved insecticides and fumigants
gets high priority at DiamMonp’s enlarged
Research Center. Increasing sales of our own
products give evidence of this interest. We
welcome requests for cooperation on research
and development projects.
Diamond
Chemicals
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 47
hat does iff really take, to bill inoats
RESEARCH .... laboratory work that takes
many years and millions of dollars
TESTING .. . years of field work, to deter-
mine effectiveness, dosages, side effects
PRODUCTION to make commercial
EDUCATION ... . teaching methods of use,
gaining confidence and trust
quantities available at an economically sound
cost
A great deal of work and knowledge goes into the
development of insecticides. Once developed, how-
ever, they re a priceless defense against the loss of
food and fiber, the disease, and the annoyance
Endrin, Parathion and Methyl Parathion. Each of
them is rated most efficient for specific types of
insect control, and all are available everywhere, in
ready-to-use, reasonably priced formulations. If
caused by man’s insect enemies. Velsicol Chemical you deal with any phase of insect control, we think
Corporation manufactures five basic insecticides you will find technical information about these in-
that are thoroughly proven, widely recommended,
and extensively used: Heptachlor, Chlordane,
secticides highly useful.
WRITE FOR A BROCHURE OF TECHNICAL INFORMATION, PREPARED BY VELSICOL’S ENTOMOLOGISTS!
HEPTACHLOR © CHLORDANE e@ ENDRIN e PARATHION @ METHYL PARATHION
VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
330 East Grand Ave., Chicago 11, Illinois
NEW! VELSICOL GIBBERELLINS !
Amozing plant growth stimulant Vels:
cols newest contribution to increased
ogricultural productivity Extensive re-
search program in progress
International Representative: Velsicol International Corporation, C.A
P.O. Box 1687 © Nassau, Bahamas, B.W.I.
VC 1126-7108 AS APPEARING IN:
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF TROPICAL MEDICINE AND HYGIENE, ANNUALS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA, CANADIAN ENTOMOLOGIST, FLORIDA
ENTOMOLOGIST, JOURNAL OF ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY,
PAN PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST, PRECEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL
SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, D.C.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
Pyrenone
HELPS TO PRESERVE
PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL
Pence quickly kills destructive, annoy-
ing and disease-carrying insects.
In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective
for long periods of time. In fact, a single application
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at-
tacks for an entire storage season.
On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible
stages of insects fast— even between showers of
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be-
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly
emerging parasites and predators are free to com-
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize
or feed upon destructive insect pests.
This means that Pyrenone is completely com-
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying
insects.
*Reg. U.S. Pat. Off., F.M.C.
FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION
Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation
441 Lexington Avenue e New York 17,N. Y.
BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES
jwavt mare
In Canada: Natural Products Corporation, Toronto and Montreal
ELA Cyanamid nd uu
| - MALATHION
q FOR DIRECT APPLICATION ON ANIMALS
“aa
Es Fy: “With newly-granted residue tolerances, malathion can be applied
directly to beef cattle, poultry, and swine. This is the result of
‘three years ‘of extensive research in 11 states. The work proved
conclusively the safety and usefulness of malathion as a spray for
ay controlling cattle and poultry lice, poultry mites (northern fowl
E: and chicken red mite), and cattle and poultry ticks. In addition,
pest hion, dust may be applied to nests, litter, and floor space.
~ Roost paints using malathion emulsifiable liquid may also be used
in poultry houses. In addition to spraying beef cattle with mala-
_thion for lice control, rubbing devices incorporating the product
¥ have been most effective i in suppressing lice and horn flies.
~ Do not apply malat hion to lactating dairy cows, since it has not yet
‘ a a ee for this | use, nor oud it be used on calves under
-.
Zl
a
oats, rice, rye, ae grain eehutt and peanuts (post-
grain \ipas ty Enea grain have a method of protect-
o insects. _Malathion, either i in SBS or spray
ae Hs fanart wie beetle, rice weevil, granary
Pee g ‘ain ec oe grain pes red flour pects,
Pee Indian meal atl laa las de-
i Ho os malathion dusts or sprays at pre-
®
been n established on 37 additional crops, including:
Fruits
sp _ Bramble family
rrots and other. root crop — Nectarines
seeks—Shallots | 2 ae Quinces
eaf vegetables AS ~ Currants
-Gooseberries
ie mushrooms, Dee a eet
“American asend Corian. ienenuider pegeetnent
f ai 30 pcan ts Plaza, New York 20, Nove,
re 2
a
nee
=
\\
QUALITY INSECTICIDES
Preferred by Home Owners,
Food Processors and Dairymen
y
QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre-
thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor.
GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB
Gulf’s carefully researched formula provides quick knock-
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1%
Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor,
GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb)
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT
and 3% Perthane.
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid-
val insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane.
SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold.
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperony! Butoxide.
GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY
Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19%
Piperony! Butoxide.
GULF OIL CORPORATION
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA.
~
VOL. 60 APRIL 1958 NO. 2
PROCEEDINGS
of the
ENTOMOLUGICAL SOCIETY
« WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
CONTENTS
BARBER, H. G.—A New Species of Nysius From Alaska and Alberta, Can-
ada (Hemiptera, Rverdeitide ar waan eee meet at | a ee ee ee 70
CUNLIFFE, F.—Pyroglyphus morlani, a New Genus and Species of Mite
Forming a New Family Proglyphidae, in the Acaridiae (Acarina, Sar-
SOD ELLO PETES) ees erie MO eM ca vee eu te lee ee 85
DAVIDSON, J. A.—A New Species of Lizard Mite and a Generic Key to
the Family Pterygosomidae (Acarina, Anystoidea) ~~ ~~ 75
KROMBEIN, K. V.—Additions During 1956 and 1957 to the Wasp Fauna
of Lost River State Park, West Virginia, with Biological Notes and Descrip-
tions of New Species (Hymenoptera, Aculeata) _..-.--____--__ 49
LA RIVERS, IRA—New Ambrysus Records for Mexico paved Nau-
CG Ac eee See Ree Wen een. Re Se AIS 71
MALDONADO-CAPRILES, J., PIPPIN, W. F., and KUNS, M. L.—An
Annotated Check List of the Mosquitoes of Mona Island, Puerto Rico,
and the Larva and Male of Aedes obturbator D. & K. (Diptera, Culicidae) 65
STONE, A. & KNIGHT, K. L.—Two New Names in ie ae ete ees
Culicidae) alee TL DS Ey 2 ee a A 69
THURMAN, ERNESTINE B.—Laelaps pce nom. nov. for Laelaps
berlesei Keegan, 1956 (Acarina, Laelaptidae) — 74
TIPTON, V. J. & BOESE, J. L.—Steatonyssus furmani, a New Nearctic
Bat Mite (Acari, Macronyssidae) SUE Se Se Tere CAR oo oie eae ca ee ee ee 80
TODD, E. L.—A Note on the Identity of Nerthra planifrons (Melin)
(Hemiptera, Gelastocotidae) ns ae ae ee oe ON ee ee 79
OBITUARY—Ina Louise Hawes, 1896-1957... 87
SARE Eder, MABE LENG ot Oia feat a oe ae 90
(INSISTS SD] lll he Mell Se a Re a SRC EA lOO 84
OFFICERS FOR 1958
R, I. SAmzER, President
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA
Plant Industry Station, North Building
Beltsville, Maryland
R. H. Newson, First Vice President
Entomological Society of America
1530 P St., N.W.
Washington 5, D. C.
P. W. OMAN, Second Vice President
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA
Plant Industry Station, North Building
Beltsville, Maryland
HELEN SOLLERS, Recording Secretary
Plant Pest Control Division, ARS
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C.
PAUL WOKE, Corresponding Secretary
7213 Beacon Terrace
Bethesda, Maryland
F. P. HARRISON, Treasurer
Department of Entomology
University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland
R. H. Foors, Editor
c/o Division of Insects
U.S. National Museum
Washington 25, D. C.
H. J. CONKLE, Custodian
Plant Quarantine Division, ARS
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C.
J. G. Rozen, Program Chairman
c/o Division of Insects ‘
U.S. National Museum
Washington 25, D. C.
H. H. SHEPARD, Nominated to Represent the
Society as Vice President of
the Washington Academy of
Sciences.
FMRD-CSS
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. ©.
Executive Committee —
T. L. BIsseLL, University of Maryland
R. A. St. GEORGE, U.S. Dept. Agriculture
F. L, CAMPBELL, National Research Council
Honorary President
R. E. SNopeRaAss, U.S. National Museum
Honorary Members
C. F. W. MuznszBecok, U.S. National Museum
H. G. Barper, U.S. National Museum
A. B. GAHAN, Berwyn, Maryland
Entered as second-class matter at the
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY |
OF WASHINGTON
ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884 i ej
that order. In shorter articles, ri
MEETINGS» oS
%
Regular meetings of the Society are
Room 43 of the U. S. National Museum
first Thursday of each month from October \
inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are pal
lished regularly in the Proceedings. — i?
MEMBERSHIP ~
Members shall be persons over 18 y ;
is $1.00 (U. Bb currency).
PROCEEDINGS
the Seared at ee D.
standing are entitled to the Proceed
charge. Non-member subscriptions ar }
year, both domestic and foreign (U. S. )
payable in advance. All renitancss /miggligeme
made payable to The Entomclog teats Society a
Washington. us
The Society does not exchange i
for those of other societies.
All manuscripts intended for publ
be addressed to the Editor. Acceptab
mitted by members will be published
received and will be given precedence
by non-members. Immediate publication
obtained at a cost to the author of abou
per printed. page, plus cost of all engravi
of papers should be concise but compreh
should indicate the systematic
ject insect. By-lines should inc
ing address of the author and
affiliation, if possible. Citations
pers longer than one printed p
author and date and should re
cluding references in which —
name of publication, volume an
ture should be included i
Proportions of full-page
closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6” (2
this usually allows explanatory 1 m
the same page. Cost of illus
that for one full-page line cut 7
author.
Bat
accompanies the returned )
2pp. 4pp. Spp. |
50 copies: _ an ee
$2.00 $3.00 $5.00
100 copies: m
2. 50 - 3.80 6. 00°
Additional copies, pee 100:
10 O}8) er 15 fae po
Purchase of reprints
voices are subject to no
fees will have the cost rots
purchase Price. ‘
inet
Post omce at Washingt
A ' ‘, ® a ¢
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENDOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
Vol. 60 APRIL 1958 No. 2
ADDITIONS DURING 1956 AND 1957 TO THE WASP FAUNA OF LOST
RIVER STATE PARK, WEST VIRGINIA, WITH BIOLOGICAL NOTES AND
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES
(HYMENOPTERA, ACULEATA )
Karu V. KROMBEIN, Entomology Research Division, U. S. Department of
Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
The wasp fauna of Lost River State Park, Hardy County, West
Virginia, has been the subject of several earlier papers (Krombein:
Proce. Ent. Soc. Wash. 54: 175-184, 6 figs., 1952; Bul. Brooklyn Ent.
Soc. 49: 1-7, 1954; Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 58: 153-161, 3 figs., 1956).
Those papers catalogued the wasp fauna as it occurred early in the
summer (June 18-25 and July 18, 1951; June 29-July 5, 1953; and
July 4-11, 1955). About 80 species were taken during each of those
years, and the cumulative total amounted to 128 species.
We were able to spend part of our family vacation in the Park in
1956 from August 21 to September 2, and again in 1957 from July 29
to August 11. The summer of 1956 was cooler and rainier than normal,
and more species (120) were active than during earlier periods in pre-
ceding years. In contrast, extreme drought conditions prevailed dur-
ing the summer of 1957, and 82 species were collected. In 1956 I col-
lected 39 species not taken in previous years, and in 1957 there were
28 new to the Park list. Allowing for duplications in these two years,
the faunal list now stands at 179 species in the families already listed.
In addition, another family, the Chrysididae, has now been worked up,
and the 12 species collected in the Park during these five years brings
the grand total to 191.
In addition to the collection data presented below for the species
not listed previously, I am recording a few biological notes, descrip-
tions of three new species, Chrysis (Chrysis) cembricola, Methocha
(Methocha) impolita and Gorytes (Gorytes) deceptor, a redescription
of Spilomena alboclypeata Bradley, and a description of the previously
unknown male of Nitela virginiensis Rohwer.
I am indebted to the following specialists for identification of the
prey captured by several of the wasps: B. J. Kaston (Araneae), Kellie
O’Neill (thysanopterous prey of Spilomena pusilla (Say)), and
C. W. Sabrosky (Diptera).
50 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
ADDITIONS TO THE WASP FAUNA
Family CHRYSIDIDAE
This family of cuckoo wasps was not included in the previous reports, so all
collection data are given here.
Omalus iridescens (Norton). 1 9, July 18, 1951; 1 ¢@, July 1, 1953; along trails.
Omalus laeviventris Cresson. 1 9, July 18, 1951; 1 2, June 30, 1953; 1 ¢@, Au-
gust 26, 1956; two of these taken along trails on vegetation.
Omalus sinuosus (Say). 1 2, June 21 and 1 6, July 18, 1951; 2 299, June 29
and July 5, 1953; 1 2, July 10, 1955; some of these taken on log cabin
walls, others along trails.
Hedychridium dimidiatum Say. 2 2? 2, June 30 and July 4, 1953; 1 9, 2 24,
July 4-8, 1955; 3 99,2 6 6, August 25-27, 1956; 10 9 9,1 6, August 1-11,
1957; along trails, mostly on ground but some on foliage.
Hedychridium fletcheri Bodenstein. 1 ¢, August 30, 1956; along trail.
Hedychrum violaceum Brullé. 5 ¢¢, June 30-July 4, 1953; 3 99, 4 66,
July 5-10, 1955; 1 ¢, August 24, 1956; mostly along trails, but a few on
log cabin walls.
Chrysis (Chrysogona) verticalis Patton. 1 ¢@, July 5, 1953; 2 29, July 4-10,
1955; 4 99,2 ¢6, August 23-30, 1956; 2 99, July 30-August 10, 1957;
mostly along trails, but several on log cabin walls.
Chrysis (Trichrysis) parvula Fabricius. 1 9, June 24, 1951; 1 2, June 30, 1953;
299,3 64, July 4-10, 1955; 2 99,1 6, July 31-August 7, 1957; mostly
on log cabin walls, but several along trails.
Chrysis (Chrysis) cembricola, new species. 6 2 2, June 19-24, 1951; 1 2, June
30, 1953; 6 2 2, July 5-10, 1955; 1 ¢@, August 30, 1956; mostly on log cabin
walls, but a few along trails including the single male.
Chrysis (Chrysis) chalcopyga Moecsary. 12 92 9, June 18-24, 1951; 1 2, July 1,
1953; 1 9, July 29, 1957; mostly on log cabin walls, but a few along trails.
Chrysis (Chrysis) coerulans Fabricius. 2 92,1 6, June 19-20, 1951; 1 9,2 6 4,
August 22-27, 1956; 1 9,1 ¢, August 7-11, 1957; mostly along trails, but
at least one on log cabin wall.
Mesitiopterus kahlii Ashmead. 1 ¢, August 28, 1956; along trail.
Family BETHYLIDAE
Epyris sp. 1.4 ¢ ¢, August 25-29, 1956; 1 9,8 ¢ 4, August 1-10, 1957.
Anisepyris columbianus (Ashmead). 1 ¢; August 25, 1956. [Det. H. E. Evans].
Rhabdepyris sp. 1. ¢, August 27, 1956
Holepyris sp. 2 99,2 66; August 25-29, 1956; 2 6 4 August 7-9, 1957.
Pseudisobrachium myrmecophilum (Ashmead). 1 ¢, August 11, 1957; crawling
on gravelly soil along trail edge. [Det. H. E. Evans].
Family TIPHIIDAE
Tiphia intermedia Malloch. 5 22,2 ¢¢; August 23-30, 1956; 1 9,1 ¢, Au-
gust 3-8, 1957.
Tiphia transversa Say. 1 ¢, August 3, 1957.
Tiphia sp. 1.1 9, 19 ¢ 4, August 6-7, 1957; on ground and flying low over
ground in an area of two square meters.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vou. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 51
Methocha (Methocha) impolita, new species. 1 2, August 8, 1957; crawling in
sun on gravelly soil along trail edge.
Myrmosa (Myrmosa) blakei Bradley. 1 9, August 25, 1956; 1 9, August 7,
1957; crawling on gravelly soil at trail edge.
Family MUTILLIDAE
Dasymutilla vesta vesta (Cresson). 1 9, August 3, 1957.
Ephuta pauxilla pauxilla Bradley. 2 ¢ ¢, August 23-25,
trail.
Ephuta scrupea (Say). 5 ¢ ¢, August 23-29, 1956; along trail on foliage. I re-
corded a female of this species as conchate Mickel in 1956. The latter species
should be deleted from the Park list.
1956; on foliage along
Family VESPIDAE
Zethus (Zethusculus) spinipes spinipes Say. 1 9, August 11, 1957.
Stenodynerus (Stenodynerus) blepharus Bohart. 1 ¢, August 26, 1956.
Family POMPILIDAE
Priocnemioides unifasciatus unifasciatus (Say). 1 ¢, August 29, 1956; crawling
over leaf litter in open woods.
Dipogon (Dipogon) brevis brevis (Cresson). 14, August 27, 1956.
Dipogon (Dipogon) brevis recalvus Townes. 2 ¢ 4, August 24-25, 1956. This
and the preceding species were taken within several hundred feet of each other
in identical habitats. I wonder if this does not indicate that recalvus is ae-
tually a distinct species rather than a subspecies of brevis.
Priocnemis (Priocnemis) hestia (Banks). 9 92, 5 ¢@64, August 23-29, 1956;
1 4, July 29, 1957; in open woods flying among undergrowth.
Auplopus caerulescens subcorticalis (Walsh). 3 29,2 ¢@ 4, August 23-26, 1956;
1 9,1 6, August 6-7, 1957.
Ageniella (Ageniella) cupida (Cresson). 1 92, August 28, 1956.
Ageniella (Ageniella) norata Banks. 14 292,56 6 4, August 22-29, 1956; 1 4,
August 7, 1957; mostly taken in open woods flying among undergrowth.
Ageniella (Ageniella) partita Banks. 1 9, August 29, 1956.
Ageniella (Ageniella) sp. 1 9, August 29, 1956; 1 9, August 10, 1957. This is
possibly the unknown female of mintaka Brimley which has been taken in the
Park in two previous years.
Ageniella (Priophanes) agenioides (Fox). 1 9, August 28, 1956.
Ceropales hatoda Brimley. 2 99,4 44, August 26-30, 1956; 1 9,2 464, July
31-August 10, 1957.
Evagetes subangulatus (Banks). 1 2, August 29, 1956.
Tachypompilus ferrugineus nigrescens (Banks). 1 2, August 28, 1956; in clear-
ing in open woods.
Aporinellus taeniatus wheeleri Bequaert. 1 2, August 30, 1956; on gravelly
path.
Family AMPULICIDAE
Ampulex (Rhinopsis) canaliculata Say. 1 2, August 26, 1956; on rail fence.
52 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
Family SPHECIDAE
Astata (Astata) leuthstromi Ashmead. 2 2 9, August 23-25, 1956; 2 92,1 4,
August 1-9, 1957; on gravelly soil along trail edge in sun.
Astata (Astata) nubecula Cresson. 3 2? 2, August 23-25, 1956; 1 2, August 10,
1957; on gravelly soil along trail edge in sun.
Solierella plenoculoides plenoculoides (Fox). 2 292, 1 ¢, August 26-30, 1956;
2 29, July 30, 1951; on gravelly path.
Nitela virginiensis Rohwer. 3 92,1 4, August 24-27, 1956.
Tachysphex sepulcralis Williams. 3 ¢ 6, August 24-28, 1956; on gravelly path.
Tachysphex n. sp. 1.2 9? 9, August 26-30, 1956; on gravelly path.
Tachysphex n. sp. 2.1 ¢, August 30, 1956; 3 6 6, August 3-11, 1957; on gravelly
path.
Motes (Notogonius) argentata (Beauvois). 1 2, 1 ¢, August 24-25, 1956; 1 Q,
August 8, 1957; on gravelly path.
Trypoxylon (Trypargilum) tridentatum Packard. 1 9, August 9, 1957.
Psen (Psen) erythropoda Rohwer. 1 9, July 31, 1957.
Mimesa (Mimesa) pauper Packard. 1 ¢, August 6, 1957.
Stigmus (Stigmus) inordinatus universitatus Rohwer. 3 2? 9, August 27- Sep-
tember 1, 1956; 1 9, August 9, 1957; along trail through open woods. This
species was not known previously from east of Colorado.
Spilomena alboclypeata Bradley. 1 9, August 24, 1956; crawling on log of cabin
wall in sun.
Sphex aureonotatus (Cameron). 19, August 22, 1956; 1 9,1 2, July 30-August
LO Die
Sphex urnarius urnarius (Dahlbom). 1 ¢, August 26, 1956.
Nysson (Nysson) lateralis Packard. 4 299, 1 ¢@, August 24-27, 1956; 9 2 9,
August 1-11, 1957; on gravelly soil along trail edge in sun.
Lestiphorus cockerelli (Rohwer). 1 9, August 26, 1956; on oak foliage in sun.
Gorytes (Gorytes) deceptor, new species. 3 2 9, July 31-August 8, 1957.
Crabro (Crabro) discretus Fox. 1 9, August 29, 1956; 2 9 9, July 31-August 1,
1957; on trail through open woods.
Ectemnius (Ectemnius) brunneipes (Packard). 1 9, August 26, 1956.
Oxybelus decorosum Mickel. 4 ¢ ¢, July 30-August 6, 1957; on gravelly path.
BIOLOGICAL NOTES
Family POMPILIDAE
Dipogon (Deuteragenia) sayi sayi Banks
A female (73057 A), 7.5 mm. long, was captured with her paralyzed spider prey
on vegetation at the edge of a clearing in the woods, July 30, 1957. The spider
was an adult female thomisid, Xysticus fraternus Banks, 5.1 mm. long.
Calicurgus hyalinatus alienatus (Smith)
One female (8357 A), 6.3 mm. long, was taken on August 3, 1957. She was
pulling her paralyzed spider prey beneath some leaf litter at the edge of a trail
exposed to the full sun. The spider was a male araneid in the penultimate instar,
Araneus marmoreus Clerck, 6.1 mm. long.
On
ww
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
A second female (8857 A), 5.7 mm. long, was captured while she was transport-
ing her paralyzed spider prey in a similar habitat on August 8, 1957. The spider
was a male araneid in the penultimate instar, probably of a species of Neoscona,
4.1 mm. long.
Anoplius (Lophopompilus) carolina (Banks)
A slightly worn female (82856 A), 12 mm. long, was captured August 28, 1956,
on a trail through the woods in dense shade. She was walking backward over the
trail, dragging a large paralyzed spider, which she held by the hind coxae in her
mandibles. The spider was a mature male agelenid, Wadotes hybridus (Emerton),
3 mm. long.
Family SPHECIDAE
Spilomena pusilla (Say)
A slightly worn female (83056 A), 2.4 mm. long, was collected August 30, 1956,
as she walked on a log in the cabin wall in the sun near the entrance to her bur-
row. She held in her mandibles a paralyzed immature thrips 0.72 mm. long. The
nymph was probably in the second instar and appeared to belong to the variabilis
(Beach) section of the genus Sericothrips.
Euplilis (Corynopus) coarctatus modestus (Rohwer)
A newly emerged pair (82656 A) was taken in copula on oak foliage at the edge
of a trail through open woods on August 26, 1956.
Crabro (Crabro) discretus Fox
A somewhat worn female (82956 A), 11.5 mm. long, was captured on the ground
August 29, 1956, on a trail through open woods. She was struggling to get into
the air with her prey, a large, paralyzed male larvaevorid, Achaetoneura sp. (pos-
sibly aletiae Riley), which was 12 mm. long and much bulkier than the wasp.
TAXONOMIC NOTES
Family CHRYSIDIDAE
Chrysis (Chrysis) cembricola, new species
(Figure 1)
This rather small, slender Chrysis is seemingly closer to chalcopyga
Moesary (= nitidula auctt. not F.) than to any other species in the
Nearctic fauna. Such characters as the relative length of the head and
pronotum, sculpture of frontal concavity, and shape of the lateral and
apical margins of the third abdominal tergum cause it to run to
nitidula in Aaron’s key to the North American species (Trans. Amer.
Ent. Soe. 12: 232-233, 1885). However, it is distinguished at once
from chalcopyga by its smaller size (7.5 mm. as against 9.5 mm. aver-
age length), the different head leneth:width ratio (0.56 as compared
to 0.45), first and second abdominal terga with the punctures mostly
separated instead of confluent in longitudinal rows medianly on the
first and basal half of second, and the ocelli in an equilateral triangle
instead of a lower, flattened triangle.
54 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
Fig. 1, Chrysis cembricola, female, dorsum of head and pronotum; figs. 2-4,
Spilomena spp., frontal view of male heads, figs. 2a-4a, same of female heads;
figs. 2, 2a, S. pusilla; figs. 3, 3a, S. ampliceps; figs. 4, 4a, alboclypeata; fig. 5,
S. pusilla, lateral view of female pronotum ; fig. 6, S. alboclypeata, the same.
(Drawings by A. D. Cushman; fig. 1 is 22 X, figs. 2-6, 44 X; specimens for figs.
1.2 3.5 from Lost River St. Pk., W. Va., for figs. 4, 6 from Arlington, Va.)
2, 9,
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 55
Type. 2 ; Lost River State Park, W. Va.; July 5, 1955 (K. V. Krom-
bein; on log cabin wall in sun) [U. 8. National Museum, Type No.
63508; by donation from author’s collection].
Length 7.4 mm., forewing including tegula 5.4 mm. Mostly metallic blue, the
frontal concavity, temples, legs and venter with bright green reflections in certain
aspects; tarsi dark brown and flagellum black beyond second segment. Wings
clear, the anterior edge of marginal cell narrowly infumated, the veins dark brown.
Pubescence generally short, erect and inconspicuous; light brown on dorsum of
head and thorax, somewhat longer and pale on sides of head and thorax, and
thoracic venter; very short, suberect, denser and pale on abdominal dorsum.
Head in frontal aspect with the width 1.1 times the height, the interocular dis-
tance at level of facial carina 0.45 times the head width; in dorsal view (fig. 1)
the length from facial carina to occiput 0.56 times the head width and subequal
to interocular distance at level of posterior ocelli; mandible without an inner
tooth; clypeus with median length subequal to diameter of antennal fossa, tumid
medianly, the apical margin broadly and shallowly emarginate for a distance equal
to half the total width, with scattered punctures except a narrow apical rim
smooth; facial concavity with height subequal to width, moderately concave, closely
punctate, the punctures becoming progressively larger toward the facial carina;
the latter not as strong and sharp as in chalcopyga, four-fifths the interocular
distance at that level, the central three-fourths of the carina bowed slightly down-
ward in middle, the extreme sides of carina turned downward at a very obtuse
angle; dorsum of head with rather coarse, close punctures and a narrow smooth
strip laterad of each hind ocellus; ocellar triangle equilateral, situated a little
closer to facial carina than to occiput, only slightly raised, the lateral ocelli
directed obliquely outward but not situated in pits; ocellocular line subequal to
postocellar line; malar space very short, 0.6 times the length of antennal pedicel;
demporal carina extending upward from base of mandible to a point opposite the
facial carina; relative lengths of first four antennal segmnts as 5:2:3:2.
Pronotum (fig. 1) at humeri 0.8 times the head width, the median length of disk
one-third the humeral width and half the head length from facial carina to occiput;
humeri not projecting, right-angled as viewed from above; prehumeral slope almost
perpendicular and with small close punctures except for a small smooth median
area which is oblique; pronotal disk with larger, mostly subcontiguous punctures,
such interspaces as are present with a few minute punctures, small depressed area
at middle anteriorly; lateral margins of pronotum straight and slightly divergent
posteriorly so that posterior width is 1.1 times the humeral width; lateral surface
of pronotum with fine irregular rugulae and without a pit; scutum with length
two-thirds the width, the surface with coarse, contiguous punctures, notaulices
well-developed, subparallel, the parapsidal furrows slightly convergent posteriorly,
weak and present on apical two-thirds only; scutellum feebly convex, two-thirds as
long as scutum, with large, shallow, contiguous pits; postscutellum more strongly
convex, two-thirds as long as scutellum, sculpture as on scutum; mesopleuron
divided into upper and lower plates by a series of foveae which intersect an
oblique series of foveae, a rather large, shallow, smooth depressed area at the
intersection; metapleural spine acute, short, barely reaching base of postero-
lateral propodeal projection; propodeum obliquely declivous posteriorly, viewed
56 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
from above the posterolateral projections are short and acutely angulate (about
60°); U-shaped groove of propodeal dorsum relatively broad, crossed by a few
weak carina, the area enclosed by groove sculptured like postscutellum.
Relative median lengths of abdominal terga as 7:15:6; first tergum with a
broad shallow depression anteriorly, with moderately large punctures which are
more or less separated except laterally where they are confluent and somewhat
larger and deeper, discally with scattered minute punctures also; width of second
tergum three-fourths the median length and one and one-half times the length of
lateral margin, the posterolateral angles extending below anterolateral edge of
third tergum; large punctures of second tergum smaller than those of first, sep-
arated more widely along posterior margin than elsewhere but not confluent any-
where, and with a very few scattered minute punctures, the apical margin slightly
thickened; third tergum with lateral margins straight, apical margin with teeth
short and obtuse, separated by shallow emarginations, the lateral and median
teeth closer to each other than the two median teeth; punctures of third tergum
about equal in size to those on second but mostly confluent; submarginal foveate
groove extending two-thirds of distance to base of third tergum, the foveae not
deeply impressed, about eight on a side.
Allotype. é&; Lost River State Park, W. Va.; August 30, 1956
(Kk. V. Krombein; along trail through woods) [USNM].
Length 6.0 mm., forewing including tegula 4.0 mm. Color as in female except
more purplish and with no green reflections, center of second tergum blackish,
flagellum black beyond first segment. Wings and vestiture as in female. Sculpture
and body proportions similar to female except as follows: facial carina evanescent ;
first flagellar segment relatively shorter, only slightly longer than second; sub-
marginal foveate groove of third tergum with the groove evanescent laterally and
represented by only a few small pits; apical teeth of third tergum shorter and
right-angled.
Paratypes. 12 2 2 ; same data as type but June 19, 22, 23 and 24,
1951, June 30, 1953, and July 5, 6, 9 and 10, 1955 (K. V. Krombein ;
mostly on logs on cabin walls). 12 @ @ ; Arlington, Va., June 14, 1952
(1 2), June 21 and September 7, 1953 (22 2), May 22 and 31, 1954
(2 22), and April 29 (1 @ reared from wooden trap nest K 11 of
Symmorphus canadensis (Saussure), May 26 (8 92 2), May 30
(2 99) and June 2 (1 2), 1957 (K. V. Krombein; on wooden walls
of old cowshed). 1 @ ; Dunn Loring, Fairfax Co., W. Va.; September
11, 1954 (K. V. Krombein; on honeydew secretions of Toumeyella
liriodendri (Gmel.) on foliage of Liriodendron tulipifera). 32 2 ;
Westmoreland State Park, Westmoreland Co., Va.; July 4 and 8, 1951
(K. V. Krombein). 1 @ ; Brookland, Washington, D. C.; May 15, 1908
(R. W. Van Horn; bred from hickory) [USNM]. 1 @? ; Washington,
D .C.; May 28, 1944 (G. E. Bohart) [GEB]..1 ¢ ; Washington, D. C.;
July 12, 1927 (lot no. 3978) [USNM]. 2 @ 2; Biltmore, Buncombe
Co., N. C., June 10, 1924 (R. A. St. George) [USNM]. 1 92; Harris-
burg, Dauphin Co., Pa.; June 17, 1916 (W. S. Fisher; on hickory)
{USNM]. 1 9 ; Overbrook, Philadelphia Co., Pa.; August 16, 1914
or
~
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
(G. M. Greene) [USNM]. Paratypes are in the U. 8. National Mu-
seum and personal collections of K. W. Cooper, G. E. Bohart and the
author.
About half of the paratypes have some greenish reflections on head
and thorax. They are quite similar to the type in other details of the
color, sculpture and pubescence, and are 5.9-7.8 mm. lone.
Biology. One female of cembricola was reared at Arlington, Va.,
from a wooden trap nest (IX 11) provisioned by the solitary vespid,
Symmorphus canadensis (Saussure). This trap nest contained a bor-
ing 70 mm. long with a diameter of 3 mm. It was set out in a horizon-
tal position two meters above the ground on the wooden wall of an old
cowshed on June 24, 1956. The host wasp completed her nest four days
later. I split open the nest on June 30 and found two stored cells at
the inner end, 19 and 21 mm. lone respectively, separated by clay par-
titions and with an empty vestibular cell 18 mm. long between cell 2
and the closing clay plug at the entrance. The cells were stored with
paralyzed larvae of the chrysomelid leaf-miner in locust, Chalepus
dorsalis Thunberg. The eee of the vespid was attached by a slender
thread to the ceiling at the inner end of each cell, that in cell 1 being
shriveled. I did not see the chrysidid larva in cell 1 on June 30, but
presumably it had sucked out the fluid contents of the host egg before
beginning to feed on the stored prey as is customary with some other
species of Chrysididae. On July 5 the chrysidid larva was beginning
to spin its cocoon, and the Symmorphus larva in cell 2 was almost full
erown.! The chrysidid larva coated the cell walls and ends with trans-
parent silk. Then it spun a cocoon of transparent silk, almost 3 mm. in
diameter and 6 mm. long, with rounded ends and with two small
opaque patches of dense white silk near the outer end. I inspected this
nest periodically during the next several months but the chrysidid
remained in the prepupal state through October 8. On October 12 I
placed all my trap nests outdoors for winter storage and brought
them into my office again on April 20, 1957. I made the first inspection
of these over-wintering traps on April 22, and found a pale pupa with
black eyes in this cocoon. My experience has been that 2-3 days after
pupation are required before a chrysidid pupa reaches the black-eyed
stage, so this individual must have pupated not later than April 20.
On April 26 there was a fully colored pupa in the cocoon. The adult
wasp had cut through the cocoon and emerged when I opened the nest
on April 29. Adult Symmorphus canadensis emerged from other trap
nests kept under similar conditions from May 14 to 26.
It is probable that cembricola preys only on wasps nesting in pre-
existing cavities in wood. Of the specimens in the type series nine of
the thirteen females at Lost River State Park, W. Va., and all three
females at Westmoreland State Park, Va., were taken on logs forming
1The Symmorphus larva in cell 2 died several days later. However, there can be
no reasonable doubt as to the identity of the host wasp. I have reared Symmorphus
canadensis from other trap nests containing the same prey and from the same
station, and I know of no other wasp which preys on larvae of Chalepus dorsalis.
58 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
the cabin walls, and all twelve females at Arlington, Va., were taken
on the wooden wall of an old cowshed. There were a number of species
of wasps nesting in abandoned beetle burrows or other cavities in the
logs or wood in each of these three localities, but the wasp that was
most abundant and suitable in size to serve as a host for the chrysidid
in each locality was Symmorphus canadensis. It seems likely that this
vespid may prove eventually to be one of the chief hosts of the
chrysidid. I looked over the material of Symmorphus canadensis in
the U. S. National Museum and found four females and two males
bearing the same label data as the Biltmore, N. C., paratypes of
cembricola, and one female with the same label data as the Washing-
ton, D. C. (lot no. 3978), paratype of cembricola. There are no label
data indicating a parasite-host relationship, but the identical label
data suggest the possibility that the specimens might have occurred in
the same restricted habitat.
The rather limited collection and rearing data sugeest that cem-
bricola has successfully adjusted its developmental cycle to that of
Symmorphus canadensis. The Symmorphus population nesting in my
cowshed in Arlineton is almost entirely univoltine as demonstrated by
trap nest rearings and seasonal flight range. The population of the
chrysidid at the same locality is largely univoltine as evidenced by
similar data. However, occasionally there may be a very small partial
second generation of both canadensis and cembricola. Symmorphus
was active during all our visits to Lost River State Park, but with
noticeably higher population levels earlier in the season, indicating at
least a partial second generation. All of the female cembricola at the
Park were taken during periods coinciding with the population peak
of Symmorphus, and the capture of a male at the end of August sug-
vests at least a partial second generation of the chrysidid.
Family TIPHIIDAE
Methocha (Methocha) impolita, new species
The female of this species is one of the most distinctive of the Nearc-
tic forms, and may be recognized at once by the dull, roughened in-
tegument of the head and thorax as contrasted to the highly polished,
smooth integument of the other known species of this region. In addi-
tion, the following combination of characters will serve to distinguish
it from its congeners: the very short malar space (0.09 times the eye
height) ; the front almost flat between the eyes; moderately gibbose
scutum and scutellum; blunt mesosternal teeth; and basal and apical
abdominal segments red, the intervening segments black in part or
almost entirely. M. stygia (Say), the only species now known to oceur
within the range of impolita, has a longer malar space (0.18 times the
eye height), the front rounded between eyes, the mesosternal teeth
acute, and the abdomen is rarely so colored, usually being either en-
tirely black, or entirely red, or with the base only red. The male of
impolita is unknown.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 59
M. impolita has been collected in Lost River State Park, W. Va., at
or near Washington, D. C., and at Ithaca, N. Y. The three specimens
which I collected were all taken in open, sunny areas, on soils having
a high content of gravel or larger stones. D. G. Shappirio informs me
that the single specimen captured by him was from a similar soil type.
Type. 2 ; Lost River State Park, W. Va.; August 8, 1957 (K. V.
Krombein; crawling in sun on gravelly soil along trail) [U. S. Na-
tional Museum, Type No. 64088; by donation from author’s collec-
tion}.
Length 7.4 mm. Head black, mandibles and basal seven antennal segments red;
legs red except for some infuscation on femora above at apex, on tibiae outwardly
and the last segment of all tarsi; abdomen red, the second to fourth terga with
black bands covering the posterior half or two-thirds of these segments except for
extreme apices, the bands broader along midline and narrowed toward sides, the
posterior margins straight, the anterior margins arcuate. Pubescence quite sparse,
pale golden on head and thoracic dorsum, silvery on rest of thorax, legs and
abdomen.
Head dull, strongly narrowed behind eyes, its greatest width 2.2 times the width
at occipital carina; elypeus tumid in middle above the wide, depressed apical rim
but not tuberculate there; malar space very short, 0.09 times the eye height; front
almost flat between eyes; front and vertex with the integument finely shagreened,
and with scattered large punctures which are closer between ocellar triangle and
eyes than elsewhere; least interocular distance half the head width; ocelli in a
compact right-angled triangle, the ocellocular distance 1.6 times the posterior
interocellar distance.
Thorax dull; pronotum along midline as long as combined lengths of scutum,
scutellum and postscutellum, in profile strongly rounded, the surface finely
shagreened and with a few scattered punctures and with some very close and fine,
longitudinal wrinkles dorsally; seutum and scutellum subequal in length, gibbose,
in profile the scutum separated from pronotum by a right-angled notch, the surface
finely shagreened; mesopleuron finely shagreened and with a few oblique rugae
above posteriorly; mesosternum with a pair of erect blunt teeth in front of mid
coxae; metasternum with a pair of acute teeth in front of hind coxae; propodeum
finely shagreened, dorsally with very close and fine, longitudinal wrinkles, pos-
teriorly with half a dozen arcuate earinae above abdominal insertion, and laterally
with fine, close oblique wrinkles.
Abdomen shining and with a few scattered fine punctures; first sternite with a
median groove on basal two-thirds.
Male. Unknown.
Paratypes. 2 2 2 ; Dunn Loring, Fairfax Co., Va.; June 26, 1949,
and July 26, 1947 (K. V. Krombein; crawling on clay aa a having a
high gravel content in an area open to sun) [KV Kale . Clifton,
Fairfax Co., Va.; June 9, 1933 (J. C. Bridwell) een : ‘Qe Rock
Creek Park, Washington, Dii@s; dune: 265-1947 (Ds GC: Shappirio)
[DGS]. 1 2; Van Natta’s Dam, Ithaca, Tompkins Co., N. Y.; July
20 9810¢E. Pe Babiy) + (CU:
60 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
The paratypes vary in length from 5.1 to 8.7 mm. The color also
shows considerable variation as follows: in the specimens with the most
red (Clifton and Dunn Loring) the head and thorax are as in type
but the legs are all red and the black stripes on second to fourth
terga are narrower and do not extend as far laterad; in the specimens
with the least red (Washineton and Ithaca) the head, thorax and
legs are as in type but the second to fourth terga are all black except
for extreme base of second. narrow apices of each, and small antero-
lateral areas on third and fourth. The vestiture and body proportions
are quite similar. The sculpture varies somewhat as follows: the
smallest specimen (Dunn Loring’) lacks the fine close wrinkles on pro-
notum and propodeum as does the Ithaca specimen, and the next to the
smallest (Washington) lacks them on propodeum; and the two largest
(Chfton and Dunn Lorine’) have a few oblique to arcuate wrinkles ov
eibbose part of scutum.
Family SPHECIDAE
Nitela virginiensis Rohwer
The male of this species has not been reported previously. It is ex-
tremely similar to the female in details of the sculpture, color and
vestiture, and, aside from secondary sexual characters, it differs only
in being a bit smaller, 3.5 mm. lone. Neither the legs nor antennae
bear any sexual modifications. The seventh sternum has the surface
convex and clothed with moderately dense, short erect hair, and the
apical margin is broadly and shallowly emarginate; the preceding
sterna do not bear modified vestiture.
Spilomena alboclypeata Bradley
(Figures 4, 4a, 6)
This species has not been recognized since its description fifty years
ago from a unique male from British Columbia. Some time during
the intervening years the head of the type was lost. The original de-
scription is very brief and fails to give the facial maculations in pre-
cise detail, so that the exact identification remained in doubt until I
had an opportunity recently to dissect the genitiaha from the type. A
study of these and of the external characters of the thorax and ab-
domen enabled me to identify as alboclypeata a short series of males
and a much larger series of associated females from British Columbia,
Oregon, California, Idaho, Montana, Utah, Arizona, New Mexico,
Colorado, Kansas, West Virginia and Virginia. I am giving a re-
description of the male below, as well as a description of the hitherto
unknown female, and also a key for the separation of the three species
of Spilomena known from Lost River State Park.
Marginal cell of forewing with scattered minute setae; pronotum with a deli-
cate carina extending from side of pronotal disk onto pronotal lobe; propodeal
dorsum with a broad U-shaped area delimited by a sharp carina. FEMALE:
greatest width of temple 1.3 times eye width; face (fig. 3a) delicately but
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 61
noticeably lineolate, quite shiny. MALE: lower half of face yellow (fig. 3);
flagellum testaceous except apical segment, clothed with appressed setae;
third and fourth abdominal sterna with appressed short setae on apical third
COE J ASW GS oes 2 Sey ca ee ieee ee ee PER Cn Se Se ee ee ampliceps Krombein
Marginal cell of forewing devoid of setae; pronotum (fig. 5) with a delicate
carina extending from side of pronotal disk onto pronotal lobe; propodeal
dorsum with a broad U-shaped area delimited by a sharp carina. FEMALE:
greatest width of temple subequal to eye width; face delicately and noticeably
lineolate, rather dull (fig. 2a). MALE: face yellow in middle for only a short
distance above clypeus, the sides more broadly yellow (fig. 2); flagellum dark,
clothed with appressed setae; third and fourth sterna with very narrow bands
of dense, short appressed setae at apices pusilla (Say)
Marginal cell of forewing devoid of setae; pronotum (fig. 6) without such a
carina; U-shaped area on propodeal dorsum without marginal carina. FE-
MALE: greatest width of temple subequal to eye width; face very shiny, the
lineolations evanescent (fig. 4a). MALE: face immaculate above middle of
clypeus, the sides with a moderately large, subtriangular, pale yellow to white
spot (fig. 4); flagellum dark, clothed with denser suberect setae; third and
fourth sterna with sparser, appressed setae on apical half or more
bao wee Sea ae alboclypeata Bradley
Female. Length 2.2-2.8 mm., forewing including tegula 1.6-2.2 mm. Black, with-
out metallic reflections; mandible light red, the base and apex darker; tegula trans-
parent, testaceous; legs varying from almost completely testaceous except coxae
to the following condition
and apices of mid and hind tibiae, fore tibia, and tarsi except apical segment,
testaceous. Pubescence short and inconspicuous, silvery; extremely sparse and
apices narrowly of trochanters and femora, and bases
short on front and mesopleuron; a little denser on scutum, scutellum and last three
abdominal segments; denser, though still relatively sparse, on mesosternum. Wings
clear hyaline with violaceous reflections, sparsely setose, the marginal cell of fore-
wing bare; stigma dark brown; veins pale to darker testaceous.
Head very shiny, the lineolation delicate and evanescent; in frontal view (fig.
4a) subcireular, the height and width subequal; viewed from above the width
twice the length, and vertex as long as dorsal eye length; in lateral view the temple
slightly angulate opposite middle of eye, its greatest width a bit greater than eye
width; antennal scape 0.6 times as long as clypeal width at anterior mandibular
condyles; postocellar distance 0.8 times the ocelloccipital distance and 0.7 times
the ocellocular distance; clypeus tumid in middle, but without a sharply defined
trigonal platform, the margin of median lobe slightly emarginate; lower third of
front with a very delicate median carina which is gradually evanescent above, and
whieh extends slightly downward onto elypeus.
Thorax except propodeum, very shiny; pronotum dorsally with a strong, com-
plete carina, viewed from laterally not produced upward into a tooth, no delicate
carina extending from side of pronotal disk onto pronotal lobe (fig. 6); scutum
and scutellum more noticeably lineolate than front, with scattered minute pune-
tures discernible at 68 diameters, notaulices as long as in pusilla but not so
strongly impressed; mesopleuron smooth with a few tiny punctures, episternal
suture minutely foveolate; propodeum dull, the dorsal surface with a pair of
62 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
longitudinal carinae near midline converging slightly toward apex; broad U-shaped
area on propodeal dorsum not margined by a carina, the surface with fine and
moderately close, transverse carinae; lateral propodeal surface separated from
dorsal and posterior surfaces by a fine carina, the surface with oblique separated
carinae; posterior surface with delicate, more or less transverse carinae and a
stronger median carina on lower half.
Second submarginal cell of forewing about three-fourths as wide above as below,
the width above subequal to height of cell; first recurrent nervure received near
apex of first submarginal cell or interstitial with first transverse cubital vein.
Legs and abdomen without noteworthy modifications.
Male. Length 2.1-2.6 mm., forewing including tegula 1.5-1.9 mm. Black,
without metallic reflections; the following testaceous—tegula, fore leg except coxa
and usually the fore tibia outwardly, mid and hind femora and hind tibia narrowly
annulate at base and apex, mid tibia entirely, mid and hind tarsi except apical
segment; the following varying from white to pale yellow—mandible except apical
teeth which are light red, elypeus, malar space, postmandibular triangle, a
triangular spot on side of face extending upward along eye margin two-fifths of
distance to anterior ocellus, and antennal scape. Pubescence as in female except
antennal fiagellum clothed with rather dense, suberect short setae, and apical half
of third abdominal sternum and all of fourth sternum with moderately dense,
short appressed setae. Wings as in female.
Head sculptured as in female, in frontal view the width shghtly greater than
height (1.06 times) (fig. 4); viewed from above the width 2.2 times the length,
and vertex a little shorter than dorsal eye length; in lateral view the temple
slightly angulate opposite middle of eye, its greatest width subequal to eye width;
antennal scape 0.6 times as long as ¢lypeal width at anterior mandibular condyles;
ocellocular and ocelloccipital distances subequal, the postocellar distance 0.7 times
as great; lower fourth of front with a very weak median carina which does not
extend downward onto eclypeus.
Thorax and abdomen much as in female except for vestiture on third and fourth
sterna.
Legs without modifications.
Venation similar to that of female except second submarginal cell of forewing
about five-sixths as wide above as below, the width above subequal to height of cell.
Three of the females (82253 C, 83053 A, and 92653 B) captured in
Arlington, Va., were taken with prey. Each was taken near her burrow
entrance in a board in a cowshed wall. Each was carrying a paralyzed,
immature, pale green thrips in her mandibles. Two of the specimens
of prey were lost before being measured, but the third (92653 B) was
0.84 mm. in leneth. Females were active from at least 1000 to 1730
hours in Arlington, and were taken in May, July, August and Septem-
ber in 1953 and 1954.
Gorytes (Gorytes) deceptor, new species
This is extremely similar to stmillimus Smith in size, general color
pattern and sculpture, but differs consistently in certain details of the
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 63
’
color and sculpture, and apparently also in the preferred prey. In
smillmus the upper sector of the metapleural-propodeal suture is
foveolate, while in deceptor this part of the suture is a faint simple
impression. The propodeal sculpture also separates the two at once:
both sexes of samillimus have the rugae confined to the extreme base
of the enclosure and to a small area adjacent to insertions of the
abdomen and hind coxae; in deceptor the propodeal enclosure is
entirely longitudinally rugose in the male and on the basal half or more
in the female, and both sexes have a much more extensive area of the
posterior surface rugose. The most noticeable differences in color are
as follows: the palpi are yellow except basal segment in deceptor,
entirely fuscous in similliomus; in the female of deceptor the antennal
flagellum and mid and hind trochanters are yellow beneath, while in
similliimus the apical segments of the flagellum and all trochanters are
dark beneath; in deceptor males the trochanters are yellow beneath
but in simallamus they are dark. I am indebted to I. H. H. Yarrow of
the British Museum for comparison of material with the type of
simillimus Smith.
There are two published records of stmillimus preying on adult
Cicadellidae in Buffalo, N. Y., and in Westmoreland State Park, Va.
(Krombein: Ent. News 47: 93, 1936 and Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 78:
95, 1952). K. W. Cooper captured a female of deceptor at Princeton,
N. J., transporting an adult membracid.
G. deceptor is known at present from a more circumscribed geo-
graphic range than is simillimus, but additional collecting may prove
them to be coextensive. Both species fly together at Lost River State
Park. There are definite records of deceptor from New Hampshire,
Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, Virginia, West Virginia, Ontario,
Michigan, Minnesota, Kansas and Nebraska. Published records indicate
that samillimus oceurs from Nova Seotia, New Brunswick and Maine
south to Georgia, and in Ontario, Michigan, Illinois, Nebraska, and
British Columbia. It is possible that some of these records for simil-
limus may be based on misidentifications.
Lype.) 2. host-hiver state Park: W2-Va:;. July 31,1957 CK V.
Krombein) [U. S. National Museum, Type No. 64095; by donation
from author’s collection |.
Length 10.5 mm., forewing 8.5 mm. Black and shining, the following lemon
yellow: palpi except basal segment, base of mandible, clypeus except very narrow
apical margin, supraclypeal area except subantennal sutures, narrow stripe along
lower two-thirds of inner eye margin, antenna beneath, narrow stripe on pronotal
dorsum, posterior half of pronotal lobe, small spot on mesopleuron below base of
forewing, band on posterior half of scutellum, a round spot on each side of
propodeal enclosure behind spiracle, apical bands on first five terga, that on first
covering the posterior third and with a deep right-angled emargination anteriorly
toward middle, the remaining bands narrower, small posterolateral spots on second
to fifth sterna which become progressively smaller toward apex, apices of all coxae
beneath, all trochanters beneath, femora within on apical fourth or more, tibiae
64. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
2 ’
except in varying amounts beneath, and fore and mid tarsi. Wings with a faint
yellowish cast, the marginal cell somewhat infuscated; veins fuscous.
Sculpture and body proportions very similar to simillymus. Front rather dull
from dense fine punctures and with some scattered superimposed larger ones;
vertex and thorax except propodeum with minute, well-separated punctures;
metapleural-propodeal suture well-marked on lower two-thirds, evanescent above;
propodeal enclosure delimited by foveolate grooves, with a narrow central furrow
on either side of which are about ten longitudinal rugae on the basal two-thirds;
posterior surface of propodeum and area above hind coxa with some vertical rugae
extending about halfway to upper horizontal surface; pygidium triangular, rather
narrow, the basal width about two-thirds the length, the surface shining and with
seattered, moderately small punctures.
Allotype. é& ; Rochester, Monroe Co., N. Y.; June 1939 [USNM].
Length 10.1 mm., forewing 7.6 mm. Color pattern similar to type with following
exceptions: clypeus all yellow, flagellum dark beneath, first sternum with narrow
apical band, second and third sterna with lateral spots connected by a broader
band, apices of coxae and trochanters entirely yellow beneath.
Sculpture and body proportions as in type except as follows: narrow longitudinal
tyloides on first four flagellar segments as in simillimus; propodeal enclosure
entirely rugose and posterior surface covered with vertical rugae, the lateral ones
terminating above on the yellow propodeal spots.
Paratypes. 2 99; oe nie as type, but August 1 and 8, 1957 (K.
V. Krombein) [KVK]. - Arlington, Va.; July 11, 19545 (keaye
Krombein) [KVK].2 ¢@ ae ee Mercer Co., N. J.; June 9, 1946
and August 2, 1941 (the latter pinned with an adult membracid,
Spissistilus constans (WIk.)) (UK. W. Cooper) [USNM].1 @ ; Shokan,
Ulster Co., N. Y.; July 8, 1936 (HH. K. Townes) [IKOVK\in 2.902 = Gor:
nell University Campus, Ithaca, open Co... Ni Yo x Jumen Sian
July 6, 1937 ce 12, ee [CU]. : Ithaca, N. Y. (Chittenden)
NM ie 1 695: ithaca, N.-Yo7diully, a 1917 (H. C. Van’ Dyke) [Cal:
Acad. Sei]. 12 ; eee Ithaca, N. Y.; July 5, 1920 [CU].
Forest Lawn Pee he Buffalo, Erie Co., N. Y.; June 20, 1934 (K. V.
Krombein) [KVK]. 1 ¢ ; Hartford, Hartford Co., Conn.; June 12,
1895 [U. Calif., Davis]. 1 ¢ ; New Hampshire [USNM]. 1 ¢ ; Ron-
deau Park, Kent Co., Ont.; June 28, 1926 (G. Steyskal) [U. Mich.].
1 ¢;: Ann Arbor, Washtenaw Co., Mich.; July 27, 1935 [U. Calif.,
Davis]. 1 4 ; Detroit, Wayne Co., Mich.; June 14, 1936 (G. Steyskal)
[U. Mich. ]. iL Q; Olmsted Co., Minn. (C. N. Ainslie) [USNM].1 9 ;
Baldwin, Douglas Co., Kans.; June (J. C. Bridwell) [USNM]. 1
Carns, Rock Co., Nebr.; July 1, 1902 (W. D. Pierce) [U. Nebr.].
Female paratypes range from 8.5 to 11.5 mm. in length There is no
significant variation in details of the sculpture except that rugae may
cover only the basal half of the propodeal enclosure. Likewise, there
is very little variation in the coloration, the chief difference being a
slight reduction in extent of the yellow markings in a couple of the
specimens. The male paratypes are much lke the allotype in colora-
tion, but the rugae on posterior surface of propodeum do not extend
quite as high; they range from 8 to 9.5 mm. in length.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 65
AN ANNOTATED CHECK LIST OF THE MOSQUITOES OF MONA ISLAND,
PUERTO RICO, AND THE LARVA AND MALE OF AEDES
OBTURBATOR D. & K.
(DIPTERA, CULICIDAE)
J. MALDONADO-CAPRILES,! WARREN F. PIPPIN,2 AND MERLE L. Kuns?
Mona Island is located in latitude 18° 05’ North and longitude 67°
85’ West in the southern entrance to the Mona Passage between Puerto
Rico and Hispaniola, West Indies. Politically the island is a part of
Puerto Rico. The island is about 7 miles long from east to west and
31% miles from north to south, thus covering about 14,000 aeres.
The island is relatively flat and with two clear cut levels, the very
narrow sandy and rocky coastal plain and the limestone plateau that
ranges from 125 to 300 feet in elevation. Annual rainfall averages
only 40 inches. Water is permanently found in less than half a dozen
wells and cisterns built by people who have sporadically lived on the
island. Due to the constant breeze and the relatively high diurnal tem-
perature, water evaporates rapidly from the rock pools, ete. Addi-
tional information on topography, climate, soil, vegetation, fauna, and
flora can be found in condensed form in Ramos (1946).
In his paper Ramos lists only two species of mosquitoes as occurring
on the island, namely, Aedes aegypti (li.) and Culex pipiens Li. A total
of 14 species were collected by the authors during the period 1953 to
1956. All of these except Aedes obturbator D. & K. and Psorophora
imsularia (D. & K.) have been reported from Puerto Rico. The iden-
tifications have been checked by Dr. Alan Stone, of the U. S. D. A.,
Washington, D. C., and for this and other suggestions we are indebted
to him.
1. Aedes aegypti (Linnaeus)—Ramos (1946) says ‘‘Curran 1928 :10
reports 4 ¢ 6 collected February 21-26, 1914.’’ This species has never
been collected again.
2. Aedes taeniorhynchus (Wiedemann).—Repeatedly found breeding in
the small mangrove swamp and in an open cistern on the western shore
near Sardinera. It is a vicious biter both day and night. Found to-
gether with Psorophora johnstoni.
3. Aedes mediovittatus (Coquillett)—This species was found breeding
in artificial containers in the western lowland, near the Coast Guard
Station, in one concrete tank located near the center of the island, in
bromehads (probably Guzmania sp.), and in pools formed by water
dripping from the roof of a cave near the light house. The water in
these cave pools had a pH of 8.2. The part of the cave where these
pools were found is well lighted. Adults are vicious biters both day
and night.
1College of Agriculture & Mechanic Arts, Mayaguez, Puerto Rico.
2Department of Entomology, Oklahoma A. & M., Stillwater, Oklahoma.
372nd Operations Squadron, Ramey Air Force Base, Puerto Rico.
66 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
Aedes (Ochlerotatus) obturbator D. & K.: Fig. 1, head, dorsal view; Fig. 2,
individual spines of lateral comb of eighth segment; Fig. 3, air tube, lateral view;
Fig. 4, anal segment, lateral view; Fig. 5, basistyle, ventral view; Fig. 6, claspette,
lateral view; Fig. 7, tenth sternum, ventral view; Fig. 8, ninth tergum, dorsal view.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO, 2, APRIL, 1958 67
4. Aedes obturbator Dyar and Knab.—Found in semipermanent rain
pools formed in rock depressions on the plateau and in cement catch-
ment in the lowlands. Adults were taken feeding both day and night.
Larva—Skin glabrous. Head (fig. 1) approximately one and one-half times as
wide as long, swollen at sides. Antenna relatively short, one-third as long as head,
nearly smooth except for an irregular double row of very small peg- or spine-like
structures along dorsoposterior side, very few longer spines on apical third; an-
tennal hair double. Postelypeal hair (No. 4) very small, branched; frontal internal
hairs (Nos. 5, 6) simple and long ante-antennal hair (No. 7) multiple, long. Hair
No. 8 simple and long; No. 9 short and branched. Mental plate triangular, with a
larger median tooth and 15 to 16 lateral teeth on each side.
Eighth segment with lateral comb formed by 18 to 23 very weakly sclerotized
elongated spines in a triangular patch; individual spines with a central longer
spine and two to four smaller on each side (fig. 2). Air tube (fig. 3) about twice
as long as basal width; pecten reaching to apical two-thirds, with 14 to 15 spines,
each successive spine slightly larger than preceding, last four more separated
from each other, individual spines with a strong tooth und a smaller basal one;
skin of air tube of scaly appearance; tuft close to last spine of pecten, multiple.
Anal segment (fig. 4) equal or slightly longer on its dorsal margin than wide at
base; ringed by sclerotized plate; skin of scaly appearance; ventral brush with
8 multiple hairs; dorsal brush with a single and a multiple hair. Anal gills four,
as long or slightly longer than anal segment; the dorsal pair slightly shorter
than the ventral pair. Lateral abdominal hairs long and single, on segments IIL
to VI shorter.
Runs to couple 3 in Lane’s (1953) key to the Neotropical Aedes. Can be sep-
arated from A. fulvus and A. pennai by the shorter anal gills, the different head
hairs, and the different antennal tuft.
Male—The male at hand runs without any difficulty to A. obturbator in Lane’s
key to adult Aedes, therefore, it is very similar to the female. Proboscis one-fifth
longer than fore femur; one and one-half times as long as antenna. Palpus as
long as proboscis. Anterior claw serrate, others missing. Proboscis, palpus, torus,
clypeus, legs, and thorax laterally yellowish; scales strongly iridescent, thus all
these parts can look metallic blue, green, or black. Mesonotum with brown in-
tegument along the median line and behind, on each side yellowish; covered with
golden yellow scales, with brown scales on median line. Abdominal terga blackish
with basal band of broad white scales; sterna paler with less conspicuous basal
white band.
Genitalia—Basistyle (fig. 5) uniform, relatively short, twice as long as broadest
width, apical lobe very small, inconspicuous, not spined; basal lobe subtriangularly
produced, evenly setose, on basal margin with a thicker and much longer hair.
Dististyle missing. Claspette (fig. 6) with curved base; blade as long as base,
slightly curved, with a conspicuous retrose point before apex. Tenth sternum end-
ing in two closely united teeth, apex of each on lateral aspect as in figure 7.
Mesosome subconical, weakly sclerotized. Ninth tergum very finely pilose, with the
lobes separated, lobes with apical margin narrowly and slightly sclerotized, with
three or four setae (fig. 8). :
68 PROC. ENT. SOC.. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
Two larvae with associated females and a male with the correspond-
ing genitalia on a slide have been deposited in the United States Na-
tional Museum.
5. Aedes tortilis (Theobald).—} ound in limited numbers in temporary
eround pools.
6. Culex bahamensis Dyar & Knab.—larvae taken from temporary
splash pools by the seashore and in a cistern in small numbers. Also
in cave pools together with Aedes mediovittatus.
7. Culex americanus (Neveau-Lemaire).— Hound breeding in great num-
bers in the axils of bromeliads the year around. Adult rest during the
day in cracks in rocks.
8. Culex pipiens Linnaeus——This species was found in limited numbers
near the lighthouse on the southeast coast of the island and in a shal-
low well on the western lowlands.
9. Culex nigripalpus Theobald—F ound in cistern and a grassy pool in
the lowland area.
10. Culex secutor Theobald.—This species is represented by one larva
taken from a deep well near base of cliff.
11. Anopheles grabhami Theobald.—[arvae were taken on two occasions,
once in a cistern and once in a water catchment. One male was taken
in a light trap. There is the possibility that this species was intro-
duced by aircraft from Puerto Rico and will not become established on
the island.
12. Psorophora johnstonii (Grabham).—This species was encountered on
one occasion when great numbers emerged after heavy rains.
13. Psorophora pygmaea (Theobald).—[,arvae found in temporary pools
of brackish water exposed to full sunlight. Large swarms occur during
the rainy season.
14. Psorophora insularia (Dyar & Knab).—(Collected in moderate num-
bers in splash pools on the rocky southern shore.
15. Deinocerites cancer Theobald.—F ound in crab holes primarily in the
lowland area near the base of the cliff. Taken the year around.
REFERENCES
1. Lane, J., 1953. Neotropical Culicidae. Published by Univ. Sao Paulo, Brazil.
Two volumes, 1112 pp., illus.
2. Ramos, José A., 1946. The insects of Mona Island (West Indies). Journ. Agr.
Univ. P. R. 33(1) :1-74.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 69
TWO NEW NAMES IN MOSQUITOES
(DIPTERA, CULICIDAE )
Work on a catalogue of the mosquitoes of the world has brought to
light the need for two new names in mosquitoes, which we here propose.
Aedes (Aedes) lankaensis, new name
Aedes ceylonicus Edwards, 1917, Bull. Ent. Res. 7:221. (nee Theobald 1910).
Theobald (Mon. Culic. 5:391, 1910) proposed the name Culex (?)
japonicus var. ceylonica n. v. for specimens from Ceylon, one of which
he had previously determined as Culex japonicus Theobald var. (Mon.
Culic. 3:158, 1903). This so-called variety was placed as a probable
synonym of Aedes chrysolineatus Theobald by Edwards (Gen. In-
sectorum 194:151, 1932), and Knight (Ann. Ent. Soe. Amer. 40 :636,
1947) verified the synonymy. This action placed ceylonica Theobald
in the genus Aedes where it preoccupies Aedes ceylonicus Edwards
1917. The name we choose is based on an ancient name for the island
of Ceylon.
Culex (Culex) starckeae, new name
Culex basicinctus Edwards, 1922, Bull. Ent. Res. 13:96. (nee Edwards 1921)
Edwards (Bull. Ent. Res. 12:78, 1921) transferred Leucomyia an-
nulata Taylor 1914 to the genus Culex and since it was there pre-
occupied by C. annulatus Schrank 1776, he proposed a new name,
Culex basicinctus, for it. Later Edwards decided that the species he
took to be Leucomyia annulata Taylor was actually a different species
and in 1922 (loe. cit.) he described the species he had and proposed to
use the name basicinctus for it, placing Taylor’s Leucomyia annulata
as a synonym of Culex vicinus (Taylor). Although Edwards, in 1921,
briefly characterized the species he had, the Copenhagen Decisions on
Zoological Nomenclature (p. 75-76, par. 142) clearly state that,
‘‘Where a specific name, when first published, is expressly stated
to be a substitute for a previously published name . . . the species to
which the new name applies is invariably that to which the previously
published name applied.’’ Therefore Culex basicinctus Edwards 1921
remains a synonym of Culex vicinus (Taylor) and the species de-
scribed by Edwards as basicinctus requires a new name. The one we
propose is in honor of Miss Helle Starcke, who brought this nomen-
clatorial problem to our attention. We accept as type material of
starckeae the specimens Edwards listed in 1922, p. 97, a male being
marked as type in the British Museum.—ALAN STONE, Entomology
Research Division, U. S. Department of Agriculture, and KENNETH L.
Knicut, Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, Department of the Navy,
both Washington, D.C.
70 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
A NEW SPECIES OF NYSIUS FROM ALASKA AND ALBERTA, CANADA
(HEMIPTERA, LYGAEIDAE)
Harry G. BarBeEr, Collaborator, Entomological Research Division,
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C.
Nysius fuscovittatus, new species
Head much wider than long, 75:60; preocular portion nearly on third longer
than eye, 35:20, and shorter than interocula rspace, 35:40; surface coarsely,
closely punctate. Buceculae rather low, lower edge nearly straight, gradually
narrowed posteriorly, terminatirg just before base of head. Antennae long,
much longer than combined length of head, pronotum and seuttelum, basal
segment extended well beyond apex of tylus, second segment longest; propor-
tions of segments one to four: 25, 60, 40 and 50.
Pronotum very little shorter than head, much wider than long, 90:55, lateral
margins fairly straight, surface densely, coarsely punctate with fuscous, ob-
soletely carinate along the middle and the humeral angles smooth.
Scutellum one fifth wider than long, 55:45, longitudinally carinate through
the middle, finely punctate on each side.
Hemelytra dusky opaque, surface rather densely covered with short, recurved
hairs interspersed with a few long hairs; basal costal margins sparsely pilose,
these margins parallel for a distance equal to length of the commissure thence
gently rounded to apices. Membrane translucent, the length very nearly equal
to length of the corium and twice as long as its marginal length. Color.—Head
black with several rather obscure testaceous spots on the vertex and a pale
spot in the middle of the basal margin. Antennae and also the femora except
testaceous spices, black. Pronotum stramineous, very closely and coarsely
punctate with fuscous, a small black spot before each humeral angle. Seutellum
black. Hemelytra dusky; area between costal margin of corium and subcostal
vein pale, extreme costal margin, subcostal and median veins, outer margin of
clavus and entire apical margin, fuscous. Following parts pale: spot in the
middle of basal margin of head, bucculae, humeral angles of pronotum, anterior
margin of prosternum, acetabular flanges and margins of osteole. Venter black,
densely pilose. Length 6.30 mm.
Types.—Holotype female: Lower Tonsina, Alaska, June 28, 1955,
W. C. Frohne. Paratype, male: Jasper, Alberta, Canada, Aug.,
C. T. Parsons.
N. fuscovittatus n. sp. is most closely related to paludicola, in fact
so close in general appearance that a male specimen from Alberta,
Canada, was included as a paratype in the paludicola series. N. fus-
covittatus differs in having less elevated bucculae, antennae somewhat
shorter, corium very little longer than membrane and posterior mar-
ein with an unbroken fuscous line. From groenlandicus, which also
occurs in Alaska, fuscovittatus differs in being a little longer, the
preocular part of the head is longer in relation to the eye, and an-
tennae and hemelytra relatively longer.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 71
NEW AMBRYSUS RECORDS FOR MEXICO
(HEMIPTERA, NAUCORIDAE)
By Ira La Rivers, University of Nevada, Reno
The following new records and comments on species already estab-
lished as part of the Mexican Ambrysus fauna are largely the results
of the recent Mexican collecting of Dr. C. J. Drake and Dr. F. C.
Hottes, to whom I am indebted for the privilege of examining speci-
mens. Because a recent comprehensive synonymicon is available for
these species in the author’s Mexican revision (1953), usually only
this last-mentioned paper will be necessary (in addition to the original
citation) to bring the listings up to currency.
Ambrysus parviceps Montandon 1897
Ambrysus parviceps Montandon 1897, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 47:17; La Rivers,
1953A, U.S.N.M. Proce. 103 (3311): 6; 1953B, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35
(II: 10): 1294-1296.
This species has been previously reported from the States of Chi-
huahua, Guerrero, Michoacan and Mexico; recent Drake and Hottes
collecting has added two more states: OAXACA (Oaxaca, 21(vii)51,
C. J. Drake & F. C. Hottes) and PUEBLA (Puebla, 20(vii)51, Drake
and Hottes.
Ambrysus pudicus pudicus Stil 1862
Ambrysus pudicus Stal 1862, Stet. Ent. Zeit., 23: 460.
Ambrysus pudicus pudicus, La Rivers, 1953B, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35(11: 10);
1294-1296.
PUEBLA (Puebla, 20(vii)51, C. J. Drake & F. C. Hottes)—this
record extends the range of this southern segment of the species from
the States of Mexico and Guerrero eastward into adjacent territory.
The species is also known from Guatemala, so it is only a question of
time until the several intervening states will be added to the list.
Ambrysus pudicus barberi Usinger 1946
Ambrysus barberi Usinger 1946, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 31(1): 189-190.
Amobrysus pudicus barberi, La Rivers, 1953B, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35 (IT: 10):
1298-1299.
SAN LUIS POTOSI (Tamazunchalo, 31 (411) 51, J. D. Lattin) (Univ.
Kansas). This is an expected addition in the way of a general area to
the known range of this variety, since it was previously known both
north and south of Tamazunchalo.
Ambrysus abortus La Rivers 1953
Ambrysus abortus La Rivers 1955B, Univ. Kansas Sei, Bulle35 s GUL 2 10) h299-
1301.
The types of this species were from the State of Mexico, and the
following record continues the distribution eastward; OAXACA
(Oaxaca, 21(vii)51, C. J. Drake & F. C. Hottes).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
as |
bo
The relationship between A. abortus and A. hungerfordi may well
change with future collecting; through A. hungerfordi angularis, the
rather variable A. hungerfordi makes some approach to the condition
found in A. abortus—at present, the latter has a somewhat restricted
range paralleling that of the southern components of A. hungerfordi
to the northeast, at least in Mexico. In Guatemala, where an extreme
form of A. hungerfordi occurs (A. h. spicatus), A. abortus is as yet
unknown, so at the present time, the two entities are specifically
separable.
Ambrysus vanduzeei Usinger 1946
Ambrysus vanduzeei Usinger 1946, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 31 (1): 207-209; La
Rivers, 1953B, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35 (II: 10); 1308-1309.
The paragraph describing the pronotal features of this species was
omitted from the author’s “Mexic ‘an revision, and is here added for
completeness :
Pronotum: shiny, but minutely, almost smoothly, roughened and punctate,
incipient transverse rugulosities developing centrally behind region of deepest
head penetration. Ground color yellowish with a variable development of discal
brown suffusion and dotting; when best developed, the entire dise suffused with
brown, which becomes darker laterally and medially; some comparatively gross
brown dotting is evident in the suffusion upon close examination, particularly
laterally and centrally; generally a short, blunt, somewhat lunar spot in antero-
lateral part of dise. Broad, whitish, posterior pronotal border conspicuously
separated by transverse, thin, blackish posterior pronotal line (interrupted in
middle) from the varicolored dise. Lateral edges smooth, unserrate, in unrubbed
specimens with sparse, barely discernible marginal pilosity. Percent of pronotal
lateral curvature, expressed in terms of straight-line distance between anterior
and posterior lateral angles and greatest vertical distance between this base line
and line-of-curvature, is 13% (88::11). Postero-lateral angles well-rounded.
Venter rich yellow, lightening laterally with a slight lateral darkening behind
eyes; conspicuous golden pilosity along posterior margin and on keel. Dorsal
ratios are:
(1) width between anterior angles to greatest pronotal width, 52::95 (55%)
(2) median length to greatest width, 32::95 (34%)
(3) width between anterior angles to distance between anterior angle and
posterior base line of pronotum, 52::46 (88%)
Ambrysus mormon australis La Rivers 1953
Ambrysus mormon australis La Rivers 1953B, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 85 (IT: 10):
1311-1313.
This subspecies was described from the northern State of Chihuahua,
and the following records show this southern subspecies of the widely
ranging A. mormon to oceur well into southern Mexico :
CHIHUAHUA (Camargo, 12(vii)51, C. J. Drake & F. C. Hottes) ;
GUERRERO (Acapulco, 3(vii)51, Drake & Hottes) ; JALISCO (Lake
Chapala, 15(vii)51, Drake & Hottes) ; CHIAPAS (Escwintla, 18(vii)
26, J. J. White).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
Ambrysus inflatus La Rivers 1953
Ambrysus inflatus La Rivers 1953B, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35 (II: 10): 1316-
1318.
The following new records indicate that this well defined species
ranges more southerly and easterly than its type locality in the State
of Jalisco:
DISTRITO FEDERALE (Mexico City, 30(vii)50, C. J. Drake &
EF. C. Hottes) ; MICHOACAN (Patzcuaro, 17(vii) 51, Drake & Hottes).
Ambrysus signoreti Stal 1862
Ambrysus signoreti Stil 1862, Stet. Ent. Zeit. 23: 450; La Rivers, 1953B, Univ.
Kansas Sei. Bull. 35 (II: 10): 1321-13238.
The specimens representative of the following records come closest
to my conception of Stal’s A. signoreti, although | am still not satisfied
that they are that species:
SAN LUIS POTOSI (Ciudad Valles, 8(vii)51, C. J. Drake) ;
TAMAULIPAS (Tampico, 16(vii)50, C. J. Drake & F. C. Hottes).
Although the evidence is as yet not conclusive, it appears that my
A, portheo is a variant of A. signoreti; connexival spination and female
subgenital plate terminal outlines are somewhat exaggerated over the
condition found in the Stockholm Stal type, but otherwise there seem
to be no specific differences.
Ambrysus mexicanus Montandon 1897
Ambrysus mexicanus Montandon 1897, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien. 47: 21-22; 1909,
Bull. Soc. Sci. Bue.-Roum. 17 (5-6): 322; Champion, 1900, Biol. Centr.-Amer.,
Hemipt. 2: 357; Usinger, 1946, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 31 (1: 10): 198,
206-207; De Carlo, 1950, An. Soe. Cient. Argentina, 150: 8.
Ambrysus dilatus Montandon 1910, Bull. Soe. Sci. Bue.-Roum. 18 (5-6): 190;
Usinger, 1946, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 31 (I: 10): 198; De Carlo, 1950, An.
Soc. Cient. Argentina, 150: 10; La Rivers, 1953B, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull.
35 (II: 10): 1327-1329.
Ambrysus hintoni Usinger 1946, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 31 (1: 10): 206-207;
De Carlo, 1950, An. Soe. Cient. Argentina 150: 12-13; La Rivers, 1953B,
Unive Kansas Sea. Bull’ 35) (i 10) 13827.
Montandon’s original locality for both A. mexicanus and A. dilatus
was simply ‘‘Mexico;’’ to the States of Michoacan and Mexico given
specifically in the author’s Mexican revision can be added the following
more easterly record: PUEBLA (Puebla, 20(vii)51, C. J. Drake &
FE’. ©. Hottes).
Ambrysus bispinus La Rivers 1953
Ambrysus bispinus La Rivers 1953A, U.S.N.M. Proe. 103 (3311): 4-6.
Previously known only from the States of Veracruz and Oaxaca,
this species’ range can be extended westerly into an adjacent area:
PUEBLA (Teziutlan, 27(vii)50, C. J. Drake & F. C. Hottes). The
male of this very distinctive Ambrysus is still unknown.
74 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
Ambrysus occidentalis La Rivers 1951
Ambrysus occidentalis La Rivers 1951, Univ. Calif. Publ. Entom. 8 (7): 322-325;
1953B, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35 (II: 10): 1328.
This species, lone confused with A. signoreti in the southwestern
United States, was inadvertently omitted from the Mexican list,
although its occurrence south of the United States was noted in the
revision of Ambrysus for that area. For the sake of completeness, the
Mexican record is re-iterated here:
BAJA CALIFORNIA (Ensenada, 11 (iv) 40, R. G. Miller (U. Mich-
igan)); SONORA (Palmer dist., Alamos, 27(x)34, H. S. Gentry (U.
Kansas).
Ambrysus hybrida Montandon 1897
Ambrysus hybrida Montandon 1897, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 47: 22; / 1909,
Bull. Soc. Sci. Bue.-Roum. 17 (5-6); 322; Champion, 1900, Biol. Centr.-Amer.,
Hemipt. 2: 357; Usinger, 1946, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 31 (1: 10): 198-199,
209: De Carlo, 1950, An. Soe. Cient. Argentina, 150: 8.
Ambrysus fuscus Usinger, 1946, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 31 (1: 10): 198-199;
De Carlo, 1950, An. Soc. Cient. Argentina, 150: 11; La Rivers, 1953B, Univ.
Kansas Sci. Bull. 35 (II: 10): 1333-1334.
Through the kindness of Dr. Max Beier of the Naturhistorisches
Museum at Wien, Austria, the writer was able to examine several
Montandon types and note the above synonymy as well as to confirm
the uses of other names in Ambrysus. Previously, A. hybrida had been
omitted from the Mexican treatment since it had gone unrecognized
as such in the material studied. It is, however, a distinctive enough
species and no difficulty need be associated with its detection in future.
REFERENCE
La Rivers, Ira. 1953. The Ambrysus of Mexico (Hemiptera, Nauecoridae). Univ.
Kansas Sei. Bull. 35(11: 10): 1279-1349.
LAELAPS KEEGANI, NOM. NOV. FOR LAELAPS BERLESEI KEEGAN,
1956
(ACARINA, LAELAPTIDAE )
Laelaps berlesei Keegan, 1956 (nee da Fonseea, 1939), Egyptian Pub. Hlth.
Assoc. Jour. 31(6): 246, Fig. 45.
Keegan (1956) inadvertently created a primary homonym by naming an
Egyptian mite Laelaps berlesei after this combination of names had been proposed
by da Fonseca (1939, Memor. Instituto Butantan; 12: 104, Figs 1 & 2) for a
Brazilian mite. The name Laelaps keegani, nom. nov. is proposed for Laelaps
berlesei Keegan, 1956, with the description and illustration by Keegan as appli-
cable. The holotype female has been deposited in the U. S. National Museum.
The unique specimen was collected from Arvicanthis niloticus (striped mouse) at
Pyramids, Giza Province, Egypt, 22 March 1952, by H. Hoogstraal.— ERNESTINE
B. THURMAN, Sanitarian (R), Division of Research Grants, National Institutes
of Health, Public Health Service, DHEW, Bethesda 14, Maryland,
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
=I
oO
A NEW SPECIES OF LIZARD MITE AND A GENERIC KEY TO THE
FAMILY PTERYGOSOMIDAE
(ACARINA, ANYSTOIDEA) 1
By JoHN A. Davinson, University of Maryland, College Park
The family Pterygosomidae as now understood, is comprised of 8
genera. These are variable in general appearance and habitus. Most
species are parasites of lizards while a few parasitize arthropods. Those
forms found on lizards are usually baghke in appearance and dorso-
ventrally flattened. Free living species are elongate and flattened. In
the new species of Geckobiella here presented, the male is free living in
form while the female is parasitic, having the body laterally com-
pressed and shaped in such a way as to fit between scale bases beneath
the host’s scales (Fig. 3).
In an attempt to facilitate identification of pterygosomid species,
Miss Margaret Grayson, Dr. F. Cunliffe, Dr. R. F. Lawrence, and Dr.
E. W. Baker collaborated to produce the key found herein. Since
several genera are represented by relatively few species, the discovery
of new forms may necessitate changes in the key as well as in generic
concepts.
Geckobiella harrisi, new species
(Figs. 1-8)
Diagnostic characters may be found in the laterally compressed body
of the adult female; short clublike dorsal setae which occur in patches ;
short peritremes which in the female, do not extend to the second
palpal segment, and the absence of eyes.
Adult female—Body longer than wide, distinctly laterally compressed and
angular; clublike setae present in patches, especially numerous on the anterior
dorso-lateral surface and becoming less abundant but larger posteriorly. Palpus
4-segmented with the tibia and tarsus fused; dorsum of segments 2, 3 and 4 each
bearing a single long barbed seta, the second seta being longest; palpal thumb
bearing 4 simple setae and 2 rodlike sensory setae; palpal tarsus with 1 lateral
simple seta in addition to the dorsal barbed seta. Leg 1 somewhat longer than
2, 3, or 4, and with the last 3 segments distinctly enlarged; segments 3, 4, and 5,
of all legs with 1 mildly pilose seta dorsally; duplex setae present on tarsus 1 and
2, consisting of a long whiplike barbed seta, and a shorter rodlike sensory seta.
Abdomen prominently bilobed posteriorly; 2 pairs of large clublike setae and 1
large simple seta on each lobe; a ventral tubercle present anterior to each lobe,
bearing a large seta which is medially pointed.
Adult male—Unlike the female, the male retains the free living form, being
dorso-ventrally flattened; considerably smaller in size; tapering anteriorly and
posteriorly. Clublike setae present on the margins of the dorsum are most abundant
anteriorly. Palpus 4 segmented with the tibia and tarsus fused; segments 2-3 with
dorsal barbed setae above; palpal tarsus with 3 simple setae above and 4 simple
1Scientific Art. No. A623, Contribution No. 2805, of the Maryland Agricultural
Experiment Station, Department of Entomology.
76 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2. APRIL, 1958
’ >)
and 2 rodlike setae below on the palpal thumb; duplex setae present on legs 1-2
only. Aedeagus present (Fig. 7). Posterior end of the dorsum with a pair of
tubercles, and a pair of subapical setae antero-ventral to the tubercles. Anterior
to the subapical setae are a pair of genital papillae, bearing 3 setae each. Posterior
end of the venter with a pair of seeming genital plates, each bearing a finely
barbed lateral seta and lanceolate median seta.
AN
PDQ“ FT Kier
OG caw
\\
Geckobiella harrisi, n. sp.: fig. 1, Lateral view of adult female; fig. 2, Dorsal
seta of female; fig. 3, Female in position on host (dotted lines indicate scale
bases); fig. 4, Tarsus 1 of female; fig. 5, Ventral view of female mouthparts (en-
largement shows palpal thumb).
Types—The holotype female, USNM No. 2365, and the allotype are
deposited in the U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Thirty-
two female paratype specimens are deposited in the U. 8. National
Museum and the Institute of Acarology, University of Maryland,
College Park, Md.
Type host—Plica plica (inn. )
Type locality—12 miles south of Santarem, Para, Brazil.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL.. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
Material eramined—33 adult females and 1 adult male. No nymphs
were found. All the material examined came from the ventral surface
between the gular fold and the anal vent. The single iguanid host
specimen was collected by Professor Lester E. Harris, Jr., in whose
honor this mite is named.
Geckobiella harrisi, n. sp.: fig. 6, Tarsus 1 of male; fig. 7, Ventral view of male
genital—anal region; fig. 8, Dorsal view of adult male.
Remarks—Banks (1905, p. 134) described the species Geckobia
terana. Hirst (1917, p. 1388) erected the genus Geckohiella using
Geckobia texana as the type. This species was refigured by Hirst
(1925, p. 200), Lawrence (1953, p. 16), and Lane (1954, p. 96). Until
now the genus Geckobiella was mono-typic, and known to occur only
on species of the iguanid genus Sceloporous.
(2)
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
Although the male and females here considered to be G. harrisi differ
markedly in body form and shape, they appear to be the same species
beause they both have clublike dorsal setae occuring in patches,
similar duplex setae, identical chaetotaxy of the palpal thumb, lack
eyes, and were found associated on the same host. No other species of
mites were found on the type host.
This species has been placed in the genus Geckobiella because it has
dorsal setae which occur in patches, without indication of a transverse
setal pattern; long, robust mouthparts; 1 dorsal seta present on palpal
segments 2, 3, and 4, with the seta O palpal See ao ate 3 being longest ;
leg 1 longer than the remaining legs; segments 2, 3, and 4 of all legs
with 1 mildly pilose seta above ; the body decidedly ‘longer than wide.
G. harrisi was found on an iouanid lizard as was the type species of
the genus.
KEY TO THE GENERA OF PTERYGOSOMIDAE
1. Body decidedly longer than wide, coxae not fused, first two pairs of legs
pointing anteriorly, last two pairs pointing posteriorly —_-----..._..___. 2
Body only slightly longer than wide, or as wide or wider than long, coxae
T and II fused, coxae III and IV fused, all legs pointing anteriorly_—-_____ 4
2° Setae-ftew, in transverse OWS) 222 eee 3
Setae numerous, not 1m transverse) rows reckobiella Hirst
3. Thirteen pairs of dorsal body setae, duplex setae of Tarsus I of unequal
length, palpal thumb short; on arthropods —---...... Pimeliaphilus Tragardh
Fourteen pairs of dorsal body setae, duplex setae of Tarsus I of equal
length, palpal thumb elongate; on reptiles ---_--------.-......---- Hirstiella Berlese
4, Hypostome enlarged at apex, more or less parallel sided __.__________--_______._ 5
Hypostome not enlarged at apex, more or less parallel sided 6
5. Body usually as long as wide, skin leathery; size large. Txodiderma Lawrence
Body much wider than long, skin soft and delicate; size small
ea aa tS ag a ee Se ce ce Ee Scaphothrix Lawrence
6. Dorsal setae in two dense patches along thie anterior part of lateral margins.
Duplex setae of Tarsus I unequal. The anterior seta the shorter
ie es ee BEN Te ee ON ee ee ee CTU OS OIG MEChGHS
Dorsal setae not in two dense patches along the anterior part of lateral
margins, duplex sensory setae not as-above 2 EEE 7
7. Coxae armed with stout setae or spurs, duplex setae or Tarsus I unequal
wathethesposterion setay the sorte rss ene es Geckobia Megnin
Coxae without spurs, duplex sensory setae of Tarsus I equal
Rud evi PN ee) ee tal oi SE ae ae 2A ae re Skee ee ee oes Zonurobia Lawrence
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The author wishes to express his appreciation for the interest and
suggestions of Dr. E. W. Baker, Insect Identification and Parasite
Introduction section, U. S. Department of Agriculture, and Dr. G. W.
Wharton, Head, Department of Zoology, University of Maryland, in
the study of this species and manuscript preparation.
=I
ideo)
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
LITERATURE CITED
»
Banks, N., 1905. Descriptions of some new mites. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 18: 154.
Hirst, A. S., 1917. On some new mites of the suborder Prostigmata living on
lizards. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 19 (8): 186-143.
, 1925. On parasitic mites of the suborder Prostigmata (Trombidoidea ),
on lizards. Jour. Linn. Soc. London, Zool. 36: 173-200.
Lane, J. E., 1954. A redeseription of the American lizard mite, Geckobiella texana
(Banks), 1904, with notes on the systematics of the species. (Acarina;
Pterygosomidae) Jour. Parasitol. 40 (1): 93-97.
Lawrence, R. F., 1935. The prostigmatid mites of South African lizards. Parasitol.
Bi (QWs. dleeay
, 1953. Two new scale-mite parasites of lizards. Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus.
27 (8312): 9-18.
A NOTE ON THE IDENTITY OF NERTHRA PLANIFRONS (MELIN)
(HEMIPTERA, GELASTOCORIDAE )
Nerthra planifrons (Melin), Zoologiska Bidrag Fran Uppsala,
Band 12, p. 186, figs. 74-76, 1930 (prepublished, 1929), was one of the
unrecognized species in my revision of the family, University of
Kansas Science Bulletin, vol. 37, pt. 1, No. 11, 1955, pp. 277-475. The
type, a unique female, is now before me through the courtesy of S. L.
Tuxen, Universitetets Zoologiske Museum, Ko¢benhavn, Denmark.
The specimen is labeled ‘‘Type’’ and ‘‘ Mexico, Parzudaki.’’ The
size is slightly different than that given in the original description.
Length, 10.2 mm.; width of pronotum, 6.6 mm.; and width of abdo-
men, 7.1mm. The apex of the head is provided with two minute tu-
bercles which are scarcely larger than the granulations of the body
and not visible from a dorsal view. The apex of the head does not
project anteriorly. Because the head structure will not satisfy either
part of couplet 39 of my key to the species of Nerthra, this specimen
will run to either NV, lata (Montandon) or to V. amplicollis (Stal) and
N. ecuadorensis (Melin). All of these are very closely related to if not
identical with planifrons. This specimen appears to differ from the
females of the aforementioned species in that the pronotum is widest
near the antero-lateral angle and the median portions of the lateral
margins converge posteriorly. The two margins are not quite identical
and it therefore is possible that the specimen is but an abberrant indi-
vidual of one of the other species. There is a possibility that plani-
frons is the female of N. ater (Melin). In the absence of conclusive
evidence to the contrary, the name Nertha planifrons (Melin) should
be retained for the present as representing a distinct species—E. L.
Topp, Falls Church, Virginia.
80 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
STEATONYSSUS FURMANI, A NEW NEARCTIC BAT MITE
ACARI, MACRONYSSIDAE )}
5]
VERNON J. TiprTon, Captain, MSC, and Jack L. Borst, PFC, Fifth U. S. Army
Medical Laboratory, St. Louis 2, Missouri
A bat (Lasiurus borealis) found dead at an Indiana military instal-
lation was sent to this laboratory for a postmortem examination. Gross
examination revealed an unusually large number of mites in the fur
and on the wing membranes. Subsequent study of these mites indi-
cated they represented an undescribed species of the genus Steato-
nyssus Kolenati 1858.
The genus Steatonysus is probably cosmopolitan in distribution al-
though to date no species have been reported from the Australian Zoo-
eeographical Realm. Zumpt and Till (1954) in their treatment of the
Ethiopian species of Steatonyssus express the opinion that a discus-
sion of host relationships is premature in view of the present state of
knowledge of taxonomy and host restrictions of this genus. However,
it appears likely that bats are the true hosts of Steatonyssus species
even though some specimens have been collected from mice, shrews and
moles. Clark and Yunker (1956) have placed those species associated
with birds in the genus Pellonyssus Clark and Yunker 1956. Further,
Camin (1949) has furnished evidence that S. arabicus (Hirst 1921),
described from specimens taken from a lizard, is a synonym of
Ophionyssus natricis (Gervais 1844).
As now constituted the genus contains twelve species. Five species
are represented in the American fauna and of these, three species are
nearctic: S. ceratognathus (Ewing 1923), S. occidentalis (HKwing
1933) and a new species for which we propose the name Steatonyssus
furmani n. sp. in honor of Dr. Deane P. Furman who is currently
contributing so much toward a better understanding of the parasitic
mesostigmatid mites.
Steatonyssus furmani Tipton and Boese, sp. n.
Female.—I/diosoma: 770 microns long, 448 microns wide at widest point.
Elongate mite, becoming slightly swollen posterior to coxae IV, pronounced in-
vagination of posterior margin at apex of anal plate in unmounted specimens.
Dorsum (fig. 1): Dorsal plates composed of broad, well developed propodosomal
plate; narrowly tapering opisthosomal plate. Prodosomal plate finely reticulate, 10
pairs heavy, sublateral setae; six pairs medial setae exclusive of pair of short setae
on anterior margin of plate; anterior most pair minute, 2nd pair very minute, re-
maining pairs becoming progressively larger from anterior to posterior; pair of
minute setae lateral to last pair of medial setae. Opisthosomal plate large (314
microns long), anterior margin deeply concave, lateral margins roughly parallel
for approximately 1% their length, then tapering narrowly; On wide anterior por-
tion of plate 2 pairs minute setae lateral to 2 pairs long setae; On tapering pos-
terior portion 1 pair long, medial setae; | pair minute medial setae, 5 pairs minute
marginal setae. Unsclerotized portion of dorsum wide lateral bands each of which
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL: 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 81
bear approximately 80-90 setae, areas between dorsal plates and posterior to opis
thosomal plate without setae. Venter (fig. 2): Tritosternum divided from near
base, lacinae finely pilose. Presternal area coarsely reticulate. Sternal plate non-
reticulate; anterior margin convex, posterior margin concave; lst pair setae on an-
terior margin, over % length of 2nd and 3rd pairs (30, 46, 50 microns); Ist pair
sternal pores roughly at right angles to the longitudinal axis, 2nd pair at approxi
mately 45 degree angle to longitudinal axis of mite. Endapodal plates very small,
Steatonyssus furmani n. sp., female. Fig. 1, dorsum; fig. 2, venter.
with setae of approximately same size as 2nd and 5rd pairs sternal setae. Epigyn-
ial plate poorly developed, acutely tapered posteriorly, with one pair setae on geni-
tal portion, anterior portion accordion-like to accommodate genital opening. Meta-
podal plates elongate. Anal plate pyriform; base of adanal setae near posterior
margin of anal aperture; adanal setae approximately same length as postanal seta
but less robust. Unsclerotized portion of venter with fine lines in area bordering
epigynial plate, otherwise coarsely reticulate; approximately 60 pairs setae which
become more robust in posterior area. Stigmata located at anterior margin of coxae
IV; peritremalia (80 microns) extend to anterior margin of coxae III, extend pos-
9
teriorly, fused with parapodal plates around coxae IV. Legs: First 3 pair coxae
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
Steatonyssus furmani n. sp. Fig. 3, gnathosoma, female; fig. 4, venter, male.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 83
each with one pair setae, coxae IV with single seta. All legs with caruncles and
claws, Tarsi I with fine tactile setae; those of Tarsi II, III & IV somewhat coarser.
Legs II & III shorter than I & IV; legs II more robust. Gnathosoma (Fig. 3):
Deutosternal groove with approximately 10 rows of teeth with 1 tooth per row.
Gnathosomal setae small (20 microns), long medial hypostomal setae (34 mi-
crons), lateral hypostomal setae small (20 microns), distal hypostomal setae small
(14 microns). Hypostomal processes broad at base but taper acutely anterior to
distal hypostomal setae. Chelae long, slender, untoothed. Tectum acutely pointed,
serrate margin.
Male.—Idiosoma: 480 microns long; 320 microns wide. Dorsum: As in female
except 45-50 pairs setae on unarmed portion. Venter (fig. 4): Ventral plates
consist of sternal plate, ventral plate, anal plate. Presternal area with one pair
setae. Sternal plate with 3 pairs setae; tapers slightly to rounded posterior
margin; gental opening between anterior-most pair of setae. Endapodal plates
just off lateral margin of sternal plate at level of coxae III; one seta each,
similar to those of sternal plate. Ventral plate short; anterior margin concave;
lateral margins rounded then taper abruptly to rounded posterior tip; eight
setae. Unarmed venter finely striated; 28 pairs setae. No metapodal plates
visible. Anal plate as in female. Legs: Aproximately as in female. Gnathosoma:
Approximately as in female except needle-like chelicerae.
Types.—Holotype: A female collected from a bat, Lasiurus borealis,
collected at Jefferson Proving Grounds, Madison, Indiana, September,
956. Deposited in the Collection of the U. S. National Museum. Allo-
type: A male, same data as above. Deposited in the U. 8S. National
Museum. Paratypes: Many females and 1 male, same data as above.
Deposited in the British Museum of Natural History (male), Univer-
sity of California Collection and in the Collection of the senior author.
Steatonyssus furmani lacks the heavy sclerotization of the posterior
margin of the sternal plate characteristic of other members of the
genus with the exception of 8. eos and SN. natalensis. S. furmani may
be differentiated from these two species in possessing the following
combination of characters: extremely short peritremalia, sternal plate
non-reticulate, the first pair of sernal setae approximately one-half the
length of the second pair and a narrowly tapered opisthosomal plate.
The description of S. javensis (Oudemans 1914) is very short but ap-
parently this species also lacks the heavy sclerotization of the posterior
margin of the sternal plate. However, it appears to have peritremalia
which extend to the dorsal area. Male distinct in having divided dorsal
plate.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We appreciate the help given us by Dr. Deane P. Furman of the
University of California and Dr. Edward W. Baker, Division of In-
sect Identification, U. S. National Museum, in determining the taxo-
nomic status of this species. We are also grateful to Dr. Paul W.
Parmalee, Curator of Zoology at the Illinois State Museum, for identi-
fying the host.
84 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
REFERENCES
Camin, Joseph H., 1949. An attempt to clarify the status of the species in the
genus Ophionyssus Megnin (Acarina: Macronyssidae). J. Parasit. 35 (6):
583-589.
Clark, Gordon M. and Conrad E. Yunker, 1956. A new genus and species of Der-
manyssidae (Acarina: Mesostigmata) from the English sparrow, with observa-
tions on its life cycle. Proc. Helm. Soc. Wash. 23 (2): 93-101.
Zumpt, F. and W. Till, 1954. The genus Steatonyssus Kolenati in the Ethiopian
Region (Acarina: Laelaptidae). J. Ent. Soc. S. Africa 17: 47-57.
NOW AV AILABLE
Memoir 5 of the Entomological Society of Washington
A CLASSIFICATION OF THE SIPHONAPTERA OF
SOUTH AMERICA
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES
by Phyllis Truth Johnson
The study of South American fleas was begun in 1879 when Weyen-
bergh published the first descriptions of species from that region, using
specimens mounted on cardboard as was usual in that day. These
fleas were restudied in balsam by Jordan and Rothschild in England
shortly after the turn of the century, and from that time to the
present day a large number of siphonapterologists, both in England
and the Americas, have contributed to this study. Dr. Johnson’s
work is the first comprehensive taxonomic treatment of the fleas of
the region, which comprises Trinidad and all of the continent and its
coastal islands. The contemplated 275 page volume will be indispensa-
ble to the serious student of this important order of insects.
-
Memoir 5 opens with two discussions of morphological characters, one devoted
to the terms used in the taxonomic section and the other to their taxonomic
validity and possible phylogenetic significance. All the families, tribes and genera
known to occur in South America are completely described and illustrated, and
the species within each: genus have been listed with host and locality data. De-
scriptions of 17 new species and two new subspecies bring the total number to
170. Keys to families, tribes, genera, and species are included. The discussion of
each genus is terminated by a section giving the synonymies of the hosts con-
cerned. The 114 plates are said to contain among the best illustrations of fleas
currently available, and are grouped according to family. A section listing hosts,
each with the flleas known to occur on it, recapitulates the host-flea information ;
sections dealing with references, systematic index and list of abbreviations close
the volume.
Orders at the price of $9.00 to members and $10.00 to non-members may be
placed with the Society for Memoir No. 5. Orders should be addressed to Mr.
Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian, Plant Quarantine Branch, Agricultural Research
Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 85
PYROGLYPHUS MORLANI, A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF MITE
FORMING A NEW FAMILY, PYROGLYPHIDAE, IN THE ACARIDIAE
ACARINA, SARCOPTIFORMES
By FREDERICK CUNLIFFE, Columbia College, South Carolina, and Pinellas
Foundation, Inc., Tallahassee, Florida.
As has been noted by many workers the genital opening of the female Acaridiae,
both free living and parasitic, are important in family and superfamily diagnosis.
Female genitalia of known families range from simple longitudinal or transverse
slits to those with lateral and epigynial plates which form an anteriorly pointing
triangle. A series of mites with an extreme form of genitalia was discovered some
years ago in rodents’ nests in New Mexico by H. B. Morlan of the U. S. Public
Health Service. The genital opening is bell shaped and is covered by a sclerotized
plate which is hinged posteriorly. The shield is similar in appearance and action
to those of the uropodid mites. There are no visible lateral plates. The genital
plate bears two pairs of setae posteriorly. In other acarids these setae appear to
be at the margins of the lateral plates, or slightly off the plates. Their presence
on the genital plate indicates that the laterals are not reduced, but may have been
large as in Chortoglyphus, and have combined with the epigynial to form the single
large plate. This species forms a new family in the superfamily Acaroidea.
PYROGLYPHIDAE, new family
This family is distinguished from all others in having a single trap-
door like genital plate, in possessing greatly reduced genital discs, and
in lacking copulatory tubes.
Pyroglyphus, new genus
With the characters of the family.
Pyroglyphus morlani, new species
Female.—These are small, rugose, leathery mites. The propodosoma is smoother
than the rest of the dorsum, and possesses a sclerotized shield. The body setae are
small, simple, and few in number. Coxal plates I and II are sclerotized across the
entire venter. Coxae III and IV are only lightly sclerotized. The genital opening
is large, bell shaped, and lies between coxae III and IV. The genital plate is
sclerotized and possesses two pairs of setae posteriorly. Two pairs of tiny remnants
of genital dises are present. Ventral body setae apparently are missing; a single
pair of anal setae are present; two pairs of setae are on the posterior margin of
the body. No copulatory tube could be found. The legs are simple, with few
setae. The tarsal caruncles are expanded, and have tiny empodial claws. Tarsi
IT and II each has a single rodlike sensory seta. The chelicerae are chelate; the
mouthparts are barely visible from above. The body is 414 # long and 255 » wide.
Male.—Similar to female. The genitalia lie between coxae III] and IV. The
body is 319 » long and 172 » wide.
Types.—Holotype female, U. S. National Museum No. 2461 was
collected in a nest of Neotoma albigula Dee. 17, 1951; five female
paratypes with the same data; three female paratypes collected in the
same habitat Dec. 13, 1951; two female paratypes collected in Neotoma
86 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
sp. nest Feb. 9, 1953. One male paratype collected in Neotoma albigula
nest Dee. 13, 1951. Three nymphs collected in the same habitat Jan. 17,
1952. All were collected by H. B. Morlan near Santa Fe, New Mexico.
SS \
Pyroglyphus morlani, new species, female: fig. 1, dorsum; fig. 2, venter; fig. 3,
genital plate; fig. 4, tarsus I; fig. 5, tarsus IT; fig. 6, detail of caruncle.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 87
INA LOUISE HAWES, 1896-1957
The name of Ina Hawes,
Bibliographer and Asso-
ciate Librarian in the Li-
brary of the Department
of Agriculture, stands on
the back of nine volumes of
the Index of the Literature
of American Economie En-
tomology from 1940
through 1955, comprising
over 4000 pages of bibliog-
raphy. Besides these vol-
umes there are five other
bibhographies, written in
collaboration with others,
and amounting to 777
pages altogether, of which
the Bibhography on Avia-
tion and Eeonomie Ento-
mology won the Oberly
Memorial award for the
best bibliography in the field of agriculture of the biennium. In truth
this is great activity for so tiny a woman as Ina Hawes, especially
when one considers that she was always rather frail in health and
carried on a rich social life outside of her working days.
When one is gathering up the details of the life of another human
being, reviewing that one’s preeminence in a chosen field, his quality
of work and his relationship with others, there emerges eventually
from the many facts, the spirit of the individual, that peculiar essence
of his being. In the case of Ina Hawes the essence might be said to be
her dedication to service to others, not as a devout religieuse at all, but
as a gay, happy woman. One of her fellow librarians summed it up in
saying, ‘‘ Hawsey liked to do things for people.”’
Her only surviving sister, herself the mother of three daughters
whom Ina cherished and helped, has written me of her childhood as
follows:
“Ina was born (April 28, 1896) and brought up in the small town of
Oxford, Massachusetts. She was the daughter of Marian E. Waite
and Charles H. Hawes, the second of the three Hawes girls. We lived
on a farm with Mother and Father and Grandmother and Grandfather
Waite. The Waites were an old New England family and the Hawes
came from the North of Ireland to New York City in the early 1800's.
Ina was brought up in the old New England way, with Sunday School
in the old North Church (Congregational). In her teens she was active
in the Camp Fire Girls, helping put on benefit entertainments in the
church. She was gay and jolly and full of fun. She loved poetry and
88 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
while doing the dishes she used to recite ‘*The Lady of Shalotte’’ and
parts of ‘‘Marmion’’ and the ‘‘Lady of the Lake.’’ She used to read
to me a great deal. I think I got a great deal of education from her.
She graduated from Oxford High School at seventeen and from there
went to Simmons College.”’
Directly after her graduation from Simmons in June 1917 where she
took the course in Library Science, she joined the library staff of the
Department of Agriculture as assistant to Mabel Colcord in the Bu-
reau of Entomology. She continued in the Department of Agriculture
hbrary for the rest of her life. When I came to the Bureau a year and
a half later, | met her in the old red brick building that used to stand
next to the marble East Wing of the Agriculture building, in an office
adjominge Dr. Howard’s front office. She had a desk between Miss
Coleord and the silvery haired Mary Champney. Poor Miss Champney
had had attacks of petit mal all her life. Often she would say, ‘‘I
don’t know how I ever got here this morning, I have no recollection of
it.’’ And Miss Coleord would remark, ‘‘Poor Champ, the air is blue
with gloom here mornings till she settles down to work.’’ Miss Col-
cord herself had just taken over after Nathan Banks’ departure the
work on the Index of Literature of American Economie Entomology,
and ** Hawsey’’ as she soon dubbed Ina, was appointed to help her out.
It must have been dull work for a young girl, but she was ever a busy
wren-like ttle person, always with a bubble of laughter. This sunny
disposition probably came from her Irish inheritance, while from her
New Eneland stock she doubtless drew the conscientiousness that en-
abled her to work on the dullest of chores, climaxed by the Index. Her
humor coincided with that of Mabel Colcord, whose sly wit delighted
everyone. Together they were a congenial pair with a deep and affec-
tionate understanding of each other that grew with the years. Ina
owed much to her training under Mabel Colcord, a training that in
the end enabled her to take over after Miss Coleord’s retirement and
even surpass her in the number of volumes of the Index that she put
out.
Outside of office, Ina’s interests for many years were centered in the
Pierce Hall Players at the Unitarian Church in Washington. She sel-
dom was in the limelight herself in their performances, but she was
foremost in organizing and directing them. One of the group told me
that there could be no one finer than she at it. She joined this dra-
matic group in the early 20’s when it was first formed and stayed with
it till it disbanded in the war years. She was also active in her Sim-
mons College Club. Several of her classmates at Simmons came to
Washington at about the same time she did and the girls lived together
for a time, till most of them were married, and even afterwards they
kept in close touch with each other through the years.
From 1944 through 1948 Ina was recording secretary for the Ento-
mological Society of Washington, the second woman to hold that post.
Besides the entomological societies she belonged to the Special Libra-
ries Association.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., voL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 89
] ’ ’
After Mabel Colcord’s retirement in June 1942 the work of the
Index was continued by Ina, often with little clerical help, but she
carried the burden from then to her death in March 1957. She was
largely responsible for the organization of the entomology section of
the Bibliography of Agriculture and compiled her two major bibliog-
raphies apart from the Index at this time. This is the period in which
she did her most constructive work and may well have been her most
satisfying. In 1956 she was given the Superior Service Award in rec-
ognition of the ‘‘intelligent and practical way in which she developed
the Indexes of American Economie Entomology.’’ In connection with
this award Mr. C. F. W. Muesebeck wrote:
‘These Indexes, now published annually, are the main reliance of
the apphed entomologist for a guide to the literature pertaining to any
subject in the broad field of economic entomology. Their usefulness is,
of course, dependent on the care and intelligence with which they are
prepared. It had become necessary to eliminate certain types of pub-
lications and certain types of articles, as well as to sort out and use
only what was significant in those publications and articles that might
be selected for indexing. This demanded a nice understanding of the
needs of the entomologists and an appreciation of the gradual changes
of emphasis in the field. It is because of Miss Hawes’ exceptional un-
derstanding of what is required, her resourcefulness, and her ability to
get things done that the Indexes have been ready on time, that they
reflect so well the growth and trends in the field covered, and that they
have become indispensable tools of the economic entomologist ... I
cannot emphasize too much the intelligent and effective conduct of
this important undertaking while Miss Hawes has been in charge of it.’’
Ina was never very robust in health. She suffered from allergies—
in the early days it was called ‘‘hay fever.’’ In addition she had nu-
merous operations, some of them major ones, and once she was badly
injured when hit by a car. A year or so before her death cancer was
discovered, and she had a very serious operation for that. Later the
cancer recurred, and she died on March 23, 1957. Her mother, it may
be of interest to note, also died of cancer.
She lived up to the tradition of those splendid women, many of
them New Englanders like herself, whose conscientious effort and
scholarship under the leadership of Claribel Barnett brought the De-
partment of Agriculture Library to its zenith.
Doris H. BuaKe!
PUBLICATIONS OF INA LOUISE HAWES
1. Check list of publications on entomology issued by the United States Depart-
ment of Agriculture through 1927 with subject index. U. S. Dept. of Agr.
Lib. Bibl. Contrib. 20, 261 p., Jan. 1930 (in collaboration with Mabel Colcord
and Angelina Carabelli).
1] wish to thank Ina’s sister, Mrs. John Andrych, Mrs. Ruth Lindley and Mrs.
Egbert Walker for help in supplying the facts of her life, and Mrs. Margaret S.
Bryant, Miss Mary E. Grinnell, and J. S. Wade for their suggestions and for
supplying Ina’s bibliography.
90 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
2. List of publications on apiculture contained in the U. S. Department of Agri-
eulture, and in part those contained in the Library of Congress. U. S. Dept. of
Agr. Lib. Bibl. Contrib. 21, 219 p., May 1930 (in collaboration with Vajen
K. Hitz).
3. Index to the literature of American economic entomology, vols. 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
12, 13, 14, 15. 1940-1955.
4. Bibliography on lice and man with particular reference to wartime conditions.
U. 8S. Dept. of Agr. Bibl. Bull. no. 1, 106 p., 1943 (in collaboration with Mary
E. Grinnell).
Bibliography on aviation and economic entomology. U. 8S. Dept. of Agr. Bibl.
Bull. No. 8, 185 p., 1947 (in collaboration with Rose Eisenberg).
6. A selected list of publications. U. S. Dept. of Agr. Yearbook, 1952, pp. 732-
737 (in collaboration with J. S. Wade).
Or
SOCIETY MEETINGS
The 663rd regular meeting of the Society was called to order by President F. L.
Campbell at 8:00 PM, Thursday, May 2, 1957, in Room 43 of the U. S. National
Museum, with 37 members and 26 visitors present. The minutes of the previous
meeting were read, corrected and approved.
Mr. Rainwater reported that May 18 was selected for the date of the June
picnic meeting to be held at the Log Lodge from 2 to 6 PM. The committee con-
sists of Sollers, Walton, Rainwater, Shortino, Gilbert and Sullivan.
New members elected were Mrs. Helene G. Cushman, Bibliography Section,
Library, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, and Lt. Dale H. Habeck,
Box 5215, State College Station, Raleigh, N. Car.
Notes and exhibition of specimens were deferred to allow full time to the four
students whose Science Fair exhibits provided the principal program of the eve-
ning. Elliott S. Krafsur, student of Mrs. Ann Fullerton at Bethesda-Chevy Chase
High Sehool, presented his exhibit, ‘‘ Hybridization and Classification of Saturniid
Moths.’’ There were questions and comments on the exhibit by T. L. Bissell, R. H.
Nelson, R. T. Mitchell, A. B. Gurney, H. H. Shepard, J. F. G. Clarke, R. I. Sailer,
and others. Mr. and Mrs. 8. S. Krafsur and Mrs Fullerton were introduced.
Rona Kushner, also a student of Mrs. Fullerton, presented her exhibit, ‘‘The
Firefly,’’ and answered questins and comments by F. C. Bishopp, Elizabeth Havi-
land, T. E. Snyder, Mr. Nelson, Mr. Bissell, James Watt, Dixie Krafsur, M. D.
Leonard and T. J. Spilman. Mrs. M. Kushner was introduced at the meeting.
Frances Watt, student of Ruth C. Strosnider at Woodrow Wilson High School,
presented her exhibit, ‘‘Cockroaches for Nutritional Experiments.’’? Questions
and comments were offered by Honorary President Snodgrass, F. P. Harrison, Dr.
Gurney, R. J. Barker, Mr. Rainwater, Dr. Haviland, Mr. Bissell, Mrs. Fullerton
and others.
Judith Wilburn, student of member Howard Owens at Northwest High School,
presented her exhibit, ‘‘ What Hibernates in a Clump of Broom Sedge?’’ raising
questions and comments by Dr. Clarke, Mr. Bissell, Dr. Leonard, Mr. Rainwater,
Kellie O’Neill, Rose Warner, Dr. Watt, Honorary President R. E. Snodgrass, Mr.
Nelson, Dr. Bishopp and others.
A. B. Gurney spoke briefly in praise of the initiative and interest in individual
studying which are engendered in many high school students by Science Fairs. At
each of the several regional Science Fairs held annually in the Washington Metro-
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 91
politan Area there are several hundred entries, many characterized by great merit.
For several years the Washington Academy of Sciences has actively encouraged
the Science Fairs, and the fine projects displayed this evening demonstrate well
what is being accomplished. (Speaker’s abstract.)
M. P. Jones added comments and an invitation to the students, their parents,
and their teachers to attend the June picnic meeting. Mr. Bissell asked for Howard
Owens’ comment. Mr. Owens said that this was the 11th annual Fair and the 4th
year in which all of the suburban groups had participated. There were 30,000
visitors to the suburban Virginia Fair and 10,000 to that at the University of
Maryland, in addition to visitors to Montgomery County and District Fairs, and
in all there were 16,000 exhibits in the Washington area—a lot of earthworms in
the family refrigerator. Next week the winners are to leave for the national
competition.
The meeting was adjourned at 9:45 PM.—KELLIE O’NEILL, Recording Secretary.
The 665th regular meeting of the Society was held in room 43 of the U. 8.
National Museum on Thursday, October 3, 1957, with 61 members and 28 visitors
present. President F. L. Campbell called the meeting to order at 8:00 P. M. and
the minutes of the May meeting were read and approved.
The name of Arthur B. Gahan was presented in nomination for Honorary Mem-
ber to succeed the late Dr. A. G. Béving. A. B. Gurney, chairman of the nomi-
nating committee, recapitulated Mr. Gahan’s life and entomological contributions
for the benefit of younger member not acquainted with him. Arthur Burton Gahan
was born in Manhattan, Kansas, in 1880, and was trained primarily at Kansas
State College and the University of Maryland. He was a staff member at the Uni-
versity of Maryland from 1904 until 1913, when he joined the taxonomic unit of
the U. S. Bureau of Entomology. Mr. Gahan became an international authority on
the Chaleidoidea, and retired in 1950. As an active member of the Entomological
Society of Washington for 50 years, he contributed greatly to the Society’s activi-
ties, and held various offices, including that of President in 1922. [Author’s ab-
stract.] It was voted unanimously to make Mr. Gahan an Honorary Member.
President Campbell reported that revision of the constitution was being discussed
by the Executive Committee but the proposal was not yet complete.
New members elected were: Robert Davis, 2211 Maxwell Drive, 8. W., Atlanta
11, Georgia; Dr. M. J. Sloan, Shell Chem. Corp., 1700 K St. ,N. W., Washington,
D. C.; Jerry Mallack, 303 Leighton Ave., Silver Spring, Md.; Michael Kostarab,
12 Merrill Rd., Apt. A, Baltimore 28, Md.; John A. Fluno, Entomology Research
Div., Plant Industry Station, Beltsville, Md.; Dr. Thomas H. G. Aitken, Trinidad
Regional Virus Lab., P. O. Box 164, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad, B.W.I.; James P.
Kramer, Insect Identification and Parasite Introduction Laboratories, U. S. Na-
tional Museum, Washington 25, D. C.
Following discussion of whether the December meeting should be postponed be-
cause of the conflicting Entomological Society of America meeting, it was voted
not to postpone the meeting, against some opposition.
President Campbell announced the appointment of C. H. Hoffman to represent
the Society at the Pacific Science Congress at Bangkok, November 18 to De-
cember 9.
The death of John H. Martin was announced by T. J. Spilman, who recounted
a few of the experiences he shared with this friend during his short life and career
as an entomologist.
92 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
A. B. Gurney announced the death of J. C. Bridwell, noted collector known to
many older Society members. Mr. Bridwell’s obituary appeared in Vol. 60, No. 1,
of the Proceedings.
W. E. Bickley called attention to the necessity for having a permit to collect in
National Parks; he finds it time-consuming to obtain permits for his students.
J. F. Gates explained that the requirement for permits was instituted principally
to protect birds and other larger forms of animal life more in danger of extine-
tion than insects. He did not think it likely that the requirement could be changed,
or that blanket permits could be obtained, and said that Park police were most
assiduous in enforcing the law, so that collectors could expect to be asked to show
their permits. He added that he was understandably in favor of the provision that
material collected became the property of the National Museum, and went on to
tell about a recent acquisition of the Division of Insects, the Tippmann eollee-
tion. It comprises 97,830 specimens of wood-boring beetles, including 1,415 para-
types and cotypes and 611 holotypes.
T. L. Bissell told about an insect newly a pest in Maryland. Anticarsia gem-
matalis Hibner, the velvetbean caterpillar, was found damaging soy beans. In
answer to E. L. Todd’s question, Mr. Bissell said the species was not new to Mary-
land, but that this was the first record of commercial damage.
President Campbell read a letter of thanks from Miss Luey Howard for the
L. O. Howard dinner. This letter is published here in full:
Onteora Club
September 15, 1957
To the Entomological Society of Washington, D. C.
Dear Entomological Society:
For my sister and myself I want to thank you all for the heart-warming tribute
to our Father on his hundredth birthday. All his friends, who to our joy and sur-
prise seem still to be many, were so good in swelling the number who came to that
wonderful dinner.
It was particularly gratifying to us to have my sister Candace’s son present so
that he too could hear the tributes to his grandfather and realize from sources
other than the naturally prejudiced opinions of his family, the way people felt
about him. I know he will never forget it.
I have always felt as if the Entomological Society were a sort of family con-
nection. Some of my earliest recollections are of meetings held in our house in
Georgetown. One especially, when I was awakened by the charming playing of a
German member, who after the insects and new discoveroies for their control had
been finished with, was soothing his fellow members, or waking them up (?) with
Schubert’s ‘‘Hark, Hark the Lark.’’ I have loved it dearly from that day.
The years when I came to the meetings with Father were particularly happy
ones and even though I didn‘t really understand most of the papers, the feeling
of a group of people closely and enthusiastically bound together by their interest
in their own work and the discoveries of others along similar lines, was a wonder-
ful experience.
Thank you again for your remembrance and the tribute to Father who would
have been so greatly touched by the whole thing.
Signed by
Lucy T. Howarp
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 93
A record of Dr. Howard’s voice copied from the original now in Archives was
was played to the meeting.
The principal speaker of the evening was Curtis W. Sabrosky, who told about
his collecting experiences in the Palau Islands and Yan under the title, ‘‘A Visit
to Paradise.’’ The program chairman added the subtitle, ‘‘ Roasting on a Pacific
Isle.’’ Mr. Sabrosky’s talk was well illustrated with color slides, and he exhibited
a number of articles of native handwork.
The meeting was adjourned at 10:10 P. M.—KeE.LuI©m O’NEILL, Recording Sec-
retary.
The 666th regular meeting of the Society was held in Room 45 of the U. 8S. Na-
tional Museum, Thursday, Nov. 7, 1957. President Frank L. Campbell called the
meeting to order at 8:00 PM and there were 39 members and 14 visitors present.
The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
Dr. Ashly Gurney, chairman of the nominating committee, presented the names
of the nominees for offices in 1958 (see inside front cover—ED.).
A new member, Dr. J. T. Medler, Department of Entomology, University of
Wisconsin, was elected.
President Campbell read the letter of acceptance of honorary membership by
A. B. Gahan and called our attention to the fact that Dr. M. D. Leonard has been
elected a member of the Entomological Society of Japan. Dr. Campbell also
pointed out that ‘‘ Preliminary Inventories, Records of the Bureau of Entomology
and Plant Quarantine’’ (No. 94), compiled by Dr. H. T. Pinkett, is now available
from the National Archives.
A note concerning the winner of the Joseph Augustin LePrince award was
presented by Helen Sollers. This award, consisting of a bronze medal, a certificate
and an hononarium of $500, is now presented every three years by the American
Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene to a person for outstanding accomplish-
ment in the field of malaria. This year the honor was bestowed upon Dr. Louis L.
Williams, internationally famous for his work in malaria control. He has become
known as the father of malaria eradication in the United States. After his retire-
ment as chief of the International Health Division in 1953, he joined the staff of
the Pan American Sanitary Bureau where he is now a consultant.
The principal speaker of the evening, Mr. Morris C. Leikind, had as his subject,
‘*Ronald Ross and Medical Entomology—A Centennial Appraisal.’’? An active
discussion followed this talk.
Just after his speech, Mr. Leikind called attention to the Washington History
of Science Club whose membership is open to those interested in the history of
science.
The following visitors were introduced: Dr. C. D. Pelekassis, Benaki Plant
Pathology Institute, Athens, Greece; J. W. Beardsley, Hawaiian Sugar Planter’s
Association, Honolulu; Roy Fritz, U. S. Public Health Service; Tom McIntyre,
Mrs. Ruth Shechter, Roger Ratcliffe, and K. EF. Lipinsky, University of Maryland;
and George E. Bohart, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Beltsville.
The meeting was adjourned at 9:47 PM.—HELEN Sowers, Acting Recording
Secretary.
94, PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
The 667th regular meeting of the Society was called to order at 8:04 PM
Thursday, December 5, 1957, in Room 438 of the U. S. National Museum, by
President F. L. Campbell, with 15 members and 3 visitors present.
Thomas McIntyre, R.D. 2, Bowie Rd., Laurel, Md., was elected to membership.
President Campbell reported on the state of the Society. The report was
accepted. There was comment on the $600 deficit in the general fund and on
publication of th minutes.
The slate presented by the nominating committee was elected unanimously by
voice vote (see inside front cover.—ED.).
R. I. Sailer reported briefly on Eastern Branch meetings of the Entomological
Society of America. T. L. Bissell said that an important omission in the report
was Dr. Sailer’s election as Vice Chairman of the Branch.
President Campbell reported on the national meetings of the Entomological
Society of America at Memphis.
Mr. Bissell exhibited Diplopoda on bark, which looked like carpet beetles when
alive.
J. F. G. Clarke announced a meeting of the Lepidoptera Society in the Museum
December 27 and 28, 1957. He exhibited two of the original parts of Samuel
Seudder’s book on North American Lepidoptera, published in 1888. The scheduled
speaker of the evening, Major Herbert C. Barnett, could not be present at the
meeting, he announced.
President Campbell read a letter written by Michael Kostarab, as follows:
Ladies and Gentlemen!
The picture of the streets in Budapest one year ago is still fresh in my
memory. Among the thousands of buildings destroyed or damaged in the fighting
of the revolution were the Hungarian National Museum and the Entomological
Collection Building near-by. The roof and the fourth floor of the Entomological
Collection Building caught fire from a Russian incendiary projectile, which
destroyed them. Almost all of the Diptera collection located here was destroyed.
The damage is inestimable from the point of view of science.
While the fight was still raging on the streets of Budapest I saw with my own
eyes the museum’s entomologists carrying the rest of the entomological collection,
thru the rain and the snow, to the safety of near by buildings. In the damaged
building the ceiling was wet through. The rest of the intact collection faced ruin
by water if it stayed where it was.
Even before the revolution several Hungarian entomologists had lost their jobs
because they were ‘‘ politically undependable.’’ The present situation, after the
revolution, is even worse.
In the last few months the Austrian entomologists have sent several packages
with clothing and food to Hungary, to help the miserable Hungarian entomologists
in their enforced retirement.
The entomologists of South America are collecting literature to replace, to some
extent, the burned Diptera-library in the Hungarian National Museum.
During the last few months the Hungarian entomologists have enthusiastically
collected 50,000 Diptera to replace the destroyed collection. They have a plan for
next year to collect 100,000 more. The Diptera mounting work however has stopped
within the last few weeks, because of the lack of minuten nadeln. The Russian
controlled Hungarian government has never been interested in importing minuten
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 95
nadeln from abroad and for this reason in recent years we have always suffered
from a want of insect pins.
Ladies and Gentlemen! This letter contains the cry for help of the Hungarian
entomologists. It came to my address, but it speaks to all of us. If we do not
help soon, the material which was collected with such effort will be ruined. The
loss will be our loss too, because science knows no national boundaries. I beg all
of you who can help, to please contribute materially to purchase a parcel of
minuten nadeln for the Hungarian National Museum. The cost of 10,000 nadeln is
$25.00; 50,000 nadeln would cost $125.00. You can help this project. Please put
your contribution in this box. This would be the most beautiful Christmas gift we
could send to the Hungarian entomologists. I request the president and treasurer
of the Entomological Society of Washington to handle this money. Thank you for
your cooperation.
A. B. Gurney circulated books by Lindroth on the faunal connections between
America and Europe, Darlington on zoogeography, and Jaeger on North American
deserts.
Mr. J. W. Beardsley of Hawaii was introdueed.
President Campbell exhibited the name tag worn at Memphis. He presented a
gavel to Dr. Sailer, which he said was made by Dr. Hough from box elder with
evidence of insect damage.
The meeting was adjourned at 9:55 P.M.—KELLIE O’ NEILL, Recording Secretary.
Date of publication of Vol. 60, No. 1 was March 10, 1958.
NEW AMMUNITION?
Search for improved insecticides and fumigants
gets high priority at DiaMonn’s enlarged
Research Center. Increasing sales of our own
products give evidence of this interest. We
welcome requests for cooperation on research
and development projects.
Diamond
# Chemicals
96 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL
The days of farmers’ complete crop
losses to “‘bugs”’ arerapidly disappear-
ing and will soon be only a memory
like the horse and buggy. Today’s
insecticides give a decided advantage
to farmers. With dependable insect
control, they now market a much
larger share of harvests.
To discover newer and better
means of protecting crops, Shell
Chemical Corporation researchers
work with State and Federal experi-
mental stations, independent re-
searchers, extension workers and
growers.
SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION ¢
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICAL SALES DIVISION
460 PARK AVENUE, NEW YORK 22, NEW YORK
Easy-to-apply Shell Chemical insecticides give dependable control.
. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
re:
Gone are the
“loss and buggy days!
As a result of intensive experimen-
tation, Shell developed aldrin, diel-
drin, endrin and Phosdrin® insecti-
cides; D-D® and Nemagon® soil
fumigants; and Allyl Alcohol weed
seed killer.
Other pesticides being developed
in experimental installations through-
out the country promise even greater
success for agriculture—and a bleak
future for insect pests!
Technical information on Shell
Chemical Corporation pesticides is
available. Write to:
A Cyanamid Report
‘DIRECT APPLICATION ON ANIMALS
wly-granted residue tolerances, malathion can be applied
ef cattle, poultry, and swine. This is the result of
‘3 of extensive research in 11 states. The work proved
ly the safety and usefulness of malathion as a spray for
g cattle and poultry lice, poultry mites (northern fowl
en red mite), and cattle and poultry ticks. In addition,
ust _may be applied to nests, litter, and floor space.
using ‘malathion emulsifiable liquid may also be used
uses. In addition to spraying beef cattle with mala-
control, rubbing devices incorporating the product
fective i in suppressing lice and horn flies.
ion to dctatine dairy cows, since it has TIE yet
e truck fads. ae cars, earl ships’ holds
re Indian meal moth infestations de-
ons of malathion dusts or sprays at pre-
afford ct age
: arate
Bramble family
Nectarines
Quinces
Currants
; ; Gooseberries
aa cotton, aa ete spearmint,
( ompany, Insecticide Fantail
feller Plaza, New York 20, N.Y. —
A le}
-
ei
GULE) QUALITY INSECTICIDES
\
Preferred by Home Owners,
Food Processors and Dairymen
QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre-
thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor.
GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB
Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock-
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1%
Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor.
GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb)
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT
and 3% Perthane.
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid-
val insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane.
SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold.
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperony! Butoxide.
GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY
Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19%
Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF OIL CORPORATION
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA.
—
Vol. 60 JUNE 1958 No. 3
PROCEEDINGS
of the
ENTOMUOLUGICAL SOCIETY
« WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.
_—<—.,~ PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
= ——
CONTENTS
BAKER, E. W.—The Mite Dermatophagoides scheremetewskyi Bogdanov
and its Control in Russia (Acarina, Psoroptidae) —._...._._._______ 125
BOHART, R. M.—A North American Species of the Genus ee ih ihe
ODOT GTITETS PoE a STE CG CD oo SL) a a ee ee Rake sal 122
CARTWRIGHT, O. L.—Another Old Record of Aphotaenius carolinus
(Van Dyke) (Coleoptera, Scarabeidae)__._—$_-________________. 134
GREGG, R. E—Two New Species of Metapone from Madagascar (Hymen-
SYRCET AE OLIMICLO AC) eee ee Bie se ee 111
HIGGINS, H. G., and MULAIK, S. G.—Notes on Allodamaeus ewingi
Uo SVS Oe FG ET cay EN FET) a De er 131
KRANTZ, G. W.—Lobogyniella tragardhi, a New Genus and Species of
Diplogyniid Mite Associated With Dampwood Termites in Oregon (Aca-
Pi ee ED LO Ai Oe ype eee eee Se 127
KROMBEIN, K. V.—Biological Notes on Some Wasps from Kill Devil
Hills, North Carolina, and Additions to the Faunal List Tee Ae
(AVTRULD Eg RN a a | i ei a ae a Se 97
LANE, J., and CERQUEIRA, N. L.—The Types of Wyeomyia (Wyeomyia)
dyari Lane & Cerqueira, 1942 (Diptera, Culicidae) ...._.»—._______- 135
SABROSKY, C. W.—An Overlooked Name in “Musca” (Diptera) 134
OBITUARY—Joseph M. Davis, 1909-1957_______-__-_.__ 136
BELrOnis OF SOCIETY OFFICERS FOR 1957... 138
SDC TA ATENSE: uN DS SAT 1h Oy CSD Se PA aU rE el DU Se eee E>
SENET GIG FS OH SDM psa a ee eo 121, 137
DIV. i) 6
ORGANIZED Marcu 12, 1884
OFFICERS FOR 1958
R. I. Samer, President
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA
Plant Industry Station, North Building
Beltsville, Maryland
R. H. Newson, First Vice President
Entomological Society of America
1530 P St., N.W.
Washington fi IDE M(Of:
P. W. OMAN, Second Vice President
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA
Plant Industry Station, North Building
Beltsville, Maryland
HELEN Sours, Recording Secretary
Plant Pest Control Division, ARS
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C.
PauL WOKE, Corresponding Secretary
7213 Beacon Terrace
Bethesda, Maryland
F. P. Harrison, Treasurer
Department of Entomology
University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland
R. H. Foors, Editor
c/o Division of Insects
U.S. National Museum
Washington 25, D. C.
H. J. CONKLE, Custodian
Plant Quarantine Division, ARS
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C.
J. G. Rozen, Program Chairman
e/o Division of Insects 6
U.S. National Museum
Washington 25, D. C.
eis Jel SHEPARD, Nominated to ener the
Society as Vice President of
the Washington Academy of
Sciences.
FMRD-CSS
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, Dz
Executive Committee fh ;
T. L. BIssELU, University of Maryland ©
R. A. St. Groren, U.S. Dept. Agriculture
F. L, CAMPBELL, National Research Council
Honorary President
R. E. Snoperass, U.S. National Museum
Honorary Members
C. F. W. Muzszenox, U.S. National Museum
H. G. Barser, U.S. National Museum ~
ING 134, GAHAN, Berwyn, Maryland
a
THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ea
OF WASHINGTON 2
1m
Reunar meetings © of ‘the S
Room 43 of the U. S. Nation
first Thuraday of Sane monte fr
payable in prc:
made payable to The: Entomol
Washington. f ee i
The Society does n ot
ie those of othe
All “manuscrip
be addressed to
ject. inaect Mine cat sh
ing address of the autho
affiliation, if possible. — Citation
pers longer than o on ted
author and date a
rye
ture should be inclu
Proportions of -page
closely approximate 4-5/1!
this usually all
inal aan pa ost 0 str fous i
ut 7 ill be
Reprints of - ee r ay be
the following costs plus ostage anc
provided that a statemer e
accompanies the nee
z PP. 4 pp.
50 copies: i
$2. iy $3. 00 $5.0
100 copies: fe
2,50 8.80
‘Additional copies, p
500m 1. nls]
‘ benretieae ba ne repr
Re % \ ‘
2/3195
ae JAPANESE. BEETLE
Adult beetles feeding on fruit and leaves, about one-half natural
Insert, adult beetle, about twice natural size.
represent seasonal history of the Japanese beetle.
grub (late spring) ;
erubs (late summer and fall); all about twice natural size.
size,
Figures below ground
Left to right, mature
pupa; beetle laying eggs (summer); developing
(See other side for life history and control )
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine
United States Department of Agriculture
Picture Sheet No.
i, rey ised
JAPANESE BEETLE
(Popillia japonica Newman)
Japanese beetles spend about 10 months of the year as grubs in
the soil, feeding on the roots of grasses and other plants. Early
in June the grubs stop feeding and go through a resting, or pupal,
stage, before they become beetles. By the first part of July the
beetles are flying about in numbers and feeding extensively on the
foliage, fruit, and blossoms of many trees and other plants. In
July and August the females go into the ground and lay eggs, which
hatch into small grubs. Grubs are usually most abundant in turf.
Control of Beetles
Plants can be protected from beetle attack with the following
sprays:
1. DDT (50-percent wettable powder), 3 ounces (20 tablespoonfuls) ;
water, 10 gallons (for fruit and shade trees, shrubs, and flowering
plants).
2. Lead arsenate, 10 ounces (30 tablespoonfuls) ; wheat flour, 6 ounces
(24 tablespoonfuls), or light-pressed fish oil, 2% fluid ounces (5
tablespoonfuls) ; water, 10 gallons (for shade trees and shrubs).
3. Powdered derris 4-percent rotenone), 5 ounces (30 tablespoonfuls) ;
water, 10 gallons (for apple, plum, cherry, and peach trees, grapes,
and small fruits when fruit is about to ripen, and flowering plants).
Where spraying equipment is not available, apply a 5-percent
DDT dust or hydrated dusting lime.
Apply the spray or dust when the beetles first appear. Repeat
as needed to maintain a protective coating on all parts of the plant
subject to attack, until the beetles disappear. Dusts must be
applied more often than sprays.
Control of Grubs
Use of Poisons——Lawns may be protected from injury by Japa-
nese beetle grubs for at least 6 years with one application of DDT
and for at least 3 years with one application of chlordane. Use 6
pounds of a 10-percent DDT powder or 244, pounds of a 10-percent
chlordane powder to each 1,000 square feet of lawn. Mix the
material with several times its volume of slightly moist sand, soil,
or other suitable material, and apply evenly to the lawn with a
garden-type fertilizer distributor or by hand. Wash the material
in with a hose.
Use of Milky Disease—Japanese beetle grubs are subject to a
number of diseases, the most important of which is the milky
disease. Several dust mixtures containing spores of the organism
causing this disease are available commercially. ‘They are prefer-
ably applied by community groups, but may be used by individuals.
Directions are on the package. The disease usually works slowly,
and its full effect may not be evident for several years. Although
it kills grubs in the soil, it does not prevent beetles from flying in
from untreated areas. It is harmless to all other forms of plant
and animal life.
PRECAUTIONS.—DDT, chlordane, and lead arsenate are poisons, but when
used as recommended are not likely to injure human beings, pets, wildlife, or
vegetation. Avoid inhaling the dust. Protect the hands with leather or rubber
gloves. Keep the hands away from the mouth and wash them thoroughly
before eating. Do not spray fruits with DDT later than 4 weeks before
picking. Wash or peel sprayed or dusted fruits or vegetables before eating
them. Keep the poison in plainly labeled closed containers away.from food
products, and where children or pets cannot reach them. Keep small children
and domestic animals away from poisoned turf until it has been watered or rain
has fallen.
October 1950 U. S. Government Printing Office
For sale by the Superintendent of Documerts, Washington 25, D.C. Price, 5¢
16—54363-2 YX U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
JAN 17 @ take
CeaxDIGEUs THRIPS
MARY F, BENSON
a, Adult thrips; b, egg; c, larva; d, pupa (or resting stage); e, foliage
and flower spike showing typical feeding injury; f, uninjured gladi-
olus corm; g, corms injured by feeding of thrips, showing charac-
teristic russeted appearance. (a, b, c, and d about 20 times natural
size; e, f, and g about one-half natural size.)
(See other side for life history and control)
S, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine A E
-—— United States Department of Agriculture Picture Sheet No. 6
GLADIOLUS THRIPS
(Taeniothrips simplex Mor.)
Gladiolus thrips overwinter and may reproduce on the stored
gladiolus corms. During the growing season the adults and larvae
attack the foliage and flowers of the growing plant. The eggs are
inserted into the plant tissue. In the summer a generation of the
thrips may be completed in 2 weeks.
~The gladiolus thrips can be controlled by applying DDT to the
stored corms or the growing plants.
Treatment of the Corms
On dormant corms use a 5-percent DDT dust. Apply 1 ounce of
dust per bushel of corms in trays or 1 teaspoonful per 100 corms in
paper sacks. Apply the dust with a duster over the top of filled
trays soon after the corms are harvested or after cleaning. It is
important to destroy the thrips before they penetrate beneath the
protecting scales.
Control on the Plants
Watch the growing plants for evidence of thrips feeding. If you
observe such feeding, spray or dust with DDT at once and continue
at weekly intervals until the flowers appear. If infested plants are
not treated until they bloom, the flowers cannot be saved from
disfigurement.
Apply the spray as a fine mist, and avoid run-off. For spraying a
few plants use 1 ounce, or 6 tablespoonfuls, of 50-percent DDT wet-
table powder to 3 gallons of water; for larger quantities use 2 pounds
to 100 gallons of water.
If you use a dust, it should contain 5 percent of DDT. Apply it
lightly and evenly over the plant.
CAUTION.—Insecticides are poisonous and should be handled
with care.
16—20760-1
Issued April 1941
Revised June 1950 U. S. Government Printing Office
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C.—Price 5 cents
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
VOL. 60 JUNE, 1958 NO.3
BIOLOGICAL NOTES ON SOME WASPS FROM KILL DEVIL HILLS,
NORTH CAROLINA, AND ADDITIONS TO THE FAUNAL LIST
(HYMENOPTERA, ACULEATA )
Karu V. KRoMBEIN, Entomology Research Division, A. R. S., U. S. Department of
Agriculture, Washington, D.C.
The present contribution reports some biological observations,
principally on ground-nesting wasps, made at Kill Devil Hills, Dare
County, North Carolina, during several trips to that area during 1955
and 1956. I include also additions to the list of wasps previously
recorded from this area. Much of my time in the field during both
years was spent in setting out wooden traps to attract solitary, wood-
nesting wasps, and in processing the occupied traps. The voluminous
data obtained from this latter project will be considered in a separate
contribution, including the results obtained from similar traps set out
in other areas from New York to Florida.
The field work during 1955 was made possible by a grant from the
American Philosophical Society, to which organization I am indebted
also for support of some of the earlier work in this same area (Krom-
bein, 1953a). I spent three periods at Kill Devil Hills during 1955,
June 20-24, July 21-27, and September 15-19. My studies during 1956
were made during a family vacation, July 28-August 11, and on
official time, September 8-14.
I am greatly indebted to the following specialists for identification
of the prey of the wasps discussed below: P. H. Arnaud (Syrphidae,
Stratiomyidae), H. W. Capps (lepidopterous larvae), W. L. Downes
(Sacrophagidae), A. B. Gurney (Orthoptera), B. J. Kaston (Aran-
eae), Louise Russell (Phylloxeridae), C. W. Sabrosky (Tylidae, Calli-
phoridae, Larvaevoridae), R. I. Sailer (Pentatomidae, Coreidae), A.
Stone (Tabanidae), and G. B. Vogt (Buprestidae).
Wasps New 0 THE KiLit DeEvit HILts List
The following 19 species were not collected in earlier years and
bring the total number of species and subspecies recorded from this
area to 211 in the families treated in this series of papers. Those new
to the North Carolina State List or Supplements thereto (Brimley,
1938, 1942; Wray, 1950) are preceded by an asterisk.
SMITHSONIAN ,
iNCTIT: JNIAN SUE
410C@e
98 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
Family TIPHIIDAE
*Tiphia jaynesi Allen. 2 6 6; September 13,'1956; on barrens; worn.
Myzinum namea namea (Fabricius). 4 22, 4 6463; September 10-12, 1956; on
barrens on flowers of a white Hupatorium; unworn. Recorded in State List
as Myzine propodealis (Rohwer), a synonym.
Family MUTILLIDAE
Pseudomethoca sp. 9 & 63; September 16-17, 1955; in woods along sand road.
This was formerly thought to be the male of simillima (Smith), a supposition
demonstrated to be incorrect (Krombein, 1948). -
Dasymutilla sp. near nigripes (Fabricius). 1 @; August 2, 1956; on barrens;
worn. This represents either an undescribed species or an extreme variant
of nigripes.
Family VESPIDAE
Ancistrocerus antilope antilope (Panzer). 7 ¢ 43; reared from wooden trap nest
set out in woods. Recorded in State List as Ancistrocerus capra (Saussure),
a synonym.
Ancistrocerus tigris tigris (Saussure). 4 99,4 44; reared from wooden trap
nests set out in woods.
Family POMPILIDAE
Chirodamus maculipennis (Smith). 1 2 ; September 17, 1955; on barrens visiting
Phyllovera honeydew on foliage of Quercus falcata; unworn.
Priocnessus nebulosus (Dahlbom). 1 ¢@; August 4, 1956; on barrens visiting
Phylloxera honeydew on foliage of Quercus falcata; unworn. 6 92,1 ¢;
September 17-18, 1955; on barrens in a similar habitat.
Minagenia julia Brimley. 1 9; September 10, 1956; in woods; unworn.
Episyron quinquenotatus quinquenotatus (Say), 1 23; June 21, 1956; in woods.
1 29; September 12, 1956; on barrens visiting flowers of a white Hupatorium ;
unworn.
“Family AMPULICIDAE
*Ampulex (Rhinopsis) canaliculatus Say. 2 992 2 264, reared from wooden
trap nests placed at edge of woods.
Family SPHECIDAE
Nitela virginiensis Rohwer. 1 9; August 4, 1956; on barrens visiting Phylloxera
honeydew on Quercus falcata foliage; unworn.
Trypoxylon (Trypargilum) politum Say. 1 9; July 24, 1955; a sight record in
woods. 1 9; August 10, 1956; picked up dead on woods road.
Trypoxylon (Trypargilum) tridentatum Packard. 1 9, 1 ¢@; August 11, 1956.
2 64; September 9-10, 1956. All on barrens and slightly worn.
Chlorion (Ammobia) nudum (Fernald). 1 9; August 3, 1956; visiting flowers
of Monarda punctata at edge of woods; unworn.
Chlorion (Isodontia) harrisi Fernald. 1 6 ; August 4, 1956; on barrens on needles
of Pinus serotina; worn.
Sphex urnarius (Dahlbom). 1 ¢; September 10, 1956; on barrens; unworn.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 99
Philanthus lepidus Cresson. 1 6; September 138, 1956 (coll. T. B. Mitchell).
Recorded in State List as P. carolinensis Banks and P. carolinensis reductus
Banks, both synonyms. :
Cerceris fumipennis Say. 3 92,2 64; August 2-10, 1956; on barrens and at
edge of woods road; males visiting Quercus virginiana foliage; mostly worn.
1 2; September 8, 1956; at edge of woods road; worn.
CHANGES IN EARLIER PAPERS
A few of the species recorded in earlier papers were identified to
genus only. Some of them represented new species which have now
been described, and others represented species which it has been im-
possible to determine until just recently. Consequently, the following
changes should be made on the previous lists. Tiphia spp. 1 and 2
(1953b) and Tachysphex spp. 1 and 2 (1950, 1953a, 1953b) are as
yet undescribed.
Family MUTILLIDAE
Ephuta scrupea (Say) = Ephuta sp. 2 (1950)
Ephuta spinifera Schuster = Ephuta sp. 1 (1950)
Ephuta tentativa Schuster = Ephuta sp. 1 (1953b)
Family VESPIDAE
Stenodynerus (Stenodynerus) krombeini Bohart = Stenodynerus sp (1950, 19538a,
1953b )
Family POMPILIDAE
Ageniella (Ageniella) vogeli Townes = Ageniella (Ageniella) sp. (1958a, 1953p)
Evagetes asignus Dreisbach = Evagetes sp. (1953a, 1953b)
Anoplius (Pompilinus) krombeini Evans = Anoplius (Pompilinus) sp. (1950)
Family SPHECIDAE
Cerceris floridensis Banks = Cerceris sp. (19538a )
THE LATE-SEASON WASP FAUNA
The earlier papers in this series (Krombein, 1950, 1953a, 1953b,
1955) listed the wasp fauna found early in the season and during
mid-summer. My two late-season trips, September 15-19, 1955, and
September 8-14, 1956, showed that not only far fewer species are
active at this time than during mid-summer, but also that many of
the species present are still nesting. Below I am listing the 87 species
which were collected or seen during these two late-season collecting
trips. All these species have an extended seasonal flight period except
Myzinum n. namea (F.), which is definitely an autumnal species, and
Philanthus lepidus Cr., which is probably autumnal.
100
+0 +0 +0 +0
+0 +0 10 1 110
+0 +O +O +0 +0 +0 +0 +0 +0 140 +0
+0 +0 +0
Os O
Os O88 Oy @& O
Os
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
Family TIPHIIDAE
Tiphia dryophila
Tiphia floridana
Tiphia subcarinata
Myzinum ec. carolinianum
& Myzinum dubiosum
2G)
Q gd Myzinum n. namea
Myzinum maculatum
Family MUTILLIDAE
Pseudomethoca sanbornii aeetis
Pseudomethoca sp.
Dasymutilla lepeletierii
Dasymutilla mutata
Dasymutilla nigripes
Dasymutilla 0, occidentalis
so) Dasymutilla v. vesta
2 4 Timulla d. dubitata
g Timulla ferrugata
2 6s Timulla ornatipennis
°) Timulla rufosignata
Family SCOLIIDAE
Campsomeris plumipes fossulana
Scolia bicincta
6
Family VESPIDAE
Vespula maculifrons
Vespula squamosa
Polistes annularis
Polistes e. exclamans
Polistes metricus
Eumenes fraternus
Monobia quadridens
Rygchium megaera
Rygchium molestum
Ancistrocerus campestris
Leptochilus tylocephalus monotylus
g Stenodynerus ammonia histrionalis
Os
Stenodynerus krombeini
3 Stenodynerus f. fulvipes
Stenodynerus p. pedestris
Stenodynerus p. perennis
4 Stenodynerus s. saecularis
+O +0 +0 +0 +0 140 40 40
Family POMPILIDAE
Chirodamus maculipennis
Priocnessus nebulosus
Ageniella vogeli
Minagenia julia
Psorthaspis mariae
Evagetes asignus
Evagetes mohave
Evagetes padrinus minusculus
Sericopompilus apicalis
Episyron posterus
Episyron q. quinquenotatus
9 g Anoplius cleora
Q g Anoplius amethystinus atramentarius
9 § Anoplius apiculatus pretiosus
$ Anoplius semirufus
2 S Anoplius cylindricus
2 S$ Anoplius marginatus
4 Anoplius rectangularis gillaspyi
2 S$ Anoplius splendens
°) A porinellus fasciatus
se) Aporinellus t. taeniatus
2 & Paracyphononyx funereus
Family SPHECIDAE
Miscophus americanus
Tachytes e. elongatus
Tachytes mandibularis
Tachysphex terminatus
Motes aequalis
4 Podalonia violaceipennis
2 2 Sceliphron caementarium
4 Nysson aequalis
Sphecius speciosus
g Psammaecius denticulatus
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 101
2 g Motes argentata 2 ¢ Bicyrtes quadrifasciata
Q & Trypoxylon clavatum g Microbembex monodonta
4 Trypoxylon tridentatum 6 Philanthus lepidus
io) Chlorion aztecum Q Cerceris b. bicornuta
Q 3s Chlorion pubidorsum 2 Cerceris blakei
Chlorion aerarium g Cerceris fumipennis
Q Sphex aureonotatus Q & Crabro hilaris
2 ¢ Sphex procerus 2 § Crabo argus
re) Sphex urnarius 2 & Oxybelus emarginatum
Many of the species listed above were attracted to honeydew secre-
tions of a species of Phyllorera on foliage of a scrubby Quercus
falcata. Miss Russell beheves that this is probably an undescribed
species close to querceti Pergande. The Phyllorera occurred on the
underside of the foliage along the main veins. Most of them were
in the various nymphal instars, but one ege and three adults were
seen on the limited number of leaves subjected to close scrutiny. The
Phylloxera nymphs varied from 0.30 to 0.75 mm. in length, and the
adults were 1.0 mm. long. About 235 specimens of wasps were col-
lected during 2 hours on a sunny day, and about 73 specimens during
a similar period on a cloudy day.
BIOLOGICAL NOTES
Family VESPIDAE
Monobia quadridens (Linnaeus)
One female (81056 A) was eaught while flying along a sand road through the
woods at 1345 hours on August 10, 1956. She was transporting a small, paralyzed
lepidopterous larva, 12 mm. long, which was identified subsequently as ‘‘ doubt-
fully a species of Stenomidae.’’
Rygchium molestum (Saussure)
A female (8456 A) of this wood-nesting species was collected near her burrow
entrance in a thick plank along a sand road at the entrance to the woods at
13820 hours on August 4, 1956. She was flying with a paralyzed lepidopterous
larva, 15 mm. long, which was determined later as the pyraustid Desmia funeralis
(Hiibner ).
Family POMPILIDAE
Sericopompilus apicalis (Say)
An unworn female (8556 A), 12.5 mm. long, was captured on the barrens at
1100 on August 5, 1956. She was walking backward over the sand, dragging her
paralyzed spider prey behind her. The latter was an adult female salticid,
Phidippus audax var. bryantae Kaston, 12.5 mm. long.
9
102 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
Episyron posterus (Fox)
I found a female (62355 A) just beginning to excavate her burrow between
the ruts of a sand road through the woods at 1245 on June 23, 1955. The
digging of the burrow required 15 minutes. Several times during the excavation
of the burrow the wasp visited her paralyzed spider prey which was lying in a
wheel rut 60 em. from the burrow entrance. A small specimen of EHvagetes
investigated the burrow during one of these absences. The female Episyron was
seared away from her prey several times by my attempts to take pictures or
by being followed too closely by an inquilinous miltogrammine fly, and finally she
abandoned her prey and burrow. The spider was identified as an araneid from
a colored photograph.
A second worn female (91256 B), 8.5 mm, long, was captured just as she
started to exeavate a burrow on the barrens at 1510 on September 12, 1956. Her
paralyzed spider prey was lodged in the crotch of a plant 7.5 em, above the
ground and 60 em. from the burrow entrance. The spider was an adult female
araneid, Gea heptagon (Hentz), 4.5 mm. long.
Episyron quinquenotatus quinquenotatus (Say )
An unworn female (62155 A), 11 mm. long, was captured on the barrens at
1040 on June 21, 1955, while she was dragging her paralyzed spider prey over the
ground. The spider was an adult female araneid, Metazygia wittfeldae (McCook),
9 mm. long.
Anoplius (Lophopompilus) cleora (Banks)
An unworn female (9856 A), 14.5 mm. long, was collected along the beach of
Albermarle Sound at 1530 on September 8, 1956, while she was dragging her
paralyzed spider prey over the sand. The wasp was walking backward and grasped
the spider’s hind coaxe in her mandibles. The spider was a penultimate-instar
female of the lycosid Arctosa littoralis (Hentz), 13 mm. long.
Anoplius (Arachnophroctonus) marginalis (Banks)
Apparently this species always preys upon burrowing spiders at Kill Devil
Hills. I followed a hunting female from 0905 to 0945, July 27, 1955, on the
barrens. During that period she traversed some 225 feet, mostly on foot. Most
of her hunting was done in the open and around grass tufts; she did not elimb
onto any vegetation. She investigated a couple of ant burrows, and dug for a
few seconds at several places on bare sand. Finally, at 0945 she made an exten-
sive flight and disappeared.
IT found a second hunting female (72755 A) at 0948 on the same day, while
I was trying to relocate the first wasp. She was digging at an angle of 60° into
the side of a burrow next to a grass tuft. The sand was quite dry and loose at
ground level; so she had made a wide excavation in order to follow the burrow.
She continued to dig until 1036, when she flew to a blade of grass 30 em, away
and cleaned her antennae and legs thoroughly for 2 minutes. I had been taking
a series of close-up pictures of the excavating, and while she was perched on the
grass blade I could see that her fore-tarsi were almost entirely lacking, which
explains the slowness of the digging. She returned to her digging, took fright
at my proximity after a few minutes, and flew off to a pine tree several meters
>
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 103
distant. She returned to the burrow on foot at 1108, and again flew off when I
frightened her several minutes later. When she did not return, I excavated the
burrow at 1325. It was perpendicular and 10 cm. deep. At the bottom was a
lively, penultimate-instar female of the lycosid Geolycosa pikei (Marx), 12 mm.
long.
Anoplius (Arachnophroctonus) semirufus (Cresson)
a-and
A worn female (72655 C), 8.5 mm. long, was excavating a burrow at the edge
of a wheel rut on a sand road through the woods at 1410 on July 26, 1955. The
burrow began from a flat surface and entered the ground at an angle of 45°. As
the excavation deepened the wasp disappeared from view and pushed up rather
large masses of damp sand. From time to time she backed out of the burrow,
pushing this damp sand out with her abdomen and hind legs, and then spreading
it out over the adjacent ground. Twice, at 1428 and 1437, she left the burrow
to visit her paralyzed spider prey which was eached on a leaf of a low plant
4 em. above the ground and 45 em. from the burrow entrance. Each time that
she returned from visiting the spider she stopped first at an abandoned burrow
which she apparently had started earlier. At 1440 she got the spider from the
leaf and dragged it to within 3 em. of the burrow entrance. She left it on the
ground, visited the burrow, then returned to the spider and dragged it to the
entrance. She went in again head first, reappeared at the entrance head first,
reached out and grasped the spider by the spinnerets, and pulled it in. In a few
seconds she began to fill in the burrow and was just smoothing sand over the
entrance when I captured her at 1510. The spider was in a more or less spherical
cell in damp sand 6.4 em. below the surface. It was lying on its venter, and the
wasp egg was attached longitudinally to the right of the midline anteriorly on
the abdominal dorsum. The spider had recovered entirely from its paralysis by
1945 that evening. The wasp egg hatched and the larva was full grown and
ready to spin on August 2. Dr. Kaston identified the spider as a lycosid from
several colored pictures which I had taken.
I found a second female (8356 B) exeavating a burrow and interring her
spider prey during the afternoon of August 3, 1956, along a sand road through
the woods. I tried to locate this nest on the following day, but was unable to
do so. However, I had taken a series of pictures of the provisioning of the nest,
and Dr. Kaston was able to identify the spider as a lycosid.
I captured a third unworn female (8856 C), 8.5 mm. long, at 1350 on August
8, 1956, while she was dragging her paralyzed spider prey along a sand road
through the woods. The spider was a half-grown lycosid, Lycosa sp., 6.5 mm. long.
Family SPHECIDAE
Motes argentata (Beauvais)
I captured an unworn female (8856 A), 10 mm. long, at 0950 on August 8,
1956, while she was flying over the barrens a few centimeters above the ground
with her paralyzed cricket prey. The cricket was a nymph of Orocharis saltator
Uhler, 11 mm. long.
104 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
Chlorion (Chlorion) aerarium Patton
A female (72655 A) flew out of her burrow on the barrens at 1015 on July
26, 1955. Apparently she had just completed the excavation and was ready to
make a temporary closure. She returned at 1020 with a lizard dropping, which
she dropped on the sand near the burrow entrance when IT seared her away by
trying to take a picture. She did not return again, so I exeavated the burrow
half an hour later. It was begun from a flat surface, went into the sand
toward the south-south-east at an angle of 30°, and terminated in a eell 7.5 em.
below the surface.
Sphex aureonotatus (Cameron)
On September 16, 1955, at 1335 I found a worn female (91655 B), 24 mm.
long, dragging a paralyzed, pale-green caterpillar, 38 mm. long (distended in
alcohol), between the ruts of a sand road through the woods. During prey trans-
port the wasp carried the larva beneath her, venter to venter, clutching the
head end with her mandibles and forelegs. She carried the larva to the burrow
entrance at the edge of the road. The temporary closure at the burrow entrance
consisted of sand interspersed with various kinds of litter, sueh as bits of grass
stems and seeds. The wasp disposed of some of this material by flying backwards
with it and dropping it a few centimeters from the entrance, but some of the
material was left close to the entranee. At 1353 she backed into the burrow,
grasped the caterpillar near the head end with her mandibles and pulled it into
the burrow head first. A minute later she emerged and commenced to fill in the
burrow with sand and a little debris. She seratched the sand in with her forelegs
and then tamped it firm with the under side of her head holding her mandibles
open. This process could be seen very plainly through the telephoto lens of a
reflex camera when the level of the closure reached the top of the burrow. The
wasp completed the closure at 1405 and was then captured. Upon exeavation I
found that the burrow was almost perpendicular, about 5 em. deep, and termi-
nated in a more or less horizontal ovoidal cell about 20 mm. long. The caterpillar
was lying on its right side with its head at the inner end of the cell. The wasp
egg was on the left side of the second segment bearing prolegs. The egg was
shriveled the next day, so the caterpillar was preserved for identification. It
was a last instar larva of the notodontid Heterocampa guttivitta (Walker).
Sphex procerus (Dahlbom)
IT found an unworn female (72355 A), 29 mm. long, at the edge of a sand road
through the woods at 1245 on July 23, 1955. She was running rapidly over the
sand carrying a large, paralyzed, pale green caterpillar. She was being chased
by a miltogrammine fly which hovered several centimeters behind her. Shortly
she pulled the caterpillar into a low plant and cached it in a crotch 15 em, above
the ground, and then flew off. The miltogrammine fly disappeared at this time.
In a few minutes the wasp returned, pulled the caterpillar down, carried it to the
already opened burrow entrance, and left it there while she went inside. She
came immediately to the entrance, and pulled in the caterpillar head first. In a
few seconds she came out, and began to fill in the burrow with sand interspersed
with debris. I captured her at 1310 before the burrow was completely filled. I
found that the burrow went down at an angle of 75° to the north-northwest, and
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 105
ended in a horizontal, ovoid cell 3.8 em. below the surface. The caterpillar was
lying on its left side in the cell. The wasp egg was attached obliquely on the
right side of the third abdominal segment, its tail end downward and backward.
The caterpillar was a last-instar notodontid, Schizura ipomoeae (Doubleday ).
The caterpillar voided about a dozen pellets of frass on July 24. The egg had
not hatched by 0800 on July 25, but the abdominal segmentation was visible
through the delicate chorion, The eggshell began to split from the rear end by
1100. By 1400 there was still only a narrow split in the chorion exposing part
of the abdomen, but the abdomen was now pulsating, indicating that feeding had
commenced. By 2000 on July 25 the abdomen was quite swollen, but the head
end was still narrow and enclosed in the ehorion. By 1930 on July 27, the wasp
larva was half as large as the somewhat shrunken prey, and was still feeding with
its head inside the eaterpillar’s abdomen. By 0700 on the 28th it was twice as
large as the even more shrunken eaterpillar, and by 2000 it had completely
devoured the prey. It was spinning its cocoon by 0700 on the 29th, but died in
the cocoon some days later.
Another worn female (91056 A), 28 mm. long, was captured along the side of
a sand road in the open woods at 1540 on September 10, 1956. She was transport-
ing a paralyzed, notodontid eaterpillar, Heterocampa manteo (Doubleday), 38
mm. long.
Bicyrtes quadrifasciata (Say)
A detailed report on the nesting behavior and life history of this species has
been published (Krombein 1955). The following observations made during 1955
and 1956 supplement that account:
In the five nests that I dug up, the burrow began on a flat surface and went
downward at an angle of 30° to 45° to the horizontal. In four of these nests
there was but a single cell at the end of the burrow. In the fifth nest (72455 B)
there were two cells; the cell constructed first was at the end of a burrow 12.7
em. long and contained 9 specimens of prey with the wasp egg on the first
specimen of prey brought in; a lateral burrow branched downward at right angles
to the main burrow 7.5 em. from the entrance, and terminated in a cell at a
distance of 3.8 em. which contained a single specimen of prey bearing the wasp
egg. The four cells provisioned during July and August (72455 A, 72455 B—two
cells, 8356 A) were 7.6 to 10.2 em. below the ground surface; I was not success-
ful in rearing any of the inhabitants, but presumably adults from these cells
would have emerged within several weeks. The two cells provisioned during Sep-
tember (91256 A, 91655 A) were 11.4 to 12.7 em. below the surface; these cells
may have been deeper because the occupants presumably would not emerge until
the following summer.
The actual excavation and temporary closure of the burrows did not differ
from the details reported earlier. The total elapsed time for this phase of the
nesting cycle was not observed. Only one provisioning flight was timed; in this
case the wasp (72555 A) completed the burrow excavation and temporary
closure by 1200 on July 25 and returned with the first specimen of prey at 1235,
Only two of the cells that I dug up were completely provisioned. One (72455
B, first cell), excavated on July 25, 1955, contained nine nymphs of the penta-
tomid Brochymena carolinensis (Westwood), probably in the fifth instar. The
106 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
other (91655 A), excavated on September 16, 1955, after the wasp made a final
type closure, contained seven nymphs, three in the fifth instar of the pentatomid
Stethaulax marmoratus (Say), and one possibly in the fourth instar and three
possibly in the fifth instar of the coreid Leptoglossus probably oppositus (Say).
Additional prey records are as follows: a partially stocked cell (72455 A) con-
taining seven pale-green nymphs on July 25, 1955, identified from color photo-
graphs as ineluding at least two nymphs of the coreid Archimerus alternatus
(Say), possibly two fifth-instar nymphs of the pentatomid Thyanta custator F.,
and a nymph of a second species of pentatomid; the second cell of 72455 B
containing a single nymph of Brochymena carolinensis on July 25, 1955, and the
mother wasp brought in a fourth-instar nymph of the same species at 1215 on
that date while I was excavating the burrow; a fourth- or fifth-instar nymph
of Brochymena probably carolinensis being transported by an unworn female
(8856 B) on the barrens at 1025 on August 8, 1956; and a partially stocked cell
(91256 A) which contained three fifth-instar nymphs of Leptoglossus probably
oppositus on September 12, 1956, which had been brought in by a worn female.
One observation indicates that the duration of the egg stage may be from 32
to 44 hours. The second cell of 72455 B contained a single specimen of prey and
the wasp egg when I dug up the nest at 1215 on July 25. The mother wasp
brought in a second specimen of prey at this time; so in all probability the first
was brought in and the egg laid not much earlier than 1130 on the same date.
This egg hatched between 1945 on July 26 and 0730 on July 27. The duration
of the larval feeding period was 4 days plus or minus a few hours in the two
examples observed (72455 A and 72455 B, second cell).
From June 20 to 24, 1955, I saw several males flying to and fro along a sunny
stretch of a sand road through the woods, but no females. Males exhibiting
similar behavior may be seen through the rest of the flight range of the species
until at least mid-September.
Stictia carolina (Fabricius)
Some fragmentary observations were made on a worn female (8156 B) that 1
found a short time after she had begun excavation of a burrow on the barrens.
This burrow was begun on bare sand having a slope of about 15°, and was several
centimeters deep at 1100 on August 1, 1956. The burrow went in toward the north
at an angle of 35° to the slope. The excavated sand was flung out behind the
wasp and formed a spoil heap about 15 em. long below the burrow entrance. I
took a series of pictures of the excavating and then left at 1230 while the wasp
was still digging. When I returned at 1315 the entrance was plugged with sand.
Half an hour later the wasp was again digging out sand, and continued to do so
until 1530, when she again constructed a temporary closure by backing into the
burrow and scraping sand down from the sides of the entrance. The camouflaging
of the burrow entrance required half an hour, the sand forming the spoil heap
being flung toward the entrance until the entire area below the entrance had been
leveled. The wasp departed after this camouflaging and had not returned by
1630 when I left the area.
There was a heavy rain the night of August 1, and there was no activity at
the burrow on the following day. On the 8rd there was no activity until 1115,
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 107
when the wasp was found excavating more sand. At 1123 she again made a
temporary closure at the entrance.
I made no further intensive observations, though I saw the wasp bring in a
fly at 1545 on August 7, and another at 1630 on August 8 after a short, very
gentle rain which had ended an hour earler.
I dug up the nest of this individual at 0845 on August 9. The burrow went
down at an angle of 35° to the slope for 16 em., then toward the northeast at the
same angle for another 15 em., and then to the east almost horizontally for
7.5 em., where it terminated in a large horizontal ovoid cell 3.8 em. long by
2.5 em. wide at the greatest diameter and 20 em. below the surface. It contained
a partially grown wasp larva and a multitude of flies, some whole and some
partially or almost entirely eaten. The mother wasp was captured as she flew
into the burrow at 0905 without prey.
I preserved all the flies found in the cell and reared the wasp larva to maturity
on fresh flies, which I eaught and immobilized by decapitation. The wasp larva
reached maturity on August 11, at which time it was preserved for taxonomic
study.
The fly remains found in the cell were identified as follows:
Tabanidae—Tabanus sp.—l @
Calliphoridae—Callitroga macellaria (F.)—5 complete specimens and parts of
11 more (11 thoraces found )—16
Larvaevoridae—thoraces of 2 specimens—2
larva of Miltogrammini—1
Amobia erythrura Wulp (1 6 terminalia and 1 thorax probably
belongs)—1 6
Sarcophaga (Ravinia) ochracea Ald. (¢ terminalia and thorax
Sarcophagidae
wing probably and head)—1 ¢
Sarcophaga sarracenioides Ald. (2 terminalia, and 1 thorax
probably belongs)—1 2
Sarcophaga bullata Park. (3 & terminalia and 3 heads)—3 ¢ é
A second female (8556 B), not captured, was observed as she began excavating
a burrow on the barrens on a 45° slope of pure sand at 1615 on August 5, 1956.
I did not observe any wasps actually hunting flies but the following observations
possibly indicates where this might be done. The stems of certain bunch grasses
growing on the barrens are very attractive to wasps and flies, and I saw quite
a few specimens of sarcophagids and ealliphorids which were used as prey by
8156 B visiting the stems of this grass. I also saw several Stictia females on
these stems.
Bembix texana Cresson
A limited number of observations were made on a small colony of about half
a dozen individuals between August 8 and 11, 1956. This nesting site was in
a roughly triangular, flat area of about 14 square meters located along a sand
road through the woods. The ground consisted of rather loose dry sand at the
surface with very sparse vegetation. It was shaded most of the day except for
approximately 4 hours, from 1100 to 1500. Most of the individuals were nesting
females in rather worn condition, but one worn male was taken flying to and fro
in the nesting area on August I1.
108 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
I first observed nesting activities in this area on August 8. Between 1410 and
1530 five females (8856 D-H) were observed either digging burrows or opening
pre-existing burrows. The actual selection of a nesting site may be a difficult
matter. On August 9 at 1355 I saw a female (8956 B) beginning to dig a
burrow at the edge of the sand road. She abandoned this in a few minutes and
began another between the wheel ruts. She abandoned this in turn in a few more
minutes, revisited the first site, and then began a third burrow between the wheel
ruts. At 1420 she had left the third and had begun a fourth burrow. By 1545,
when the ground was shaded, she had thrown up a plug of sand from the inside
of this last burrow.
Two (8856 E, G) of the six burrows that I dug up on August 9 contained
nearly full-grown larvae and several whole or partially eaten flies. The architee-
ture of these two nests was identical. The burrows went in toward the south-
east at an angle of 30°, had a diameter of 9.6 mm., and were 11.5 em. long.
They terminated in horizontal (8856 G) or subhorizontal (8856 E) ovoid cells
9 em. below the ground surface, and measured 38 mm. long by 13 mm. in greatest
diameter. There was no sign of a subsidiary burrow. The burrow of 8856 G
had only a temporary closure of sand a few millimeters long at the entrance,
but the burrow of 8856 E was full of sand, this wasp having made a permanent
closure the preceding afternoon.
The other four burrows (8856 D, F, H, and 8956 B) consisted of oblique
tunnels without terminal cells. They went in toward the east or southeast at an
angle of 30° to 45° and ranged in length from 11.4 to 15.2 em. One of them
(8856 D) was begun at 1410 on August 8. This wasp continued to excavate sand
until 1600 even though a gentle rain had been falling for 10 minutes. She then
threw up a sand plug from inside. This burrow was still plugged from the inside
at 0845 on August 9 and was dug up at 1515—there was a temporary closure
at the entrance but no wasp. Another wasp (8856 H) began digging a burrow
at 1530 on August 8—she dug for 20 minutes until the rain began, and then
threw up a sand plug from inside. This burrow was also still plugged from the
inside at 0845 on August 9. When I dug it up at 1530 on August 9, the wasp
was at the bottom. Another burrow without terminal cell was that of 8856 F—the
mother was captured at 1505 on August 8 when she emerged from this burrow
which she had entered 3 minutes earlier. The fourth burrow without terminal
cell was that of 8956 B, whose construction was deseribed above. This burrow
was dug up at 1300 on August 11—there was a temporary closure at the entrance
but no wasp inside. The function of this type of burrow is a mystery. Perhaps
it is dug to serve as a shelter only, or perhaps a brood cell is added at a later
stage, but its explanation will require additional observations begun at an earlier
stage in the colony development. The afternoon of August 8 was the only time
when several individuals were active; on the 9th I saw only two females in the
afternoon; no additional females were seen on the next 2 days, but one male
was captured on the 11th. No specimens were seen during several inspections of
the nesting area between September 8 and 14, 1956. The species is active earlier
in the season, for I caught two unworn males on June 27, 1950, one unworn and
one very worn male on June 23, 1954, and a worn male on June 29, 1954.
Final closure of the burrow was witnessed on one oceasion, This female
(8856 E) was found excavating a burrow at 1410 on August 8. She had pro-
‘|
|
i
]
Close-up of 2, ovipositing female; 5, male;
female pupa; ¢, male pupa; e, old egg mass.
Larvae on oak leaf: f, first instar; g, second instar;
4, fourth instar; 7, sixth instar or mature larva.
Egg masses, &, under branches and on rock; /,
young larvae spinning down. ato /about natural
size; k and / reduced. (See other side for life
history and control.)
Picture Sheet No. 26
‘yee
reau of Entomology and Plant Quarant
Dh fone es La Er —
ine, Agricultural Research Administration,
THE GYPSY MOTH
(Porthetria dispar (1.))
The gypsy moth is a serious pest
of forest and shade trees in New
England and eastern New York
State. The caterpillars, or larvae,
of these moths eat the leaves. The
defoliation retards the growth and
otherwise weakens the trees, and
repeated complete defoliation will
permanently injure or even kill
them. g AREA UNDER FEDERAL
. aes ° cS - QUARANTINE FOR
This moth was accidentally in THE GYPSY MOTH
troduced into this country near
Medford, Mass., in 1869. It
spread rapidly through several of
the Northeastern States. For many
years the infested area has been & _—«Z Spressive Area
under Federal quarantine. In part
of this regulated area suppressive measures are being carried out in co-
operation with State and local agencies.
The gypsy moth larvae usually appear about the first of May. They
increase in size until by the middle of June they are 114 to 2 inches long.
They can then be recognized by several pairs of red and blue dots on their
backs. Late in June or early in July they become mature and seek shady
places, such as on trees or rocks, in which to pupate, or transform into moths.
The moths emerge about a month later. The males are strong daytime
fliers, but the females cannot fly and so lay their eggs close to the place where
they issued as moths. The eggs are laid in clusters of 400 or more, which
are covered with brownish hairs. The winter is passed in the egg stage.
Control
The gypsy moth can be controlled most effectively with DDT. An oil
solution or an emulsion containing this insecticide is applied as a spray
while the insect is in the caterpillar stage. Large forested areas are usually
sprayed from aircraft. For use along highways and residential areas either
mist blowers or hydraulic sprayers are suitable, and for treating low growth
along stone walls and fences sprayers of the knapsack type can be employed.
Karly in the season the spray should be applied at the rate of 1 pound of
actual DDT per acre, but after the foliage has developed °4 pound per
acre is sufficient. Information on formulations and dilutions to use with
each type of equipment may be obtained from the Division of Gypsy Moth
Control, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Greenfield, Mass.
CAUTION.—DDT is poisonous and should be handled with care.
Store in a dry place where children and animals will not have
access to it.
Dd U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1950
November 1950
Tor sale by the Superintendent of noe sume nts, U. S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D. - Price 5 cents
913859°—50
Zeon an Insti,
go MARL 5) 195 '
és Nationa ruse"
45,7061
) “POTATO LEAFHOPPER
ARY EESEr
a, Adult leafhopper; 6, nymphs; c, potato leaflets, showing upcurled brown tips and
margins, known as hopperburn, caused by the feeding of leafhoppers. (a and b about 14
times natural size; c about °4 natural size.)
(See other side for life history and control)
EN
7 FEB pst)
. ue fT
is
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine
Agricultural Research Administration Picture Sheet No. 8
United States Department of Agriculture
POTATO LEAFHOPPER
(Empoasca fabae (Harr.))
Injury and Life History
The potato leafhopper is an injurious pest of potato and beans in
the Eastern States. It also attacks many other plants. Both the
young forms, known as nymphs, and the adults feed upon the under
surface of the leaves by sucking the plant juices. The adults fly when
disturbed and the tiny nymphs scamper for cover, traveling sidewise.
Besides sucking the plant juices, this leafhopper transmits to the
plant a substance that causes a disease condition known as hopper-
burn. The first symptom of this disease is a triangular brown spot
at the tips of the leaflets. Later the entire margins may curl upward
and turn brown as though scorched. Badly affected plants die
early and the yield of potatoes is reduced.
In Florida and other Gulf States the leafhopper breeds throughout
the year. In the North the adults appear in April or May. Since
they have never been found there in the winter, they probably migrate
from the South. Early in June they move in large numbers to potato
fields and deposit eggs in the tissue of the plants. In about a week
these eggs hatch into wingless nymphs. The nymphs pass through
five stages and become winged adults in 10 to 14 days. They begin
laying eggs 5 or 6 days later. The period from egg to adult is about
1 month.
Control
Dust the foliage thoroughly with a 3-percent DDT dust.
If you prefer a spray to a dust, use 2 level tablespoonfuls of 50-
percent DDT wettable powder or 2 level teaspoonfuls of 25-percent
DDT emulsion concentrate per gallon of water. Apply with a good
sprayer that throws a fine mist. To make 100 gallons of spray use
either 2 pounds of the 50-percent wettable powder or 2 pints of the
25-percent DDT emulsion concentrate. If spray is to be used for
disease control, add either of these DDT preparations to the fungi-
cidal spray rather than to water, and apply at once.
Begin spraying or dusting when the insects first appear and repeat
the treatment as often as necessary.
CAUTION.—Insecticides are poisonous and should be handled with care.
Store in a dry place where children and animals will not have access to them.
16—20763-1
Issued April 1941
Revised November 1950 U.S. Government Printing Office
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington 25, D.C. — _ Price 5 cents
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 109
gressed a little farther with her excavation than had 8856 D, which I first saw
digging at the same time. The spoil heap behind the entrance of 8856 E was
about 13 em. long and fanned out to a width of 5 em. In leveling the sand of
this spoil heap, the wasp went to the back of the heap and scattered the sand
behind her as she walked forward toward the entrance in a zigzag path from
side to side. At 1430 she backed into the burrow and began to rake in sand
from the sides of the entrance and the front of the burrow. She backed down
into the burrow out of sight after raking in some sand, and then came to the
surace and raked in some more sand, continuing this process until the burrow
was completely filled at 1500. After smoothing the sand immediately around the
burrow entrance, she flew for 5 minutes over an area about 4 meters in diameter
around the entrance at a distance of 2 to 6 em. from the ground, and then
disappeared.
There are certain anomalies in this above account which require additional
investigation. Is such an amount of excavation normal just before final closure?
Is the zigzag type of leveling of the spoil heap normal? The latter question is
posed by the behavior of 8856 D. This wasp was digging what turned out to
be a burrow without terminal cell at the same time. However, she just pushed
and raked the exeavated sand behind her into a narrow strip about 5 em. long,
and did not exhibit any zigzag leveling motions.
The two larvae that I obtained from digging up nests on August 9 were almost
full grown. The flies recovered from their cells were preserved, and I fed the
larvae on freshly caught, immobilized flies. One of the larva (8856 E) reached
maturity the evening of August 9 and was preserved for taxonomic study. The
other (8856 G) began to spin its cocoon at 0800 on August 10.
The prey remains in these two cells were identified as follows: 8856 E—1 wing
of a muscoid, 1 wing of a tylid (= micropezid), 2 specimens of Tubifera sp.
(a syrphid), and parts of 2 stratiomyids; 8856 G—1 specimen of Callitroga
DJ
macellaria (F.) (a ealliphorid), parts of 3 specimens of larvaevorids, and 1
specimen of Odontomyia sp. (a stratiomyid).
Two points about these prey records require comment. One is the very few
specimens of prey found in the cells, certainly far fewer than would be required
to bring one of these large wasps from egg to mature larva. H. EH. Evans has
observed a colony of texana in Florida and advises me (in litt.) that he also
has found very few fly remains in the cells. I did not notice any fly fragments
near the burrow entrances, but the finding of so few remains in the cells certainly
offers strong circumstantial evidence that the female of this species removes
prey fragments at the time fresh prey is brought in. The other point that needs
emphasizing is that this species, like all our other North American species whose
prey preferences are known, feeds only flies to its young. The record in the
Synoptic Catalog of North American Hymenoptera (Burks 1951) of texvana
using the immature hemipteron Huthochtha galeator (F.), as prey is based on
a specimen of texana in the U.S. National Museum collection with a nymph
of this bug pinned beneath it. The label data are Orlando, Fla., April 26 (year
illegible), E. A. Back. I feel certain that this association is erroneous, and that
the hemipteron, if it had any association with a bembicine wasp at all, was
probably the prey of a specimen of Bicyrtes taken at the same time, and that
110 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
in some manner the two wasps were mixed and the prey associated with the
wrong specimen. There is only one specimen of Bicyrtes, insidiatrix (Handlirsch )
collected by E. A. Back in the Museum collection—it bears the additional label
data, Orlando, Fla., August 7, 1907. However, texana and insidiatrix are not at
all similar in size or coloration, and these two specimens were taken in different
months. H. E. Evans also has found texana provisioning with Diptera only.
Cerceris fumipennis Say
I discovered several females nesting in rather hard-packed soil along the sides
of a road at the entrance to the woods August 9 to 11, 1956.
One female (8956 A) flew into her open burrow at 1125 on August 9. On
August 10 the entrance was closed from within at 1100, and open at both 1315
and 1530. I dug up this burrow at 1345 on August 11 and found that it curved
downward to the west at an angle of approximately 30°. There was one adult
buprestid, Chrysobothris femorata (Oliv.), at the bottom of the burrow. I was
unable to find a continuation of this burrow, but a Cerceris cocoon, bearing
buprestid remains on the outside and a live prepupa inside, was found a few
centimeters away at 5 em. below the ground level.
A second female (81056 B) had her burrow just across the road from that
of 8956 A. She flew in preyless at 1555 on August 10, was captured, released,
and flew away. I dug up her burrow at 1600. For 8 em. it was almost perpendic-
ular, curving slightly to the south. There were three paralyzed buprestids, Dicerca
lurida (F.), at the bottom of this perpendicular section. The burrow then
curved rather sharply, running downward at an angle of about 15°, and termi-
nated in an empty ovoid cell at the end of 5 em. I could find no traces of an
additional burrow either laterally or at lower levels. The wasp was captured
when she flew back to the burrow at 1615.
Another burrow (81156 A) was found and dug up at 1400 on August 11. It
went straight down for 5 em. and then obliquely at an angle of 20° toward the
southwest for another 5 cm., where there were two paralyzed buprestids, Dicerca
lurida (F.).
REFERENCES
Brimley, C. 8., 1988. The Inseets of North Carolina. N.C. Dept. Agr., unnumbered
publ., 560 pp.
, 1942. Supplement to Insects of North Carolina. N. C. Dept. Agr.,
unnumbered publ., 39 pp.
Burks, B. D., 1951. In Muesebeck, Krombein and Townes. Hymenoptera of
America North of Mexico—Synoptic Catalog. U. S. Dept. of Agr., Agr.
Monogr. 2: 1000.
Krombein, K. V., 1948. The identity of the male of Pseuwdomethoca simillima
(Smith). Ent. News 59: 187-189.
, 1950. An annotated list of wasps from Nags Head and Kill Devil
Hills. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 65: 262-272.
, 1958a. Biological and taxonomic investigations on the wasps in a
coastal area of North Carolina. Wasmann Jour. Biol. 10: 257-341.
, 1953b. Kill Devil Hills wasps, 1952. Proce. Ent. Soc. Wash. 55:
113-1135:
, 1955. Some notes on the wasps of Kill Devil Hills, North Carolina,
1954. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 57: 145-160, 4 figs.
Wray, D. L., 1950. Insects of North Carolina, Second Supplement. N. C. Dept.
Agr., unnumbered publ., 59 pp.
\
-* BALL ARMYWORM
a, Male moth (or adult); b, eggs; c, larva; d, face of larva; e, pupa in
a cell; f, moth in resting posture; g, wing of female moth; h, feeding
injury to corn plant. (a,c, e, f, g, h about 1% times natural size;
b twice natural size; d 8 times natural size.)
(See other side for life history and control)
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine P
United States Department of Agriculture Picture Sheet No. 12
FALL ARMYWORM
(Laphygma frugiperda (A. and S.))
The fall armyworm, known principally as an enemy of growing corn, feeds
on many other cultivated crops, such as alfalfa, cotton, peanuts, and grasses,
and also on wild plants. The eggs are laid at night on grasses or other plants
and hatch in about 5 days. The young larvae (caterpillars, or ““worms’’) feed
at first in concealment near the ground, become full grown in about 20 days, and
then enter the soil for a few inches and change into pupae. The inactive pupal
stage lasts about 10 days. After the moths emerge from the pupal cases they
often fly many miles before the females lay eggs. The fall armyworm may have
as many as six generations a year in the Gulf States, but does not survive the
winter farther north. In addition to eating the blades of corn and boring into
the stalks, the larvae may bore into the ears, particularly the shanks of the ears,
and feed extensively therein.
Control
The fall armyworm can be controlled with the following sprays: (1) 2 pounds
per acre of a wettable powder containing 50 percent of either DDT or TDE,
mixed with 40 gallons of water. (2) A toxaphene emulsifiable concentrate,
applied by aircraft at the rate of 1% to 2 pounds of toxaphene in 2 gallons of
spray per acre.
The application of a dust containing 5 percent of DDT, toxaphene, or TDE,
at the rate of 40 pounds per acre, or a 20-percent toxaphene dust at 10 to 15
pounds per acre, has also been reported to give good control.
To control so-called “budworm” damage in sweet corn, caused by the feeding
of this worm deep in the whorls of the corn plant, spray with an emulsion made
with 38 quarts of a 25-percent DDT emulsifiable concentrate, 5 quarts of a white
mineral oil of 50 to 95 seconds Saybolt viscosity, and enough water to make 25
gallons of spray. Apply the spray at the rate of 25 gallons per acre.
When the worms are crawling over the ground in large numbers they may be
destroyed by broadcasting a poisoned bait thinly over the infested fields, and
moderate infestations in corn may sometimes be controlled by light sprinklings
of the bait in the leaf whorls. To prepare this bait mix 50 pounds of wheat bran
with 2 pounds of paris green, and then add 6 gallons of water to make a damp
mash. This quantity is enough for 2 to 8 acres.
Warning: All these insecticides are poisons. They must be kept out of reach
of children or animals and must be handled with care, according to directions
on the containers. Because the residue of DDT, TDE, or toxaphene may be
dangerous to humans and livestock, hay or forage that has been treated with
these insecticides should not be fed to dairy animals or to meat animals being
finished for slaughter. Paris green is a strong poison. Thoroughly wash out
containers that have been used for mixing bait. Dispose of surplus bait by
broadcasting it thinly on the ground in a field. oat
Issued April 1941
CORN EARWORM
A OE NOT
MARY MRBENSON
a, Moth (or adult), and eggs on silks; b, eggs; c, earworm feeding in
ear of corn; d, pupa fia ay celline, color phases of the earworm. (All
except b about 144 times evsereell size; b 5'4 times natural size.)
(See other side for life history and control)
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine F
United States Department of Agriculture Picture Sheet No. 11
CORN EARWORM
(Heliothis armigera (Hbn.) )
Although the corn earworm attacks many cultivated crops, it is
dealt with here only as an enemy of corn. The eggs are laid by the
moth, usually on the corn silks. These eggs hatch in from 2 to 8
days, and the tiny larvae or caterpillars feed downward, following
the silks into the ear tip. Serious damage to the ear frequently
results from their feeding and from the fermentation or molds which
follow. When full-grown, the larva leaves the ear, enters the soil,
and becomes a pupa, and from this the moth emerges. About 30
days are required in midsummer for complete development from egg
to adult. Pupae produced late in the summer or in the fall may pass
the winter in the soil and become moths the following spring or early
in the summer. Usually two complete generations are developed
annually in the North, but in the South there may be as many as five
or more generations.
Control
Injury to field corn can be reduced by growing strains with long,
tight husks and, in the South, by planting early.
Sweet corn can be protected by spraying. Prepare an erulsion
by mixing 3 quarts of 25-percent DDT emulsifiable concentrate
(obtainable commercially) and 2!% gallons of white mineral oil of
65 to 95 seconds Saybolt viscosity thoroughly with water to make
25 gallons. For a smaller quantity use 14, pint of the DDT emulsi-
fiable concentrate and 34, pint of the oil with water to make 1 gallon
of spray. Apply the spray to the ears 1 day after silks appear in
the field and again 2 days later. A third application 2 days after
the second usually increases the control. Spray only enough of the
mixture onto the silks to wet them. Twenty-five gallons of the spray
is enough for 1 acre of corn, and 1 gallon will take care of a plot
about 17 by 100 feet.
A spray similarly prepared, but including only 114, gallons of min-
eral oil in a 25-gallon lot, can be applied to the entire plant to reduce
“budworm” damage by the earworm to sweet corn before tasseling
and silking.
Any good hand sprayer is satisfactory for treating garden plots
of sweet corn. For commercial acreage use a high-clearance power
sprayer with hollow-cone nozzles adjusted to give adequate but not
excessive coverage of the ears. Shake the emulsion well so that the
oil will not separate.
The earworm can also be controlled in small plantings of sweet
corn by injecting into the silk at the tip of each ear about 1/4, teaspoon-
ful of refined white mineral oil. If obtainable, use a ready-mixed
oil containing 0.2 percent of pyrethrins. Apply with a pump-type,
long-spouted oilcan, or use a glass medicine dropper filled about half
full of oil for a small ear and three-fourths full for a large ear. Do
not apply until the silks have wilted and have begun to turn brown
at the tips. Earlier treatment will interfere with pollination and
result in poorly filled ears.
WARNING. Because of the danger of poisonous residues, husks or other
parts of corn plants treated with DDT should not be fed to dairy animals
or to meat animals being finished for slaughter.
. 16—20761-2
Issued April 1941
Revised August 1950 U.S. Government Printing Office
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington 25, D. C. — Price 5 cents.
OCT 3 01959
OU RIPED
SVCUMBER BEETLE
a, Adult beetle; b, underground stem of cucumber seedling cut
open to show larva (grub, or “worm”) feeding within; c, small
cucumber plants showing characteristic feeding by adult beetles
on leaves and stems. (a about 8 times natural size; b about twice
natural size; c about three-fourths natural size.)
(See other side tor control measures)
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine ;
United States Department of Agriculture Picture Sheet No. Ti
STRIPED CUCUMBER BEETLE
(Acalymma vittata (F.) )
The striped cucumber beetle is one of the most familiar insects to gardeners
in the Eastern and Central States. It is also one of the most troublesome. The
beetles invade cucumber, squash, and melon plantings almost overnight, and
often destroy tiny seedlings before they push through the soil. They girdle
stems of older plants, and eat portions of the leaves. They also transmit
bacterial wilt and mosaic disease from plant to plant. The grubs, or larvae,
live on the roots and reduce the vitality of the plants.
The adult beetles spend the winter in uncultivated areas, protected by plant
debris. In the spring they become active, feeding on some wild plants about
the time apple trees are in bloom. As soon as the first melon, cucumber, squash,
or pumpkin seedlings push through the soil, the beetles attack them. Here
they feed first on the stems and cotyledons, oftentimes killing the plants. There
may be an influx of beetles into the field for several weeks. As the plants grow,
the beetles collect under the vines and feed on the lower surfaces of the plants.
Females crawl into cracks in the soil and deposit eggs. The young larvae, or
grubs, that hatch from these eggs feed on the plant roots for about a month,
pupate in the soil, and emerge as adults of the next generation.
Control
Several insecticides are effective, however, provided they reach the beetles
in time. Derris or cube and cryolite are recommended for this purpose. They
may be applied either as dusts or as sprays to prevent plants from becoming
infected by wilt.
The derris or cube dust should contain 0.75 to 1 percent of rotenone, and the
eryolite dust 40 to 50 percent of sodium fluoaluminate. They are usually
obtainable at these strengths from local dealers.
Sprays can be prepared from undiluted powdered derris or cube, which con-
tains from 38 to 5 percent of rotenone, or from a rotenone-containing extract.
Use enough of the powder to give a spray containing 0.02 percent of rotenone.
This requires 5144 pounds of a powder containing 38 percent of rotenone, or 4
pounds of one containing 4 percent, in 100 gallons of water. Use the rotenone-
containing extract at the strength recommended by the manufacturer. To pre-
pare a cryolite spray use 5 pounds of cryolite containing 90 percent of sodium
fluoaluminate or its equivalent in 100 gallons of water.
Apply the dusts at 15 to 30 pounds per acre and the sprays at 75 to 100 gallons
per acre, the rate depending on the size of the plants. To be effective the
applications must be timely, thorough, and frequent. Keep in mind the follow-
ing points:
(1) Protect the young seedlings.
(2) Apply the dust or spray to the plants as soon as the beetles appear.
(8) Apply a light, even coating over the entire plant, especially at the
point where the stems emerge from the soil.
(4) Repeat the applications after rains and as often as necessary to keep
the plants free from the beetles.
-~
‘AUTION.—Insecticides are poisonous and should be handled with care.
16—20766-1
Issued April 1941
Revised June 1950 U. S. Government Printing Office
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C.—Price 5 cents
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 NALA
TWO NEW SPECIES OF METAPONE
FROM MADAGASCAR
(HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE )
Ropert E. Grecc, Department of Biology, University of Colorado
The two species herewith described belong to an interesting and
bizarre genus of ants comprising a distinct tribe, the Metaponimi, of
the subfamily Myrmicinae. Up to 1953 (Smith), 13 species of MJeta-
pone had been described, and though these ants have a wide distribu-
tion in the Oriental and Australian Regions, they seem to be sporadic
in occurrence and very rare. It is with considerable significance then
that the group should turn up on the Island of Madagascar, and not
surprising that it should be represented there by completely new
species. A list of the known forms, with the localities from which
they were first collected, appears at the end of this paper. The speci-
mens upon which this report is based were obtained from Dr. Alfred
KE. Emerson, in whose collection of termites they were residing. The
ants are said to be associated at times with termites in rotting wood,
and presumably the individuals in this sample were collected in such
a situation. It is a pleasure to acknowledge my indebtedness to Dr.
Emerson as the source of this material.
Metapone madagascarica sp. nov.
Worker.—Length, 6.91 mm.; head length (excluding mandibles), 1.50 mm.;
head width, 1.08 mm.; head index, 0.72; thorax length, 1.83 mm.
Head, even without the mandibles, distinctly longer than broad (about 1 and Ve
times longer than broad), widest in the occipital region and tapering coneavely
to the mandibular insertions where it is narrowest; oecipital margin broadly and
shallowly excavated, and coneave. Head decidedly convex antero-posteriorly as
well as transversely; gula convex; median cephalie groove very weakly indicated,
becoming obsolete on the clypeus where it is replaced by a low, rounded carina,
posterad. Frontal area absent, its position taken by a broad, curved epistomal
suture which delimits the posterior border of the elypeus, and extends between
the widely separated frontal carinae. The carinae are straight, parallel, and
prominent where they cross the clypeus as trenchant ridges to its anterior margin,
abruptly divergent and almost transverse at the antennal insertions, and again
turning sharply backward through right angles, and continuing posteriorly to
the region of the vertex, flaring slightly. The surfaces of the head below the
carinae are broadly concave, forming shallow but distinct antennal scrobes,
bounded and overhung by the carinae, though open ventrally. Median lobe of
clypeus nearly quadrate, weakly and concavely truneate anterior to its small
carina, and bidentate, that is, armed with two, small, blunt teeth projecting for-
ward, and separated by a distance equal to the base of either. Lateral clypeal
lobes narrow, sinuate, convex, and separated from the genae by faint lines con-
tinous with the median portion of the epistomal suture. Ocelli absent; no ocellar
pits. Compound eyes reduced to mere vestiges composed of 6 to 8 very minute
and indistinct ommatidia; located on the sides of the head, at a point barely
112 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
past the center as measured from the mandibles to the occiput, and on the edge
of the scrobe. Mandibles stout, convex, anterior margins feebly curved to nearly
straight, the masticatory border bearing five, heavy, blunt teeth, the apical ones
best developed and the others diminishing slightly in size. Antennae 11-segmented;
scapes short, flat, about 2% times as long as wide, with convex anterior and
straight posterior margins; scapes almost fill the upper and deeper portions of
the cephalic scrobes where they are overarched by the facial earinae. Funiculi
longer than the seapes, decidedly flattened, but with the upper surface weakly
convex and the lower surface flat to almost imperceptibly coneave; funicular
segments 2 to 7 much broader than long and gradually increasing in size; last
three segments much larger, forming a spatulate club, the penultimate and ante-
penultimate members of which are nearly as broad as long, the terminal segment
longer than broad and twice the length of the penultimate.
Thorax long and narrow, about 2% times as long as broad, and narrower than
the head; humeri well-developed, pro- and mesonotum fused with no trace of
dorsal sutures; meso-epinotal suture distinet and slightly impressed, especially
laterad. Entire thorax ineluding epinotum, marginate to submarginate laterally,
the bordering ridge continuing transversely across the front of the pronotum,
setting off a distinct collar which joins the head at a low level. The margins
continue also to the epinotal angles which then terminate in broad, dentate
processes at the same level as the thorax, and finally turn ventrally to border the
declivious face of the epinotum. Dorsum of the thorax moderately convex from
side to side, feebly from anterior to posterior ends: basal face of epinotum nearly
horizontal, but passing through an abrupt, slightly concave angle to the vertical
declivity; basal face twice as long as the declivious face. Thoracic pleurae and
epinotal sides vertical but noticeably coneave. Petiole almost flat dorsally, sub-
quadrate except that the postero-lateral corners are divergent and produced into
prominent teeth; the posterior border is broadly excised. The dorsum is sepa-
rated from the sides, front, and back walls by marginate borders, the walls
concave in each case, descending and converging mesially toward the midline, thus
producing the appearance of a flaring, cuneate, petiolar node. Anterior peduncle
short and constricted; posterior peduncle hardly more than an acetabulum for the
condyle of the postpetiole. Petiole armed with a thin, translucent, median, ventral,
blade-like keel, pointed at its middle. Postpetiole 2/5 wider than long, almost
flat dorsally, marginate on all borders, but the ridge more rounded than the cor-
responding one on the petiole; anterior and lateral walls vertical and not tapering
mesially, the post-petiolar node being thus no broader than the body of the
segment. Anterior peduncle short, posterior peduncle obsolete, the postpetiole
joined to the gaster by a wide face, though leaving a deep constriction between
the two. Ventral surface of postpetiole produced into a short, triangular, trans-
verse tooth, as a ventral extension of the anterior wall. Mesothoracie spiracles
appear to be covered by backward extending flaps developed from the tops of
the pro-mesothoracie pleural sutures. Epinotal spiracles large and easily visible.
Petiolar spiracles located at the base of the anterior peduncle, postpetiolar spira-
cles laterally on the node of this segment. Spiracles present on the first three
gastric segments.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 113
Gaster elongate, about as long as the combined lengths of the thorax, petiole
and postpetiole, or a little shorter; elliptical, rounded and convex in all directions,
the anterior border blunt while the posterior end terminates in a somewhat pointed
pygidium that is faintly concave on its dorsal aspect, but deflected ventrad. Abdo-
men furnished with a small sting, partly concealed.
Coxae stout and bulbous. Femora inflated, especially of the meso- and meta-
thoracic legs (about 14% times as long as broad), and laterally compressed, their
ventral surfaces longitudinally grooved for the reception of the tibiae. Tibiae
stout and partly compressed but less so than the femora. Foretibia armed with
one small spine and a large, pectinate spur; the lower side of the fore basitarsus
pectinate for its full length, its apex ending in three stout teeth. Mesotibia pro-
vided with a small, barely pectinate spur, and three, stout apical teeth, two of
them approximated; meso-basitarsus armed with three terminal teeth. Metatibia
and meta-basitarsus idential with those of the middle leg, though more strongly
developed. All tarsi equipped with large claws.
Sculpture—Clypeus, frons, genae, and antennal scrobes covered with fine, longi-
tudinal striae, essentially parallel, but which fade out posteriorly, leaving the
vertex, occiput, and posterior part of the genae, smooth and very shining, inter-
rupted only by piligerous punctures. Anterior third of the gula similarly striate,
posterior portion smooth and shining. Mandibles longitudinally striate and pune-
tate. Entire dorsum and pleurae of thorax, ineluding the epinotum, longitudinally
striate (somewhat oblique on the pleurae), but the striations slightly finer than
that of the cephalic sculpture, and diverging to the epinotal corners. Top of
the petiole showing well-separated, hair-bearing punctures, its sides striate. Post-
petiole and gaster with similar but finer punctures, and a faintly coriaceous tex-
ture. All areas of the body, even where most heavily striated, bright and shining
due to absence of inter-strial sculpture. Legs and antennae also smooth and
shining.
Pilosity: Short, scattered, yellow hairs on all surfaces of the head and thorax,
many of them arising from discernible punctures especially on the vertex, occiput,
and petiole. Hairs are longer and more readily visible on the mandibles, front
margin of the clypeus, gula, coxae, lateral surfaces of the legs, and particularly
the lower surface of the petiole and gaster. Pubesecence limited to the funiculi,
postpetiole, and gaster, on which areas it merges with the erect hairs so that it
is difficult to distinguish one from the other. Pilosity is most abundant on the
gaster.
Color: Head, including the mandibles, dark red-brown to blackish brown, the
frons, center lobe of elypeus, anterior genae, and center of the occiput, lighter
in color; thorax, petiole, and postpetiole red-brown; gaster, legs, and antennae
partly yellowish brown.
Holotype: Worker; collected 15 km. east of Tulear, Madagascar, on June 7,
1935 by Harold Kirby (?). Collection notes accompanying it state that the ants
were found in a stump and associated with T —[termites?] 4403. Deposited in
the author’s collection.
Paratypes: Eight other specimens; 4 workers, 1 female (see below), and 3
winged female pupae (1 pigmented), collected from the same nest as the holotype.
114 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
Female: Length, 9.09 mm.; head length (excluding mandibles), 1.54 mm.; head
width, 1.12 mm.; head index, 0.73; thorax length, 2.67 mm. (dealated).
The female caste is so similar in many ways to the worker in this genus that
one is reminded of the parallel situation in ponerine genera. It is, therefore,
necessary to point out only the salient features of the queen which separates it
from the worker caste. There follows a brief diagnosis.
The female is winged, although the single adult specimen before me had become
deilate, so fully expanded wings for description are lacking. Three pupae, how-
ever, have well-developed wing sacs. The female caste differs from the worker
by its overall large size, the cephalic and thoracic striae or rugules which are
a trifle coarser, the presence of large, flat, oval, compound eyes at the middle
of the sides of the head, composed of a great number of ommatidia (longest
diameter of the eye shghtly less than the distance from its anterior edge to the
insertion of the mandible), three distinct ocelli on the vertex, and the anterior
clypeal teeth which are smaller and blunter. A pronounced, arcuate pro-mesonotal
suture is present, the mesoscutum has distinet parapsidal furrows, the seutellum
is separated by a well-marked suture, and the metanotum is distinguished by
deeply impressed boundaries. The epinotum shows the posterior corners rounded
(denticles reduced to slight ecarinae), and the basal face is rounded, passing
gradually into the declivity without an angle, the whole segment narrower than
in the worker. Petiole and postpetiole are smaller and both are more quadrate
than the corresponding segments of the worker, where they are slightly trans-
verse. Dorsal surfaces of both are furnished with fine, curved, transverse striae.
The pleurae, and sides of the petiole and postpetiole have enough minute inter-
strial sculpture to cause a faint dullness to the otherwise shining surface. Pilosity
over most of the body is sparser, especially on the gaster. Whether this is natural
or due to a worn specimen, it is impossible to tell at present.
In Wheeler’s key to the species of Metapone (1919), this ant runs
to couplet 5 because of the bluntly bidentate clypeus. At the time
this key was produced, there were two species known having the
character mentioned, and madagascarica may be distinguished from
them in the following manner.
From tillyardi it differs by larger size (6.91 vs. 5.5-6 mm.), a more
quadrate petiole which is somewhat more excavated behind, by a
rectangular and transverse (rather than oval) postpetiole, and in
color which is dark reddish brown to black on thorax and head in
contrast to castaneous brown of tillyardi. The head is proportionately
longer also (1.38 vs. about 1.25 times as long as broad).
From bakeri it can be separated by a relatively longer head (1.38
vs. less than 1.25 times as long as broad), the presence of five rather
than four mandibular teeth, a posterior clypeal suture, striate sculp-
ture of the body (in contrast to smooth), petiole less deeply excised
behind, shorter and stouter legs with more inflated femora, red-brown
color instead of black, and a difference in size, which is indeed very
notable (9.1 vs. 6.4 mm.). It should be stated that these comparisons
are between the females of the two species owing to absence of the
worker of bakeri which has yet to be discovered. The differences in
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 ILS)
dentition and in body sculpture however, leave no doubt of the dis-
tinctness of these forms.
M. madagascarica is to be distinguished from gracilis, a species
which Wheeler described in 1935, again on the basis of the females.
It has larger size (9.1 vs. 7 mm.), the ocelli are all nearly the same
size, the anterior one being only slightly larger than the laterals in
contrast to that of gracilis, antennal scapes almost 3 times as long
as broad (not 4 times), and the petiolar node has a concave anterior
surface, the dorsal surface weakly convex and from above subquadrate,
being only minutely wider than long (1 and ¥% times longer than
broad in gracilis ).
From jacobsoni, it differs in larger size (9.1 vs. 6.4 mm.; only the
female of jacobsoni has been described), head 114 times as long as
broad instead of 114, clypeal suture visible, eyes almost in the exact
middle of the head, epinotum more than one-half as wide at the rear
as at the front, petiolar node 114 times wider than lone (jacobsoni
about 144 longer than wide), anterior wall of petiole concave, pe-
duncle less than one-half as long as the node, postpetiole a little
wider than long (not fully quadrate), and postpetiole with curved,
transverse striae rather than shagreened. In many respects the two
ants are very similar, to judge from Crawley’s description, but the
above differences appear to hold and should serve to distinguish them.
From johni it may be told by the shape of the antennal scapes
which are broadest in the middle, whereas in johni they are predun-
culate at the base, broadening apically (or as Karawajew puts it,
‘‘ham-shaped’’—schinkenartige Form). This situation obtains also in
M. greent. Mandibles have 5 teeth instead of 4, the elypeus is biden-
tate rather than truncate and feebly concave, and the petiole is less
convex dorsally and lacks a tooth posteriorly following the ventral
lamella, but the node has sharper and more tooth-like posterior
corners. The postpetiole displavs a pointed transverse process instead
of three, rounded transverse ridges.
Metapone emersoni sp. nov.
Worker: Length, 8.33 mm.; head length (excluding mandibles), 1.58 mm.;
head width, 1.25 mm.; head index 0.79; thorax length, 2.33 mm.
This species has many similarities to M. madagascarica, but as these traits
are common to the genus Metapone and are given in detail in the foregoing
description, they will not be repeated here. The most important features of this
ant are as follows. Head about 11% times longer than broad, tapering slightly
from the rear to the mandibular insertions, very convex both longitudinally and
transversely, occipital border only weakly and broadly excised. Clypeus separated
from the frons by a definite suture, subquadrate, though narrowing slightly at
the anterior end, its median lobe projecting as a very short, anterior process,
transversely truncated in front but not bidentate, with blunt but distinct antero-
lateral angles and notably concave lateral edges. The median lobe stands quite
high above the lateral lobes, and is bordered by anterior extensions of the frontal
116 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
earinae flush with its dorsal surface. At the antennal insertions, the carinae
diverge sharply and then extend backward as strong ridges overarching rather
deep facial scrobes which receive the antennae. Sceapes fairly slender at the base
and widening to broad, flattened expansions distally. Funiculus with joints
2 to 7 wider than long and gradually expanding in size toward the apex; club
composed of the last three segments which are spatulate and concavo-convex as
in madagascarica, Eyes reduced to a group of 8 to 10 minute, flat ommatidia at
the posteroventral border of the serobe, and % the distance from mandibles to
occiput. Mandibles narrow, masticatory border rounded, bearing 7 weak teeth
(approaching denticles), and without any trace of a basal lobe. Ocelli and
ocellar pits absent. Frontal groove distinct.
Thorax subrectangular, exactly twice as long as wide, humeri well-developed,
and the epinotum tapering slightly to its posterior border. Pro-mesonotal suture
absent; meso-epinotal suture distinct and somewhat impressed. Dorsum of thorax
straight longitudinally, convex transversely, with vertical, concave pleurae; strong-
ly margined at the sides, and across the anterior border of the pronotum. Epi-
notal teeth reduced to rather sharp ridges; basal face of the epinotum a little
longer than the declivity, and joining the latter through a rounded angle; pos-
terior border of the epinotum transverse and slightly excavated. Petiolar node
from above strongly transverse, exactly twice as wide as long; anterior border
faintly excised, lateral borders diverging posteriorly to well-marked, but rounded
and backward-pointing lobes, and the posterior border deeply excised; the whole
structure subtrapezoidal in shape, and strongly margined on the front and sides;
antero-posteriorly convex. In profile, the petiole has a short anterior peduncle,
a thin, translucent, longitudinal, ventral plate or keel with a rounded edge, the
anterior and posterior faces of the node concave, the entire node rising and flar-
ing laterally through concave sidewalls to the flat summit that expands into
wing-like lateral lobes. From before, the node is decidedly cuneate in shape.
Postpetiole also strongly transverse, but barely twice as wide as long (slightly
narrower than the petiole) ; subrectangular in outline, the anterior border straight,
posterior border weakly convex, and the sides diverging noticeably to the rear;
summit of node nearly flat; sides tapering ventrally but not concave, converging
obliquely to the petiole-postpetiolar joint, and continuing into a stout, ventrally
directed spine, which curves slightly backward.
Gaster of the usual shape in these ants, rounded anteriorly and sloping to a
rather narrow point apically. First segment exactly twice as long as either the
petiole or the postpetiole. Sting well-developed, protruding.
Legs similar to those of madagascarica. Femora moderately inflated, tibiae
stout, but metatarsi slender.
Sculpture.—Entire head, including scrobes, longitudinally striate, except for
the occiput; striae very fine on the clypeus and mandibles, heavier elsewhere on
the cephalic dorsum and genae, coarse over the entire gula. Thorax longitudinally
striate on the dorsum and pleurae, the sculpture of about the same texture as
on the head. Head and thorax with scattered, hair-bearing punctures, and brightly
shining. Petiole and postpetiole plentifully supplied with piligerous punctures,
dorsally; shining. Gaster likewise punctate and shining, faintly shagreened or
coriaceous.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
Fig. 1. Dorsal view of the worker of Metapone madagascarica sp. nov.
Fig. 2. Petiole and postpetiole of Metapone emersoni sp. noy. (worker)
Wie
118 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
Pilosity.— Very similar to that of the previously described species.
Color.—Reddish brown, the head and antennae darker, mandibles black; gaster
lighter, yellow-brown toward the tip.
Holotype.—W orker; collected 12 miles from Perinet, Madagascar, on June 28,
1935, by Harold Kirby(?). As with the preceding species, they were recorded
under a field number, T-4503, and presumably were associated with termites. De-
posited in the author’s collection.
Paratype.—One worker bearing the same collection data as the holotype.
In Wheeler’s key, this species goes to couplet 5 because of the
scarcely projecting median lobe of the clypeus, and thence to fill-
yardi because the petiole is broadly excised behind and the body is
longitudinally striate. Though emerson in morphology resembles till-
yardi most closely, it can be distinguished from that species by lack-
ing the small, blunt clypeal teeth, by the presence of 7 mandibular
teeth instead of 5, a postpetiole which is virtualy as broad as the
petiole (more transverse and less elliptical) and which has one stout,
curved spine (instead of two transverse processes), and by its larger
size (8.33 mm. vs. 5.5-6 mm.).
From bakeri it is easily separated by having 7 instead of 4 man-
dibular teeth, by the longitudinal striation of the head and thorax
(baker is very smooth and shining except for dense sculpture in the
scrobes), the very broad petiole (petiole longer than broad and nar-
rower than the postpetiole in bakert), and by its larger size (worker
of emersoni 8.33 mm.; female of bakeri 6.4 mm.).
Metapone gracilis differs from emersoni by its 5-toothed mandibular
dentition, but especially by its petiole which is about 114 times as
long as broad, somewhat longer than high, and the anterior face of
the node which is straight and perpendicular.
From jacobsom, the new species can be recognized by its shorter
and stouter head (114 longer than broad rather than 114), 7 instead
of 5 mandibular teeth, and by its very broad petiolar node (twice
as wide as long in contrast to 144 times as long as wide).
To distinguish it from johni, it is necessary only to compare the
form and proportions of the petiole and postpetiole, both of which
are strongly transverse and twice as wide as long in contrast to the
petiole of johni which is trapezoidal, and the postpetiole which is
transversely oval and about 1.6 times as wide as long; it also lacks
the prominent ventral spine.
Finally, the two new species can be readily differentiated by the
form of the anterior clypeal margin, the shape of the scapes, the epi-
notum, and particularly the petiole and postpetiole which are strik-
ingly unlike in these ants.
It will be noticed that madagascarica and emersoni belong to that
division of the genus in which the anterior clypeal lobe is short,
only slightly produced over the mandibular bases, and either some-
what truncate or else bidentate. The preceding comparisons have all
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 119
concerned other members of this group, while the remaining species
of Metapone are in another division, represented by M. greeni, etc.,
and agree in having the clypeus notably extended, truncated in front,
and furnished with sharp, tooth-like lateral corners.
A list of the known species of Metapone will serve to summarize
the taxonomy of this group, and also to give some conception of its
distribution so far as present information allows.
Metapone greeni Forel
Forel, Rev. Suisse Zool., 1911, 19, p. 449, Pl. 14, %, 2, ¢ and larva; Emery,
Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1912, 56, p. 95, Fig. 1, larva; Wheeler, Ann. Ent. Soc.
Amer., 1919, 12, p. 179, 8, 2, ¢, Fig. 1, 2; Emery, Genera Insect., 1921, Fasc.
NES jon PAE
Type locality: Peradenyia, Ceylon (KE. E. Green)
Metapone mjoebergi Forel
Forel, Ark. f. Zool., 1915, 9, p. 36, %, 9; Wheeler, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 1919,
12, p. 181, 3, 9; M. mjoébergi Emery, Genera Insect., 1921, Fase. 174, p. 20.
Type locality: Malanda, Queensland (E. Mjoberg)
Metapone sauteri Forel
Forel, Arch. f. Naturg., 1913, 79, p. 189, Fig. 2; Wheeler, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.,
1919, 12, p. 182, 9; Emery, Genera Insect., 1921, Fase. 174, p. 20.
Type locality: Sokutsu, Banshoryo District, Formosa (Hans Sauter )
Metapone leae Wheeler
Wheeler, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 1919, 12, p. 183, 9, Figs. 3, 4.
Type locality: Mt. Tambourine, Queensland (A. M. Lea)
Metapone bakeri Wheeler
Wheeler, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 1916, 6, p. 10, 9, Fig. 1; Wheeler, Ann.
Ent. Soc. Amer., 1919, 12, p. 186, 9. Fig. 5; Emery, Gen. Insect., 1921, Fase.
174, p. 20.
Type locality: Mt. Banahao, Luzon Island, Philippines (C. F. Baker )
Metapone tillyardi Wheeler
Wheeler, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 1919, 12, p. 187, %, Fig. 6.
Type locality: Dorrigo, New South Wales
Metapone hewitti Wheeler
Wheeler. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1919, 63, p. 62, ¢; Wheeler, Ann. Ent. Soe.
Amer:, 1919, 12, p. 189, ¢, Fig. 7.
Type locality: Kuehing, Borneo (John Hewitt)
Metapone jacobsoni Crawley
Crawley, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1924, 13, p. 389, @.
Type locality: Fort de Kock, Sumatra (E. Jacobson )
120 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
Metapone johni Karawajew
Karawajew, Konowia, 1933, 12 (1-2), p. 115, $, 9, 4.
Type locality: Hantana, Ceylon, 3000-4000’ (O. John)
Metapone gracilis Wheeler
Wheeler, Psyche, 1935, 42, p. 38, 9.
Type locality: Dapitan, Mindanao Island, Philippines (C. F. Baker)
Metapone krombeini M. R. Smith
M. R. Smith, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 1947, 49, p. 76, 9.
Type locality: IK. B. Mission, Milne Bay, New Guinea (K. V. Krombein )}
Metapone tricolor McAreavey
McAreavey, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1949, 74, p. 4, 9.
Type locality: Nyngan, New South Wales (J. W. T. Armstrong)
Metapone truki M. R. Smith
M. R. Smith, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 1953, 61, p. 135, 3.
Type locality: Truk Island; North Basin of Mount Chukumong, Moen (R. W.
L. Potts)
Metapone madagascarica sp. nov.
Type locality: Tulear, Madagasear (H. Kirby)
Metapone emersoni sp. nov.
Type locality: Perinet, Madagasear (H. Kirby)
At the present time, 15 species of Metapone have been described,
and until the publication of this report, they have all come from the
Indo-Austrahan portion of the globe. Four are known in Australia,
2 in the Philippines, 2 in Ceylon, and 1 each on Borneo, Sumatra,
Formosa, New Guinea, and Truk (in the Caroline Islands). The 2
new species herein described from Madagascar extend the known
distribution of the group far to the west of its previously understood
limits. It is tempting to suppose that the genus may yet be found on
the continent of Africa or southeastern Asia, but the fact of its
proximity to these places does not justify such a prediction. The
present range is very wide, but it is characteristically disjunctive,
sporadic, and decidedly insular, with the exception of the Australian
species which are the only ones found in a continental area. Coupled
with these facts is the extreme rarity of both species and individuals,
and the primitiveness of the genus. It has certain specialized features
which seem to be correlated with life possibly in termite nests, but
the general morphology places Metapone among the primitive myrmi-
cines so far as our knowledge now permits. It seems safe to conclude
that these ants form a relict group which may have been at one time
much more extensively distributed, including continental areas of
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 127
the Old World. I have been unable, however, to find any mention of
the genus by Wheeler (1914) in his exhaustive treatment of the ants
in the Baltic Amber, nor in Carpenter’s study (1930) of the Floris-
sant Ant Fauna. The absence of these ants from Eurasia and from
North America during mid-Tertiary times, as far as the record indi-
cates, is suggestive but not conclusive. It is still possible they may
have inhabited the area in question, but owing to peculiar and secre-
tive behavior (perhaps associated with termites and not given to strong
nuptial flights), they avoided the amber when it was forming from
sticky resin, and the fine, volcanic ash sediments that were accumu-
lating in the ancient lake bed at Florissant.
LITERATURE
Crawley, W. C., and E. Jacobson. 1924. Ants from Sumatra. Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. 13:380 409.
Karawajew, W. 1933. Ameisen aus dem Indo-Australischen Gebiet, VII Kono-
wia 12:103-120.
MecAreavey, J. J. 1949. Australian Formicidae. New genera and species. Proce.
Linn. Soe. New South Wales 74:1-25.
Smith, M. R, 1947. A new species of Metapone Forel from New Guinea. Proe.
Ent. Soe. Wash. 49:75-77.
-—_--—— , 1953. A new Metapone from the Micronesian Islands. Jour. N. Y.
Ent. Soe. 61:135-137.
Wheeler, W. M. 1916. Four new and interesting ants from the mountains of
Borneo and Luzon. Proce. N. Eng. Zool. Club 6:9-18.
, 1919. The ants of the genus Metapone Forel. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.
12:173-191.
, 1985. New ants from the Philippines. Psyche 42:38-52.
ANNOUNCEMENT
Short scientific articles, not illustrated, two double-spaced type-
written pages in leneth, are welcome and will usually receive prompt
publication. References to literature should be included in the text,
and the author’s name should appear at the end of the article.
>
122 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
A NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PROSOPIGASTRA
(HYMENOPTERA, SPHECIDAE)
RicHarD M. BoHARt,
University of California, Davis
During a visit to the U. 8S. National Museum, I was advised by
Ix. V. Krombein that specimens in my collection labeled as a possible
new subgenus of Tachysphex were in reality Prosopigastra Kohl, a
genus previously thought to be exclusively Palearctic and Ethiopian.
Although similar to Tachysphex, the abdominal puncturation of
Prosopigastra is coarse, and the second tergite is rather sharply
rounded laterally. Dr. Krombein has loaned three species for com-
parison—P,. (Prosopigastra) orientalis de Beaumont from Cyprus,
P. (Prosopigastra) neavei Turner from southern Rhodesia, and P.
(Homogambrus) cimicivora cypriaca de Beaumont from Cyprus. In
details of wing venation, mandibular and eclypeal structure, and
eeneral body form, the Californian species is remarkably lke the
others, particularly those in the typical subgenus. Homogambrus
Kohl, in which the male is holoptic or nearly so, is somewhat less
closely related. However, all of the exotic species seem to have a
prominent hump between the antennal insertions and the median
ocellus. This area is merely convex in our species, and this cireum-
stance may indicate a new subgenus. As only the one Nearctic species
is known, I prefer to retain it in the typical subgenus at least
temporarily. It occurs over a variety of hfe zones from boreal to
lower sonoran and has been found nearly the length of the state,
but always in dry, sandy terrain. Adults have been collected lighting
on the ground after the fashion of Tachysphex, and in one instance
on flowers of Phacelia.
The holotype will be deposited in the California Academy of
Sciences and paratypes in the U. 8S. National Museum, California
Insect Survey, and University of California at Davis.
Prosopigastra nearctica, new species
Male.—Length 6.0 mm., length of forewing 3.5 mm. Black with orange red
markings as follows: mandible mostly, tegula and wing base, knee spots, tibiae
distally, tarsi, tergites I-II entirely, III basally, sternite I]. Abdominal segment
VII and mouth parts brownish. Wings lightly stained, median cell of forewing
Prosopigastra nearctica Bohart, n. sp. Fig. 1, front view of holotype head;
fig. 2, pygidium of female paratype; fig. 3, clypeus of female paratype; fig. 4,
enlarged profile of one lobe of holotype aedeagus; fig. 5, distal one-half of holo-
type forewing; fig. 6, ventral view of flattened holotype genitalia (aedeagus split
and volsella removed from one side).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO.
3. JUNE,
1958
124 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
sparsely setose, practically bare toward center. Pubescence moderate, dull silvery,
rather coarse, appressed, covering most of face below ocelli, upper mesopleuron,
mesonotum posteriorly, postscutellum, propodeum laterally, and apical margins
of tergites, otherwise well distributed but scanty; some erect hair along apical
margins of sternites, thickest and about as long as last tarsal segment on V and
VI; tarsi with slender to stout pale spines. Puneturation of body rather coarse,
punctures mostly separated by about a puneture diameter, about 2 diameters or
more toward rear of mesonotum; scutellum, pronotal lobe and tegula mostly
polished as are distal margins of tergites ITV and following; sternites II and
following with irregular puncturation, III-IV traversed by smooth welts. Head
a little broader than long, eye as broad as middle of frons in front view, least
interocular distance equal to lengths of pedical and first two flagellar segments;
median apex of clypeus as in figure 1; flagellar segments somewhat flattened, not
convex beneath, first one about twice as broad as long, others progressively
slightly shorter except last which is also twice as broad as long; frons gently
swollen toward middle; ocellar area strongly but evenly convex, not shiny, backed
by a deep V on the vertex. Propodeal enclosure about as long as seutellum, with
oblique striae which are partially broken up into areolae, posterior face rough
and with oblique striae continued around sides to a basal shiny area; mesosternum
with a small, blunt tooth halfway between anterior margin and precoxal trans-
verse ridge. Last sternite shallowly excavated at apex, genitalia as in figures 4
and 6.
Female.—About as in male except as follows: mandible, pronotal lobe, tibiae,
and tergite III with reddish areas more restricted, sternite II with a lateral dark
spot. Sternites V and VI with only a row of erect hairs. Eye in front view
about as broad as least interocular distance which about equals length of pedicel
and first three flagellar segments. Median apex of elypeus with a pair of small
approximate teeth flanked at some distance by a tooth directly below antennal
insertion (fig. 2), elypeal bevel broad, triangular, sparsely punetured. Fore tarsal
comb of long, slender, black bristles. No mesosternal tooth. Tarsi with stout
dark spines, especially on two more basal segments. Pygidium flattened, broadly
rounded at tip, lateral margins distinct (fig. 2).
Types.—Holotype male: Brockway Summit, Placer Co., California,
on flowers of Phacelia, July 25, 1957 (R. M. Bohart). Paratypes (all
from California) ; 2 males, 1 female, same data as type; 2 males, 3
females, Carnelian Bay, Lake Tahoe, Placer Co., Aug. 22, 1955, and
July 22, 1957 (R. M. Bohart) ; 1 male, Sagehen Creek, Nevada Co.,
July 25, 1956 (R. M. Bohart) ; 2 males, Cassel, Shasta Co., July 15,
1955 (R. M. Bohart) ; 1 female, Yuba Pass, Sierra Co., Aug. 20, 1955
(KE. I. Schlinger) ; 1 male, 1 female, Strawberry, Tuolumne Co., July
15, 1951 (J. W. MacSwain) ; 1 male, Boca, Nevada Co., July 25, 1957;
4 males, Hallalujah Junction, Lassen Co., July 4-15, 1951-57 (HK. I.
Schlinger, R. C. Bechtel, R. M. Bohart). Metatypes: 7 males, 4
females, Borrego Valley, San Diego Co., Calif., sand dunes, April 19,
1957 (R. C. Bechtel, H. R. Moffitt, E. I. Schlinger, R. M. Bohart) ;
1 male, San Diego Co., Calif. (‘thru C. V. Riley,’’ U.S.N.M.).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 125
THE MITE DERMATOPHAGOIDES SCHEREMETEWSKYI BOGDANOV
AND ITS CONTROL IN RUSSIA
(Acarina, Psoroptidae )
EDWARD W. BAKER,
Entomology Research Division, A. R. S., U. S. Department of Agriculture,
Washington, D.C.
In 1951 Jay Traver of the University of Massachusetts published a
detailed account of a persistent and annoying infestation of Dermato-
phagoides scheremetewskyi Bogdanov on humans.’ Methods of control
used for other mites were found to be inadequate. In the same year
A. A. Fisher et al (1951), of the New York University Post-Graduate
Medical School published another account of the same mite infesting
man. Sasa previously (1950) had reported on Dermatophagoides
found in three cases of human acariasis in Japan. In 1956 V. B.
Dubinin and coworkers of the Zoological Institute of the Academy of
Sciences, Russia, published another paper which contains descrip-
tions and photographs of cases found in that country. The Russian
workers have developed a control for these mites, and their methods
should be of interest. Except for some corrected typographical errors
and changes made in the interest of clarity, the authors’ English
summary reads as follows:
The mite Dermatophagoides scheremetewskyi has often been found
on man in many countries, but was not subjected to research until
now. In the winter of 1955 we examined for mites 78 patients suffer-
ing from seborrhea (no mites found on 64 patients), seborrheal ec-
zema (7 out of 8 patients infested), and chronic diffused neuroderma-
titis (mites found on 2 out of 6 patients examined). The parasites
were collected by scraping them off the patients’ skin, and were pre-
pared for study by placing them in a gum mixture.
D. scheremetewskyi mites settle first on the hairy part of the head,
but after an unsuccessful treatment they may spread over the entire
body. The mites settle on the surfaces of the epidermis, and creep into
the tiny follicles at the base of the hairs, and under the scales and
edges of crusts which form from dried papulae and as a result of
seratchine. Because of the destruction of epidermal cells by the
chelicerae and irritation of the nerve endings in the skin, the patient
suffers from a constant unbearable itech which increases somewhat at
1 Reprints of the valuable Traver paper may be obtained from the Custodian,
Entomological Society of Washington (see inside front cover) at $.50 each. Re-
prints of the present article at $.25 are also available from the Custodian.—Ed.
126 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
night. The histological symptoms noted are moderately manifested
acanthosis, parakeratosis, and in places a slight hyperkeratosis; the
blood vessels of the skin are dilated, and around the vessels there is a
slight infiltration with lymphoid cells. The article describes eleven
cases of seborrheal eczema due to these mites.
All the patients whose cases were investigated by us had been ill
for 2 to 7 years, and had previously undergone repeated hospital
treatment; yet every winter there was a recurrence of the disease. The
treatment applied by us consisted of disinfecting the patient’s whole
body once with a 60-percent solution of hyposulphite and then several
times with a 6-percent solution of hydrochloric acid (Demyanovich
method). This treatment was repeated a day later. After each treat-
ment the patient was wrapped in a sheet so as to obtain a maximum
concentration of hydrogen sulfide gas fumes around the body. On fol-
lowing days only the centers of infection were treated with Wilkin-
son’s* formula. As a result of this treatment all clinical symptoms
disappeared in all the patients, and no more mites were found in the
course of numerous, frequently repeated examinations. The patients
were kept under observation for 18 months.
Future research on control should be directed towards determining
whether cats, dogs, and rodents in the homes are hosts of this mite.
Also the conditions and times which the mites can survive away from
the human hosts should be studied.
REFERENCES
Dubinin, V. B., M. I. Guselnikova, and I. M. Raznatovsky, 1956. Discovery of
skin mites (Dermatophagoides scheremetewskyi Bogdanov, 1864) in some
human skin diseases. Bull. Soe. Nat, Moscou, Sect. Biol. 61(3): 43-50 (in
Russian with English summary).
Fisher, A. A., A. G. Franks, M. Wolf, and M. Leider, 1951. Concurrent infesta-
tion with a rare mite and infection with a common dermatophyte. A. M. A.
Arch. Derm. Syph. 638: 336-342.
Sasa, M., 1950..-Mites of the genus Dermatophagoides Bogdanoff, 1864, found
from three cases of human acariasis. Jour. Jap. Expt. Med. 20: 519-525.
Traver, J., 1951. Unusual sealp dermatitis in humans caused by the mite,
Dermatophagoides. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 53(1): 1-25.
2 Wilkinson’s ointment is a combination of precipitated calcium carbonate,
sublimed sulfur, juniper tar, soft soap, and solid petroxolin (The National Formu-
lary, VI, 1936, The American Pharmaceutical Association, Washington, D. C.).
Castellani’s paint consists of basic fuchsin in a mixture of acetone and alcohol,
boric acid, phenol, resorcinol, and water (A. Osol, and G. Farrar, 1955, The
Dispensatory of the United States of America, 25th Ed., L. B. Lippincott, Phila-
delphia). No information on the Demyanovitech method was found. I wish to
thank Dr. R. P. Fischelis, American Pharmaceutical Association, for help in
obtaining this information.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 W27/
LOBOGYNIELLA TRAGARDHI, A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF
DIPLOGYNIID MITE ASSOCIATED WITH DAMPWOOD TERMITES
IN OREGON
(ACARINA, DIPLOGYNIIDAE )
GERALD W. KRANTZ, Oregon State College, Corvallis.
While examining specimens of Zootermopsis angusticollis (Hagen)
collected from a tree stump near Corvallis, Oregon, a number of mites
were recovered, one of which was identified as belonging to the family
Diplogynidae Tragardh 1941. Further observation revealed the mite
to be a representative of a new genus of the subfamily Diplogyniinae.
The new genus resembles both Lobogynium Tragardh 1950 and
Lobogynioides Tragardh 1950, but may be separated from the above
mentioned genera through the use of the following key adapted from
Tragardh :
1. Ventral marginal shields meet the tip of the ventri-anal shield at the
posterior end of the hysterosoma —-......_______-__ Lobogynioides Tragardh 1950
Ventri-anal shield triangular, apparently not extending to the posterior
Mam gine Of mth el WO diyaee es ee ee ee eee 2
bo
Sternal hairs II and III inserted near the posterior margin of the sternal
shield etlankanor stern allpienay 1eVege Lobogynium Tragardh 1950
Sternal hairs II and III well removed from posterior edge of sternal shield
Gnaol EuaieiomaAne Shremoeyl Inghie JD eee Lobogyniella nov. gen.
Lobogyniella, nov. gen.
Metasternal shields with only the anterior and posterior extremities visible from
beneath the lateral shields (Fig. 4). Posterior extremities of metasternal shields
with a terminal hair and an adjacent pore. Lateral shields with large lateral lobes.
Sternal hairs IT and ITT not in a transverse line, well removed from posterior edge
of sternal shield. Ventri-anal shield triangular and apparently not extending to the
posterior margin of the hysterosoma.
Type species: L. tragardhi, n. sp.
Lobogyniella tragardhi, n. sp.
Female.—Idiosoma: length = 718 microns; width at insertions of coxae IV =
543 microns; idiosoma ovoid-elongate, its widest point being at the insertions of
coxae IV. Dorsal shield (fig. 2) with 26 pairs of setae, most of which are quite
short. Three pairs of setae are noticeably longer than the rest, these being the
shoulder setae and two pairs of latero-interior hysterosomal setae. The shield
is weakly striated over its entire surface but only obviously so along the lateral
margin. Ventral side with coalesced anal, ventral, sternal and metasternal
shields which, except for the placement of the sternal hairs and the striation
patterns, are quite similar to Tragardh’s Lobogynium rotundatum (Tragardh
1950). Sternal shield (fig. 4) with anterior projections, between which the
two-tined tritosternum is inserted. Sternal hairs I are inserted on the anterior
edge of the sternal shield near the median area of the forward projections. A
pair of pores, opening exteriorly and adjacent to the setae, are placed on a
small defined area with the latter. Sternal hairs II are inserted behind and
128 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
somewhat exteriorly to sternal hairs I. A pair of pores are located either in a
direct line behind sternal hairs I and II, or interiorly to sternal hairs II. These
pores are not located symmetrically on one of the specimens examined. Sternal
hairs III are situated near the posterior edge of the sternal shield and are
interior to sternal hairs II. Laterally, the shield is elongated into two blade-like
»
Lobogyniella tragardhi, u.sp., female. Fig. 1, ventral aspect; fig. 2, dorsal aspect.
prominences which extend between coxae II and III. Posteriorly the shield is
deeply excavated, its lateral concavities all but covering the metasternal
shields. Metasternal shields not fused at the midline, angling exteriorly and
posteriorly to a narrow band. The sternal shield covers all but the anterior and
posterior ends of the metasternals. A terminal seta and an adjacent pore are
located at the widened posterior ends of the latter. The lateral shields (fig. 4)
are bilobate, having both a lateral and an anterior protuberance. Two pairs
of hairs are inserted on the posterior part of the shield, well away from the
posterior margin. The anterior pair is located interiorly to the lateral lobes
while the second pair is inserted midway between the first pair and the epgynial
shield. The epigynial shield is triangular, the base being as wide as the two
sides. The ventri-anal shield (fig. 1) is triangular, with its base extending
toward, but not reaching, the end of the hysterosoma. The apex of the triangle
las a pair of pores and a pair of short setae which are inserted on lateral
prominences of the apex. Five additional pairs of setae are located on the
ventri-anal plate, all of which are noticeably longer than those on the apex.
One pair is lateral in position and is inserted on prominences which are nearer
the base than the apex of the shield. The anal opening lies a little in front
of the apex and is oblong in shape. The ventral marginal shields (fig. 1) are
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 129
separated from the ventri-anal shield by a wide groove toward the posterior
end and a narrow cuticular fold anteriorly. The fold is a flap of cuticle extend-
ing the entire interior length of the marginal shield, ending just short of the
margin of the body at the level of coxa Il. The posterior grooves appear to be
nothing more than the deeply infolded lateral edges of the ventri-anal shield
|
Lobogyniella tragardhi, n.sp., female. Fig. 3, ventral aspeet of posterior por-
tion; fig. 4, sternal, lateral, metasternal and epigynal plates; fig. 5, peritreme and
peritremal plate; fig. 6, lateral aspect of chela; fig. 7, hypostome.
which, under phase contrast, extend to the posterior margin of the body (fig. 3).
The ventral marginals have one pair of setae which are lateral and posterior to
the anal opening. The stigmata (figs. 1 and 5) are located exterior to a point
between the insertions of coxae III and IV. The peritreme extends only as far
as the middle of coxae II. A peritremal plate (fig. 5), on or near which the
peritreme is located, extends anteriorly to a point in front of coxae I. Legs I
are antenniform and are somewhat longer than legs II, III, and TV. Coxa IT are
130 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
larger than those of the other legs. The claws and pulvilli of all but legs I are
large and well developed. The epistome (fig. 1) is triangular, with two sets of
projections on the lateral edges. The base is broadly joined to the propodosoma,
attached well behind the anterior margin of the body. A flap or fold of cuticle
appears to extend from the propodosoma over the base of the epistome, forming
a partial hood. The latter may be either a natural development or the result
of pressure exerted on the cover slip during mounting. The chelicera (fig. 6)
bears, on the ventral side of the movable digit, a slender, slightly curved
appendage which is somewhat longer than the chela. Attached to it are a series
of hairs divided into three groups of three or four hairs each, the whole series
being united toward the basal part of the appendage. Behind the articulating
membrane is a second, shorter appendage, ovate-lanceolate in outline and resting
on a broad base to which it is narrowly attached. The movable digit is armed
with seven teeth, the basal one being very large and wedge-shaped. Its three
distal teeth are small and inconspicuous. The immovable digit has eight teeth,
with the basal three longer than those distal to them. Teeth 6 and 8 are very
small, flanking tooth 7 which is of a size comparable to that of the other
terminal teeth. The hypostome (fig. 7) has a pair of pointed, slightly curved
maxillary lobes which are inserted on the weakly projecting maxillae. Opposed
to the maxillary lobes and inserted on the maxillae are a pair of hyaline
secondary appendages which exceed the primary maxillary lobes in length. The
maxillary plates are without fringes but have a pair of curved narrow terminal
appendages extending forward under the chelicerae.
Male.—Not known.
Type Specimens.—Holotype female and paratype female on slides
numbered 56415-1 and 2 respectively. Excised mandible in lateral
position on slide No. 56415-2a. The holotype female will be deposited
in the collection of the U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
Collecting data are as follows: McDonald Forest, near Corvallis, Ore-
eon: Ex Zootermopsis angusticollis (Hagen) ; April 15, 1956, Collec-
tor Norman Tonks. Slides numbered 56415-2 and 2a will be placed in
the collection at Oregon State College, Corvallis, Oregon.
Type Host.—Zootermopsis angusticollis (Hagen).
Type Locality—McDonald Forest, near Corvallis, Oregon.
Optical Equipment.—Drawings were made and morphological data
were collected with the aid of a Spencer phase contrast microscope
equipped with dark medium contrast objectives and illuminated by a
Spencer advanced laboratory illuminator.
SYSTEMATIC POSITION OF LOBOGYNIELLA
The similarity between this genus and Lobogynium Tragardh is
striking. Not only do the lateral shields of Lobogyniella possess the
ear-like lateral lobes but the arrangement and number of setae on the
sternal and ventri-anal shields agree quite closely with those of Lobo-
gynium. As regards the true nature of the ventri-anal and ventral
marginal shield structure of Lobogyniella (Fig. 3)—that Tragardh’s
)
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 131
Lobogynium rotundatum is not similar to Lobogymella in shield
morphology is questionable since the two genera agree in many other
details. The structure of the lateral plates of Lobogynioides Tragardh
places this genus in close association with both Lobogynium and
Lobogymniella. Lobogynioides, however, has only a narrow suture
separating the ventri-anal from the ventral marginal shields. In
addition, the posterior ends of the ventral marginals are pointed and
joined at the terminus, whereas the ventral marginals are rounded and
do not meet in Lobogyniella or Lobogynium. The metasternal plates
of Lobogyniella resemble those of Lobogynioides but not those of
Lobogynium which, in addition to the sclerotized bar-like condition of
the shield (Fig. 4), has a pair of anterior triangular areas which meet
at the midline. However, Lobogynioides has two pairs of metasternal
pores rather than one pair of pores and a pair of setae such as found
in both Lobogyniella and Lobogynium. From the various differences
and resemblances noted between these three genera, it appears to the
author that Lobogynium and Lobogyniella represent a more primitive
condition than that of Lobogynioides. One could arrive at such an
assumption by considering only the presence or absence of the meta-
sternal hair, and the extent of separation of the ventri-anal and ventral
marginal plates. The presence of the metasternal hair in place of a
second pore, as found in Lobogyniella, indicates an earlier stage of
development than noted in those forms where the hair has been lost.
A more advanced condition may be assumed in those forms having
closely coalesced plates than those with plates widely separated.
REFERENCES
Tragardh, Ivar, 1950. Studies on the Caelenopsidae, Diplogyniidae and Sehizo-
gyniidae (Aecarina). Arkiv. for Zoologi, Ser. 2, bd. 1, nr 25: 361-451.
NOTES ON ALLODAMAEUS EWINGI BANKS
(ACARINA: ORIBATEI: BELBIDAE )
HAROLD G. HIGGINS AND STANLEY B. MULAIK
Dept. of Biology, University of Utah
The genus Allodamaeus was described by Banks (1947) from speci-
mens taken from the forest of Duke University, Durham, North
Carolina. This genus was placed in the family Belbidae near the
genus Gymnodamaeus, and Allodamaeus ewingi was designated as the
type species.
In 1952 the junior author collected some mites from Duke Forest,
among which were several adult and immature specimens of this
species. Inasmuch as Banks did not completely figure either adult or
immature specimens, adilitional figures and notes hased on topotypical
specimens are presented in this paper.
132 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
Allodamaeus Banks
Type: Allodamaeus ewingi Banks, 1947, Psyche 54(2):118-119, Figs. 6, 13, 44.
Diagnostic characters—Body egg-shaped; division between hysterosoma and
propodosoma distinct; hysterosoma nearly as broad as long with rounded sides;
tectopedia I large, heavy, with a strong forward projecting point; tectopedia II
large, blunt, and located under legs II; genital and anal plates separated from
each other and of approximately equal size; legs of moderate length, relatively
stout, most joints without huge swollen parts; tibia of leg I extends over the
tarsus, claws born on a stalk.
Fie. 1. Allodamaeus ewingi Banks, dorsal view; fig. 2, ventral view; fig. 3,
dorsal view of nymph; fig. 4, dorsal view of larva.
We
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 13:
Allodamaeus ewingi Banks
Diagnosis.—Body and legs heavy; pseudostigmatie organs slightly shorter than
the distance between them and with a barbed, clavate tip; body and legs bordered
with a heavy, erect, platelike secretion which is ridged and so appears rodlike.
Description.—Color deep reddish brown. Body, body setae, and legs covered
with a heavy veil of secretion that gives the appearance of stiff, short rods. Pro-
podosoma wider than long with a pair of long, inward curving setae that are
located some distance from the edge of the rostrom. Rostral setae curved in-
ward, and nearly invisible in the secretion that covers the anterior edge of the
body. Tectopedia I heavy, toothed near the middle, with a strong forward pro-
jecting point. Tectopedia II blunt, massive, and located under legs II. Pseudo-
stigmata short, cuplike. Pseudostigmatie organs slightly shorter than distance
between them with a barbed, clavate tip. Interlamellar hairs absent or cannot be
seen, although there is a spot for their attachment.
Hysterosoma distinctly separated from the prodosoma and approximately the
same length as width; dorsal surface rather smooth and devoid of setae except
for a single pair near the posterior edge.
Camerostome egg-shape; mandibles, chelate.
Genital and anal plates of nearly equal size and separated from each other by
a distinct piece of the ventral plate. Genital plates with seven pairs of setae;
anal plates with two pairs of setae.
Legs moderately heavy without huge swollen joints. Leg I nearly as long as
body is wide; tibia I extends over the tarsus and bears a long bristle that ex-
tends beyond the claws. Legs IV longer than all others, but shorter than body.
The three elaws are born on a stalk, the stalk of which is nearly as long as the
rest of the tarsus. Setae on legs, long, slender, and simple.
Three specimens from Duke Forest have the following average measurements:
Length, 0.68 mm.; width of hysterosoma, 0.45 mm.; length of leg I, 0.42 mm.;
length of leg IV, 0.59 mm.
Discussion.—All specimens of Allodamaeus ewingt Banks were taken
from decaying leaves under trees in Duke Forest. This species, up
to the present time, has been reported only from the type locality.
The adult specimens, and to a lesser extent the immatures, show
considerable individual variation. The relative size and shape of the
anal covers appear to be the most variable character. For example,
some species have nearly round anal plates, whereas in other speci-
mens these plates have flattened sides.
?
134 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
ANOTHER OLD RECORD OF APHOTAENIUS CAROLINUS (VAN DYKE)
(COLEOPTERA, SCARABEIDAE )
Recently, while examining Scarabaeidae in the Charles Dury Col-
lection in the Cincinnati Museum of Natural History, I was fortunate
in finding the specimen reported by Mr. Dury as Ataenius lecontei
Harold in his ‘‘ Additions to hte list of Cincinnati Coleoptera’’ (1906,
Journ. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 20, p. 257). The label data
reads, ‘‘Cin. O., v. 26.5., Dury.’’ The specimen proves to be Aphotae-
nius carolinus (aVn Dyke)
A record of Ataenius leconter Harold (synonym of ovatulus Horn)
from Ohio would have been of considerable interest, since I have seen
no Ohio specimens of that species; but ths old record of Aphotaenius
carolinus was of even more interest. Hxcept for recent collections in
the mountains of North Carolina, South Carolina and Georgia, all
specimens which I have seen previously were also collected over fifty
years ago: “‘Key West, Fla.,’’ label very old, brown and brittle;
‘*Marlboro, Md., May 13. H. 8S. Barber,’’ collected between 1898 and
1901; and ‘*‘Crawford County, Indiana, May 19, 1903, W. S. Blatech-
ley.’’
Evidently Aphotaenius carolinus once had a fairly wide distribu-
tion—Indiana to Maryland to Florida—but it now seems confined to
the Carolinas and Georgia. I have searched carefully for it in Vir-
ginia, West Virginia and Pennsylvania without success. It is usually
found in and under deer droppings in shady woods, April to Sep-
tember. Perhaps the virtual extinction of deer over most of eastern
North America eliminated this small dung-feedine scarab and
accounts for no recent records over most of the previous range. I
would be grateful for additional records, old and new, for this species.
—O. L. CartTwricut, Smithsonian Institution, U. S. Nat. Musewm, Washington,
ID (Ge
AN OVERLOOKED NAME IN “MUSCA”
(DIPTERA )
A long overooked name in the genus Musca recently came to my
attention in correspondence with Mr. J. W. W. Loose, of Lancaster,
Pennsylvania, who is interested in 19th century history, and to whom
[ am indebted for the reference to the publication containing the
name.
In 1855, Mr. J. Franklin Reigert of Lancaster published a small,
15-page pamphlet, ‘‘A treatise on the cause of cholera, an interesting
discovery,’ in which he propounded the theory that swarms of a
small yellow fly composed the ‘‘Cholera Miasmae,’’ the cause of
cholera. This was indeed an early suggestion of the relation of insects
to disease, but it was undoubtedly based on miscellaneous and in-
correctly associated bits of data, including the presence of this small
yellow fly. Some of these, captured on a window sill in his house,
were sent to Dr. John G. Morris of Baltimore and Mr. S. S. Rathvon
of Lancaster. Both men placed it in the genus Musca of Linnaeus.
5)
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 Mas
OU
Mr. Rathvon noted that that genus had been greatly subdivided, and
he could not place the species definitely, but suggested (p. 9) that it
be called **Musca Ochrapesus.’’ On p. 10 is quoted a 14-line descrip-
tion furnished by Rathvon, and a frontispiece to the pamphlet shows
3 colored figures of the fly.
The description is extremely generalized, but gives the concrete
facts that the species is 3/16 inch long, the color ‘‘dull ochery yel-
low,’’ and the ‘‘thorax sparsely covered with long brownish spines
or stiff hairs.’’ The wings were said to have ‘‘fine longitudinal
nervures their whole leneth,’’ and the figures clearly show that the
second longitudinal vein (Ryi3) is very long, ending nearly at the
apex of the wing. Taken together, the various items indicate that the
species was Chyromya flava (Linnaeus) (Chyromyidae). This species
has sometimes been recorded as occurring in numbers on windows.
I have no hesitation in referring Musca Ochrapesus Rathvon to the
synonymy of C. flava.
—CurTIS W. SaBrosky, Entomology Research Division, A, R. S., U.S. Department
of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
THE TYPES OF WYEOMYIA (WYEOMYIA) DYARI LANE &
CERQUEIRA, 1942
(DiprEeRA, CULICIDAE )
A mistake was made by Lane & Cerqueira (1942 in ‘‘Os Sabetineos
da América’’ pg. 581), when a new name was given and the species
called Wyeomyia (Wyeomyia) dyari n. n. Actually this was proposed
for what we believed to be a misidentification by Dyar of the larva of
Phoniomyia quasilongirostris Theobald, and was not a substitute name
for a homonym. It should, therefore, have been treated as a new
species and type material selected.
Such being the case, we take this opportunity, at the suggestion
of Dr. Alan Stone, to choose type material for this species. When our
study of the Sabethini was concluded the material was divided, one
part remaining with the Servico Nacional de Fébre Amarela and the
other with the Faculdade de Higiene da Universidade de 8S. Paulo. In
the Faculdade de Higiene there are seven specimens in perfect con-
dition and which are here selected as type material for this species.
Type material—BRASIL. Male lectotype, State of Rio de Janeiro,
Petropolis, V.1938 (R. C. Shannon col.) (genitalia mounted on a
shde and a midleg on another slide). Allotype female, State of Rio de
Janeiro, Terezépolis, V.1938 (R. C. Shannon col.). Paralectotypes:
State of Rio de Janeiro, Mangaratibe, [X.1939 and Cachoeira, Faz.
Martinez, V.1938—two males with uncut genitalia; Federal District,
V.1938 and X11.1936 (R. C. Shannon col.)—three females. Lectotype
registered in our collection under n. 1363¢ allotype n. 1366, male
paralectotypes ns. 1364 and 1365 and female paralectotypes under
ns. 1367, 1368 and 1369.
—J. LANE, Faculdade de Higiene e Satide Piblica da Universidade de 8. Paulo,
and N. L. Cerquerira, Servico Nacional de Fébre Amarela, Rio de Janeiro, both
Brazil.
Lb}
1356 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
JOSEPH M. DAVIS
1909-1957
Joseph M. Davis, entomologist of the Forest Insect Laboratory,
Forest Service, Beltsville, Maryland, died on December 30, 1957, fol-
lowing an illness of several months.
Mr. Davis, the son of Charles W. and Margaret (Puhr) Davis, was
born on May 17, 1909, at Noonan, North Dakota. He grew up there
on the family farm and then attended the University of North Dakota
where he received a BS degree in 1935 and an MS degree in 1937.
Later, he took additional graduate work at the University of Wiscon-
sin and the University of Utah. Although his training was primarily
in entomology and the biological sciences, he acquired a considerable
background in mathematics, physics, and chemistry as well.
After receiving his Master’s degree, Mr. Davis was appointed in-
structor at the North Dakota School of Forestry where he taught
courses in mathematics and physics. He left there in 1941 to accept a
position as research biologist with the North Dakota Game and Fish
Department.
In 1942, he came to the National Bureau of Standards, Washington,
D. C., as a research physicist, working on special aviation equipment
for the Armed Forces. When the war ended, he was engaged for a
short while in federal plant quarantine work in Washington.
In 1946, Mr. Davis joined the Forest Insect Laboratory at Belts-
ville Research Center as a research entomologist. His principal fields
of investigation were in aerial spraying for controlling forest defoli-
ators, particularly studies on spray distribution and atomization.
He also pioneered in the use of radioisotopes for studying the disper-
sal habits of various forest insects. He published several papers on
these subjects.
He was a member of the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science, the Entomological Society of America, the Entomo-
logical Society of Washington, the Insecticide Society of Washington,
Phi Delta Kappa honorary education society, Sigma Xi, and the
Masonic order.
He is survived by his wife, the former Miss Evelyn Johnson of
Fargo, North Dakota, whom he married in 1941, and by three sons—
Bryan, 15; Allan, 12; and Darrell, 9 years old.
In many respects, Joe Davis was an unusual man. Probably his
most outstanding trait was his broad range of interests and abilities.
Not only a well rounded entomologist, he also had a strong bent for
mathematics and approached a research problem with the keen
analysis of a mathematical mind. He was a stimulating idea man, a
skilled technician, and a leader of team research. In addition to his
profession, Davis had several avocations. Over a period of vears he
built a spider collection, numbering some 3700 specimens, which he
presented to the Smithsonian Institution. He had a great love for
ba |
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 13
’ ,’ ’
music, and not only played the clarinet and viola, but at one time
was director of the civic orchestra in Bottineau, North Dakota. He
was highly skilled in photography and liked to take both still and
motion pictures of many of the insects he encountered such as walk-
ingsticks, pine saw-flies, and the spruce budworm. Being especially
ingenious, he built a special box for field use in taking pictures of
insects which approximated dark room conditions. This was only
one example of several pieces of equipment he made to facilitate his
research work in the field of forest insects.
In his death, his profession lost an exceptional scientist—his asso-
ciates, a highly valued friend.
R. A. ST. GEORGE
J.S. YUILL
NOW AVAILABLE
Memoir 5 of the Entomological Society of Washington
A CLASSIFICATION OF THE SIPHONAPTERA OF
SOUTH AMERICA
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES
by Phyllis Truth Johnson
Dr. Johnson’s work is the first comprehensive taxonomic treatment
of the fleas of the region, which comprises Trinidad and all of the
continent and its coastal islands. The contemplated 275 page volume
will be indispensable to the serious student of this important order
of insects.
Memoir 5 opens with two discussions of morphological characters, one devoted
to the terms used in the taxonomic section and the other to their taxonomic
validity and possible phylogenetic significance. All the families, tribes and genera
known to occur in South America are completely deseribed and illustrated, and
the species within each genus have been listed with host and locality data. De-
scriptions of 17 new species and two new subspecies bring the total number to
170. Keys to families, tribes, genera, and species are included. The discussion of
each genus is terminated by a section giving the synonymies of the hosts con-
cerned. The 114 plates are said to contain among the best illustrations of fleas
currently available, and are grouped according to family. A section listing hosts,
each with the flleas known to occur on it, recapitulates the host-flea information ;
sections dealing with references, systematic index and list of abbreviations close
the volume.
Orders at the price of $9.00 to members and $10.00 to non-members may be
placed with the Society for Memoir No. 5. Orders should be addressed to Mr.
Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian, Plant Quarantine Branch, Agricultural Research
Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C.
138 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
SUMMARY REPORTS OF SOCIETY OFFICERS FOR 1957
CORRESPONDING SECRETARY
Membership; as of Jiainiuanzys Uy 19 Si eens ee ee ee ee eS)
Reductions :
RESIGN e Cee ree 14
Droppede= === er Sean tae AUC
Deceased) 2.22. a 4
Total) jn.- Seon ee ee ee eee Se 35
TDM eccierexel ito) aaavevaml cepa) cya) Se 23
Reems tates | sock eee ee ei a SE ae ea eed ere 2
Net loss. im® memberships ener pies AO
Total membership—December 31,1957 = eee 499
Classes of membership:
Desay eiiya a Pe = 2 ee ne Se ee 476
[sit @ 3 jon eet eR Ba esc? ete Bien 2 aan 5
Rietined |: ss: ik t.<0s ee oe See eee 14
TE On OP ates, ie Sete Serre | Ra eee eee 4
TW otagh er ee eo ee ee Se ee ee 499
The membership is distributed among 44 States, 4 Territories, the District of
Columbia, and 24 foreign countries.
Circulation of Proceedings (October 1957 issue)
Unstamped, poundage rate:
States eee eee 410
DistrictwoteC ole ase 38
U. S: Possessions =. = 13
Total) toc Save Ste LEER a eds Ae hee iho Ls Eee 461
Stamped! foreign countries’ 2 See UE ee ee 198
Chaim: milaalt ose ye Se A ee 112
Total) 22.22.24 2 ee eee 771
Distribution:
Mopniembersi == ee Wh a es 491
Torsubserib ers: 22 ~ ee ee ee aos ee 2 Ee eee rr 280
Totals}. <8 ee ee ae
The Proceedings go to members and subseribers in 48 States, the District of
Columbia, 4 territories, and 48 foreign countries.
Respectfully submitted, KELVIN DorWArRD, Corresponding Secretary.
TREASURER
General Fund
Cash ‘on! hana) Jana alr, alba y1/agenee ee een see eee $ 268.20
Receipts during: V957 20 Ae ee ee ee eee eee 4,185.04
Total 22.) <= 2k te Re be ee a ee $4,453.24
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 139
CashonshandasDecemperrolnnl Goes meee ee eo eee 8.57
Hxpenditunesm durin pel O oe ee ee ee eh wa ee eS 4,444.67
BORE eg ee $4,453.24
Publication Fund
Cash and securities on hand, January 1, 1957 _. $6,724.98
Receipts and earnings during 1957 ________________.____ 2 ae AY ONO EDA:
PCC tn) iy ewe. eee ie Ee 2 a in ay Se Ne SS Nl al en $8,832.52
Cashvonwhands December sill O57), 2 8 ee eee ee 4778255
IDpqoyenobnGe) lumens IC b)7/| ee eee pe 40 8r oT
CORRE Seas a a ee $8,832.52
Copies of the complete Treasurer’s report, approved by the Auditing Committee,
are on file with the Corresponding Secretary and Treasurer.
Respectfully submitted, FLoyp P. Harrison, Treasurer.
CUSTODIAN
The Custodian is happy to report a considerable increase in the amount of sales
during 1957 over each of the previous three years. The average for the three
years 1954, 1955, and 1956 was $596 while in 1957 items to the amount of nearly
$1,409 were sold. That makes 1957 the biggest year since 1953, the first year the
““Chigger Manual’’ was on sale when over $1,900 worth of items were sold. Most
of the increase in 1957 was accounted for by sales of Memoir No. 5, or 44 books
for a total of $390.80. In addition, 3 complete sets of the ‘‘ Proceedings’’ were
sold for a total amount of $523.80.
Copies of a complete, detailed report are on file with the Recording Secretary
and Treasurer.
Respectfully submitted, H. J. CoNKLE, Custodian.
EDITOR
Six numbers of volume 59 of the Proceedings were published in 1957. Of the
304 pages printed, 16 were devoted to advertising (exclusive of back covers) and
288 to scientific papers, notes, book reviews, obituaries, and minutes of meetings.
These figures are in contrast to 368 pages published in 1956, 294 of which were
devoted to scientific papers, notes, ete. Because of the increase in printing costs
at the end of 1956, each number of the Proceedings for 1957 (except one) con-
tained only 48 pages as compared with 64 in 1956. Volme 59 contained 54 original
contributions averaging 514% pages in length.
Respectfully submitted, ALICE V. Renk, Hditor.
SOCIETY MEETINGS
Held in the U. S. National Museum
668th Meeting, January 2, 1958—
Although the officers for 1958 were unanimously elected at the December 5
meeting, it was later discovered that a quorum was not present. For this reason,
140 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
the members present at the January 2 meeting ratified the action taken at the
previous meeting; the officers are now in orbit.
President Sailer announced the death of Mr. Joseph Davis (Division of Forest
Insects Investigation) and appointed Mr. J. S. Yuill and Mr. R. A. St. George
as a committee to write the obituary. Mr. Yuill is chairman. Dr. Sailer also
commented on the death of Prof. Teiso Esaki on December 14. Dr. Esaki had
written Dr. Campbell on December 11 thanking him for the cordial message
sent the Entomological Society of Japan and noted the hospitality which has been
accorded the many Japanese entomologists who have visited the United States.
As a result of Dr, Kostarab’s plea for contributions to buy minuten pins for
the Hungarian National Museum, a total of $21.40 was collected from members
of our Society.
Dr. W. E. Bickley reported that 23 new members joined the Society in 1957.
A new member, Talmadge J. Neal, Dept. of Ent. at Walter Reed Army Inst.
of Research, was elected unanimously.
Dr. Willis Wirth showed 3 slides of Phasmidohelea crudelis sucking blood from
the knee joit of a phasmid. Dr. R. I. Sailer exhibited specimens of Edessa
florida Barber, These were collected early in October by T. H. Bissell in Virginia
and represent one of the most northerly records for any members of this large
neotropical genus. The specimens had lived for 3 months on a diet of green
beans. With the stink bugs was a specimen of Leptoglossus oppositus (Say) of
local origin. This was thriving on the same diet. Dr. John Fales gave a few
highlights of a recent Lepidopterist’s Society meeting.
The featured paper of the evening, ‘‘The Inerimination of Arthropods as
Vectors of Pathogenic Agents,’’ was delivered by Major Herbert C. Barnett,
Chief, Department of Entomology, Walter Reed Army Institute of Research. He
gave an informative talk on Japanese B encephalitis. An active discussion
followed.
The following visitors were introduced: W. E. McCauley, Carlyle Nibley, Jr.,
Tom Haines, Philip Garman, Donald P. Donwell and W. D. Kundin.
669th Meeting, February 6, 1958—
The annual reports of the treasurer, corresponding secretary, custodian and
editor were read and approved. Dr. Sailer appointed the chairmen and members
of the following committees for 1958: Advertising—Price P. Piquett, chairman,
and B,. App; Auditing—L. B. Reed, chairman, and Paul X. Peltier; Member-
ship—A. B. Gurney, chairman, H. S. Fuller and G. E. Bohart; Notes and
Exhibition of Specimens—John Fales; Program—J. Rosen (previously elected
as chairman), Frank L. Campbell and Howard Baker; Reserve Stock—H. J.
Conkle and L. G. Davis; Joint Board on Science Education—H. B. Owens;
Constitution and By-laws—H. H. Shepard, Chairman, W. H. Anderson and
E. F. Knipling; Nominating Committee—Alan Stone, chairman, W. E. Bickley
and Fred Poos; Memoirs—G. H. Wharton, chairman, R. H. Foote (ex officio),
C. F. W Muesebeck, J. Rosen and Phyllis Johnson.
Pictures of some of the plant and animal life on Barro Colorado Island were
shown by Dr. Phyllis Johnson, who also gave interesting notes on the laboratory
located on the island.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 141
A. B. Gurney noted that during the past few years the egg laying habits of
several grasshoppers which do not follow the usual habit of depositing egg pods
in soil have been reported. He mentioned in particular the recent discovery,
reported by Dr. C. S. Carbonell of Uruguay in 1957, that the semi-aquatie grass-
hopper, Marellia remipes, attaches its eggs to the lower surfaces of the floating
leaves of certain aquatic plants. Several other grasshoppers with specialized egg
laying habits were mentioned, and the considerable progress made by Russian
entomologists in acquiring a broad knowledge of the egg pods of their native
grasshoppers was noted.
Dr. F. L. Campbell called attention to Dr. Alvah Peterson’s ‘‘five-year plan’’
for the study of the eggs of all orders of insects. Dr. Campbell also reported
the action taken by AIBS and ESA on the resent discriminatory action of the
Civil Service Commission in refusing to recognize biological scientists as scientists
at all.
‘<Entsocology’’ was the subject of the address of the retiring President, Dr.
Frank L. Campbell, who revealed the secret of his title to be ‘‘the study of the
Entomological Society of Washington.’’ In a clever fashion he gave the Society
a good look at itself by bringing to light some of the archaic rules under wheh
we now operate and by offering a number of concrete suggestions for the improve-
ment of the Society.
Our new honorary member, Mr. A. B. Gahan, thanked the Society in person for
conferring upon him this type of membership and recalled some of the earlier
meetings of the Society.
Two visitors were introduced: Mrs. Adam Béving and Mr. William S. Murray.
700th Meeting, March 6, 1958—
The report of the Auditing Committee was presented by Mr. Paul X. Peltier
and approved by the Society. Two new members—Dr. Bernard Brookman, Div.
of Research Grants, NIH and Lt. Alexander A. Hubert of Walter Reed Army
Inst. of Research—were elected to the Society.
Rose Ella Warner commented briefly on the death of L. L. Buchanan who for
many years was a well-known taxonomist of Curculionidae and other coleopterous
families. President Sailer appointed a committee consisting of Bernard Burks,
chairman, Miss Warner and W. S. Fisher to write the obituary.
There was an unusual number of interesting notes and exhibitions of specimens.
Dr. F. L. Campbell described the origin and preparation of ‘‘ Laboratory and
Field Studies in Biology: A Sourcebook for Secondary Schools.’’ He pointed out
that only 6 of 153 exercises made use of insects, which in view of the availability
of insects for demonstrating biological prineiples seemed too few. There was no
entomologist in the group of 30 biology teachers who compiled these exercises,
Moral: entomologists should take a greater interest in bringing insects to the
attention of high school students.
Curtis Sabrosky exhibited a 15-page pamphlet published in 1855 by J. Franklin
Reigert, ‘‘A Treatise on the Cause of Cholera, an Interesting Discovery.’’ Reigert
attempted to link cholera to small yellow flies which he found in the area just
prior to eases of cholera. (See p. 134 for a note by Mr. Sabrosky on the flies.— Ep. )
142 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
J. H. Fales gave a summary of his paper, ‘‘Spring Occurrence of the Monarch
3utterfly in Maryland.’’ Information obtained over a period of 20 years on the
return flight to the North was given. Faded and worn spring specimens of this
migrant insect were exhibited.
A rather comprehensive account of character displacement in speciation in the
tenebrionid genus Helops was presented by T. J. Spilman.
George Vogt discussed in detail the comparison of the biology of 3 species of
leaf-mining buprestid beetles of the genus Pachyschelus. One of the. species is
from Southeast Asia and the other 2 are from the vicinity of Washington, D. C.
A series of pictures relating to the work on bee eulture was displayed and
explained by George E. Bohart.
The speaker of the evening, Dr. Willis W. Wirth, showed us Kodachrome slides
of a number of entomologists in Australia as well as interesting scenes taken in
connection with his study of sand fly research in that country. The title of his
talk was ‘‘Fulbrighters and Cobbers Down Under.’’
In addiuton to the new members who were introduced, the following visitors
were presented: Mrs. A. A. Hubert, Paul H. Freytag, Arthur H. Mason, Paul
L. Rice and Dr. Clare R. Baltazar.—H®rLen Souuers, Recording Secretary.
The date of publication of Vol. 60, No. 2, was April 18, 1958.
NEW AMMUNITION ?
Search for improved insecticides and fumigants
gets high priority at DiaMonp’s enlarged
Research Center. Increasing sales of our own
products give evidence of this interest. We
welcome requests for cooperation on research
and development projects.
Diamond
e Chemicals
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 143
7, erfect rofit etare!
EACH SEASON, the picture brightens
for growers to reap profits from agri-
cultural crops. By using the improved
and more effective insecticides avail-
able today, they now retain a larger
share of harvests formerly lost to
destructive insects.
Shell Chemical Corporation re-
searchers, in co-operation with state
and federal experiment stations, in-
dependent researchers, extension
workers and growers have created
potent pesticides that offer depend-
able protection throughout every stage
of plant growth.
SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICAL SALES DIVISION
460 PARK AVENUE, NEW YORK 22, NEW YORK
Shell has played a major role in the
development ofaldrin, dieldrin, endrin
and Phosdrin® insecticides; D-D®
and Nemagon® soil fumigants; and
Allyl Alcohol weed seed killer. Other
pesticides, now in various stages of
laboratory development, will be avail-
able for even better insect control.
Shell Chemical Corporation will
continue intensive chemical research
to provide the agricultural industry
with more powerful weapons in the
battle against crop-destroying insects.
Technical information on Shell Chem-
ical products is available. Write to:
144 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958
uf
RESEARCH ... . laboratory work that takes
many years and millions of dollars
PRODUCTION ..
to make commercial
quantities available at an economically sound
cost
A great deal of work and knowledge goes into the
development of insecticides. Once developed, how-
ever, they're a priceless defense against the loss of
food and fiber, the disease, and the annoyance
caused by man’s insect enemies. Velsicol Chemical
Corporation manufactures five basic insecticides
that are thoroughly proven, widely recommended,
and extensively used: Heptachlor, Chlordane,
TESTING ..
. years of field work, to deter-
mine effectiveness, dosages, side effects
EDUCATION .... teaching methods of use,
gaining confidence and trust
Endrin, Parathion and Methyl Parathion. Each of
them is rated most efficient for specific types of
insect control, and all are available everywhere, in
ready-to-use, reasonably priced formulations. If
you deal with any phase of insect control, we think
you will find technical information about these in-
secticides highly useful.
WRITE FOR A BROCHURE OF TECHNICAL INFORMATION. PREPARED BY VELSICOL'S ENTOMOLOGISTS!
HEPTACHLOR e
NEW! VELSICOL GIBBERELLINS !
Amazing plant growth stimulant. Vels:
cols newest contribution to increased
ogricultural productivity Extensive re
search program in progre
CHLORDANE e@ ENDRIN e PARATHION e@ METHYL PARATHION
VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
330 East Grand’ Ave.; Chicago 11, Illinois
International Representative: Velsicol International Corporation, C.A
P.O. Box 1687 © Nossau, Bahamas, B.W.!
VC 1126-7108
AS APPEARING IN:
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF TROPICAL MEDICINE AND HYGIENE, ANNUALS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA, CANADIAN ENTOMOLOGIST, FLORIDA
ENTOMOLOGIST, JOURNAL OF ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY,
PAN PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST, PRECEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL
SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, D.C.
A Cyanamid Report
MALATHION
FOR DIRECT APPLICATION ON ANIMALS
With newly-granted residue tolerances, malathion can be applied
directly to beef cattle, poultry, and swine. This is the result of
three years of extensive research in 11 states. The work proved
conclusively the safety and usefulness of malathion as a spray for
controlling cattle and poultry lice, poultry mites (northern fowl
and chicken red mite), and cattle and poultry ticks. In addition,
malathion dust may be applied to nests, litter, and floor space.
Roost paints using malathion emulsifiable liquid may also be used
in poultry houses. In addition to spraying beef cattle with mala-
thion for lice control, rubbing devices incorporating the product
have been most effective in suppressing lice and horn flies.
Do not apply malathion to lactating dairy cows, since it has not yet
been accepted for this use, nor should it be used on calves under
one month of age.
PROTECTANT FOR STORED GRAIN
With newly-granted residue tolerances for malathion on wheat,
barley, oats, rice, rye, corn, grain sorghum, and peanuts (post-
harvest), grain handlers storing grain have a method of protect-
ing grain from loss to insects. Malathion, either in dust or spray
form, applied to the grain as it is being loaded into bins, affords
protection against confused flour beetle, rice weevil, granary
weevil, saw-toothed grain beetle, flat grain beetle, red flour beetle,
rusty grain beetle, lesser grain beetle, and Indian meal moth. It is
also suggested as a residual wall, floor, and machinery spray in
grain elevators, in treating truck beds, box cars, and ships’ holds
before loading grain. Where Indian meal moth infestations de-
velop, surface applications of malathion dusts or sprays at pre-
scribed intervals afford protection.
NEW USES FOR MALATHION ON CROPS
Tolerances have been established on 37 additional crops, including:
Vegetables Fruits
Asparagus Bramble family
Carrots and other root crop Nectarines
Garlic—Leeks—Shallots Quinces
Several leaf vegetables Currants
Pumpkins Gooseberries
Also, small grains, cotton, mushrooms, peppermint, spearmint,
corn and rice. With these additions, malathion is now recom-
mended on 93 crops.
Developers and producers of malathion and parathion
American Cyanamid Company, Insecticide Department,
30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York 20, N. Y.
GULF) QUALITY INSECTICIDES
Preferred by Home Owners,
Food Processors and Dairymen
QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre-
thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor.
GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB
Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock-
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1%
Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor.
GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb)
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT
and 3% Perthane.
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid-
val insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane.
SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold.
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperony! Butoxide.
GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY
Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19%
Piperony! Butoxide.
GULF OIL CORPORATION
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA.
NSECTS
Vol. 60 AUGUST, 1958 No. 4
PROCEEDINGS
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
« WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
CONTENTS
ARNAUD, P. H., JR.—A Synopsis of the Genus Melanderia Aldrich (Dip:
tera, Dolichopodidae) ee Se ES Sa epee ee 179
CARRIKER, M. A., JR.—On a Small Collection of Mallophaga from the
United States, with Descriptions of Three New Species —__....--------- 167
CLARKE, J. F. G.—The Correct Name for a Pest of Beans tunmipustikn
Olethreutidae) oh DUI Data GR eA gi ne 187
DOBROTWORSKY, N. V.—Designation of the Type Species of the Sub-
genus Neotheobaldia (Genus Theobaldia Neveu-Lemaire, 1902) went
CSS ES) cL el oS SR Ee a ee ee ee ee 186
SMIT, F. G. A. M.—Differences, in the Female Sex, Between Two North
American Bat Fleas (Siphonaptera, Ischnopsyllidae) —.._--_.--------------- 175
STONE, ALAN—The Identity of Culex aestuans Wiedemann (Diptera,
Recelicicl acpi eae oe ee! es 186
TRAUB, R.; MORROW, MARY LOU; and LIPOVSKY, L. J.—New
Species of ‘Chiggers from Korea (Acarina, T1 Trombiculidae) 2 Rs SR 145
OBITUARY—Francisco de Asis Moncada SQA Wa. bas oh, 188
ff \
SOCIETY MEETINGS ae eae oert Uke OY tee _ 190
(SEP [0 1958 |
Boon REVIEW \, bin he a fp 187
ANS ay
ANNOUNCEMENTS S/BRARYH os 197,178, 191
Orem a maT
ENTOMOLOGICAL. SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON ia 7
ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884 . ip
OFFICERS FOR 1958
R. I. Samer, President
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA
Plant Industry Station, North Building
Beltsville, Maryland
R. H. NEwson, First Vice President
Entomological Society of America
1530 P St., N.W.
Washington 5, D. C.
P. W. OMAN, Second Vice President
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA
Plant Industry Station, North Building ©
Beltsville, Maryland
HELEN SOLLERS, Recording Secretary
Plant Pest Control Division, ARS
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. O.
PAUL WOKE, Corresponding Secretary
7213 Beacon Terrace
Bethesda, Maryland
F. P. HARRISON, Treasurer
Department of Entomology
University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland
R. H. Footsz, Editor
c/o Division of Insects
U.S. National Museum
Washington 25, D. OC.
H. J. CONKLE, Oustodian
Plant Quarantine Division, ARS
U.S. Department of Serre
Washington 25, D. O.
J. G. Rozen, Program Chairman
c/o Division of Insects 5
U.S. National Museum
Washington 25, D. C.
H. H. SHEPARD, Nominated to Represent the
Society as Vice President of
the Washington Academy of
Sciences.
FMRD-OSS
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. O.
Executive Oommittee
T. L. BIssuLL, University of Maryland
R. A. St. GEORGE, U.S. Dept. Agriculture
F. L, OAMPBELL, National Research Council
Honorary President
R. E. Snoperass, U.S. National Museum
Honorary Members
O. F. W. MuESEBEOK, U.S. National Meee
H. G. Barsgr, U.S. National Museum
ATE: GAHAN, Berwyn, Maryland
_ provided. that a statement
MEETINGS
Regular meetings of the Society are Ah 1
Room 43 of the U. S. National Museur
first Thursday of each month from Octobe
inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings a
lished regularly in the tae “a
MEMBERSHIP
Members shall be persons over
who have an interest in the science
Annual dues for members are $4. 00;
is $1.00 Sai 8. currency). ee
PROCEEDINGS >
Published bimonthly beginning ‘with
the Society at Washington, D. O. Me
standing are entitled to th 0
charge. Non-member cription
year, both domestic and foreign (
payable in advance. All remitt
made payable to The estan ble
Washington.
for those of other satiation!
All manuscripts intended for. pI
by non-members.
obtained at a cost to the eee part
per printed page, plus cost of all engra
of papers should be concise but compre
should indicate the systematic p
ject insect. By-lines should ind!
ing address of the author and
affiliation, if possible. Citations:
pers longer than one printed p
author and date and should ref
cluding references in which auth
name of publication, volume al
that order. In shorter articles,
ture should be included in ‘par
Proportions of full-page
closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6
this usually allows explanatory
the same page. Cost of illust
that for one full-page line on
author.
Reprints of published paper m
the following costs plus po
accompanies the returned +P
2 pp. 4 pp. , 8 pp.
50 copies: pat
$2.00 $3.00. $5.00
(100 copies: pes
(2.50 3.80 6.00
Additional copies, per 100:
1.00 1.15 2.00 ‘
Purchase of reprints b
voices are subject to n
fees will have ‘the cost
purchase ‘prices |i) £4,
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
EINTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
Vol. 60 AUGUST, 1958 No. 4
NEW SPECIES OF CHIGGERS FROM KOREA
(ACARINA, TROMBICULIDAE) !
Ropert Traus?, Mary Lou Morrow®, and Louis J. Lreovsky*
During studies on the possible etiology and transmission of hemor-
rhagic fever in Korea, an intensive collection of chiggers was made
from small mammals, primarily rodents, by the Field Unit of the
Commission on Hemorrhagic Fever of the Armed Forces Epidemio-
logical Board in 1953 and 1954, and by its predecessor in 1952, a
special Research Team of the Armed Forces Epidemiological Board.
As a result of these investigations, eight new species of trombiculid
mites were discovered and the larvae of these are described and
illustrated in this paper. The possible role of these chiggers in the
epidemiology of hemorrhagic fever, and observations on the host
relationships and seasonal variations in incidence, are presented
elsewhere (Traub ef al., 1954).
Trombicula (Leptotrombidium) gemiticula, n. sp.
(Figs. 1-7)
Diagnosis.—Nearest to T. (L.) palpalis Nagayo et al., 1919, and T. (L.)
orientalis Schluger, 1948, in general shape of seutum and in having both the
dorsal and ventral tibial setae branehed. Separable from JT. (L.) palpalis in
that it has a larger seutum, i.e., PW ° about 80 instead of 65 microns, and longer
scutal setae (i.e. PL 52 instead of 47 microns). Differs from T. (L.) orientalis
in having more dorsal setae, about 45 instead of 28-32, and these setae, as well
as the seutal setae, are shorter and less bushy.
Description—Body: Ovate to subovate, 357 x 224 microns in fairly engorged
holotype. Eyes paired, subequal, and at level of insertion of PLs. Gnathosoma:
Chelicerae about 4 times as long as broad at base, with apical tricuspid cap.
I1This project was supported in part by funds from the Research and Develop-
ment Division, Office of the Surgeon General, Department of the Army, Washing-
ton, D. C.
2U. S. Army Medical Research Unit (Malaya), Kuala Lumpur, Malaya.
3Department of Entomology, Walter Reed Army Institute of Research.
4Field Unit of the Commission on Hemorrhagic Fever, Armed Forees Epidemio-
logical Board, Washington, D. C.
5A key to the abbreviations used in this paper appears in ‘‘A Manual of the
Chiggers’’ by G. W. Wharton (1952, Memoir No. 4, Entomological Society of
Washington).
€CaAsITLIOnari nen:
146 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958
Cheliceral bases, palpal coxa and femora punctate. Setae on palpal femur and
genu nude; the dorsal and ventral setae on palpal tibia branched; lateral seta
nude. Palpal formula therefore N/N/BNB,. Galeal and maxillary (palpal coxa)
setae branched, pectinate. Palpal tarsus with 6, at times 7, branched setae and
a basal striated rod. Palpal claw 3-pronged. Scutum: About 1°%4 to twice as
broad as long. Anterior margin relatively straight. Lateral margins coneave
between insertions of 4Ls and PLs. Some specimens, where 4-P is larger, with
lateral margins almost straight. Posterior margin slightly sinuate, appearing
almost evenly and shallowly convex. With Pls set well anterior on rounded
shoulders, at level with sensillae bases. Seutum lightly micropunetate except
around insertion of AM. Scutal setae fairly stout with conspicuous barbs. Sensil-
and then distally
conspicuously branched. A darkened ridge contiguous and anterior to each
lae flagellate, with very minute barbs for proximal 1%% to %
-~)
sensillae base.
STANDARD MEASUREMENTS IN MICRONS
AW PW SB ASB PSB A-P AM AL PL DS PW PW PW PAWi
Cox. II SD ASB Tars. III
Holotype
(RT B-
ZoO9U2-1) 69" 7.9" No4 25s 6 OA SOM 5S SOMO 79 36 1.18
-54 —=1.36 —=1.93
58 41
Paratypes
(20)
Mean LOM SS OMS 3 28) Sali ve Oe nets Onn ome Somes 1.85 2.91 1.18
54
Range
(+or—) 3 3 3 3 2 4 5 3 3 0.13 0.22 0.28 0.07
Body Setae: Dorsal setae resemble those of scutum; 43 to 49 in number; some-
what irregular in arrangement but rows frequently 2-12-8-10-8-4-2. Two pairs of
pectinate sternal setae; one pair between coxae I and second pair between coxae
III. Ventral setae about 46 in number, of which about 12 are postanals. True
ventrals 30 microns long; subpectinate. Legs: Coxae and legs punctate dorsally
and ventrally. All coxae unisetose; on coxa I, seta median; on coxa II, ventro-
marginal; on coxa ITI anteromarginal or slightly submarginal. Sensory setae as
follows: Leg I with 2 genualae, a microgenuala, 2 stout tibiala, a microtibiala,
tarsal spur, microspur, a subterminala, a parasubterminala, and a _pretarsala.
Leg II with a genuala, 2 tibiala, a tarsal spur and mierospur, a pretarsala. Leg
III with a genuala and a tibiala.
Type Material.—Holotype (RT B-25912) ex Apodemus peninsulae,
Korea, Munsan-ni, 6 November 1953, coll. by Field Unit of the Com-
mission on Hemorrhagic Fever. The following paratypes and other
collections all from same source in Korea: ibid, but ex Apodemus
agrarius; 48 ex Apodemus agrarius, Yangwon -ni, 30 miles N. of Seoul
(Commonwealth Division Area)—of these, 29 on 17 October 1953, 17
on 7 November 1953, 1 on 17 February 1954, and 1 on 29 April 1953.
T.(L.) gemiticula, n. sp. Fig. 1, seutum; fig. 2, dorsal view of chigger (with
ventral aspect of legs); fig. 3, ventral view of chigger (with ventral aspect of
legs); fig. 4, humeral seta; fig. 5, dorsal seta; fig. 6, ventral seta; fig. 7, ventral
view of gnathosoma.
147
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958
148 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958
Holotype (U.S.N.M. No. 2230), and 7 paratypes in collections of U. S.
National Museum, remaining paratypes distributed amongst: British
Museum (Natural History), the South Australian Museum at Ade-
laide, the Rocky Mountain Laboratory of the U. S. Public Health
Service, the Chicago Natural History Museum, the Colonial Office
Research Unit at Kuala Lumpur, the Department of Entomology at
the University of Kansas, the Department of Zoology at the University
of Maryland, the Muséum Nationale d’Histoire Naturelle at Paris,
the Department of Parasitology, Institute for Infectious Diseases of
the University of Tokyo, and the collections of Dr. E. W. Jameson,
Dr. Charles Radford, and the authors.
Trombicula (Leptotrombidium) zeta, n. sp.
(Figs. 8-16)
Diagnosis.—Agrees with T. (L.) subintermedia Jameson and Toshioka, 1954,
regarding number of dorsal setae (32-36), palpal setal formula (N/N/bNN),
and submedian insertion of seta on coxa III. Separable in that the scutum is
consistently broader—PW about 91 microns instead of 80, and 1.75 times as
broad as long instead of about 1.6 times; with its lateral margins only slightly
concave so that scutum appears almost rectangular instead of sides appearing
emarginate; PL setae longer, about 72 microns in length instead of 63.
Description.—Boay: Subovate, 3884 232 microns in slightly engorged holotype.
Eyes paired, subequal in size or anterior one a little larger; at level of PLs.
Gnathosoma: Chelicerae about 4 times as long as broad at base, with apical
tricuspid cap. Palpal formula N/N/bNN. Galeal and palpal coxal (maxillary)
setae heavily plumose, barbs quite long. Palpal tarsus with 6 branched setae and
a striated rod. Palpal claw 3-pronged. Scutum: One and three-fifths to 134
times as broad as long. Anterior margins slightly sinuate, convex in middle above
insertion of AM, Lateral margins somewhat concave between ALs and PLs.
Posterior margin straight or slightly coneave near middle. AL setae at antero-
lateral angles of seutum. PLs set well anterior to caudal margin of scutum, but
distinctly posterior to imaginary midline; inserted slightly anterior to level of
sensillae bases. Scutum lightly micropunectate except around insertions of 4M and
posterior to sensillae bases. Scutal setae fairly stout; plumose. Both AM and
PLs long, about 70 microns. Sensillae flagellate proximally, this portion appear-
ing smooth but actually, when seen under oil, with minute barbs; branched for
distal two-thirds.
STANDARD MEASUREMENTS IN MICRONS
AW PW SB ASB PSB A-P AM AL PL DS PW PW PW PW
Holotype Cox. If SD ASB Tars. IIL
(B-25897-
19) Bi 18838) 35) 21 26a iom 46 iin 7a 88 88 225k 1.05
Tae 3b —— ey
Paratypes 65 5
(20)
Mean She OIE 4A 35) V2 ily ae ioe OA melo 1.65 2.67 1.19
78
Range
(+or—) 5 6 4 4
iw)
i
or
rs
for)
0.05 0.13 0.31 0.14
T.(L.) zeta, n. sp. Fig. 8, seutum; fig. 9, dorsal view of chigger (with ventral
aspect of legs); fig. 10, ventral view of chigger; fig. 11, humeral seta; fig. 12,
dorsal seta; fig. 13, dorsal seta; fig. 14, preanal seta; fig. 15, postanal seta; fig.
16, gnathosoma.
149
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958
150 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958
Body Setae: Dorsal setae resembling scutal setae; as long as AM and PLs;
32-36 in number generally arranged 2-8-6-6-6-4-2. Two pairs of sternals followed
by 40-42 ventral setae, of which 12 are postanals. True ventrals 35-37 microns
long; pectinate or somewhat shaggy. Legs: All coxae unisetose; seta on coxa
III submarginal, almost median. Sensory setae as in T.(L.) gemiticula, n. sp.
Type Material.—Holotype and paratypes (B-25897) ex Apodemus
agrarius, Korea, Munsan-ni, 6 November 1953, coll. Field Unit of the
Commission on Hemorrhagic Fever. All paratypes from Korea and
with same collector, as follows: 7 ibid; 6 ex Apodemus agrarius,
Kumhwa, 2 December 1953; 18 ex Apodemus agrarius, Taehoesan-ni,
with collecting data as follows—three 18 December 1953, three 19
December 1953, six 20 February 1954, one 19 February 1954, four
6 April 1954, and one 7 April 1954; 23 ex Apodemus agrarius,
Yangwon-ni (Commonwealth Division Area) 30 miles N. Seoul, 8 of
these 29 December 1953, eight 3 March 1953, and seven 21 March 1953.
Holotype (U.S.N.M. No. 2232), deposited in collections of U. S.
National Museum, and paratypes distributed as for 7. (L.) yemiticula,
n. sp.
Comment.—This species of chigger was found primarily in the
winter and spring, particularly on Clethrionomys on Hill 1468, near
Kapyong and Kumhwa. When 7. zeta was found on Apodemus
agrarius, the largest collections were from Commonwealth Division
Area or Yangwon-ni, Saemal, Yongp’yong 16 miles South of Ch’or-
won, Kumhwa, Munsan-ni, Taehoesan-ni 12 miles South of Ch’orwon,
and Nop’a-done, 7 miles Northwest of Munsan-ni.
Discussion.—Since T.(L.) zeta closely resembles T.(L.) subinter-
media, and the two are separated by the size of the scutum and length
of PLs, it is advisable to consider the possibility that both names
really merely represent extremes in the sizes and representatives of
the same species. If this were true, then the mean of the measure-
ments of the PWs or PLs in a long series would in each instance fall
near the midpoint of the two extremes, producing a typical bell-
Shaped curve when plotted as a graph. In actuality, however, the
measurements of 200 specimens resulted in a bimodal curve—a bell-
shaped curve for the PW or PL of T.(L.) zeta and another for the
PW or PL of T.(L.) intermedia, with the lower measurements of the
former species overlapping the upper extremes of the latter. Further,
the presence of a broad scutum was invariably correlated with long
PL setae. Biologic data support the contention that these are two dis-
tinct species. For example, 7. (L.) zeta comprised almost half of the
chiggers collected during the winter months by the research teams
studying hemorrhagic fever. One third of all the 7.(L.) zeta were
found in January and February (Traub, et al., in prep.). On the
other hand, 7.(L.) subintermedia was common during the spring—
three-fourths of the specimens having been collected in April and
PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 151
May, and less than 4 per cent having been taken in the winter
(Traub, et al., in prep.). It is estimated that more than one-third of
the T. (L.) zeta occurred on the striped field mouse, Apodemus agrari-
us, but that nearly 60 per cent parasitized the red-backed vole,
Clethrionomys. In contrast, over 90 per cent of the 7.(L.) subinter-
media were taken on Clethrionomys. Geographical differences in dis-
tribution were also noted, and the new species was rarely collected
south of the 38th parallel, such as at the National Forest near Seoul,
where 7'.(L.) subintermedia was common.
Trombicula (Leptotrombidium) tecta, n. sp.
(Figs. 17-24)
Diagnosis.—Separable from all known Korean Leptotrombidiwm in having a 4-
pronged palpal claw. Nearest to Trombicula (Leptotrombidium) tosa Sasa and
Kawashima, 1951, (from Japan) in size and general shape of seutum. Separable
by the length of the dorsal setae, which have a maximum size of 72 microns
instead of 60 as in T.(L.) tosa, and with A-P 25, not 22.
Description—Body: Subovate, 285 x 188 microns in partially engorged holo-
type. Eyes paired, about equal, at level of Pls, about 2 microns from scutum.
Gnathosoma: Chelicerae quite curved; about 5 times as long as broad at base,
with an apical tricuspid cap. Palpal formula sequence V/N/BNN. Galeal and
palpal coxal (maxillary) setae branched. Palpal tarsus with 7 branched setae
and a basal striated rod. Palpal claw 4-pronged, the proximal prong smallest.
Scutum: Anterior margin straight or slightly sinuate, lateral margins fairly
straight anterior to insertion of PLs. Posterior margin essentially straight. ALs
»? at anterolateral angles. PULs distinctly removed forward
so that they are a short distance (2-3 microns) anterior to level of sensillae
bases; PLs not inserted in distinct shoulders. Scutum lghtly punctate except
around AM and posterior to sensillae bases. Seutal setae quite long, thick, with
numerous stout barbs arising from all sides of the shaft. PULs about half again
as long as ALs. Sensillae flagellate, proximal half of basal third with small in-
conspicuous barbs; distally with fine branches.
inserted in ‘‘shoulders
STANDARD MEASUREMENTS IN MICRONS
AW PW SB ASB PSB A-P AM AL PL DS PW PW PW PW
Cox. II SD ASB Tars. III
Holotype
(RT B-
BO9I8- mon wio 34 32) l45 265959 397 63 58 78 1.63 2.34 1.12
—=1.24
Paratypes -70 63
(11)
Mean Gomis 2 wale 425s —bifev4'0) 662) 58) S123 1.69 2.46 1.14
-72
Range 6 5 3 1 i 2 3 3 4 0.07 0.10 ORT .08
Body Setae: Dorsal setae resembling Pls in size and structure: 40 to 46 in num-
ber and arranged typically 2-10-8(10)-8-6(8); remaining rows with variable
numbers. Two pairs of sternal setae 40-45 microns long; with long, very slender
152 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958
barbs. Ventral setae about 46 to 48 in number, of which about 16 are postanals.
First row of ventral setae 35 to 40 microns but the setae get progressively longer
toward the posterior end of the chigger. Legs: Coxae and legs punctate. The
seta on 3rd coxa submarginal. Sensory setae as in all above-deseribed Lepto-
trombidium.
Nevons
T.(L.) tecta, n. sp. Fig. 17, dorsal view of larva; fig. 18, ventral view of
larva; fig. 19, seutum; fig. 20, gnathosoma (dorsal); fig. 21, gnathosoma (ven-
tral); fig. 22, leg I (distal segments) ; fig. 23, leg II (distal segments); fig. 24,
leg III (distal segments).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 153
Type Material—Holotype and 27 paratypes (RT B-30998, L
541030-5 and 6) ex a pool of Apodemus agrarius and Microtus fortis
pelliceus, Korea, Chip’o-ri, 30 October 1954, Field Unit of the Com-
mission on Hemorrhagic Fever. Other paratypes as follows: 2 ecul-
tured in the laboratory from chiggers taken ex Apodemus agrarius,
Chip’o-ri, 30 October 1954, coll. as above; 4 cultured in the laboratory
from chiggers taken on Microtus fortis pelliceus, Chip’o-ri, date and
collector ibid; 19 raised in the laboratory on white mice, 6 from mouse
No. 23, 8 from mouse No. 35, 1 from mouse No. 37, 3 from mouse No.
39, and 1 from mouse No. 58.
Holotype (U.S.N.M. No. 2231) deposited in the U. 8. National Mu-
seum and paratypes distributed as for T.(L.) gemiticula, n. sp.
Trombicula (Leptotrombidium) pumilis, n. sp.
(Figs. 25-32)
Diagnosis.—Superficially resembles Trombicula (Leptotrombidiwm) subinter-
media Jameson & Toshioka, 1954, but differs as follows: Seutum smaller (PW
69 microns instead of 80); the posterolateral corners of the seutum somewhat
obtuse, not fully and evenly rounded; posterior margin distinctly sinuate; with
fewer dorsal setae (27-32 instead of about 36).
Description.—Body: Small, subovate, 228 x 158 microns in holotype. Eyes
double, subequal in size, at level of PLs and only 1 mieron distant from seutum.
Gnathosoma: Chelicerae about 3 to 4 times as broad as long at base, with apical
tricuspid cap. Palpal formula N/N/BNN. Galeal setae branched, pectinate.
Palpal tarsus with 7 branched setae and a basal, striated rod. Palpal claw 3-
pronged. Scutum: Nearly twice as broad as long. Anterior margin relatively
straight. Lateral margins slightly coneave. Posterior margin biconvex. PLs
inserted just slightly anterior to posterior margin and on a level with sensillae
bases. AM and PL setae quite stout barbs. Secutum micropunctate except around
and anterior to 4M and posterior of PLs and sensillae bases. Sensillae flagellate,
nude at proximal fourth or third; remainder plumose.
STANDARD MEASUREMENTS IN MICRONS
AW PW SB ASB PSB A-P AM AL PL DS PW PW PW PW
Cox. IL SD ASB Tars. III
Holotype
(B-28082) 60 68 29 23 12 20 48 31 54 44 68 1.94 2.96 119
—-=1.28
Ai, 503
Paratypes
(10) >
Mean SSG 9e2O8 826) 812) 20 9475 32) 55 43 a5 NES 2.65 1.16
-50
Range
0.11 0.16 0.31 0.05
Go
(-For—) 2 4 4 3 0 1 3 3
Body Setae: Dorsal setae resembling scutal setae; thin, barbs mostly adpressed,
short, 27 to 32 in number arranged typically 2-8(-7-10)-6-6-6(4)-2. Two pair
of pectinate sternal setae; first pair longer. Ventral setae about 25 in number
with about 6 of these postanals. Typical ventrals, as found in first 2 rows, 2
microns long. Legs: Coxae all unisetose. Seta on 3rd coxa submarginal in posi-
tion. Sensory setae as in above described species.
154 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958
Type Material—Holotype and 59 paratypes (Rt B-28082-84) ex
three chipmunks, Eutamias sibiricus (Laximann), Korea, Central Na-
tional Forest 20 miles North of Seoul, 18 April 1954, coll. Field Unit
of the Commission on Hemorrhagic Fever. Seventeen paratypes zbid,
T.(L.) pumulis n, sp. Fig. 25, dorsal view of larva; fig. 26, ventral view of lar-
va; fig. 27, scutum; fig. 28, gnathosoma (dorsal) ; fig. 29, gnathosoma (ventral) ;
fig. 30, Leg I (distal segments); fig. 31, Leg II (distal segments) ; fig. 32, leg
III (distal segments).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, No. 4, AUGUST, 1958 155
but collection dates as follows—one 9 October 1954, five 29 May 1954,
seven 27 March 1953, two 13 April 1953, one 5 September 1953; 5 ex
Apodemus peninsulae, ibid, 31 July 1953; 1 ex Micromys minutus, 5
miles South of Munsan-ni, 5 May 1953; 31 ex a bat, (Myotis sp.?),
Uijongbu Mountains, about 13 miles North of Seoul, 31 July 1952;
1 ex a bird, presumably Parus major wladiwostokensis, 16 April 1954;
1 ex Apodemus peninsulae, Sangbonch’on-ni, 17 miles Southeast of
Seoul, 14 April 1954.
Holotype (U.S.N.M. No. 2233) deposited in U. S. National Mu-
seum and paratypes distributed as for 7. (L.) gemiticula, n.sp.
Trombicula (Leptotrombidium) halidasys, n. sp.
(Figs. 33-40)
Diagnosis —Resembles T.(L.) miyazakii Sasa et al., 1952, and T.(L.) owuen-
sis Sasa et al., 1952, regarding size of scutum, although differing in general con-
figuration, and in having 7 branched setae on palpal tarsus. Differs further from
these two described species in that there are far more setae, 85 to 100, instead of
about 45 as in 7.(L.) miyazakii or 56 as in T.(L.) owuensis. The dorsal setae
are shorter with longer and heavier barbs, (in this respect resembling the dorsal
setae of T.(L.) pallida Nagayo et al., 1919).
Description— Body: Ovate, 425 x 306 microns in engorged holotype. Eyes
double; anterior one twice as large as posterior eye; at level of PLs. Gnathosoma:
Chelicerae 344 to 4 times as long as broad near base, with apieal tricuspid cap.
Palpal setal formula VN/N/BNN. Galeal seta branched with long pectinate barbs.
Palpal tarsus with 7 branched setae and a basal striated rod. Palpal claw 3-
pronged. Scutum: Usually twice as broad as long; anterior margin straight until
near lateral margins where it slopes anteriorly at insertions of ALs, forming
‘“shoulders.’’ Lateral margins straight but declivous, sloping lateral toward
PLs. Posterior margin straight or slightly sinuate except where curving anterior-
ly towards PLs, which are set in shoulders slightly anterior to level of sensillae
bases. Lightly punctate except around insertion of AM. Scutal setae quite stout;
ALs and Pls heavily branched. AM seta longest of scutal setae, pinnae resem-
bling those on ALs and PLs but usually more appressed. Sensillae thin and
fragile, present on only 1 or 2 of the 50 specimens known. Proximal third with
small barbs; distal 73 very sparsely branched.
STANDARD MEASUREMENTS IN MICRONS
AW PW SB ASB PSB A-P AM AL PL DS PW PW PW PW
Holotype Cox. II SD ASB Tars. III
(B-25928-
5) SsuloGe45ess wn 24°76 “48 59 48 06 2.12 3.42 1.52
1.48 2.09 3.22 1.50
52 —-=—1.45
Paratypes 74
Mean SGmlOSt As s4s0 e826 74 (oi 167! ae
- 60
Range 6 6 5 2 2 3 a 6 0.11 0.22 0.42 0.08
“]
Body Setae: Dorsal setae resembling scutal setae in structure, with same stout
pinnae but shorter in length, 85 to 105 in number; arranged very irregularly,
the rows generally commencing 2-8-12-10. ... Two pairs of sternal setae. Ven-
156 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958
tral setae about 60 in number, of which about 16 are postanals.
28-30 microns long; subpectinate. Legs: All coxae are unisetose.
TIT is submarginal. Sensory setae as in T.(L.) gemiticula, n. sp.
True ventrals
Seta on coxa
T.(L.) halidasys, n. sp. Fig. 33, scutum; fig. 34, dorsal view of larva (with
ventral aspect of legs); fig. 35, ventral view of larva; fig. 36, humeral seta; fig.
37, dorsal seta; fig. 38, preanal seta; fig. 39, postanal seta; fig. 40, gnathosoma
(dorsal).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 157
Type Material—Holotype and 42 paratypes (RT B-25928) ex
Apodemus agrarius, Korea, Commonwealth Division Area or Yang-
won-ni, 30 miles North of Seoul, 7 November 1953, coll. Field Unit
of the Commission on Hemorrhagic Fever. Three paratypes from 2
shrews, Crocidura suaveoleus, vbid, 30 and 31 March 1954; 1 ex same
host, Ori-dong, 35 miles North of Seoul, 16 December 1952; 4 ex
Crocidura suaveoleus, 7 miles Northwest of Munsan-ni, Nop’a-dong,
24 February 1954; 1 ex soil sample, Tokkum-ni, 444 miles North of
Yonch’on, 25 March 1954.
Holotype (U.S.N.M. No. 2234) deposited in U. S. National Mu-
seum, and paratypes distributed as for 7T.(L.) gemiticula n.sp.
Euschongastia (Laurentella) arcaricola, n. sp.
(Figs. 41-48)
Diagnosis.—Nearest to Euschéngastia kitajimai Fukuzumi and Obata, 1953,
which was described from Rattus rattus in Japan but is also found on chipmunks
in Central Korea. Differs from kitajimai in having fewer dorsal setae (+ 30
instead of +40). The seutum of the new species is narrower although the length
is the same, thus making the PW/SD ratio + 1.44 instead of = 1.26. With the
posterior margin of the scutum sinuate near Pls instead of being evenly convex
as in £, kitajimai, and not extending as far caudad.
Description Body: Subovate in engorged holotype, 339 x 232 microns. Eyes
paired, anterior eye larger than posterior one. Anterior eye at level of sensillae
bases. Gnathosoma: Chelicerae about 5 times as long as broad near base; with
apical triscuspid cap bearing a distinct lateral proximal tooth. Cheliceral bases,
palpal coxa and femora punctate. Palpal formula B/B/bbb; however branches
on genual seta, dorsal and ventral tibial setae usually appressed or broken off.
Galeal seta nude. Palpal coxal (maxillary) seta with 4 to 5 branches. Palpal
tarsus with 6 branched setae and a basal striated rod. Palpal claw 3-pronged.
Scutum: Evenly micropunctate except just posterior to 4M. Anterior margin
nearly straight between shoulders. AM marginal in insertion. ALs set back about
12 microns from anterior margins of shoulders. Lateral margins slightly to dis-
tinetly concave between ALs and PLs. Posterior margin sinuate, in many cases
actually biconvex. PLs inserted at posterior corners of scutum. Sensillae bases
slightly closer to ALs than to PLs. Distinct ridges over sensillae bases. Sen-
sillae clavate, about 32 microns long (including petiole) x 10 microns wide. Seutal
setae slender with short appressed barbs.
STANDARD MEASUREMENTS IN MICRONS
AW PW SB ASB PSB A-P AM AL PL DS PW PW PW PW
Cox. LE SD ASBe Tare LOL
Holotype
(B12069-
4) aus (il AL Bb Ol eel psy alts) = Gil Py Gia 1.42 2.80 1.39
-31 —=1.32
46
Paratypes
GET) :
Mean AR Gil “OR Wey aie "wE) wes ei) eal eine aka 1.44 2.71 1.39
-31
Range
(+or—) 3 8 2 0.09 0.16 0.29 0.12
to
w
bo
oo
vs)
oO
158 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958
Body Setae: Dorsal setae resembling scutal setae; 29 to 31 in number, usually
arranged 2-8-6-6-6-. Two pairs of sternal setae; lst pair inserted at level of
apices of coxae I; 2nd pair inserted between coxae III; short, thin, with ap-
pressed barbs. Ventral setae 30-34 in number, of which about 8-10 are postanals.
True ventrals 19 microns long, but posterior ones slightly longer; caudomarginal
ones same length as dorsal setae. Legs: Coxae and legs with small punctae. All
coxae unisetose. Seta on coxa I medial. Seta on coxae II near middle of poste-
rior sclerotized margin. Seta on coxa III median. Sensory setae of legs as fol-
lows: Leg I with 3 genualae, a microgenuala, 2 stout tibialae, a microtibiala, tar-
sal spur, microspur, a subterminala, parasubterminala, and pretarsala. Leg II
with a genuala, 2 tibialae, tarsal spur, microspur and pretarsala. Leg III with a
genuala, a tibiala, and a mastitarsala.
Type Material—Holotype and 13 paratypes (Rt B-12069) ex chip-
munk, Hutamias sibiricus (Laxmann), Korea, Central National For-
est, 20 miles N. of Seoul, 26 August 1952, coll. Field Unit of the
Commission on Hemorrhagic Fever; 11 paratypes, (B-12068), ibid;
17 paratypes ibid, but 4 September 1952.
Holotype (U.S.N.M. No. 2235) deposited in U. S. National Mu-
seum, and paratypes distributed as for 7.(L.) gemiticula, n.sp.
Comment.—This species, as with EF. kitajimai, is a member of the
indica-group which has now been revised as a subgenus, Lawrentella,
by Audy (1956). It is therefore in order to refer to this species as
Huschongastia (Laurentella) arcaricola.
Gahrliepia (Walchia) comataxilla, n. sp.
(Figs. 49-56)
1954. Gahrliepia (Walchia) brennani var. ventralis Jameson and Toshioka nec.
Womersley, 1952, err. det., Pacific Science 8:12-14 (Fig. 1).
1954. Gahrliepia (Walchia) brennani ventralis Traub et al., nec. Womersley, 1952,
err, det., Amer. Jour. Hyg. 59 (3) :300.
Diagnosis —A Korean species which is close to G.(W.) ventralis (Womersley,
1952) (new status) from Malaya, and like it, unique in that there are 2 or 3
ventral setae inserted immediately anterior and lateral to coxa III. Further
agreeing with G.(W.) ventralis in that there are 2 humeral setae per side. Sep-
arable from G. (W.) ventralis as follows: PLs merely subequal to AZs in length
instead of being much longer than ALs i.e., half again as long. Coxa II searcely
PW
greater than PW, so that the ratio ———— is approximately 0.91, while in (W.)
Coxa IT
ventralis PW is only about two-thirds or three-fourths the length of coxa II, and
the resulting ratio is about 0.74. AW and PW significantly greater (44 and 50
microns) than in (W.) ventralis (34 and 45 microns), but PSB virtually identical
(49 versus 47 microns). The seutum is therefore proportionately broader in the
new species.
Description Body: Subovate, but constricted above midpoint in greatly en-
gorged holotype, which is 512 x 314 microns. Eyes absent. Gnathosoma: Cheli-
cerae about 31% or 4 times as long as broad; with a typical tricuspid cap. Papal
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 159
setal formula N/N/NNN. Palpal thumb with 4 plumed setae. Palpal claw 3-
pronged, the middle prong the longest. Scutum: About two-thirds as broad as
long (50 x 75 microns); shield-shaped, with anterior margin slightly concave;
lateral margins sloping from ALs towards PLs; margins beyond PLs fairly
straight and sloping mesads at an angle of about 45°, the resulting triangle with
Euschongastia (L.) arcaricola, n. sp. Fig. 41, dorsal view of larva; fig. 42,
ventral view of larva; fig. 43, scutum; fig. 44, gnathosoma (dorsal); fig. 45,
gnathosoma (ventral) ; fig. 46, leg I (distal segments) ; fig. 47, leg IT (distal seg-
ments) ; fig. 48, leg III (distal segments).
160 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 60, No. 4, AUGUST, 1958
an altitude (PP) which almost equals A-P. Uniformly micropunctate. AL setae
at anterolateral angles of scutum, but corners evenly rounded and ‘‘shoulders’’
therefore absent. AL setae fairly well branched; resembling PLs in structure
and length. Ps marginal, inserted at level slightly below midpoint of seutum.
SB inserted at line midway between ALs and PLs; removed from lateral margins
of scutum for a distance equal to their diameters. With a faint ridge anterior
to each sensillary base. Sensillae of typical clavate pattern; the expanded por-
tion about 2% times as long as broad.
STANDARD MEASUREMENTS IN MICRONS
AW PW SB ASB PSB A-P AL PL DS PP PW PW PW PW
Cox. II SD ASB Tars. III
Holotype
(B-24925-
1) 43 49 35 23 49 389 33 33 30 33 49 49
—= 0.92 0.68 2.1 —=0.96
50 oil!
Paratypes
(10)
Mean 44 50 386 25 48 41 32 32° 30 32> 0:91 0.68 2.0 0.95
Range
(+or—) 4 3 2 2 3 3 4 4 2 3 0.06 0.05 0.1 0.07
Body Setae: Dorsal setae resembling seutal setae; about 36-38 in number; fre-
quently arranged 4-8... , the rest irregular so that some rows have two or four
setae out of line. Ventral setae about 54 in number, of which about 18 are post-
anals, but these not much differentiated from true ventrals, although somewhat
longer. True ventrals about 21 microns in length; thin; pinnae sparse and short.
Legs: Coxae each with 1 seta; in coxa III it is submedian in position, With 1, 2,
or 5 ventral setae inserted anterior to coxa III; near anterolateral angle; one of
these setae may be near lateral margins of body. Sternal setae 2-2. Sensory
setae as typical for genus.
Type Material_—Holotype and 13 paratypes (RT B-24925) ex the
reed vole, Microtus fortis pelliceus Thomas, Korea, Taegwang-ni, 7
miles SW of Ch’orwon, 19 August 1953, coll. Field Unit of the Com-
mission on Hemorrhagic Fever (U.S. Army), as were others in type
series. One hundred and seven other paratypes, all from Korea, as
follows: 5 ibid, but 10 November 1953; 7 ex the Old World or striped
field mouse Apodemus agrarius, ibid, 12 September 1953; 4 ex Micro-
tus fortis pelliceus, Munsan-ni, 6 November 1953; 1 ex same locality
and date but from the Korean hamster, Cricetulus triton nestor
Thomas; 20 ex 4 specimens of Cricetulus triton nestor, Ori-dong, as
follows—eleven, 7 October 1952; five, 22 August 1952; six, 13 Sep-
tember 1952; three, 20 September 1952; 9 ex 3 hamsters at Kumhwa—
two, 9 September 1952; six, 5 August 1952; one, 29 June 1952; 21
ex a hamster of Chong’gong-ni, 16 September 1952; 15 ex 2 hamsters,
Yonch’on—thirteen, 29 August 1952; two, 4 October 1952; 9 ex Apo-
demus agrarius, Seoul, August 1951; 1 ex Microtus fortis pelliceus,
Chip’o-ri, 5 June 1952; 1 ex a Mus at Yonch’on, 15 December 1952;
2 ex a mole, Talpa sp., at Yanewon-ni, 20 April 1953; 4 ex a hamster,
Yongp’yong, 20 October 1953 and 1 ex the Korean redbacked vole,
161
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, No. 4, AUGUST, 1958
\\ \
\\
\\
M
))
|
} N
Re
Ve
\\
Ae
an
3
i?
oN ce Se
AGS RSLs
5|
dorsal view of larva
fig. 52, humeral seta;
fig. 50,
postanal seta; fig. 56, gnatho-
larva;
5]
seutum ;
G. (Walchia) comatawzilla, n. sp. Fig. 49,
(ventral aspect of legs); fig. 51, ventral view o
fe
]
fig. 55
53, dorsal seta; fig. 54, preanal seta;
soma (dorsal).
fig.
162 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, No. 4, AUGUST, 1958
Clethrionomys rufocanus regulus, Yongp’yong, 14 April 1954; 1 from
Microtus fortes pelliceus, Yangwon-ni, 3 September 1953.
Holotype (U.S.N.M. No. 2236) deposited in U. 8S. National Mu-
seum, and paratypes distributed as for 7. (L.) gemiticula, n.sp.
Comment.—Over 90% of the specimens of G.(W.) comataxilla were
collected from the hamster, Cricetulus. Since several hundred mice
trapped among the lush moist vegetation bordering streams at
Yonech’on and Chip’o-ri were not infested with this chigger, it is be-
lieved that G.(W.) comataxilla, n.sp., is most apt to be found on the
relatively dry, rocky slopes of hillsides, the type of terrain character-
istically inhabited by Cricetulus. Nearly two-thirds of the specimens
were collected during the summer months, a relatively dry period of
the year.
Even when present, G.(W). comataxilla generally constituted a
minority of the chiggers sampled. Frequently less than 10% of the
chiggers on these particular hosts were this species, but in one in-
stance 25 of 45 identified from a Cricetulus were G.(W.) comataailla.
Shunsennia hertigi, n. sp.
(Figs. 57-66)
Diagnosis.—Nearest to Shunsennia biplumulosa Teller, 1956, but readily sep-
arable as follows: Coxae II and III with one seta instead of two; palpal setal
formula B/B/BNN instead of B/B/NBB; as well as by significant differences in
standard measurements and sensory setae. Separable from the genotype S. tar-
salis Jameson and Toshioka, 1953, as follows: 1) With a distinet subapical row
of teeth on the chelicerae (fig. 65) which is absent in S. tarsalis (fig. 74). 2)
Scutum with posterior margin sinuate (fig. 57), not convex (fig. 67). 3) Seutum
about twice as broad as long, at maxima, instead of about 144 times as broad.
4) Eyes double (fig. 57), not single (fig. 67). 5) Lateral and ventral tibial
setae of palpus nude (fig. 66), not branched (fig. 74). 6) Palpal thumb with 6
setae instead of 7. 7) Galeal seta nude instead of barbed. 8) Palpal claw bifid,
not trifid. 9) Leg I with a tarsal parasubterminala, which is lacking in S. tarsalis.
10) Leg II lacking the tarsal microspur and pretarsala of S. tarsalis. 11) Leg
III with a genuala but lacking the tarsal spur. Instantly separable from S.
ochotona (Radford, 1942) by virtue of characters 1, 2, 5, 7, among others.
Description—Body: Very long and subovate, 513 x 302 microns in moderately
engorged holotype. Eyes double; anterior one larger; just posterior to level of
insertion of PLs. Gnathosoma: Chelicerae about 34 as long as broad at base;
with subapical row of very small teeth immediately proximad to the cheliceral
cap. Seta on palpal femora branched; seta on genu nearly twice as long as fem-
oral seta, subpectinate; dorsal tibial seta branched; the lateral and ventral tibial
setae nude; palpal formula therefore B/B/BNN. Palpal tarsus with 6 branched
setae and a basal striated rod. Palpal claw 2-pronged. Chelicerae bases, palpal
coxae, and femora punctate. Coxal setae (maxillary setae) branched, inserted
somewhat medially on palpal coxa. Scutum: Slightly more than twice as broad
as long. Anterior margin biconeave. Lateral margins straight except for
rounded ‘‘shoulders.’’ Posterior margin biconvex, with a deep median sinus.
The two AMs inserted at level slightly posterior to insertions of ALs. Seutum
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 163
Shunsennia hertigi, n. sp. Fig. 57, scutum; fig. 58, dorsal view of larva (with
ventral aspect of legs); fig. 59, ventral view of larva; fig. 60, humeral seta; fig.
61, dorsal seta; fig. 62, dorsal seta; fig. 63, preanal seta; fig. 64, postanal seta;
fig. 65, chelicera; fig. 66, palp and galea (ventral view).
164 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958
very lightly micropunctate except around AMs and posterior to sensillae bases.
Sensillary bases on same level as PLs or just slightly anterior. Sensillae flagel-
late, nude for entire length. A darkened ridge just anterior to bases.
STANDARD MEASUREMENTS IN MICRONS
AW PW SB ASB PSB A-P AM AL PL DS PW PW PW PW
Cox. II SD ASB Tars, III
Holotype
(Be2Z8722)90) V5 143 43) SGP Al SiG Sa iA Ae lee 1.95 2.56 1.28
93 —=1.44
Paratypes O8
(9)
Mean 90) AiG 43) 44 4 9) isi S82 ooh eed: 1.90 2.61 1.34
-100
Range
(+or—) 5 fa 1 3 3 4 ake 8 0.08 0.23 0.3 0.06
Body Setae: Dorsal setae thinner than and not quite as plumose as scutal setae,
varying in length from 39 to 100 microns with shortest setae in middle of first
row. Humeral seta usually closely associated with displaced setae of first dorsal
row, posteriorwards on each side so as to be inserted immediately anterior to
outermost 2 setae of first dorsal row. Humeral setae and lateral-most of first
row the longest of the dorsal setae. Dorsal setae ranging in number from 81 to
98; variable in arrangement of rows; with from 14 to 21 setae in first row; those
in second row irregular, at times appearing as distinct rows. Only one pair of
sternal setae present; inserted midway between coxae II and III; about 70
microns long. Ventral setae about 80 in number; 35-40 microns long in the first
few rows behind 38rd coxae. Anal aperture relatively anterior in position, be-
tween 3rd and 4th row of ventral setae, so that nearly half of ventral setae are
postanals. Legs: Coxae and legs finely punctate. First coxa with 2 setae, one
almost median; the other in mesocaudal angle. Coxa II unisetose; seta inserted
in the posterolateral angle. Coxa III unisetose; seta anteromarginal. Sensory
setae as follows: Leg I with 2 genualae, microgenuala, 2 tibialae, microtibiala,
tarsal spur, microspur, subterminala, parasubterminala, pretarsala; leg IT with a
genuala, microgenuala, 2 tibialae, a tarsal spur, a pretarsala; leg III with a
genuala and a tibiala. Tarsi with 2 claws and a elaw-like empodium,
Type Material—Holotype (RT B-28722) ex Apodemus peninsulae
Korea, Sangbonch’on-ni, 17 miles SE of Seoul, 28 May 1954, coll.
Field Unit of the Commission on Hemorrhagic Fever (U.S. Army).
The following 12 paratypes were all collected in Korea by the same
field unit: 3 er Apodemus agrarius, Nop’a-dong, 7 miles NW of
Munsan-ni, 24 February 1954; 1 ex Apodemus agrarius, Yongp’yoneg,
16 miles 8 of Ch’orwon, 2 March 1954; 2 ex Apodemus agrarius,
Munsan-ni, 6 and 7 November 1953; 3 ex Clethrionomys rufocanus
regulus, Camp Indianhead, 2%4 miles E of Yangwon-ni, 17 September
1953; 3 from Sanebonch’on-ni—l ex Apodemus agrarius, 14 April
1954; 1 er Apodemus peninsulae, 14 April 1954; 1 ex Apodemus pe-
ninsulae, 14 April 1954; 1 ex Apodemus agrarius, 16 February 1954.
Holotype (U.S.N.M. No. 2237) deposited in U. S. National Museum.
Shunsennia tarsalis J. and T. Fig. 67, seutum; fig. 68, dorsal view of larva
(with ventral aspect of legs); fig. 69, ventral view of larva; fig. 70, dorsal seta;
fig. 71, dorsal seta; fig. 72, preanal seta; fig. 73, postanal seta; fig. 74, gnatho-
soma,
165
PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958
))
UK
J
Y,
Ny
—<=
an
NUH )))) TELS ACAS \\
NI NN
WS SND) rasa
fa
“i aN <€ on
——— eG
———
id
AY Grids)
aX
LA SON
eA ia: *)
Nl ea i
ae \\ Oe
166 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958
Paratypes distributed amongst collections of the Rocky Mountain
Laboratory of the U. 8. Public Health Service, the Colonial Office
Research Unit at Kuala Lumpur, the Department of Entomology,
University of Kansas, and the authors.
Comment.—As can be seen from the diagnosis, S. hertigi differs
rather considerably from the genotype, and in some respects suggests
Chatia Brennan, 1946, although distinct from that genus. Since the
higher classification of trombiculid mites needs considerable study, it
is felt advisable to treat this interesting species as a Shunsennia.
This species is named for Dr. Marshall Hertig, Director of the Com-
mission on Hemorrhagic Fever of the Armed Forces Epidemiological
Board, whose work in medical entomology at the Gorgas Memorial
Laboratory in Panama was interrupted for several years while he
served as Director of the Field Unit in Korea.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We are grateful to Dr. Joseph E. Smadel, former Director of the
Division of Communicable Diseases, Walter Reed Army Medical Cen-
ter, Washington, and to Dr. Marshall Hertig, of the Gorgas Memorial
Laboratory, Panama, both of whom served as Directors of the Com-
mission on Hemorrhagic Fever of the Armed Forces Epidemiological
Board and as leaders of the Field Units in Korea, and who made it
possible to collect and study these trombiculid mites. Our debt to
various Army installations for their unstinted cooperation is great,
and since these organizations are listed in detail elsewhere (Traub
et al., in prep.), we here merely express our thanks. Although two of
the authors (R.T. and L.J.l.) served in Korea, the large numbers of
specimens available for study were obtained only by the enthusiastic
assistance of the officers and men of the field teams, particularly T. T.
Harriss, W. H. Lawrence, William Barnes, James J. O’Keefe, and
Ervin Kardos. Dr. E. W. Jameson, Jr., and Dr. Paul Oman, former-
ly of the 406th Medical General Laboratory in Tokyo, and Dr. J. R.
Audy, of the Institute for Medical Research, Kuala Lumpur, Malaya,
were especially helpful in loaning specimens for comparison. Thanks
are also due Thomas M. Evans, of the Department of Entomology,
Walter Reed Army Institute of Research, who prepared the illustra-
tions for this paper. Gordon Marsh, of that institution, greatly
assisted in the identification of thousands of Korean chiggers, includ-
ing some of the new species herein described.
REFERENCES
Traub, R., Hertig, M., Lawrence W. and Harriss, T. T. 1954. Potential Vectors
and Reservoirs of Hemorrhagic Fever in Korea, Amer. Jour. Hyg. 59 (3):
291-305.
Traub, R., Hertig, M., Lipovsky, L. J., Morrow, M. L. and Marsh, G. A. Trom-
biculid Mites as Potential Vectors of Hemorrhagic Fever in Korea. (In
preparation).
Audy, J. R. 1956. Laurentella, a New Subgenus of Trombiculid Mite. Bull.
Raffles Museum No. 28:5-26.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 16
~]
ON A SMALL COLLECTION OF MALLOPHAGA FROM THE UNITED
STATES, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW SPECIES
By M. A. CarrikER, JR., Popayan, Colombia, S. A.
The species listed in this paper were sent to the author for identifi-
cation by Mr. Nixon Wilson, Department of Entomology, Purdue
University, and were, when not otherwise indicated, collected by him.
The collection contains nine species, three of which are apparently
new to science and are described below, while a fourth is probably a
new subspecies, but lack of the necessary comparative material pre-
vents its proper description.
All measurements are in millimeters and all drawings were pre-
pared by the author, accurately drawn by means of the eyepiece
micrometer.
All types have been returned to Mr. Wilson, but paratypes, when
available, have been retained by the author.
Philopterus ocellatus (Scopoli), 1763
Pediculus ocellatus Scopoli, Ent. Carnioliea, p. 382 (Host: Corvus corone (sar-
donius Kleinschmidt).
The species of Philopterus found on the American Crow (Corvus
brachyrhynchos) has been determined to be the same as that of the
European Crow (C. corone), according to Hopkins and Clay (Check-
list of Mallophaga, 1952). I have not personally compared the Ameri-
can parasite with authentic specimens of ocellatus.
A pair of this species was taken on Corvus brachyrhynchos by S. R.
Joseph at Jacobus, York Co., Pa., Nov. 12, 1955. They agree with
specimens in my own collection from Pennsylvania and Nebraska.
Philopterus sp.
A pair of this genus from Hremophila alpestris, collected by R. E.
Mumford, Washington Co., Ind., Jan. 10, 1955.
They are closely related to P. c. citrinellae (Schrank) (= P. com-
munis of authors, in partim), and are very likely subspecies of it, but
I lack the necessary material for comparison.
Briielia rotundata (Osborn), 1896
Nirmus rotundatus, Osborn, Bull. U. 8S. Bur. Ent. (n.s.) 5: p. 226 (Host: Corvus
corone brachyrhynchos Brehm).
A pair was taken on the same individual host as noted under Phil-
opterus ocellatus. The specimens agree perfectly with material from
the type host collected by the author at Lincoln, Nebraska.
168 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958
Penenirmus arcticus sp. nov.
(Figs. 1 and 2)
Types, male and female adults, collected by R. E. Mumford from a
Picoides arcticus (Swainson), taken 3 miles east of Pike Lake, Luce
Co., Michigan, Feb. 5, 1956.
Penenirmus arcticus, n. sp., male: fig. 1, head, thorax and abdominal segments
I-II; fig. 2, genitalia.
Diagnosis.—Apparently nearest to P. auritus varius Emerson, from Sphyrapicus
varius, agreeing with that species in the small, uniformly colored anterior plate.
It differs in having the head narrower at temples and wider at the frons; an-
terior plate smaller; cephalic carinae narrower, less deeply chitinized and paler
in color. The pleurites are of a different color pattern and the tergites are sep-
arated from the pleurites by a wide hyaline area, in which are located the
spiracles.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 169
The dark, marginal carinae of the legs, so prominent in auritus, are but slightly
indicated along their inner margins. The types were left too long in the clearing
solution so that it is not possible to evaluate all of the markings of the head and
body.
It is apparently specifically distinct from auritus (Scopoli), due to the totally
different shape and structure of the anterior plate, the differences in the male
genitalia and structure of the abdominal sclerites. The genitalia have long
parameres, but slightly incised at their tips, and the endomera is longer.
In auritus the heads of the abdominal tergites, while equally long, are of a
different shape; the hyaline area surrounding the spiracles is scarcely evident in
I and II, and becomes more prominent posteriorly. The median emargination of
tergites I and II in the male is absent in segment II of the female.
In the pair of neoparatypes of qauritus, with which these specimens have been
compared, the median anterior portion of the abdomen in both sexes is com-
pletely obscured by foreign matter, so that it is impossible to determine whether
or not the median emarginations of tergites I and II are present.
The species is represented by the ¢ holotype, @ allotype and 3 ¢@ ¢@ and 3 9 Q
paratypes. All are in good condition. @ and @ paratypes in author’s collection.
) Q
length width length width
TE 0) Cl year ee res ere egal = L7S. ee ele
Hltea dea (bier origi aS 2 e137 es 158
feemmplesie wee Tk. 506 45 25D 497
IO tHORa kee oe ES 124 .288 20 OL
iPier@uiinons< 2 eee 21 45 .24 463
PAU ONE Tees rere ee A ce .89 .603 1.2% 70
Basal late et 174 .095
ISON) = a a .085 10
IDG ONG, Se ee Se .07 .035
Strigiphilus varius sp. nov.
(Figs. 3 and 4)
Types, male and female adults, from Strix v. varia Barton, collected
at Saltillo, Washington Co., Ind., Dec. 29, 1955.
Diagnosis.—Most closely related to Strigiphilus syrnii (Packard), from Strix
nebulosa, with which they have been compared (a ¢ and 2 9 2 in the author’s
collection from the type host).
It differs from syrnii in much larger size; head proportionally wider at tem-
ples (Q head .72 x .697 against .63 x .58); decidedly different cephalic carinae;
both mandibles with apical portion parallel-sided, and both with bipartite tips
(right mandible in syrnii pointed ).
170 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958
The premarginal carinae are submarginal posterior to the clypeal suture
(marginal in syrnii); lateral margins of head, anterior to clavi, are undulating,
while in syrnii they are uniformly concave; anterior plate is hour-glass shaped,
less swollen laterally in median portion.
Strigiphilus varius, n. sp.: fig. 3, head, thorax and abdominal segments I-III,
female; fig. 4, male genitalia.
The pleurites are very much narrower and poorly chitinized (prominent and
deeply chitinized in syrnii) ; tergites are short, poorly chitinized and with broadly-
rounded inner ends. With the exception of the short tergites the whole abdomen
is hyaline, the margins of the segments being almost invisible; hooks at posterior
ends of pleurites in segments I to III more strongly developed.
Chaetotaxy much as in syrnii; abdominal segments VIII and IX are fused in
the female, forming one large segment, while in the male they are distinetly
separated, IX being small and rounded apically. In segment III there is one
long seta set within the pleurite, slightly posterior to the middle of tergite; in
segment IV two long setae and in V to VIII there are 3 in a transverse row.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 Niall
The male differs from the female in smaller size, narrower frons, shorter and
more rounded abdomen and different structure of abdominal segments VIII and
TX, as described above. Chaetotaxy about the same, excepting greater abun-
dance and longer setae on segment IX of male.
The genitalia differ decidedly from those of syrnii, especially the basal plate,
which is shorter and wider, also the endomera. The parameres in syrnii are much
thicker basally and taper to a slender tip (see fig. of genitalia).
The nymphs present a very interesting and decidedly different head structure
from that of the adults, the pre-antennary area being short and broad, with the
marginal carina unbroken at the clypeal suture, this area having a strikingly
similar appearance to ceblebrachys, so much so that I suspected at first examina-
tion that two species were involved.
The species is represented by the 92 holotype, é allotype,9 ¢ 4 and 21 29
paratypes; 2 ¢@4 and 2 2 @ paratypes retained by the author.
Measurements of the types:
cy 2
length width length width
1SXO0hy Cla aes Oe eee ae 11k: oe ee 20g ee Pee
IS IGENGS (2h) 1 ale oe eee ane 8 vas 245
qiemmples Mee 2 64 59 He 697
1 PA ROUNOIATS < ee ee eres 20 046 aly .39
IP ARO LA NON e tee SS ee .216 .o2 207 59
JN) oxo kay sa erie oe ten Se eae .92 78 1.12 92
Balsall ante pes ee ere Oo 144
DAT ANCL CS ge we ereet een nee ene 07 .13 (bases)
[BG OMe T ae es ee ee 12 .08
Strigiphilus otus Emerson, 1955
Strigiphilus otus Emerson, 1955, Proe. Ent. Soe. Wash. 57(5):241; figs. 1 and 2
(Host: Otus asio gilmani Swarth.)
A pair of what seems to be this species from Otus asio, collected by
G. L. Ward at Earlham College, Wayne Co., Ind., summer of 1953.
The specimens are, unfortunately in poor condition, and are not
in a condition for careful, detailed study.
The male genitalia seem to be the same as the figure published by
Emerson. The abdominal chaetotaxy cannot be distinguished.
Gruimenopon canadense Edwards, 1949
Gruimenopon canadense Edwards, 1949, Psyche 56:116; pl. VI, figs. 1-4 (Host:
Grus ec. canadensis (Linné).
Several specimens of this species were collected by R. E. Mumford
from a Grus c. tabida, taken at the Jasper-Pulaski State Game Pre-
serve, Pulaski Co., Ind., Nov. 29, 1955.
172 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, No. 4, AUGUST, 1958
I do not have material of this species for comparison, but the speci-
mens are in perfect condition and agree exactly with the description
and figures published by Edwards. The only other species of this
genus is G. longum (Giebel), from Grus g. grus, of which I have a
pair from the type host.
The American species is, apparently, very rare in collections.
Myrsidea interrupta (Osborn), 1896
Menopon interruptum Osborn, Bull. U. S. Bul. Ent. (m.s.), 5, p. 245; pl. II, fig. h.
(Host: Corvus corone brachyrhynchos Brehm).
Several specimens of both sexes from the type host, collected by
S. R. Joseph, at Jacobus, York Co., Pa., Nov. 12, 1955. Compared
with material collected by the author from type host taken at Del-
mar, Pa., they agree in all respects.
Menacanthus aurocapillus sp. nov.
(Figs. 5, 6, 7 and 8)
Types, male and female adults, from Seiwrus aurocapillus (linné),
collected at Fort Meade, Anne Arundel Co., Maryland, July 21, 1955.
Diagnosis.—The present species is an unusual type of the genus Menacanthus,
resembling in some ways, especially the shape of the head, the genus Machaerilae-
mus. The ventral head spines are poorly chitinized and are set at an unusual dis-
tanee behind the bases of the mandibles. At first glance these sclerites do not
seem to be the usual ventral spines of the genus, but a careful study of numer-
ous specimens of both sexes leaves no doubt of their real identity.
The deep ocular notches are also typical of Menacanthus, and are not present
in Machaerilaemus. The horseshoe-shaped occipital plate, on each side of which
are set four long, strong setae (not 5 as shown in figure) is also present in many
species of Menacanthus, while such a structure is known from but one aberrant
species of Machaerilaemus, while the type of genitalia also agrees with the former
genus.
The present type of thoracic sternal plates, with their setae, is also to be found
in Menacanthus, as well as the abdominal chaetotaxy. The heavy infestation of
this species (30 specimens on one individual host), together with the large num-
ber of males is totally unlike the species of Machaerilaemus, of which never more
than 1 to 3 individuals are found on a single bird, while the male sex is extremely
scarce. There are numerous records of Menacanthus being taken on Passerine
birds but this seems to be the first instance of its presence on a species of the
Parulidae.
The abdominal chaetotaxy, as here represented, is not commonly found on the
genus Menacanthus, but is present on a number of known species. There is a
series of short spines (3 to 5) along the dorsal, posterior margin of the pleu-
rites, with another row of 3 to 10 spines on the posterior margin of sternites IT
to VII, extending from near the lateral angle to a point more than half way to
the median line of the abdomen on segments II to V.
Menacanthus aurocapillus, n. sp.: fig. 5, male; fig. 6, tip of female abdomen;
fig. 7, male genitalia; fig. 8, sternal sclerites, female.
174 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958
The remainder of the abdominal chaetotaxy, as well as that of the head and
thorax, is shown in the figure. The tergites are continuous across the abdomen
and fused with the pleurites, but are separated by hyaline borders on both sides.
The sternites are not clearly visible, being directly beneath the posterior half of
the tergites, but they, also, seem to be fused with the pleurites.
The species is represented by the ¢ holotype, 2 allotype, 12 ¢¢, 12 9@
and 6 nymphs paratypes. 2 ¢@¢@ and 2 2 2 paratypes have been retained in the
author’s collection.
3 iS
length width length width
Body Dae TRE 2 eee 1.00 os 1-23 ee
Head \frons sae Oe Sal ts = 30 pals 33
| 1ifs) 444) 0) Csf= fame teee AN eee .247 342 274 397
Pro th Onesie 2 a se ee sill 220 126 129
iPterothona xe eeeeeene annie .096 .288 al8} 348
PAN OTIC Tie es 565 415 Ou 49
Basal) plate: == ES eae .247 .095
PAT AINIC TCG, eee ees rl .075 .124 (tips)
JOP KOEN, .08 .08
NOTE ON STRIGIPHILUS OCULATUS (RUDOW) AND S. BUBONIS (OSBORN)
I have in my collection 2 ¢ ¢ and2 2 92 of a Strigiphilus taken on
Bubo v. virginianus, shot at Indiana, Pa., and 3 2 @ from B. v. occi-
dentalis, collected at Lincoln, Neb. Also a large series of the same
genus from B. v. elutus Todd, collected in Colombia. This material
represents three decidedly distinct species. Those from Pennsylvania
have the preantennary area much shortened, with the clypeus short
and broad and with divergent sides, approaching the type of ceble-
brachys (Nit.)
The 3 2 2 from Lincoln have the preantennary area longer and
narrower and with the clypeal area longer and narrower anteriorly,
and with the sides less divergent, very similar in this respect to syrnit.
The series from Colombia have the preantennary area still longer and
narrower, especially the clypeus, the latter with the sides but shghtly
divergent, more of the type of cursor.
It would seem from this evidence that there is no logical reason for
sinking Docophorus bubonis Osborn (Hopkins & Clay, 1950, p. 339)
in favor of Nirmus oculatus Rudow. Osborn’s description certainly
agrees with my specimens from Indiana, Pa. He says: ‘‘General
appearance of ceblebrachys,’’ which is quite true. On the other hand,
if we wish to keep Rudow’s oculatus it would seem much more logical
to apply it to the specimens from Nebraska, with the longer, nar-
rower head, which certainly approximates the old idea of ‘‘Nirmus,’’
as given by Rudow.
I therefore designate a female from Bubo virginianus occidentalis,
collected by the author on Nov. 4, 1902, at Lincoln, Neb., as the
neoparatype of Strigiphilus oculatus (Rudow).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 175
DIFFERENCES, IN THE FEMALE SEX, BETWEEN TWO NORTH
AMERICAN BAT-FLEAS
(SIPHONAPTERA, ISCHNOPSYLLIDAE )
By F. G. A. M. Smit, British Museum (Natural History), The Zoological
Museum, Tring, Herts., England
Two of the commonest species of fleas occurring on bats of the
genus Myotis in North America are Myodopsylla insignis (Roth-
schild) (occurring mainly on Myotis lucifugus) and the closely re-
lated M. gentilis Jordan & Rothschild (a parasite of Myotis lucifugus
and M. yumanensis). The differences in structure of the genitalia in
the male sex of these fleas are very distinct and therefore males of
these two species are not difficult to identify. The females, however,
are so much alike that up till now no reliable differences between
those of the two species have been found. For example, Holland
(1949: 180) says: ‘‘ According to the original description the female
of this species [M. gentilis| is very close to that of M. insignis, but
‘the head of the receptaculum seminis appears to be a little shorter
and the tail shghtly longer than in insignis.’ This character does not
appear to be reliable in our material; in fact, sometimes the reverse
seems to be the case. As the ranges of the two species overlap in
part, definite determinations should not be made on the strength of
females alone.’’ Hopkins & Rothschild (1956: 247) remark that the
females of M. gentilis, M. insignis and M. nordina Traub & Hoff
appear to be inseparable.
A recent donation by Dr. C. A. Hubbard of several females of
Myodopsylla induced me to study this sex of the two species concerned
and I was able to find the following differences between females of
M. gentilis and of M. insignis:
In gentilis the distance between the posterior margin of the sen-
silium and the base of the anal stylet is less than the length of the
stylet and the anterior setae of the anal tergum are situated quite
close to the sensilium (Fig. 1); in insignis the distance mentioned is
greater, the anal tergum is markedly longer and the setae are placed
more distad from the sensilium (Fig. 2). In gentilis the dorsal margin
of sternum VIT (Fig. 4) usually slants downwards more steeply than
in insignis (Fig. 3). In gentilis the genal process is on an average
somewhat narrower than in insignis, but this is not an easy character
to use. I found no other constant differences.
To a considerable extent the females of these two species of Myodo-
psylla can be determined by consideration of geography, since there is
very little, if any, overlap between them. Their distribution, based
upon published records (see list of References), is shown in Fig. 5;
two of the recorded localities for M. insignis could not be traced,
namely Mt. Aeolus (? Mt. Arolus) in Vermont and Laird, Algoma
District, Ontario. It will be seen that WM. insignis occurs throughout
the north-eastern United States and in Canada from Ontario to
176 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4,
AUGUST, 1958
3 4
Fig. 1, sensilium and anal tergum of Myodopsylla gentilis (from Forest Grove,
Oregon); fig. 2, same of M. insignis (from Hatchville, Massachusetts); fig. 3,
outline of sternum VII of M. insignis, 9 (from Hatchville, Mass.); fig. 4, same
of M. gentilis, 9 (from Forest Grove, Oregon).
I yy, ™~ ay \) ‘
Ne See en
SS [Sy ieee eae
@ M.GENTILIS
OM. INSIGNIS
Fig. 5
, map showing distribution of M. gentilis and M. insignis in North
America.
“
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 17
British Columbia. M. gentilis is found in a long stretch of country
adjoining the west coast, but going inland as far as south-east Mon-
tana and north-east Wyoming. The record of M. gentilis from Texas
and perhaps that of M. insignis from Colorado seem to need corrobo-
ration; these records may have been based on misdetermined females
and the Texas specimen(s) are probably Myodopsylla collinsi Kohls.
The five females M. ‘insignis’ recorded from Barber County, Kansas,
by Hopkins & Rothschild (1956: 249) proved to be M. collinsi, and
the female M. ‘gentilis’ from Blackfalds, Alberta (l.c.: 251) is M.
imsignis.
As regards the differences between the females of the two species
dealt with above and that of M. nordina, the female of the latter has,
according to the figure published by Traub & Hoff (1951: Fig. 17),
a shorter anal tergum than that of M. gentilis and the anal stylet is
situated at a distance of only about half its length from the sensilium ;
sternum VII of M. nordina is also markedly different from that of
gentilis and insignis and the ductus bursae is shorter than that of the
last two species.
REFERENCES
Augustson, G. F. and S. F. Wood, 1953. Notes on California mammal ectopara-
sites from the Sierra Nevada foothills of Madera County. Bull. 8. Calif.
Acad. Sei. 52: 48-56.
Burbutis, P. P., 1956. The Siphonaptera of New Jersey. N. Jersey Agric. Exper.
Stat. Bull. 782: 1-36.
Holland, G. P., 1949. The Siphonaptera of Canada. Techn. Bull. Dep. Agric. Can.
70, 306 pp.
Hopkins, G. H. E. and M. Rothschild, 1956. An illustrated catalogue of the Roth-
schild collection of fleas (Siphonaptera) in the British Museum. Vol. 2,
445 pp.
Jellison, W. L. and N. E. Good, 1942. Index to the literature of Siphonaptera of
North America. Nat. Inst. Hlth. Bull. 178: 1-193.
Jellison, W. L., B. Locker and R. F. Bacon, [1953]. Index to the literature of
Siphonaptera of North America. Suppl. 1, 1939-1950. Mimeogr., 246 pp.
Krutzsch, P. H., 1955. Ectoparasites from some species of bats from western
North America. J. Mammal. 36: 457-458.
Traub, R. and C. C. Hoff, 1951. Records and descriptions of fleas from New
Mexico. Amer. Mus. Novit. 1530: 1-23.
Wiseman, J. S., 1955. The Siphonaptera (fleas) of Wyoming. Publ. Univ. Wy-
oming 19: 1-28.
ANNOUNCEMENT
Short scientific articles, not illustrated, two double-spaced typewritten pages
in length, are welcome and will usually receive prompt publication, References
to literature should be included in the text, and the author’s name should appear
at the end of the article.
178 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958
NOW AVAILABLE
Memoir 5
of the
Entomological Society of Washington
A CLASSIFICATION OF THE SIPHONAPTERA OF
SOUTH AMERICA
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES
by Phyllis Truth Johnson
The study of South American fleas was begun in 1879 when Weyen-
bergh published the first descriptions of species from that region, using
specimens mounted on cardboard as was usual in that day. These
fleas were restudied in balsam by Jordan and Rothschild in England
shortly after the turn of the century, and from that time to the
present day a large number of siphonapterologists, both in England
and the Americas, have contributed to this study. Dr. Johnson’s
work is the first comprehensive taxonomic treatment of the fleas of
the region, which comprises Trinidad and all of the continent and its
coastal islands. The contemplated 275 page volume will be indispensa-
ble to the serious student of this important order of insects.
Memoir 5 opens with two discussions of morphological characters, one devoted
to the terms used in the taxonomic section and the other to their taxonomic
validity and possible phylogenetic significance. All the families, tribes and genera
known to oceur in South America are completely described and illustrated, and
the species within each genus have been listed with host and locality data. De-
scriptions of 17 new species and two new subspecies bring the total number to
170. Keys to families, tribes, genera, and species are included. The discussion of
each genus is terminated by a section giving the synonymies of the hosts con-
cerned. The 114 plates are said to contain among the best illustrations of fleas
currently available, and are grouped according to family. A section listing hosts,
each with the fleas known to oceur on it, recapitulates the host-flea information;
sections dealing with references, systematic index and list of abbreviations close
the volume.
Orders at the price of $9.00 to members and $10.00 to non-members may be
placed with the Society for Memoir No. 5. Orders should be addressed to Mr.
Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian, Plant Quarantine Branch, Agricultural Research
Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 179
A SYNOPSIS OF THE GENUS MELANDERIA ALDRICH
(DIPTERA, DOLICHOPODIDAE)
PAuL H. ARNAUD, JR.
The purpose of this paper is to provide a synopsis of the genus
Melanderia. A new species, which occurs geographically between the
two previously known species, is described. The genus is divided into
two subgenera, with a new subgeneric name being proposed for
Melanderia curvipes (Van Duzee).
The genus Melanderia was proposed by J. M. Aldrich in 1922 for
a species of marine dolichopodid fly with remarkable ‘‘mandible-like’’
mouth parts. In the general habitus of external characters and on the
usual key characters used, the genus Melanderia has been considered
to be closely allied to the genus Hydrophorus Meigen. In her studies
of the mouth parts, M. B. Cregan (1941, p. 30) considered the mouth
parts sufficiently distinct to place Melanderia in a special group IX
on the basis (in her terminology) ‘‘labrum not elongated; four
prongs connected; no panels,’’ while she placed Hydrophorus in
eroup X with five other genera characterized by ‘‘labrum plate-like ;
four prongs connected; six panels geminately selerotized.’’ Her
groups are not currently accepted.
The generic type, Melanderia mandibulata Aldrich, was collected
along the Pacific ocean at Ilwaco, Washington, by A. L. Melander, and
subsequently recorded from the northern California coast. A second
species, curvipes (Van Duzee), described in the genus Hydrophorus,
is distributed along the southern California coast. Recent collecting
by the writer alone the central California coast at Pacific Grove has
revealed a third species which is closely related to mandibulata
Aldrich.
The species of Welanderia are not inhabitants of sandy sea beaches,
but appear to be confined to rocky areas along the Pacific sea coast
which are subjected to strong wave action. The immature stages are
unknown.
Melanderia Aldrich
1922. Melanderia Aldrich, Proe. Ent. Soe. Washington, 24(6): 146, Additional
references: Snodgrass, 1922: 148-152 [morphology of mouth parts]; Curran,
1934: 221, 229, fig. 72 on p. 266 [keys, figure of head]; Neave, 1940: 85
[listed]; Cregan, 1941: 11, 20, 22, 23, 25, 27, 29, 30 [study of mouth parts] ;
Wirth & Stone, IN: Usinger, 1956: 454 [key to California species].
Generic Characterization—Medium-sized dolichopodids. First antennal joint
bare above, third antennal joint short, arista dorsal. Palpi large and flat, resting
upon the proboscis, proboscis greatly enlarged, its basal portion forming a very
broad, short tube, the apical half fleshy, opening underneath in a longitudina:
1 Formerly Entomology Research Division, A. R. 8., U. S. Department of Agri-
culture. Presently Bureau of Entomology, California Department of Agriculture,
Sacramento.
180 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958
slit, each side bilobed, the outer side pieces extending forward in the form of
mandibles. Head bulging behind, with numerous bristles below at the neck, a
single row of which extend across the occiput above with only a slight interrup-
tion in the middle. Prothorax with spines around the neck except below. Pleura
hairy or bristly in front of the prosterior spiracle, acrostichal hairs in an irregular
double row. Seutellum with a single pair of upright bristles; dorsocentral bristles
6 or 7, intraalar 2, one of which is directly on the suture, supraalar 1, postalar 1.
Abdomen with 6 visible segments in the male, 5 in the female. Hind eross-vein
of the wing beyond the middle, about its own length from the margin. Genital
segments of the male rather prominent, but not extending forward under the
venter.
Subgenus Melanderia Aldrich
Sternopleura haired on posterior half and first antennal segment
with stout setulae below. Two known species.
Type.—Melanderia mandibulata Aldrich, by original designation.
Melanderia (Melanderia) mandibulata Aldrich
(Figures 2 and 5)
1922. Melanderia mandibulata Aldrich, Proc. Ent. Soe. Washington, 24(6):
146-147. [n. sp. from Ilwaco, Washington.] Additional references.—Snod-
grass, 1922: 148-152, Plate 14 [morphology of mouth parts]; Aldrich, 1930:
1 [collected at Smith River, California]; Aldrich, 1931: 111 [collected at
Smith River, California]; Aldrich, 1933: 86 [very restricted distribution at
Smith River, California]; Cregan, 1941: 7, 9, 20; figs. 32, 50, 82, 119, 159,
190 [morphology of mouth parts]; Crampton, 1942: 148-149, fig. 7D [figure
of head]; Wirth & Stone, IN: Usinger, 1956: 454 [key, California distri-
bution }.
Type Depository.—No. 25,240, United States National Museum.
Species Characterization.—A large sized greenish species; face
usually purplish; front femur of male on inner side with a close tuft
of 8-10 bristles on a very slight protuberance, basitarsus modified with
an enlargement on basal half; body leneth of male attains 5.5 mm.,
wing 6 mm.; body length of female attains 6 mm., wing 7.5 mm.
Distribution.—Specimens examined: 55 (42 males, 13 females). All
in the collection of the United States National Museum except two
topotypes in the collection of the writer. WASHINGTON: Holotype,
allotype and 6 paratypes (2 males, 4 females) Ilwaco, Beach, | Pacific
County], VII-17 (A. L. Melander) except 1 female paratype dated
27-VIII-17 (contrary to Aldrich’s original published data on type
series). Two topotypes, 1 male dated 27-VIII-17 and 1 female dated
VII-17. CALIFORNIA: Smith River, [Del Norte County] (J. M.
Aldrich) as follows: 6 males, 1 female, 12-VII-30; 28 males, 5 females,
21 to 25-VII-32; 4 males, 1 female [no dates].
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., voL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 181
Melanderia (Melanderia) crepuscula Arnaud, new species
(Figures 3, 6, 7 and 8)
A large sized greenish species; male front femur long-haired with-
out a tuft of bristles.
Male.—Length, 6.5 mm.; length of wing, 6.5 mm. Head with face and front
dark metallic purple, with traces of greenish metallic iridescence, face 0.19 of
head width at narrowest point. Palpi black, covered with a brownish pollen, with
many black hairs; proboscis black, with brownish gray pollen except on the
mandible-like parts which are shining black. Antennae black; first segment bare
above but with setulae below; second segment less than half length of first, with
Figs. 1 to 3, inner side of front legs of male Melanderia. Fig. 1, M. curvipes;
fig. 2, M. mandibulata; fig. 3, M. erepuscula. (Drawings by Arthur D, Cushman).
setulae above and below; third segment searcely longer than wide, with short
setulae on inner sides, at apex and below base of arista. Arista widened for
distance twice its width and quickly tapering and slender for remainder of its
length. Eyes with pale, thick, but very short pilosity. Back of head with long
black hairs, the lower hairs the longest. Thorax with mesonotum and scutellum
metallic greenish-blue with blackish reflections when viewed from above; meso-
notum with two narrow blackish vittae, brownish pollinose above and whitish
pollinose at sides. Scutellum with a well developed pair of midscutellar bristles
and a number of very fine long hairs along posterior margin. Pleura green, with
some iridescence, whitish pollinose; propleura with several black hairs and sterno-
pleura with long slender black hairs on posterior half. Prosternum black, whitish
pollinose, without hairs or bristles. Legs with front coxae, trochanter and femur
(fig. 3) green with a thick white pollinosity; front tibia brownish pollinose; front
femur with long black hairs and tibia with a comb of short black bristles on
182 ROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958
tessa siosonsesan ans insoneowsere
Figs. 4 to 6, left wings of male Melanderia, enlarged same magnification. Fig.
4, M. curvipes; fig. 5, M. mandibulata (paratype); fig. 6, M. crepuscula (holo-
type).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 183
apical half. Middle and hind legs green, slender; the femora whitish pollinose
on basal half and brownish pollinose apically; tibiae mostly brownish pollinose;
femora and tibiae with long black hairs except for mid tibiae which are short
haired and with one postero-dorsal bristle near base and three almost equally
spaced postero-ventral bristles. Wing (fig. 6) elongated, narrow, brown in color,
the third and fourth veins rather parallel and not approximate at wing apex;
hind cross vein at right angles to costa. Halter yellow, with about 8 minute
Melanderia mandibulata, male holotype. Fig. 7, lateral view; fig. 8, front view.
black setulae on outer side. Abdomen colored as thorax, six visible segments
brownish pollinose above and whitish pollinose on sides, somewhat compressed
laterally. Hypopygium black, whitish pollinose, left basal portion with long
black hairs; lamellae blackish with black hairs.
Female.—Body length 7.5 mm.; wing length 8 mm. Similar to male in colora-
tion, but differs structurally in that the face is wider, 0.25 of head width at
narrowest portion; legs less hairy and mid tibiae without bristles; abdomen
with but five well developed segments ending in a short blackish spined ovipositor.
184 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958
€
Types.—Holotype male, allotype, and 9 paratypes (3 males, 6
females) collected at Pt. Pinos, Pacific Grove, Monterey County,
CALIFORNIA, 23 May 1952, (P. H. Arnaud, Jr.). Type No. 68,459,
U.S.N.M. Holotype and allotype in the collection of the U.S.N.M. and
paratypes in the collections of A. L. Melander, F. C. Harmston, and
the writer. This series was collected at sunset on large rocks whose
bases were washed by ocean breakers.
This species is allied to mandibulata, but it is readily distinguished
in the male by the characters furnished in the key. M. crepuscula
attains a larger size than mandibulata. I am unable at this time to
provide characters which will consistently separate the females of
these two species.
Subgenus Wirthia Arnaud, new subgenus
Distinguished by its bare sternopleura; first antennal segment bare
below; wing with third vein arcuate and non-parallel with 4th, 3rd
and 4th veins close together at wing tip. Dedicated to Dr. Willis W.
Wirth. One included species.
Type.—H ydrophorus curvipes Van Duzee.
Melanderia (Wirthia) curvipes (Van Duzee)
(Figures 1 and 4)
1918. Hydrophorus curvipes Van Duzee, Ent. News, 29(2): 48-50, fig. 2 [n. sp.
from San Diego and Long Beach, California]. Additional references.—
Aldrich, 1922: 146-148 [generic transfer to Melanderia]; Snodgrass, 1922:
150-152, Plate 14 [morphology of head and mouth parts]; Van Duzee,
1923: 250 [in key to Hydrophorus]; Van Duzee, 1926: 5, 11 [p. 5, in key to
Hydrophorus; p. 11, in list of Hydrophorus}; Wirth & Stone, IN: Usinger,
1956: 454 [key, distribution ].
Type Depository.—No. 3501, California Academy of Sciences, San
Francisco.
Species Characterization—A medium sized grayish green species;
face metallic green; front femur of male with a row of ventral bristles
which can fit into the modification of the curved apical portion of
tarsus; body length of male attains 4.5 mm.; body length of female
attains 4.7 mm.
Distribution Specimens examined: 70 (30 males, 40 females). All
in the collection of the United States National Museum. CALI-
FORNIA: Paratype female, San Diego, [San Diego Co.], 5-IV-15,
(M. C. Van Duzee). 1 male, 2 females, Santa Barbara, [Santa
Barbara Co.], 6-VII-17, (J. M. Aldrich). 29 males, 37 females,
Laguna |[Beach, Orange Co.], 1-VIII-32, (J. M. Aldrich).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 185
Kery To MALES OF MELANDERIA
1. Sternopleuron haired on posterior half; first antennal segment with stout set-
wie lollonr (Stiles Whaat) aa 2
Sternopleuron bare; first antennal segment bare below (subgenus Wirthia)
(Santa Barbara Co. south to San Diego Co., Calif.) (figs. 1, 4)- bet
a ae ee et ne Se a ee oe A A curvipes (Van Duzee)
Front femur of male on inner side near base with a dense tuft of 8-10
bristles on a very slight protuberance, basitarsus modified with an enlargement
on basal half (Del Norte Co., Calif. north to Ilwaco, Wash.) (figs.
obey it peas poten, waster ee ee Re ee ee mandibulata Nldrich
Front femur of male without a tuft of bristles on inner side near base, but
long black haired; basitarsus without enlargement on basal half (Monterey
CommG Sita Cho cMy ORG MeO) eerss ee te a a crepuscula, new species
bo
2, 95)
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I am indebted to Dr. A. L. Melander of Riverside, California, who
gave me a pair of topotypes of Melanderia mandibulata Aldrich, and
to Dr. Alan Stone of the Entomological Research Branch, Washing-
ton, D. C., for suggestions in the preparation of this paper.
REFERENCES
Aldrich, J. M., 1922. A new genus of two-winged fly with mandible-lhke labella.
Proc. Ent. Soe. Washington, 24(6): 145-148.
—, 1930. (Melanderia mandibulata). Smiths. Local Notes, August 8,
LOZOSspe de
, 1931. Collecting flies in the west. Expl. Field-Work Smiths. Inst.,
1930, Smiths. Inst. Publ. 3111: 107-112, figs. 91-95.
, 1933. Hunting flies in the west. Expl. Field-Work Smiths. Inst. 1952,
Smiths. Inst. Publ. 3213: 33-36, figs. 34-37.
Crampton, G. C., 1942. The external morphology of the Diptera. IN: Guide to
the Insects of Connecticut. Part VI. The Diptera or True Flies of Con-
necticut. First Fascicle. Conn, Geol. Nat. Hist. Sur., Bull. No. 64: 10-165,
figs. 1-14.
Cregan, M. B., 1941. Generic relationships of the Dolichopodidae (Diptera)
based on a study of the mouth parts. Illinois Biol. Mon., 18(1): 1-68, Plates
1-30.
Curran, C. H., 1934. The Families and Genera of North American Diptera. The
Ballou Press, New York, N.Y., pp. 1-521, figures.
Neave, 8S. A., 1940. Nomenclator Zoologicus, M-P, Vol. III: 1-1065.
Snodgrass, R. E., 1922. Mandible substitutes in the Dolichopodidae. Proe. Ent.
Soe. Washington, 24(6): 148-152, Plate 14.
Van Duzee, M. C., 1918. New North American species of Dolichopodidae (Dip-
tera). Ent. News, 29(2): 45-51.
, 1923. Scientific results of the Katmai Expedition of the National
Geographic Society. Diptera of the family Dolichopodidae. Ohio Jour, Sci.,
23(5): 241-264, Plate I.
186 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958
Van Duzee, M. C., 1926. A table of the North American species of Hydrophorus
with the description of a new form (Diptera). Pan-Pac. Ent., 3(1): 4-11.
Wirth, W. W. and Stone, A. 1956. IN: Usinger, R. L., Aquatic Insects of Calli-
fornia with keys to North American genera and California species. University
of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, pp. i-ix, 1-508, illustrated.
(Diptera, pp. 372-482, figures 14:1-14:64).
DESIGNATION OF THE TYPE SPECIES OF THE SUBGENUS NEOTHEO-
BALDIA DOBROTWORSKY (GENUS THEOBALDIA NEVEU-LEMAIRE,
1902)
(DIPTERA, CULICIDAE)
The subgenus Neotheobaldia Dobrotworsky (1954, Proc. Linn. Soe.
N.S.W. lxxix :65-78) was described on the larval characters of Theo-
baldia hilli Edwards. This species is the type of the subgenus Neo-
theobaldia.—N. V. Dosrorworsky, Zoology Department, University of Mel-
bourne, Australia.
THE IDENTITY OF CULEX AESTUANS WIEDEMANN
(DIPTERA, CULICIDAE )
The species Culex aestuans Wiedmann (Aussereurop. zweifl. Ins.
1:11, 1828) was described from specimens from Brazil in Wiedemann’s
own collection. Theobald (Mon. Culic. 2:151, 1901) synonymized this
under Culex fatigans Wiedemann, a synonym of Culex pipiens quin-
quefasciatus Say. Howard, Dyar and Knab (Mosq. N. and C. Amer.
3 :320, 1915) questioned the synonymy and since that time the species
has remained unidentified.
Through the kindness of Dr. Max Beier of the Vienna Museum we
have seen five specimens, probably all original material. These are in
very good condition and all agree well with Culex pipiens quinque-
fasciatus, thereby verifying Theobald’s synonymy. The specimens
bear the following labels:
‘¢Brasilien/aestuans m. Coll. Wiedem.’’? Male and female. I have mounted
the terminalia of this male on a slide and here designate this specimen as the
lectotype.
‘“aestuans m. Coll. Wiedem./C. aestuans m. Bracilia de Winth.’’ Female.
‘¢Brasilien/aestuans Coll. Winthem./aestuans Wied. Brasilia.’’? Male.
‘<Brasilien/aestuans Coll. Winthem.’’ Female
ALAN StonE, Hntomology Research Division, U. S. Department of Agriculture,
Washington, D. C.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 187
THE MOSQUITOES OF MINNESOTA, by A. Ralph Barr. Technical Bulletin
No. 228, University of Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station, St. Paul.
April, 1958. Price, $1.00.
The introduction to this work consists of the historical background of the mos-
quitoes of the state, their biology, and instructions in technique and handling.
The systematic treatment is introduced by generic keys for females, male genitalia,
pupae and larvae. The main part of this section contains figured descriptions of
species with keys, information on their biology, distribution inside and outside
Minnesota, and their importance as pests or disease vectors.
By being published so shortly after Carpenter and LaCasse’s big North Ameri-
can monograph, this report may tend to lose some of its importance on a country-
wide basis, and become another addition to an already too long list of references.
However, for workers interested in the limited area which it covers, it ranks
as one of the best published to date, even though the illustrations might have
been easier to use had they all been placed together. The drawings by Mrs.
Sylvia Barr are excellently executed in a technique which makes important fea-
tures stand out and easy to follow. The descriptions of species are brief and
concise. The author states that the keys may not always work, but this might
be regarded as a valuable bit of information. To aid in identification of closely
related species, measurements by histograms of comb scales and various hairs are
presented. A thorough field biology is also included.
All in all this is one of the best state reports on mosquitoes yet to have been
published.—HELLE Srarcke, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C.
THE CORRECT NAME FOR A PEST OF BEANS
(LEPIDOPTERA, OLETHREUTIDAE )
Laspeyresia fabivora Meyrick, 1928, Exotic Microlepidoptera, 3:449.
Laspeyresia leguminis Heinrich, 1943, Proe. Ent. Soc. Washington, 45(3):71,
pl. 4, figs. 1-5. (New synonymy).
Meyrick based his description on a single male from Honda, Colombia, reared
‘fin fresh beans.’’ Heinrich’s description was based on a series from Peru,
Panama and El Salvador. Upon the receipt of specimens from Bogota, Colombia
and a comparison of this new material with my figure of Meyrick’s type, my
suspicion was aroused. In August, 1957, I compared an example with Meyrick’s
type and confirmed the identity of all the specimens. This economically important
pest of lima and string beans must now be known as Laspeyresia fabivora Mey-
rick.
Distribution—Colombia, Peru, Panama, El] Salvador and Mexico.—J. F. GATES
CLARKE, U. 8S. National Museum, Washington 25, D.C.
18S PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958
ee
FRANCISCO DE ASIS MONROS, 1922-1958
News of the death by accident on May 3, 1958, of Francisco de
Asis Monroés has reached us from Argentina. His wife wrote that he
was overcome when disinfecting his beetle collection and no medical
help was at hand to save his life. He was one of that group of brillant
young scientists from the Miguel Lillo Institute at Tucuman who
have come to the United States to study in recent years. While here
he and his wife (a scientist herself in plant pathology) made many
friends among entomologists who recognized his outstanding ability.
He was born in Barcelona, Spain, on June 6, 1922. Even before
leaving Spain, at the age of 17, he was studying entomology under Dr.
Francisco Espanol at the Barcelona Museum. In Argentina he at-
tended the College of Agricultural and Veterinary Science at the
National University of Buenos Aires, from which he received the de-
gree of Agricultural Engineer. He was appointed systematic en-
tomologist at the Miguel Lillo Institute in 1948. In 1956 he became
full professor of Agricultural Zoology at the College of Agriculture
there, and was Vice-Dean of that College at the time of his death.
During the hot summer months at Tucuman, Monrés, often with
his wife or other colleagues, went on collecting trips not only through-
out Argentina but into adjacent countries. On the way to the United
States, where he was awarded a Guggenheim fellowship in 1952, he
collected in Peru, Ecuador, and Panama. In the United States he
spent most of his time at the National Museum at Washington and
the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, also a shorter
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 189
time at the American Museum of Natural History. At all these mu-
seums he made many notes and drawings of the collections he studied.
During the summer he and his wife toured the country by bus, going
even to the Pacific coast, and visiting entomologists and museums on
the way. On his way back to Argentina he visited Brazil. In 1955-56
he was the recipient of a fellowship from the French government to
work at the Paris Museum, and he spent the year in France with
visits to the museums in England, Germany, and Switzerland. The
summer before his death he spent some months collecting in the high
Andes of Bolivia.
He was tireless in working on his chrysomelid beetles. His collec-
tion numbered 54,245 beetles. In his short life he published over 60
papers, many of them extensive in scope, and all illustrated by his
fine pen and ink drawines. Some were written in French and English
although the majority are in Spanish. His early papers were mostly
on Argentine beetles, but later he wrote on both North and South
American beetles, and prepared re-editions for three fascicles of the
Coleopterorum Catalogus (Sagrinae, Lamprosomatinae and Clytrinae).
The first volume of his largest work, ‘‘The genera of Chrysomelidae,’’
went to press a few days before his death.
His taxonomic work is of the highest order. He was quick to see
relationships, his judgment was good, and he was painstakingly con-
scientious. He was in communication with entomologists all over the
world and alive to everything that was being done in his field. Un-
usual, too, was his ability to pick up languages. He and his wife al-
ways talked Catalan to each other instead of Spanish. It sounded a
good deal like French to me. Once he helped us entertain a Parisian
who had little knowledge of English and pretended he was deaf.
When Francisco took over in French, however, the man’s deafness
entirely disappeared. As a boy he had learned German from a neigh-
bor and spoke it easily. Not lone after coming to the United States
he was speaking English understandably, having long been able to
read it.
He had all the ingredients of a naturalist, with that early and deep
devotion to his chosen field that is characteristic of all naturalists.
He used to tell me that he would always be happy because of this in-
terest in natural science. Gentle, with high idealism, and_ single-
hearted in his pursuit of the knowledge of beetles, in particular
Chrysomelidae, with a great capacity for making friends, he was
already high in his attainments, both as a scientist and as a man
among men. It is a pity that he died so young. Our sympathy is ex-
tended to his wife and little daughter, Silvia.
His bibilography will be published by the Miquel Lillo Institute.
Doris H. BLAKE
190 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958
SOCIETY MEETINGS
Held in the U. S. National Museum
701st Meeting, April 3, 1958:
A new member, Dr. R. S. Beal, taxonomist in the Insect Identification and
Parasite Introduction Laboratories, was elected.
Mr. Ray R. Kriner explained his method of taking close-up pictures of insects
and showed us a number of excellent Kodachrome slides of live insects.
A booklet, ‘‘Inseets not Known to Oceur in the United States,’’ published by
the Plant Pest Survey Section, was exhibited and discussed by Mr. L. G. Davis.
Dr. F. L. Campbell called attention to recent joint meetings of the Washington
Junor Academy of Sciences with the Senior Academy and the Washington Section
of the American Chemical Society. He suggested that a similar joint meeting
be arranged next fall between the Junior Academy and the Entomological
Society of Washington.
As a follow-up of the Society’s collection of money for minuten pins for the
Hungarian Museum, Dr. Kostarab reported that the pins have been received.
In the name of the Hungarian entomologists, he thanked the Society for the gift.
As the collection exceeded the cost of the pins, Dr. Kostarab returned $1.20 to
the Society.
The speech of the evening, ‘‘ Professionalism in Entomology,’’ was delivered
by Captain K. L. Knight of the U. S. Navy. He discussed the professional status
and standards for entomologists. An enthusiastic discussion followed.
Visitors introduced were as follows Arthur H. Mason, Ward B. Watt and
S. Wiackowski.
The meeting adjourned at 10 P. M.
702nd Meeting, May 1, 1958:
President Sailer announced that the annual pienie, held jointly with the
Insecticide Society of Washington, will take place at the Log Lodge, Agricul-
tural Research Center, June 7. Members from our Society appointed to the Picnic
Committee are Rose Ella Warner, P. G. Piquett and Helen Sollers.
New members elected to the Society are William S. Murray, Entomologist,
Potomae River Command, and James W. Gentry, Department of Entomology,
Walter Reed Army Institute of Research, Washington.
In connection with the Science Fair, three exhibits were on display and were
described by the exhibitors. A brief history of science Fairs was given by Mr.
Howard B. Owens. The winner of the Fair in northern Virginia, Hugh McMahan,
discussed his exhibit which concerned the destruction of wood by fungi and
insects. Ward B. Watt, the winner for Washington, D. C. explained his use of
paper chromatography as a means of distinguishing two species of butterflies.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 191
Gail Mackiernan, the winner in Montgomery County, Maryland, discussed her
exhibit on color formation in wings of Lepidoptera. The fourth winner, Richard
Thomas, of Prince Georges County, Maryland, was unable to be present. Each
exhibitor was presented with a hand lens as a gift from our Society.
Dr. H. H. Shepard showed 2 color Kodachrome slides of live butterflies. These
were followed by an exhibit of a recently accessioned female specimen of the
cockroach, Megaloblatta blaberoides (Wlk.) by Dr. A. B. Gurney. The overall
length including folded wings, is 100 mm. and the wing expanse is 185 mm.
No records of larger cockroaches have been found, though other specimens of
approximately this size are known. No fossil species are larger than the largest
living species. The ootheca borne by this species is 41 mm. long.
- Another letter from the Hungarian Museum thanking the Society for the
minuten pins was sent by Dr. Z. Kaszab to Dr. Campbell, who read the commu-
nication before the Society.
Our featured speaker of the evening, Miss Alice Gray, Scientific Assistant at
the American Museum of Natural History, gave a most informative talk on the
Southwestern Research Station of the above-mentioned museum. She explained
the opportunities for research there and showed numerous interesting colored
slides of the station as well as the flora and fauna of the area.
The following visitors were introduced: Mrs. EF. B. Burch, James H, Lowe, Jr.,
Ralph Watt, Mrs. D. Mackiernan, K. W. McMahan, Gilbert Levesque, Donald E.
Barcus, and Caryle Nibley, Jr—HELEN SoOuuerS, Recording Secretary.
ANNOUNCEMENT
An important part of the Society’s program is to make available
back issues of the Proceedings. In recent months stocks of many
issues have dwindled to unprecendented lows. Members who wish to
contribute to this important function are urged to send any of their
back issues (preferably with covers unmarked) to the Custodian
(address on inside front cover).
192 PROC. ENT.
Soc. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958
Lexfect | rofl rcture A
EACH SEASON, the picture brightens
for growers to reap profits from agri-
cultural crops. By using the improved
and more effective insecticides avail-
able today, they now retain a larger
share of harvests formerly lost to
destructive insects.
Shell Chemical Corporation re-
searchers, in co-operation with state
and federal experiment stations, in-
dependent researchers, extension
workers and growers have created
potent pesticides that offer depend-
able protection throughoutevery stage
of plant growth.
SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICAL SALES DIVISION
460 PARK AVENUE, NEW YORK 22, NEW YORK
Shell has played a major role in the
development ofaldrin, dieldrin, endrin
and Phosdrin® insecticides; D-D®
and Nemagon® soil fumigants; and
Allyl Alcohol weed seed killer. Other
pesticides, now in various stages of
laboratory development, will be avail-
able for even better insect control.
Shell Chemical Corporation will
continue intensive chemical research
to provide the agricultural industry
with more powerful weapons in the
battle against crop-destroying insects.
Technical information on Shell Chem-
ical products is available. Write to:
Penaae tolerances, malathion can be applied
cattle, poultry, and swine. This is the result of
x abies research in 11 states. The work proved
I ‘poultry lice, poultry mites (northern fowl
_and cattle and poultry ticks. In addition,
applied to nests, litter, and floor space.
shion emulsifiable liquid may also be used
dition to spraying beef cattle with mala-
Pan devices incorporating the Pro
» storing grain have a method of protect-
. Malathion, either in dust or spray
; it is being loaded into bins, affords
l ised flour bee rice weevil, granary
ae Gk ines ok cars, ‘and ships’ holds
ce oes meal moth infestations de-
: n etablished o on 37 additional crops, including:
Fruits
Bramble family
Nectarines
Quinces
Currants
Gooseberries
S;' , cotton, mushrooms, peppermint, spearmint,
h these additions, malathion is now recom-
Ne ia a) American | Cyanamid nat Insecticide Department,
: 7 aa 30 pocket etr. Plaza, New York 20, N. ¥;
ney
ny,
QUALITY INSECTICIDES
Preferred by Home Owners,
Food Processors and Dairymen
QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A “space spray" for quick knockdown and kill of many
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre-
thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.759% Methoxychlor.
GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB
Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock-
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1%
Piperony! Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor.
GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb)
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT
and 3% Perthane.
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid-
val insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane.
SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold.
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY
Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19%
Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF OIL CORPORATION
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA.
Ln$e.t
Vol. 60 OCTOBER, 1958 No. 5
PROCEEDINGS
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
« WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
CONTENTS
BAKER, E. W.—Chelacheles strabismus, a New Genus and Species of Mite
rama Portacal (Acarina, Cheyletidae) 234
BRELAND, OSMOND P.—Notes on the Aedes muelleri Complex (Diptera,
MOTE NCTcl eee eee ee nen ne Lect Soterr te A e 206
CRABILL, R. E., JR.—A new Kethops from New Mexico, With a Key to its
Congeners (Chilopoda, Scolopendromorpha, Cryptopidae) __.....__. 235
FAIRCHILD, G. B. and HERTIG, MARSHALL—Notes on the Phlebotomus
of Panama XV. Four Apparently New Synonymies (Diptera, Psychodidae) 203
HOFFMAN, R. L.—The Subspecies of Typocerus lunatus, A Cerambycid
Cogn (ohare d ye ME eae ee ne oe ec cee 217
HOOD, J. DOUGLAS—A New Zeugmatothrips from Brazil (Thysanop-
PprrtaCemerigidag) 2) Aa ee Bases 225
HOOGSTRAAL, HARRY—The Elephant Louse, Haematomyzus elephantis
Piaget, 1869, on Wild African Elephants and Warthogs (Mallophaga,
eet ca aT ch ae) iis wes te et sel ee 232
(Continued on Back Cover)
re
%
;
| he a
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY |
OF WASHINGTON > op aa
ORGANIZED Marcu 12, 1884
CFFICERS FOR 1958
R. I. Samer, President
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA
Plant Industry Station, North Building
Beltsville, Maryland
R. H. Newson, First Vice President
Entomological Society of America
Lys Ol GaN avin
Washington 5, D. C.
P. W. OMAN, Second Vice President
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA
Plant Industry Station, North Building
Beltsville, Maryland
Members shall be perso
who have an interest in
Anoual dues for members |
is ei 00 (U.S. Gpecrey) ©
HELEN SOLLERS, Recording Secretary
Plant Pest Control Division, ARS
U.S. Department of Agriculture \
Washington 25, D. C. yt
year, both. domestic ;
payable in advance.
made payable to. The Datenulanen A
Washington. | my a se ny
ee ee ee not excha ge its public:
er ‘socie tie : ay
PAuL WOKE, Corresponding Recuetany ~ : 4|
7213 Beacon Terrace ;
Bethesda, Maryland '
F. P. HARRISON, Treasurer
Department of Entomology ™
University of Maryland ;
College Park, Maryland
R. H. Foorsz, Editor °
c/o Division of Insects
U.S. National Museum
Washington 25, D. C.
received ee will a
by non-members.
obtained at a ea a the
of Bpnee indicat e ue syste
ject insect. By-lines s!
ing address _ of the
affiliation, “thre possible
pers ‘longer than | on
p author and date and sh
: cluding | eet oteuceee in
H. J. CONKLE, Custodian
Plant Quarantine Division, ARS
U.S. Department of Agriculture .
Washington 25, D.
JOHN H, FALES, Program Chairman
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA ' that order. In sho
Pesticide Chemicals Research Laboratory a ture should be |
ARC, Beltsville, Maryland P ;
7 roportions u
H. H. SHEPARD, Nominated to Represent the closely’ approximate 4-5/16°
Society as Vice President of | this usually allows exp!
the Washington Academy Oi | the same page. Cost
Sciences. that for one full-pag
FMRD-CSS ) author.
U.S. Department of Agriculture Reprints of p
Washington 25, D. C.
i the following c
ve la A
Executive Oommittee , l 7 2 pe
= s Pp D
T. L. BIssELu, University of Maryland Ai on copies
R. A. Sr. GEORGE, U.S. Dept. Agriculture {
F. L. CAMPBELL, National Research Council
i
Honorary President — fe ;
R. E. SNopGRASS, U.S. National Museum Ler Hy
Honorary Members . ‘ z
OC. F. W. Mussmseck, U.S. National Museum ‘i
H. G. BARBER, US. National Museum
AB: GAHAN, Berwyn, barat
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
EEN TONOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
Vol. 60 OCTOBER, 1958 No. 5
TWO NEW SPECIES OF ALASKAN PROSIMULIUM, WITH NOTES ON
CLOSELY RELATED SPECIES
(DiprEeRA, SIMULIIDAE)
KATHRYN M. SOMMERMAN, Arctic Health Research Center, P.H.S..,
Department of Health, Hducation, and Welfare, Anchorage, Alaska.
This presentation is supplementary to the papers by Stone (1952)
and Sommerman (1953) on the taxonomy and_ identification of
Alaskan black flies. It extends the known, described species from
Alaska to 38, with 11 belonging to the genus Prosimuliwm. In addition
the P. hirtipes complex in Alaska is now known to consist of at least
two entities. One is here designated hirtipes 2 and overwinters in the
larval stage. According to correspondence from Dr. Rothfels the
chromosome pattern of this one is similar to the hirtipes 2 of Ontario,
with a minor modification of the sex determining mechanism. lHow-
ever, the Ontario larvae differ in general appearance from these in the
Anchorage area. This hirtipes 2 was formerly identified as P. hirtipes
(Fries). The other member of the hirtipes complex in Alaska is
called tentatively hirtipes KE, and it overwinters in the ege stage. The
larva of this was previously thought to be the larva of P. travisi
Stone. The true larva of travisi is herein described for the first time.
I wish to thank Dr. K. H. Rothfels for information concerning the
relationship of P. frohnet, n. sp., and travist Stone, based on studies
of the chromosomes of the salivary glands of mature larvae. I am
greatly indebted to Dr. Alan Stone for the loan of paratypes of
P. saltus Stone for study, and to Dr. Lewis Davies and Dr. Douglas
Davies for the gift of specimens of the hirtipes complex from their
countries.
All the following descriptions and comments refer to alcoholic
specimens. The drawings were made from terminalia cleared in warm
NaOH, rinsed, and propped in position on a gob of vaseline submerged
in alcohol in a Syracuse dish. A stereoscopic microscope was used with
a ‘‘squared’’ ocular. The male ventral plates, ventral view, were
placed in position so that the tip of the lip coincided with the arch
of the anterior internal fork. The side views of the ventral plate
were included to show the length of the plate, curvature, and depth
of the depression on the dorsal surface. The dististyles were placed
so that their condyles were superimposed, resulting in a sub-dorsal
view. The larval drawings were made from uncleared specimens in
alcohol.
SMITHSONIAN
. WNSTITUTION NOV 7 1958
wu
PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
194
|. FROHNE/ 2. SALTUS 3. TRAV/ STI
FIGS.1-3 LARVAL HEAD CAPSULES, DORSAL AND VENTRAL VIEW
Sc
ANTERIOR—- -— r
PRIMARY BRANCH
SECONDARY BRANCH
ie
] Ss
‘A
4. FROHNE! 5. SALTUS
FIGS. 4-5 BASES OF RESPIRATORY ORGANS
—-ANTERIOR
GONAPOPHYSES-_
-8TH STERNITE.
8. ANTERIOR GONAPOPHYSES
6. TERMINALIA LATERAL VIEW
7. VENTRAL VIEW
FIGS. 6-8 FROHNE/ Q
9. TRAV/S/ 10. HIRTIPES 2 Il. PERSP/CUUM
FIGS. 8-!!1 ANTERIOR GONAPOPHYSES, ENLARGED TO SCALE
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 195
VENTRAL PLATES VENTRAL PLATES OISTISTYLES
VENTRAL VIEW LATERAL VIEW SUB-DORSAL VIEW
ISTISTYLE
!2. TERMINALIA,
VENTRAL VIEW
/
\ aizé | 18.
FIGS. 13-32, ENLARGED NUP EL eR Tp nana gee \O de
TO SCALE
FIGS. 19-21 TRAV/S/
VENTRAL PLATES
FLAT VIEW
—
26.
FIGS. 25-28 PERSP/CUUM
ie SRS
FIGS. 29-32 ALPESTRE =
196 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
Prosimulium frohnei, new species
The superficial appearance and the chromosome patterns of the
larva of this species indicate close relationship with P. wrsinum
(Edw.); the pupa is similar to saltus and the adults to the hirtipes
complex. The mature frohnei larva in alcohol is approximately 9.0
mm. long and the head capsule 1.0 mm. wide. The body is grey-brown
with the head capsule very dark brown, fig. 1. The antenna is short, so
also its basal segment. The mandibular phragma is wide and complete,
extending all the way to the mentum. The median mental tooth is
directed inward, appearing much shorter than the last lateral teeth.
There are 24 rays in the mouth fan, and 12-14 respiratory filaments.
The mature larva of this species can be distinguished from ursinum
(fig. 9, Sommerman, 1953) by the darker head capsule of the former,
more constricted neck, narrower throat cleft, wide and complete man-
dibular phraema, larger eye spots and absence of pigmented swelling
below eye spots. It differs decidedly from saltus, fig. 2, and the
Alaskan members of the hirtipes complex (fies. 15, 16, Sommerman,
1953) in its larger size (mature saltus larva in alcohol being 6.2 mm.
lone with head eapsule 0.7 mm. wide), dark head capsule with con-
stricted neck and short antennae, narrower and deeper throat cleft,
complete mandibular phragma, and apparent short median mental
tooth.
The pupa of frohnei is much like saltus but is larger, being 4.5 mm.
long, and differs in that the respiratory filaments number 12-14 and
the primary branches are stouter basally and are shorter than the
secondary branches, fig. 4. This short primary branch with the two
longer secondary branches, is especially pronounced on the middle or
lateral primary branch of the respiratory organ. In saltus the primary
branches are stouter distally and are longer than the short secondary
branches, fig. 5, and there are 14-16 filaments. In addition frohnei
differs from wrsinwm and the Alaskan members of the hirtipes complex
in the lesser number of respiratory filaments and in that their primary
branches are stout and extremely divergent. The pupal case is loosely
woven, coarse and sparse.
The adults of both sexes of frohnei differ noticeably from those
of the hirtipes complex and from saltus in their dark brown color and
silvery pubescence, and third segment of all tarsi broadly bare and
pale ventrally. The antero-posterior length of anterior gonapophyses
in situ of female is approximately twice the dorso-vental length of the
cerci. Head width of males, equals or exceeds width of thorax, and
dorsum of ventral plate broad with a deep median concavity, and
pronounced recurved lip.
Female.—General color dark brown. Wing length 5.0 mm. Head dark brown,
with pale silvery hair; frons distinctly widened above. Antennae with 11 dark
brown segments; scape, pedicel and basal part of first flagellar segment darkest,
probably because of fine silvery pubescence on remaining segments; first flagellar
segment slightly longer than pedicel. Palps with first, third and fourth segments
light Drown, second, dark brown with pale sensory organ containing dark spot.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 197
Mandible serrate; maxilla with retrorse teeth. Mesoseutum dark brown with
recumbent pale silver hair. Seutellum light brown with erect silver hair. Post-
seutellum shiny dark brown. Pleuron brown; hairs of pleural tuft fine and pale
silver; sternopleural hairs absent. Hair on base of costa and on stem vein pale.
Legs light brown; inconspicuous small pale area mesally on anterior surface of
fore coxae; both extremities of tibiae with narrow dark band; tarsi dark brown.
On all legs third tarsal segment with pale (almost white) bare area ventrally.
Claws without teeth. Antero-ventrally abdomen pale, becoming progressively more
fumose posteriorly, and covered with fine, pale hairs; selerotized tergites large
and brown, some with pale flecks. No sclerotized sternal plates cephalad of the
seventh sternite, which is pale brown; eighth sternite conspicuous brown. Anterior
gonapophyses with tapered apex, fig. 8, and black selerotized strip extending
distally beyond mesal emargination; length of anterior gonapophyses twice dorso-
ventral length of cerei, figs. 6 & 7.
Male.—General color darker than female but with same pale silvery pubescence.
Wing length 4.5 mm. Abdominal sternites sclerotized and clothed with pale hairs.
Width of truncate posterior margin of ventral plate about equal to width of its
anterior internal fork; dorsum of plate with deep median coneavity, figs. 12, 13
& 14. Dististyle with two stout distal teeth, fig. 15.
All the following types were individually reared from pupae and
each is accompanied by the pupal exuviae and case. The pupae were
collected by the author July 26, 1956, from a small trickle parallel to
the road at Eklutna Lake, Alaska, elevation 875 feet. The adults
emerged between July 27 and 31.
Holotype: Female, em July 31. Allotype: Male, em July 27. Para-
types: 9 males, 14 females. The holotype, allotype and five paratypes
of each sex are deposited in the collection at U.S. National Museum ; 2
male and 4 female paratypes are deposited at Illnois Natural History
Survey; 1 male and 3 female paratypes at Canadian National Mu-
seum; and 1 male and 2 female paratypes at Arctic Health Research
Center. In addition a few specimens of larvae and pupae are also
deposited in the collections of these institutions.
This species is named in honor of Dr. William C. Frohne, who has
contributed so much to our knowledge of Alaskan biting flies.
P. frohnei has been taken only from a tiny spring-fed trickle, 6-12
inches wide, an inch or less deep, which flowed parallel to the road and
was exposed to sunshine part of the day. There were a few old leaves
and small stones in the trickle and, later in the season, rather long
strands of a rope-like alea attached to the rocks. This species has but
one generation a year, overwintering in the ege stage. The eggs
hatched in early May or June, depending upon the progress of the
season. The larvae attached to the under and deflecting surfaces of
loose stones or to leaves, directly in the shght current, which was
probably one foot per second at the most. The larval and pupal stage
together required about two months, the adults emerging in late June
or July, depending upon seasonal progress. The host of this species
is not known.
-
198 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
Prosimulium travisi Stone
The mature larva of this species remotely resembles P. fulvum
(Coq.). The chromosome patterns of the salivary glands of the mature
larva are distinct. The larva can be distinguished readily from fulvwm
by its dark brown, patterned head capsule, and dark color of the body.
Sometimes the dark spots of the dorsal head pattern, fig. 3, are so faint
as to be almost non-apparent but the two pale crescents are diagnostic.
The median mental tooth is longest, with the last laterals just shehtly
shorter. The second innermost lateral tooth is the next longest with
the adjacent one slightly shorter, and the inconspicuous innermost one
the shortest. The mature preserved larva is 7.5 mm. long and the
head capsule is 0.8 mm. wide.
The pupa is readily distinguished from all other Alaskan species
of Prosimulium by two of the characters Stone (1952) mentioned—the
pronounced rugose condition of the deeply pigmented dorsum of the
thorax and the closely clumped respiratory filaments.
The adults can be distinguished from those of the hirtipes complex
by the ashy grey sides of the thorax and abdomen. In addition the
females have the second segment of the palps blackish brown, much
darker than the clypeus. The anterior gonapophyses of the female
are longer than the dorso-ventral length of the cerci and the distal tips
of the gonapophyses are acute, fig. 9, whereas those of hirtipes 2,
fig. 10, are more rounded and are about as long as the cerei. The lip
of the ventral plate of male travisi, figs 19 & 20, is much narrower
than the anterior internal fork and it is sharply pointed. There is,
at most, only a shg¢ht basal concavity on the dorsal surface of the
plate. The lip of the ventral plate of male hirtipes 2, figs. 16 & 17,
and fulvum, figs. 22 & 23, is rounded and the surface of the plate is
distinctly concave. The hind femora of the males of travisi and hirtipes
complex are brown so they can not be distinguished from each other
on that basis. The dististyles of travisi, fig. 21, are truncate and have
two or three distal teeth while those of hirtipes 2, fig. 18, and fulvum,
fig. 24, are more tapered or rounded and also usually have only two
teeth.
Larvae and pupae of this species have been taken in small spring-fed
streams above timberline in the vicinity of Anchorage. The stream
speeds ranged from 2.5 feet per second to tumbling. This species has
but one generation a year, overwintering in the egg stage. The eggs
probably hatched during June at this elevation. Mature larvae and
pupae were taken the middle two weeks of August. The larvae and
pupae were attached to the under and deflecting surfaces of loose
stones directly in the current. They were taken in direct association
with mature larvae and pupae of a species of Gymnopais. The host
of travisi is not known. Larvae, pupae, and reared adults of this
species are deposited in the collections of the following institutions :
U.S. National Museum, Canadian National Museum, Illinois Natural
History Survey, and Aretic Health Research Center.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 199
Prosimulium perspicuum, new species
This species appears to be most closely related to P. alpestre D., R.
& V. The ‘‘fixed’’ mature larvae prepared for chromosome study
revealed no patterns suitable for study. All stages,—larvae, pupae
and adults of perspicuum are easily distinguished from alpestre and
from all the other known species of Alaskan Prosimulium.
The mature larva in alcohol is approximately 6.0 mm. long and the
head capsule 0.65 mm. wide. The living larva is almost transparent
except for the head capsule which is off-white. Both body and head
capsule of preserved specimens are opaque white with fumose dorsal
bands on abdomen. Sommerman, 1953, fig. 13 depicts the dorsal and
ventral aspects of the head and gives additional characters in the key
for differentiating the larva of this species. It is very difficult to
determine the exact anterior limit of the throat cleft in some specimens
because of the transparent surrounding area of the head capsule.
There is slight variation in the length of the mental teeth, but the
median tooth is always longest, and in general the projections on the
median tooth are about as long as (on the level with) the second in-
nermost lateral tooth; the last lateral tooth is slightly shorter, the
tooth adjacent to it a little shorter still, and the inconspicuous inner-
most lateral tooth the shortest of all. There are approximately 36 rays
in the mouth fan, and 16-21 respiratory filaments.
The preserved pupa is approximately 3.5 mm. long, exclusive of the
respiratory filaments. The pupal exuviae are pale excepting for light
brown dorsum of thorax and respiratory filaments. The number of
dichotomous filaments varies from 16-21, usually 20. The filaments
arise from three primary branches, the anterior branch ultimately
producing 6, lateral 6, and posterior 8. The respiratory clump is about
1 mm. long. Antennae of both males and females extend beyond rear
margin of eyes, those of females overlapping thorax. Dorsal trichomes
6, very fine, curving forward. Abdominal segments 3-4 with 8 stout
hooks on posterior margin of each; tergites 5-8 with anterior row of
many fine spines; terminal hooks long, slender, almost straight; seg-
ments 5-7 ventrally each with 4 retrorse hooks on posterior margin,
segment 4 ventrally with 2 hooks. Pupal case is compact, rather
elastic, composed of very fine, colorless strands which entrap fine
particles of silt producing a felt-like light gray mass that covers the
body except for dorsum of thorax and respiratory organs. The pupa
is readily distinguished from alpestre by the number of respiratory
filaments.
Female.—General color dark brown. Wing length 4.0 mm. Head dark brown
with rather coarse pale hair; frons distinctly widened above. Antennae long, with
11 dark brown segments, the pedicel largest with f; a bit smaller and fy longest
of all segments. Second segment of palps dark brown, slightly darker than clypeus.
Margin of mandibles near tip with about a dozen short protrusions, apex with
about a half-dozen longer projections. Tip of maxillae armed with fine bristle-like
projections. Mesoscutum dark brown with short, sparse, pale recumbent hair.
Seutellum dark brown with erect hair. Postseutellum elongate, shiny dark brown.
200 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
Pleuron brown; a few pale hairs in pleural tuft; sternopleural hairs absent. Hair
on base of costa and stem vein sparse, short and rather pale. Legs brown; sparse
dark hair on coxae. Claws with subbasal rounded tooth adjacent to basal swelling
of similar size so that claw appears to have two basal teeth. Sides of abdomen
pale with fine brown striations. Sclerotized tergites large and brown. Selerotized
brown sternal plates on segments 3-7. Anterior gonapophyses pale, truncate, not
extending back to paraprocts, fig. 11. Anterior gonapophyses about as long as
dorsoventral length of cerei. The female is easily distinguished from alpestre
by the sclerotized brown sternal plates on segments 3-7.
Male.—General color darker than female. Wing length 3.8 mm, First or last
flagellar segment longest of all antennal segments. Abdominal sternites dark
brown and sclerotized, sparsely clothed with hairs. Ventral plate broad, margin
lacking a median recurved lip, ventral surface concave and clothed apically, dorsal
surface convex and shiny, figs. 25, 26 & 27, Dististyle with 5-6 distal teeth, fig. 28.
The male is easily distinguished from alpestre, which has a median recurved hairy
lip on the margin of the broad ventral plate, figs. 29, 30 & 32, and the entire body
of alpestre is much more hirsute overall.
All the following types were individually reared from pupae and
each is accompanied by the pupal exuviae and case, except for one
pair which was ‘“‘mass reared’’. The pupae were collected between
August 14-30, 1957, by the author from trunks, branches, and roots of
dead trees lodged in the swift water of Eagle River, a glacial stream,
13.5 miles north of Anchorage, Alaska. The adults emerged between
August 19 and September 5. The majority of the type material con-
sists of mated pairs.
Holotype: Female, em Aug. 28. Allotype: Male, em Aug. 27,—mated
with holotype August 28, both killed August 29, unfed. Paratypes:
10 mated pairs; 1 mated pair plus a male; 3 pairs, mating not ob-
served; 3 males, 3 females ;—making a total of 18 male and 17 female
paratypes. The holotype, allotype and five paratypes of each sex are
deposited in the collection at U. S. National Museum; 4 paratypes of
each sex are deposited at each of the following institutions: Ilhnois
Natural History Survey, Canadian National Museum, and Arctic
Health Research Center. (The latter also has the extra male para-
type.) In addition a few specimens of larvae, pupae, reared males,
and ‘‘wild’’ adults are also deposited in the collections of these institu-
tions. The name ‘‘perspicuum’’ refers to the transparent condition of
the living larva.
P. perspicuum has been taken in the Anchorage area from a large
olacial stream, Eagle River, which fluctuates considerably in width
and depth between summer and winter. This species has but one
generation a year, apparently overwintering in the ege stage. The
eges probably hatched in June. During the 1957 season medium and
maturing larvae were taken on July 11 from small branches trailing in
the water just below the surface. The first mature larvae and one
pupa were taken August 8. Later mature larvae and pupae were
taken for the most part on the trailing sides of tree trunks and
branches lodged in swift glacial water, 3-6 feet per second and 2-4 feet
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 201
deep. It was not possible to sample in deeper or faster water nor on
boulders. The immature forms were usually a foot or so below the
surface of the stream. The adults emerged the latter part of August
and in early September. The summer and fall of 1957 were warm
and adults, mostly males, were first taken in flight or resting on bushes
along the margin of the stream on August 30. By September 13 they
were swarming around cottonwood trees and crawling over their
leaves at the open picnic site on the margin of the stream by the high-
way bridge. It was estimated that they averaged three per leaf,
ventral surface. The trees were quite large, trunks 8-12 inches in
diameter and the leaves had not yet begun to fall in numbers. The
males tried to mate with each other. A sweep-sample was taken on
each of three visits to the site between August 30 and September 16
and approximately 250 males, and only five females were taken, in-
cluding one mating pair which was crawling on a leaf. Oviposition
was not observed. Because this species is closely related to alpestre it
may deposit its eggs in flight over smooth stretches of swift water
while oriented up-stream, as does alpestre.
The reared adults of perspicuum showed a preponderance of males
by approximately 3:1. The individual rearing cages described by
Sommerman, 1956 were used, not only for adult emergence but as
living and feeding quarters also. After emergence the exuviae and
pupal cases were carefully removed from the moist cotton and a few
granules of dextrose introduced, preferably loose on the cork bottoms.
Some cages were supplied with ruptured crow berries, currants and
rose hips, but these were not so satisfactory as the dextrose granules
because the adults became bloated, or stuck in the exuded juice.
Dextrose granules placed directly on the moist cotton proved at-
tractive to the adults but often they became bloated. They seemed to
do better if the dextrose granules were dry so long as they could get
a drink of water from the wet cotton-filled tubes. Under such condi-
tions both males and females lived a maximum of 20 days, the males
averaging 13, and the females 8.5.
Mating occurred readily in these small cages. Six timed matings
lasted an average of 11 minutes and 36 seconds, with the longest being
16 minutes and 15 seconds, and the shortest six minutes and 40
seconds. When the adults were put in one cage the male occasionally
flitted his wings but usually he seemed to be unaware of the female
until the two collided. In general virgin females offered no resistance.
The males grabbed them anywhere and curled the tip of the abdomen
under them and eradually moved backward until the genitalia of both
were joined. During copulation the females remained in their normal
upright position with all tarsi on the substrate, but the males were in
various positions, sidewise with the head toward the female’s head,
upside down, or straight out behind the female. Usually there was at
least one twist in the abdomen of the male because, upon fusion, the
male genitalia are upside down. Occasionally the females walked about
with the males dragging along behind. Usually the males separated
202 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
from the females but sometimes the females pushed them off with their
hind tarsi. In most cases immediately after separation the males tried
to regain the mating position but the females curled the tip of the
abdomen and the head way under to the thorax and also pushed off
the males with their hind tarsi. In one instance mating occurred for
six minutes and 40 seconds and a minute later the male succeeded in
regaining the mating position and the second time mating lasted 12
minutes and 35 seconds. Three times after copulation unmated males
were put with the females and a second mating did not occur because
the females tucked their heads and abdomens close under the thorax
and pushed the males off. Most of these females that emerged in the
lab mated as soon as the male was introduced, which was for the most
part the same day the female emerged.
Rather well-developed eggs were present in some of the females 7-9
days after mating, most of these females having fed on dextrose. Eges
were not deposited in the cages, either on the cork bottoms or on the
moist cotton, as with the females of a species of Gymnopais that
emerged in the laboratory. Because of the close relationship between
persprcuum and alpestre it is possible that the following technique
may have induced the perspicuum females to deposit eges, had it been
tried with them. Bottle caps containing water were introduced into
large cages of wild-caught alpestre females and they deposited eges
in the water after crawling or alighting on the surface.
The host of perspicuum is not known, but judging from the strue-
ture of the mouthparts, which are quite similar to those of alpestre,
and from the fact that eggs developed when females fed on dextrose,
it is obvious that this species is not blood-sucking.
LITERATURE CITED
Sommerman, K. M., 1953. Identification of Alaskan Black Fly Larvae (Simuliidae,
Diptera). Wash. Ent. Soc. Proc. 55 (5) :258-273.
—————.,, 1956. Do-It-Yourself-Entomological Equipment. Mosquito News 16
(4) :306-308,
Stone, Alan, 1952. The Simuliidae of Alaska (Diptera). Wash. Ent. Soc. Proc. 54
(2) :69-96.
Stone, Alan and Jamnback, Hugo, 1955. The Black Flies of New York State.
N. Y. State Museum Bull. No. 349, 144 pp.
ANNOUNCEMENT
To assure receipt of their Proceedings, members and subscribers
should make certain that notification of changes of address be sent
promptly to the Corresponding Secretary (address on inside front
cover.)
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 203
NOTES ON THE PHLEBOTOMUS OF PANAMA XV
FOUR APPARENTLY NEW SYNONYMIES!
(DipterA, PSYCHODIDAE)
G. B. FarrcHinp and MarsHALL HeErRtTIG2
On working over our collections of Phlebotomus we have aceu-
mulated notes on several specific svnonymies which it seems best to
publish at this time.
Phlebotomus longipalpis Lutz and Neiva
1912, Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 4 (1):90-92 (¢@, ¢, S. Paulo, Minas, Brasil).
Costa Lima, 1932, Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 26(1):25-28 and figs. Barretto,
1947, Arq. Zool. Est. S. Paulo, 5, Art. 4:208-209 (full references).
Phiebotomus almazani Galliard, 1934, Ann. Parasit. Hum. Comp., 12(3) :193-195,
1 fig. (2, Chichen Itza, Yucatan, Mexico). Barretto, 1947, Op. cit., p. 183 (full
references). Pifano and Ortiz, 1952, Rev. Sanidad Assist. Social, Caracas, 17
(12) :147, fig. 1 (2; Venezuela). Dampf, 1947, An. Esc. Nac. Ciene, Biol.,
Mexico, 4:424-426, figs. 1-9 (2; redeseription of type).
(New synonymy.)
There appears to be some confusion concerning the female of this
species. Lutz and Neiva (1912) described the female from among
specimens collected near Sao Paulo, and from Maquine and Ouro
Fino in Minas Geraes, the male from a specimen from Ouro Fino.
Costa Lima (1932) states, however, that the ‘‘typical’’ material con-
sists almost exclusively of a large number of males taken in Quixada
(Ceara) at ight by Dr. Gomez de Faria. Costa Lima goes on to note
that Lutz mounted three females from this material on a single slide
and that he (Costa Lima) mounted some others. It is to be presumed
that the photomicrograph given by Costa Lima (Plate XXX, fig. 142)
is of one of these specimens. This shows a slender, fusiform finely
annulate spermatheca quite unlike the barrel-shaped structure figured
by most subsequent authors. In any event, if this specimen was from
Ceara, it could hardly have formed part of the type series, since no
such locality is mentioned in the original description. It is perhaps
better to base the specific name on the male, at least until Lutz and
Neiva’s real co-types can be re-examined, if they still exist in recogniz-
able condition,
Subsequent authors have either dealt with two different species
when describing and figuring the spermathecae, or their figures have
been inaccurate. Coutinho (1940) gives a photomicrograph of the
spermatheca of a specimen from Ceara, republished more clearly in
Galvao and Coutinho (1940). The reproduction is not very clear in
either case, but indicates a more or less barrel shaped structure with
weak or irregular annulations. A drawing in the latter paper shows a
much more clearly annulate spermatheca. DeLucena (1949) figuring
1 The work here reported was supported in part by a research grant from the
National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, N.I.H., U.S.P.HLS.
2 Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Panama, Republic of Panama.
°04 PROC. EN'T. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
material from Pernambuco, shows the spermatheca weakly and _ir-
regularly annulate. Floch and Abonnene (1952) consider almazani
and longipalpis as distinct species, copying Galvao and Coutinho’s
drawing for their figure of the spermatheca of longipalpis, Dampf’s
(1947) drawine for almazani.
The problem is complecated by the presence of at least two other
closely related males, P. cruzi Mangabeira and P. gaminarai Cordero,
Vogelsang and Cossio, which occur within at least the southern por-
tions of the range of longipalpis but whose females remain unrecog-
nized. We have compared males from Paraguay, Brasil, Venezuela,
Panama, Costa Rica and Chiapas, Mexico, and find that they do not
differ specifically. Females from Paraguay, Venezuela, Panama,
Costa Rica and Mexico also agree, except that the spermathecal ducts
of the Paraguay material appear to be shehtly shorter and thicker
than those from the other localities. The spermathecae of these
females agree reasonably well with the figures of almazani published
by Galliard, Dampf, and Pifano and Ortiz, and with the figures of
longipalpis published by Galvao and Coutinho, and de Lucena, taking
into account the variable quality of the published figures. The only
figure of the cibarium of longipalpis we have seen, that of Coutinho
(1940), shows 10 horizontal teeth, while both Galliard and Dampf
figure 8 teeth for almazani. All material we have examined, including
the series from Paraguay, shows 8 teeth. The species has been reared
several times and there seems little question as to the correct associa-
tion of the sexes.
The matter is of some importance, since recent work by Deane
(1956) indicates that longipalpis is the most important vector of
visceral leishmaniasis in Brasil. The known distribution of the
species suggests also that it prefers relatively dry areas. The localities
in Panama, Costa Rica and Mexico from which we have secured mate-
rial are all in areas of relatively low rainfall, while its reported oc-
occurrences, or at least maximum abundance, in Brasil seem also to be
in the dry northeastern states. It is certainly not primarily a rain
forest species.
Phlebotomus saulensis Floch and Abonnene
1944, Inst. Pasteur Guyane Terr. 1’Inini, Pub. No. 80, pp. 11-12, fig. 6, (¢; Saul,
Haute Mana, and Crique Anguille, French Guiana). Barretto, 1947, Arq. Zool.
Kst. S. Paulo, 5, Art. 4, p. 222. Floch and Abonnenc, 1952, Faune de 1’Union
Francaise, XIV, Dipteres Phlebotomes de la Guyane et des Antilles Francaises,
pp. 112-114, fig. 38.
Phlebotomus pinealis Floch and Abonnene, 1944, Inst. Past. Guyane Terr. 1’Inini,
Pub. No. 81, pp. 11-12, fig. 6, (2 ; Critique Anguille, French Guiana). Barretto,
1947, Arq. Zool. Est. S. Paulo, 5, Art. 4, p. 219. Floch and Abonnene, 1952,
Faune de L’Union Francaise, XIV, pp. 185-186, fig. 84. Rosabal, 1954, Investig.
Epidem. No. 3, Ministerio Salub. Publ., San Jose, Costa Rica, pp. 29-30, figs.
59-63; (92; Costa Rica). (New synonomy.)
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 205
We have long hesitated to combine these two names due to the
discrepancies in the wing venation, the male (sauwlensis) having delta
short or zero, the female (pinealis) having it relatively long. The
quite close agreement in other characters, the fact that both sexes
appear to belong in the same group, the lack of other possible mates,
and the fact that though both sexes are quite rare, they have been
taken together at three localities, make it seem advisable to combine
them. Certainty in the matter will only be achieved by rearing.
Phlebotomus vexillarius Fairchild and Hertig
1952 (December) An. Ent. Soe America, 45 (4) :514-516, figs. 31-41 (4, 9;
Panama).
Phlebotomus foliatus Mirsa and Ortiz, 1952 (April-May), Rev. Sanidad Assist.
Soc. Venezuela, 18 (3-4) :249-252, figs. 1-4 (¢; Venezuela). (New synonomy.)
Although the number of Vol. 18 in which the deseription of foliatus
appeared was dated April-May 1952, Dr. Ortiz (in litt.) informs us
that it was not actually published until after July 1953, while the
description of vexillarius appeared 30 January 1953. Dr. Ortiz
concurs in the synonymy.
Phlebotomus camposi Rodriguez
1950 (July-December), Rev. Eeuat. Hig. Med. Trop., Guayaquil, 7(3-4): 7-10,
figs. 1-7 (6; Eeuador). Rodriguez, 1953, Rev. Eeuat. Ent. aPrasit., 1(2) :91-96,
figs. 1-9. Rodriguez, 1956, Rev. Eeuat. Hig. Med. Trop., 13 (2)
Phlebotomus acanthobasis Fairchild and Hertig, 1952, Ann. Ent. Soe. America, 45
(4) :508-511, figs. 9-18 (¢, 9; Panama). (New synonomy.)
In spite of the published date of the description of camposi, we
have been informed that the publication did not appear until Novem-
ber 1952, when our description was in press. The figures of campos
originally published did not show the spines on the bases of the
parameres, an oversight corrected in Rodriguez’ careful redescrip-
tion of the species published in 1953.
REFERENCES
Coutinho, J. O., 1940. Observacoes sobre algumas especies de flebotomos com a
descricao do macho de Flebotomus lloydi Antunes, Arch. Zool. Est. S. Paulo,
1 (8) 2331-336, figs. 1-110.
Galvao, A. L. Ayroza and J. O. Coutinho, 1940. Contribuicao ao estudo dos flebo-
tomos de Sao Paulo. 1° Nota. Rev. Ent., 11(1-2) :427-440, figs. 1-22, Pls. 16-17.
Floch, H. and E. Abonnene, 1952, Faune de 1’Union Francaise, XIV. Dipteres
Phlebotomes de la Guyane et des Antilles Franeaise. Office de la Recherche
Scientifique Outre Mer, pp. 1-207, Pl. I-XII, 90 text figs.
Deane, L. de M., 1956. Leishmaniose Visceral no Brasil. Estudos sobre reserva-
torios e transmissores realizados no estado do Ceara. Servicio Nacional de
Edueacao Sanitaria, Rio de Janeiro, pp. 1-162, 49 figs.
De Lucena, D. T., 1949. Flebotomos de Pernambuco. I. Flebotomus whitmani e
F. intermedius na zona da mata e F. longipalpis no agreste do Estado de
Pernambuco. An Soc. Biol. Pernambuco, 9 (1) :27-36, Pl. I-III.
206 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
NOTES ON THE AEDES MUELLERI COMPLEX!
(DIPTERA, CULICIDAE)
Aedes muellert was originally described by Dyar in 1920 (Dyar,
H. G., Inseeutor Inscit. Menstr. 8: 81-82) from specimens collected at
Mexico City. The species has been considered to be one of the rarer
mosquitoes of North America, and the larva was not described until
1957 (McDonald, W. A., Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 50: 505-511).
On September 7, 1957, the writer, accompanied by two graduate
students, Fred Klaus and John Riemann, made a collection of tree hole
breeding mosquitoes approximately 19 miles south of Alpine, Brewster
County, Texas. The cavity, with an opening approximately three
inches in diameter, was in an oak tree and it contained about a pint of
water. The water, which was quite dark, was removed and the cavity
rinsed several times with strained pond water. Later examination
revealed large numbers of larvae and pupae of Orthopodomyia alba
Baker and several larvae of the Aedes muelleri complex.
Several days after the collection was made, the small amount of
debris (about two tablespoons) collected with the water was dried and
reflooded twice. One larva was recovered from the first and eight
others from the second flooding. None of the larvae were seen until
several days after flooding, and two first instar larvae appeared after
the material had been exposed to water for approximately ten days.
Two additional larvae of the muelleri complex were obtained from
the same locality but from a different tree hole. This cavity, also in
oak, was moist but did not contain any free water; it was rinsed with
pond water. No larvae were noticed until several days later when two
young instars were discovered.
The above facts indicate that many of the eges of these mosquitoes
require more than one flooding before hatching, and that they often do
not hatch until they have been exposed to water for several days.
To date three females and one male have emerged as adults, and six
fourth instar larvae have been mounted for study. Additional larvae
are developing slowly. With the relatively few specimens available it
has not been possible to determine whether they are Aedes muelleri
Dyar or a closely related species. So far as known, however, this is the
first time the species group has been collected in the United States east
of Arizona.
—OSMOND P. BRELAND, The University of Texas, Austin.
1 The collections and observations mentioned herein were made while working
on a project supported by a research grant, E-1187, from the Microbiological
Institute of the National Institutes of Health, Public Health Service.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 207
NOTES ON SPATHIMEIGENIA WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF
FOUR NEW SPECIES!
(DIPTERA, TACHINIDAE)
H. J. RetmnwHArRD, College Station, Texas
Determinations of material belonging to Spathimeigenia have
proved difficult, notwithstanding a revision of the genus with keys to
the known species, published by Aldrich in 1931 (Proc. U. S. Natl.
Mus., 80: 1-10). The latter reports on approximately 85 specimens dis-
tributed among 11 nominal species. The additional material accumu-
lated during the past 25 years is still too meager to provide an ade-
quate basis for the construction of amended keys to the currently
known forms assignable to the genus.
The apparently new species described below and additional material
now available in previously known forms indicate that some of the
items relating to color patterns, chaetotaxy and especially the scutellar
bristling, amone other characters, are much too unstable for diag-
nostic purposes. Until specific limits of the variable forms can be
established, or at least are better known, an element of doubt attends
much of the routine determination work on members of this economi-
cally important genus. Its host relationships are with sawflies and
long series of reared specimens from all sections of the United States
and Mexico will prove especially helpful in resolving perplexing
questions of specifie entity.
Spathimeigenia spinigera Townsend
Townsend, 1915, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 18: 19; 1940, Manual of Myiology, Pt.
LOS 153.
Aldrich, 1931, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 80: 4-5.
The references to this species and synonymy have been listed by
Aldrich.
Hitherto only one specimen has been reported from Texas. Four
additional local examples are in my collection; three reared from
Neodiprion lecontei (Fitch) at Henderson and one female taken by
me at College Station, May 15, 1943. Besides this material there are
two additional females, one an ancient specimen with a fine hand-
written label ‘‘Par. on pine sawfly, Iss. March 79’’ and one reared
from ‘‘ Neodiprion swainei Middleton, Dolbeau Co. Pa.”’
Spathimeigenia mexicana Aldrich
Aldrich, 1931, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 80: 5-6.
The type series, including 19 males and 12 females all reared from
Neodiprion vallicola Rohwer in Mexico, is described in part as follows:
1 Contribution No. 2763, from Department of Entomology, Texas Agricultural
Experiment Station.
208 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
‘pollen deep golden on parafrontals, parafacials, and posterior orbits ;
face with yellow pollen... Tip of fourth (abdominal) joint red,
sometimes a little red on sides of second, rarely on third’’. Since this
color pattern is based upon a good series of reared specimens, it should
prove fairly typical for the species.
In the material available, one male from the Chiricahua Mts.,
Arizona, agrees well with the original characterization and apparently
belongs here. However, two other examples provisionally referred to
the present species show some seemingly important distinctions.
One male from Tamaulipas, Mexico, has the abdomen much more
extensively red at the sides, the head pollen is essentially pale gray
and the parafacials bear a few inconspicuous pale hairs below middle ;
there are additional minor differences.
Another male example from the type locality Michoacan, Mexico,
differs from the typical form in the following characters among
others: head pollen yellow (not golden) grayish near vertex and on
upper part of posterior orbits; apex of abdomen black; third antennal
segment three times longer than second; bristling of thorax and ab-
domen considerably stronger than in mexicana; four post dorsocen-
trals; faciaha setose on lower three-fifths; genitalia about as in
setigera. Evaluation of these items must await the accumulation of
more material.
Spathimeigenia dolopis, n. sp.
In this form the male abdomen is as wide as the thorax and not much
longer than same, effecting a somewhat more compact build than in
any of the known allied forms.
Male.—Head pollen gray with a perceptible yellow tinge below mid front and
on parafacial; latter about one-third elypeal width, with fine black hairs extending
sparsely above middle; vertex 0.20 of head width; antenna black, third segment
squared on apex with a sharp but not produced anterior angle, two and one-half
times length of second; cheek one-fifth eye length; palpus yellow gently bowed
and thickened beyond middle.
Thorax and scutellum black, dusted with gray pollen and marked with four
rather broad, moderately well defined metanotal vittae; chaetotaxy as in dolosa,
except four post dorsocentrals, hind lateral on scutellum shorter, the apical pair
distinctly larger and about three pairs of diseals differentiated behind middle. Legs
black, mid tibia with two anterolateral bristles, claws and pulvilli equal length of
last tarsal segment. Wing slightly infuscate on costal half; veins brown, third
with two or three hairs near base; costal spine small; ealypters white tinged
with yellow.
Abdomen wholly black, last three segments with changeable gray pollen which
in direct view leaves a broad subshiny posterior margin on intermediate segments ;
chaetotaxy as in dolosa. Female unknown.
Length, 9.5 mm.
Holotype: Griffin Creek, Jackson Co., Oregon, July 5, 1951 (C.
Fitch).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 209
Spathimeigenia aurifrons Curran
Curran, 1930, Can. Ent., 62: 246-47.
This species appears rather closely allied to the genotype, spinigera.
In a series of thirty-two specimens of both sexes collected at Farming-
dale, L. I., New York, June 16, 1936, by Blanton and Borders, the
apex of the abdomen and the legs are regularly black, parafrontals
sometimes cinereous but more frequently yellowish and rarely golden
as originally described. In one additional pair reared from Neodiprion
swainei Middleton the male, from Laniel, P. Q., VII-8-31 (M. B.
Dunn), has the apex of the abdomen black but the female (LaToque,
P. Q.) shows a reddish color along the hind margin on venter of the
fourth tergite. One pair from Riverside, California, ‘‘ex. sawfly (7?)
eypress’’, May 15, 1926 (H. L. McKenzie) agrees with the common
pattern in having fourth abdominal segment wholly black but the
golden front in both sexes averages considerably wider and this form
may not belong here.
Spathimeigenia dolosa, n. sp.
Traces to S. hylotomae in available keys but averages much larger in
build and the last three abdominal segments have obviously wider
basal pollen bands.
Male.—Front at vertex 0.28 of head width, equibroad to middle thence gradually
widening downward; frontalia deep brown, subequal to parafrontal width; head
pollen silvery often with a yellowish tinge especially on parafrontal; uppermost
two frontals stout and reclinate, two or three bristles beneath antennal base; outer
verticals barely differentiated, orbitals absent; proclinate ocellars well developed;
parafacial over one-half c¢lypeal width, with sparse fine black hairs on lower half;
vibrissae on oral margin, with three or four bristles next above on facialia; an-
tenna black, third segment about one-half parafacial width and barely twice
longer than second; arista micro pubescent, blackish with a paler median ring,
very slender beyond narrowly thickened base, proximal segments short; eye bare,
strongly oblique; proboscis short, palpus longer than haustellum, yellow and beset
with short black spinose hairs; cheek barely one-third eye length; occiput flat,
with two rows of black hairs on upper margin and entirely pale pilose below.
Thorax gray pollinose on black ground color dorsal vittae well defined, scutellum
concolorous with mesonotum. Chaetotaxy: acrostichal 3, 3; dorsocentral 3, 3;
intraalar 3; supraalar 3; presutural 2; notopleural 2; humeral 3-5; pteropleural
1-2 (small) ; sternopleural 2, 1; scutellum with 3 lateral (hindmost pair divergent,
reaching about to apex of second abdominal segment), 1 decussate hairlike apical
and 1 good-sized discal pair; prosternum setose at sides; propleuron and postnotal
slope bare. Legs black; mid tibia with one strong anterolateral bristle; claws and
pulvilli about equal to length of last tarsal segment. Wing grayish hyaline usually
with a faint yellowish tinge apparent along the principal veins; first posterior cell
narrowly open well before wing tip; third vein with 1 to 3 setulae near base;
hind cross vein oblique, joining fourth a little nearer cubitulus than small cross
vein; costal spine well developed; epaulet and subepaulet blackish; calypters
whitish to pale yellow.
Abdomen narrower and longer than thorax, apical two-fifths or more of last
three segments shining black above and last two largely tomentose on venter; one
210 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
pair of median marginal bristles on first two segments and a marginal row on last
two: intermediate segments each with one pair of good-sized diseals and anal with
two discal rows on apieal half; hypopygium blackish, small and retracted; foreeps
short, divided beyond middle terminating in blunt-tipped non-divergent prongs;
accessory process thin or bladelike in rear view and plowshare-shaped in profile or
narrowed outwardly from base to widest part beyond middle thence well tapered
to apex and obliquely coneave on outer face; fifth sternite with a deep U-shaped
apical excision, black lobes largely retracted, bearing pale pubescence intermixed
with a few delicate pale hairs along inner margin.
Female.—Front at vertex 0.31 of head width and but slightly wider at antennal
base; head pollen entirely gray; frontalia narrower than one parafrontal; outer
verticals and proclinate orbitals present; abdomen with a ventral carina bearing
about ten stubby spines on margin of third segment; genitalia terminating in a
short curved sharp-tipped piercer.
Length, 8-10.5 mm.
Holotype male and allotype female, College Station, Texas, June
19 and April 24, 1946 (H. J. Reinhard). Paratypes: 3 males and 3
females, same data as type except dated from May 3 to July 10, 1945;
and 1 male, Austin, Texas, April 18, 1949 (F. A. Cowan).
Spathimeigenia hylotomae (Coquillet)
Ooquillett, 1898, Can. Ent. 30: 233 (Admontia).
This is one of the more readily recognizable members of the genus.
In the sixteen specimens collected locally (April to July) the color
pattern appears more stable than in some allied forms. Among the
more distinctive items associated with this species are the following:
head pollen subsilvery, parafacial broader than usual, with an isolated
hair-patch on lower part; addomen shining black to apex with silvery
pollen on basal half or less of last three segments above, each bearing
a smallish but well differentiated pair of discals. The host relation-
ships of the species in the southwestern limits of its range are not
known.
Spathimeigenia erecta Aldrich
Aldrich, 1931, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 80: 8.
One male from Michigan, ex. Neodiprion pinetum (Norton), and
one pair from Canada, ex. N. leconter (Fitch), are provisionally as-
signed here. In these specimens the color pattern of the abdomen
closely approaches that of spinigera; however, the legs are entirely
black and the discals on the intermediate abdominal segments are
doubled with numerous coarse erect hairs intermixed along the median
line. In the female, hitherto unknown, the apical scutellars are com-
pletely lacking, apex of abdomen is distinctly red and the proximal
antennal segments are red in ground color.
Spathimeigenia bridwelli Aldrich
Aldrich, 1931, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 80: 9.
This species, described from a single male specimen from Baldwin,
Kansas, presents a number of peculiar characteristics that readily
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 211
distinguish it from all allied forms except perhaps fivoris. From the
latter, the present species differs in having much denser subsilvery
head pollen which completely obscures the ground color; the male
claws and pulvilli are minute; discals on intermediate abdominal
segments smallish and reduced to a single pair, not at all differentiated
on the third segment in the one female example. Besides the latter,
two males, also from Kansas, are referred here.
Spathimeigenia fivoris, n. sp.
Front wide as in bridwelli, but with thin plumbeous pollen on a
black background which remains very apparent on entire parafacial
and cheek except the reddish groove of latter.
Male.—Vertex 0.33 of head width; verticals two pairs, ocellars long; frontals
in a single row, two or three bristles below antennal base; frontalia velvety black,
wider than parafrontal; antenna black, second segment slightly over one-half as
long as third which reaches to lower fourth of face; black, micro pubescent arista
thickened on basal fourth, proximal segments short; facialia bearing three to five
bristly hairs on lower fourth, vibrissae on oral margin; parafacialia over three-
fourths clypeal width, with a rather large patch of fine black hairs on lower
three-fifths, cheek with a similar vestiture on lower margin, about one-half eye
length; proboscis short, labella fleshy, palpus rather slender, brown to blackish
but sometimes paler; occiput flat, plumbeous, beset with short pale hairs,
Thorax and seutellum subshining black, lightly dusted with gray pollen; dorsal
vittae poorly defined; chaetotaxy as in dolosa, but the hindmost lateral on scutellum
shorter and the hairlike apicals usually irregular and sometimes entirely absent.
Legs subshiny black; mid tibia with two stoutish anterolateral bristles and fore
tibia with two posterolaterals; claws and pulvilli almost equal to length of last
tarsal segment. Wing with a uniform light brownish or smoky tinge; third vein
usually with two setulae near base; first posterior cell open before extreme wing
tip; costal spine subequal to length of small cross vein; calypters opaque white;
epaulet and halteres infuscated.
Abdomen shining black with silvery pollen on basal fourth of last three seg-
ments; discal pairs on intermediate segments usually doubled and about three
irregular rows on anal; one pair of median marginals on segments one and two
and a marginal row on three and four; venter entirely shining. Female unknown.
Length, 6-7.5 mm.
Holotype: Berkeley, Calif., April 14, 1954 (P. D. Hurd) in the
California Academy of Sciences Collection. Paratypes 5 males all
from California as follows: one, same data as type except dated April
7, 1954; one ‘‘Palmdale, III-12-1934’’; one, ‘‘Los Angeles Co.,
V-7-39’’; one, Glenville, Kern Co., I[V-24-49 (E. G. Linsley, J. W.
MacSwain, R. E. Smith); and one, labeled ‘‘Cal. Coql.’’, without
precise locality.
Spathimeigenia texensis Aldrich
Aldrich, 1931, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 80: 9-10.
The very short claws and pulvilli in the male seem distinctive, at
least in this sex. Of the five specimens before me three are from
Mexico, one from Arizona and one male is from Huntsville, Texas,
212 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
May 10, 1951 (F. A. Cowan). The latter specimen is of particular
interest since the parafacials are entirely devoid of any hairs or setae
but the agreement in other pertinent items, including genitalia, seems
too close for any other generic assignment. However, since the front
is a little wider and outer verticals are larger, the specimen may not
be conspecific with terensis. More material is needed to determine the
limits of variation in the present form.
Spathimeigenia erronis, n. sp.
A small species differing from all known allied forms in the total
absence of abdominal diseals.
Male.—Head pollen silvery on a dark background; front at vertex 0.28 of head
width, shghtly wider at antennal base; frontalia equibroad to triangle, narrower
than parafrontal; outer verticals barely differentiated; antenna black, third seg-
ment not quite three times longer than second; black arista micro pubescent, taper-
ing outward on moderately thickened proximal fourth, thence very slender or
delicate to tip; parafacial inconspicuously setose on lower half, which is hardly
equal to width of third antennal segment; facialia setose on lower fourth; cheek
one-sixth eye length; palpus reddish; occiput wholly pale-haired behind occipital
fringe above.
Thorax and scutellum black, dusted with thin cinereous pollen, which in a flat
rear view shows two broad mesonotal vittae uninterrupted at suture; chaetotaxy
as in dolosa but bristles generally weaker. Legs black, mid tibia with one antero-
lateral bristle; claws and pulvilli minute. Wing clear or hyaline; veins yellow,
third with two hairs near base; first posterior cell closed at costa a little before
wing tip; calypters translucent white.
Abdomen shining black with silvery pollen on about basal third of last three
segments, hairs on upper surface of each appressed; one pair of median marginals
on segments one and two and a marginal row on three and four; hypopygium
small, retracted in repose. Female unknown.
Length, 5 mm.
Holotype: College Station, Texas, June 3, 1920 (H. J. Reinhard).
ANNOUNCEMENT
An important part of the Society’s program is to make available
back issues of the Proceedings. In recent months stocks of many issues
have dwindled to unprecedented lows. Members who wish to con-
tribute to this important function are urged to send any of their back
issues (preferably with covers unmarked) to the Custodian (address
on inside front cover.)
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 213
SOME NOTES ON BOHEMAN’S ANTHICIDAE FROM “CALIFORNIA”
(COLEOPTERA )
F. G. WrErRNER,! University of Arizona, Tucson
Dr. René Malaise, of the Naturhistoriska Riksmuseum in Stockholm,
has very kindly made available all of the specimens of Anthicidae de-
scribed by Boheman from the voyage of the ‘‘Eugenie.’’ All of the
species described were based, wholly or in part, on specimens pur-
ported to have come from California.
Casey (1895, Ann. New York Acad. Sci. 8: 731) has already indi-
cated that three of the species are definitely not North American and
two of the others only doubtfully so. Except in the case of caesiosig-
natus he made no attempt to locate the actual type locality. A re-
examination indicates no Nearctic affinities for the species but does
show that they must be Neotropical. Caesiosignatus and amplicollis
belong in the genus Ischyropalpus, nitidus and atomarius in Lappus,
taitiensis in Sapintus and troglodytes in or near Acanthinus. Ischyro-
palpus is entirely Neotropical, the rest entirely New World, with some
species, but not Boheman’s, Nearctic. According to the account of
the voyage, the ‘‘ Eugenie’’ touched at a number of ports on both the
Atlantic and Pacific sides of South America. The specimens may have
come from one locality or many. In any event they were not collected
at the localities stated on the labels, unless the Puna locality is correct
and refers to Puna Island off Ecuador, as surmised by Casey.
The following additions to Boheman’s descriptions should aid future
workers in assigning his names to Neotropical species.
Ischyropalpus La Ferté, 1848, NEW STATUS
Anthicus (Ischyropalpus) La Ferté, 1848, Monographie des Anthicus et des genres
Voss)... . 2 106; 141).
This is one of the most distinctive genera of Neotropical Anthicidae,
closely related to Lappus Casey. With this latter genus it shares the
following characters: Last segment of maxiliary palpi very broad, in
the form of an isosceles triangle with the apex at the point of attach-
ment; tibial spurs with several series of very small spinules near the
base, most readily visible on slide preparations; male genitalia of a
distinctive form, with separate parameres and a bilaterally symmetri-
cal sclerotization on the internal sac unlike anything found in other
Anthicidae (for an example see Werner, Coleop. Bull. 10: 88). No
other genus thus far examined possesses any of these characters. The
expanded palpal segment is sufficient for recognition of the group. La
Ferté associated Anthicus trigonocephalus with the South American
species he included in Ischyropalpus even though it came from ‘‘ India
Orientalis.’’ The single specimen lacked palpi and was therefore in-
1 Based on part of a dissertation presented in partial fulfillment of the require-
ments for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy at Harvard University in 1950.
214 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
eluded on general facies, the tibial sur and genitalia characters not
being used by La Ferté. I have never seen either Ischyropalpus or
Lappus from the Old World and believe that trigonocephalus should
not be included in the former genus.
Ischyropalpus differs from Lappus mainly in external form and
size. The head and pronotum are very heavily sculptured, the head
with the dise evenly rounded to a very sharp margin, which extends
from eye to eye around the back of the head. The dise of the pronotum
is wide and flattened, sharply margined at the sides. In Lappus the
head is only lightly sculptured by comparison, even in Lappus niti-
dulus (Lee.), our most strongly punctured species, and the head mar-
gin is not as sharp. The pronotum is fairly normal, not as flattened
and without distinct margins on the sides. All Ischyropalpus species
examined have been much larger than Lappus. Until a gradation
between the two genera is discovered, the two are most conveniently
kept separate.
Ischyropalpus caesiosignatus (Boheman), NEW COMBINATION
Anthicus caesiosignatus Boheman, 1858, Kongliga Svenska Fregatten Eugenies
resa omkring Jorden... ; Entomologiska Bidrag—Coleoptera: 104.
I have found Boheman’s measurements of Anthicidae misleading.
Because of the deflection of the head in the family, very different
measurements can be arrived at, depending on how the specimen has
been mounted. The measurements added here are from the first speci-
men in Boheman’s series in all cases. Head: length to clypeus 0.63
mm., width 0.68; prothorax: 0.74 mm. long, 0.23 wide at collar, 0.44
at base, 0.67 at widest, 0.44 mm. from base; elytra 1.86 mm. long, 0.82
wide at humeri, 0.92 at widest. Total length, based on the above
lengths: 3.25 mm.
The sculpture of head and pronotum is not exactly as Boheman de-
scribed it. The head is densely covered with shallow-crateriform punc-
tures, almost contiguous but not coalescing, becoming sparser and
obsolete toward the back. The pronotum has numerous longitudinal
rugae, with little indication of punctures in their troughs. They aver-
age 0.02 to 0.03 mm. from crest to crest and are not perfectly straight.
There are a few cinereous setae along the sides behind the widest por-
tion and on the basal fifth. The markings of the elytra are in the -
pubescence only. Cinereous markings are as follows: narrowly at base,
narrowing at the humeri; a W-shaped marking with the lateral mar-
gins slightly expanded, in the transverse impression; and a narrow,
almost transverse band 7% from the apex, narrowing and angling for.
ward slightly at the suture.
There are five specimens in the series, four labeled ‘‘California’’ and
one ‘*‘Puna.’’
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 2S
Ischyropalpus amplicollis (Boheman), NEW COMBINATION
Anthicus amplicollis Boheman, op. cit.: 106.
Head: 0.61 mm. long, 0.67 wide; prothorax: 0.79 mm. long. 0.25 wide at
collar, 0.46 at base and 0.80 at widest, 0.47 mm. from base; elytra: 2.07 mm. long,
0.83 mm. wide at humeri, wider behind but not measurable because of the position
of the elytra in the specimen. Total length: 3.47 mm.
This is a light brown species in which the paler markings are indi-
cated both in the ground color and in the pubescence. Paler markings
occur as follows on the elytra: narrowly at base; in the transverse
impression, interrupted at the suture; and in a small, oblique fascia
on each elytron one-fourth from the apex. The sculpture of the head
consists of dense, shallow but distinct punctures that do not anastomose.
On the pronotum the punctures are equally dense but tend to anasto-
mose longitudinally, forming very indistinct longitudinal rugae.
This species is represented by a single male labeled ‘‘ California. ’’
Lappus Casey, 1895
This genus has already been discussed above. Two of Boheman’s
species are assignable to it. These are unlike any known from Cali-
fornia and are undoubtedly synonymous with each other.
Lappus nitidus (Boheman), NEW COMBINATION
Anthicus nitidus Boheman, op. cit.: 105.
Anthicus atomarius Boheman, op. cit.: 106. NEW SYNONYMY.
Anthicus nitidus var. atomarius, Pie, 1911, Coleopterorum Catalogus, Pars 36: 64.
This is a small, tannish species, with the antennae luteous. It is
sparsely and finely punctured and has sparse, appressed pubescence.
The transverse impression on the elytra is almost obsolete and all the
pubescence in it is directed backward.
Nitidus and atomarius are represented by two specimens each, all
labeled ‘‘California.’’ Except for a very small difference in size, the
two appear identical. Measurements of the first specimen of nitidus
are: head: 0.49 mm. long, 0.59 wide; prothorax 0.59 mm. long, 0.22
mim. wide at collar, 0.36 at base, 0.35 at the postmedian constriction
and 0.49 at widest, 0.36 mm. from base; elytra 1.68 mm. long, 0.69 at
humeri, 0.97 at widest. Total length: 2.76 mm.
Sapintus Casey, 1895
At present the species properly assignable to this genus are uni-
colorous, tan to brown Anthicidae which have a small prothorax and
the pubescence on the elytra triple, consisting of scattered erect or
suberect tactile setae, a moderately dense covering of backward-
directed, subdecumbent setae and a denser undercoat of decumbent
setae directed obliquely laterally. Some Old World forms have similar
pubescence but are not unicolorous and apparently are not related.
Sapintus taitiensis (Boheman), NEW COMBINATION
Anthicus taitiensis Boheman, op. cit.: 105.
Anthicus taitensis, Pic, op. cit.: 76 (lapsus calami).
216 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
In general appearance this species is very similar to Sapintus ful-
vipes (Laf.) from eastern North America. The male lacks any special
development of the trochanters, as does that species. A male would
have to be dissected before exact placement would be possible. There
are similar species in the Neotropical region. The backward-directed
setae on the elytra are ca. 0.10 mm. long and the undercoat setae ca.
0.05 mm. Measurements: head: 0.47 mm. long, 0.55 wide; prothorax
0.52 mm. lone, 0.23 wide at collar, 0.43 at base and 0.51 at widest, 0.38
mm. from base; elytra 1.84 mm. lone, 0.77 wide across humeri, 0.90 at
widest. Total leneth: 2.83 mm.
Boheman mentions only Taiti but his series includes three specimens
labelled **Taiti’’? and one ‘‘California.’’ There is little chance that
either locality is correct.
Acanthinus La Ferté, 1848
Anthicus (Acanthinus) La Ferté, 1848, op. cit.: 106, 136.
Acanthinus, Casey, 1895, op. cit.: 732.
The genus Acanthinus can be defined as including all Anthicidae
which have the following combination of characters: mesosternum
ereatly expanded lateraliy, the free margins bearing some long setae ;
hypopygium of male deeply cleft; head and pronotum deeply seulp-
tured, at least semi-opaque; and prothorax not narrow and deeply
constricted. So defined, the genus includes troglodytes (Boheman). If
the presence of sharp or blunt spines on the prothorax is added to the
definition, the genus would contain only the species usually assigned
to it and troglodytes would be in an undescribed genus. Until a
thorough review of the Neotropical Anthicidae can be undertaken, it
would be preferable to leave the species in Acanthinus.
Acanthinus troglodytes (Boheman), NEW COMBINATION
Anthicus troglodytes Boheman, op. cit.: 105.
To Boheman’s description of the color pattern of the elytra should
be added a note that the pale pattern is marked in the ground color.
The elytral pubescence is moderately dense but very short, fine and
appressed and does not affect the general color of the insect. Part of
it is directed obliquely laterally, particularly in the pale areas. The
head and pronotum are densely but quite finely and deeply punctured,
the pronotum showing tendencies toward longitudinal rugulation be-
cause of partial confluence of punctures. The measurements of the
first specimen in the series are: head: 0.48 mm. long, 0.56 wide across
eyes, narrower behind; prothorax 0.59 mm. long, 0.21 wide at collar,
0.55 at base, 0.26 at postmedian constriction and 0.438 at widest, 0.38
mm. from base; elytra 1.54 mm. long, 0.61 wide at humeri and 0.81 at
widest. Total length: 2.60 mm.
There are six specimens in the series labeled ‘‘California’’ and one
‘Taiti.’’ There is no indication of a cave association on the labels, as
might be expected from the trivial name. Such an association is very
unlikely.
?
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 21
THE SUBSPECIES OF TYPOCERUS LUNATUS, A CERAMBYCID BEETLE
(COLEOPTERA, CERAMBYCIDAE )
RicHarD L. HorrMan, Biology Department, Virginia Polytechnic Institute,
Blacksburg
Several years ago, while arranging the insect collection of the Vir-
einia Agricultural Experiment Station, I noticed that specimens of
Typocerus lunatus (F.) from localities in western Virginia differed
somewhat in color pattern from beetles of the same species collected
in the Virginia Coastal Plain. Since then, as the occasion permitted,
I have examined the material of lunatus in various museum collec-
tions and have determined that the species consists of two distinct
color pattern types, each occupying a geographic range exclusive of
the other and thereby qualifying for recognition as valid subspecies.
Although the recognition of such forms has not been widely practiced
in the case of American beetles, it seems likely that many of the
entities currently considered full species will ultimately be shown to
be but geographic races of widespread and variable forms. This may
be especially true in respect to species with distinet and complex color
patterns.
Through the generous cooperation of Drs. Ross H. Arnett, W. L.
Brown, Jr., Mont A. Cazier, Henry Dietrich, J. M. Grayson, and
M. W. Sanderson, I have seen all of the specimens of 7. lunatus in
the collections of the United States National Museum, (135), the
American Museum of Natural History (59), Cornell University (45),
the [linois Natural History Survey (16), the Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology (11), and the Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station
(20)—a total of 286 beetles. In addition, Dr. D. L. Wray kindly sup-
plied sketches of specimens in the collection of the North Carolina
Department of Agriculture.
Although the number of specimens thus recorded is fairly large, the
distribution of material is unfortunately quite uneven. Much of it
comes from the vicinity of Washington, D. C., with a few long series
from other localities, and but very little from the Middle Western
States. Still, there is enough distributional data to provide a general
picture of the ranges of the two races, and imperfections in our knowl-
edge about exact limits will eventually be ironed out by additional
collecting.
In the material which I have seen, typical examples of both sub-
species, as well as various degrees of intermediates, are represented
from several localities such as Washington, D. C., and Raleigh, North
Carolina. Whenever the series have been adequate for the purpose,
assignation of such mixed populations was made on the basis of domi-
nance. For example, in a series from Nelson County, Virginia, 3 indi-
viduals out of 21 are referable to lunatus, the other 18 to fractus, and
the latter name is thus considered applicable to that local population.
Allocation of single specimens from marginal localities has been made
tentatively, influenced by a consideration of the geographic proba-
bility involved. At a subspecific level, occasional occurrences of one
218 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
color type within the range of the other (as observed several times in
this study) do not, of course, seriously militate against the usefulness
of the subspecific category.
The genus Typocerus has been adequately treated in the admirable
monograph of the Lepturini by Swain and Hopping (1928). For this
reason a detailed description of the species need not be introduced.
Typocerus lunatus lunatus (Fabricius)
Figure 1]
Leptura lunata Fabricius, 1801, Syst. Eleuth., vol. 2, p. 360.
9
Typocerus lunatus Aurivillius, 1912, Coleopt. Cat., pars 39, p. 246.—Swain and
Hopping, 1928, Nat. Mus. Canada. Bull. 52, p. 33.
Typocerus lunulatus Leng, 1920, Catalog. Coleopt., p. 274.—Brimley, 1938, Insects
of North Carolina, p. 213 (in part).
Diagnosis.—Basal spots of elytra lunate or bent at a right angle, tending to
be more orange or orange-red; body averaging slightly larger than in 7. l. fractus.
Discussion.—The original description of this beetle leaves no doubt
of its identity. The type specimen was received from the French con-
sul Bose, most of whose collections were made in the vicinity of
Charleston, South Carolina, which may reasonably be considered the
type locality. No specimens have been seen from that region, but
Charleston lies well within the range of the typical subspecies as here
defined.
It is a matter of interest that the dichotomy of pattern in this spe-
cies escaped the critical eye of T. L. Casey, a situation perhaps ex-
plainable by the fact that only within the past fifty years have many
inland specimens made their way into collections. The only literature
to color variation in /unatus which I have found is that of Swain and
Hopping (op. cit., p. 33), who observed that the elytral pattern con-
sists of four basal spots which are often merged into lunate markings ;
their illustration is of a typical 7. l. lunatus.
Distribution—The Coastal Plain of southeastern United States,
from southeastern Pennsylvania to northern Florida, thence west as
far as the Colorado River in Texas. Intergradation with T. 1. fractus
takes place along the Fall Line in the Middle Atlantic States. Infor-
mation is now desirable on the following points: does lunatus extend
farther southward into peninsular Florida, and does it occur on the
Del-Mar-Va peninsula or southern New Jersey as might be anticipated
on the basis of the Pennsylvania record
Specimens have been examined from the following localities :
PENNSYLVANIA: Dauphin Co., Hummelstown (4). MARYLAND: Mont-
gomery Co., Glen Echo (2). Prince Georges Co., Bladensburg, (1), Beltsville (1).
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA: Washington (2). VIRGINIA: Arlington Co.:
Fig. 1: sketch of color pattern, dorsal aspect, of Typocerus lunatus lunatus
(Fabr.). Fig. 2: same, Typocerus lunatus fractus, n. subsp. Fig. 3: map showing
localities from which specimens of 7. lunatus have been examined. Triangles in
the shaded distribution represent 7. 1. lunatus; spots, T. 1. fractus; crosses
intermediate samples.
PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 219
220) PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
Glencarlyn (4). Fairfax Co.: Falls Church (4), Barcroft (1), Mount Vernon (3).
Spotsylvania Co., Fredericksburg (2). New Kent Co.: no precise locality (7).
Nansemond Co., Holland (6). NORTH CAROLINA: Wake County, Raleigh (4).
Northampton Co., Pendleton (1). Brunswick Co., Leland (1). GEORGIA: Clarke
Co., no precise locality (1). Charlton Co., Okefenokee Swamp (1). Tift Co.,
Tifton (2). FLORIDA: Duval Co., St. Nicholas (1), Jacksonville (1). Putnam
Co., Welaka (2). County undetermined: Fort Capron (1). ALABAMA: Mobile
Co.: Mobile (7). Washington Co., Leroy (1). MISSISSIPPI: Jackson Co.,
Ocean Springs (1). George Co., Lucedale (14). Harrison Co., Biloxi (1).
Forrest Co., Hattiesburg (3). Perry Co., Richton (1). LOUISIANA: St.
Tammany Par., Covington (2). Natchitoches Par., Vowell’s Mill (8). AR-
KANSAS: Garland Co., Hot Springs (3). TEXAS: Angelina Co., Lufkin (20).
Bastrop Co., Bastrop (2). Brazos Co., College Station (2). Lee Co., without
locality (3), Lexington (1). Dallas Co., Dallas (1).
Typocerus lunatus fractus, new subspecies
Figure 2
Typocerus lunulata Brimley, 1938, Insects of North Carolina, p. 213 (in part,
western records only).
Typocerus lunatus Fattig, 1947, Emory Univ. Mus., Bull. 5, p. 19 (in part, north-
ern records only).
Diagnosis.—Basal spots of elytra strongly constricted at the angle, usually
separated into four small subtriangular or pyriform spots, these usually bright
yellow in contrast to the more orange markings of the nominate subspecies.
Type specimens.—lolotype, U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 64108, from Blacks-
burg, Montgomery Co., Virginia, collected on July 8, 1948, by G. M.
Bousch. Paratypes from Black Mountain, Cumberland Co., Tennes-
see (C.U. 1); Lake Toxoway, Transylvania Co., North Carolina
(A.M.N.M. 1); and Blacksburg, Virginia (V.A.E.S. 3).
Distribution.—The Southern Appalachians and the middle and
upper Mississippi Valley, west as far as the eastern edge of the Great
Plains, north to Wisconsin. Intergradation with 7. 1. lunatus occurs
in eastern Virginia and central North Carolina, and doubtless else-
where on the inner edge of the Coastal Plain.
Material has been seen from the following localities :
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA: Washington (10). MARYLAND: Anne Arundel
Co., Odenton (4). VIRGINIA: Arlington Co., Glenearlyn (2). Fairfax Co.,
Falls Church (5), Great Falls (1), no exact locality (1). Nelson Co., no exact
locality (21). Botetourt Co., Bonsack (2). Montgomery Co., Blacksburg (5).
NORTH CAROLINA: Polk Co., Tryon (3). Buncombe Co., Asheville (2),
Swannanoa Valley (2). Transylvania Co., Lake Toxoway (1). SOUTH
CAROLINA: Oconee Co., Clemson (1). GEORGIA: Rabun Co., Clayton (1).
Fulton Co., Atlanta (3). ALABAMA: no exact locality (6). MISSISSIPPI:
Oktibbeha Co., Agricultural College (2). ARKANSAS: Marion Co., no exact
locality (1). MISSOURI: St. Louis Co., St. Louis (11). No exact locality (1).
TENNESSEE: Cumberland Co., Black Mountain (1). ILLINOIS: ‘‘S. Tl.’?
(1). Woodford Co., Kappa (1). WISCONSIN: Monroe Co., Sparta (1).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 221
The most curious facet of the distribution of this subspecies is its
excessive scarcity in midland United States. It was not reported for
Indiana by Blatchley, and Dr. Sanderson advises me that the Illinois
Natural History Survey has but a single specimen from Illinois, taken
many years ago. Knull treats lunatus in his survey of the Ceramby-
cidae of Ohio, but cites no localities and I presume the species was
included as a ‘‘probable’’ for the state. There appear to be no pub-
lished records for West Virginia and Kentucky, and no specimens
have been seen from either state. Yet fair sized series have been taken
in Virgina and Missouri, and it may be that additional collections
will prove the occurrence of the form in as yet unrepresented inter-
vening areas.
THE APPLICATION OF THE NAME PLECTISCUS
(HYMENOPTERA, [CHNEUMONIDAE)
The generic name Plectiscus was proposed by Gravenhorst in 1829 (I¢chneumonol-
ogia europaea 2: 978) for some small, slender ichneumonids. The genotype of
Plectiscus was first designated by Westwood in 1840 (Introduction to the modern
classification of insects 2: Synopsis of the genera... p. 58) as Plectiscus impurator
Gravenhorst. There has nearly always been uncertainty about the zoological
identity of this genotype, and hence about the proper application of the generie
name Plectiscus. The subfamily name Plectiscinae, based on Plectiscus, is involved
with the generic name.
In April, 1958, I was able to study Gravenhorst’s personal collection at
Wroclaw, Poland. Gravenhorst had one male and two females under the name
Plectiscus impurator, none with locality labels. All fit the original description
and appear to be the same species. I hereby designate the male as lectotype. In
the same month I saw the Manger Collection in Berlin. Manger collected at
Warmbrunn, one of the localities mentioned by Gravenhorst for P. impurator.
His collection was determined largely by Gravenhorst, and in many cases contains
syntypes of Gravenhorst species. In the Manger Collection four specimens are
under the label P. impurator, none with locality labels. All of these appear to be
near or the same as the species represented by the lectotype in Wroclaw, though
two of the specimens are in such poor condition as to make determination dif-
ficult.
The species represented by the lectotype belongs in the genus Leipaulus, sub-
family Orthocentrinae. I hereby synonymize Leipaulus Townes, 1945, under
Plectiscus Gravenhorst, 1829, synonymize the subfamily name Plectiscinae under
Orthocentrinae, and propose the subfamily name Microleptinae for Plectiscinae of
authors. The name Brephoctonus Forster, 1868, has the same genotype as
Plectiscus (designated by Forster, 1871), so is also a synonym of Plectiscus. The
Nearetic Deleter suffuscus Davis, 1897, is hereby transferred from Leipaulus to
Plectiscus.
The name Microleptinae is based on the generic name Microleptes Gravenhorst
1829, which is the oldest generic name in the subfamily.
—HeEnrRY TOWNES, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan.
bo
bo
bo
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
NOW AV AILABLE
Memoir 5
of the
Entomological Society of Washington
A CLASSIFICATION OF THE SIPHONAPTERA OF
SOUTH AMERICA
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES
by Phyllis Truth Johnson
The study of South American fleas was begun in 1879 when Weyen-
bergh published the first descriptions of species from that region, using
specimens mounted on cardboard as was usual in that day. These
fleas were restudied in balsam by Jordan and Rothschild in England
shortly after the turn of the century, and from that time to the
present day a large number of siphonapterologists, both in England
and the Americas, have contributed to this study. Dr. Johnson’s
work is the first comprehensive taxonomic treatment of the fleas of
the region, which comprises Trinidad and all of the continent and its
coastal islands. The contemplated 275 page volume will be indispensa-
ble to the serious student of this important order of insects.
Memoir 5 opens with two discussions of morphological characters, one devoted
to the terms used in the taxonomic section and the other to their taxonomic
validity and possible phylogenetie significance. All the families, tribes and genera
known to occur in South America are completely described and illustrated, and
the species within each genus have been listed with host and locality data. De-
scriptions of 17 new species and two new subspecies bring the total number to
170. Keys to families, tribes, genera, and species are included. The discussion of
each genus is terminated by a section giving the synonymies of the hosts con-
cerned. The 114 plates are said to contain among the best illustrations of fleas
currently available, and are grouped according to family. A section listing hosts,
each with the fleas known to oceur on it, recapitulates the host-flea information;
sections dealing with references, systematic index and list of abbreviations close
the volume.
Orders at the price of $9.00 to members and $10.00 to non-members may be
placed with the Society for Memoir No. 5. Orders should be addressed to Mr.
Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian, Plant Quarantine Branch, Agricultural Research
Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 999
NEW SYNONYMY IN THE GENUS APHAERETA WITH A
REDESCRIPTION OF APHAERETA PALLIPES (SAY) 1
(HYMENOPTERA, BRACONIDAE )
C. W. McComps, University of Maryland, College Park
Over 700 specimens of Aphaereta (Braconidae, Alysiinae) were ex-
amined in a recent study of the North American members of this
genus. In addition to the study of pinned specimens, slides of male
terminalia, tarsal segments, and antennae were made from examples
of several series studied, but comparison failed to yield any reliable
morphological characters by which separation could be attempted.
Muesebeck and Walkley (1951, U. S. Dept. Agr. Monogr. No. 2, p.
148) included six species in this genus. Aphaereta sarcophagae Gahan
and A. pegomyiae Brues, the types of which I have seen, have been
examined and are here suppressed as synonyms. A study of notes on
the types of A. subtricarnita Viereck and A. delosa Viereck, made by
Mr. C. F. W. Muesebeck at the University of Kansas, indicates that
these two forms should also be included in this synonymy ; and although
the types of A. auripes (Provancher) and A. pallipes (Say) were not
examined, the descriptions of these forms in the hterature indicate
that they likewise represent the same species. (The type of A. pallipes
is presumed to be destroyed. )
Aphaereta pallipes (Say)
28 Alysia pallipes Say, Contrib. Maclur. Lye. Phila. 1:77.
59 Alysia pallipes Say. Le Conte, Complete Writings of Thomas Say 1:380.
1881 Trichesia auripes Provancher, Le Naturaliste Canadien 12:208. Fig. 30.
N. Syn.
1883 Trichesia auripes Provancher. Provancher, Petite Faune Entomologique du
Canada, 536.
1886 Trinaria pilicornis Provancher, Addit. Corr. Faune Ent. Canada Hym., 149.
1887 Aphaereta auripes (Provancher). Cresson, Synop. of the Hym. of N.A.,
Part 2:231.
1887 Aphaereta pallipes (Say). Cresson, Synop. of the Hym. of N.A., Part 2:231.
1888 Aphaereta auripes (Provancher). Provancher, Addit. Corr. au Vol. II de la
Faune Ent. du Canada, 392.
1889 Aphaereta muscae Ashmead, U.S. Natl. Mus. Proc. 11:647.
1889 Aphaereta californica Ashmead, U.S. Natl. Mus. Proe. 11:647.
1889 Aphaereta oscinidis Ashmead, U.S. Natl. Mus. Proce. 11:647.
1898 Aphaereta auripes (Provancher). Dalla Torre, Cat. Hym. Vi, 45 uPH42
1898 Aphaerete pallidipes (Say). Dalla Torre, Cat. Hym. V. 4, P. 42.
1905 Aphaereta delosa Viereck, Kans. Acad. Sei. Trans. 19:283. N. Syn.
1905 Aphaereta subtricarinata Viereck, Kans. Acad. Sci. Trans. 19:283. N. Syn.
1907 Aphaereta pegomyiae Brues, Extr. MS. Rpt. Minn. State Ent., P. 4. N. Syn.
1914 Aphaereta sarcophagae Gahan, U.S. Natl. Mus. Proc. 48:158. N. Syn.
1 Mise. Pub. No. 312, Contribution No. 2882 of the Maryland Agricultural Ex-
periment Station, Department of Entomology.
224 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
Aphaereta pallipes (Say) may be characterized as follows:
FEMALE.
as broad as high, strongly convex, smooth and polished; eyes round and with a few
Length 1.2 to 2.6 mm; mandibles tridentate; face more than twice
distinet hairs near the middle; temples convex, narrower than the eyes; antennae
with 19-25 segments, scape and pedicel yellow, flagellum dark, filiform, the first
segment shorter than the second, the rest subequal; head smooth, polished, with a
line running caudad from the median ocellus to the neck; ocellocular line more
three times diameter of an ocellus.
Thorax black in fresh material; the prosternum yellow; a well impressed
mesopleural furrow present containing a varying number of fovea; mesoscutum
polished with two short ridges arising at a 90 degree angle from the anterolateral
edge of the mesoscutum vanishing on approaching the dorsal surface; prescutellar
suture twice as long as wide (actually a pit), deeply impressed and with 1-3
longitudinal ridges; propodeum largely smooth but with some irregular rugae and
usually with a median longitudinal keel on the short dorsal face and often two
more less parallel median longitudinal carinae on posterior face; costulae some-
times well developed, but sometimes indistinct.
Wings covered with a fine pubesence; Ist cubital and 1st discoidal cells con-
fluent; the 2nd cubital cell twice as long as wide; the cubital and median veins
not reaching the outer edge of the wing; stigma at its widest point about as wide
as the length of the first section of the radius which joins it at the center of the
anterior edge of the wing; metacarpus extending to the distal end of the wing
where it is joimed by the radius; nervulus a little postfureal; subdiscoidens inter-
stitial; hind wing very narrow, the cilla on posterior margin about as long as
width of wing; mediella very weak; radiella and nervellus wanting.
Legs very slender, yellow but with the apical tarsal segment generally darker
than the other tarsal segments; calearia of posterior tibiae very short, indistinct.
Abdomen smooth, polished; the first segment yellow on dorsal surface with two
longitudinal posteriorly convergent median carinae present often fading out near
middle of tergite; varying amounts of carinulation on postpetiole; ovipositor
yellow, sheaths brown, longer than the tibia of the metathoracie leg.
MALE,—Like the female except that number of segments in the antennae of
material examined ranges from 20 to 26.
Specimens of Aphaereta pallipes (Say) are parasitic on various
muscoid Diptera.
The author wishes to express his appreciation to the Division of
Insects, U. S. National Museum; the University of Minnesota; the
Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard; the Division of Ento-
mology, Science Service, Canadian Department of Agriculture; Mr.
R. R. Dreisbach of Midland, Michigan; and Dr. W. W. Judd of the
University of Western Ontario, London, Ontario Canada, for the loan
of material used in this work. The author is especially grateful to
Mr. C. F. W. Muesebeck for his advice and guidance throughout this
study.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 225
A NEW ZEUGMATOTHRIPS FROM BRAZIL
(THYSANOPTERA, PHLAEOTHRIPIDAR )
J. DoueLtas Hoop, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.
The genus Zeugmatothrips Priesner is one of the more distinctive
genera in the Neotropical fauna, and its known species, now fifteen in
number, form a compact group much alike in aspect, habits, and be-
havior. They range from Mexico to Trinidad, Peru, and Brazil. All
of them feed upon fungus spores and the accompanying gelatinous
matter—such is true, at any rate, of the thirteen species which the
author has described. Though in general appearance they suggest a
diminutive Actinothrips, they are doubtless more closely related to
the African Zeugmatothripoides Bagnall, represented by one species
of unknown habits taken in Sierra Leone and distinguished principally
by chaetotactic differences.
Zeugmatothrips pallidulus, sp. nov.
Figures 1 and 2
Female, forma macroptera.—Length about 2.6 mm. Color to naked eye or under
low magnifications, by reflected light, dark brown in fore part of and along sides
of head, blackish brown to nearly black in abdominal segments ITI-X (most of
these segments a trifle paler posteriorly, IX paler throughout), the remainder of
head, all of thorax, and segments I and II of abdomen pale brown, the contrast
between IT and IIT marked, II with a pair of well-separated rounded dark spots
at middle, ITI-VII with a more or less darkened area occupying about median one-
third of anterior portion, these spots margined in front and at sides by a heavy
black line; legs pale dull yellow excepting the light brown fore and middle coxae,
the black tarsal cups, and the nearly colorless ends of femora and tibiae; internal
pigmentation red!; antennae with segments I and IT blackish brown, about con-
colorous with head, but with I pale basally and II yellow apically; III-V dull
yellow, IV and V lightly touched with gray in swollen apical portion, VI dull
yellow in pedicel, shaded with gray-brown in apical three-fifths; VII and VIII
gray-brown, each more or less yellowish basally; wings of both pairs pale brownish
yellow, palest in a narrow streak just in front of the usual vein, which is brownish
yellow and darkest near middle of wing.
Head (Fig. 1) with total length about 1.6 times its greatest width, which is
across eyes, the cheeks broadest just behind a slight postocular notch, nearly as
wide at basal third, narrowed just in front of distal third and again in front of
basal collar; head produced between eyes and antennae, the sides of this production
deeply and roundly emarginate, its greatest width (anteriorly, near bases of an-
tennae) about 1034, its length in front of eyes about 524; dorsal surface of head
conspicuously and sharply polygonally reticulate, excepting in the head-process
and in the area of the four major setae, the reticles not wrinkled; postocular setae
brown, moderately long (about 954), stout, knobbed, and arising from conspicuous
elevations, their bases on a line with posterior margins of eyes, the interval between
1 Living or very freshly-mounted specimens, to judge from other species which
T have myself collected, may possibly have in addition chalky-white internal areas
in the legs or beneath intersegmental membranes in the body.
226 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
these setae about 634; dorso-cephalie setae similar to postoculars in form and
color but much shorter (5lu), about 34u apart, and arising about 134 behind them;
genal setae very pale, slender, and pointed. Eyes distinctly protruding, with an
enlarged facet or two on sides behind middle, these producing a slight subangula-
tion when the eyes are observed from above; dorsal length of eyes (894) nearly
0.3 that of head, their width about 54u, their interval about 83u. Antennae (Fig.
2) Jess than 2.2 times as long as head, formed as usual in the genus, the interme-
diate segments with long slender pedicels; segment I with the usual long dark
brown knobbed seta arising from a distinet tubercle; If with the inner seta near
middle of dorsum rather large, pale brown, and knobbed at tip, but much shorter
and much more slender than the large one on dorsum of IT; IIT and IV each with
two strong dorsal knobbed setae (instead of the single one found in some species),
these brown in color with bases nearly black; V with the usual similar single dark
dorsal seta; sense-cones long, slender, pale, and pointed, III-V each with one on
inner and one on outer surface, V with an additional smaller one on dorsum at
apex, VI with one on inner surface and a shorter one on dorsum, VI with the
usual large one on outer dorsal surface. Mouth-cone semicircularly rounded at tip,
extending about 104# beyond posterior dorsal margin of head.
Prothorax (Fig. 1) with median length of pronotum about 0.56 that of head
and contained in the trans-coxal width about 1.9 times; pronotum with anterior
margin nearly straight, its surface lightly reticulate in about anterior half, lightly
cross-striate posteriorly with widely-spaced anastomosing lines; epimeron and
episternum fused with each other and with notum; antero-marginal setae 754,
antero-angulars 128, midlaterals 64, epimerals 116, postero-marginals 65, coxals
53. Legs normal to the genus (fore leg shown in Fig. 1), the usual knobbed setae
disposed as usual; fore tarsi not toothed. Wings of both pairs typical, long, nar-
row, and of nearly equal width throughout; fore wings with the three subbasal
setae knobbed, measuring 21, 35, and 454, respectively. Mesothorax much nar-
rower than metathorax, the latter about 4194 wide and much swollen at sides and
with the usual knobbed pleural seta; metanotum reticulate like head and with a
pair of strong knobbed setae, these about 394 long and 92m apart.
Abdomen normal, broadest at segment IT; median tergite of I hat-shaped,
about 77“ long medially and 230 wide, not connected with the lateral tergites;
terga III-VIII without a pair of pores on antecostal line; abdomen heavily reticu-
late over most of surface, both dorsally and ventrally; most major setae very
similar to those on prothorax, knobbed like them, and brownish yellow in color,
terga I and II each with one pair, III with two, IV-IX each with three. Tube
(segment X, only) less than twice as long as head and nearly 6 times as long as
greatest basal width (which is across the basal collar), this dimension fully 2.8
times the width of the narrowed tip; surface with numerous gray clothing hairs,
all pointed, the longest considerably exceeding the greatest width of tube; extreme
base of tube reticulate, remainder longitudinally ridged.
Measurements of female (holotype), in mm.: Length about 2.5 (partially dis-
tended, 2.64); head, total length 0.308, width across eyes 0.192, across postocular
notch 0.174, across cheeks. just behind eyes 0.176, least width near anterior third of
cheeks 0.167, at basal third of cheeks 0.171, in front of basal collar 0.160, aeross
basal collar 0.162; pronotum, median length 0.173; width of prothorax (inclusive
of coxae) 0.326; mesothorax, width across anterior angles 0.335; metathorax,
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 227
greatest width 0.419; fore wings, length 1.10; abdomen, greatest width (at seg:
ment II) 0.420; tube (X, only), length 0.602, width across basal collar 0.106
?
subbasal width 0.101, least apical width 0.037, terminal setae 0.130; seta I on IX
0.102, IL 0.118.
Antennal segments: I it. JOO JAY V WAL WARE = WAngE
Length (/): 605 6I) 86) Fino 120 90 66 79
Width (4): “Age ah © Gb ayy Bieiesyler ies ph ala
Total length of antenna, 0.672 mm.
\
/\, fade Oh
y, OOS SUE
OA ae @ Hy ~~ Ae
bat SS i(\\ ao
ee meeos
oP ad
RS y> CSR <I
ze
PES OF
Zeugmatothrips pallidulus, sp. nov. Fig. 1: head, prothorax, and left fore leg;
2, holotype (macropterous) ; all sculpture shown; 92.5. Fig. 2; Same specimen,
left antenna; all sculpture shown; * 92.5. Fig. 3: Z. cinetus Hood; outline of
antennal segments III-VIII; 2, paratype (macropterous) ; & 92.5.
228 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
Female, forma brachyptera.—Color and structure as in macropterous form,
except for the short wings (about 0.259 mm.).
Male (brachypterous).—Length about 2.5 mm.; more slender and paler and
somewhat more yellowish than female, but sculpture and structure not noticeably
different; fore tarsi unarmed; sterna without glandular areas.
BRAZIL: Linha Facaéo, Santa Catarina, May, 1957, Fritz Plau-
mann, 1 macropterous 2 (holotype), 12 brachypterous ? ? (inelud-
ing morphotype), and 1 male (allotype), from fallen leaves. The
types are in the author’s collection.
Superficially, this species resembles Z. cinctus very closely because
of the pale base of the abdomen. Its true relationship, however, is
probably more with Z. gracilis. From the former it may be readily
known by the pale legs and the more slender antennae (compare Figs.
2 and 5); while from the latter it may be distinguished by the differ-
ently colored thorax and abdomen, the somewhat shorter antennae,
the less rounded eyes, and the long, knobbed metanotal setae.
Zeugmatothrips cinctus Hood
Figure 3
Hood, 1952, Proe. Biol. Soe. Washington, 65:171.
This reference is introduced to keep the outlne drawing of the
antenna from being overlooked.
NEW RECORDS FOR THE RICE DELPHACID, SOGATA ORIZICOLA MUIR,
IN THE UNITED STATES
(HoMopTERA, DELPHACIDAE )
Muir (1926, Bull. Hawaiian Sugar Planters Assoe., Div. Ent., 18:1-51) described
Sogata orizicola from a series of ten males and two females which were taken in
association with rice at Blairmont, British Guiana. Additional Neotropical records
for this species include Argentina, Colombia, Cuba, Costa Rica, and Venezuela.
S. orizicola is now known from two localities in the United,States, having been
collected by the author at Belle Glade, Florida, on September 14, 1957 and at
Bay Saint Louis. Mississippi, on September 3, 1958. In both cases the collections
were made on field rice.
While the value of isolated new records is questionable, S. orizicola is of more
than passing interest. Recent experiments by plant pathologists in Cuba and
Venezuela have demonstrated that this species is the vector of ‘‘hoja blanea,’’ a
virus disease of rice. While the disease has not been found in our major rice
growing areas, its eventual occurrence there is not unlikely. The collection at
Belle Glade, Florida, was made on infected plants, while the specimens taken in
Mississippi were associated with apparently healthly rice-——JAMES P. KRAMER,
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA, Washington, D. C.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 229
TWO NEW GLYPTOTERMES FROM THE PHILIPPINES
(IsoprrRA, KALOTERMITIDAE )
THOMAS E. SnypeER, Research Associate, Smithsonian Institution,
Washington, D.C.
Fifty living species of Glyptotermes are known; they occur in all of
the zoogeographical regions of the world except the Nearctic and
Palaearctic. Two Ethiopian termites of these fifty are doubtfully placed
in Glyptotermes. One fossil species has been described from Baltic
amber. The sixteen known in Indo-Malayan species are from India,
Ceylon, Malacca, Sumatra, Java, Sarawak, the Philipines, Formosa
and Japan.
I have compared these termites with the other Indo-Malayan species
and there are differences in size, size of head, color, number of segments
to the antenna, shape of gula, pronotum, ete. I have named these new
species, G. franciae in honor of F. C. Francia, entomologist, Forest
Products Laboratory, College, Laguna, Philippines, and G. magsaysayt
in honor of the late patriot and president of the Philippine Islands,
Ramon Magsaysay.
These additions to the fauna bring the total number of known Phil-
ippine termites to 54. Keys are appended to separate the three known
Philippine Glyptotermes in the winged and soldier castes; franciae is
known only from the soldier caste.
Glyptotermes franciae, new species
Soldier,—Head brownish-yellow, with seattered long hairs, nearly twice as long
as wide, front steeply sloping anteriorly, bilobed with deep v-shaped lobe. Eye
spot hyaline, larger than an antennal pit. Left mandible with two marginal teeth
at apex, one at middle, right mandible with two at middle of mandible. Gula wide
at middle. Antenna with 12-13 segments, third segment not enlarged, shorter than
2nd or 4th segments. Pronotum wider than long, shallowly concave anteriorly,
slightly emarginate posteriorly. Femora not swollen as in Kalotermes.
Nymph,—Mandibles of the Glyptotermes type.
Measurements:
Length of entire soldier: 8.50-10.00 mm.
Wenothwotmesheade wath manmdibllesisy : 3.30 mm.
Length of head without mandibles (to anterior): 2.60 mm.
Weneth of lett mandible; — i Oe ee 0.90 mm.
Jerr Cie Tornnevoynboreys eee ee ee 1.00 mm.
biemedln Ore IhuinGl qlnele ae ee PSA en Weed es 1.30 mm.
WAGlin Oe TRS CL eS ee ee 1.80 mm.
WYGGKH OL jORRanonabien >: Gos eee 1.80 mm.
G. franciae is larger and has a longer head than the short-headed
G. chapmani Light, from the Philippines.
Type locality —Mt. Makiling, Laguna, Philippine Islands.
Described from four soldiers collected with nymphs at the type
locality on October 16, 1957 by F. C. Francia in Canarium luzonicwm.
Holotype, soldier —Cat. No. 64121 U. S. National Museum, para-
types at the same institution.
230 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
Glyptotermes magasaysayi, new species
Winged male adult-—Head yellow-brown, shining, longer than broad, with
scattered long and short hairs. Eye black, nearly round, separated from the lateral
margin of head by a distance less than its short diameter, and separated from the
posterior margin by a distance three times its diameter. Ocellus large, hyaline, at
an angle but close to eye. Mandibles of the Glyptotermes type.
Labrum light brown, pubescent.
Antenna pale yellow-brown, 13 segments, third segment slightly shorter than
second or fourth, pubescent.
Pronotum slightly lighter colored than head. Twice as wide as long, shallowly
and roundedly emarginate anteriorly, sides rounded, with long and short hairs.
Legs yellow, pulvillus between claws.
Wings whitish, yellowish in costal area, stippled. In forewing median and
costal veins close to—and all three run parallel to—apex of wing; cubitus slightly
below center of wing with 16 branches to lower margin, extends to apex. Upper
margin of wing with hairs.
Abdominal tergites light yellow-brown, with scattered long and short hairs.
Measurements.—
Length of ‘entire winged male adult) 2 es) cee 8.50 mm.
Length’ of entire dealated malevadulltt 2. ue ee 165005 mm:
Length of heads Gostip tof labrum))ieee es et eee — 1.40 mm.
Weng thvot pronotumeCwhenesonmest): me aaa len nenns nian 0.60 mm.
Gength, ofehand)tilbvay 2= aseme s eee Sek eee eSe t ee 0.80 mm.
Ibrerakegly @ie BhayeroOne: Vyabnee 7.40 mm.
Diameter ot eyem (one diameter) sass =e eennns emanernEannnaE 0.20 mm.
NiSfaultidote Gone lavetsiGl -(ANECh AOS) ae 1.20 mm.
NAVAL oy One, Toro RAUNT, ee Se 1.20 mm.
fof eee Be eee 1.90 mm.
Soldier.—Head yellow-brown, with scattered but sparse long hairs, longer than
broad, front steeply sloping anteriorly, shallowly roundedly bilobed. Eye spot
hyaline, larger than antennal pit. Both mandibles with two apical marginal teeth.
Gula fairly wide at middle. Antenna with 11 segments, third segment not enlarged,
shorter than second or fourth segments. Pronotum lighter colored than head,
wider than long, shallowly coneave anteriorly. Hind femora not swollen.
Measurements.—
Width of anterior wing
Ibfeuavertelny, he roe, SOG 6.50 mm.
Length of head with mandibles WERE al i. 2.60 mm.
Length of head without mandibles (to anterior) — 1.80 mm.
Irsuaverdny Yone Ikevee sens iragholls: Vu 0.80 mm.
IDG, CHE TOMO, oo sos Wier ioe 0.60 mm.
IBeveviel duoneelSboWOl vill Ohe: hye veces Ree Se a 0.80 mm.
Width Of -biea dis ed Se ee rr el he ee ere eee 1.30 mm.
Width tof “promot unit see ae es EE Se eee ee ee 1.10 mm.
Type locality —Caguiok, Mt. Makiling, Laguna, Philippine Islands.
Described from a series of winged adults and soldiers collected with
nymphs at the type locality in Caranga odorata on December 24, 1957
by F. C. Francia.
Holotype, winged male adult—Cat. No. 64191, U. S. National
Museum ; morphotype, soldier; paratypes at the same institution.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 231
KEYS TO PHILIPPINE GLYPTOTERMES
Winged
1. Fontanelle or head gland absent; no subsidiary tooth at base first marginal
tooth right mandible; forewing scale usually not much longer than
pronotum; branches between costal and subcostal veins; median vein
heavy, close to costal veins (genus Glyptotermes) ae eee Saas eee 2
2. Wing membrane stippled; antenna with 12 segments; small species, 7 mm.
rina. Wayanad > OD cd eo Se ees Oe eee eS Glyptotermes chapmani Light
Larger species, 8.20 mm. in length, antenna with 13 segments —--_--
Ce oe ee ee er GG lyptotermes magsaysayi Snyder
Soldier
No fontanelle; mandibles functional, used for biting; with marginal teeth;
labrum not elongated; pronotum flat, broader than head (genus Glypto-
cK CIRITLG S;) ee aCe RO i, Mase ier 2b PER Ee ale ent 8S ee A es! b URGE Wa DB
1. Front of head steeply sloping, anteriorly roundedly but shallowly lobed;
head short, length with mandibles 1.15 mm.; light yellow-brown; antenna
Wabhwelevien aseemMeniig eee these Glyptotermes chapmani Light
2. Front of head shallowly, roundedly lobed; head more elongate, length with
mandibles 2.60 m.; yellow-brown; antenna with eleven segments —
Glyptotermes magsaysayi Snyder.
3. Front of head with deep v-shaped lobe; head elongate, length with
mandibles 3.30 mm; brownish-yellow; antenna with 12 to 13 segments
Glyptotermes franciae Snyder.
A PHRAGMITES GALL-MAKER NEW TO NORTH AMERICA
(DipTeRA, CHLOROPIDAE )
In material recently received for identification were two females of Lipara
lucens (Meigen), New Haven, Conn., Mar. 27, 1931 (B. H. Walden). This com-
mon European species is easily distinguished from all Nearctic chloropids by its
comparatively large size (6-8 mm.), bulky body, and dense covering of appressed
yellowish hairs on mesonotum and scutellum. The larvae cause a large, cigar- or
spindle-shaped terminal stem gall in the giant reed, Phragmites. The latter is
widely distributed in North America but the gall-forming chloropid has not
hitherto been recorded.
A related European chloropid, Lipara similis Schiner, was intercepted at Ho-
boken, N. J., April 2, 1946, in Phragmites packing from a ship from Holland. It
is not at all improbable that L. lwcens was introduced in the same way, but it is
not known whether the species is actually established. The specimens recorded
here were apparently collected rather than reared. I am informed by Dr. Neely
Turner of the Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Station that the way the label
is written indicates that Mr. Walden collected them personally—CurtIs W. SAB-
ROSKY, Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA, Washington, De:
232 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
THE ELEPHANT LOUSE, HAEMATOMYZUS ELEPHANTIS PIAGET, 1869,
ON WILD AFRICAN ELEPHANTS AND WARTHOGS ! 2
(MALLOPHAGA, HAEMATOMYZIDAE )
ITarry Hooagstraau, Head, Department of Medical Zoology, U. S. Naval Medical
Research Unit Number Three, Cairo, Egypt
In reviewing the taxonomy, distribution, and host relationships of
the elephant louse, Haematomyzus elephantis Piaget, 1869, Ferris
(1951) stated, ** Apparently all the specimens thus far taken of this
species have been from animals in captivity. It is evidently normal to
the Indian elephant, and whether the original record from African
elephant, and above all, that from rhinoceros, indicate anything more
than purely chance occurrences in zoological gardens remains to be
determined. ’’
On 1 August 1956, Mr. Makram N. Kaiser of the NAMRU-3 staff
examined a warthog, Phacochoerus aethiopicus subsp., at Maji ya
Chumyi, Meru District, Kenya, at about 4800 feet elevation, a moment
after the animal’s death. He collected approximately 125 imature and
adult Haematomyzus elephantis {together with one male, four females
and nine nypmhs of Haematopinus phacochoert Enderlein (P. John-
son, det.) | from hairs on all parts of the animal’s body but chiefly on
the mane and head. Maji ya Chumyi is a salty water hole in a widely
scattered acacia savannah. A few days previously, an elephant, Loxo-
donta africana subsp., shot in Meru Forest, an indigenous woods about
ten miles from the water hole, had yielded only a single specimen of
the same species of louse in spite of diligent search for others. Another
elephant examined in the same locality was entirely free of lice.
Haddow (1957a) noted a heavy infestation of H. elephantis on a
warthog shot in 1956 in Karamoja District, Uganda, and stated espe-
cially that the host record was an accurate one. Reid (1954) collected
only two specimens of H. elephantis on an elephant near Yirol in the
southern Sudan and stated that no other lice were found on seven other
elephants that he examined in this area. Hopkins (1938) reported on
specimens of H. elephantis from two elephants shot by Mr. T. W.
Chorley in Ankole District, Uganda, and noted that Mr. Chorley had
found none on two elephants shot in another district of Uganda. Be-
quaert (1930, p. 997) noted H. elephantis from an elephant at Api,
Belgian Congo. While the Api elephants are captives in a work and
1 Research Report NM 52 08 03.13. The opinions and assertions contained
herein are the private ones of the author and are not to be construed as official or
reflecting the views of the Navy Department or the naval service at large.
*This report is a contribution from the Scientific Working Party on EKeto-
parasites sponsored by the U.S. Naval Medical Research Unit Number Three and
the East African Veterinary Research Organization, 1956, and was suggested by
Dr. G.H.E. Hopkins of the Zoological Museum, Tring.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
bo
training farm, they are obtained in northeastern Belgian Congo. No
elephant lice were found on ‘‘quite a nnumber’’ of elephants shot in
the Semliki Forest, Uganda, near the Congo border, between 1942 and
1948 (Haddow, 1957b).
This evidence establishes that H. elephantis occurs in nature in
Kenya, Uganda, Sudan, and Belgian Congo, and that it normally in-
fests warthogs as well as elephants. From recent statements by Mukerji
and Sen-Sarma (1955) there appears to be little doubt that this louse
also infests elephants in India. These authors, in addition to an ex-
cellent review of previous literature on anatomy and affinities of the
insect, observe that these parasites are seldom seen on well groomed
elephants and that they die within three hours when transferred to
other mammals.
On the basis of the Indian observations noted above, it is possible
that the large number of elephant lice found on African warthogs and
the small number found on African and Asiatic elephants reflect dif-
ferences in cleanliness of the two animals. If this is not the true
explanation of abundance on warthoes it might be considered that
warthogs are the true hosts of H. elephantis and elephants adventiti-
ously acquire small infestations at common mud wallows. Yet Hae-
matomyzus, so distantly related to all other lice, seems rather more a
parasite of an isolated group lke the Elephantidae, from whieh no
other hee are known, than of Suidae. In zoological gardens infesta-
tions persist for some time on elephants.
REFERENCES
Bequaert, J. G., 1930. Entomology. Medical and economic entomology. In:
R. P. Strong, ed. The African Republic of Liberia and the Belgian Congo
(based on the observations made and materials collected during the Harvard
African Expedition 1926-1927). Contr. Dep. Trop. Med. & Harv. Inst. trop.
biol. Med., (5), 2:797-1001.
Ferris, G. F., 1931. The louse of elephants Haematomyzus elephantis Piaget
(Mallophaga:Haematomyzidae). Parasitology, 23(1):112-127.
Haddow, A. J., 1957a. Unusual ectoparasite on a warthog. Ann. Rept. Game
Fish. Dept. Uganda (1 Jan. 1955 to 30 June 1956), p. 24.
, 1957b. Personal communication.
Hopkins, G.H.E., 1938. Stray notes on Mallophaga. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 8.11,
2(8) :191-198.
Mukerji, D., and Sen-Sarma, P., 1955. Anatomy and affinity of the elephant louse
Haematomyzus elephantis Piaget (Insecta: Rhyneophthiraptera). Parasitol-
ogy, 45 (1-2) :5-30.
Reid, E.T.M., 1954. A further record of Haematomyzus elephantis Piaget
(Rynechophthirina) from a wild African elephant. Entom. Mo. Mag., 90:85.
bo
Yo
He
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
CHELACHELES STRABISMUS, A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF
MITE FROM PORTUGAL
(ACARINA, CHEYLETIDAE)
Epwarp W. Baker, Entomology Research Division, A.R.S., U. S. Department of
Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
A small series of predaceous mites obtained from a flour mill in
Portugal were sent to me by J. C. da Fonseca of the Brigada de
Estudos de Defesa Fitossanitaria dos Produtos Ultramarinos. On the
basis of present generic standards (Baker 1949), these simple elongate
cheyletids form a new genus, distinguished from all others by the com-
plete absence of dorsal shields, by having truncated hysterosoma and
a normal complement of palpal thumb setae.
Chelacheles strabismus, new genus and species. Fig. 1, dorsum of female. Fig. 2,
venter. Fig. 3, tarsus I. Fig. 4, palpal thumb and claw complex.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 235
Chelacheles, new genus
The palpi are normal; the thumb possesses two comblike, two sicklelike, and one
short clublike seta. The body is completely covered dorsally and ventrally by fine
striae, and is without a differentiated shield or plate; there are 14 pairs of dorsal
setae, including the humerals. Legs I-II and III-IV are widely separated; tarsal
claws and a padlike empodium with tenent hairs are present on all legs. Only
females are known.
Type of genus: Chelacheles strabismus, new species.
Chelacheles strabismus, new species
The gnathosoma is normal, although somewhat elongate, with longitudinal
striae; the peritremes are simple, inverted U-shaped, with seven pairs of segments;
the palpal femur is longer than wide; all segments have simple setae; the palpal
claw has three basal teeth; the palpal thumb has two comblike, two sicklelike, and
one short clublike, setae
the comblike setae are distinctive in having strong teeth
which are fingerlike on the larger. The body is completely covered with fine
striae; there are 14 pairs of dorsal and humeral setae, the dorsal setae being short,
lanceolate, serrate; a single pair of closely set eyes is present; the propodosoma
and hysterosoma are separated by a deep suture; the hysterosoma does not extend
beyond femora IV. The legs are normal in that they possess claws and empodia;
they are distinctive in having coxae I-II and III-IV widely separated, with the
fourth pair pointing directly to the rear; coxae I-II and III-IV are united to
form a characteristic pattern. Length, including rostrum, 427 “; width 115 wz.
Holotype, U. S. National Museum No. 2462, collected in flour mill,
Lisbon, Portugal, in 1952 by J. C. da Fonseca. Eighteen paratypes have
the same data.
REFERENCE
Baker, E. W. 1949. A review of the mites of the family Cheyletidae in the United
States National Museum. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 99 (3238) :267-320:
A NEW KETHOPS FROM NEW MEXICO, WITH A KEY
TO ITS CONGENERS
(CHILOPODA, SCOLOPENDROMORPHA, CRYPTOPIDAE )
RaupuH E. Crasiuy, Jr., Smithsonian Institute, Washington, D. C.
Among the Scolopoeryptopinae the members of HKethops superfi-
cially seem the least likely of constituents. Their diminutive size and
pale color, their suturation, their lack of prehensorial plates and den-
ticles, and their remarkable rear legs, which are almost identical with
the type found in the Cryptopinae, all suggest a very close affinity
with, if not proper inclusion within, this latter subfamily despite the
discrepaney in pedal segments between the two groups.
However, an examination of the maxillae of ewterpe, the new spe-
cies, shows them to be essentially identical with their counterparts in
236 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
the other Scolopocryptopine genera, and fundamentally unhke those
of the remaining two subfamilies. Whether the similarities shared by
Kethops and, for example, Cryptops can be explained on the bases of
evolutionary conservatism, parallelism, or convergency remains un-
certain in our present state of knowledge.
The known distribution of the genus is restricted to Utah and New
Mexico, where the present species was discovered.
In this genus, if the question of whether or not the cephalic plate
overhangs part of the first pedal tergite is really meaningful syste-
matically, then the new species seems most like atypa Chamberlin,
1943, from which it differs in many respects, e.g. its possession of a
first tergital cervical suture, its total lack of cephalic sulci, its posses-
sion of ventral tibial spines. It differs from wtahensis Chamberlin,
1912, in lacking cephalic sulci and a diastemate tibial ridge on the
ultimate legs in addition to having an overlapped first tergite. This
last feature plus its possession of distinct ventral furrows or sulci on
the ultimate lees distinguish euterpe from letoceps Chamberlin, 1925
Kethops euterpe, sp.n.
Figures 1, 2 and 3
Type: 6 2. New Mexico: Otero County, Clouderoft. July 26, 1948.
George E. Ball and Howard E. Evans, leg. Deposited in the U. 8.
National Museum: Myriapod Type Number 2454.
Total length: 27 mm. Antennae: Sordid yellow; 3.2 mm long; proximal four
articles distinctly less setose than those remaining. Cephalic plate: Sordid
vellow; 1 mm long, greatest width 0.93 mm. Sides straight on posterior two-
thirds, anteriorly narrowing to meet truncate frontal margin; posterior corners
rounded; posterior margin straight, overhanging first pedal tergite but leaving
its cervical suture exposed. Without sutures or sulci. Very sparsely setose.
Clypeus: Enclosed anteriorly and laterally by a broad band of sordid white,
this enclosing a yellowish subtriangular central area extending from labrum
nearly to antennal insertions. Prominent postantennal setae 5, in a subcireular
group postero-medial to antennae; central area with a few irregularly dispersed
setae; with 11 setae linearly disposed anterior and adjacent to labrum.
Labrum: Midpiece prominent, with the usual pointed spine, completely fused
with sidepieces without trace of divisions; ventral surfaces of sidepieces without
setae, their latero-posterior margins with a few short delicate fimbriae. First
maxillae: Essentially as in Scolopocryptops, the coxosternum on each side
beneath the telopodite without an inverted Y-shaped suture (as there is in
Theatops); the two sides of the coxosternum meeting narrowly in a minute
articulation. Second maxillae: The claw as in Scolopocryptops, i.e. its ventral
edge straight, undissected, the entire length of its dorsal edge divided into
a series of delicate broad blunt teeth or fimbriae, its apex pointed, not bifid as
in Cryptops or Theatops. Prehensors: Sordid yellow, dull; without denticles,
sclerotized plates or similar appurtenances. Sparsely clothed with long pale
setae. Prosternum: concolorus with prehensors. Without chitin-lines, sclerotized
teeth, plates or like appurtenances.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 237
Sternites: (excluding the ultimate pedal): Yellowish-white; virtually
glabrous; coarsely reticulate; shallowly punctate. Median longitudinal sulci on
2 through 21, becoming progressively shallower on successive sternites. Sub-
marginal sulei pronounced on sternites 1 through 22. Tergites (excluding the
ultimate pedal): the first (fig. 1) yellowish, its cervical suture complete and
conspicuous, this giving rise posteriorly to a W-shaped sutural configuration
from whose posterior angles a pair of incomplete paramedial sutures arise;
remaining tergites yellowish-white, each (2 through 22) with a pair of complete
Kethops euterpe, sp. n. Fig. 1. First pedal tergite; suturation and the more
prominent setae shown. Fig. 2. Section from tibial ridge of ultimate leg—A, a
seta; B, a spine; C, a spur. Fig. 3. Ultimate leg. (right, inner surface uppermost )
—A, first tarsal ventral spine; B, second tarsal ventral blade.
paramedian sutures; lateral margins extremely vague, present on the first 15
to 15 tergites. Sparsely setose. Legs (excluding the ultimate pedal): Inner
surfaces whitish, outer yellowish. Vestiture heavier on about the first eight,
thereafter becoming lighter on successive legs. Tarsi 1 through 22 each
unipartite, without trace of division; all pretarsi but the ultimates with two
accessory (setiform) claws; conspicuous plextrotaxy, VTiA =1-— 20,
VTiM = 1— 21, VTaM=1—21. Ultimate pedal segment: Tergite yellow;
not suturate or sulcate; posterior margin not indented, subtruneate; its setae
sparse, without spines or spurs. Sternite longer than wide, sides gently con-
vergent to rounded rear margin, this not sulecate, with a few scattered stout
setae. Pseudopleura, each with 25-30 round pores in a band-like porigerous areé
occupying its lower third; pore-free areas each with about 15 strong, scattered
spurs; each ventral margin expanded into a strong flange that is continuous
238 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
with the pseudopleural spine, ventrally on each flange a single strong spur,
each inner postero-dorsal pseudopleural margin (above the spine proper) with
linear series of 3 small strong spines. Legs: Prefemora, each with a longi-
tudinal glabrous suleus ventrally and an abortive postero-dorsal suleus; the
ventral sulcus forming two ridges, the inside ridge with 3 linear spines! (fig. 2),
the outer ridge with many spurs but without spines, inner and outer lateral
surfaces with no spines but with numerous spurs; femora, each with a longi-
tudinal ventral setose suleus and an abortive postero-dorsal suleus, ventrally the
inside ridge with spines (r.,= 3, 1= 4), the outer ridge with only scattered
spurs and setae, inner and outer lateral surfaces with a few scattered weak
spurs but with numerous setae; tibiae (fig. 3), each proximally deeply ex-
cavate, the inner margin expanded into a prominent broad ridge bearing a linear
series of stout spines (1.=9, r.=10), spurs and setae, this ridge not
diastemate (as in wtahensis), inner lateral surface with only a few spurs, outer
lateral surface without spurs, with only setae; first tarsus (fig. 3) excavate
proximally, ventrally with one robust broad spine, entire article subdensely
setose, without spurs; second tarsus totally without spurs or spines, ventrally
with a long smooth blade-like ridge, the entire article subdensely setose;
pretarsus strong, deeply pigmented.
Key TO THE KNOWN MEMBERS OF KETHOPS
1, Rear margin of cephalic plate overlapping anterior margin of first pedal
tergite. First pedal tergite with or without a cervical suture. Cephalic
plate without a posterior transverse sulcus: 2
Rear margin of cephalic plate not overlapping first pedal tergite. First
pedal tergite with a cervical suture. Cephalic plate with or without a
posterior jtransverse sulcus 28) ee eee 3
2. Distal tarsal article of ultimate leg ventrally with (3) distinet spines.
Proximal tarsal article with a row of (6) distinct spines. Ultimate tibiae,
femora, and prefemora ventrally without spines First pedal tergite with-
Out; acervicallsiiture: eee EN Ge ene Wey ees ees R ace) Me atypa Chamberlin
Distal tarsal article of ultimate leg ventrally without spines, instead with
a smooth blade-like ridge. Proximal article with one low spine. Ultimate
prefemora, femora, and tibiae each with ventral spines. First pedal
tergite! wathvadistinet ervicalsulume 2-2-2 sess eee euterpe, Sp.n.
3. Cephalic plate with a transverse posterior suleus from which two long
divergent sulei arise and pass forward. Ultimate prefemora and femora
ventrally (sulle@ater. 2: cing. 20. Uys CUS see havik tai utahensis Chamberlin
Cephalic plate without sulei. Ultimate leg articles ventrally non-
Sul@aite. sis cule eyalel Re Wi” een tile ie ela ee eee leioceps Chamberlin
1 Throughout this paper, as in my other publications, spines and spurs are
intended to mean two different things. Like a seta, a spur is articulated, hence
movable, but much more robust (fig. 2, C). Unlike either, a spine is always un-
articulated, hence immovable (fig. 2 B). Typically, it is merely an extension of
the exoskeleton, though in some eases it may possibly represent a spur that has
lost its free articulation and attendant ability to move.
PROC. ENT. SOC.
RESEARCH ... . laboratory work that takes
many years and millions of dollars
PRODUCTION
quantities available at an economically sound
cost
to make commercial
A great deal of work and knowledge goes into the
development of insecticides. Once developed, how-
ever, they re a priceless defense against the loss of
food and fiber, the disease, and the annoyance
caused by man’s insect enemies. Velsicol Chemical
Corporation manufactures five basic insecticides
that are thoroughly proven, widely recommended,
and
extensively used: Heptachlor, Chlordane,
WASH., VOL
. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
239
TESTING .... years of field work, to deter-
mine effectiveness, dosages, side effects
EDUCATION .... teaching methods of use,
gaining confidence and trust
Endrin, Parathion and Methyl Parathion. Each of
them is rated most efficient for specific types of
insect control, and all are available everywhere, in
ready-to-use, reasonably priced formulations. If
you deal with any phase of insect control, we think
you will find technical information about these in-
secticides highly useful.
WRITE FOR A BROCHURE OF TECHNICAL INFORMATION, PREPARED BY VELSICOL’S ENTOMOLOGISTS!
HEPTACHLOR e
NEW! VELSICOL GIBBERELLINS !
Amozing plant growth stimulant. Velsi
col’s newest contribution to increased
ogncultural productivity Extensive re-
seorch program in progress
VC 1126-7108
CHLORDANE e@
VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
ENDRIN e PARATHION e METHYL PARATHION
330 East Grand Ave., Chicago 11, Illinois
International Representative; Velsicol International Corporation, C.A
P.O. Box 1687 © Nassau, Bahamas, B.W,!
AS APPEARING IN:
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF TROPICAL MEDICINE AND HYGIENE, ANNUALS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA, CANADIAN ENTOMOLOGIST, FLORIDA
ENTOMOLOGIST, JOURNAL OF ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY,
PAN PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST, PRECEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL
SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, D.C.
240
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958
A Cyanamid Report
MALATHION
FOR DIRECT APPLICATION ON ANIMALS
With newly-granted residue tolerances, malathion can be applied
directly to beef cattle, poultry, and swine. This is the result of
three years of extensive research in 11 states. The work proved
conclusively the safety and usefulness of malathion as a spray for
controlling cattle and poultry lice, poultry mites (northern fowl
and chicken red mite), and cattle and poultry ticks. In addition,
malathion dust may be applied to nests, litter, and floor space.
Roost paints using malathion emulsifiable liquid may also be used
in poultry houses. In addition to spraying beef cattle with mala-
thion for lice control, rubbing devices incorporating the product
have been most effective in suppressing lice and horn flies.
Do not apply malathion to lactating dairy cows, since it has not yet
been accepted for this use, nor should it be used on calves under
one month of age.
PROTECTANT FOR STORED GRAIN
With newly-granted residue tolerances for malathion on wheat,
barley, oats, rice, rye, corn, grain sorghum, and peanuts (post-
harvest), grain handlers storing grain have a method of protect-
ing grain from loss to insects. Malathion, either in dust or spray
form, applied to the grain as it is being loaded into bins, affords
protection against confused flour beetle, rice weevil, granary
weevil, saw-toothed grain beetle, flat grain beetle, red flour beetle,
rusty grain beetle, lesser grain beetle, and Indian meal moth. It is
also suggested as a residual wall, floor, and machinery spray in
grain elevators, in treating truck beds, box cars, and ships’ holds
before loading grain. Where Indian meal moth infestations de-
velop, surface applications of malathion dusts or sprays at pre-
seribed intervals afford protection.
NEW USES FOR MALATHION ON CROPS
Tolerances have been established on 37 additional crops, including:
Vegetables Fruits
Asparagus Bramble family
Carrots and other root crop Nectarines
Garlic—Leeks—Shallots Quinces
Several leaf vegetables Currants
Pumpkins Gooseberries
Also, small grains, cotton, mushrooms, peppermint, spearmint,
corn and rice. With these additions, malathion is now recom-
mended on 98 crops.
Developers and producers of malathion and parathion
American Cyanamid Company, Insecticide Department,
30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York 20, N. Y.
‘in
ILE) QUALITY INSECTICIDES
Preferred by Home Owners,
Food Processors and Dairymen
_ QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre-
thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor.
GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB
Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock-
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1%
_ Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor.
GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb)
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT
and 3% Perthane.
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid-
val insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane.
SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold.
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY
Long Proven formula with effective insect-killing power and
repellent: properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0. 19%
Piperony! Butoxide.
GULF CiL CORPORATION
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA.
CONTENTS
(Continued from Front Cover)
KRAMER, J. P.—New Records for the Rice Delphacid, Sogata orizicola
Muir, in the United States (Homoptera, Delphacidae)
McCOMB, C. W.—New Synonymy in the Genus Aphaereta, With a Rede-
stciption of Aphaereta pallipes (Say) (Hymenoptera, Braconidae) _______
REINHARD, H. J.—Notes on Spathimeigenia With Descriptions of Four
New Species (Diptera, Tachinidae) __.----_______ ie
SABROSKY, C. W.—A Phragmites Gall-Maker New to North America
(Diptera; Chloropidae) |. eee eee a!
SNYDER, T. E.—Two New Glyptotermes from the Philippines (Isoptera,
Kalotermitidae).: 22 SS ee ee ee oe
SOMMERMAN, KATHRYN M.—Two New Species of Alaskan Prosimul-
ium, with Notes on Closely Related Species (Diptera, Simuliidae) ____ Ey
TOWNES, HENRY—The Application of the Name Plectiscus (Hymen-
optera, Ichneumonidae)
WERNER, F. G.—Some Notes on Boheman’s Anthicidae From ‘*Cali-
fornia” (Coleoptera)
ANNOUNCEMENTS
193
Tol. 60 DECEMBER, 1958 No. 6
PROCEEDINGS
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
« WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
CONTENTS
ALLRED, D. M.—Redescription of Ophioptes tropicalis Ewing, 1933 (Acar-
iia, Ophioptidae) 2 pout £1 eae ei bee ee ee ee 287
ANANTHAKRISHNAN, T. N.—Two New Species of Tubuliferous Thys-
anoptera from India (Phlaeothripidae) ese Soe eee Pe 277
ELKINS, J. C.—Three New Species of Cuernolestes Miller (Hemiptera, Re-
SERRE SY) ads J OE EE Se en a ee ee 2 E267
FOOTE, R. H. and ARNAUD, P. H., Jr.—Notes on the Taxonomy and
Habits of Cryptochaetum nipponense (Tokunaga) in Japan (Diptera,
ereptochactidae) mem eeee. et 0 ee 241
HOFFMAN, R. L.—A New Milliped of the Genus Sigmoria from Western
North Carolina (Polydesmida, Xystodesmidae) ___..... Rae Oe ame eR 281
HUBER, IVAN—Color as an Index to the Relative Humidity of Plaster of
Jplnal Cee Mareen 1 Bar ig RN ete eed re is ea a NP 289
HULL, F. M.—Some Species and Genera of the Family Asilidae (Diptera). 251
KROMBEIN, K. V.—Date of Publication, First Supplement, Synoptic Cata-
log of North American Hymenoptera ________________-_--____------------ 266
(Continued on Back Cover)
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON
OncANizep Marcu 12, 1884
OFFICERS FOR 1958
R, I. Samer, President
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA
Plant Industry Station, North ‘Building
Beltsville, Maryland
R. H. NEuLsSON, First Vice President
Entomological Society of America ‘
1530) P Sti, Naw.
Washington 10h (Op
P. W. OMAN, Second Vice President
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA
Plant Industry Station, North Building
Beltsville, Maryland
HELEN SOLLERS, Recording Secretary
Plant Pest Control Division, ARS
U.S. Department of hericuiare
Washington 25, D.
PavuL WOKE, Corresponding Secretary
7213 Beacon Terrace
Bethesda, Maryland
P. HARRISON, Treasurer
Department of Entomology
University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland
H. Foorn, Editor
c/o Division of Insects '
U.S. National Museum
Washington 25, D. C.
H. J. CONKLE, Custodian
Plant Quarantine Division, ARS
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. O.
JOHN H. FAuES, Program Chairman
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA
Pesticide Chemicals Research Laboratory
ARC, Beltsville, Maryland sh
13h Jal, SHEPARD, Nominated to “Represent the
Society ae Vice President of
the Washington Menten sey
Sciences.
F.
R.
>
FMRD-CSS
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C.
Executive Oommittee
L. BIsSsELu, University of Maryland»
“a a Sr. Groraz, U.S. Dept. Agriculture
F. L. CAMPBELL, National Research Council
¥
¥
Honorary President
R. E. Snoperass, U.S. National Museum
Honorary Members
F. W. MuESEBECK, U.S. National Museum —
H. G. BARBER, U.S. National Museum >
A. B. GaHan, Berwyn, Maryland —
0.
<
bie
xq
¢
; MEETIN' es
- Regular meetings’ of the
~ Room 43 of the (Oo Sb
‘) Published bimonthly beginnii
the Society at Washington, J OF
standing a titled to the Pro
_ charge. Non-member | subscription
year, both domestic a:
payable in advance. Ar r
made payable to The _Entomolo
Washington.
The Society does not
tor those of other soc
All manuscripts int
be addressed to the Editor. 5
mitted by members will be pu
of papers: ag ; Pee at
should indicate the syste ce
ject insect. By-lines shot
affiliation, if possible. |
pers longer than one |
author and date and 8 I
cluding — references in whi h
name of publication, vo
that order. In shorter
ture should be included
this usually aaa exp -
the same page. Cost of Mu
that for one full-page i
author.
Reprints of pabtlenads
the following costs | ph
provided | that a tater:
pecom panics the returned
2 pp. pp.
50 copies: 7
$2 00 $3.00
100 copies: i.
2.50 a: 80 :
85: 00
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
Vol. 60 DECEMBER, 1958 No. 6
NOTES ON THE TAXONOMY AND HABITS OF CRYPTOCHAETUM
NIPPONENSE (TOKUNAGA) IN JAPAN
(DIPTERA, CRYPTOCHAETIDAE )
RicHarpD H. Foorr! and Pau H. ARNAUuD, JR.”
An interesting fly with annoying habits was encountered by the
junior author while he was collecting near Kyoto, Japan.* Adults be-
haved like Hippelates of the family Chloropidae, flying close to his
face and head, but grossly resembled a species of black fly, or Simu-
hidae. A later examination showed these flies to belong to the genus
Cryptochaetum. It is the purpose of this paper to direct the attention
of American entomologists to the habits of certain members of this
little-known genus, and to add another species to it.
Male specimens were referred to the senior author for identification.
These males are conspecific with Hippelates nipponensis Tokunaga
(1944)*. Since most workers do not have access to the original descrip-
tion of this species, we include a redescription of the male and effect
its transfer from Hippelates to Cryptochaetum.
Cryptochaetum nipponense (Tokunaga), new combination
Cryptochaetum grandicorne Rond.: Coquillett, 1898, Proe. U. S. National Museum
21(1146): 340 (misident.); Nawa, U., 1920, Konchu Sekai 24: 267 (mis-
ident.) ; Koizumi, 1954, Kontyu 20(3/4): 73 (misident.).
Cryptochaetum sp.: Nawa, Y., 1904, Konchu Sekai 8: 246, fig.; Koizumi, 1952,
Kurashiki-Kontsyu-Dokokai-Kaiho 1:2.
Hippelates nipponensis Tokunaga, 1943, Iyo Konchu Gaku 2: 1075,
Male: Head.—Frontal triangle (fig. 1) shiny, extending full length of front,
apex broadly rounded and as wide as distance between inner surfaces of antennae ;
with short hairs, the socket of each hair in a shallow depression of the integument ;
1Entomology Research Division, A.R.S., U.S.D.A., Washington, D. C.
2California Department of Agriculture, Sacramento.
3The specimens were collected while the junior author was under contract No.
DA-49-007-MD-558 between Stanford University and the Medical Research and
Development Board, Office of the Surgeon General, Department of the Army, 406th
Medical Laboratory, APO 343, San Francisco.
40. W. Sabrosky provided the first clue to the true identity of these flies and
translations of several important papers from the Japanese. Teiso Esaki, Kyushu
University, and M. Tokunaga and M. Sasakawa, Saikyo University, Kyoto, made
additional literature references and their translations available.
241
SMITHSONHMAN
INSTITUTION DEG $ O 1968
242 PROC, ENT, SOC, WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
parafrontal areas dull black, more finely haired than frontal triangle. Eyes red,
bare; ocelli red, separated from each other by twice the diameter of one ocellus.
Post verticals erect, short but considerably stouter than hairs on frontal triangle.
Face brownish-black in certain lights, in others with a bright green metallie¢ luster,
surface very finely granulated, subshining. Antenna (figs. 3 and 4) 0.90 to 0.95
times as long as face, third segment covered with minute hairs, rounded at tip,
the minute apical spine easily visible in most specimens. Labellum (fig. 2) with
numerous spines as shown.
Cryptochaetum nipponense (Tokunaga), male: fig. 1, dorsal view of head; fig. 2,
anterior view of labellum; fig. 3, enlarged view of apical spine of antenna; fig. 4,
lateral view of head; fig. 5, dorsal view of right wing.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 243
Thorax.—Shining, with a metallic blue-green luster, punctures at bases of hairs
about as deep and numerous as those on frontal triangle. Sternopleuron and ptero-
pleuron dark brown and shining. Seutellum broadly rounded apically, 0.45 times
as long as thorax, with same metallic luster and punctation as thorax; hairs at
apex not differentiated. Femora and tibiae dark brown, with parallel rows of
short, stout spines, those at apex of each tarsomere longer than those on shaft.
Wing (fig. 5) membranes with greenish and purplish reflections; proportion of
wing length to width, 9 : 4. Costa extending only very slightly beyond R; and ter-
minating distinctly before tip of wing; R: with a distinct angle; Res and Ras
parallel for two-thirds of their lengths, then diverging to the margin; r-m cross-
vein very short, situated at distal fourth of discal cell at about same level as june-
tion of Ri with costa; m-cu erossvein slightly sinuate, situated at nearly right
angles to longitudinal axis of wing, almost twice as long as distal portion of Cu:
Anal vein as shown. Halter black.
Abdomen.— Wide and somewhat flattened in pinned or dried specimens; shining
and with punctation and coloration as on thorax.
Distribution and specimens examined.—Type locality, Nishi Kamo,
Kyoto, Japan (collected May 13, 1938). Types are presumably in the
collection of the Department of Entomology, Kyoto University, but
were not examined in this study. The junior author took this species
at Arashiyama, Kyoto, on May 22, 1955, and at Otsu, Shiga Pref., on
May 30, 1955. The senior author examined 36 males from the former
and 25 males from the latter locality. Ten specimens found in the
National Collection with the label ‘‘ Japan, Mitsukuri’’ are presuma-
bly those presented to the U. 8S. National Museum by the Imperial
University of Tokyo and recorded by Coquillett (1898) as C. grandi-
corne Rond. They agree very well with males collected by the junior
author.
Taxonomic discussion—In Thorpe’s (1941) key C. nipponense runs
to the very closely related iceryae (Will.) or to pariceryae Thorpe,
depending upon whether one considers the r-m crossvein to be proxi-
mal or distal to the junction of Ry with the costa. The most reliable
means of separating nipponense from pariceryae is the sinuate m-cu
crossvein. In pariceryae the posterior end of this vein is abruptly
curved toward the base of the wing just before its Junction with Cuy.
In nipponense this crossvein is almost twice as long as that portion of
Cu, lying between it and the wing marking; in iceryae it is distinctly
shorter than this distal portion of Cuy. The r-m crossvein of iceryae
is distinctly proximal to the junction of Ry with the costa.
The genus Cryptochaetum has been assigned by various authors to
three existing families—Agromyzidae, Drosophilidae, and Chamae-
mylidae. On account of its peculiar habits and morphology, it appears
to have few affinities to any of these, and until further morphological
studies, especially of the genitalia, can be made, the authors prefer to
regard it as a separate family, following Menon (1949) and others.
At least 16 species of Cryptochaetum have been described. The most
important focus of the genus appears to be tropical Africa with sev-
244 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
eral species occurring in the Oriental and Palaearctic Regions. As
far as known, larvae are exclusively parasitic on monophlebine coecids
(family Margarodidae) and exhibit much more striking interspecific
morphological differences than adults. The most complete information
about the morphology and biology of a species in the genus is found
in Thorpe’s (1930) account of C. iceryae (Will.), a species introduced
into California and studied as a parasite of economic importance in
the control of scale insects in that State.
Habits —Howlett (1909, p. 623) was apparently the first to record
the Hippelates-like habit of Cryptochaetum. He stated that one spe-
cies (thought to be closely related to C. aenescens de Meijere) was an
annoying eye fly in the jungle at Pusa. Adults were often found on
stems or leaves or in crevices in tree trunks in small groups of about
six. Bezzi (1919) described C. fastidiosum from the Philippines; R. C.
MacGregor, who collected the specimens, sent them to Bezzi with a
note reading, ‘‘A pest, flies into the inner corner of a person’s eye.’
Thorpe (1930) wrote an extensive account of the biology of C. iceryae,
in which he noted the two references mentioned above; he did not
observe this habit in males in his rearing cages in California. The
terms ‘‘mematoi’”? and ‘‘kuro me matoi’’ are used by the Japanese to
designate any fly that has the annoying habit of flying about a per-
son’s face, according to Tokunaga (1943) and Koizumi (1952). In
Japan, this habit was observed by both Y. Nawa (1904) and U. Nawa
(1920) in Cryptochaetum species, presumably nipponense (Tokunaga).
Tokunaga (1943) reported nipponense to be active in the spring, and
that adults bite with ‘‘powerful, toothlike projections’’ on the ridges
of the labellum, sometimes licking secretions and sucking blood. There
is usually some pain which disappears shortly after such an attack.
Our studies indicate that the numerous spinelike projections on the
surface of the labellum (fig. 2) may enable these flies to inflict some
skin damage.
On May 22, 1955, while collecting Diptera along a steep mountain
slope over the Hozu River near Arashiyama, Japan, the junior author
encountered a number of C. nipponense adults flying about his face.
Other people in the vicinity were waving their hands in an apparent
attempt to drive insects, presumably also of this species, from their
faces. Many Japanese hikers passed by him during the next two hours,
and flies were following each of them as well. The flies followed him
to a spot in partial shade about 200 feet above the river. The day was
warm and humid, with a very slight breeze, and was alternately sunny
and cloudy. A total of 536 specimens was collected by net, flying
about his person. Between 1230 and 1330 hours, the first hour of col-
lecting, 282 specimens were caught; from 1347 to 1402 hours, another
120 adults were netted ; and an additional 134 specimens were obtained
5Me means ‘‘eye’’ and matoi means ‘‘ delusion, perplexity.’’ Hence a mematoi
is something that deludes, perplexes (or bothers) the eye. Kwro means ‘‘black.’’
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 245
by net between 1413 and 1428 hours. C. nipponense males were still
very abundant at the conclusion of this activity.
On no occasion did the flies bite. Adults flew between eyeglasses
and eyes and occasionally into the eye itself. One adult entered the
nose.
There are no published results of investigations on the habitat of
the immature stages of nipponense. If this fly is found to have para-
sitic stages in its life history, its pestiferous habits should be weighed
in any decision to introduce it for purposes of biological control.
We can find no reference incriminating any species of the genus in
the transmission of a disease.
REFERENCES
Bezzi, M., 1919. Nota sul genere Cryptochaetum (Dipt.) con deserizione di una
nuova specie delle Philippine. Atti. Soc. Ital. Nat. Soe., Pavia, 58: 237-252.
Coquillett, D. W., 1898. Report on a collection of Japanese Diptera, presented to
the U. S. National Museum by the Imperial University of Tokyo. Proce. U.S.
Nat. Mus. 21(1146) : 301-340.
Howlett, F. M., 1909. In Maxwell—Lefroy, ‘‘Indian Insect Life,’’ p. 623.
Koizumi, K., 1952. Mematoi from Okayama. Kurashiki-Kontsyu-Dokokai-Kaiho,
1, pp. 2-8, illus.
, 1954. Ni shu no nematoi ni tsuite [On two species of nematoi]. Kont-
yu 20(3/4): 73
Menon, M. G. R., 1949. A review of our knowledge of the genus Cryptochaetum
Rondani, an interesting group of dipterous seale parasites. Indian Journ, Ent.
TAG) =8
Nawa, Umekichi, 1920. Hai-ka hi tsuite [On the family Muscidae]. Konehu Sekai
(Insect World) 24: 264-267.
Nawa, Yasushi, 1904. Konchu ni kansuru Zuikan Zuihitsu (IX), 54. Meseseribae
ni tsuite [Miscellaneous writings on the insects (IX), 54. On the eye fly].
Konehu Sekai (Insect World) 8: 246-247, fig.
Thorpe, W. H., 1930. The biology, post-embryonie development, and economic im-
portance of Cryptochaetum iceryae (Diptera, Agromyzidae) parasitie on Icerya
purchasi (Coceidae, Monophlebinae). Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1930: 929-971,
illus.
, 1941. A deseription of six new species of the genus Cryptochaetwm
(Diptera, Agromyzidae) from East Africa and East Indies; together with a
key to adults and larvae of all known species. Parasitology 33(2) :131-148,
illus.
Tokunaga, M., 1943. Tyo Konchu Gaku [Medical Entomology] 2: 1075-1076.
CORRECTION
Line 36, page 179, no. 4, vol. 60 of the Proceedings should read as
follows: “Generic Characteriz ation. —Medium to large-sized dolichopo-
dids. First antennal joint .. .’’— Ep.
246 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN PIOPHILIDAE
(DIPTERA )
This family, hike the Sepsidae, contains a large proportion of very
widely distributed species. The commonest forms, at least in eastern
North America, are apparently the same as those of Europe. Willi
Hennig’s excellent monograph of the Palaearetie speices (1948, in
Linder, Die Flegen d. pal. Region, fase. 40 :1-32, pls. I-III) makes it
obvious that many of the species previously considered as Nearctic are
synonymous with Palaearctic species, as Duda pointed out as long ago
as 1924 (Konowia 3 :97-113, 153-203). Consequently, determination of
our material should be done first with the Hennig work and second-
arily with the 1924 paper by Melander (Psyche 31:78-86) for the sev-
eral apparently purely Nearctic species.
Sabrosky recently published a note (1958, Ent. News 69:174) on
two far-northern species, and I wish now to add the following.
Piophila (Protopiophila) latipes Meigen.
Mycetaulus hornigi Cresson, 1919, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philadelphia 71:193. New
Synonymy.
The complete synonymy of this very widespread species is given by
Hennig, who also cites the distribution: Europe (France, Germany,
Hungary, Croatia, Corsica), Oriental Region (Calcutta, Kurseong,
Sumatra, Celebes, Philippine Is., Formosa), New Guinea, Fiji, Aus-
tralia (Sydney). I have seen Cresson’s type, from Philadelphia, Pa.,
and have a number of specimens taken from rotten cadavers of small
animals in Wayne County, Mich. (Detroit and Trenton). My material
agrees well with the Duda description repeated in Hennig.
Piophila (Allopiophila) vulgaris Fallén
I have a female specimen from Sodus Point, New York, which
agrees very well with the Duda-Hennig description. It appears likely
that P. ortens Melander and Spuler may be a distinct species.
Piophila (Mycetaulus) costalis Melander, 1924, Psyche 31:79
A female specimen, kindly presented to me by its collector, Paul H.
Arnaud, Jr., is from Pinecrest, Tuolumne County, Calif., Aug. 11,
1948, and agrees well with Melander’s description of a male from Mt.
Hood, Oregon. The abdomen is wholly black and appears dull due to
a very fine shagreening. P. (M.) bipunctata Flln., according to Hen-
nig, has the abdomen shining black, with the basal two segments large-
ly brownish, a condition I also find in eastern North American speci-
mens in my collection.
GEORGE C. STEYSKAL, Grosse Ile, Mich.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 247
A REVIEW OF THE GENUS GASTROPS WILLISTON,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW SPECIES
(DipTERA, EPHYDRIDAE)
Wintis W. WIRTH, Entomology Research Division, A.R.S., U.S.D.A.,
Washington, D. C,
Four species have been described in the American genus Gastrops
Williston. It is the purpose of this paper to give additional characters
for their recognition, to give additional distribution records, to de-
scribe two new species, and to present a diagnostic key.
Genus Gastrops Williston
Gastrops Williston 1897, Kansas Univ. Quart. 6:3 (type species: niger Williston,
monobasic).
This genus belongs in the subfamily Parydrinae Wirth & Stone
(1956, on Usinger, Aquatic Insects of California, p. 407). The sub-
family name Napaeinae Cresson (1930, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. 56:
100), is invalid because it is based on a homonym: Napaea Robineau-
Desvoidy 1830, not Hiibner 1819, Lepidoptera). Although Cresson re-
vised the North American Parydrinae in 1949 (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe.
74 :225-260), his untimely death put an end to his study of the sub-
family from other regions, including the Neotropical, where all but
one of the Gastrops species are found. Species of Gastrops greatly
resemble those of Lytogaster Becker in their subglobose abdomen, but
can be separated by the rounded or subconically swollen upper face,
which is set off from the apronlike lower face, and by the plumose
arista.
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF GASTROPS WILLISTON
1. Wing spotted or with fuscous bands at apex of first vein and along posterior
crossvein < : ‘ EET N Eo perenne s Pees ne
ow bo
Wine hyalines without imtuscated pattern. = teen dian a
2. Wing with many fuscous spots; second vein with a large distal spur vein
@NonbhweAtmenica)) ieee ee ee ears nebulosus Coquillett
Wing without discal spots, but with broad fuscous band from apex of first
vein to anterior crossvein and infuseation along posterior crossvein ; sec-
ond vein without distal spur vein (Costa Rica). fuscivenosus, n. sp.
Smelem Oram DlaCKe sees. sie Le 2 es Sue ta anita seen) ea ah iene = oe 4
IBVern OF ABY,ellO wan CEC LUy) meee ee flavipes, n. sp.
4. Smaller species (wing 2-3 mm. long); thorax subshining, with coarse,
sparse golden to coppery pollen, vittae scarcely evident; scutellum very
COUVeXGHMaTigtatwithy O° LOM rays tae Se Ls Lee ee ee
Large species (wing 4.0 mm. long); thorax pollinose with two prominent
gray dusted stripes; scutellum flattened; arista with 12-14 rays (Brazil
awavel 1Byerhatslay (Cube eh eV) 2 eee eee 1 oe Nees ______willistoni Cresson
5. Tibiae uniformly yellowish-brown; hairs on mesonotum, scutellum and ab-
domen short and semi-appressed (Texas to Argentina) niger Williston
Tibiae blackish, at least on a broad subapical band; hairs on mesonotum,
scutellum and abdomen very dense and suberect, about half as long as
seutellar bristles (Paraguay, Bolivia, Panama). __auropunctatus Hendel
248 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
Gastrops nebulosus Coquillett
Gastrops nebulosus Coquillett 1900, Canad. Ent. 32:34 (male, female; North Caro-
line, Georgia).
This species was briefly redescribed by Cresson (1949, Trans. Amer.
Ent. Soc. 74:251) and distribution records were added by Sturtevant
and Wheeler (1954, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 79:206). It is easily
recognized by the maculate wings.
Recorded distribution—North America from Massachusetts to
Michigan, Missouri, Florida and Texas.
Gastrops fuscivenosus Wirth, new species
Male, female—Length 2.1 mm. Wing 2.3 mm. long. Shining black; antenna,
sides of clypeus, mouthparts, trochanters, tibiae and first four tarsomeres yellowish-
brown; halter black, base of stem yellow. Wing with membrane yellowish, veins
darker brown; a prominent dark brown cloud from apex of first vein to anterior
crossvein; posterior crossvein broadly margined with brown infuscation; in some
specimens small brown spots present also at wing margin at apices of third and
fourth veins; the veins in areas of the brown clouds blackish. Face, frons, meso-
notum, pleura and seutellum rather uniformly covered with very sparse, coarse,
brown pollen; median facial tubercle polished; also the sternopleuron. Abdomen
shining with metallic reflection, surface scrobiculate, with sparse brown pollen
except lines on posterior margins of segments; fourth tergum with a sublateral
pair of small polished areas on posterior margin. Mesonotum, scutellum and ab-
domen with sparse, short, semi-appressed black hairs; hairs of legs very short
compared with other species.
Arista with 7-10 rays; frons at level of hind antennal margin 0.50 times as
wide as total width of head; cheek not quite 0.3 as wide as eye height; seutellum
rather flat dorsally with prominent apical tubereles broadly separated; wing with
third costal section 1.5 times as long as second; last section of fourth veing 1.6
times as long as next to last.
Holotype male, Higueto, San Mateo, Costa Rica, P. Schild, collector
(Type no. 64215, U.S.N.M.). Paratypes 12 males and females: Costa
Rica, 1, same date as type; 11, La Caja, 8 kil. w. San José, Schmidt,
1930 (5 returned to Deutsches Ent. Inst., Berlin; 2 in U.S.N.M., 2 in
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 2 in British Museum
(Natural Histoyr) ).
This species is distinguished from all other species of Gastrops by
the pattern of infuscation of the wings, with clouded areas from the
tip of the first vein to the anterior crossvein and along the posterior
crossvein, but without the numerous isolated spots in the wing cells
characteristic of nebulosus Coqpillett.
Gastrops flavipes Wirth, new species
Female.—Length 2.4 mm.; wing 2.9 mm. long. Body black; lower demarcated
portion of face, clypeus and mouthparts, antenna, fore coxa and all legs including
femora, yellowish. Halter knob black, base of stem yellow. Wing yellowish-brown
hyaline, the veins dark brown. Face, frons and dorsum of thorax shining with
PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 249
very sparse, coarse, yellowish pollen allowing the integument to shine through
except on sides of face. Sides of frons with violet reflections; a broad median
and two broad lateral bands on mesonotum and all of secutellum brownish pollinose;
mesofrons, a pair of sublateral mesonotal vittae and large areas in front of
mesonotal suture and extending over pleura except for the polished sternopleuron,
densely yellowish gray pollinose. Thoracic hairs very sparse but fairly long. Legs
with hairs mostly yellowish and not very prominent. Abdomen subshining with
metallic reflections, irregularly secrobiculate, with scattered, rather short black
hairs arising from prominent punctures, with sparse brownish pollen, a prominent
pair of sublateral spots on distal margin of fourth tergum with dense, grayish
white pollen; posterior margins of terga not polished.
Third antennal segment broken off; frons at level of hind margin of antennal
bases 0.50 as wide as total head width; facial tubercle not prominent, the protrud-
ing lower portion of face nearly half of total height of face; cheek only 0.3 of eye
height; scutellum very convex dorsally and pointed behind, the apical tubercles
searcely developed; wing with third costal section 1.5 times as long as second; last
section of fourth vein 1.4 times as long as next to last.
Holotype female, Perené, Peru, R. C. Shannon, collector (U.S.N.M.
Type no. 64216).
The yellow femora will readily distinguish this species from all
other species of Gastrops.
Gastrops willistoni Cresson
Gastrops willistoni Cresson, 1914, Ent. News 25:250 (male, female; Brazil, British
Guiana).
This species can be distinguished by its large size (wing 4 mm.
long), densely pollinose and vittate thorax, flattened scutellum which
is broad apically with a prominent pair of tubercles, the arista with
12-14 rays and the unmarked wings.
New records—Costa Rica: Higueto, San Mateo, P. Schild, coll. (det. Cresson
1946), 3. Brazil: Rio de Janeiro, Oct. 1943, Bertha Lutz (‘‘parasita depostura
de batrachio do genero Eupemphix’’).
Gastrops niger Williston
Gastrops niger Williston, 1897, Kansas Univ. Quart. 6:3 (Grenada and Brazil;
male, female).
This species resembles auropunctatus Hendel in having hyaline
wings, black femora and arista with 8-10 rays, but differs in having
uniformly yellowish-brown tibiae and shorter body hairs.
Recorded distribution.—Brazil, Grenada, Texas, Costa Rica, Mexico.
New records.—Argentina: Chaco, Colonia Benitez, 1-7 Dec. 1948, R. Golbach, 1;
same, 3 Ney. 1949, M. Aczél, 2; Formosa, Mision Laishi, 13-15 Dee. 1948, 1; For-
mosa, Pirané, 29-31 Dec. 1948, R. Golbach, 1; Salta, Aguaray, 14-18 Feb. 1950,
R. Golbach, 1; Tucumén, Lacavera, 23-28 Nov. 1951, Aczél-Golbach, 1. Costa
Rica: Higueto, San Mateo, P. Schild, 5; La Caja, San Jose, Schmidt, 1930, 7.
Ecuador: Los Rios, Guare, Aug. 1955, 2; Guayas, Taura, Dec. 1955, 1, El Oro,
Machala, Dee. 1955, 1, all collected by R. Levi-Castillo. El Salvador: Apopa, 28
250 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
Feb. 1957, P. Berry, 1. Grenada, W.I.: 2 (these probably came from Williston’s
type series, although they are not so labelled). Guatemala: Quirigua, 7 May
1926, J. M. Aldrich, 5; La Providencia, Obispo, Apr. 1914, J. M. Aldrich, 4.
Mexico: Oaxaca, 13 May 1938, R. Greenfield, 2. Nicaragua: Chinandega, coll.
Baker, 1. Panama: La Jolla, Mindi Dairy, Summit, Frijoles, Pedro Miguel,
Mojinga Swamp, Sabanas, 13. Trinidad: Montserrat, 29 June 1905, A. Buseck, 1.
Venezuela: Caife, Jan. 1943, P. Anduze, 20; Barinas, Santa Rosa, Feb. 1943, P.
Anduze, 18.
Gastrops auropunctatus Hendel
Gastrops auropunctata Hendel 1930, Konowia 9:145 (Bolivia, Argentina; male,
female).
Very closely related to niger Williston, but separated by the dark
tibiae and its much hairier appearance. The hairs on the mesonotum,
scutellum and abdomen are long, black, and suberect, about half as
lone as the bristles (Hendel gives 24 to 34).
There are 8 rays on the arista. The wing membrane has a somewhat
darker infuscation behind the apex of the first vein. The mesonotum
bears two mesal and two lateral longitudinal dark-brown vittae, with
a sublateral pair of noticeable grayish pollinose vittae between.
New records.—Bolivia: Huachi Beni, Sept., W. Mann, Mulford Bio. Exp. 1921-
22, 1; Covendo, Aug., W. Mann, Mulford Bio. Exp. 1921-22, 1 (these were mis-
determined and reported by Cresson as niger Williston). Ecuador: El Oro,
Puerto Bolivar, Dee. 1955, 1; Guayas, Balao, Dee. 1955, 1, all collected by R. Levi-
99
Castillo. Panama: Gatun, C. Z., A. H. Jennings collector, 2; Paris, 23 Oct. 1952,
F. S. Blanton, 9. Venezuela: Barinas, Santa Rosa, Feb. 1943, P. Anduze, 2.
BOOK NOTICE
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL PUBLICATIONS OF CHARLES HENRY TYLER
TOWNSEND (1863-1944): With Lists of his New Generic and Specific Names.
Paul H. Arnaud, Jr.; Microentomology 23(1):1-63; 1 plate. $1.25.
In this fine and useful work, Mr. Arnaud has brought together all
of the known papers of Townsend, together with separate lists of the
Townsend genera and species. For the first time the works of this
prolific Dipterist have been effectively referenced under one set of
cOovers.— Ep.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 251
SOME SPECIES AND GENERA OF THE FAMILY ASILIDAE
(DIPTERA )
FRANK M. Huu, University of Mississippi, Oxford
In this paper are several descriptions of species and genera of robber
flies.
Cophinopoda, new genus
Type of genus: Asilus chinensis Fabricius, 1794. There is a second
species to which one of the older names in synonomy under chinensis
may apply.
Large flies related to Ommatius Wiedemann. They are characterized by the
wide, more prominent face, densely beset with long, bristly pile over the middle
and on the cheeks. The low mesonotum, the strong bristles on the scutellum, long,
ventral prongs of male superior forceps and process of the hypandrium, as well
as a patch of characteristic hairs immediately above the halteral base further
characterize these flies. Length, 30 mm.
Head.—The head is similar to that of Ommatius. Occiput is moderately promi-
nent throughout; upper bristles are short and stout and confined to the upper
corner of eye. Proboscis longer than the face. Face extensive and more strongly
extended below but gradually produced; beneath antenna it is about one-fourth
the head width, strongly divergent below to more than one-third the head width.
Thorax.—The mesonotum is low and pollinose, broadly covered by numerous,
suberect setae, especially anteriorly; acrostical bristles undifferentiated and dorso-
central bristles only so posteriorly. Lateral bristles consist of 2 notopleural, 1
supraalar, 1 postalar and 1 pair on scutellum. All of these bristles are stout and
long. Base of scutellum on each side with a tuft of pile over the halteres. Pro-
sternum dissociated.
Legs.—The legs are generally similar to those of Ommatius including claws
and pulvilli. The bristles of the legs are remarkably stout, blunt, and almost
spike-like; the hind femur has 6 dorsolateral, 6 dorsomedial and 1 dorsal pair at
the subapex, besides 7 ventrolateral and 7 ventromedial bristles.
Wings.—The posterior branch of the third vein ends almost at the wing apex
and both the first and second posterior cells are wide at the margin. The second
posterior cell is strongly widened at the base and twice as wide as the end of the
discal cell.
Abdomen.—The abdomen is stout, especially at base and gently tapered; the
pile is short, appressed, setate; sides of first tergite with 7 stout bristles. Males
with 8 well developed tergites. Superior forceps with a distilateral, flattened wing
curved towards midline and bearing a long, slender, ventral, sigmoid, apically
hooked process. Hypandrium with long, apical process. Female terminalia consists
of a flat, quadrangular plate with medial crease and it has a posterolateral corner
extension of the eighth sternite.
Molobratia, new genus
Type of genus: Asilus teutonus Linné, 1767.
I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. H. Oldroyd of the British Mu-
seum (Natural History) for calling to my attention the fact that this
species, teutonus Linné, hitherto regarded as the type of the genus
252 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
Dasypogon, is not in fact the type of Dasypogon Meigen. The type of
Dasypogon is Asilus diadema Fabricius, 1781, by designation of
Latreille, 1810. Since Asilus diadema is also the type of Selidopogon
3ezz1, 1902, and for the earlier Cheilopogon Rondani, 1856, both
these names must sink. Hence a new name is required for Asilus
teutonus Linné and the characterization as given here includes also
Dasypogon japonicum Bigot, 1878.
Fhes of medium size or larger, with drooping aspect of head and abdomen. They
are relatively bare with long legs and the front tibia and tarsi are unusually
lengthened; anterior tibia bears at apex a greatly elongate protuberance. Spines
absent on the female terminalia. Length, 25 mm.
Head.—The face is moderately prominent throughout but never strongly ex-
tended or gibbous and is not quite plane in profile. Occiput nowhere prominent
but its pile everywhere stiff and bristly in character. Proboscis stout and laterally
compressed. Palpus clearly of 2 segments. Antenna moderately elongate; third
segment longer than the first 2 segments combined, sometimes laterally compressed,
generally attenuate apically and with long, conspicuous, dorsal bristles; the third
segment bears a well developed, pointed microsegment with apical spine. The face
varies from one-fifth to one-third the head width; it bears scanty, stiff pile, long
or short over the middle and numerous, slender or stout, long bristles on the lower
third. Ocellarium low but prominent with 3 pairs of bristles.
Thorax.—The mesonotum is low and rather bare with a well developed band of
bristly, dorsocentral pile and more scattered acrostical pile. Lateral bristles con-
sist of 5 notopleural, 5 to 7 supraalar, 3 to 5 postalar, and seutellum either with-
out bristles or pile or with several pairs of long, slender bristles; humerus without
bristles. Prosternum dissociated.
Legs.—The legs are elongate, especially on the anterior tibia and tarsus. Femora
relatively slender. The hind femur bears short, stout bristles which consist of
5 to 7 dorsomedial, 5 dorsolateral, and 6 or 7 on each side below and a dorsal pair
at apex. Anterior and middle femora with 7 to 11 bristles. Anterior tibia at apex
with exceptionally long and characteristic protuberance and heavy, stout spine at
its apex; anterior basitarsus with ventral swelling and denticles. Claws sharp;
pulvillus long.
Wings.—The marginal eell, all posterior cells and anal cell widely open.
Abdomen.—The more or less eylindroid abdomen is slightly flattened across the
middles of the tergites. Males with 7 tergites, the seventh reduced; females with
8 tergites, the last considerably reduced. Male terminalia rotate, the epandrium
large and quite uncleft. Female terminalia inconspicuous, the lamellae large and
spines absent.
Opocapsis, new genus
Type of genus: Laphria dioctrioides Walker, 1860.
‘Very small flies belonging to the tribe Atomosini of the subfamily Laphriinae.
They are readily distinguished by the presence of only 4 posterior cells on the
wing. Apparently related to Clariola Kertesz, which has 5 posterior cells. Length,
5.5 mm.
Head.—The face is quite plane with the eye except for a minute extension on
the lower part; anteriorly it is quite narrow, with 2 fine bristles above and 2
PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 253
somewhat longer bristles below. Palpus of 2 segments, the first minute and the
second small. Proboscis minute, barely protruded beyond face and not constricted
in the middle. Antenna elongate; the third segment is longer than the first 2 seg-
ments combined and tapered from the base to a comparatively fine point at the
apex; in the middle it bears a deep incision with basal, spinous bristle.
Thorax.—The mesonotum is polished and shining, apparently without acrostical
elements and with a single row of fine, scanty, suberect, dorsocentral hairs. Lateral
bristles are slender and consist of 1 notopleural, 1 supraalar, 1 delicate postalar,
and on the scutellum 1 pair of quite long, rather stout, closely adjacent bristles.
Post metacoxal area fully chitinized.
Legs.—The hind femur is slightly lengthened and rather distinctly thickened;
of slender bristles it bears 3 laterally, 1 dorsally at apex, 1 medially at apex, 3
very slender, long, anteroventral bristles, besides 2 or 3 quite long, slender, ventro-
medial hairs. Claws short, sharp; pulvilli nearly as long as claws; empodium long
and basally stout.
Wings.—One posterior cell is missing and it appears to be the third; all other
posterior cells open maximally. Anal cell closed with a short stalk; marginal cell
likewise. The ambient vein ends at the middle of the anal cell; alula quite narrow.
Abdomen.—The abdomen is slender and subcylindrical though slightly flattened
on first 2 or 3 tergites; it is strongly punctulate, slightly but gradually widened.
Sides of first tergite with 4 rather stout, white bristles in a vertical row; middle
of sides of second to fourth tergites, each with a rather long, distinet, slender
bristle. Seven tergites in male. Male terminalia small, inconspicuous, hidden by
the cupped abdominal apex.
Zabrotica, new genus
Type of genus: Zabrotica clarkei, new species.
Small, cylindroid, short pilose flies, belonging to the Dasypogoninae and related
to Hypenetes Loew. From Hypenetes they are readily separated by the quite differ-
ent third antennal segment, which is not sharply constricted and attenuate at the
base. Male terminalia with 2 long, curved, blunt processes. Length 11 to 13 mm.
Head.—The face is nearly straight, vertically visible in lateral aspect only below.
Occiput weakly developed above, more prominent below. Proboscis short. Palpus
of 2 segments. Antenna short, the third segment laterally flattened and gradually
expanded from the base but rarely more than twice as wide at any point as its
basal width; apex slightly narrowed. The face below the antenna is one-fourth
the head width. The face bears a rather dense, vertical band of stout bristles
which are pale or black. Ocellar protuberance low, with 5 pairs of bristles.
Thorax.—The thorax is pollinose on the pleuron and lateral mesonotum; meso-
notal pile is scanty, setate or bristly and both acrostical and dorsocentral elements
are differentiated. Lateral bristles consist of 3 notopleural, 1 above wing but
situated posteriorly, 2 on postalar callosity and 3 pairs on the seutellum.
Legs.—All femora moderately thickened. Bristles comparatively numerous. On
the hind femur there is a transverse row of 3 chiefly medial apical bristles, 1 dorsal
subapical, 4 dorsolateral, 4 lateral, 5 ventrolateral and 7 ventromedial bristles.
Middle femur with fewer bristles. Anterior femur with 4 dorsal bristles, besides
1 or 2 posterodorsal bristles near outer third. Anterior tibia without spine at apex.
Claws sharp, empodium thick at base, pulvilli long and slender.
254 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
Wings.—The marginal cell is open; anterior branch of third vein ends well
above wing apex. Fourth posterior cell closed with a long stalk. Anal cell closed
in margin. Ambient vein complete.
Abdomen.—The abdomen is eylindroid and tapered. Pile is abundant but flat
appressed, coarse in males; middles of tergites largely bare. Tergite one with 5
or 6 pairs of bristles. Eight tergites in each sex. Epandrium emits on each side
a long, obtuse process; hypandrium emits a single long, curved process. Spines
on the acanthophorites.
Zabrotica clarkei, new species
Very dark brown, feebly shining, with abundant brownish yellow pollen.
Length, 12 mm.
Male. Head.—The head is black, densely covered with brownish yellow pollen
on the front, anterior part of ocellarium, a narrow stripe between the ocelli behind
and the whole occiput. On the face there is dense, coarse pubescence of the same
color, which extends to a more limited extent over the middle portion of the face
among the dense bristles of the mystax. The gibbosity of the face occupies per-
haps a little more than three-fourths of the face and is established a little abruptly
a short distance beneath the antenna. The middle half of the face on this gibbous
portion is densely covered with numerous, slender, long, black bristles laterally and
dorsally but with nearly 20 equally long, stout, white bristles in the middle of the
lower part. Palpus black with slender, black bristles. Proboscis black, attenuate
apically, heightened by the strong, basal carina ending beyond the middle. Pile
of occiput white, long, fine, rather abundant and wavy. Upper occiput beginning
at the middle with 14 pairs of rather strong, black bristles. Ocellarium with 4
pairs of quite long, moderately stout, black bristles, 2 of them placed behind.
Sides of front with 2 rows of 15 quite long, more slender, black bristles or bristly
hairs and a tuft of 5 fine, black hairs in front of each antenna.
Thorax.—The thorax is brownish black, densely covered with coarse, brownish
yellow micropubescence in several shades and with the apparent bare areas of the
opaque mesonotum reddish to golden brown pollinose. There is a conspicuous
acrostical row of many strong, slender, black bristles, also a presutural differenti-
ation of still stronger and still longer dorsocentral bristles; 5 long and 2 short
bristles lie in front of the suture, 4 long and several short bristles lie behind the
suture. Lateral bristles are black and rather strong. There are 3 notopleurals in
a row, 1 postsupraalar and on the post callus 2 yellowish white, long, stout bristles
and 3 weaker, black bristles. Seutellum concolorous and pubescent like the meso-
notum, its margin with 3 pairs of stout, long, black bristles. No pile on the dise.
From oblique light half of the scutellar dise appears bright, brassy pubescent, the
other half dark and the prescutellar area appears to have 2 bright stripes of such
pubescence, together with a basolateral spot and from the opposite side these
spots and scutellar pattern change position. Halteres dully brownish yellow. Pleuron
somewhat reddish over the middle coxa, the whole surface densely brownish yellow
micropubescenee. Metapleuron with a vertical row of 8 stout, whitish bristles and
4 similar hairs.
Legs.—The coxae are brownish black, the femora all tend to be dark reddish
brown and shining with the dorsal surface obscurely blackish. The pile is loose,
coarse, subappressed and whitish. The bristles are pale yellow, almost limited to
the hind femora and tibia, rather short but quite stout. Hind femur with 7 lateral
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
bo
o
oO
bristles, 4 ventrolateral, 2 distal ventral medial bristles, besides 5 other long, white
hairs. At the apex there are 2 dorsomedial bristles side by side, 1 dorsolateral
bristle and a larger one behind. All tibia light reddish brown. Hind tibia with
4 dorsolateral, 3 dorsomedial, 3 ventrolateral bristles and ventromedially 2 short,
black bristles. Middle femur with a stout, white bristle anteriorly at the outer
fifth, a smaller one before the middle and a stout bristle posteriorly near the apex.
Middle tibia with 5 anterodorsal, 4 shorter, darker, dorsal bristles, 5 posterior and
2 posteroventral bristles besides 2 ventral distal bristles. Anterior femur with
only 1 stout, reddish bristle posteriorly near the subapex. Bristles of its tibia
similar to the middle tibia but shorter. Claws only moderately sharp, black, widely
reddish at the base, pulvilli long, with parallel sides, the empodium long and sharp.
Wings.—The wings are hyaline, villi absent. Marginal cell widely open, pos-
terior cells maximally open except the fourth which is closed with a long stalk;
anal cell widely open, the ambient vein stout.
Abdomen.—The abdomen is slender and tends to be a little compressed laterally.
It is dark, sepia brown and densely, brownish yellow pollinose, with a tendency
towards slightly bare areas and change in pattern with a change in direction of
light. From above obliquely the posterior corners appear to have large triangles
of pollen. Pile fine, scanty, loose, yellowish white, subappressed, finely attenuate.
There are a few longer hairs on the sides of the first 3 tergites and the first tergite
bears 5 or 6 weak, yellow bristles, sometimes with 1 more stout, reddish bristle.
Sternites concolorous with the mesonotum similarly pollinose but with wider, bare,
posterior margins. Those of the first to fourth sternites each with a right bright,
diffuse, small, medial, posterior spot of paler pollen, which stands out from the
background. Terminalia reddish brown, the long processes of the fully cleft epan-
drium darker and the hypandrium darker. Basal portions more light reddish.
Type—Male, Oroya, Peru, May 7,:.1914,-C. Hea, T: Townsend
collector. In the United States National Museum. Named in honor of
Dr. J. F. Gates Clarke.
Margaritola, new genus
Type of genus: Margaritola mirabilis, new species.
Peculiar flies, small and robust with short, rather high thorax, quite wide head
with prominent, goggle-eyed appearance. It has exceptionally broad, generalized
wings and a very long antenna composed chiefly of the microplumose microseg-
ments which are longer than the third segment itself. Length 6 mm. without
antenna.
Head.—The head is of medium length; in profile the upper face is quite short,
almost plane with the eye and strongly retreating below. Occiput is poorly devel-
oped. Proboscis exceptionally small, short, robust, obtuse, and not extended as
far as the face. Palpus large, elongate with small, short, basal segments. The
antenna is exceptionally elongate, nearly twice as long as the head and slender.
First 2 segments each quite short, subequal and bead-like. The third segment,
microsegments included, is at least 5 times the combined length of the first 2 seg-
ments. The third segment proper is not as long as the 2 microsegments but nearly
as long as the second and ultimate microsegment. Both microsegments and end of
third segment bear dense, long micropubescence. In anterior aspect the head is
quite wide, the face below the antenna is one-fourth the head width; upper third
of face bears not very dense, coarse pubescence. Remainder is polished and bare,
256 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
except for similar sparse pubescence bordering the small, nearly horizontal sub-
epistoma. Upper face with no pile; middle face with 3 or 4 long, bristly hairs of
weak bristles. Lower retreating face with 3 or 4 similar hairs on each side. Front
extremely short, the vertex a little widened, and scarcely excavated, though the eye
rises above the vertex; the ocellarium is quite large and high with vertical sides.
Thorax.—The thorax is short and rather high, the mesonotum moderately high
and convex, abrupt anteriorly, densely covered with coarse, undifferentiated, sub-
erect pile; lateral bristles absent. Prosternum fused laterally.
Legs.—The legs are short, especially the femora; the first 4 femora are distinctly
stout. The slightly longer hind femur only moderately stout, densely covered with
rather long, fine appressed pile and a few, weak, slender bristles; it has very weak,
ventrolateral bristles and 4 much longer, equally slender, ventromedial bristles.
Hind tibia with 2 lateral bristles at the middle and beyond and in nearly the same
position 2 ventrolateral bristles besides 2 ventromedial bristles and 2 others near
the apex which are erect. Hind basitarsus with dense, erect, glandular-tipped pile.
Claws small, straight, sharp and hooked at the immediate apex. Pulvillus well
developed.
Wings.—The wings are exceptionally broad, being little more than twice as
long as wide. The marginal cell quite widely open the first vein and the costa are
all much stouter than the remaining veins. The 2 branches of the third vein end
almost an equal distance above and below the wing apex. All posterior cells open
maximally; the discal cell is short and broad, the short anterior crossvein enters
the middle of this cell. Anal cell very widely open. Alula narrow and ambient
vein complete.
Abdomen.—The abdomen is rather wide with the base perhaps not quite as wide
as the mesonotum but with the third tergite, however, fully as wide as the meso-
notum. The abdomen is comparatively short; males with 7 tergites, the seventh
half as long as the sixth, the third a little more than half as long as the second,
and the eighth totally concealed beneath the seventh. The male terminalia are
recessive and the basally, at least partially split, epandrium is largely tucked
beneath the last tergite. Remainder of terminalia rather deeply recessed within
the epandrial hood and reminiscent of the Stichopogonini, to which it is nowise
related.
Named for my wife, Marguerite Chappell Hull, who has collected
many flies and who has greatly aided me in my work with Diptera.
Margaritola mirabilis, new species
Abdomen broad, light brownish orange; wings exceptionally broad and brown.
Length, 7 mm. including the antenna.
Female. Head.—The head is quite black, for the most part polished and shining,
and exclusive of the occiput, with only a small portion micropubescent or pollinose.
Face not very high, gently rounded, retreating below with a large, short, oval,
transverse, bare area occupying at least two-thirds of the lower face and not quite
reaching the eye margin on each side. Remainder of face, cheeks, eye margins
and the anterior border of the very small, horizontal subepistoma coarsely whitish
micropubescent, arising from the bare area and widely separated. There is a tuft
of 6 rather long, but extremely fine, pale yellow, bristly hairs extended straight
outward. Palpus comparatively large, elongate, cylindrical, of 2 segments, the apex
slightly narrowed; the apex bears 3 and the ventral surface bears in 1 row 6 slen-
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO, 6, DECEMBER, 1958 257
der, yellow, bristly hairs as long as those of the face. Proboscis somewhat laterally
compressed, much shorter than the face and extended horizontally forward. Front
and vertex bare except for a narrow line of coarse pubescence along the eyes.
Ocellarium moderately high and steep with 3 pairs of slender, yellowish, bristly
hairs and a tuft of 2 on each side immediately behind. Antenna quite elongate,
slender, black, the basal half of the second segment with reddish sepia cast to the
dense, but extremely short pubescence. Beyond the middle the pubescence becomes
a little more coarse or loose, equally dense and more blackish. Pile of the first 2
segments bristly and reddish. First 2 segments minute and subequal, the third
segment bears 2 microsegments which together are longer than the first segment
and of equal thickness. The first microsegment is no longer than the first antennal
segment. There is some evidence that the apex of the second microsegment may be
subdivided but it is obscured by the pubescence.
Thorax.—The thorax is black, dully shining. There is a triangle of greyish
yellow, coarse pubescence medial to the humerus which extends backward as a
medial vitta, widening and confluent with the other half before the scutellum,
and laterally extended behind the humerus to broadly connect a similar stripe on
the lateral margin. These triangles almost connect at the base of the pronotum.
The lateral stripe runs narrowly in front of the post callus which is bare dorsally,
but pubescent below. The broad area in front of the scutellum is flecked with
bare spots. Seutellum gently convex to the sloping edge of the rim, shining black
and thinly grey pollinose, mostly bare in the middle with a trace of a median spot
of pubescence. Pleuron rather uniformly greyish yellow micropubescent. Pro-
notum with reddish brown pollen.
Legs.—The legs are wholly light brownish orange, except the last 3 segments
of all of the tarsi, which are dark reddish brown, pile and bristles yellow. All
femora are a little stout. Hind tibia a little swollen from the base to the apex
and rather large at the apex. Hind basitarsus long and stout with dense, erect
fringe of pale, ventral sensory hairs. All bristles are extremely weak, being seareely
more than bristly hairs except on the middle tibia where they are a little more
prominent and those of the first 3 tarsal segments are more prominent. Hind femur
with 3 quite long, ventromedial, bristly hairs along the middle, 5 ventrolateral,
also along the middle, its tibia with 2 lateral, 2 dorsal, 3 ventrolateral and 2 ven-
tral. Middle tibia with 3 rather long, ventral, 2 anterior bristles and 4 short, dorsal
bristles.
Wings.—The wings are unusually broad and uniformly tinted with medium dark,
reddish sepia brown. Marginal cell and all posterior cells widely open, including
the anal eell.
Abdomen.—The abdomen is only slightly convex, the first 2 tergites being slightly
flattened over the middle. The first 4 tergites have nearly parallel sides but are
a little the widest on the second and third tergites where they are fully as wide
as the thorax. Remaining tergites only a little narrowed. Seven tergites present,
the seventh half as long as the sixth. Female terminalia short, obtuse, barely pro-
truding beyond the seventh tergite. The whole abdomen is light brownish yellow
or orange with minute, scanty, appressed pile which becomes a little longer, more
dense and suberect on the side margins. No bristles present.
Type—Female, Lourenco Marquez, Africa, November 6, 1902, C.
W. Howard collector. In the collections of the United States National
Museum.
Lo
on
oe)
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
A NOTE ON SWARMING AND EMERGENCE OF ANTS
(HYMENOPTERA, FORMICIDAE)
Swarms of Myrmica emeryana Forel were observed at intervals of
about 100 yards for a distance of nearly 5 miles while I was driving
along U. 8. Highway 12 between Black River Falls and Tomah, Wis-
consin, on August 29, 1958. As the car approached the swarms they
had the appearance of large clouds of black smoke drifting across the
highway from the tops of the pine trees that densely lned the right-
ot-way. However, in most instances when the car drew alongside, each
swarm was found to be suspended in the air above the 25-foot wide
parkway between the pavement and the trees. The swarms were of
various shapes and sizes, but most were spherical aggregations ap-
proximately 10 feet in diameter. They were uniformly at tree-top
height, which was estimated at 40 feet. During a stop to make a
collection, many winged ants were seen on the ground alone or mating.
The random sample of specimens had a 4:1 ratio of males to females.
The sandy soil of the parkway contained numerous colonies of Lasius
neoniger Kmery among a sparse growth of grasses and weeds. Worker
ants of these colonies appeared to be scavenging on individuals of
M. emeryana.
The swarming locality was driven into soon after leaving a heavy
rain storm. The air was muggy, and the sky heavily overeast but rain
apparently had not yet fallen in the swarming area. Observations
were made at 2:30 p.m. Standard Time.
On July 26-28, 1958, an emergence of winged males and females of
Lasius sitkaensis Pergande was observed at Ruidoso, New Mexico, ele-
vation 7,000 feet. Ant colonies had not been noticed in a well-traveled
pathway prior to the appearance of the alates at newly opened en-
trance holes. The emergence followed early afternoon showers. Alates
were clustered around emergence holes until late afternoon, dispersing
gradually by flying away singly rather than swarming. Emergenees on
the second and third day occurred under conditions similar to the first
day, but a noticeable reduction in the number of individuals took place
on the successive days.
It was hypothesized that the observed activity was associated with
environmental conditions of increased moisture and reduced light in-
tensity. However, many different factors may be related to such
activity, including ‘‘clock’’ rhythms reported on by McCluskey (Scei-
ence 128:536, 1958).
The writer is grateful to Dr. W. L. Brown, Jr., for identifying the
species of ants. Specimens of the ants are deposited in the Harvard
Museum of Comparative Zoology.
Joun T. MEpDLER, Department of Entomology, University of Wisconsin, Madison.
PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 259
SOME ATTINE SYNONYMS AND TYPES
(HYMENOPTERA, FORMICIDAE)
Nrau A. WEBER, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pennsylvania
Studies in the European Forel, Santschi and Emery collections of
attine or fungus-growing ants!, supported by a grant from the Na-
tional Science Foundation, have shown that a number of synonyms
exist. Some in Atta and Trachymyrmex have been published (Weber,
1958, Ent. News 69 :7-13 and 49-55) the present records are by genera
listed below. These synonyms reflect not only the direct examination
of types but a growing realization, based on field and laboratory stud-
ies, that considerable infraspecific variation is normal. The attine
tribe as a group consists of spiny and ferruginous workers and it has
been found true particularly that the exact proportons of spines and
the color varies considerably within a colony. As so often has been the
case, a description of a new species based on one or two known speci-
mens can hardly picture the true situation. For this reason it should
be useful to redescribe some species, indicate where the types now are
and if possible to show where conspecific material may be found.
Cyphomyrmex rimosus ssp. minutus Mayr
1862. Cyphomyrmex minutus Mayr, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 12:691.
Forel, Santschi and Emery were in agreement on the common Cy-
phomyrmex form as shown by the specimens so labeled in their collec-
tions. They placed them under Cyphomyrmex rimosus minutus. The
proper name to be applied to it is another matter since their collections
do not contain any types of Spinola or Mayr, the describers of rimosus
(recorded from Para, Brazil) and minutus (from Cuba).
The specimens listed by Forel, Santschi and Emery as minutus are
the same form considered by the author (Weber, 1940, Rev. de Ent.
11 :406-427 and Ibid., 12 :93-130) to be the widely distributed rimosus
of the islands and shores of the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea and
the mainland south to Brazil and Bolivia. In the Forel Collection is a
pin marked ‘‘Cotypus’’ with the labels: “‘C. Steinheili & Forel, Bre-
sil; C. rimosus Spin. r. minutus Mayr, coll. A. Forel.’’ The single
worker is on a minuten nadeln with heavy iron salt spicules protrud-
ing from the high part of the thorax.? It has a thorax length of 1.09
1 That of Forel in the Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle in Geneva, Switzerland; of
Santschi in the Naturhistorisches Museum, Basel, Switzerland; and of Emery in
the Museo Civico Di Storia Naturale, Genoa, Italy. The authorities of these mu-
seums were most helpful in making available their collections for study.
2 The term ‘‘thorax’’, as used generally in myrmecology, is taken to mean the
compact, rigid part separated from the head and petiolar node or nodes by sharp
constrictions. The fact that in its development it may include the first abdominal
segment need not obscure the primary concept of a well understood central strue-
ture that bears the legs (and wings in males and females). The term ‘‘alitrunk’’,
used in place of ‘‘thorax’’, is inaccurate when applied to the wingless worker ant,
is a longer word and does not appear to be an improvement.
260 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
mm. and total extended length of 3.01 mm. The postpetiolar node
from above is 0.830 mm. long by 0.42 mm. wide. This also is the com-
mon form. It is probable that minutus, too, is a synonym of rimosus
but this cannot be proved with existing evidence. From considerable
collecting in the area the author has coneluded that this is as variable
a species as other attines have proven to be.
Cyphomyrmex rimosus ssp. fuscus Emery
NO
1894. Cyphomyrmex rimosus var. fuscus Emery. Bull. Soe. Ent. Ital. 26:225.
1921. Cyphomyrmex rimosus var. fuscula Emery, Genera Insectorum, Fase. 174,
p. 342.
1938. Cyphomyrmex rimosus ssp. curiapensis Weber, Rev. Ent. 9:190. New
synonymy.
Emery renamed this ant fuscula when Trachymyrmex was considered by him to
be a subgenus of Cyphomyrmex. He had earlier in the same 1894 publication
named an ant T. urichi subsp. fusca. Sinee there appears now no good reason to
consider Trachymyrmex a subgenus of Cyphomyrmex his original name should
stand. Aside from morphological evidence, the present ant cultivates a yeast-lke
fungus on insect excrement, the Trachymyrmex a hyphal form of fungus on vegetal
substrate.
The Emery collection now contains two pins here, one with five workers bearing
the labels: ‘‘F. 59, 8. Cath., Schm; Cyphomyrmex rimosus Sp. var. fuscus Emery.’’
The second pin, of two males, one alate female and two workers has the same
“*S. Cath. Schmidt’’ top label. The Forel collection contains as a ‘‘Cotypus’’ a
pin of two workers labelled: ‘‘Cyphomyrmex rimosus var. fusca Em; S. Cath-
arina.’?
These type ants are large, sharply sculptured rimosus with the occipital angles
more produced than in trinitatis but with less acute posterior thoracic tubercles.
The scapes surpass the occipital angles by their distal diameters. The antero-
median impression of the gaster and squamate hairs are conspicuous. A direct
comparison with cotypes of curiapensis shows that they are the same. The three
castes of the latter were described in 1938.
Cyphomyrmex rimosus ssp. transversus Emery
1894. Cyphomyrmex rimosus subsp. transversus Emery, Bull. Soe. Ent. Ital. 26:226.
1901. Cyphomyrmex rimosus st. olindanus Forel, Ann. Soe. Ent. Belg. 45:337.
1938. Cyphomyrmex rimosus ssp. venezuelensis Weber, Rev. Ent. 9:188. New
synonymy.
The Emery collection contains four pins in the type series, the lead-
ing pin bearing the labels: ‘‘ Matto Grosso, Germain.’’ It contains one
dealate female and three workers. The postpetiolar node of the female
from above is 0.32 mm. long by 0.52 mm. wide so that it is indeed
transverse as the new name implied. The Forel collection contains a
pin with one worker marked ‘‘Cotypus,’’ from Matto Grosso, whose
postpetiolar node is 0.22 mm. long by 0.30 mm. wide. The Forel col-
lection also contains a pin marked ‘‘Typus’’ from Olinda, Brazil with
two workers which presumably are the types of the svnonym, olindanus.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 261
A comparison of cotypes of venezwelensis with the workers in the
Forel collection show them to be the same. A worker marked ‘*‘ Coty-
pus’’ and sent to me by Menozzi in the 1930’s is from Matto Grosso
(Germain) and may be part of the type series. It is small and with
the postpetiolar node deeply impressed. Despite minor differences,
venezuelensis is best considered a synonym.
Cyphomyrmex salvini Forel
1899. Cyphomyrmex rimosus race salvini Forel, Biol. Centr.-Amer. Hym. 3:40.
The Forel collection contained two pins, one of which was wrongly
labeled ‘*Typus.’’ This one, with three workers, had six separate la-
bels, reading from top to bottom: ‘‘Typus; Port Limon, Costa Rica,
ITI 25.05, F. C. Paulmeier ; Type No. AMNH;; C. rimosus salvini For ;
r. C. salvini Forel; coll. A. Forel.’’ The second pin, of one worker, has
two labels: ‘‘C. rimosus, Spin. & r. Salvini Forel; coll. A. Forel.’’ It
is unfortunate that it had no locality label; Bugaba, Panama
(Champion) is the type locality. The total length of the worker, with
head and gaster bent down, is 2.2 mm., thorax length 1.11 mm. and
the occipital angles 0.10 mm. One of the Costa Rican workers had
occipital angles 0.12 mm. long. The two pins were of the same species.
The caste described and figured originally by Forel is the female but
his figure compared with the workers in the Forel collection and those
described below as acutus indicate clearly what the species is, regard-
less of where the female may be. When the type female and the female
of acutus are found, the latter may be considered a synonym.
Cyphomyrmex salvini ssp. acutus Weber
1940. Cyphomyrmex acutus Weber, Rey. de Ent. 11:409.
The typical salvini worker, as listed above, is darker and more
densely and finely punctate than the cotype of acutus with which it
was compared. The latter has a much more acute post-ocular tubercle
and the postpetiolar tubercles are more prominent. For these reasons
acutus is temporarily retained as a subspecies although, when more
specimens of both appear, acutus may turn out to be a synonym.
The best biological evidence for considering either salvini or acutus
as a species separate from rimosus would be the finding of the fungus
earden. If it consists of yeast-like masses of cells on insect excrement
this would suggest that the ants belong to the rimosus complex which
is unique in possessing this type of garden. If like costatus, e.g., mM
having a typical mycelium, the ants should be treated as a separate
species.
Myrmicocrypta I. Smith
Myrmicocrypta collaris Emery
1913. Myrmicocrypta collaris Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 57:252.
1913. Myrmicocrypta corniculata Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 57:253. New
synonymy.
262 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
Although Emery described both species as new, these were each
based on single alate females that still exist in the Emery collection.
The collaris female, labeled ‘‘ Vilecanota, Peru, Stug.; Myrmicoerypta
eollaris Em.’’, has an extended length as mounted of 3.62 mm. thorax
1.27 mm. and postpetiolar node from above of 0.26 mm. long by 0.47
mm. wide. The corniculata female, labeled: ‘‘Pachitea, Peru, Stde. ;
Myrmicocrypta corniculata Em,’’ has an extended length as mounted
of 3.6 mm., thorax 1.16-1.20 (difficult to see exactly) and a postpetiolar
node from above of 0.27 mm. lone by 0.47 mm. wide. Both specimens
were evidently from the collector, Staudinger. A direct comparison
of the two shows that they are conspecific and that sheht differences
in wings and the occipital area are not significant. Since collaris was
deseribed first, this name should stand.
Direct comparisons with specimens of ednaella, longinoda, occipi-
talis, spinosa, unidentata and urichi show these to be distinct.
Myrmicocrypta squamosa fF. Smith
1860. Myrmicocrypta squamosa Smith, Jour. Ent. 1:74.
1934. Myrmicocrypta buenzlii Borgmeier, Arq. Inst. Biol. Veget. Rio de Janeiro,
1:104. New synonymy.
The Forel collection contains a pin of three workers labeled: “‘M.
squamosa Sm., %, Ypiranga, Sao Paulo (Ihering)’’ that agree well
with Trinidad specimens of buenzlii, whose type locality is Surinam.
Since Smith’s descriptions were often worthless, the continental myr-
mecologists went to some pains to determine what they applied to. If
Forel’s concept is correct in this instance, buenzlii becomes a synonym.
Mycetophylax Emery
1913. Cyphomyrmex subg. Mycetophylax, Emery, Ann. Soe. Ent. Belg. 57:251.
1956. Paramycetophylax, nov. gen. Kusnezoy, Idia, Agosto-Sept., p. 24. (Minist.
Agric. y Ganaderia, Buenos Aires.) New synonymy.
The new genus, Paramycetophylar, was based on bruchi described
below and is discussed there.
Mycetophylax bruchi Santschi
1916. Sericomyrmex bruchi, Santschi, Physis, 2:183.
1922. Mycetophylax bruchi, Santschi, Bull. Soe. Vaud. Se. Nat., p. 355.
1956. Paramycetophylax bruchi, Kusnezov, Idia, Agosto-Sept., p. 24. (Minist.
Agric. y Ganaderia, Buenos Aires.) New synonymy.
Santschi dedicated a number of ants to Carlos Bruch. Several were
attines and he later placed them in other attine genera so that con-
fusion is sometimes possible. Fortunately the Santschi collection still
contains a type ant labeled ‘‘ Mycetophylax bruchi Sants.; Argentine ;
Puerto Madryn (Biraben)’’ which is No. 3450 in the collection. This
is a worker with a thorax, excluding neck, of 1.32 mm., or length with
neck of 1.89 mm. The postpetiole from above is 0.30 mm. long by 0.41
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 263
mm. wide. The head back of the eyes is 0.91 mm. and it is 1.01 mm.
from occiput to the anterior border of the clypeus. The head appears
squarish. I noted it at the time as ‘‘a good Mycetophylax but with
large, acute inferior pronotal tubercles as in ants of other related
genera and with a very slight anterior pronotal median gibbosity (not
tubercle).’’ Santschi’s type of pauper is similar but his cristatulatus
has a strikingly high median gibbosity or obtuse tuberosity on the
median pronotal area. Kusnezov bases his descriptions of Paramyceto-
phylax on Santschi’s same Puerto Madryn species and figures the head
of a worker. Considering the Santschi type, it would appear that
unless attine genera are to be broken up into many on the basis of
minor distinctions, the new genus name would be a synonym. In this
particular case the ant has a character somewhat transitional to that
of other genera.
Mycetophylax emeryi Forel
1907. Myrmicocrypta emeryi Forel, Intern. Se. Rev. Genevo 4:144.
1948. Mycetophylax hummelincki Weber, Ultgaver. Natuurwet. Stud. v. Suriname
en Curacao 3 (No. 14): 78. New synonymy.
A cotype worker in the Santschi collection from Cienaga, Colombia
(Forel) has the same color and structural characters as hummelinckt.
The Wheeler and Santschi descriptions, used as a basis for describing
hummelincki, proved unreliable.
Mycetophylax emeryi ssp. bolivari Weber
1948. Mycetophylax bolivari Weber. Ultgaver. Natuurwet. Stud. v. Suriname en
Curacao 3 (No. 14): 78.
Considering the specimens so far known, bolivari is best considered
to be a geographical subspecies of emery: differing in much paler color.
It is primarily a pale ferruginous with head slightly darker.
Sericomyrmex Mayr
Sericomyrmex amabalis Wheeler
1925. Sericomyrmex amabalis Wheeler, Biol. Bull. 49:166.
1931. Sericomyrmesx bierigi Santschi, Rev. de Ent. 1:279. New synonymy.
The Santschi collection contains under bierigi three pins labeled:
‘Panama, La Conception, 16.vii.30, Bierig,’’ and one labeled: ** Pan-
ama, France Field, Bierig 1.vi.30.’’ These type ants agree exactly
with dark specimens of amabalis from the latter type locality, Barro
Colorado Island, Canal Zone. Santschi lacked specimens of amabalis
for comparison and was unaware of the marked color and size differ-
ences since found by the present writer to be common in this species
although not present in Wheeler’s type series. Specimens taken in
March 1957 on Barro Colorado Island were a dark brown. To the
distribution of the species may also be added specimens collected at
Turrialba and Bataan, Costa Rica (N.A.W.).
264 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
Acromyrmex Mayr
Acromyrmex (Moellerius) landolti Forel
1884. Atta (Acromyrmex) Landolti Forel, Bull. Soc. Vaud. Se. Nat. 20:357.
Unfortunately the types of landolti were not seen in the Forel collec-
tion. Under balzani this collection has specimens from Paraguay (Fie-
brig). In the Santschi collection, however, the ants labeled as this and
the ants of balzani and its forms prove to be of one species. The
Emery collection landolti also are of the same species as balzani. Speci-
mens collected by the author at Rio Poree, Colombia in 1938 as typical
landolti-balzant and may well be similar to the types of landolti,
which came from Colombia. In the keys that Emery, Forel and Sant-
schi used for separating the species of Acromyrmex the two key out
together and are separated on minor distinctions. It would appear,
therefore, that balzani, described six years later, is the synonym or at
most a subspecies of landolti. Because the types of landolti were not
studied, balzani is retained until better proof is at hand.
Acromyrmex (Moellerius) balzani Emery
1890. Acromyrmex (Moellerius) balzani Emery, Ann. Soe. Ent. France, 10:67.
There are four pins in the Emery collection, the first, containing
eight workers of differing sizes, jumbled together, bearing the labels:
‘‘Paraguay, Balzan; Atta Balzani Em. n. sp.’’ As described under
landolti, this may be same as that species. The eight workers were
compared with the subspecies named by the author as follows:
A planorum cotype (Rev. de Ent. 1937, 7:409) lacks the epinotal
tubercle and the well developed horseshoe-shaped ridge on which are
the median anterior pronotal tubercles; it is much paler.
A myersi paratype with thorax 2.60 mm. (Rev. de Ent. 1937, 7 :408)
has fewer striae on the frons, has larger occipital tubercles and higher
median anterior pronotal tubercles.
A pampanus cotype (Rev. de. Ent. 1938, 9:200) has the striae of
the frons less extensive and the occipital spine rises more abruptly.
Santschi’s var. multituber holotype, a maxima with thorax 2.71
mm. (Bull. Soc. Vaud. Se. Nat. 54:362) has the frons densely and
finely rugulose between the carinae.
Santschi’s var. senex cotypes from Pirapora, Brazil (Rev. Mus.
Paulista, 1923; 13:19) have a fine, dense rugulosity generally distrib-
uted over the head and on part of the thorax. The thorax leneth of
the maxima is 2.58 mm. and it has a well developed inferior mesonotal
spine as in myerst.
The above differences seem minor and it is possible that these forms
are synonyms of a widely distributed and variable species which
should be called landolti.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 265
THE PROBLEM OF COLOR VARIATION IN PODABRUS
(COLEOPTERA, CANTHARIDAE )
GEORGE WILLIAM MISKIMEN, Department of Biology,
University of Florida, Gainesville
Within the genus Podabrus there are many instances of trouble-
some color variations among species which show little intraspecific
structural difference. In some instances these color variants have been
described as full species or as subspecies. I have studied two cases of
this type in an effort to arrive at a working hypothesis for future study
to determine the exact nature of these differences.
The West Coast forms Podabrus comes Lee., P. pruinosus pruinosus
Lee., and P. pruinosus diversipes Fall are identical in structural mor-
phology. The only observable difference is color variation involving
the legs, antennae, occiput, and the last two or three abdominal stern-
ites. In comes these parts are essentially rufous, in prwinosus pruino-
sus strongly melanized, and in pruinosus diversipes exhibit all degrees
of gradation. Certain relationships between various darkened struc-
tures may be noted. Specimens closest to the rufous condition have
increasingly darker tibiae, tarsi, and antennae. When these structures
reach nearly maximal melanization the femora, except for the distal
tips, become progressively darker. Finally, in some examples the
terminal sternites of the abdomen become dark. The procoxae appar-
ently do not become melanistic. The combined range of these forms
extends from southern California north to British Columbia with a
few captures in western New Mexico and Nevada. Strongly melanized
specimens are much more common in the northern parts of the range
and also in the higher altitudes of mountains. The rufous type is more
common in the lowlands of the southern part of the range. Most ex-
amples of the lighter type, however, show at least some evidence of
melanization. There is an extensive zone of intergradation from north-
ern California to southern Washington.
The above observations indicate that these nominal species form a
natural unit best expressed by the names P. pruinosus pruimosus, P.
pruinosus diversipes, and P. pruinosus comes.
The Mississippi Valley species, P. tomentosus Lec., also shows color
variation. Western specimens in the hot, dry Great Plains region have
flavous elytral margins whereas eastern members of the species have
totally black elytra. A gradational zone may be plotted as extending
from Minnesota through Illinois, then southward. An exceptional
capture with flavous elytral borders was made from Ohio in a series
having entirely black elytra.
In both P. pruinosus and P. tomentosus these color variations paral-
lel Glogers’ Rule as applied to invertebrates, since these beetles tend
to be more melanistic in areas of increasing moisture and coolness:
Dobzhansky (1933), Hovanitz (1941), Netolitzky (1931), Spieth
(1938), Zimmermann (1931). Hot, dry surroundings shortly after
266 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
emergence and prior to hardening of the exoskeleton tend to retard
melanin formation. This effect seems to be more pronounced if both
the moisture and temperature factors are involved simultaneously. In
the case of the West Coast species Fender (1949) noted that in the
Willamette Valley of Oregon occasional colonies of the rufous type
could be found. My hypothesis for this apparent irregularity is that
members of these colonies may have emerged either late in the morn-
ine after the temperature had risen, later in the season, or during a
warmer than average day early in the season. These possibilities
will require controlled experiments to ascertain their validity. It
would be expected that the northern dark types be found occasionally
in the southern part of the range due to local environmental conditions
inducing increased melanin deposition. This is actually the case; I
have noted many specimens from the southern part of the range which
show some melanization although never as much as in the truly dark
populations of British Columbia.
Future study of this phenomenon will no doubt serve to further
clarify the taxonomy of beetles in this group.
LITERATURE CITED
Dobzhansky, Theodosius, 1933. Geographical variation in lady-beetles. American
Naturalist 67:97-126.
Fender, Kenneth M., 1949. Studies in the Cantharidae IV. (Coleoptera). Pan-
Pacific Ent. XXV (4) :185.
Hovanitz, W., 1941. Parallel ecogenotypical color variation in butterflies. Ecology,
1941 : 259-284.
Netolitzky, F., 1931. Einige Regeln in der geographischen Verbreitung gefliigelter
Kiaferrassen. Biol. Zentralbl, 51:277-290.
Spieth, Herman T., 1939. Studies on the biology of the Ephemeroptera. I. Colora-
tion and its relation to seasonal emergence. Canadian Entomologist LXX:
210-218.
Zimmermann, K., 1931. Studien tiber individuelle und geographischen Variabilitiét
palaarktischer Polistes und verwandter Vespiden. Zeitschr. Morph. Okol. 22:
OLOOT
I 7 =e 0)
DATE OF PUBLICATION, FIRST SUPPLEMENT, SYNOPTIC CATALOG
OF NORTH AMERICAN HYMENOPTERA
Initial copies of the First Supplement to ‘‘ Hymenoptera of America
North of Mexico—Synoptie Catalog’’ (U.S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monoer.
2, 305 pp.) were distributed to personnel of the Hymenoptera Unit in
the Insect Identification and Parasite Introduction Laboratories in
Washington, D. C., on October 8, 1958. The publication date on the
title page, ‘September 1958,’’ is erroneous.
Kart V. KromsBein, Editor, Entomology Research Division, A.R.S., U.S.D.A.,
Washington, D. C.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 267
THREE NEW SPECIES OF CUERNOLESTES MILLER
(HEMIPTERA, REDUVIIDAE)
Jor C. ELKINS, 7010 Alderney Dr., Houston 24, Texas
In this paper three new species of Cuernolestes Miller are described,
bringing the total of described species to four. Additional notes con-
tributory to the knowledge of the genus are included.
Cuernolestes nanus, new species
Male.—Length, 5.04 mm. Highly polished, color generally stramineous suffused
with dark amber laterally on pronotum and on hemelytra; meso and metathoracie
femora lightly annulate apically; pleura, abdomen, legs and antennae sparsely
pubescent.
Head with a spine ventro-laterally on each side before eye, another ventro-
laterally on each side just behind posterior margin of eye, a seta on each side
ventro-laterally juts before collum; intraocular suture distinct but very shallow;
Ist rostral segment with two upward projecting spines; dorsum of jugum with an
indistinet tubercle; length from anterior border of eye to tylus apex slightly more
than longitudinal length of eye; Ist rostral segment attaining border of posterior
ventro-lateral spines.
Pronotum with spine at each antero-ventral angle on each side, whose length is
subequal to longitudinal length of eye; length of humeral spine 1.5 times longer
than terminal rostral segment; mesonotal spine 1/3rd shorter than humeral spine;
metanotal process very short; dorsal median spine of Ist tergite 1/5th longer than
basal rostral segment.
Conformity of apical internal cell and surrounding veins of hemelytron as in
fie
Prothoracie coxa with three ventral short spines; prothoracic trochanter with
one long apical spine, one middle short spine and one basal very short spine;
prothoracic femur with six long rather robust spines on inner upper surface, two
long robust spines ventrally with several shorter spines; prothoracic tibia with
three robust spines on dorsal surface; other legs spineless; metathoracie femur
surpassing abdominal apex.
Connexival segments spineless.
Posterior border of male hypopygium (fig. 4) somewhat narrowed and lightly
bisinuate; claspers directed anteriorly as is characteristic of this genus.
Female.—Unknown.
Specific name from Greek vavus, 6, a dwarf.
Holotype ¢, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, San Jose, Mindoro, II-22-
45, BE. S. Ross. Deposited in the Calif. Acad. Sci. Collection.
Cuernolestes normae, new species
Male.—Length, 6.25 mm. High polished, general color dark amber suffused with
stramineous on head and abdomen, legs light stramineous without annuli, hemelytra
hyaline; pleura, abdomen, legs and antennae sparsely pubescent.
Head with a spine ventro-laterally on each side before eye, another ventro-
laterally on each side just behind posterior margin of eye, a small seta on each
268 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
side ventro-laterally just before collum; intraocular suture indistinct; 1st rostral
segment with two upward projecting spines; dorsum of jugum with a distinct
small tubercle; length from anterior border of eye to tylus apex subequal to
length of eye longitudinally; Ist rostral segment not reaching border of postocular
ventro-lateral spines.
oe es!
lO
Cuernolestes nanus, n. sp.: fig. 1, apieal internal cell and surrounding venation
of hemelytron; fig. 4, male posterior hypopygial border. C. normae, n. sp.: fig. 2,
apical internal cell and surrounding venation of hemelytron; fig. 5, male posterior
hypopygial border. C. bakeri, n. sp.: fig. 2, apical internal cell and surrounding
venation of hemelytron; fig. 6, male posterior hypopygial border; fig. 7, male
clasper; fig. 8, aedeagus and basal plate; fig. 9, basal plate; fig. 10, genital capsule
and claspers of male. C. philippinus Miller: fig. 3, apical internal cell and sur-
rounding venation of hemelytron.
Pronotum with spine at each antero-ventral angle on each side, whose length is
subequal to that of terminal rostral segment; length of humeral spine slightly
longer than terminal rostral segment; mesonotal spine 1/4th shorter than humeral
spine; metanotal process very short; dorsal median spine of Ist tergite 1/5th
shorter than basal rostral segment.
Conformity of apical internal cell and surrounding veins of hemelytron as in
= »
fig. 2.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 269
Prothoracic coxa with three ventral short spines; prothoracic trochanter with
one long apical spine, one middle short spine and one basal very short spine; pro-
thoracic femur with six long rather robust spines on inner upper surface, two
long robust spines ventrally with several shorter spines; prothoracie tibia with
three robust spines on dorsal surface; other legs spineless; metathoracic femur
surpassing abdominal apex.
Connexival segments spineless.
Posterior border of male hypopygium (fig. 5) broad; elaspers directed anteriorly
as is characteristic of this genus.
Female.— Unknown.
Specific name in honor of my wife, Norma.
Holotype, ¢, BORNEO, Sandakan, Baker. Deposited in the U. 8.
National Museum.
Cuernolestes bakeri, new species
Length from 6 mm to 6.10 mm. Highly polished, color dark amber lightly suf-
fused with stramineous ventrally on abdomen; legs light stramineous with annuli
at apices of all femora; pubescence sparse on abdomen, pleura, antennae and legs.
Head with a spine ventro-laterally on each side before eye, another ventro-
laterally on each side just behind posterior margin of eye, a small seta on each
side ventro-laterally just before collum; Intraocular suture distinct; Ist rostral
segment with two upward projecting spines; dorsum of jugum with a very distinet
pointed tubercle; length from anterior border of eye to tylus apex subequal to
length of eye longitudinally; Ist rostral segment not reaching border of postocular
ventro-lateral spines.
Pronotum with rather long spine at antero-ventral angle on each side, length
of spine subequal to, or slightly longer than, longitudinal length of eye; length of
humeral spine variable from slightly shorter to slightly longer than terminal
rostral segment; mesonotal spine less than length of humeral spine; metanotal
apical process very short; dorso-median spine of Ist tergite very long, slightly
longer than to subequal to length of Ist rostral segment.
Conformity of apieal internal cell and surrounding veins of hemelytron as in
figs 2;
Prothoracie coxa with three ventral short spines; prothoracic trochanter with
one long apical spine, one middle short spine and one basal very short spine;
prothoracic femur with six long rather robust spines on inner upper surface, two
long robust spines ventrally with several shorter spines; prothoracie tibia with
three robust spines on dorsal surface; other legs spineless; metathoracie femur
surpassing abdominal apex.
Connexival segments spineless.
Posterior border of male hypopygium (fig. 6) almost pointed, shallowly U-
shaped; elasper as in fig. 7, directed anteriorly as is characteristic of this genus;
basal plate (fig. 9) minute, lacking anterior bridge; aedeagus tubular, roughly
C-shaped; phallosoma not disseeted and everted.
Female IXth tergite pointed and directed posteriorly rather than vertical;
VIIIth tergite and attendant gonopophyses also following this conformity of an-
terior poimtedness.
270 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
Specific name in honor of the collector.
Holotype, ¢, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, Surigao, Mindinao, Baker.
Deposited in the U. 8. National Museum. Paratypes, 2 6 6,2 92 2,
same data as holotype, 2 Elkins collection, 2 USNM.
All the species known in this genus seem to comprise a closely knit
eroup. Until additional individuals are available for genital dissection,
it would be unwise to venture close relationships.
Kry T0 THE SPECIES OF CUERNOLESTES
1. Ist rostral surpassing border of postocular ventro-lateral spines; hemely-
tral venation around apical internal cell as in fig. 1; male posterior
hypopyLial border asiein aloe eee eee ens eee eee ee nanus, n. sp.
Ist rostral not surpassing border of postocular ventro-lateral spines;
Lo
hemelytral venation around apical internal cell otherwise — io eee
2. Head lacking seta on either side ventro-laterally before collum ; homely
venation around apical internal cell as in fig. 3 _.-___. philippinus Miller
Head with seta on either side ventro-laterally before collum; hemelytral
9 fa}
venation around apical internal cell as in fig. 2 ee Sl fs 3
we)
Tuberele on dorsum of each jugum indistinet, femora not ataratee apie Calley
posterior border of male hypopygium broad (fig. 5) —..-___.. normae, n. sp.
Tubercle on dorsum of each jJugum small but es femora annulate,
posterior border of male hypopygium rather pointed (fig. 6). bakeri, n. sp.
LITERATURE CITED
Miller, N. C. E., 1954. New genera and species of Reduviidae (Hemiptera Heter-
optera). Comment. Biol., Soc. Sci. Fenn. 13(17) :2, 3.
BOOK NOTICE
THE WORLD OF BUTTERFLIES AND MOTHS, by Alexander B. Klots. Nu-
merous text illustrations, including photographs; 24 full page color plates; 207
pp. MeGraw-Hill Book Co., Ine., New York. $15.00.
This English version of Mr. Klots’ contribution to the series of La
Nature Viwante is a clearly written attempt to bring to others an
interest in the study of these insects. The text, divided into chapters
dealing with ancestry, structures, biology, food habits, relationships
to other insects and to man, and distribution, is aimed at young and
old alike. The principal attraction of this book is the excellent quality
of the illustrations, which should serve to whet anyone’s appetite for
further study of the order Lepidoptera.— Ep.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 271
TWO NEW AND TWO RARE TUBULIFEROUS THRIPS, RECORDED
PRINCIPALLY FROM ILLINOIS
(THYSANOPTERA, PHLAEOTHRIPIDAE )
Lewis J. STANNARD, JR., Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana
The species described or listed herein belong to taxonomically diffi-
cult groups. These and many of their relatives are not only extremely
close in diagnostic characteristics but also, what is worse, they are
members of genera that have never been revised or analyzed. If the
new characteristics and comparisons introduced in the following prove
to be of aid, it is hoped that any synonyms that chance to result will
be justly pardoned.
The types and other specimens studied are deposited in the collec-
tions of the Illinois Natural History Survey.
Eurythrips setiger, new species
Female (macropterous).—Length, distended, nearly 2 mm. General color dark
brown, being darkest in apical segments of antennae, thorax, and posterior seg-
ments of abdomen. Pedicel of antennal segment III yellow to yellowish brown.
Legs yellowish brown being darkest in the femora. Body with red subintegumental
pigment.
Head, fig. 1, moderate in size, smooth dorsally and ventrally except at extreme
sides and base. Eyes bulged. Ocelli present. Postocular setae long and dilated.
Antennal segment IIIT moderate in size, not shortened, with one inner and one outer
sense cone; segment IV with one inner and two outer sense cones; segments VII
and VIII each with a distinet pedicel. Maxillary stylets placed far apart within
head.
Prothorax, fig. 1, with anteromarginal setae minute; other major setae well
developed, dilated. Epimeral sutures complete. Ventrolateral metathoracic setae
dilated. Fore tarsi each with a small tooth. Femora each with an unusually differ-
entiated, dilated seta, fig. 2. Fore wings fully developed.
Pelta roughly triangular, hexagonally reticulate to nearly smooth. Abdominal
tergites III to VIII each with two pairs of sigmoidal wing-holding setae. Abdomi-
nal tergite IX with major posterior setae about as long as tube and pointed. Tube
about twice as long as length of abdominal tergite IX.
Female (brachypterous).—Length, distended, about 1.7 mm. Similar to macrop-
terous female except head and legs slightly lighter in color. Ocelli present. Wings
reduced to pads. Wing-holding setae present on abdominal tergites but slightly
reduced in size.
Male.— Unknown.
Holotype——Female (macropterous), Dixon Springs, Illinois, Au-
eust 30, 1951, Ross and Richards, from vegetation. Paratypes.— 1 2m,
Rantoul, Mlinois, July 21, 1953, Evers and Stannard, from native
prairie plants; 1 9m, Rogers, Arkansas, July 8, 1949, Sanderson and
Stannard, from grasses; 1 2m, 3 2b, Key West, Florida, December
27, 1951, Richards and Stannard, from grass clumps.
272 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
This species is separable from all others in the genus by the charac-
teristic of the unusually differentiated, dilated seta present on each
femur. It is also distinctive as being one of the few species of Eury-
thrips which has the prothoracic epimeral sutures complete.
Kurythrips setiger: fig. 1, dorsal aspect of head and prothorax; fig. 2, left hind
leg showing differentiated seta on femur (all other setae omitted). Hurythrips
constrictus: fig. 3, dorsal aspect of head and prothorax.
Eurythrips constrictus, new species
Female (brachypterous).—Length, distended, about 1.7 mm. General color
brown; head, especially at base and apex, antennal segments I and II, legs, and
thorax light to yellowish brown; posterior segments of abdomen grading into dark
brown. Body with red subintegumental pigment.
Head, fig. 3, moderate in size, about as in connatus Hood, smooth dorsally and
ventrally except at extreme sides and base, constricted under the posterior facet of
each eye and at this point usually with a tooth-like projection. Eyes bulged.
Ocelli absent. Postocular setae well developed, dilated. Antennal segment IIT with
oné inner and one outer sense cone; segment IV with one inner and two outer sense
cones; segment VII with pedicel moderately thickened varying from the condition
in ampliventralis Hinds to almost the broad condition as found in connatus; seg-
ment VIII with a broad pedicel. Maxillary stylets usually retracted into the head
well beyond the midway point between the base of the eye and the base of the
head.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 273
Prothorax, fig. 3, with anteromarginal setae minute, remainder of major pairs of
setae well developed, dilated. Epimeral sutures incomplete. Ventrolateral meta-
thoracic setae small and pointed. Fore tarsi each with a minute tooth. Mid and
hind femora without any unusual, differentiated setae. Wings reduced to small
pads which bear one or two dilated setae.
Pelta broad, much as in ampliventralis. Wing-holding setae reduced. Abdomi-
nal tergite IX with major posterior setae not exceeding tube, pointed.
Male (brachypterous).—Length, distended, about 1.3 mm. Color and structure
much as in brachypterous female. Abdominal sternite VITI with a narrow, median
transverse glandular area. Abdominal tergite IX with the major lateral posterior
setae reduced in size.
Holotype.—Kemale, Mammoth Cave National Park, Kentucky, April
8, 1950, L. J. Stannard, from Andropogon clumps. Allotype.—Male,
same data as for holotype. Paratypes.—5 ¢, same data as for holo-
type; 21 9,15 6, Red Hills State Park, Illinois, April 30, 1950,
P. W. Smith and L. J. Stannard, from Andropogon clumps.
The name of this species refers to the constricted, narrow, abdominal
glandular band of the male which is a principal feature for its differen-
tiation. In one characteristic, the moderately thickened pedicel of
antennal segment VII, constrictus stands intermediate between ampli-
ventralis and connatus. Usually females of constrictus can be distin-
guished from those of ampliventralis and connatus by the position of
the maxillary stylets. In constrictus these stylets extend well beyond
the half way mark between the base of the eves and the base of the
head whereas in the other two species these stylets are placed more
basally in the head.
The species genarum Hood, recently described, is apparently very
similar to constrictus, but constrictus bears only one outer sense cone
on antennal segment III in contrast to genarum which is stated to
bear two outer sense cones, and by this characteristic the two may be
separated.
Hindsiothrips, new genus
Head longer than wide; surface smooth except at extreme base. Eyes relatively
small as in Haplothrips subgenus Karnyothrips, never prolonged ventrally more
than dorsally, not keglike or particularly bulged as in Hurythrips. Ocelli present
in the macropterous form, absent in the apterous form. Postocular setae moderate
in size to fairly long, pointed or dilated. Cheeks smooth without strong lateral
setae. Antennae each eight-segmented; segment ITT subequal in length to segment
TV, with at least one inner and one outer sense cone; segment ITV with one inner
and two outer sense cones; segment VIII decidedly lanceolate. Mouth cone short
and broadly rounded. Maxillary stylets retracted far into the head, placed fairly
close together within the center of the head. Maxillary bridge not discernible.
Thorax nearly smooth, without strong sculpture. Prothorax with anteromarginal
setae small or long, anteroangular setae well developed, midlateral setae always
small, posterior pairs of setae well developed; these setae pointed, blunt or dilated.
274 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
Epimeral sutures usually incomplete. Praepectus present. Mesopraesternum degene-
rate to nearly absent. Macropterous or apterous. Fore wings, when present, of
nearly even width throughout and not indented in the middle, without accessory
fringe cilia near the apex of the trailing edge. Fore legs armed with a small tooth.
Pelta nearly rectangular to trapezoidal, weakly sculptured. Abdominal tergites
IIt to VII in the macropterous form each with one pair of wing-holding setae; in
the apterous form these setae not differentiated. Abdominal tergite IX with
major posterior setae longer than tube, always pointed, and in males the lateral
pair is much reduced in size. Males apparently without a distinet glandular area
on abdominal sternite VIII. Females with a small internal rod (fustis) in abdomi-
nal segment IX. Tube relatively short; terminal setae not greatly elongate.
Type species.—Hindsiana pullata Hood.
Besides the type species, this genus should also include robustisetis
(Watson and Preer) which was originally described in Hurythrips.
Unfortunately the creation of Hindsiothrips brings into being an-
other genus difficult to define. But the two species included cannot be
placed in any presently recognized genus with any degree of satisfac-
tion, and it seems best, therefore, to emphasize their imtermediate
taxonomic position by grouping them in a separate category that takes
its place between Phlaeothrips (sensu Stannard 1957) especially the
flavicauda complex, Haplothrips especially the subgenus Karnyothrips,
and Hurythrips.
Hindsiothrips can be separated from Haplothrips and its subgenera
and complexes by the combination of the lanceolate form of antennal
segment VIII and by the incomplete epimeral sutures; from Hury-
thrips by the retracted position of the maxillary stylets which are
placed closer together within the center of the head than is the case
in Lurythrips; and from Phlaeothrips, particularly flavicauda and its
relatives which bear praepectal plates, by the dark, non-yellow tube
and by the incomplete epimeral sutures.
The aforegoing differences are stressed for the few species of each
of these genera which are atypical. Hindsiothrips ean be distinguished
from the majority of the species in Haplothrips by the fore wings
which are not indented in the middle, in Hurythrips by the shape of
the eves which are not especially bulged, and in Phlacothrips by the
presence of praepectal plates.
Key To THE ADULTS OF HINDSIOTHRIPS
Tarsi generally brown; postocular setae pointed J25. eee _ pullatus
Tarsi generally yellow; postocular setae dilated _.........---- robustisetis
Hindsiothrips pullatus (Hood), new combination
Hindsiana pullata Hood (1925:27). 9. Type locality: Macedon, New York.
Female (apterous).—Length, distended, nearly 1.5 mm. Almost entirely dark
brown. Inner apical angles of femora and pedicel of antennal segment ITI yellow
to colorless. Body with red subintegumental pigment.
Eyes relatively small. Ocelli absent. Postoeular setae moderately long and
pointed.
bo
~l
Or
PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
Prothorax with anteromarginal and midlateral setae small, anteroangular setae
moderate in size, and the posterior pairs of setae somewhat longer; the smallest
of these setae pointed to blunt, the longest setae blunt or slightly dilated. Epimeral
sutures incomplete.
Pelta subrectangular. Tube short.
Female (macropterous).—Length, distended, about 1.6 mm. Similar to apterous
female except for the following: Eyes slightly larger in size. Ocelli present. Wings
fully developed, nearly uniformly light gray. Pelta in the form of an isosceles
trapezoid. Wing-holding setae sigmoidal.
Male (apterous).—Length, distended, about 1.5 mm. Color and strueture similar
to apterous female except for the sexual characteristics.
Previously this species was known solely from the type locality in
New York State. The following records are new: ILLINOIS.—1 9? m,
2 9a, Karbers Ridge (Hardin County), August 17, 1951, Ross and
Stannard, from dead branches; 1 9a, same data as preceding except,
May 5, 1950, Sanderson and Stannard; 1 Qa, Belle Smith Springs
(Pope County), May 5, 1950, Sanderson and Stannard, from dead
oak branches; 1 9a, Alto Pass (Union County), May 10, 1951, San-
derson and Stannard, from dead willow branches; 1 ¢a, Decatur
(Macon County), September 8, 1955, L. J. Stannard, from dead
branches. ARKANSAS.—1 @a, Rogers (Benton County), July 10,
1949, Sanderson and Stannard, from dead pine needles.
Hindsiothrips robustisetis (Watson and Preer), new combination
Eurythrips robustisetis Watson and Preer (1939:3). 92, ¢. Type locality: not
stated, but either Putnam or Alachua counties, Florida.
Female (apterous).—Length, distended, about 1.8 mm. General color yellowish
brown. Antennal segment III to VIII, median and lateral portions of the terminal
abdominal segments and tube, darker brown. Anterior of head, pedicel of antennal
segment III, inner apical angle of femora, apex of tibiae, and all tarsi, yellow.
Body with red subintegumental pigment.
Eyes relatively small. Ocelli absent. Postocular setae moderate in size, dilated.
Prothorax with major anterior and posterior setae well developed, dilated; mid-
lateral setae minute. Epimeral sutures incomplete.
Pelta rectangular. Tube short, but slightly longer than that of pullatus.
Female (macropterous).—Unknown.
Male (apterous).—Unknown to me. Deseribed as ‘very similar to the female
but smaller.’
Previously robustisetis was known only from Florida. The follow-
ing new records indicate a wide distribution in the eastern part of the
United States: ILLINOIS—2 ¢a, Palos Park (Cook County), De-
cember 14, 1932, Frison and Ross, from soil cover; 4 2 a, Elgin (Kane
County), October 10, 1952, Ross and Stannard, from Andropogon
clumps. MASSACHUSETTS.—2 @a, Salem (Essex County), Sep-
tember 24, 1948, Bonet and Christiansen, presumably from soil debris.
°76 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
BOOK REVIEW
THE PHYLOGENY AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE NORTH AMERICAN
GENERA OF THE SUBORDER TUBULIFERA (THYSANOPTERA), by
Lewis J. Stannard, Jr., Illinois Biological Monographs, no. 25, 1957. v ~ 200
pp. The University of Illinois Press, Urbana $2.50 paper, $3.50 cloth.
Although this work does a considerable service in meeting the need for more
usable aids to identification in Tubulifera, its major contribution is the first
original arrangement of the group as a whole that has been presented since
Priesner’s Die Thysanopteren Europas.
It is probably to show the importance Stannard attaches to phylogeny that this
word comes first in the title, as the first and larger part of the paper is devoted
to classification. Following a short introduction and notes on habits, there are
several pages on morphology that are invaluable for the inclusion of the many
new terms and characteristics not explained in previous works in English on thrips
morphology. A glossary would have been helpful, but the illustrations at the end
of the paper leave little to be desired in the way of explanation.
In the section on classification, comprising a key to genera and a treatment of
each within the two subfamilies recognized, Stannard’s adherence to qualitative
in preference to quantitative characteristics not only makes the key more workable,
but also provides a sounder basis for the separation of genera. The key is far the
best I have used in this group, with all due respeet to the formidable accomplish-
ment represented by Priesner’s Genera Thysanopterorum. The chart of character-
istics of difficult genera is an excellent device.
The treatment of each genus is a synonymy, characterization, discussion of
relationships, species list, and occasionally a key to species. Although brief,
the characterizations are more satisfactory than complete generic descriptions
often are. Stannard does not indicate in the species lists which combinations are
new and which may not represent his own opinion, but the lists will nonetheless
be useful, and the keys even more so. The rejection of seven available names in
favor of a name proposed to replace a senior homonym (flavipes (Jones) in
Haplothrips, p. 51) is difficult to understand, as inadvertence could not account
for so many, and the disregard for priority otherwise implied is contrary to his
interpretations of nomenclature anywhere else.
It is more difficult to evaluate the section on phylogeny, but insofar as I am
acquainted with the group, I find the scheme of relationships plausible. The jump
to Tubulifera from Heliothripinae takes in a wide gap, but other groups of
Terebrantia have even less in common with Tubulifera. Below the subfamily level,
an arrangement with mueh
135)
Stannard places genera in ‘‘lines’’ and ‘‘spurs,
logic, but extremely difficult to visualize without a chart or diagram. The
‘legalistic involvements in the International Rules of Nomenclature,’’ he avoids
by not assigning genera to definite intermediate categories, however, are minimal
in comparison to those created by his drastic lumping of genera. Many of the
new combinations are unlikely to be accepted by other thysanopterists, for if there
is intergradation among the groups in question, there are also clear lines of rela-
tionship for which names are useful. There is also the need, as the author points
out in not accepting Leptogastrothrips, to see eritical specimens for one’s self
in order to judge whether the change is an improvement.
—KeLuin O’NEILL, Entomology Research Division, A.RS., U. S. Department
of Agriculture, Washington, D.C.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
bo
ba |
~1
TWO NEW SPECIES OF TUBULIFEROUS THYSANOPTERA FROM INDIA
(THYSANOPTERA, PHLAEOTHRIPIDAE )
T. N. ANANTHAKRISHNAN, Professor of Zoology, Loyola College, Madras, India
Allothrips Hood
Allothrips Hood, 1908, Bull. Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist., 8(2):361-79. Watson,
1923, Univ. Florida Agr. Exp. Sta., Tech. Bull. 168: 3-100. Priesner, 1949, Bull.
Soc. Fouad Ter Entom., XX XIII: 88. Stannard, 1955, Ann. Ent. Soe. America,
48(3): 151-157.
The genus Allothrips has hitherto been unrecorded in the Indian
region, though it has been known to be worldwide in its distribution.
It is characterized by the thick, band-like maxillary stylets, broadly
rounded mouth-cone, dilated postocular setae and a 7-jointed antenna,
with joint 7 pedicellate, not closely united with 6. Allothrips Hood
very closely resembles an allied genus, Pseudocryptothrips Priesner,
which also is apterous, but the latter has an 8-jointed antenna.
Allothrips indica, sp. nov.
Female: Total body length 0.938 mm—1.120 mm. 30dy bicolorous; head
yellowish, except for the dark patches of pigment as in the figure; vertex yellowish
brown. Prothorax, abdomen, antennal joints 4-7 brown. Pterothorax, all legs
and antennal joint 2, yellow; joints 1 and 3 yellowish brown. Tube golden yellow,
brown tipped. Eyes blackish red; dark patches of pigment scattered all along
sides of thorax and abdomen.
Head about 1.1 times as long as wide, being 1824 long in the holotype and 198u
wide across cheeks and 154“ wide across eyes. Cheeks straight, eyes small with
a few facets. Ocelli absent. Postoculars 224 long with dilated tip, placed 154
from sides of head and very close to the caudal eye facet. Interocular setae 16H
long. Other head setae minute, distributed as in the figure. Antenna 1.8 times
head length, sense cones well developed and conspicuous, setae pale.
Joints: length (width) in 4—35-38(32-35); 48-53(32-35); 48-53(32); 38-42
(28-32) ; 35-42(28) ; 32-38(28); 51-61(26).
Mouth cone broadly rounded at tip; length from posterior dorsal margin of
head, 126#.
Prothorax 133-140“ long at middle, 140-1684 wide at anterior margin and
224-252u wide at base inelusive of coxae. Prothoracie bristles well developed,
dilated at tips; anteroangulars 29-324; anteromarginals 294; mid-laterals 29-324;
postangulars 26-324; epimerals 29u. Median pair of spines on posterior margin
very poorly developed. Legs normal, well developed, dilated setae of femur on
outer margin, 264 long. Foretarsus without teeth. Pterothorax 224 wide,
slightly less wider than prothorax. Abdomen broad and heavy, widest at middle,
about 350 wide. Outer setae of IX 99 long, pointed inner 644, with dilated
tips. Tube 112 long, 56-70H wide at base and 28-354 wide at tip; anal setae
98 long.
Habitat: Two females taken from inside dead twigs of Thevetia
neruifolia by K. S. Ananthasubramanian (7.4.1957), Madras, India
(T.N.A. No. 274) (Holotype in the author’s collection).
278 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
A. indica comes near A. africanus Hood, but differs in the general
coloration, head 1.1 times as long as wide, short postoculars, antenna
1.8 times head length, and tube 1.6 times head length.
Xylaplothrips Priesner.
Xylapothrips Priesner, 1928, Thys. Eur., 1:572; 1949, Bull. Soc. Fouad Ier
Entom. XXXIIT:80; 1950, Bull. Soc. Fouad er Entom. XXXIV:91. Stannard,
1956, Proce. Biol. Soe. Wash., 69:25.
Allothrips indica, sp. nov.: fig. 1, head and prothorax of female; fig. 2, antenna
of female; fig. 3, head of female showing patches of dark pigment. Xylaplothrips
nayari, sp. nov.: fig. 4, antenna of female; fig. 5, apex of pseudovirga of aedeagus;
fig. 6, head and prothorax of female.
PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 279
Xylaplothrips Pr. is generally considered as a subgenus of Haplo-
thrips, though as Stannard observes, its status as ‘“‘subgenus or genus
or species complex’’ is a point of controversy. Though Priesner’s
separation is based on the placement of the foretarsal tooth at the
extreme apex of the tarsus, the new species described below lacks the
foretarsal tooth in both males and females. All the same, the delicate,
slender body form is characteristic of Xylaplothrips.
Xylaplothrips nayari, sp. nov.
Macropterous female: Total body length 1.26—1.4 mm. General colour various
shades of yellow and brown. Normal colour: Head, thorax and tube, antennal 4-8
and abdominal pleurites dark brown; antennal joints 1 and 2, LX segment and base
of wings and scale lighter brown; joint 3 pale; abdominal segments 1-8 yellowish
grey brown, being darker in segments 2-4. Leg coloration variable. All legs
uniform dark yellow, except for a brownish tinge at base of forefemora; in some,
both fore and midfemora are yellowish at extreme apex and brownish yellow at
base. Wings light greyish infumate; fringes brown. Eyes black, ocelli with red
pigment; plenty of scattered red pigment on thorax.
Head wider than long, being 112 long from eyes and 140“ wide across cheeks.
Eyes large, 56-634 long, occupying half the head length or slightly more and 424
wide. Ocelli well developed, arranged in triangle. Cheeks 56“ long, margin
slightly serrate, one or two weak spines. Postocular setae, 48-514 long, dilated
at tip, placed 164 from cheeks and 134 below eyes. Antenna nearly 2.4 times as
long as head.
Antennal joints—measurements in #, length(width) :—22-29(29-32); 38-42
(26-28); 35(22); 38-42(29); 28-42(19); 35(19); 32(16-19); 19-26(10).
Prothorax as long as head, 112 long, 172-196 wide anteriorly and 238 wide
at base inclusive of coxae. Prothoracic bristles well developed, dilated at tip.
Anteroangulars 384; anteromarginals 444; midlaterals 384; postangular 51-
54u; epimerals 48 long. Pterothorax 224 long, uniformly wide, 238. Forefe-
mora slightly enlarged, 70“ wide at middle, inner femoral setae fine 48u long.
Foretarsus without tooth. Forewings 532-560# long, with 5 accessory setae; basal
wing bristles 45-484, 48 and 70-74u long respectively.
Abdomen broad at base, gradually narrowing towards extremity; IX abdominal
segment 126“ wide and 70-84# long. Wing retaining bristles well developed in
segments 1-6. Tube as long as head, 112u long, 484 wide at base and 28u wide
at tip. Anal setae, fine, 704 long.
Macropterous male :—1.12-1.19 mm. General colour almost as in the female,
except for the dark red pigments at the sides of abdominal segments 2-4. Fore-
and midfemora similarly coloured brownish yellow at base, rest dark yellowish.
Head 112 long, 126u wide; eyes 56u long, 42” wide; postoculars 48u long.
Antennal joints: length(width) in #: 22(26-29); 32-38(22) ; 32-38(22); 38(26) ;
35-38(19); 35(16-19) ; 32(16-19) ; 22(10).
Prothorax 98-112u long, 140-154 wide at anterior margin, 1964 wide at base.
Prothoracic setae—anteroangulars 32u, anteromarginals 384, mid-lateral 354, post-
angular 48-5lu, epimeral 38-42u. Pterothorax length 196-210u; width across
mesothorax 196-2104; width across metathorax 168-196z. Forefemoral width
56u. Wing length 490-504u. Basal wing bristles 38-42; 38-45; 48-58u long.
280 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
Abdomen 1684 wide at base, 126-1404 at middle, 844 wide across IX. Segment LX
70u long. Tube 98u long, 42 wide and 214 at tip. Anal setae 84u long.
Habitat: Numerous males and females on bamboo leaf sheaths, Tri-
vandrum, collected by Dr. K. K. Nayar, Feb., 1957, Trivandrum, India
(T.N.A. No. 290). This species has been named after Dr. Nayar as a
token of regard for the constant help rendered to the author.
Dr. Priesner, while confirming XY. nayari as a new species, points
out that it is not far from pictipes Ben. and incognitus Priesner, but
nayart has head much shorter (broader than long’), foretarsi unarmed
(males and females), eyes larger (as long as cheeks), characteristic
coloration, and shorter antennae.
Holotype female and allotype male with the author—Paratypes in
the Indian Museum, Caleutta and Priesner’s collection.
BOOK REVIEW
ZOOGEOGRAPHY—THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF ANIMALS,
by Philip J. Darlington, Jr. John Wiley & Sons, Ine., New York, xi and 675
pp., 80 figs. Sept. 1957. $15.00.
This book is a masterpiece of thoroughness and precision, as well as a landmark
for zoogeography. It is the first comprehensive treatment of the subject in 80
years—since Wallace’s foundation in ‘‘The geographical distribution of animals’’.
An interesting aspect is that though it is by an entomologist, it concerns the
vertebarte animals almost exclusively. The author did this because vertebrate
animals are so much better known than insects. The book has many interesting
aspects, including clarity, frankness and fairness of reasoning. Stress is given
to geography and history, and four main factors—barriers, competition, dominance
and evolution. Darlington emphasizes that animal distribution is a produet of
movement of animals, not of land, in stressing great age of continents, and in
giving evidence against continental drift. The distribution of fresh-water fishes,
amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals is discussed in detailed chapters, followed
by treatment of continental and island patterns, evolution of patterns, history of
animal distribution, principles of zoogeography and geographical history of man.
The maps are original and clear, on orthographic projection. The treatment of
islands omits many island groups, although some have few or no_ terrestrial
vertebrates. Almost no mention is made of the fact that insect distribution does
not agree with vertebrate distribution in eastern Indonesia, New Guinea, the
Solomons and other Pacific islands. Possibly the importance of ecology to
zoogeography has been minimized by Darlington, even though he does stress com-
petition and dominance. The strong emphasis on geography and history is of
course well warranted. This book will be of the greatest use to entomologists
even though island insect patterns, or some of the southern continent insect
distribution patterns, may not fit the vertebrate picture.
—J. L. Gressirr, Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 281
A NEW MILLIPED OF THE GENUS SIGMORIA FROM WESTERN
NORTH CAROLINA
(POLYDESMIDA, XYSTODESMIDAE)
RicHarD L. HorrmMan, Department of Biology, Virginia Polytechnic Institute,
Blacksburg.
The following new species of Sigmoria is described in advance of a
general revision of the genus as it is endemic to the region now being
studied under the research program of the Highlands Biological Sta-
tion and since publication of the generic synopsis cannot be expected
for several years at the least.
Except for one specimen personally collected in 1949, all of the
material at hand has been obtained either by investigators at the High-
lands Station (largely through the influence of its Director, Thelma
Howell) or my friend Leshe Hubricht, to all of whom I am indebted
for their interest in collecting millipeds.
Sigmoria nantahalae, new species
(Figures 1 to 4)
Type specumens.—Male holotype and paratypes of both sexes, de-
posited in the U. 8. Nat. Mus. (Myriapod Type No. 2460), from the
Nantahala Gorge near Blowing Spring, 3 miles north of Nantahala,
Swain County, North Carolina, collected on May 6, 1951, by Leshe
Hubricht.
Diagnosis —A small species of Sigmoria characterized by the black, gray, and
red color pattern; by the slender gonopodial telopodite with two unequal subtermi-
nal processes; and by the strongly carinate transverse section of the cyphopod.
Male holotype.—39.0 mm, long and 9.3 mm. wide at the 12th segment; width/
length radio approximately 24%.
Head smooth and polished, somewhat flattended in front, groove of vertex very
distinet and with a row of tiny punctations. Genae broad, with shallow median
depressions, the edges not margined; distal ends rounded, greatly exceeded by tip
of 2nd antennal article. About 6 moderate sized macrosetae each side of the me-
dian labral sinus, which is margined with about 12 much smaller and closer set
setae. Labral teeth small, rounded, the median tooth lightly recessed. Interanten-
nal space broad, equal to length of 2nd article (1.3 mm.). Antennae long (8.0
mm.) and slender, reaching back beyond caudal margin of 3rd tergite, the articles
cylindrical, somewhat clavate distally, and sparingly setose; 7th article with four
sensory cones. Articles in decreasing order of length: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 7.
Collum smooth and polished, 7.0 mm. wide, anterior lateral margins only weakly
set off by a faint submarginal groove; in lateral aspect the ends are at the same
level as the following paranota. Tergites of segments 2-5 completely smooth, their
paranota only slightly bent forward; following segments are smooth but distinctly
rugulose or coriaceous, the paranota broad and depressed, continuing slope of dor
sum, the anterior and posterior corners rounded, and lateral edges set off by a
distinct submarginal groove. Ozopores opening somewhat dorsolateral in their
swellings, fully visible in lateral aspeet. Tergites 17-19 almost completely smooth,
282 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
the paranota produced caudad into acutely triangular lobes except those of the
19th which are small, distally rounded processes, greatly exceeded by the elongate
conical telson. Depth-width ratio of 12th segment: approximately 62%.
Anal valves nearly flat, slightly wrinkled, with strongly produced marginal
ridges. Preanal seale large, with convex margins, the lateral tubereules located
almost at the apex and nearly confluent with the terminal angle; lateral ends of
preanal scale somewhat depressed.
Sigmoria nantahalae, new species, male and female genitalia drawn from para-
types: fig. 1, gonopods, in situ, with outline of sternal aperture; fig. 2, left gono-
pod, mesial aspect; fig. 3, distal half of telopodite blade of left gonopod, an
oblique caudolateral aspect, somewhat more magnified than other figures; fig. 4,
left eyphopod, in caudolateral aspeet. Abbreviations: A, B, C, terminal processes
of gonopod; CX, coxa; PF, prefemur, PFP, prefemoral process; R, receptacle;
V, valve.
PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 283
Pleural regions smooth and unmodified, the interzonal furrow a broad shallow
depression down to level of stigmata, thence continuous across venter as a fine
groove. Sternal areas flat to concave, sloping upward from the transverse groove
to form a sharp-edged shelf between the second legpair of each segment. Sternites
of segments 8-10 each with a few tiny setae, those of other segments completely
glabrous.
Legs smooth and polished, coxae and prefemora with 1 to 12 ventral setae,
femora and postfemora glabrous except for a distal ring of small setae, tibiae and
tarsi distinctly more setiferous, the tarsal joints particularly so on the dorsal side.
Sterna not produced at bases of legs, but both coxae and prefemora with sharp
conical distal spines. Leg joints, in decreasing order of length, 3, 6, 2, 5, 1, 4.
Tarsal claws long and bisinuate, each with a high thin carina on the dorsal side
and a much smaller carina on each side of it.
Coxal process of 2nd legpair high, ereet, and distally globose, smooth and shining
with a few setae around the aperture. Sternum between 3rd legpair with two
short, medially confluent digitiform processes; those between 4th legs lower, flat-
tened and distinetly transverse; those between 5th legs low and hemispherical.
Gonopod aperture large and suboval, approximately 3.0 mm. wide and 2.3 mm.
long; the gonopods fully exposed in ventral aspect (fig. 1), their prefemoral por-
tions adjacent: or in contact. Coxae connected by membrane and a large intercoxal
muscle, no sclerotized sternal remnant present. Prefemora elongated and subeylin-
drical, densely setose on the mesial side; the prefemoral process a simple arcuate
spine. Femur about half the length of telopodite blade, setose on its outer surface.
Postfemur or tibiotarsus glabrous, sigmoidally curved, its inner margin with a
conspicuous dentate process (C) and a smaller rounded subterminal lobe (B); the
seminal groove being carried out to the extreme end on a tiny lobe (A).
Female paratype.—40.0 mm. long and 9.7 mm. wide at 12th segment, width/
length ratio approximately 24%.
Body similar to that of male in structural details except for the more bulky
form and wider sternal areas, the depth/width ratio of 12th segment beng 70%.
The antennae are actually as well as relatively shorter than in males, 7.0 mm, in
length and not extending back beyond caudal margin of 2nd segment.
Cyphopods small, of the form shown in figure 4. The caudal arm of the recep-
tacle is larger than the cephalic (not shown in the drawing), the transverse section
is strongly ridged with five or six distinct striations. Upper surface of valves, at
their basal ends, conspicuously tuberculate.
Color in life-—Prozonites and anterior third of metazonites shining black; cau-
dal two-thirds of metazonites, tip of telson, and caudal edge of collum light pearl
gray; entire dirsal surface of paranota and front edge of collum bright vermillion.
Underparts whitish, legs becoming pink distally. Antennae and labrum brown.
Living specimens are rich and glossy in coloration, appearing as though enameled,
and are the most attractive diplopods which I have encountered.
Distribution —Sigmoria nantahalae has been collected so far at a
number of localities in extreme western North Carolina and adjacent
northern Georgia, chiefly in the mountain ranges surrounding the
headwaters of the Nantahala and Hiwassee Rivers. These ranges in-
clude the Nantahala, Cowee, and Valley River Mountains, and the
284 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
Blue Ridge in north Georgia. Almost certainly the species occupies
the Snowbird and Cheoah ranges as well, a matter which can be
determined by future collecting. Specimens at hand bear the follow-
ing locality and collection data:
NORTH CAROLINA. Clay County: White Oak Bottom, June 18, 1954, Julian
T. Darlington; Buck Creek, June 5, 1952, C. E. Wood, Jr., and Leland Rodgers;
U.S. Hy. 164, 4 miles west of Glade Gap, June 18, 1954, J. T. Darlington; Glade
Gap, 3673 ft., July 20, 1952, Thelma Howell; Tuni Gap, eastern end of Tusquitee
Mountains, July 20, 1954, Howell. Macon County: west side of Wesser Bald, 4
miles southwest of Nantahala, July 29, 1949, R. L. Hoffman; Cowee Mountains,
8.8 miles northeast of Franklin, U. S. Hy. 23, June 23, 1950, Leslie Hubricht;
road to Wayah Gap, July 14, 1951, R. L. Humphries. Swain County: U. S. Hy.
19, 8 miles southwest of Bryson City, May 6, 1951; base of Cliff Ridge at Nanta-
hala, May 6, 1951; near Blowing Spring, 3 miles north of Nantahala, May 6, 1951;
Smokemont Camp Ground, 6 miles north of Cherokee, June 22, 1950, all by
Hubricht.
GEORGIA. Towns County: Enota Glade Pienic Area, east side of Brasstown
Bald near the top, June 7, 1953, Hubricht.
Collections made on the periphery of the presently known range
will be of interest in establishing the distribution of this interesting
species. Collectors who may have the occasion to obtain millipeds in
the Cowee range, particularly its eastern extension which approaches
the Highlands Plateau near Cashiers, North Carolina, are urged to
be on the alert for the large and colorful nantahalae.
A NOTE ON THE STATUS OF SIGMORIA
The generic name Sigmoria was proposed by R. V. Chamberlin in
1939 for seven species from Tennessee and North Carolina, and de-
fined by the following statement: ‘‘Ineludes large, robust species
which are characterized by the sigmoidally curved blade of the telopo-
dite.”’
Since that time a number of species have been added to the genus,
many of which are not very closely related to the type species, and it
appears that Sigmoria is now a sort of ‘‘eatch-all’’ for species which
do not readily fall into any of the other established genera. A thorough
study is needed of the groups of species currently called Apheloria,
Sigmoria, Cleptoria, and Sigiria, all being ‘‘genera’’ which are de-
fined more by their traditionally allocated species than by tangible
morphological characters. Although resolution of this problem re-
mains to be accomplished, it is evident on the basis of preliminary
studies that much shifting of species, as well as redefinition of the
generic groups using newly discovered characters, is to be expected.
Sigmoria, as represented by its type species, S. munda Chamberlin,
will probably include only those forms in which the telopodite of the
gonopod is provided on the inner margin with a distinet triangular
process about a third of the length back from the distal end. Such
a process is present in nantahalae, and is indicated by the symbol ‘‘C’’
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 285
on the drawings. On the other hand, several forms described in this
genus lack the process, and are probably referable either to Cleptoria
or to some genus which has yet to be proposed. Since process C is usu-
ally concealed when the gonopods are examined in situ, it is necessary
that a gonopod be removed for careful study or for illustration, and
the mesial aspect is the one which normally shows the greatest amount
of structural details. The practice of publishing drawings of the gono-
pods of related species from various different aspects cannot be too
strongly disparaged.
The family name Xystodesmidae, not used in the recent checklist
of North American diplopods by Dr. Chamberlin and me, is once more
employed on the streneth of recent studies which have disclosed
important differences between the North and South American genera
of the families involved.
ANNOTATED CATALOGUE OF AFRICAN GRASSHOPPERS. By H. B.
Johnston. Anti-Locust Research Centre. Cambridge Univ. Press, American
Branch: 32 East 57th St., New York 22. xxii + 833 pp. $18.50 (Cloth
bound, 26 em.)
The author of this invaluable catalogue has had much experience with African
grasshoppers, and the sponsoring organization, the Anti-Locust Research Centre,
has also been especially concerned with African problems for many years. The
Director of the Centre, Dr. B. P. Uvarov, has been one of the very active students
of African Acridoidea, and he is credited with the arrangement of genera in
groups and tribes for the catalogue. Because of the happy combination of these
factors, the preparation of the volume is assumed to be very thorough.
This catalogue is an index to what has been published; it does not contain
new synonymy, new type designations, or other revisionary changes. As regards
the literature on five outstanding locusts, only taxonomie and faunistic references
are given, but full information on other grasshoppers is included. Condensed an-
notations following each species indicate references to the following topies: De-
scriptions; keys; figures; morphology; nymphs; ecology; bionomics; economic
importance; distribution. The type species of each genus is shown as orthotype,
haplotype, or logotype. Type localities of species and the museum containing
each type are shown. References are given in abbreviated form, corresponding to
the bibliography of 981 books and papers.
As now known, about 500 genera containing 2,000 species of grasshoppers
inhabit Africa and the immediately adjacent islands. Much revisionary work
remains to be done, which doubtless will place many currently valid names in
synonymy, but new species have been recognized at a rapid rate in recent years,
and the trend probably will continue. The hope is expressed in the preface that
supplements to the catalogue will appear as a need arises. With the agricultural
development of Africa, grasshoppers have become so important, and the fauna
is so rich, that this catalogue is extremely practical and useful.—ASHLEY B.
Gurney, Entomology Research Division, A-R.S., U.S.D.A., Washington, DAG:
286 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
THE JUMPING SPIDER, PHIDIPPUS AUDAX HENTZ, AND THE SPIDER
CONOPISTHA TRIGONA HENTZ AS PREDATORS OF THE BASILICA
SPIDER, ALLEPEIRA LEMNISCATA WALCKENAER, IN MARYLAND.
(ARANEIDA; SALTICIDAE, THERIDIIDAE, ARGIOPIDAE )
It is recognized that spiders themselves are important enemies of
spiders. Bristowe (1941, The Comity of Spiders) ranks spiders first
in his list of spider enemies.
On August 14, 1957, while observing a series of basilica spiders,
Allepeira lemniscata, that I was studying on the shrubbery of the
Bethesda-Chevy Chase Senior High School, Bethesda, Montgomery
County, Maryland, I found a specimen of Phidippus audax feeding on
a large female basilica spider. Basilica spiders would attract the at-
tention of and expose themselves to the attack of roving Phidippus
audax in going out from the web dome to the leaves and branches, as
they do occasionally, to check, reinforce or repair the web and strand
that supports the cocoons. Phidippus audax was on top of this basilica
spider which was attached by silk to a branch of an American Holly,
Ilex opaca, at the level of a deserted snare of a basilica spider which
had already made 4 cocoons and was present in its snare the day before.
Conopistha trigona is‘a frequent commensal of the basilica spider,
usually being noted in either the dorsal or the ventral labyrinths of
the host web. On one occasion, which I have reported, (1957, Proc.
Ent. Soe. Wash., 59(2) :79), Conopistha trigona showed an aggressive
tendency toward its host. On the 16th of July, 1958, I found a spec-
imen of Conopistha trigona feeding on the abdomen of a dead basilica
spider under the apex of the dome of the basilica spider’s web on the
top of aPrivet Hedge, Ligustrum vulgare, at Greenbelt, Prince
George’s County, Maryland. The basilica spider was hanging in the
normal inverted watching position, but its legs were buckled, giving
it the typical appearance of a dead spider. Conopistha trigona was
also in its normal inverted position, just below the basilica spider,
feeding on the posterior dorsal abdomen of its host. Examination of
the basilica spider revealed that its legs, tibia and tarsi were trussed
up in silk. It was definitely the prey of this Conopistha trigona which
appeared shehtly smaller, having relatively thinner legs and a smaller
cephalothorax.
—Donaup H. LAamore, Cottey College, Nevada, Mo.
ANNOUNCEMENT
The XIth International Congress of Entomology will take place in
Vienna from 17-25 August 1960 under the chairmanship of Professor
Karl E. Schedl. Several symposia will serve as discussion media for
panels of experts, and a number of social events will help to establish
personal contact between Congress members. Application forms may
be obtained from the Secretary General, Dr. Max Beier, c/o Natur-
historisches Museum, Vienna 1, Burering 7, Austria.— Ep.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 287
REDESCRIPTION OF OPHIOPTES TROPICALIS EWING, 1933
(ACARINA, OPHIOPTIDAE )
ORALD M. / ED, Brigham Young University rovo, ah
Doraup M. ALLRED, Brig] iy Gf ik CY, we , Utal
Through the courtesy of Dr. E. W. Baker of the United States Na-
tional Museum, I have examined and compared a cotype of Ophioptes
tropicalis Ewing, 1933 (shde U.S.N.M. 1081) with other species of
Ophioptes. On the basis of these studies, the following redescription
of O. tropicalis is presented. Its affinities to other known species are
discussed in another manuscript describing a new species of pit mite
from Cuba (Allred, 1958). The terminology of the palps is adapted
from the interpretation of Southcott (1955 :146).
Ophioptes tropicalis Ewing, 1933
Length of the female including the gnathosoma, approximately 360 microns;
width at the widest part of the body exclusive of the legs, 330 microns.
Dorsum.—The propodosoma is provided with eight pairs of setae arranged in
two lateral groups; the posterior seven pairs are approximately 36 microns in
length; the anterior pair is 10 microns, with slightly swollen bases. There are
four pairs of setae approximately 12 microns in length near the center of the
metapodosoma.
Venter.—The propodosoma is provided with two pairs of peg-like setae 16
microns in length, each with several ridges or leaves. There is a pair of setae 17
microns in length immediately anterior to the first pair of pegs. There are four
pairs of setae distantly surrounding the anus; the anterior two pairs are 9 microns,
and the posterior two pairs are 14 microns. The posterior anal opening has four
pairs of minute setae immediately adjacent to it.
Gnathosoma.—The venter of the gnathosoma is provided with a pair of hypos-
tomal setae 14 microns in length. The postero-lateral seta of the femur is 8
microns in length. On the antero-lateral edge of each tibia is a thick, modified
seta 10 microns in length. There is a similar seta 16 microns in length on the
dorsal surface of the tibia. The tibial claw has two prongs. There are two setae
12 microns in length on each tarsus. The apical seta of the tarsus is modified but
is not distinguishable as to the number of teeth it possesses. The chelicerae are
simple, long needle-like stylets.
Leg I.—The coxa and trochanter each has one short seta. The femur has a long
whip-like seta and a thick seta of medium length. The genu has a long whip-like
seta and two short setae. The tibia has a serrated spur, a short seta and a seta
of medium length. The tarsus has a short, conical, annulated peg 7
length, one long whip-like seta, two thick setae of medium length, two short
microns in
single-barbed setae and four other short setae. The tarsus terminates in a cup-
shaped sucker and a double-forked seta with long, external serrations.
Leg II1.—The setation of the coxa, trochanter, genu, tibia and tarsus is similar
to leg I. The femur has one whip-like seta.
Leg III.—The coxa has one short seta. The trochanter has one short and one
long setae. The femur has a whip-like seta. The genu is nude. The tibia has a
spur and a whip-like seta of medium length. The tarsus lacks a peg, but has two
288 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
whip-like setae of medium length, two short single-barbed setae and four other
short setae. The sucker and double-forked seta are present.
Leg IV.—The coxa lacks setae. The setation of the trochanter, tibia and tarsus
is similar to leg IIT. The femur and genu are nude.
REFERENCES
Allred, D. M., 1958. A new species of pit mite (Acarina: Ophioptidae) infesting
snakes. Herpetologica 14:107-112.
Ewing, H. E., 1983. A new pit-producing mite from the seales of a South Ameri-
can snake. Jour. Parasit. 20(1) :53-56.
Southeott, R. V., 1956. Notes on the acarine genus Ophioptes, with a description
of a new Australian species. Trans. Royal Soe. S. Australia 79:142-147.
THE TRANSFER OF ANAMPHIDORA FROM THE TENEBRIONIDAE
TO THE ALLECULIDAE
(COLEOPTERA )
Ananphidora was deseribed by Casey in 1924 (Memoir Coleop. 11:
330) for his new species parvula from Mexico; in the catalogues it has
been placed in the Tenebrionidae beside Amphidora. Anamphidora is
quite obviously an alleculid by virtue of its heteromeric tarsi, closed
fore coxal cavities, and combed claws. The only important difference
between this genus and the Mexican alleculid genus Phedius is in the
tarsi: Anamphidora has simple tarsal segments and Phedius has lobed
tarsal segments. The original description which Casey presented is
not slanted toward alleculid characteristics and is in addition a mix-
ture of generic and specific characteristics. However, the description
given by Champion in 1888 (Biol. Centr.-Amer., Ins., Coleop. 4(1) :
447) and later modified in 1893 (ibid.:568) for Phedius can be used
for Anamphidora except for the tarsi. In Champion’s key of 1888
(ibid. :386) to the Central American alleculid genera, Anamphidora
will come out with Lystronychus, but these two may then be separated
by the former’s lateral pronotal borders being evenly arcuate, its
sparse dorsal punctation, and its shiny surface. The following de-
scriptions or redeseriptions of some of the attributes of Anamphidora
parvula Casey might be helpful:
Long, erect setae on all parts except the appendages; antennae filiform, seg-
ments 6-11 approximately twice as long as wide; pronotal punctures not coarse,
not cribriform, the majority separated by much more than their diameters; elytra
with striae 1 and 2 weakly impressed and visible, other striae not impressed and
their punctures obscured by the confused punctures of the intervals, the strial
punctures without setae; hind wings short, approximately one-third normal length;
metasternum short, distance between mesocoxa and metacoxa subequal to length
of mesocoxa.—
T. J. SpInMAN, Entomology Research Division, A.R.S., U.S.D.A., Washington,
DNC:
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 289
COLOR AS AN INDEX TO THE RELATIVE HUMIDITY OF PLASTER
OF PARIS CULTURE JARS
Ivan Huser, Institute of Acarology, Dept. of Zoology, University of Maryland,
College Park
INTRODUCTION
Postlarval trombiculid mites, collembolans, and oribatid mites re-
quire a high relative humidity at all times. Wharton and Fuller
(1952) and Rohde (1956) discuss various methods of culturing mites
in high relative humidities. A number of workers listed by the above
authors use plaster of Paris and activated charcoal in a ratio of 9:1
as a substrate in their culture jars. This mixture has the advantages
of not serving as a substrate for the growth of fungi and of being
relatively easy to keep clean. Charcoal was originally added in order
to offset a toxic effect that the plaster of Paris seemed to have. An-
other advantage of the use of charcoal has now become apparent. The
higher the moisture content of the plaster-charcoal mixture, the darker
a color it seemed to have.
It might, therefore, be possible to determine the relative humidity
of the culture jars by inspection alone, without disturbing the con-
tents by opening the jars. The first object of this study was to de-
termine whether this was possible. Wharton and Fuller (1952) state
that the plaster-charcoal mixture acts as a humidifier, giving off
water vapor or reabsorbing it as conditions change. The second ob-
ject of this study was to determine, assuming the above assumption to
be correct, at what relative humidity the mixture would maintain the
jars.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Powdered animal charcoal from the Fisher Scientific Co., Catalog
No. C-263, and plaster of Paris from Cardinal Products, Durham,
N. C., were used in this study. One part charcoal to nine parts plaster
of Paris were used, this having been recommended by Wharton and
Fuller (1952) as a practical standard mixture. The ingredients were
mixed in 100 g. batches with an accuracy of + 1 g. and shaken up in
a bottle to obtain a homogeneous mixture. A batch was then placed
in a one-pint Ball Special Wide-Mouth canning jar and _ sufficient
water was added to set the mixture. These jars have covers consisting
of a lid with a rubber gasket and a screw cap.
Two holes were drilled in one of these lids, one to accommodate a
thermometer and one for the sensing element of the Aminco Electric
Hygrometer Indicator. Rubber tubing was used to make the seals
around these instruments as air-tight as possible. When the relative
humidity of a jar was to be tested, the lid with the sensing element
and the thermometer was screwed onto the jar. At least one hour
(usually more) was permitted to elapse before attempting to measure
the relative humidity, in order to give the air in the jar a chance
to attain a state of equilibrium with the substrate.
290 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
The color of the plaster-charcoal was determined by a method of
visual comparison as described in an instruction booklet which ac-
companied the Munsell Book of Color produced in 1929 by the Munsell
Color Co., Baltimore, Md. A square hole about 2 K 2 em. was cut
into a piece of gray cardboard. One such cardboard was placed over
the squares of color in the Book of Color and another was placed over
the plaster-chareoal in the jar. The first cardboard was moved about
on the page until the hole was over a square of color matching that
seen on the hole of the second cardboard. The plaster-charcoal mixture
had a gray or black color, designated as N, or Neutral, in the Munsell
color system, and was without chroma. Pure black was designated as
N 0/ and pure white was N 10/. The steps in the color scale are
integers, but it was possible to interpolate readings.
PROTOCOL
One of the jars which had been prepared as described above was
dried out in an incubator oven at 50° C. in order to dry out the plaster-
charcoal as much as possible. Then the relative humidity and color
were measured and were found to be 7.2% and N 5.7/. After that, the
plaster-charcoal was saturated with water and another set of read-
ings was taken: 93.5% and N 3.5/. At the next reading, five hours
later, the relative humidity had risen to 97.5%, and thereafter con-
tinued to be between 97.5% and 98.0% until the jar was again dried
out in the incubator oven. Readings continued to be taken almost
daily until the plaster-charcoal returned to its original light color
(N 5.5/), but the relative humidity was still high (97.5%). The jar
was then dried out in the incubator oven, and the color was found to
be unchanged, while the relative humidity had dropped to 9.5%. It
should be noted that after each set of readings, the jar would be left
open for 30-60 minutes to allow some of the moisture to escape. Al-
though the color did gradually become lighter, the readings do not
progress in an orderly manner. This may, in part, be due to the
difficulty in reading gray color, especially on the curved surface of a
bottle, and also the fact that some of the readings were made during
daylight and others at night under artificial illumination.
In an earler experiment, before readings of the color were being
made, an oven-dried jar had water added to it, drop by drop, and
the relative humidity was measured after the addition of each drop.
An eye dropper was used for adding the water, the same one being
used throughout this experiment. A reading was not taken until 5-6
hours had elapsed from the addition of the drop. The humidity of
the jar rose from 6.0% (oven-dry) to 74.5% (15 drops).
DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS
Utilizing these data, it is possible to conclude that, in one sense, it
is not possible to use color as an index of the relative humidity, since
the color will change, while the relative humidity will not (experi-
ment utilizing a saturated jar). However, starting with a saturated
jar, as lone as the color is not the lightest obtainable, the user is
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 291
assured of a relative humidity of well over 95%. On the other hand,
when water is added, drop by drop, to an oven-dried jar, the relative
humidity rises from 6% to over 70% by the time 15 drops have been
added, but this small amount of water is insufficient to cause any
color change at all.
The answer to the second question posed in this study is affirmative,
with qualifications. The data from the saturated jar experiment show
that the plaster-chareoal does act as a humidifier which will keep the
relative humidity of the jar constant until the substrate is almost
entirely dry, but only if the experiment is begun with a moistened
jar. At room temperatures, however, the only relative humidity which
can be maintained by this type of humidifier is one of over 95%.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Rhode, C. J., 1956. A modification of the plaster charcoal technique for the rearing
of mites and other small arthropods. Ecology 37: 843-844. 2 illus.
Wharton, G. W., aided by Fuller, H. S., 1952. A Manual of the Chiggers. Ent.
Soe. Wash. Memoir No. 4, 185 pp., illus.
ANNOUNCEMENT
ACTUAL DATES OF PUBLICATION, VOLUME 60
No. 1, pp. 1-48. March 10,1958 No. 2, pp. 49-96 Sept. 4, 1958
No. 3, pp. 97-144... April 18,1958 No. 4, pp. 145-192. Nov. 10, 1958
No. 5, pp. 193-240. June 27,1958 No. 6, pp. 241-300___Dee. 18, 1958
292 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
LEE L. BUCHANAN, 1893-1958
The Washington Star for February 19, 1958 carried the following
story: ‘‘Lee L. Buchanan, 64, honorary research associate in zoology
at the Smithsonian Institution and former senior entomologist at the
Agriculture Department, was pronounced dead at Emergency Hospi-
tal Saturday night after collapsing on the street. Mr. Buchanan was
an internationally recognized authority on weevils and their iden-
tification. ’’
Lee L. Buchanan was born October 27, 1893 in Solon, Iowa. Solon
is a small town on the Chicago, Rock Island and Pacific Railroad some
15 miles southeast of Cedar Rapids. There he spent his childhood,
living the life of a midwestern small town boy, his world centered in
his home, his school, and the church, and his interests extending to
the immediate countryside of fields, woods, and streams. Quite early
in life he showed an inclination toward books and games of skill. He
was especially intrigued by competitive games, such as baseball, where
the performance of individual players often is of more importance
than strict teamwork. At an age when most boys are playing the
game only for fun, he was studying it intently to be able to play
it better.
He was not a boy naturalist, but he was from an early age at home
in the outdoors. He fished, hunted, hiked, and camped. In all these
endeavors, he carefully studied the equipment and performance so that
he might excel. In school he was a much better than average, but not a
brilhant, student. His grades were in the upper 80’s and low 90’s. In
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 293
all his school work he took an intense interest in those subjects which
appealed to him.
When he had finished grade school in Solon, he had to go to Cedar
Rapids for high school, because Solon had none. In high school he
played on the baseball team, his early intensive study of the game
giving him an advantage his physical powers alone would not have
provided.
He entered the University of Iowa, Iowa City, in 1912 and took his
A.B. there in 1916. During his days at the university he took up the
game of bilhards; he continued to play this game until the time of
his death. In billiards, as in other games, he studied the play intently
and exhaustively to outdo his opponents. Later in his life he took
up the game of golf, studying with a professional player. He also
gave this game intensive study to master it.
He took no courses in entomology in college until the second semes-
ter of his junior year, when he signed up for a course merely to fill
out his schedule. His entry into entomology was, thus, essentially
fortuitous. But he found at once that both the subject and his instruc-
tor, Professor Wickham, were exactly suited to his temperament. The
course gripped his mind from the start, and he applied to it all his
powers of intensive concentration. As a result, he was able in only
the year and a half that remained to him before graduation to gain a
broad comprehension of this admittedly detailed and essentially un-
organized subject. His own inclinations, and the direction of Profes-
sor Wickham, himself a well known Coleopterist, led him to concen-
trate on the taxonomy of beetles. His first paper, a note on distribu-
tion of a leaf beetle, was published while he still was an undergraduate.
By the time he graduated, it was fairly well settled that entomology
was to be his life’s work, with a study of weevils (the largest family in
the Insecta) to be his primary specialty. It was typical of him that he
should choose the most difficult family of all.
After his graduation, Professor Wickham was largely instrumental
in securing for him an appointment in the U. S. Biological Survey in
Washington. Buchanan entered that organization on Oct. 21, 1917
His first assignment was keeping the card records of stomach analyses
of birds. Because there wree at that time some 200,000 bird stomachs
on hand, this would have been to many workers an impossibly trying
assignment, but to him it represented a problem to be solved by patient
and sustained concentration. Here again he studied the problem thor-
oughly and soon succeeded in putting the project on a rational and
workable basis. Later he was able to spend more and more of his time
identifying the fragments of weevils found in the bird stomachs; even-
tually he was permitted to devote all his time to the identification of
these weevils. He afterwards remarked that these years spent in the
Biological Survy were the best years of his lfe—his golden years.
294 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
From May 28, 1918 to Feb. 15, 1919 he served in the Field Artillery
of the U. S. Army. (Like Miniver Cheevy in E. A. Robinson’s poem,
he viewed a khaki suit with loathing.) Returning to civilian life, he
resumed his duties in the Survey.
On April 1, 1926 he went on half-time duty in the Survey, devoting
the other half of his time to a project for rearranging and curating
the Thomas L. Casey collection of Coleoptera. This collection had been
willed to the Smithsonian Institution by Colonel Casey, but was ar-
ranged and labeled in such a cryptic fashion that it could not be used
by other workers. The Casey Fund, administered by the Smithsonian,
provided money for paying Buchanan’s salary half time for a period
of 5 years. During this period, he put this collection into superb con-
dition, with the segregates, as defined by Colonel Casey, definitively
arranged and labeled. This was far from an easy task, because it some-
times required days of intensive study to establish the exact limits
and identity of a single series of specimens. This undertaking was
ideally suited to Buchanan’s capacity for intensive study and intelli-
gent deliberation.
In 1929 the Biological Survey was abolished and he transferred to
the Bureau of Entomology as a specialist in the taxonomy of Cur-
culionidae. He continued to put in half his time on the Casey collec-
tion, but when that project was completed in 1931 he became a full time
employee of the Bureau. For a short time in 1935 he held a Smithson-
jan appointment when he returned to the University of Iowa to ar-
range for the shipment to Washington of the Wickham collection.
Aside from that, he remained a specialist on Curculionidae for the
Bureau until his retirement in October 1949. In the late 30’s his
health had begun to fail noticeably. The exact cause was never deter-
mined—it may have been endocarditis, complicated by other factors,
but apparently not caneer. By 1949 his health had become alarmingly
bad, and he was forced to retire.
During his active career in Washington, he published a series of
papers on the taxonomy of Curculionidae. His outstanding work was
that on the classification of the white-fringed beetles. The segregates in
this extremely difficult complex of weevils, which reproduce by the-
lyotokous parthenogenesis, can be distinguished statistically. He con-
sequently made an exhaustive biometric study of thousands of speci-
mens in order to establish the taxonomic units in the genus. This
study of the white-fringed beetles is fundamental to the research
which is now going on in parthenogenetic reproduction.
After his retirement, Buchanan’s health continued to worsen, and
he passed into a coma in the late summer of 1951. He was not expected
to live, but his constitution evidently was more resistant than anyone
supposed possible. He passed through the crisis and recovered. It
seemed, however, that he might have suffered some brain damage dur-
ing the time he was in the coma, as his personality, except for brief
periods, was greatly changed afterwards. The acute awareness he had
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 295
always shown before was now almost gone. Physically he experi-
enced a remarkable but transitory improvement. His general health
oradually failed again, with brief periods of improvement.
In 1956 he presented his personal entomological library of over
3400 items to the Smithsonian, but he seemed well enough to try to un-
dertake taxonomic studies again. Accordingly he was appointed Hon-
orary Research Associate in the Smithsonian, specializing in Carabidae.
He came irregularly to the museum and worked on Carabidae in the
Casey collection up to the time of his death.
He was a member of the Entomological Society of America, the En-
tomological Society of Washington, the Biological Society of Washing-
ton, the Washington Academy of Sciences, and the Cosmos Club. He
was a bachelor and was survived by his sister, Mrs. Fern Stolz of
Washington, D. C., and his brother, B. E. Buchanan of Pueblo, Colo-
rado. We wish to thank Mrs. Stolz for supplying us with a large part
of the information used here.
Rose ELLA WARNER
W. S. FISHER
B. D. BuRKS
PUBLICATIONS OF L. L. BUCHANAN
1916. Homophoeta lustrans Crotch in Towa. Ent. News 27:236-237.
1922. Notes on Apion, with descriptions of two new species. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash.
24:82-84.
1923. Two European weevils established in North America. Ent. News 34:280-281.
——. The European Amalus haemorrhous Hbst. in the United States. Proe. Ent.
Soc. Wash. 25:79.
1924. On the systematic position of the earabid, Stereocerus haematopus De).
Canad. Ent. 56:40-42.
1926. A new Otiorhynchid with single tarsal claws. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 28:
179-181.
1927. Synonymical notes on several Otiorhynchid weevils. Canad. Ent. 59:183-184.
——. Notes on some light attracted beetles from Louisiana. Ent. News 38:165-170.
——, A review of Panscopus. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 29:25-36.
. A short review of Notaris. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soe. 22:36-40.
1929. A new Agronus from Canada. Proe. Ent. Soc. Wash. 31:101-104.
——. North American species of the weevils of the Otiorhynchid genus Mesa-
groicus. Proe. U. 8S. Natl. Mus. 76(4), pp. 1-14.
1930. [Key to species of Piesocorynus] Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 77(17), footnote
pp. 23-26.
1931. Synopsis of Perigaster. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sei. 21:320-325,
1932. A new barine Curculionid injurious to sugar-cane in Louisiana, with syn-
opses of Anacentrinus and Oligolochus. Ann, Ent. Soc. Amer. 25:328-336.
——. The parsley and carrot weevil, Listronotus latiusculus Bol. Bull. Brook.
Ent. Soc. 27:7-8.
1934. A new North American Magdalis from blue spruce. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash.
36 :85-87,
296
1934.
1936.
PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
An apparently new species of North American Hylobius, with synoptic key.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 36:252-256.
Henry Frederick Wickham. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 36:60-64.
Thomas Lincoln Casey and the Casey collection of Coleoptera. Smithsn.
Mise. Coll. 94(3), pp. 1-15.
A new genus and species of orchid weevils. Proce. Haw. Ent. Soc. 9:45-48.
Systematic notes on the Trachodinae. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 37:178-183.
Notes on the generic synonymy of Collabismodes cubae Boh. Bull. Brook.
Ent. Soe. 30:125-126.
Synopsis of Lepidophorus. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soe. 31:1-10.
The pacificus group of Cossonus. Pan-Pae. Ent. 12:111-116.
Nomenclature of Listroderes obliquus Klug. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 38:
204-208.
A new genus and four new species of West Indian Curculionidae. Mem.
Soe. Cubana Hist. Nat. 10:145-152.
The genus Panscopus Schoen. Smithsn. Mise. Coll. 94 (16) pp. 1-18.
A new species of Ceutorhynchus from North America. Bull. Brook. Ent.
Soe. 32:205-207.
Notes on Curculionidae. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 27:312-316.
Changes of names in Carabidae and Rhynchophora. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash.
41:79-82.
The species of Pantomorus of America north of Mexico. U. 8. Dept. Agr.
Mise. Pub. 341, pp. 1-39.
Three new species of the longulus group of Cylindrocopturus. Proe. Ent.
Soe. Wash. 52:177-181.
A new species of Smicronyx from Saskatchewan, and synonymical notes.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 43 :29-32.
A new species of Metamasius from Cuba. Mem. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. 15:
169-172.
Four new species of white-fringed beetles (subgenus Graphognathus) from
the southeastern part of the United States. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soe. 37:
107-110.
Xylocomesus Thatcher a Curculionid. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 44:50.
Notes on American Rhyncolus, with description of a new species. Bull.
Brook. Ent. Soc. 41:129-136.
The Japanese weevil, Pseudocneorhinus bifasciatus Roelofs in America. Bull.
Brook. Ent. Soe. 41:143.
Hickory cureulios of the genus Conotrachelus. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 49:
41-54,
A correction and two new races in Graphognathus (white-fringed beetles).
Jour. Wash. Acad. Sei. 37:19-22.
Notes on Cuban Curculionidae, with descriptions of new genera and species.
Mem. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. 19:43-51.
A new species of Stenoscelis, and notes on other Curculionidae. Bull Brook.
Ent. Soe. 43:61-66.
A new sugar-cane weevil from Cuba (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Mem.
Soe. Cubana Hist. Nat. 19:167-170.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 297
INDEX TO
Acanthinus, 216; A troglodytes, 216.
Acromyrmex balzani, 264; landolti, 264.
Aedes aegypti, 65; agenioides, 61; lan-
kaensis, 69; mediovittatus, 65; muell-
eri, 206; obturbater, 67; taeniorhyn-
chus, 65; tortilis, 68.
Ageniella cupida, 51; norata, 51; par-
tita, 51; vogeli, 99; sp., 51.
Allepeira lemniseata, 286.
Allodameus ewingi, 131.
Allothrips, 277; A. indica, 277.
Ambrysus abortus, 71; bispinus,
hungerfordi, 72; h. angularis, 72; h.
spicatus, 72; hybrida, 74; inflatus,
73; mexicanus, 73; mormon australis,
72; occidentalis, 73; parviceps, 71;
pudieus barberi, 71; p. pudicus, 71;
signoreti, 73; vanduzeei, 72.
Ampulex canaliculatus, 51, 98.
Ampulicidae, 51, 98.
Ampuleomorpha confusa, 23.
Anamphidora, 288.
Ancistrocerus a. antilope, 98; campes-
tris 100: t. tigris, 98.
Anisepyris columbianus, 50,
Anopheles grabhami, 68.
Anoplius amethystinus atramentarius,
100; apiculatus pretiosus, 100; caro-
lina, 538; cleora, 100, 102; eylindricus,
100; krombeini, 99; marginalis, 102;
marginatus, 100; reetangularis gillas-
pyi, 100; semirufus, 100, 103; splen-
dens, 100.
Aphaereta pallipes, 223.
Aphotaenius carolinus, 134.
Aporinellus fasciatus, 100; t. taeniatus,
100; t. wheeleri, 51.
Astata leuthstromi, 52; nebeeula, 52.
Auplopus caerulescens subcortiealis, 51.
mo.
((ay
Bembix texana, 107.
Bethylidae, 50.
Bieyrtes quadrifasciata, 101, 105.
Briielia rotundata, 167.
Caeculus tibbettsi, 17.
Calicurgus hyalinatus alienatus, 52.
Campsomerus plumipes fossulana, 100.
Cereeris b. bicornuta, 101; blakei, 101;
floridensis, 99; fumipennis, 99.
Ceropales hatoda, 51.
Chelacheles strabismus, 234.
Chirodamus maculipennis, 100.
Chlorion aerarium, 101, 104; azteeum,
101; harrisi, 98; nudum, 98; pubidor-
sum, 101.
VOLUME 60
Chrysididae, 53.
Chrysis cembricola, 50, 53; chaleopyga,
50, 53; coerulans, 50; parvula, 50;
verticalis, 50.
Chyromya flava, 135.
Conopistha trigona, 286,
Cophinopoda, 251; C. chinensis, 251.
Corynopus, 53.
Crabro argus, 101; diseretus, 52; hilar-
Sy OME
Cryptochaetum nipponense, 241.
Cuernolestes bakeri, 269; nanus, 267;
normae, 267; philippinus, 270.
Culex aestuans, 186; americanus, 68;
bahamensis, 68; nigripalpus, 68; pi-
piens, 68; secutor, 68; starckeae, 69.
Cyphomyrmex rimosus fuscus, 260; r.
minutus, 259; r. transversus, 260; sal-
vini, 261; s. acutus, 261.
Dasymutilla lepeletierii, 100; mutata,
100; nigripes, 100; o. occidentalis,
100; v. vesta, 51, 101; sp., 98.
Deinocerites cancer, 68.
Dermatophagoides scheremetewskyi, 125.
Dipogon b. brevis, 51; b. reealvus, 51;
S. Sayi, 52.
Eetemnius brunneipes, 52.
Ephuta p. pauxilla, 51; serupea, 51, 99;
spinifera, 99; tentativa, 99.
Episyron posterus, 100, 102; q.
quenotatus, 98, 100, 102.
Epyris sp., 50.
Eumenes fraternus, 100.
Eumysia idahoensis, 5.
Euplilis coarctatus modestus, 53.
Eurythrips constrictus, 272; setiger,
271.
Euschongastia acaricola, 157.
Evagetes asignus, 99, 100; mohavi, 100;
podrinus minusculus, 100; subangula-
EUSs oll
quin-
Gahrliepia comataxilla, 151.
Gastrops auropunetatus, 250; flavipes,
248; fusecivenosus, 248; nebulosus,
247; niger, 249; willistoni, 249.
Geekobiella harrisi, 75.
Glyptotermes franciae, 229; chapmani,
231, magasaysayi, 230.
Gorytes deceptor, 52, 62, 63; simillimus,
62, 63.
Gruimenopon canadense, 171.
298
Haematomyzus elephantis, 232.
Hedychridium dimidiatum, 50; fletcheri,
50.
Hedychrum violaceum, 50.
Hindsiothrips, 273; H. pullata, 274; ro-
bustisetis, 275.
Holepyrus sp., 50.
Ischyropalpus, 213; I. amplicollis, 215;
caeslosignatus, 214.
Ixodorhynehus gordoni, 16.
Kethops atypa, 238; euterpe, 236; leio-
ceps, 238; utahensis, 238.
Laelaps keegani, 74.
Lappus nitidus, 215.
Lasius neoniger, 258; sitkaensis, 258.
Laspeyresia fabivora, 187.
Leptochilus tylocephalus monotylus, 100.
Lestiphorus cockerelli, 52.
Limnophila marechandi, 9.
Lipara lucens, 231; similis, 231.
Liriomyza dianthi, 1.
Litarachna digiustii, 19; duboseqi, 20.
Lobogyniella tragardhi, 127.
Malaya jacobsoni, 15.
Margaritola, 255; M. mirabilis, 256.
Melanderia crepuscula, 181; ecurvipes,
184; mandibulata, 180.
Menacanthus auroeapillus, 172.
Mesitiopterus kahlii, 50.
Metapone bakeri, 119; emersoni, 115,
120; gracilis, 120; greeni, 119; hew-
itti, 119; jacobsoni, 119; johni, 120;
krombeini, 120; leae, 119; madagas-
cariea, 111, 120; mjoebergi, 119; sau-
teri, 119; tillyardi, 119; tricolor, 120;
truki, 120.
Methoecha impolita, 51, 58.
Microbembex monodonta, 101.
Mimesa pauper, 52.
Minagenia julia, 98, 100.
Miscophus americanus, 100.
Molobratia, 251; M. teutonus, 251.
Monobia quadridens, 100, 101.
Motes aequalis, 100; argentata,
103.
Mutilidae, 51, 98, 99, 100.
Mycetophylax, 262; M. bruchi, 262; em-
eryi, 263; e. bolivari, 263.
Myodopsylla gentilis, 175; insignis, 175.
Myrmica emeryana, 258.
Myrmicocrypta collaris, 261; squamosa,
262.
Myrmosa blakei, 51.
52,
101,
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL.
60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
Myrsidia interrupta, 172.
Myzinum ¢. earolineanum, 100; dubio-
sum, 100; maculatum, 100; n. namea,
98, 100.
Neotheobaldia, 186.
Nerthra planifrons, 79.
Nitela virginiensis, 52, 60, 98.
Nysius fuscovittatus, 70.
Nysson aequalis, 100; lateralis, 52.
Omalus iridescens, 50; laeviventris, 50;
sinuosus, 50.
Ophionyssus natricis, 80.
Ophioptes tropicalis, 287.
Opocapsis, 252; O. dioctrioides, 252.
Oxybelus decorosum, 52; emarginatum,
101.
Paracyphononyx funereus, 100.
Paralitarachna, 19.
Penenirmus arcticus, 168.
Phidippus audax, 286.
Philanthus lepidus, 99, 101.
Philopterus ocellatus, 167; sp., 167.
Phlebotomus camposi, 205; longipalpis,
203; saulensis, 204; vexillarius, 205.
Piophila costalis, 246; latipes, 246; vul-
garis, 246.
Plectiseus, 221.
Podabrus pruinosus comes, 265; p. di-
versipes, 265; p. pruinosus, 265.
Podalonia violaceipennis, 100.
Polistes annularis, 100; e. exelamans,
100; metricus, 100.
Pompilidae, 51, 52, 98, 99, 100.
Pompilinus, 99.
Priocnemioides u. unifasciatus, 51.
Priocnemus hestia, 51.
Prioenessus nebulosus, 98, 100.
Prosimulium alpestre, 199; frohnei,
196; fulvum, 198; hirtipes, 193; per-
spicuum, 199; saltus, 193; travisi, 198.
Prosopigastra nearctica, 122.
Psammaecius denticulatus, 100.
Psen erythropoda, 52.
Pseudisobrachium myrmecophylum, 50.
Pseudomethoea, 98, 100.
Psorophora insularia,
68; pygmaea, 68.
Psorthaspis mariae, 100.
Pterygosomidae, 75.
Pyroglyphidae, 85.
Pyroglyphus morlani, 85.
68; johnstonii,
Rhabdepyrus’ sp., 50.
Rygechium megaera, 100; molestum, 100,
101.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL.
Sapintus, 215; S. taitiensis, 215.
Sceliphron caementarium, 100.
Scolia bicineta, 100.
Scoliidae, 100.
Sericomyrmex amabilis, 263.
Sericopompilus apiecalis, 100, 101.
Shunsennia hertigi, 162; tarsalis, 165.
Sigmoria nantahalae, 281.
Sogata orizicola, 228.
Soherella p. plenoculoides, 52.
Spathimeigenia aurifrons, 209; brid-
welli, 210; dolopis, 208; dolosa, 209;
erecta, 210; erronis, 212; fivoris, 211;
hylotomae, 210; mexicana, 207; spini-
gera, 207; texensis, 211.
Sphecidae, 52, 53, 60, 98, 99, 100, 103.
Sphecius speciosus, 100.
Sphex aureonotatus, 52; 101, 104; pro-
cerus, 101, 104; urnarius, 52, 98, 101.
Spilomena alboclypeata, 52, 60, 61; am-
pliceps, 61; pusilla, 53, 61.
Steatonyssus furmani, 80.
Stenodynerus ammonia histrionalis, 100;
blepharus, 51; f. fulvipes, 100; krom-
beini, 99, 100; p. pedestris, 100; p.
perennis, 100; s. saecularis, 100.
Stricta carolina, 106.
Stigmus inordinatus universitatus, 52
Strigiphilus varius, 169; otus, 171.
Symmorphus canadensis, 56, 57, 58.
Tachypompilus ferrugineus nigrescens,
oe
60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 299
Tachysphex sepuleralis, 52, terminatus,
100; spp., 52, 99.
Tachytes e. elongatus, 100; mandibu-
laris, 100.
Tetrastichus giffardianus, 28.
Timulla dryophila, 100; d. dubitata,
100; ferrugata, 100; floridana, 100;
jaynesi, 98; ornatipennis, 100; rufi-
signata, 100.
Tiphia intermedia, 50; subearinata,
100; transversa, 50; spp., 50, 99.
Tiphiidae, 50, 58, 98, 100.
Trombicula gemiticula, 145; halidasys,
155; pumilis, 153; tecta, 151; zeta,
148.
Trypoxylon clavatum, 101; politum, 98;
tridentatum, 52, 98, 101.
Typocerus lunatus fraetus, 220; 1. lu-
natus, 218.
Vespidae, 51, 98, 99, 100, 101.
Vespula maeculifrons, 100; squamosa,
100.
Wirthia, 184.
Wyeomyia dyari, 135.
Xylapothrips, 278; X. nayari, 279.
Zabrotiea, 253; Z. brevicornis, 253;
elarkei, 254.
Zethus s. spinipes, 51.
Zeugmatothrips pallidulus, 225.
300 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958
A Cyanamid Report
MALATHION
FOR DIRECT APPLICATION ON ANIMALS
With newly-granted residue tolerances, malathion can be applied
directly to beef cattle, poultry, and swine. This is the result of
three years of extensive research in 11 states. The work proved
conclusively the safety and usefulness of malathion as a spray for
controlling cattle and poultry lice, poultry mites (northern fowl
and chicken red mite), and cattle and poultry ticks. In addition,
malathion dust may be applied to nests, litter, and floor space.
Roost paints using malathion emulsifiable liquid may also be used
in poultry houses. In addition to spraying beef cattle with mala-
thion for lice control, rubbing devices incorporating the product
have been most effective in suppressing lice and horn flies.
Do not apply malathion to lactating dairy cows, since it has not yet
been accepted for this use, nor should it be used on calves under
one month of age.
PROTECTANT FOR STORED GRAIN
With newly-granted residue tolerances for malathion on wheat,
barley, oats, rice, rye, corn, grain sorghum, and peanuts (post-
harvest), grain handlers storing grain have a method of protect-
ing grain from loss to insects. Malathion, either in dust or spray
form, applied to the grain as it is being loaded into bins, affords
protection against confused flour beetle, rice weevil, granary
weevil, saw-toothed grain beetle, flat grain beetle, red flour beetle,
rusty grain beetle, lesser grain beetle, and Indian meal moth. It is
also suggested as a residual wall, floor, and machinery spray in
grain elevators, in treating truck beds, box cars, and ships’ holds
before loading grain. Where Indian meal moth infestations de-
velop, surface applications of malathion dusts or sprays at pre-
scribed intervals afford protection.
NEW USES FOR MALATHION ON CROPS
Tolerances have been established on 37 additional crops, including:
Vegetables Fruits
Asparagus Bramble family
Carrots and other root crop Nectarines
Garlic—Leeks—Shallots Quinces
Several leaf vegetables Currants
Pumpkins Gooseberries
Also, small grains, cotton, mushrooms, peppermint, spearmint,
corn and rice. With these additions, malathion is now recom-
mended on 93 crops.
Developers and producers of malathion and parathion
American Cyanamid Company, Insecticide Department,
30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York 20, N. Y.
i
QUALITY INSECTICIDES
Preferred by Home Owners,
Food Processors and Dairymen
QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre-
thrins, 0.12% Piperony! Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor.
GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB
Gulf’s carefully researched formula provides quick knock-
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1%
Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor.
GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb)
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT
and 3% Perthane.
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid-
val insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane.
SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold.
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY
Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19%
Piperony! Butoxide.
GULF OIL CORPORATION
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA.
CONTENTS
(Continued from Front Cover) — bee) z i. |
LAMORE, D. H.—The Jumping Spider, Phidippus eudee ent! ae had
Spider \Gononitha trigona Hentz as Predators of the Basilica Spider,
Allepeira lemniscata Walckenaer, in Maryland (Araneida; Sal 4
Theridiidae, eer. co oe EN ok A i ee a ee
ey
MEDLER, J. T—A Now on ketamine aa Emergence of ‘Ants
-optera, Formicidae) Te eg Toe ana
SLT SESE TSS
STANNARD, L. Jc; Jr Two New and Two Rare T
Recorded Principally Brom Illinois (Thysanoptera, Phliaeotl
STEYSKAL, G. C.—Notes on N sae American Piophilidae ma tae , 4
ae yf
Gach Ses 8 Sate ER eR ee ee
——— ———
WIRTH, W. W.—A Review of the Genus Gastrops W iston,
tions Ey Two New Snecies tas Ephydridae) Tis
OBITUARY—Lee i Buchanan, 1893. TOSS 3E te te i arn
it je eee
ANN: OUNCEMEN’ T See
{ ‘
Pd
CORRECTION ML EO
uti
INDEX—Volume ue 1958 - ate ers
.
a
ro ape wt ; _
ue 7. ae a
Sade ‘ ca Pati, ‘i ;
i
ah
mer
ae ie
*
b
r
we
iat
3 iim
1 i
oe
ry Mores er
Pern wale ee ea
8 8 Este ter
© Meh
FA Ah eR SOR ROHS AME Oe ME MEF EM OAR Bey hated
Pere Me eee ie
dep etiem el
WPM PND Ow
Qyentae
hehen pet
Wieiay Wee ROI eH
ret ees ee viieale tivated Ep '
ofpad seta Ue eli (HEL ev en eeeeene
Le ne hed PRT cee Pre
ier in thetle Whal feedley oe en ew ay eal r)
eaves 48 UP ewe MEO Ena ‘
pele ere vit t rer ry
sahiehh Ww. rye) SFA tee Wh thet edith onneas he
Ohh ees We hei . fet ate gaileeen
aren wari Hitt ht a Ub a
1A pte pe pe otha Baal Ve DEMO sp epenenomadtyat
Serene ir aM hiner veh edinie gare wea
bette hea theat ed
pled Ot hen anh Mashat Hew ed
grey erty Er
trai Pe thewien hte ab
Ve EUAN E osha), Mein pe bee
teh enemenee ne nee
Prenery wiynite.
Aetioe menire
be Aee ode mee
meh ee et
ert aa
Prete liege te el
Selied AbPa\ om wenn Want Nrdpersrdeg
. es ae ays) eotera wet
Amie erg ec) iw on
reer err tre tn ee rr)
Perret ee | wa jel
eer orm ert Tri)
re ee)
rererrny rit.
Aone De raed deen carte im
4 te Wiech ealee, let ee en oe Net
Ue Web eh ad oh adidas bth a tat Cee be NAC OUR Ate Bhd
da Al neg det)
Sette ttm
Pr er i
AM Hi Okd hele et Aen vn
A Abe e edhe cab © Mb by od) wh au
Pere ee ee
J
IVAN eve ALOE ed ytd al yalid
Jobo pe ee el ne NE: Peller baa
Vln nade oki pil ofindte He Mba ABLE DEIN 4h '
Wahiedl of Pererrre Nee ie meee ee tae ed
oa oe Lehane hae ud mead gah Mele MURA HAD dE NIA Boe ate é é
Pt rr ee ene ae ee has PirTrrer tt eat
byte) me beaved
eres pera IME) RAPA LE latin rue vai gir’ fe ret eOay i Y ¥
PON EA aR ee ee ee me nbr bales rere ar te
Pov err irer tae) pipe oh ibe bara had Vad rls y Ai
ony wie P heh perl ee Sarovar ee Tents aren
epespetnie Wien rotate pain lale Pyed elaede i
i Se Peer eee roe ty tiie AD Lene ’ Z
Neri eaten tisen i Heir Ube ki Usd Pipers ‘
Uru ay Ure tere “yet fy 7 F nerhy
Het
Hilipe